Books
- Printby Haben Girma.
- Digital[edited by] Neville F. Hacker, Joseph C. Gambone, Calvin J. Hobel.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
- Digitaleditor, Admir Hadzic ; associate editors, Ana Lopez, Angela Lucia Balocco.Summary: "The definitive guide to ultrasound-guided nerve blocks by renowned experts at the New York School of Regional Anesthesia"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessAnesthesiology 2022
- Digitaleditor, Admir Hadzic.Contents:
Part 1. History
Part 2. Section 1: Anatomy and histology of peripheral nervous system and newraxis
Section 2: Pharmacology
Section 3: Equipment for peripheral nerve blocks
Section 4: Patient management considerations
Part 3. Clinical practice of regional anesthesia
Part 3A. Local and infiltrational anesthesia
Part 3B. Intravenous regional block for upper & lower extremity
Part 3C. Neuraxial anesthesia
Section 1: Spinal anesthesi
Section 2: Epidural anesthesia
Section 3: Caudal anesthesia
Section 4: Combined spinal and epidural anesthesia
Section 5: Postdural puncture headache
Part 3D. Ultrasound-guided nerve blocks
Section 1: Fundamentals of ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia
Section 2: Ultrasound-guided head and neck nerve blocks
Section 3: Ultrasound-guided nerve blocks for the upper extremity
Section 4: Ultraound-guided nerve blocks for the lower extremity
Section 5: Ultrasound-guided nerve clocks for abdominal & thoracic wall
Part 3E. Local and regional anesthesia for oral and maxillofacial surgery
Part 3F. Local and regional anesthesia for the eye
Part 4. ultrasound imaging of neuraxial and perivertebral space
Part 5. Obstetric anesthesia
Part 6. Pediatric anesthesia
Part 7. Anesthesia in patients with specific considerations
Part 8. Regional anesthesia in the emergency department
Part 9. Complications of local and regional anesthesia
Part 10. Last: Local anesthetic systemic toxicity
Part 11. Perioperative outcome and economics of regional anesthesia
Part 12. Acute pain management
Part 13. Education in regional anesthesia
Part 14. Statistics and principles of research design in regional anesthesia ansd acute pain medicine
Part 15. Nerve stimulator and surface anatomy-based nerve blocks
Section 1: Upper extremity
Section 2: Truncal blocks
Section 3: Lower extremity blocks.Digital Access AccessAnesthesiology 2017 - DigitalMike Leach, Barbara J. Bain.Summary: "Despite the tremendous advances that have occurred in diagnostic haematopathology in recent decades haematology remains firmly based on a clinical assessment of the patient, on basic laboratory tests and on a critical assessment of peripheral blood and bone marrow films. In this book we seek to show how an appreciation of blood and bone marrow morphology, assessed with knowledge of the clinical context, can lead to a provisional or, sometimes, a definitive diagnosis that guides further investigation and management. Each of the 101 themes is followed by a related multiple choice question with the preferred answers and further discussion being found in the second part of the book. The themes are sometimes single cases and sometimes a composite of related cases. The book is directed at consultants and trainees in haematology and haematopathology and at clinical and biomedical scientists in these disciplines. We hope that readers will share our enjoyment of the constant sense of discovery that accompanies haematological morphology. All magnifications are stated in terms of the objective used. Common abbreviations that may be used without definition are given on pages xy. Other abbreviations are defined on first use in a theme. All images are of films stained with a May-Grünwald-Giemsa stain unless stated otherwise. The cases are not arranged thematically, since a more random arrangement better approximates to real life. We wish to thank our clinical and laboratory colleagues with whom we have collaborated over many years"-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalIndu Singh, Alison Weston, Avinash Kundur.Summary: Hematology Case Studies with Blood Cell Morphology and Pathophysiology compiles specialized case studies with specific information on various hematological disorders with Full Blood Examination (FBE or CBC), blood film images and pathophysiology of each condition. In addition, it provides basic information on how to recognize and diagnose hematological conditions that are frequently observed in the laboratory. Technicians and scientists working in core laboratories such as biochemistry labs or blood banks will find this book to be extremely thorough. Moreover, it can be used as a reference book by technicians, scientists and hematologists in every level of expertise in diagnosing hematological disorders.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Microcytic disorders
3. Normocytic disorders-- 4. Macrocytic disorders
5. Nonimmune haemolytic disorders (RBC metaolic abnormalities)
6. Nonimmune haemolytic disorders (RBC membrane abnormalities)
7. Immune haemolytic disorders
8. Acute leukaemias
9. Myeloproliferative/myelodysplastic disorders
10. Chronic lymphoproliferative disorders
11. Lymphomas
12. Plasma cell disorders
13. Haemostatic disorders (microangiopathic haemolytic anaemia)
14. Haematological infections
References
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digital[edited by] Carin A. Hagberg, Carlos A. Artime, Michael F. Aziz.Summary: Considered the go-to reference in airway management not only in anesthesia practice but also in emergency medicine and intensive care settings, Hagberg and Benumof's Airway Management ensures that practitioners worldwide are familiar and proficient with the most recent developments in equipment and scientific knowledge in this fast-changing area. Covering all aspects of this fundamental practice, the new 5th Edition facilitates the safe performance of airway management for all airway practitioners, regardless of specialty, using a concise, how-to approach, carefully chosen illustrations, and case examples and analysis throughout.
Contents:
Basic Clinical Science Considerations
The Difficult Airway: Definition, Assessment, Planning, and Algorithms
Preintubation-Ventilation Procedures
The Airway Techniques
Difficult Airway Situations
Postintubation Procedures
Societal Considerations.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - DigitalAntonella Tosti, Daniel Asz-Sigall, Rodrigo Pirmez, editors.Summary: Conditions of the hair and scalp can be genetic or the result of infection, hormone imbalance, medication, trauma, or underlying primary disease. Regardless, they often cause significant psychological distress and sometimes physical discomfort, though much can be done to treat these complaints. Hair and Scalp Treatments focuses on therapy of hair and scalp disorders and includes chapters on procedures that are commonly used, as well as chapters on each specific disorders. Each chapter briefly describes the disease or the procedure to the reader and then teaches the step-by-step treatment algorithm or the way to perform the procedure. This book also discusses several topics that patients seeking treatment for hair disorders ask the physician, such as how to choose proper shampoo and conditioner, hair dyes, nutritional supplements, and future treatments with regenerative medicine. Hair and Scalp Treatments is the only book of its kind focused on treatment and addresses topics that are not covered by current titles on hair disorders. Written and edited by leading experts in the field, this practical guide can be used not only by dermatologists but by general practice and family physicians as well.
Contents:
Chapter 1. How to Best Confirm Diagnosis Before Starting Treatment
Chapter 2. Intralesional Steroids: When and How to Inject?
Chapter 3. Topical Immunotherapy: Step by Step
Chapter 4. Regenerative Treatments (Microneedling, PRP)
Chapter 5. Laser and Light-based Therapies in the Treatment of Hair Loss
Chapter 6. What You Need to Know About Hair Transplantation
Chapter 7. Role of Oral Supplements: When and How to Choose
Chapter 8. Androgenetic Alopecia: Clinical Treatment
Chapter 9. Alopecia Areata: Clinical Treatment
Chapter 10. Telogen Effluvium
Chapter 11. Scarring Alopecias
Chapter 12. Seborrheic Dermatitis
Chapter 13. Scalp Psoriasis
Chapter 14. Infections and Infestations
Chapter 15. Scalp Itch Treatment
Chapter 16. Treatment in Children
Chapter 17. How to Select a Good Shampoo and Conditioner
Chapter 18. Camouflage, Extensions, and Electrical Devices to Improve Hair Volume
Chapter 19. Hair Straightening and Hair Dyes: Facts and Controversies
Chapter 20. How to Evaluate Treatment Response in Hair Diseases
Chapter 21. The Most Common Patient Hair Questions and Answers
Chapter 22. New Drugs for Alopecias.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJeffrey E. Plowman, Duane P. Harland, Santanu Deb-Choudhury, editors.Summary: Hair is a sophisticated bio-based material, whether it is on a human head or part of a mammalian coat. In particular, the role of the proteins in the follicle, integral to hair development, are not well understood. This new book seeks to integrate the latest research in proteomic and morphological studies into a coherent description of fibre development from the follicle to its final mature, keratinized form. To achieve this the book has been divided into three sections. The first describes the keratins, their associated proteins and how they assemble into intermediate filaments in the fibre. The second covers the latest information on the morphological changes that occur from the base of the follicle, through the keratinization process to the mature fibre and the role that proteins play in this. The final section delves into fundamental fibre properties such as crosslinking, thermal and oxidative modifications and how these affect the mature fibre. The editors of this book are internationally recognised for their work in the area of mammalian hair, Jeffrey Plowman for his knowledge of the proteomics of the fibre, Santanu Deb-Choudhury for his work in the area of crosslinking in the fibre and Duane Harland for his understanding of the morphological development of the fibre. Together they have collected material from other international experts: Leopold Eckhart and Florian Ehrlich for their knowledge of the evolution of keratins; Dong Dong Wu and David Irwin for their studies on keratin associated protein evolution; David Parry and Bruce Fraser for their work on keratin and keratin associated protein structure and assembly; John McKinnon for his studies on macrofibril formation; Crisan Popescu for the thermodynamics of keratins; and Jolon Dyer for his oxidative modification studies of keratins. This book provides a comprehensive introduction, and useful reference guide to hair biology and will be of interest to both scientists and technologists.
Contents:
Fibre Ultrastructure
The Follicle Cycle in Brief
Diversity of Trichocyte Keratins and Keratin
Evolution of Trichocyte Keratins
Evolution of Trichocyte Keratin Associated Proteins
Structural Hierarchy of Trichocyte Keratin Intermediate Filaments
Trichocyte Keratin-Associated Proteins (KAPs)
Introduction to Hair Development
Environment of the Anagen Follicle
Development of Hair Fibres
Macrofibril Formation
Crosslinking Between Trichocyte Keratins and Keratin Associated Proteins
The Thermodynamics of Trichocyte Keratins
Oxidative Modification of Trichocyte Keratins. - DigitalLinda N. Lee, editor.Summary: Hair Transplant Surgery and Platelet Rich Plasma: Evidence-Based Essentials is a high-level, focused guide poised to become a landmark text for any surgeon interested in learning about and treating hair restoration. Going beyond anecdotal and popularized treatments commonly found online, this text reviews evidence-based treatment options with demonstrated success to provide tailored and optimal results for patients. The content reviews essential topics for understanding of hair loss, the natural cycle of hair regrowth, and medical factors to consider in creating a treatment plan. Postoperative patient instructions and realistic patient expectations are discussed as well as risks and patient selection criteria. Authors also detail pearls and pitfalls for achieving desired results and avoiding rare complications.
Contents:
Chapter 1
Anatomy and Physiology of the Hair Cycle
Chapter 2
Medical Treatments for Androgenetic Alopecia
Chapter 3
Hair Loss Physiology and Transplantation Principles
Chapter 4
Indications and Contraindications for Hair Transplant
Chapter 5
Designing the Hairline
Chapter 6
Follicular Unit Transplant (FUT) Technique
Chapter 7
Follicular Unit Extraction (FUE) Technique
Chapter 8
Local Anesthesia and Scalp Blocks
Chapter 9
Postoperative Expectations and Instructions
Chapter 10
Refining Techniques in Beard and Eyebrow Restoration
Chapter 11
Platelet Rich Plasma (PRP) for Hair Restoration
Chapter 12
Photography for Evaluating Patients with Hair Loss
Chapter 13
Surgical Pearls and Pitfalls. - Digital[edited by] Robin Unger, Ronald ShapiroSummary: "This sixth edition of Hair Transplantation, edited by renowned surgeons Robin Unger and Ronald Shapiro and with contributions from innovators worldwide, builds on its longstanding reputation as the one trusted, unbiased, and acclaimed educational resource for state-of-the-art hair restoration techniques. Comprehensively updated with all the latest advances, this edition includes full discussion of the pros and cons of various surgical and nonsurgical approaches, controversies, and evidence-based clinical pearls gleaned through hands-on expertise. It also covers important practice management topics such as proper training, instrumentation, and medico-legal issues"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access
- Digitaledited by Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel.Contents:
Anatomy and physiology of hair / Francisco Jimenez, Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Patient evaluation and selection / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Preoperative planning and patient education / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel, Fernando F. Barrera
Incorporating hair transplantation into your practice / Alfonso Barrera
Sedation in the hair transplantation patient / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Correction of male pattern baldness / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel, Jorge Moojen da Silveira
Correction of female pattern baldness / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Anajara Gazzalle
Combining facelift and hair transplantation / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Alfonso Barrera
Follicular unit extraction / James Harris
Combining follicular unit extraction and follicular unit transplantation: the untouched strip technique / Márcio Crisóstomo
Revision of unfavorable results from previous hair transplantation / James Vogel
Unfavorable results and complications / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Anajara Gazzalle
Hair transplantation to enhance reconstruction of the face and scalp / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Correction of alopecia secondary to facial rejuvenation surgery / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Reconstruction of eyebrows and eyelashes / Marcelo Gandelman, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Correction of hair loss in the crown area / Clerisvaldo Almeida Souza
The transgender patient : feminization of the frontal hairline / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Benefits of platelet-enriched growth factors / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Jorge Moojen da Silveira, Anajara Gazzalle
The use of autologous cellular therapy in androgenic alopecia and inflammatory hair loss diseases / Joseph F. Greco
Cell-based treatments for hair loss : tissue engineering and cloning / Jerry E. Cooley.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2014 - DigitalAlfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar UebelContents:
Anatomy and physiology of hair / Francisco Jimenez, Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Patient evaluation and selection / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Preoperative planning and patient education / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel, Fernando F. Barrera
Incorporating hair transplantation into your practice / Alfonso Barrera
Sedation in the hair transplantation patient / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Correction of male pattern baldness / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel, Jorge Moojen da Silveira
Correction of female pattern baldness / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Anajara Gazzalle
Combining facelift and hair transplantation / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Alfonso Barrera
Follicular unit extraction / James Harris
Combining follicular unit extraction and follicular unit transplantation: the untouched strip technique / Márcio Crisóstomo
Revision of unfavorable results from previous hair transplantation / James Vogel
Unfavorable results and complications / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Anajara Gazzalle
Hair transplantation to enhance reconstruction of the face and scalp / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Correction of alopecia secondary to facial rejuvenation surgery / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Reconstruction of eyebrows and eyelashes / Marcelo Gandelman, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Correction of hair loss in the crown area / Clerisvaldo Almeida Souza
The transgender patient : feminization of the frontal hairline / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
Benefits of platelet-enriched growth factors / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Jorge Moojen da Silveira, Anajara Gazzalle
The use of autologous cellular therapy in androgenic alopecia and inflammatory hair loss diseases / Joseph F. Greco
Cell-based treatments for hair loss : tissue engineering and cloning / Jerry E. Cooley.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology 2014 - DigitalVikas Srivastava, Shakti Mehrotra, Sonal Mishra, editors.Summary: The book discusses the various methods and protocols available in hairy root culture-based research. The utilization of Agrobacterium mediated genetic transformation and establishment of hairy root cultures has paved the way for large-scale secondary metabolite production in medicinal plants. Presenting recent research and offering insights from eminent research groups, the book covers a range of topics related to hairy root-based applications, including (i) establishment of hairy roots and native production of SM (ii) yield enhancement strategies for increased SM production, like elicitation (iii) hairy roots as a tool for value-added applications such as plant-microbe interaction, characterization of plant genes and root biology studies. As such it is an informative guide and experimental manual for researchers in diverse fields of plant biology.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Editors and Contributors
Chapter 1: Hairy Roots Biotechnology Unzipped: A Journey of Reality and Promises
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Contribution of HRCs for Elemental Research
1.3 Contribution of HRCs for Value Added Research
1.4 Conclusion and Way Forward
References
Chapter 2: Hairy Roots as a Source of Tropane Alkaloids
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Some Protocols to Enhance Production of Tropane Alkaloids in the Hairy Root Cultures of Solanaceae Family Members
2.2.1 Datura stramonium
2.2.2 Atropa belladonna
2.2.3 Duboisia leichhardtii 2.3 Conclusions
References
Chapter 3: Induction, Metabolite Analysis, and Transgenesis of Hairy Roots from Coleus forskohlii
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Protocol 1: Induction of Hairy Roots in Coleus forskohlii
3.3 Protocol 2: Microscopic Detection of Metabolites in Hairy Roots
3.4 Protocol 3: Detection of Key Metabolites in Roots and Hairy Root of C. forskohlii
3.5 Protocol 4: Transgene Expression in Hairy Roots of C. forskohlii
References
Chapter 4: Establishment of Hairy Roots of Endangered Himalayan Plant Swertia chirata: A Sustainable Alternative to Extraction... 4.1 Introduction
4.2 Protocol 1: Induction and Maintenance of Hairy Roots of Swertia chirata
4.3 Protocol 2: Detection and Quantification of Key Metabolites from Normal Roots and Hairy Roots of S. chirata
References
Chapter 5: A Protocol for the Selection of Spontaneous Variants from Established Catharanthus roseus Hairy Root Cultures
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Materials
5.2.1 Plant Material
5.2.2 Culture Media Components
5.2.3 Alkaloid Analysis
5.2.4 General Labware, Supplies, and Equipment
5.3 Methods
5.3.1 Maintenance of J1/R1 Hairy Root Line in GRM/2 Medium 5.3.2 Maintenance of J1/R1 Hairy Root Line in GRM/2 Medium
5.3.3 Induction of Cell Suspensions from Hairy Root Cultures
5.3.4 Regeneration of Roots from the Cell Suspensions
5.3.5 Alkaloid Analysis
5.4 Notes
References
Chapter 6: Strategies for the Optimization of Culture Conditions for Increasing Metabolite Production Through Hairy Root Cultu...
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Materials
6.2.1 Plant Material
6.2.2 Culture Media Components (See Note 1)
6.2.3 Chemical Elicitors
6.2.4 Alkaloid Analysis
6.2.5 General Labware, Supplies, and Equipment
6.3 Methods 6.3.1 Maintenance of J1/R1 Hairy Root Line in GRM/2 Medium
6.3.2 Culture of J1/R1 Hairy Root Line in Maintenance GRM/2 Medium
6.3.3 Elicitation of J1/R1 Hairy Root Line
6.3.4 Alkaloid Analysis
6.4 Notes
References
Chapter 7: Protocol for Enhanced Withaferin-A Production in Elicited Withania somnifera (L.) Dunal Hairy Root Cultures
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Materials
7.2.1 Media Preparation
7.2.2 Bacterial Stock Culture
7.2.3 Infection, Sonication, and Heat Treatment
7.2.4 Co-cultivation and Establishment of Hairy Root CultureDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalVikas Srivastava, Shakti Mehrotra, Sonal Mishra, editors.Summary: The growing scale of plant-based chemicals for industrial use has generated considerable interest in developing methods to meet their desired production levels. Among various available strategies for their production, the development of Agrobacterium rhizogenes mediated hairy root cultures (HRCs) is generally considered the most feasible approach. Additionally, several proof-of-principle experiments have demonstrated the practical feasibility of HRCs in the plant-based remediation of environment pollutants, biotransformation of important compounds, and production of therapeutic proteins.Given that hairy root biotechnology has now been recognized as a promising and highly dynamic research area, this book offers a timely update on recent advances, and approaches hairy roots as a multifaceted biological tool for various applications. Further, it seeks to investigate the loopholes in existing methodologies, identify remaining challenges and find potential solutions by presenting well thought-out scientific discussions from various eminent research groups working on hairy root biotechnology. This book provides detailed conceptual and practical information on HRC-based research, along with relevant case studies. The content is divided into three broad sections, namely (i) Hairy Roots and Secondary Metabolism, (ii) Progressive Applications, and (iii) Novel Approaches and Future Prospects. By informing the research and teaching community about the major strides made in HRC-based interventions in plant biology and their applications, the book is sure to spark further research in this fascinating field.
Contents:
Part I: Hairy Roots and Secondary Metabolism.- Progress and Prospects of Hairy Root Research.- A Critical Review on Biotechnological Interventions for Production and Yield Enhancement of Secondary Metabolites in Hairy Root Cultures.- pRi-Transformed Plants as a Source of Secondary Metabolites.- Biotechnological Intervention of Hairy Roots of Tropane Alkaloid Bearing Plants.- Hairy Root Cultures for Monoterpene Indole Alkaloid Pathway: Investigation and Biotechnological Production.- Stress Induced Metabolite Production Utilizing Plant Hairy Roots.- Bioreactor Design and Analysis for Large Scale Plant Cell and Hairy Root Cultivation.- Part II: Progressive Applications.
Hairy Root Mediated Biotransformation: Recent Advances and Exiting Prospect.- Hairy Roots as Bioreactors for the Production of Biopharmaceuticals.- Phytoremediation of Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) Utilizing Transgenic Hairy Root Cultures: Past and Future Perspectives.- Use of Hairy Root System to study Signalling Pathways During Nodule Formation.- Hairy Roots as a Tool for the Functional Analysis of Plant Genes.- Part III: Novel Approaches and Future Prospects.- An Update on Transcriptome Sequencing of Hairy Root Cultures of Medicinally Important Plants.- Strategies for Monitoring and Modeling Growth of Hairy Root Cultures: An in Silico Perspective.- Engineering in Hairy Roots using CRISPR/Cas9 Mediated Editing.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalHale's Medications & Mothers' Milk, 2019 : a Manual of Lactational Pharmacology. Eighteenth edition.Thomas W. Hale.Summary: "Written by a world-renowned expert in perinatal pharmacology, this essential reference contains current, complete, and evidence-based information on the transmission of maternal drugs into human milk. Because so many women ingest medications while breastfeeding, one of the most common questions encountered in pediatrics is: Which drugs are safe and which are hazardous for the infant? This 2019 edition has been extensively revised, and now includes 39 completely new and 331 updated medications, and state-of-the-art coverage of multiple diseases, vaccines, and syndromes. It addresses the use of radiopharmaceuticals, chemotherapeutic agents, and vaccines in breastfeeding mothers, and covers adult concerns, methods of reducing risk to infants, and infant monitoring."--Publisher's description.Digital Access R2Library 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalThomas W. Hale.Summary: "Written by a world-renowned expert in perinatal pharmacology, this essential reference contains current, complete, and evidence-based information on the transmission of maternal drugs into human milk. Because so many women ingest medications while breastfeeding, one of the most common questions encountered in pediatrics is: Which drugs are safe and which are hazardous for the infant? This 2021 edition has been extensively revised, and now includes 50 completely new and 356 updated medications, and state-of-the-art coverage of multiple diseases, vaccines, and syndromes. It addresses the use of radiopharmaceuticals, chemotherapeutic agents, and vaccines in breastfeeding mothers, and covers adult concerns, methods of reducing risk to infants, and infant monitoring"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Key points about breastfeeding and medications
Evaluation of the infant
General suggestions for the clinician
How to use this resource
Dr. Hale's lactation risk categories
Common abbreviations
Drugs A to Z.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 5 simultaneous users - DigitalThomas W. Hale, Kaytlin Krutsch.Limited to 4 simultaneous users
- DigitalPaolo Brambilla, Massimo Carlo Mauri, Alfredo Carlo Altamura, editors.Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on the psychopathology, clinical symptomatology, biology, and treatment of hallucinations in patients with psychoses and affective disorders. The opening section describes and examines the origins of the hallucinatory symptoms associated with schizophrenia, bipolar disorders, and drug- or substance-induced psychoses. In addition, progress in understanding of hallucinations in children and adolescents and chronic hallucinatory disorder is reviewed, and the value of a Research Domain Criteria approach in elucidating the emergence of auditory hallucinations is explained. The biological basis of hallucinations is then closely scrutinized with reference to recent genetic research, neurochemical studies, and functional and structural neuroimaging data. Outcomes of a meta-analysis of diffusion tensor imaging studies regarding the association between white matter integrity and auditory verbal hallucinations are highlighted. The closing chapters focus on the roles of drug treatment and electric and magnetic brain stimulation techniques. The book will be of wide interest to psychiatrists and clinical psychologists.Digital Access Springer 2018
- PrintLiang, Matthew H.; Lew, Edward R.Summary: This book describes the major changes in American medicine and healthcare that took place during 100 years of efforts to deliver the fruits of biomedical science to all. The story is told through the life of Halsted Reid Holman, an icon in American academic medicine and arguably one of the most notable academic leaders in the US. His story is extraordinary, human, and inspiring.A charismatic figure, a beloved doctor, brilliant bench scientist, innovative teacher, mentor to many leaders in American medicine and leader of one of the world's great academic medical centers, Holman was a change age.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2022
- Digitaledited by Raymond D. Harbison, Marie M. Bourgeois, and Giffe T. Johnson.Digital Access Wiley 2015
- PrintChierchia, Sergio; Goodwin, John F.; Maseri, Attilio; Sobel, Burton E.
- DigitalEmily A. Cook, Jeremy J. Cook, editors.
- Digital[edited by] Mary Fran Tracy (PhD, RN, APRN, CCNS, FCNS, FAAN, associate professor, School of Nursing, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota), Eileen T. O'Grady (PhD, RN, ARNP, certified nurse practitioner and wellness coach, founder, the School of Wellness, McLean, Virginia), Susanne J. Phillips (DNP, RN, APRN, FNP-BC, FAANP, FAAN, associate dean of clinical affairs & clinical professor, Sue & Bill Gross School of Nursing, University of California, Irvine, Irvine, California).Summary: "Edited and written by a "Who's Who" of internationally known thought leaders in advanced practice nursing, Hamric and Hanson's Advanced Practice Nursing: An Integrative Approach, 7th Edition provides a clear, comprehensive, and contemporary introduction to advanced practice nursing today, addressing all major APRN competencies, roles, and issues. Thoroughly revised and updated, the 7th edition of this bestselling text covers topics ranging from the evolution of advanced practice nursing to evidence-based practice, leadership, ethical decision-making, and health policy." -- AmazonDigital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023
- Digital[edited by] Mary Fran Tracy, Eileen T. O'Grady.Contents:
History and evolution of advanced practice nursing
Conceptualizations of advanced practice nursing
A definition of advanced practice nursing
Role development of the advanced practice nurse
Evolving and innovative opportunities for advanced practice nursing
International development of advanced practice nursing
Direct clinical practice
Coaching and guidance
Consultation
Evidence-based practice
Leadership
Collaboration
Ethical decision making
The clinical nurse specialist
The primary care nurse practitioner
The acute care nurse practitioner
The certified nurse-midwife
The certified registered nurse anesthetist
Maximizing APRN power and influencing policy
Marketing yourself as an APRN : negotiation and contracting
Reimbursement and payment for APRN services
Understanding regulatory, legal, and credentialing requirements
An integrative review of APN outcomes and performance improvement research
Using outcomes and performance improvement data to evaluate and improve practice.Digital Access R2Library 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalChristopher C. Kaeding, James R. Borchers, editors.Summary: Injuries to the hamstring and quadriceps muscles can occur in both low- and high-impact sports and as such are among the more common injuries incurred by athletes. Reviewing the relevant physiology, epidemiology, mechanisms, clinical presentation and treatment of these conditions, Hamstring and Quadriceps Injuries in Athletes covers all sports-related injuries of the thigh musculature in one place. Topics covered include mid substance injuries, acute proximal tendon avulsions and harvesting of hamstrings, as well as strains, contusions and ruptures of the quadriceps, including the use of biologic enhancing agents in healing. Chapters on rehabilitation and injury prevention present techniques to maximize recovery and minimize long-term impairment, speeding up return to play. It will be an often-used and reliable guide for sports medicine practitioners, orthopedists, physical therapists, primary care physicians, team physicians and trainers who treat the injured athlete.
Contents:
Functional Anatomy of the Hamstrings and Quadriceps
Quadriceps and Hamstrings Strength in Athletes
Epidemiology of Hamstring and Quadriceps Injury
Midsubstance Hamstring Injuries in the Athlete
Acute Proximal Hamstring Tendon Avulsions
Biologic Enhancement of Healing in Hamstring Injuries
Hamstring Harvest: Rehabilitation and Clinical Outcomes
Proximal Quadriceps Injuries in Athletes
Contusions, Myositis Ossificans and Compartment Syndrome of the Thigh
Quadriceps Tendon Ruptures
Rehabilitation of Quadriceps Injuries
Hamstring Injury Rehabilitation and Injury Prevention.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital[edited by] Steven D. Maschke, MD, Hand and Upper Extremity Surgery, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, Thomas J. Graham, MD, Chief Innovation Officer, Justice Family Chair in Medical Innovations, Vice Chair, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, Peter J. Evans, MD, PhD, Director, Upper Extremity Center, Cleveland Combined Hand Fellowship and Peripheral Nerve Center, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio.Digital Access
- DigitalGöran Lundborg.Summary: This book presents the human hand from an overall perspective from the first appearance of hand-like structures in the fins of big fishes living millions of years ago to today's and the future s mind-controlled artificial hands. Much focus is given to the extremely well-developed sensation of the hand, its importance and its linkage to brain plasticity mechanisms. How can active hands rapidly expand their representational area in the brain? How can the sense of touch substitute for other deficient senses, such as in Braille reading where hand sensation substitutes for missing vision? How can the mere observation of active hands, belonging to others, activate the hand area in the observer's own brain and what is the importance of this phenomenon for learning by imitation and the understanding of other peoples actions, gestures and body language? Why are some of us left-handed and what are the consequences from cultural and physiological viewpoints? Why does phantom sensation and phantom pain occur after hand amputation, and what can we do about it? Why can salamanders regenerate new extremities while humans can not? Is it possible to transplant a hand from a diseased individual to an amputee? Can artificial robotic hands be controlled by our mind, and can they ever gain the role of a normal hand? What role did the hand and the brain play during evolution in tool construction and development of language and cognitive functions? The hand has a high symbolic value in religion, literature and art and our hands have a key role in gestures and body language. The Hand and the Brain is aimed at anybody with interest in life sciences, in the medical field especially hand surgeons, orthopaedic specialists, neurologists and general practitioners, and those working in rehabilitation medicine and pain treatment.
Contents:
Fins, Fossils And Fingers
The Hand, The Brain And Mans Travel In Time
The Brain, The Tools And The Technique
How The Hand Created The Languge
Hand Prints From The Past
The Intelligent Hand
An Extension Of The Brain
Sensation And Emotions
The Feeling Brain
How The Hand Shapes The Brain
The Interaction Between Senses
Mirrors In The Brain
Creative Hands
Right Or Left?
One Hand Missing
Hand Transplantation
The Thought-Controlled Robotic Hand. - DigitalBernhard Hirt, Harun Seyhan, Michael Wagner, Rainer Zumhasch ; translator: Karen Leube.Contents:
Anatomy and functional anatomy of the hand
Surface anatomy of the forearm, wrist, and hand structures.Digital Access - DigitalGary M. Lourie, editor.Summary: This book comprehensively reviews soft tissue, bone, ligament, and nerve injury of the hand and wrist unique to baseball. Organized into three sections, the book begins with a discussion on fractures of the hand and wrist, including the distal radius, scaphoid, and phalanges. Following this, section two examines ligament injuries from the wrist to the thumb. Section three then concludes the book with an analysis of tendon and nerve injuries. Chapters include high-quality images and tables to supplement expertly written text. Unique and thorough, Hand and Wrist Injuries in Baseball is an invaluable resource for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists, as well as primary care physicians, emergency room physicians, pediatricians, athletic trainers, and therapists.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Introduction
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Fractures of the Hand and Wrist
1: Distal Radius Fractures in Baseball
Define the Specific Injury Your Chapter Will Address
Pertinent Anatomy of the Injury You Are Describing. Please Make It Clinical Anatomy
Mechanism of Injury
History/Differential Dx
Directed Physical Exam
Imaging Including Advanced Methods
Conservative Treatment
Surgical Treatment
Post-treatment Rehab (There Will Be a Specific Chapter to General Guidelines)
Complications/Adverse Results
Early Return to Play 4: Hook of the Hamate Fractures
Introduction
Incidence of Fractures of the Hook of the Hamate
Clinical Anatomy
Mechanism of Injury
History
Physical Exam
Radiographs/Advanced Imaging
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment (Conservative Versus Surgical)
Results
Prevention/Management Optimization
Conclusion
References
5: Carpometacarpal (CMC) Injuries Digits 2-5
Introduction
Carpometacarpal Bossing
Carpometacarpal Dislocation
References
6: Phalangeal and Metacarpal Fractures of the Digits
Introduction
Anatomy
Mechanism of Injury Differential Diagnosis
Physical Examination
Imaging
Conservative Treatment
Surgical Treatment
Metacarpal Head Fractures
Metacarpal Shaft Fractures
Post-treatment Rehabilitation
Complications
Early Return to Play
References
7: Thumb Basilar Joint Injuries
Fractures
Introduction
Pertinent Anatomy
Mechanism of Injury/History
Physical Exam
Imaging
Conservative Treatment
Surgical Treatment
Complications
Return to Play
Dislocations
Introduction
Mechanism of Injury
Pertinent Anatomy
History/Physical Exam
Imaging Conservative Treatment
Surgical Treatment
References
Fracture
Dislocation
8: Distal Tip Injuries and Blisters
Blisters
References
Part II: Ligament Injuries of the Hand and Wrist
9: Scapholunate Ligament Injuries in Baseball
Introduction
Anatomy and Biomechanics
Diagnosis
Clinical Presentation
Imaging
Diagnostic Arthroscopy
Treatment
Rehabilitation
Summary
References
10: Thumb Metacarpophalangeal Joint Collateral Ligament Injury
Thumb Ulnar Collateral Ligament
Anatomy and Mechanism of Injury
Diagnosis: History and Clinical Exam - DigitalRiccardo Luchetti, Loris Pegoli, Gregory I. Bain, editors.Summary: This well-illustrated book describes the injuries to the hand and wrist that are commonly encountered among participants in combat sports, explaining the mechanisms of injury and offering state of the art guidance on diagnosis and treatment. It covers both injuries characteristic of individual sports, such as kendo, karate, judo, jiu-jitsu, aikido, and mixed martial arts, and pathologies encountered across the full range of combat sports, including boxing, wrestling, and taekwondo. In addition to management, careful attention is paid to rehabilitation following injury and to psychological aspects of recovery from injury. The book is the result of a collaboration with the International Society for Sport Traumatology of the Hand (ISSPORTH) and has been designed to meet the needs of all practitioners who work with combat sports athletes. While especially helpful for surgeons, physicians, therapists, and rehabilitators, it will also be of value to coaches, trainers, and players. The authors are leading international experts in the field who have been involved with international societies and in some cases have personal experience of combat sports at a high level.Digital Access Springer 2018
- Digital[edited by] Kevin C. Chung.Digital Access
- DigitalGrégory Mesplié, editor.Summary: This book developed from the experience of the ISAMMS team (Institut Sud Aquitain de la Main et du Membre Superieur), that has been treating hand and wrist pathologies for over 20 years. Hand and wrist require specific care from a multidisciplinary staff. The patient has to be treated efficiently from injury in order to be able to return to work and sports activities. The book presents the most validated clinical examination, clinical reasoning, rehabilitation techniques and orthoses allowing the therapist to maximize their efficiency in treating patients with hand and wrist pathologies. This publication is intended for physiotherapists and occupational therapists, surgeons and practitioners specialized in physical rehabilitation, as well as for the students in these fields.
Contents:
Part 1 Clinical examination and clinical reasoning
Clinical examination of the wrist and hand
Clinical reasoning in the traumatic and micro-traumatic pathologies of the hand
Part 2 Rehabilitation tools and techniques
Physical agents
Scar massage and treatment
Hand and wrist mobilisations
Neurodynamic mobilisations
Physiology and rehabilitation of sensorial and motor disorders
Rehabilitation of proprioception
Rehabilitation using motor imagery after a post-traumatic cortical reorganization
Self-rehabilitation
Part 3 Common hand and wrist orthoses. - Digital/Printby W. Morrant Baker and Vincent Dormer Harris.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Mehmet Tuncay Duruoz.Summary: Accurate assessment of hand function is critical to any treatment regimen of the hand compromised patient. Hand Function is a practical, clinical book which provides the knowledge needed to distinguish the different dimensions of hand function, particularly impairment, disability and handicap. Beginning with an overview of basic principles and examination, subsequent chaptersevaluate the hand function inspecific afflicted populations, including the rheumatoid patient, the stroke patient, the trauma patient, the geriatric patient and the pediatric patient, as well as special populations such asdiabetes mellitus patients and musicians. An appendix containing hand function scales essential to theassessment ofdisability is also included. Rheumatologists, physiatrists, hand surgeons, orthopedists, occupational therapistsand physical therapists will all find Hand Function a useful and valuable addition to their clinical references.
Contents:
Part I: Basic Principles of Hand Function
Functional Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Hand
Physical Examination of the Hand
Assessment of Hand Functions
Part II: Hand Function Assessment in Clinical Practice
Hand Function in Rheumatoid Arthritis
Hand Function in Osteoarthritis
Hand Function in Scleroderma
Functional Assessment in Hands with Flexor and Extensor Tendon Injuries
Hand Function in Stroke
Hand Function in Tetraplegia
Hand Function in Parkinson's Disease
Hand Function in Children with Congenital Disorders
Hand Function in Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
Hand Function in Geriatric Conditions
Hand Function in Common Hand Problems
Hand Function in Metabolic Disorders: Haemodialysis, Diabetes Mellitus, Gout
Part III: Hand Function and Imaging Outcomes
Hand Function and Imaging Outcomes
Appendices. - DigitalMehmet Tuncay Duruöz, editor.Summary: This practical guide aids clinicians in distinguishing the different dimensions of hand function such as impairment, disability, and handicap. New and updated chapters discuss cerebral palsy, sports injuries, robotics, and assistive technologies. Extensively revised, the book provides a broad overview of the basic principles and examination of hand function. It describes how to evaluate hand function in specific afflicted populations, including the rheumatoid patient, the stroke patient, the trauma patient, the geriatric patient, and the pediatric patient as well as special populations such as diabetes mellitus patients and musicians. It also includes an appendix of hand function scales essential to the assessment of disability. The Second Edition of Hand Function is an ideal resource for all rheumatologists, physiatrists, hand surgeons, orthopedists, occupational therapists, and physical therapists caring for patients with impaired hand function.
Contents:
SECTION I: Basic Principles of Hand Function
Functional Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Hand
Physical Examination of the Hand
Assessment of Hand Functions
SECTION II: Hand Function in Clinical Practice
Pain and Hand Function
Hand Function in Rheumatoid Arthritis
Hand Function in Osteoarthritis
Hand Function in Scleroderma
Functional Assessment in Hand with Flexor and Extensor Tendon Injuries
Hand Function in Stroke
Hand Function in Tetraplegia
Hand Function in Parkinson's Disease
Hand Function in Cerebral Palsy
Hand Function in Children with Congenital Disorders
Hand Function in Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
Functional Assessment in Geriatric Conditions
Hand Function in Common Hand Problems
Hand Function in Sport Injuries
Hand Function in Metabolic Disorders: Haemodialysis, Diabetes Mellitus, Gout
SECTION III: Hand Function with Robotics and Assistive Technology
Hand Function and Assistive Devices
Sports and Recreational Adaptations for Hand
The Functional Capacity of the Robotic Hands
SECTION IV: Hand Function and Imaging Outcomes
Hand Function and Imaging Outcomes
Appendix: Some Hand Functional Scales. - Digital[edited by] Pedro K. Beredjiklian.Summary: "Hand surgery requires precision, in-depth expertise, and versatility in order to perform a wide variety of operations on fractures, tendon and nerve conditions, soft tissue injuries, rheumatoid deformities, and congenital defects. Hand Surgery: Tricks of the Trade by renowned Rothman Orthopaedic Institute hand surgeon Pedro K. Beredjiklian and an impressive group of contributors provides a clear roadmap on how to perform common hand surgery procedures. Concise step-by-step text enables readers to quickly read through, review, and understand the most salient points for each approach. Organized into 14 major sections and 88 chapters, this book encompasses the entire spectrum of orthopedic surgery procedures on the tendons, nerves, bones, and joints of the hand. The text starts with two sections focused on tendon repair and reconstruction. Subsequent sections detail open and endoscopic release and decompression techniques for nerve conditions, fixation and plating of hand and wrist fractures, osteotomy for bone reconstruction, arthroplasty for arthritis, and ligament repair for instability. The last four sections discuss plastic surgery procedures, including the use of diverse skin grafts and flaps, Dupuytren's disease, arthroscopy, and infections"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalDariush Nikkhah.Contents:
Assessment / Dariush Nikkhah, Jeremy Rodrigues
Operative preparation / Dariush Nikkhah, Jeremy Rodrigues
Incisions / Dariush Nikkhah
Anesthesia in hand surgery / Dariush Nikkhah, Wojciech Konczalik, Jeremy Prout
Nailbed repair / Dariush Nikkhah, Jeremy Rodrigues
Hand infections / Dariush Nikkhah
Flexor tendon repair / Dariush Nikkhah, Wojciech Konczalik
Extensor tendon repair / Dariush Nikkhah, Amir Sadr
Closed tendon ruptures / Dariush Nikkhah, Robert Pearl
Thump MCP joint ulnar collateral ligament repair / Dariush Nikkhah, Amir Sadr
Digital nerve repair / Dariush Nikkhah
Replantation and revascularization / Dariush Nikkhah
The spaghetti wrist / Dariush Nikkhah, Wojciech Konczalik
Fracture fixation technique / Dariush Nikkhah, Nikki Burr, Robert Pearl
Local and regional hand flaps / Dariush Nikkhah, Mo Akhavani
Free tissue transfer / Dariush Nikkhah, Roshan Vijayan, Stamatis Sapzountzis
Limb threatening emergencies / Dariush Nikkhah, Wojtech Konczalik
Terminalization / Dariush Nikkhah, Amir Sadr.Digital Access - DigitalPrateush Singh, editor.Summary: This book comprehensively covers hand trauma from initial presentation to management. Material is presented in an easy to follow practically applicable way, bridging the gap between what trainees encounter during training and what is encountered in a busy emergency department . Topics covered include upper limb anatomy, soft tissue injuries and infections, hand fractures, anaesthesia, and referrals from primary care, with detailed guides provided on how to successfully perform techniques such as digit replantation, extravasation, and locoregional flaps. Hand Trauma in Clinical Practice systematically describes a variety of categories of hand trauma, and plastic and orthopaedic surgical techniques. Therefore, it represents a valuable resource for practising and trainee plastic surgeons, orthopaedic surgeons, and emergency care specialists.
Contents:
Hand anatomy
History and examination
Practical notes in hand trauma
Soft tissue injuries
Hand infections
Hand emergencies
Tendon injuries
Locoregional flaps in the hand
Hand fractures
Anaesthesia for upper limb surgery
Consent
Referrals from primary care. - DigitalLior Laver, Philippe Landreau, Romain Seil, Nebojsa Popovic, editors.Summary: This book is designed to help improve the medical care of athletes across the world who play team handball - including not only handball itself but also such sports as beach volleyball and mini-handball. It provides concise practical information on the nature of frequently encountered injuries, the management of these injuries, injury prevention, and rehabilitation following treatment. Individual sections also focus on physiologic, endocrinologic, biomechanical, and nutritional aspects; special considerations in particular groups of players; and psychological issues. The medical needs of a handball team are explained, and guidance offered on preparticipation assessment and screening. All of the authors are leaders in their field. Their excellent teamwork ensures that the book, published in collaboration with ESSKA, will represent a superb, comprehensive educational resource. It will meet the needs of both handball medical caregivers and handball personnel, providing readily accessible answers to a wide range of medical questions and facilitating effective collaboration among the various professionals involved in team handball.
- Digitaledited by Nancy A. Obuchowski and G. Scott Gazelle.Contents:
Imaging technology assessment / Pari V. Pandharipande, G. Scott Gazelle
Clinical trials of therapy / Sayeh Lavasani, Ali Mahinbakht, Anthony F. Shields
Clinical trials of image guided interventions including radiotherapy studies / Gary S. Dorfman, Stephen M. Hahn
Imaging as predictor of therapeutic response / David A. Mankoff, Anthony F. Shields
Screening trials and design / Constance D. Lehman, Diana L. Miglioretti
Practicalities of running a trial / Michael T. Lu, Elizabeth C. Adami, Udo Hoffmann
Statistical issues in study design / Nancy A. Obuchowski
Introduction to biostatistical methods / Diana L. Miglioretti, Todd A. Alonzo, Nancy A. Obuchowski
Methods of studies of diagnostic tests / Jeffrey D. Blume
Methods for quantitative imaging biomarker studies / Alicia Y. Toledano, Nancy A. Obuchowski
Introduction to cost-effectiveness analysis in clinical trials / Ruth C. Carlos, G. Scott Gazelle.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalLarry D. Purnell and Eric A. Fenkl.Summary: This concise, easy-to-read book tackles the potentially awkward subject of culture in a direct, non-intimidating style. It prepares all health professionals in any clinical setting to conduct thorough assessments of individual from culturally specific population groups, making it especially valuable in today's team-oriented healthcare environment. The book is suitable for healthcare workers in all fields, particularly nurses who interact with the patients 24 hours a day, every day of the week. Based on the Purnell Model for Cultural Competence, it explores 26 different cultures and the issues that healthcare professionals need to be sensitive to. For each group, the book includes an overview of heritage, communication styles, family roles and organization, workforce issues, biocultural ecology, high-risk health behaviors, nutrition, pregnancy and child bearing, death rituals, spirituality, healthcare practices, and the views of healthcare providers. It also discusses the variant characteristics of culture that determine the diversity of values, beliefs, and practices in an individual's cultural heritage in order to help prevent stereotyping. These characteristics include age, generation, nationality, race, color, gender, religion, educational status, socioeconomic status, occupation, military status, political beliefs, urban versus rural residence, enclave identity, marital status, parental status, physical characteristics, sexual orientation, gender issues, health literacy, and reasons for migration. Each chapter offers specific instructions, guidelines, tips, intervention strategies, and approaches specific to a particular cultural population.
Contents:
Introduction
Chapter 1: Transcultural Diversity and Health Care
Chapter 2: The Purnell Model for Cultural Competence
Chapter 3: Barriers to Culturally Competent health Care
Chapter 4: People of African American Heritage
Chapter 5: People of American Indian/Alaskan Native Heritage
Chapter 6: The Amish
Chapter 7: People of Appalachian Heritage
Chapter 8: People of Arab Heritage
Chapter 9: People of Brasilian Heritage-- Chapter 10: People of Chinese Heritage
Chapter 11: People of Cuban Heritage
Chapter 12: People of European American Heritage
Chapter 13: People of Filipino Heritage
Chapter 14: People of German Heritage
Chapter 15: People of Guatemalan Heritage
Chapter 16: People of Haitian Heritage
Chapter 17: People of Hindu Heritage
Chapter 18: People of Hmong Heritage
Chapter 19: People of Iranian Heritage
Chapter 20: People of Japanese Heritage
Chapter 21: People of Jewish Heritage
Chapter 22: People of Irish Heritage-- Chapter 23: People of Korean Heritage
Chapter 24: People of Mexican Heritage
Chapter 25: People of Polish Heritage
Chapter 26; People of Puerto Rican Heritage
Chapter 27: People of Russian Heritage
Chapter 28: People of Somali Heritage
Chapter 29: People of Turkish Heritage
Chapter 30: People of Vietnamese Heritage
Glossary. - Digitaledited by Robert A. Goodnow, Jr.Contents:
Just enough knowledge?
A brief history of the development of combinatorial chemistry and the emerging need for DNA-encoded chemistry
A history of DNA-encoding
DNA-compatible chemistry
Foundations of a DNA-encoded library (DEL)
Practices for synthesizing DNA-encoded libraries
Chemical gene design for DNA-encoded libraries
Analytical challenges for DNA-encoded library systems
Information technology: functionality and architectures for DNA-encoding
Theoretical considerations of the application of DNA-encoded libraries to drug discovery
Begin with the end in mind : the hit-to-lead process
Enumeration and visualization of large combinatorial chemical libraries
Screening large compound collections
Reported applications of DNA-encoded library chemistry
Dual-pharmacophore DNA-encoded chemical libraries
Hit identification and hit follow-up
Using DNA to program chemical synthesis, discover new reactions, and detect ligand binding
An outlook and the changing feasibility and economics of chemical diversity exploration with DNA-encoded combinatorial approaches
Keeping the promise? an outlook on dna chemical library technology.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - Digitaleditors, Douglas A. Levine, MD, Associate Attending Surgeon, Gynecology Service, Department of Surgery, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, New York, Don S. Dizon, MD, FACP, Clinical Co-Director, Gynecologic Oncology, Director, Oncology, Sexual Health Clinic, Massachusetts General Hospital Cancer Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts, Catheryn M. Yashar, MD, Professor, Department of Radiation Medicine and Applied Sciences, University of California - San Diego, [and 4 others].Contents:
Principles of chemotherapy in gynecologic cancer / Don S. Dizon
Biologic and physical aspects of radiation oncology / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
Clinical genetics of gynecologic cancer / Douglas A. Levine
Preinvasive lesions of the genital tract / Douglas A. Levine
The vulva / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
The vagina / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
The uterine cervix / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
The corpus : epithelial tumors / Jose Alejandro Rauh-Hain and Don Dizon
The corpus : mesenchymal tumors / Douglas A. Levine
Ovarian cancer (including the fallopian tube) / Douglas A. Levine
Nonepithelial ovarian cancer / Tracilynn Hall and Don S. Dizon
Molar pregnancy and gestational trophoblastic neoplasms / Rachel M. Clarke and Don S. Dizon.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - Digitaleditors, Douglas A. Levine, Lillie Lin, Stéphanie Gaillard, Lilie L. Lin [and four others].Summary: "Easy to read and designed for on-the-spot reference, Handbook for Principles and Practice of Gynecologic Oncology, is a concise guide for fellows, residents, and specialist trainees in the diagnosis and management of gynecologic cancers. The text consists of authoritative coverage of the latest developments in the field, streamlined data that support treatment recommendations, and helpful algorithms and tables included throughout. This is based on and a companion to Principles and Practice of Gynecologic Oncology, 7th Edition. The new edition will be the first edition full-color with overhauled algorithms and design"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Principles of chemotherapy in gynecologic cancer / Don S. Dizon
Biologic and physical aspects of radiation oncology / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
Clinical genetics of gynecologic cancer / Douglas A. Levine
Preinvasive lesions of the genital tract / Douglas A. Levine
The vulva / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
The vagina / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
The uterine cervix / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
The corpus : epithelial tumors / Jose Alejandro Rauh-Hain and Don Dizon
The corpus : mesenchymal tumors / Douglas A. Levine
Ovarian cancer (including the fallopian tube) / Douglas A. Levine
Nonepithelial ovarian cancer / Tracilynn Hall and Don S. Dizon
Molar pregnancy and gestational trophoblastic neoplasms / Rachel M. Clarke and Don S. Dizon.Digital Access Ovid 2021 - Digitaledited by Major Chris Carter, Joy Notter.Summary: "This handy resource provides a concise overview of some of the key elements of nursing practice, and is designed to create the foundations on which to build clinical competence. The Handbook covers the rationales and knowledge that underpin activities performed by registered nurses in both the community and hospital. It includes clinical guidelines, an overview of the core components of care and the basics of key procedures. Written by nurse educators and clinicians to reflect current nursing standards and competence, this book is an ideal reference guide for student nurses, newly qualified nurses and those who teach staff in practice"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Bedside Clinical Teaching
2. Infection Prevention and Control Principles
3. Patient Assessment
4. Respiratory Assessment
5. Respiratory Support
6. Tracheostomy Care
7. Cardiovascular Assessment
8. Neurological Assessment and Management
9. Pain Assessment and Management
10. Sepsis Care
11. Gastrointestinal Assessment and Management
12. Managing Safe Intravenous Therapy and Blood Transfusions
13. Peri-Operative Care
14. Medicines Management
15. Wound Care
16. Patient Hygiene
17. Elimination
18. Patients With Reduced Mobility
19. Emergency Procedures
20. Adult Blood Tests.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing [2024] - DigitalGregory Piazza, Benjamin Hohlfelder, Samuel Z. Goldhaber.Contents:
Overview of Venous Thromboembolism
Risk Factors for Venous Thromboembolism
Pathophysiology of Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism
Diagnosis of Deep Vein Thrombosis
Diagnosis of Pulmonary Embolism
Risk Stratification and Prognosis
Advanced Therapy for Venous Thromboembolism
Anticoagulation for Venous Thromboembolism
Long-term Management of Venous Thromboembolism
Prevention of Venous Thromboembolism .Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalWolfgang Hiddemann, editor.Contents:
Introduction
Epidemiology, pathogenesis, and etiology of acute leukemia
Clinical manifestations and diagnosis
Diagnostic criteria, classification, and prognosis of acute leukemia
Therapeutic management of acute myeloid leukemia
Therapeutic management of acute promyelocytic leukemia
Therapeutic management of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
Future outlook for acute leukemia. - DigitalRavishankar, Gokare A.; Ambati, Ranga Rao.Summary: Key features: The most comprehensive resource available on the biodiversity of algal species, their industrial production processes and their use for human consumption in food, health and varied applications. Emphasis on basic and applied research, addressing aspects of scale-up for commercial exploitation for the development of novel phytochemicals (phytochemicals from algae). Addresses the underexplored and underutilized potential of chemicals from marine sources for health benefits. Each chapter, written by expert contributors from around the world, includes Summary Points, Figures and Tables, as well as up-to-date references. The first book in this two-volume set explores the diversity of algal constituents for health and disease applications. The commercial value of chemicals of value to food and health is about billion annually, of which 30 percent relates to micro and macro algal metabolites and products for health food applications. This comprenhensive volume looks in detail at algal genomics and metabolomics as well as mass production of microalgae. As a whole, the two-volume set covers all micro and macro algal forms and their traditional uses; their constituents which are of value for food, feed, specialty chemicals, bioactive compounds for novel applications, and bioenergy molecules. Bio-business and the market share of algae-based products are also dealt with, providing global perspectives.
- DigitalJohn J. Nagelhout, Karen L. Plaus.Summary: A practical reference for the clinical setting, Handbook of Anesthesia, 5th Edition puts key information at your fingertips. It's an ideal companion to Nurse Anesthesia, providing easy-access coverage of the subjects you look up most frequently, such as common diseases, common procedures, drugs, and protocols. It also includes the most current information related to perioperative management and anesthetic care considerations for a wide variety of surgical procedures. Written by leading CRNA experts John Nagelhout and Karen Plaus, this compact handbook provides the up-to-date clinical and drug information you'll use in daily practice.
Contents:
pt. 1. Common diseases. Section 1. Cardiovascular System. Cardiomyopathy ; Coronary Artery Disease ; Heart Failure ; Hypertension ; Myocardial Infarction ; Pericardial Disease ; Peripheral Vascular Disease ; Shock ; Valvular Heart Disease
Section 2. Central Nervous System. Alzheimer's Disease/Dementia ; Autonomic Hypereflexia/Dysautonomia ; Cerebrovascular Disease ; Guillain-Barre Syndrome ; Hydrocephalus ; Intracranial Hypertension ; Mental Disorder ; Multiple Sclerosis ; Neuropathy/Myopathy ; Parkinson's Disease ; Seizures Spinal Cord Injury
Section 3. Endocrine System. Acromegaly ; Adrenocortical Insufficiency ; Cushing's Disease ; Diabetes Insipidus ; Diabetes Mellitus ; Hyperaldosteronism ; Hypoaldosteronism ; Hyperparathyroidism ; Hypoparathyroidism ; Hyperthyroidism ; Hypothyroidism ; Pheochromocytoma
Section 4. Gastrointestinal System. Carcinoid Tumors and Carcinoid Syndrome ; Gallstone/Gallbladder Disease ; Hiatal Hernia/Gastric Reflux ; Inflammatory Bowel Disease ; Pancreatitis ; Splenic Disorders
Section 5. Hematologic System. AID/HIV Infection ; Anemia ; Disseminating Intravascular Coagulation ; Hemophilia ; Heparin Induced Thromocytopenia ; Leukemia ; Polycythemia Vera ; Sickle Cell Disease ; Thalassemia ; Von Willebrand Disease
Section 6. Hepatic System. Cirrhosis/Portal Hypertension ; Hepatic Failure ; Hepatitis
Section 7. Musculoskeletal System. Ankylosing Spondylitis ; Kyphoscoliosis ; Lambert-Eaton ; Myasthenic Syndrome ; Malignant Hyperthermia ; Muscular Dystrophy ; Myasthenia Gravis ; Myotonic Dystrophy ; Pectus Deformities ; Rheumatoid Arthritis
Section 8. Renal System. Acute Renal Failure ; Chronic Renal Failure ; Urolithiasis
Section 9. Respiratory System. Adult Respiratory Distress Syndrome ; Aspiration Pneumonia ; Asthma ; Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease ; Cor Pulmonale ; Cystic Fibrosis ; Pneumothorax and Hemothorax ; Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension ; Pulmonary Edema ; Pulmonary Embolism ; Restrictive Pulmonary Diseases ; Tuberculosis
Section 10. Other Conditions. Allergic Reactions and Hypersensitivity ; Geriatrics ; Glaucoma/Open Globe ; Malnutrition ; Obesity ; Scleroderma ; Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
pt. 2. Common Procedures. Section 1. Cardiovascular System
Section 2. Gastrointestinal System
Section 3. Genitourinary System
Section 4. Head and Neck
Section 5. Intrathoracic and Extrathoracic
Section 6. Neurologic System
Section 7. Neuroskeletal System
Section 8. Obstetrics and Gynecology
Section 9. Orthopedics and Podiatry
Section 10. Other Procedures
Section 11. Pediatrics
Section 12. Neonatal Anesthetic Considerations
Section 13. Anesthesia for Therapeutic and Diagnostic Procedures
Section 14. Vascular Surgery
Section 15. Complications
pt. 3. Drugs. Appendices. Antibiotics ; Antithrombotic Drugs ; Corticosteroid Replacement ; Diabetic Drugs ; Hematology ; Immunosuppressive Drugs ; Pediatric Considerations ; Preoperative Laboratory Tests ; Pulmonary Function Test Values.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2014 - DigitalMichelle A. Rudek, Cindy H. Chau, associate eidtors ; William D. Figg, Howard L. McLeod, senior editors.Summary: There are many steps on the road from discovery of an anticancer drug to securing its final approval by the Food and Drug Administration. In this thoroughly updated and expanded second edition of the Handbook of Anticancer Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics, leading investigators synthesize an invaluable overview of the experimental and clinical processes of anticancer drug development, creating a single indispensable reference that covers all the steps from the identification of cancer-specific molecular targets to screening techniques and the development and validation of bioanalytical methods to clinical trial design and all phases of clinical trials. The authors have included new material on phase 0 trials in oncology, organ dysfunction trials, drug formulations and their impact on anticancer drug PK/PD including strategies to improve drug delivery, pharmacogenomics and cancer therapy, high throughput platforms in drug metabolism and transport pharmacogenetics, imaging in drug development and nanotechnology in cancer. Authoritative and up-to-date, Handbook of Anticancer Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics, 2nd Edition provides in one comprehensive and highly practical volume a detailed step-by-step guide to the successful design and approval of anticancer drugs. Road map to anticancer drug development from discovery to NDA submission Discussion of molecular targets and preclinical screening Development and validation of bioanalytical methods Chapters on clinical trial design and phase 0, I, II, III clinical trials Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, pharmacogenomics, and pharmacogenetics of anticancer agents Review of the drug development process from both laboratory and clinical perspectives New technological advances in imaging, high throughput platforms, and nanotechnology in anticancer drug development.Digital Access Springer 2014
- Digitaledited by Mona M. Amer and Germine H. Awad.Summary: "The Handbook of Arab American Psychology is the first major publication to comprehensively discuss the Arab American ethnic group from a lens that is primarily psychological. This edited book contains a comprehensive review of the cutting-edge research related to Arab Americans and offers a critical analysis regarding the methodologies and applications of the scholarly literature. It is a landmark text for both multicultural psychology as well as for Arab American scholarship. Considering the post 9/11 socio-political context in which Arab Americans are under ongoing scrutiny and attention, as well as numerous misunderstandings and biases against this group, this text is timely and essential. Chapters in the Handbook of Arab American Psychology highlight the most substantial areas of psychological research with this population, relevant to diverse sub-disciplines including cultural, social, developmental, counseling/clinical, health, and community psychologies. Chapters also include content that intersect with related fields such as sociology, American studies, cultural/ethnic studies, social work, and public health. The chapters are written by distinguished scholars who merge their expertise with a review of the empirical data in order to provide the most updated presentation of scholarship about this population. The Handbook of Arab American Psychology offers a noteworthy contribution to the field of multicultural psychology and joins references on other racial/ethnic minority groups, including Handbook of African American Psychology, Handbook of Asian American Psychology, Handbook of U.S. Latino Psychology, and The Handbook of Chicana/o Psychology and Mental Health"--Provided by publisher
Contents:
Part I. Identity, Culture, and Context
Part II. Lifespan Development
Part III. Special Populations
Part IV. Behavioral Health
Part V. Applied Practice and Interventions
Part VI. Methodology and Future Directions. Part I. Identity, culture, and context
1. The Arab region: cultures, regions, and identities / Charles Harb
2. Race and racialization: demographic trends and the process of reckoning social place / Louise Cainkar
3. Acculturation and enculturation: ethnic identity socialization processes / Julie Hakim-Larson and Rosanne Menna
4. Religion and religiosity: Christian and Muslim faiths, diverse practices, and psychological correlates / Mona M. Amer and Randa A. Kayyali
5. Discrimination: heightened prejudice post 9/11 and psychological outcomes / Germine H. Awad and Wafa M. Amayreh
6. Community activism: advocacy, identity politics, and the formation of a collective consciousness / Caroline Nagel and Amelia Ayoob
Part II. Lifespan development
7. Youth development: an ecological approach to identity / Kristine J. Ajrouch, Julie Hakim-Larson, and Rand Ramadan Fakih
8. Marriage and family: traditions and practices throughout the family life cycle / Juhayna Ajami, Sarah Rasmi, and Nuha Abudabbeh
9. Gender and sexuality: treading complex cultural challenges / Rita Stephan and Mireille Aprahamian
10. Aging and later life: barrier and adaptations based on immigration and nativity status / Sonia Solari, Kristine J. Ajrouch, and May H. Aydin
Part III. Special populations
11. International students: understanding the adjustment process of sojourners / Ayse Ciftci and Aieyat Zalzala
12. Refugees and forced migrants: seeking asylum and acceptance / Maryam Kia-Keating, Swassan R. Ahmed, and Sheila Modir
Part IV. Behavioral health
13. Psychological wellbeing: understanding risk andprotective factors / Wahiba Abu-Ras
14. Trauma: stress, coping, and emerging treatment models / Ibrahim Aref Kira and Nancy Howells Wrobel
15. Domestic violence: cultural determinants, reducing risks, and enhancing resilience / Anahid Kulwicki
16. Tobacco use: cultural influences on consumption and considerations for intervention / Linda G. Haddad, Mona M. Amer, and Emily R. Johnson
17. Alcohol and drug use: prevalence, predictors, and intervention / Cynthia L. Arfken and Emily R. Grekin
18. Health disparaties: using a framework to understand the correlates of health and disease status / Florence J. Dallo
Part V. Applied practice and interventions
19. Help-seeking: traditional and modern ways of knowing, and insights for mental health practice / Alean Al-Krenawi and John R. Graham
20. Psychological assessment: distinguishing the clinically relevant from the culturally unique / Omar M. Malmood and Sawssan R. Ahmed
21. Counseling: settings, clinical considerations, and counselor cultural competence / Sylvia C. Nassar-McMillan, Mona D. Nour, and Aisha M. Al-Qimlass
22. Psychotherapy models: cultural applications of psychodynamic, cognitive behavior, family systems, and cultural-specific approaches / Fatimah El-Jamil and Sameera Ahmed
23. School psychology: enhancing school climate and school connectedness / Karen L. Haboush and Hala Alyan
24. Health psychology: the interface between psychology and medicine / Mark A. Lumley, Maisa S. Ziadni, Cynthia L. Arfken, and Adnan Hammad
25. Community-based programs: ethnic-specific approaches to optimizing wellness / Nadia S. Ansary and Raja Salloum
Part VI. Methodology and future directions
26. Research measures: psychometric methods and challenges to valid assessment of constructs / Nancy Howells Wrobel
27. Research considerations: minimizing mistrust and maximizing participation / Karen J. Aroian
28. Research scholarship: critique of the existing literature and visions for the future / Mona M. Amer and Germine H. Awad.Digital Access TandFonline 2015 - Digitaledited by Martin S. Hagger, Linda D. Cameron, Kyra Hamilton, Nelli Hankonen, Taru Lintunen.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalDigital Access ScienceDirect v. 16-, 2007-
- DigitalNeeraj Jain, Lalit Duggal, editors.Summary: Biologics have revolutionized the treatment of autoimmune diseases due to their efficacy, speed of onset, and tolerability. The development of new agents and expanded use of existing agents continues to be a highly active area of investigation among rheumatic diseases, with a multitude of innovative therapeutic strategies in various stages of development. Although the story of treatments continues rapidly, therapeutic research in some conditions is hindered by the rarity of the disease, variation in phenotype, and concerns about toxicity. This fast-paced development of therapeutics,necessitates immediate evaluation of individual biologic agents and their best use in the new treatment regimens. This book provides an inclusive approach with the existing evidence concerning effectiveness and implications on the usage of biologics in treating various rheumatologic disorders. It also covers the evidence behind the rational use of these agents in varied autoimmune diseases. This manual also offers a complete overview of the existing & futuristic biologic treatments, and draws recommendations on how to standardize the most suitable regimen for a specific patient in the context of current guidelines. The handbook of Biologics in Rheumatology serves as a present and concise compendium to the modern therapeutic developments in the field. This book is likely to benefit clinicians, residents, fellow and other healthcare workers dealing with rheumatological disorders, and also hard-core Rheumatologists, who are looking for a quick recap of Biologics of their interest.
Contents:
History of Biologics
Biologics in Rheumatoid Arthritis
Biologics in Spondylarthritis
Biologics in Psoriatic Arthritis
Biologics in Gout
Biologics in Lupus
Biologics in Sjogrens Syndrome
Biologics in Systemic Sclerosis
Biologics in Inflammatory Myopathies
Biologics in ANCA Associated Vasculitis
Biologics inBehcet's Syndrome
Biologicsin Takayasu's Arteritis
Biologics in Interstitial lung disease in Rheumatological conditions
Biologics in Osteoporosis
Biologics in Osteoarthritis
Biologics in JIA
Biologics in Paediatric CTD
JAK inhibitors in Rheumatology
Biologics in Rheumatic disease with Infections
Biologics in Rheumatological conditions with Malignancy
Biologics in Uveitis
Biologics in Sarcoidosis
Biologics in IgG4-RD
Biosimilar in Rheumatology
Off label use of Biologics in Rheumatological disorders
Biologics & Ethical issues in Rheumatology
Patient consent for use of biologics. - Digitaledited by Konstantina S. Nikita.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Mark G. Hamilton, John G. Golfinos, Graham F. Pineo, William T. Couldwell.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Gordon M. Shepherd and Sten Grillner.Summary: Updated and revised, the second edition of Handbook of brain microcircuits covers the functional organization of 53 brain regions. This now-classic text uses an interdisciplinary approach to examine the integration of structure, function, electrophysiology, pharmacology, brain imaging, and behavior. Through uniquely concise and authoritative chapters by leaders in their fields, the Handbook of brain microcircuits synthesizes many of the new principles of microcircuit organization that are defining a new era in understanding the brain connectome, integrating the major neuronal pathways and essential microcircuits with brain function.
Contents:
Introduction: principles of microcircuit organization and function
Section 1. Neocortex
Neocortical microcircuits
Canonical cortical circuits
Microcircuitry of the neocortex
The cortical microcircuit as a recurrent neural network
Barrel cortex
Inhibitory mechanisms in the motor cortical circuit
Prefrontal cortex
Section 2. Thalamus
Circuitry of the lateral geniculate nucleus
Thalamocortical networks
Second 3. Circadian system
The suprachiasmatic nucleus
Section 4. Basal ganglia
Microcircuits of the striatum
Templates for neural dynamics in the striatum: striosomes and matrisomes
Subthalamo-pallidal circuit
Section 5. Limbic system and memory
Mesolimbic dopamine and the circuitry of reward
The cholinergic multicompartmental basal forebrain microcircuit
Amygdala microcircuits
Hippocampus: intrinsic organization
Hippocampus: network physiology
Entorhinal cortex
The neuronal circuit for simple forms of learning in Aplysia
Section 6. Visual system
Retina: microcircuits for daylight, twilight, and starlight vision
Understanding retinal microcircuitry: then to now
Fly optic lamina as a guide to neural circuit design
The insect visual system: correspondence with vertebrates and with olfactory processing
Section 7. Olfactory system
Olfactory bulb
Olfactory cortex
Implications from microcircuits of a moth's antennal lobe for olfactory information processing
Antennal lobe of the honeybee
Mushroom body of the honeybee
Olfactory microcircuits in Drosophilia melanogaster
The circuit for chemotaxis and exploratory behavior in Caenorhabditis elegans
Section 8. Taste system
Taste coding and feedforward/feedback signaling in taste buds
Microcircuitry of the rostral nucleus of the solitary tract
Section 9. Auditory system
Cochlear microcircuits
Cochlear nucleus
Nucleus laminaris
Section 10. Cerebellum
Cerebellar cortex
Olivocerebellar system
Section 11. Motor systems
The superior colliculus
Networks in the lamprey optic tectum
Respiratory central pattern generator: microcircuit generation of the rhythms and patterns of breathing
The mammalian brainstem chewing circuitry
The crustacean stomatogastric nervous system
The mauthnner cell microcircuits: sensory integration, decision-making, and motor functions
Spinal circuit for escape in goldfish and zebrafish
The lamprey postural circuit
The lamprey locomotor central pattern generator
Modularity and modulation of locomotor circuits in adult vertebrates
Tadpole swimming network
Neuronal circuits that generate swimming movements in leeches
The Tritonia swim central pattern generator
The swimming cicruit in the pteropod mollusk Clione limacina
The heartbeat neural control system of the leech.Digital Access Oxford 2018 - Digitaledited by Herbert B. Newton, MD, FAAN.Summary: Handbook of Brain Tumor Chemotherapy, Molecular Therapeutics, and Immunotherapy, Second Edition, provides a comprehensive overview of the molecular methodologies in the neuro-oncology field. There have been profound changes in the landscape of approaches to brain tumor therapy since the first edition--mainly in the areas of molecular biology and molecular therapeutics, as well as in the maturation of immunotherapy approaches (e.g., vaccines). This updated edition has a new, primary focus on multidisciplinary molecular methods, and is broadened to include the latest cutting-edge molecular biology, therapeutics, immunobiology and immunotherapy approaches. As the first comprehensive book to address the molecular research into these concepts, users will find it to be an invaluable resource on the topics discussed. Key features: Provides the most up-to-date information regarding conventional forms of cytotoxic chemotherapy, as well as the basic science and clinical application of molecular therapeutics for the treatment of brain tumors; Broadly appeals to anyone interested in neuro-oncology and the treatment of brain tumors; Features updated chapters on molecular biology, molecular therapeutics, maturation of immunotherapy approaches, and a focus on multidisciplinary molecular methods; Includes a new section on the basic science of immunology, as well as thorough updates on the use of vaccine technology and immunotherapy for the treatment of brain tumors.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- Digitaledited by Marc G. Jeschke, Lars-Peter Kamolz, Folke Sjöberg, Steven E. Wolf.Summary: The second edition of this volume provides updated information on acute burn treatment. It also discusses genomic responses to burns and novel techniques in this area. Divided into four topical parts, this book provides insights into the history, epidemiology, prevention of burns, as well as initial and pre-hospital management of burns, acute burn care and therapy, and non-thermal burns. All chapters have been edited by leading world authorities on burn care and offer readers a broad overview of the techniques and outcomes in this area. Please also have a look at "Handbook of Burns Volume 2 - Reconstruction and Rehabilitation 2nd edition."
Contents:
A History of burn care
Epidemiology and prevention of burns throughout the world
Prevention of burn injuries
Burns associated with wars and disasters
Population based research and outcomes
Education in burns
Team building in burns
QI/PI and Benchmarks
Outcome measures
Translational research to improve outcomes
First responder
Pre-hospital management
Transport/Telemedicine/Pictures/smart-phone
Admission of burn patiens to the Burn Centre including Burn wound evaluation
Burn size estimation, challeneges and novel technology
Early management of burn patients and fluid resuscitation
Novel resuscitation strategies and technology
Diagnosis and management of Inhalation injury, respiratory therapy
Pathophysiology of burn injury
Genomic and Proteomic responses to burn
Organ responses and organ support
Critical care of thermally injured patients
Nutrition support for the burn patient
Anabolic and anti-catabolic agents after burn
Treatment of Infections in burns
Anaesthetisa for patients with acute burns, adult, peds, elderly
Pain management after burn
Psychological, Delirium, ASD management
Nursing management of the burn-injured person
Rehabilitation management during the acute phase
Paediatric burn management
Burns in older adults
Burns in patients with special co-morbidities
Wound healing and wound care
Non-surgical management of burn patients
Surgical management of burn patients
Acute management of facial burns, acute vs. long term, surgical vs. non-surgical, face transplant
Hand burns
Treatment of burns novel technologies
Scarring and scar management
Electrical injury
Chemical burns
Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections
Frostbite
TEN/SS
Challenging burn cases examples.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLars-Peter Kamolz, Marc G. Jeschke, Raymund E. Horch, Markus Küntscher, Pavel Brychta, editors.Summary: The second edition of this volume has been updated with chapters on scar treatment using laser, microneedling, tissue engineering, adipose tissue and lipofilling. It compiles the perspectives of a multi-author team, examining the entire spectrum of burn reconstruction and long-term treatment. Individual updated chapters cover basic aspects of wound healing and scarring, and plastic surgery relating to tissue rearrangement and the use of flaps, as well as the long-term use of skin and skin substitutes. Furthermore, it addresses topics such as rehabilitation and scar management in detail. It provides comprehensive reconstruction guidelines organized by anatomic region (e.g. face, hands, ...) as well as future trends and prospects in burn reconstruction, such as allotransplantation and bionics. Please also have a look at the volume "Handbook of Burns Volume 1 - Acute Burn Care 2nd edition".
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Part I: Psychological Aspects and Long Time Consequences
1: Acute Stress Disorder and Post-traumatic Stress Disorder in Individuals Suffering from Burn Injury
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Definition and Symptoms
1.3 Prevalence
1.3.1 ASD
1.3.2 PTSD
1.4 Comorbidity
1.5 Risk Factors for the Development of Post-traumatic Stress
1.6 Assessment
1.6.1 ASD
1.6.2 PTSD
1.6.3 Assessment Considerations
1.6.3.1 Mental Status and Delirium
1.6.3.2 Pain
1.6.3.3 Time
1.7 Treatment
1.7.1 Initial Intervention 1.7.2 Cognitive-Behavioral Therapies
1.7.3 Other Psychosocial Interventions
1.7.4 Medication
1.8 Post-traumatic Growth
1.9 Summary and Conclusions
References
2: Long-Term Outcomes Following Burn Injuries
2.1 Introduction
2.2 The Biopsychosocial Model of Recovery
2.2.1 Pre-burn Emotional and Physical Health
2.2.2 Injury Characteristics
2.2.3 Coping
2.2.4 Emotional Distress
2.2.5 Post-traumatic Stress Disorder
2.2.6 Depression
2.2.7 Pain
2.2.8 Nonpharmacological Chronic Burn Pain Management
2.2.9 Sleep
2.2.10 Pruritus 2.2.11 Body Image
2.2.12 Return to Work
2.2.13 Return to School
2.3 Summary
References
Part II: Skin Architecture and Burn Wound Healing
3: Skin Architecture and Function
3.1 Skin Structure
3.2 Epidermis
3.3 Dermis
3.4 Hypodermis (Subcutaneous Fat, Panniculus Adiposus)
3.5 Skin (Stem) Cells: A Promising Source for Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine?
3.6 Keratinocytes: Immune Competent Epithelial Cells
3.7 Melanocytes: Pigment Cells with Immune Properties
3.8 Merkel Cells: Essential for Light-Touch Responses 3.9 Dendritic Cells: Key Regulators of the Immune Response
3.10 Langerhans Cells: Required for Induction of Immunity and/or Tolerance?
3.11 Dermal Dendritic Cell Subsets: Possessors of Diverse Functions
3.12 Resident Skin T Cells: Important Mediators of Skin Homeostasis and Pathology
3.13 Dermal-Epidermal Junction: Laden with Multiple Functions
References
4: Burn Wound Healing: Pathophysiology
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Local Biological Events Occurring After Burns
4.2.1 Inflammation
4.2.2 Edema
4.2.3 Burn Wound Conversion 4.3 Evolution of the Burn Wound and Local Consequences of Burns
4.4 General Factors Influencing the Burn Wound Evolution
4.4.1 Types of Burns
4.4.2 The Systemic Response to Local Burns
4.4.3 Influence of Immediate Care on Burn Wounds
4.4.4 Pathophysiological Consequences of Choice of Strategies Concerning Burn Wound Healing
4.5 Conclusion
References
Part III: Scar Assessment, Treatment and Rehabilitation
5: Scar Assessment
5.1 Scar Assessment Tools
5.2 Scar Features
5.2.1 Clinimetrical Principles
5.3 Subjective Scar Assessment Scales - DigitalMichael Feuerstein, Larissa Nekhlyudov, editors.Contents:
Cancer Survivorship: A Bird's Eye View from an Insider a Decade Later
Epidemiology
Adaptation
Quality Care
Disparities
Aging
Financial Hardship
Fatigue
Distress
Pain
Cognitive Dysfunction
Work
Sleep
Interpersonal Relationships
Physical Activity
Nutrition and Weight
Smoking
Primary Care
Comprehensive Health Care
International Perspectives
Lessons Learned and Challenges Ahead. . - DigitalVamsidhar Velcheti, Salman R Punekar.Digital Access
- DigitalZhaoshen Li, Zhuan Liao, Mark McAlindon, editors.Contents:
The history of wireless capsule endoscopy
The current main types of capsule endoscopy
Small bowel capsule endoscopy
Esophageal capsule endoscopy
Colon capsule endoscopy
Non-imaging capsule endoscopy
Capsule endoscopy in pediatrics
Comparison of capsule endoscopy and device assisted enteroscopy
Future development of capsule endoscopy
Case presentations.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaleditor, Anne Grete Semb.
- Digitaledited by V. Scott H. Solberg, Saba Rasheed Ali.Summary: "The Handbook of Career and Workforce Development provides educators, researchers, and policy makers with information on evidence-based programs and activities. Chapters describe ways that current research can be used to promote the design of more effective career development programs and services at local, state, and national levels. Promising career development practices applicable to a range of settings and special populations are identified, as are strategies for communicating evidence in ways that influence career and workforce development public policy. The Handbook of Career and Workforce Development can be used by policy makers and grant program officers to identify key career development ingredients that should be considered in proposals; researchers seeking to make their career development research relevant and practical; and practitioners implementing or advocating for career development programs and services"--The publisher.
Contents:
Introduction : designing quality career development programs and services / V. Scott H. Solberg and Saba R. Ali
Career and workforce development policy and evidence based practice
Career development and its role in maintaining a competitive global economy / V. Scott H. Solberg
Evidence based practice in career development interventions / Susan C. Whiston, Jérôme Rossier, and Paola M. Hernandez Barón
The supply and demand for career development programs and services as a social justice issue / James P. Sampson, Jr., Mary-Catherine McClain, Elisabeth Musch, and Robert C. Reardon
Developing national career development systems and policies with structured international co-operation : structures, processes and activities of the European lifelong guidance policy network / Raimo Vuorinen
Promising career and workforce development practices
Promising career and workforce development programs and services in supporting the needs of unemployed populations / David L. Blustein, Alice Connors-Kellgren, Chad Olle, and AJ Diamonti
Addressing inequities in access to career and workforce development programs and services in college settings / Janet Lenz and Deborah Osborn
Promising career and workforce development programs and services in middle and high school settings / Sylvia C. Nassar-McMillan, Julia Taylor, and Abigail Holland Conley
Promising career and workforce development programs and services in elementary school settings / Kimberly A.S. Howard, Eleanor Castine, and Sean Flanagan
Promising career and workforce development programs and services in supporting the transition needs for youth with disabilities / David W. Test, Lauren K. Bethune, and Karen M. Diegelmann
Promising career and workforce development programs and services in supporting the needs of diverse populations / Lisa Y. Flores, Feihan Li, and Sarah F. May
Influencing public policy
Translating the career and workforce development knowledge base for practitioners and policy makers / Saba Rasheed Ali, Sean Flanagan, Aurora Pham, and Kimberly Howard
Career and workforce development research, practice, and policy: synthesis and future directions / V. Scott H. Solberg and Saba Rasheed Ali.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Printby Dr. Viktor Fischl ... and Prof. Dr. Hans Schlossberger ... ; English translation from the German [by] A.S. Schwartzman ...
- Digitaledited by Jeffrey R. Starke and Peter R. Donald.Contents:
A brief history of childhood tuberculosis / Peter R. Donald
Microbiology and pathology of tuberculosis / Anne-Marie Demers, Andrew C. Whitelaw, Kathleen D. Eisenach
Immunology of tuberculosis / Beate Kampmann, Elizabeth Whittaker
Natural history of childhood tuberculosis / Ben J. Marais
Global epidemiology of childhood tuberculosis / Charalambos Sismanidis, Philille Glaziou, Malgosia Grzemska, Katherine Floyd, Mario Raviglione
Diagnosis of tuberculosis infection in children / Anna M. Mandalakas, Andrew DiNardo
Microbiologic diagnosis of tuberculosis disease in children / Mark P. Nicol, Heather J. Zar
Radiology of childhood tuberculosis / Savvas Andronikou, Tracy Kilborn
Diagnosis of intrathoracic tuberculosis / Carlos M. Perez-Velez
Diagnosis of the most common forms of extrathoracic tuberculosis in children / H. Simon Schaaf, Anthony J. Garcia-Prats
Central nervous system tuberculosis in children / Ronald van Toorn
Tuberculosis in adolescents / Andrea T. Cruz
Tuberculosis in neonates and infants / Adrie Bekker
Tuberculosis in HIV-infected and exposed infants, children, and adolescents / Helena Rabie, Mark F. Cotton
Antituberculosis drugs in children / Helen McIlleron
Treatment of tuberculosis infection in children / Amina Ahmed
Management of drug-susceptible tuberculosis in children / Soumya Swaminathan, N Poorana Ganga Devi
Management of drug-resistant tuberculosis in children / James Seddon
Tuberculosis vaccines : the old and the new / Kim Connelly Smith, Ian M. Orme, Jeffrey R. Starke
Mycobacterium bovis [non-BCG] in children / Jeffrey R. Starke
Public health and programmatic issues for childhood tuberculosis / Jeffrey R. Starke
The roadmap for childhood tuberculosis / Stephen M. Graham, Anne Detjen.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalTimothy P Hughes, David M Ross, Junia V Melo.Summary: This concise, clinically focused pocket handbook assembles and synthesizes the latest developments and trends in the diagnosis and treatment of CML and provides an authoritative and convenient summary of the latest progress in TKI trials, the molecular monitoring of CML responses, and the development of new therapies to overcome resistance and improve patient care. Chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) is a rare type of leukemia (1?2 per 100,000 people) but is the most common chronic myeloproliferative neoplasm. CML remains a key model for the improved understanding of the pathophysiology of a malignancy at a molecular level; CML was the first cancer to be associated with a recurring chromosome abnormality, which generates the Philadelphia (Ph) chromosome and its associated fusion gene BCR-ABL1. The clinical outcome for patients with CML has changed dramatically in the past 15 years and this has been due to the development of tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs), compounds that inhibit the activity of the oncogenic BCR-ABL1 protein. A number of first-, second- and third-generation TKIs are now available for the treatment of CML, although a number of treatment challenges remain, not least the development of treatment-resistant CML. Parallel to the development of specific drugs for treating CML, major advances have been made in the field of disease monitoring and standardization of response criteria.
Contents:
Epidemiology and risk factors.- Pathophysiology.-Diagnosis
Management of patients with CML
Challenges of treatment: treatment-resistant CML
Useful resources for your patients and caregivers. - Digitalsenior editor, Richard M. Pino ; associate editors, Meredith A. Albrecht, Edward A. Bittner, Hovig V. Chitilian, Wilton C. Levine, Susan A. Vassallo.Digital Access
- DigitalXue-Hong Wan, Rui Zeng, editors.Summary: The book covers basic theories, basic knowledge and basic skills on clinical diagnosis, basic requirements for doctors' ethical conduct, clinical reasoning and documentation of medical records during the process of making a diagnosis. It consists of seven chapters. Part 1 'Symptoms' explains the causes, mechanism, clinical manifestations and history taking of symptoms of every system, underling the process in which students familiarize themselves with clinical manifestations and learn history taking. Part 2 'History Taking' focuses on the significance, content, methods and techniques of history taking and introduces special approaches for history taking under unusual conditions. Part 3 'Physical Examination' illustrates the importance and basic procedures of physical examination, content and methods used to examine organs and systems, and signs and their clinical significance. This chapter also discusses basic requirements and content for both general physical examination and specific physical examination. Part 4 'Supplementary Examination' introduces commonly used clinical supplementary examination procedures including electronic cardiography (ECG), blood gases and acid-base balance and endoscopy. Part 5 'Common Clinical Diagnosis Techniques' details indications, contraindications and operation essentials of common diagnosis and operation skills such as thoracentesis, abdominal paracentesis, lumbar puncture and bone marrow puncture. Part 6 'Diagnostic Process and Clinical Reasoning' emphasizes professionalism in the process of diagnosis and explains diagnostic procedures and basic principles and approaches of clinical reasoning. A vocabulary index is included for easy reference at the end of the book. This book is compiled by authors of 14 Chinese medical schools and universities, whose years of experience in clinical diagnostics, rich overseas learning and working experiences. This book is included in the first round of English textbooks series for clinical medicine major of China's higher medical colleges; and is among "13th Five-Year" planning textbooks of National Health Commission of the People's Republic of China. It is a co-publication book with People's Medical Publishing House (PMPH).
Contents:
Fever
Headache
Edema
Obesity
Emaciation.-Anemia
Mucocutaneous hemorrhage
Cough and expectoration
Hemoptysis
Chest pain
Dyspnea
Cyanosis
Palpitation
Nausea and vomiting
Dysphagia
Dispepsia
Abdominal pain
Hematemesis
Hematochezia
Diarrhea
Constipation
Jaundice
Hematuria
Frequency,urgency and dysuria
Oliguria, anuria, polyuria
Urinary incontinence
Dysuria
Low back pain
Arthralgia
Vertigo
Syncope
Tic and convulsion
Disturbance of consciousness
Affective disorders. - DigitalMinzhong Yu, Donnell Creel, Alessandro Iannaccone, editors.Summary: This book provides an analytical and thorough review of clinical electrophysiology of vision, and the progress made in the field in the past decade. Handbook of Clinical Electrophysiology of Vision is designed to aid the readers in understanding the types of electrophysiologic tests that should be used in specific diseases, how to explain the results of these exams, and how to perform the tests of clinical electrophysiology of vision. Concise in format, the Handbook of Clinical Electrophysiology of Vision is divided into two sections that discuss a wide range of relevant topics, such as technology of electroretinography, electrooculography, visual evoked potential, characteristics of electroretinography in retinal diseases, and the characteristics of optic nerve diseases. Part one begins with a discussion on the basic theory of electrophysiology of vision, illustrating physiologic sources of electrophysiological responses, the techniques of the recording, and analysis of electrophysiologic signals. Part two then dives into the clinical application of electrophysiology of vision, and subsequently summarizes the characteristics of the electrophysiological signals in a number of disorders of retina and optic nerve. Written by experts in the field, Handbook of Clinical Electrophysiology of Vision is an invaluable resource for ophthalmologists, optometrists, electrophysiologists, residents, fellows, researchers, technicians and students in ophthalmology, optometry and vision science.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Basic Theory of Electrophysiology of Vision
Chapter 1: Electroretinography
Components of ERG
Types of ERG
Full-Field ERG
Dark-Adapted Rod-Driven Scotopic and Mixed Flash ERGs
Light-Adapted Cone-Driven ERG
Pattern ERG
Multifocal ERG
Focal Flash ERG
Electrodes, Stimulation, and Recording Methods
ERG Electrodes
Stimulation
Recording Method
Dilation, Dark Adaptation, and Topical Anesthesia
Testing Infants
Advanced Analysis of ERG Data
Intensity-Response Function of ERG B-Wave Kearns-Sayre Syndrome
Neuropathy-Ataxia-Retinitis Pigmentosa Syndrome
Maternally Inherited Diabetes and Deafness Syndrome
Obesity Syndromes
Bardet-Biedl Syndrome
Alström Syndrome
Cohen Syndrome
Other Syndromes
Cockayne Syndrome
Alagille Syndrome (Arteriohepatic Dysplasia)
Senior-Loken Syndrome
Joubert Syndrome
Metabolic Disorders
Abetalipoproteinemia (Bassen-Kornzweig Syndrome)
Neuronal Ceroid Lipofuscinoses (Batten's Disease)
Mucopolysaccharidosis
References
Chapter 8: Characteristics of Visual Electrophysiology in Inflammatory Disorders Night-Blinding Disorders (Fig. 4.1)
Congenital Stationary Night Blindness
Oguchi Disease
Fundus Albipunctatus
Photophobia Disorders
Achromatopsia (ACHM) and Blue Cone Monochromatism (BCM)
Phenotypes Associated with Mutations in the Paired Box 6 Gene
References
Chapter 5: Macular Dystrophies
Stargardt's Disease/Fundus Flavimaculatus
X-Linked Retinoschisis
Vitelliform Macular Dystrophy (Best's Disease)
Pattern Dystrophies/Macular Pattern Dystrophy (MPD)
Doyne's Honeycomb Macular Dystrophy (Malattia Leventinese)
Occult Macular Dystrophy North Carolina Macular Dystrophy (NCMD)
References
Chapter 6: Degenerative Night-Blinding Disorders and Cone and Cone-Rod Dystrophies
Retinitis Pigmentosa
Leber's Congenital Amaurosis/EORP/SECORD
Enhanced S-Cone Syndrome
Choroideremia
Gyrate Atrophy of Choroid and Retina
Late-Onset Retinal Degeneration (L-ORD)
Bietti's Crystalline Dystrophy
Cone Dystrophies
Cone-Rod Dystrophies
References
Chapter 7: Syndromic Disorders
Hearing Loss Syndromes
Usher Syndrome
Refsum Disease
Wolfram Syndrome (DIDMOAD)
Mitochondrial Diseases Oscillatory Potentials (OPs) Analysis
References
Chapter 2: Visually Evoked Potentials
Origins of VEP Components
Electrode Placement
Amplifier and Analysis
Types of VEP
Steady-State and Transient VEP
Flash and Pattern VEP
Multifocal VEP
Clinical Protocol
References
Chapter 3: Electrooculography
Origin of EOG
Placement of Recording Electrodes, Parameters of Amplifier, and Stimulation
Recording Procedure
References
Part II: Clinical Application of Electrophysiology of Vision
Chapter 4: Congenital Non-Degenerative Retinal DiseasesDigital Access Springer 2019 - Digital/PrintDigital Access ScienceDirect v. 79-, 2003-
- DigitalRonald L. Hickman, Jr., PhD, RN, ACNP-BC, FNAP, FAAN, Celeste M. Alfes, DNP, MSN, RN, CNE, CHSE-A, Joyce J. Fitzpatrick, PhD, MBA, RN, FAAN, FNAP, editors.Summary: "Designed for recently graduated RNs and nurses transitioning to a new clinical area, this extensive clinical reference is the best resource to provide essential information on the critical care and emergency care specialty areas. Concise and practical entries provide fundamental coverage of the most common clinical problems and issues encountered in nursing practice today. Alphabetized for easy access, each entry includes a definition and description of the clinical problem; etiology; clinical aspects, such as assessment, nursing interventions, management, and implications; and outcomes. Each entry focuses on the role of the nurse throughout the treatment process, and discusses the role of other health care providers with a focus on multidisciplinary treatment. Handbook of Clinical Nursing: Critical and Emergency Care Nursing will be of value to nursing faculty, undergraduate and graduate-level nurses, and nursing students at all levels."--Back cover.Digital Access R2Library 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalCeleste M. Alfes, DNP, MSN, RN, CNE, CHSE-A, Ronald L. Hickman, Jr., PhD, RN, ACNP-BC, FNAP, FAAN, Joyce J. Fitzpatrick, PhD, MBA, RN, FAAN, FNAP, editors.Digital Access R2Library 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- Digitaledited by Connie Watkins Bales, Julie L. Locher, Edward Saltzman.Summary: This is the new and fully revised third edition of the well-received text that is the benchmark book in the field of nutrition and aging. The editors (specialists in geriatric nutrition, medical sociology, and clinical nutrition, respectively) and contributors (a panel of recognized academic nutritionists, geriatricians, clinicians, and other scientists) have added a number of new chapters and have thoroughly updated the widely acclaimed second edition. This third edition provides fresh perspectives and the latest scientific and clinical developments on the interaction of nutrition with age-associated disease and provides practical, evidence-based options to enhance this at-risk population?s potential for optimal health and disease prevention. Chapters on a wide range of topics, such as the role of nutrition in physical and cognitive function, and coverage of an array of clinical conditions (obesity, diabetes, heart failure, cancer, kidney disease, osteoporosis), compliment chapters on food insecurity, anti-aging and nutritional supplements, making this third edition uniquely different from previous editions. Handbook of Clinical Nutrition and Aging, Third Edition, is a practical and comprehensive resource and an invaluable guide to nutritionists, physicians, nurses, social workers and others who provide health care for the ever-increasing aging population.
Contents:
Part I. Overarching Issues for Nutritional Well-Being in Later Life
1. Nutrition Interventions for Aging Populations
2. Systematic Reviews in the Field of Nutrition
3. Nutrition Assessment
Part II. Fundamentals of Nutrition and Geriatric Syndromes
4. Nutrition and the Aging Eye
5. Nutrition and Oral Health: A Two-Way Relationship
6. Loss of Muscle Mass and Muscle Strength in Obese and Non-Obese Older Adults
7. Muscle Metabolism, Nutrition, and Functional Status in Older Adults
8. Nutrition in the Prevention and Treatment of Cognitive Decline
9. Food Insecurity and Hunger Among Older Adults
Part III. Common Clinical Conditions
10. Obesity in Older Adults and Strategies for Weight Management
11. Nutrition and Lifestyle Change in Older Adults with Diabetes Mellitus and Metabolic Syndrome
12. Preventive Cardiology: Counseling Older At-Risk Adults on Nutrition
13. Chronic Heart Failure
14. The Relationship of Nutrition and Pressure Ulcers
15. Nutrition Support in Solid Tumor Cancer Patients
16. Nutrition and Chronic Kidney Disease
17. Nutritional Concerns in Osteoporosis
18. Dementia-related Mealtime Difficulties: Assessment and Management in the Long-Term Care Setting
19. Nutrition at the End of Life
Part IV. Contemporary Diet-Focused Concerns
20. Anti-Aging Effects of Nutritional Modification: The State of the Science on Calorie Restriction
21. High-Risk Nutrients in the Aging Population
22. Physical Activity and Exercise: Important Complements to Nutrition in Older Adults
23. Dietary Supplements in Older Adults. - Digitaledited by Christine M. Hunter, Christopher L. Hunter, Rodger Kessler.Summary: Growing recognition of the role of behavioral health in overall health, the rise of health psychology, the trend toward interdisciplinary medicine--any number of factors have made clinical psychology an integral part of integrative care. Its applicability to the range of specialties, populations, and levels of care adds to its increasing necessity in diverse healthcare settings. The Handbook of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings emphasizes evidence-based care and practical strategies for hands-on work with patients while illuminating the unique aspects of the practice of psychology within medical settings. Skills are examined in depth for more effective work with patients, more efficient teamwork with colleagues, and better functioning within medical settings, whether readers are involved in primary, secondary, or tertiary care or prevention. Chapters also focus on ethical, legal, and financial issues, as well as changes needed in training programs to ensure that the field keeps up with the evolution of care systems and service delivery. Included in the Handbook 's forward-looking coverage: Psychology and population health. Core competencies for success in medical settings. Evidence-based practice--and practice-based evidence. Marketing health psychology, both within and outside the medical setting. Competency for diverse populations. Plus chapters devoted to specific specialties and settings, from cardiology to women's health. Comprehensive yet highly readable, the Handbook of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings is a practice-building resource for health psychologists, clinical psychologists, and primary care physicians.
Contents:
Psychology and Population Health Management
A History of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings
Preparing the Next Generation for Integrated Care in Medical Settings: Training in Primary Care as a Foundation
Core Competencies for Psychologists: How to Succeed in Medical Settings
Ethics and the Law
Evidence-Based Practice: Concepts and Techniques for Translating Research into Practice
Marketing Health Psychology
Balancing Value and Cost
The Practice of Psychology in Medical Settings: Financially Sustainable Models
Competency for Diverse Populations
Working in Pediatrics
Psychological Problems at Late Life: Holistic Care with Treatment Modules
Practice in a Rural Setting
Clinical Psychologists in Primary Care Settings
Women's Health: Obstetrics and Gynecology
The Hospital-Based Consultation and Liaison Service
Endocrinology
Gastrointestinal Conditions
Cardiovascular Disease
Chronic Pulmonary Diseases Across the Life Span
Primary Insomnia and Sleep Apnea in Pediatric and Adult Populations
Managing Chronic Pain in Primary Care
Evidence-Based Practice in Clinical Behavioral Oncology
Physical Rehabilitation Programs
Neurology and Neuropsychology
Preoperative Mental Health Evaluations
Behavioral Dentistry
Conclusion: Final Thoughts from the Editors.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalSomnath Mookherjee, Ellen M. Cosgrove, editors.Contents:
Introduction
How to become a learner-centered teacher
How to optimize teaching by using observation and feedback
How to use learning preferences to optimize teaching effectiveness
How to effectively teach millennials: understanding intergenerational factors
How to use reflective and deliberate practice to maximize learning
How to use teaching scripts to make teaching more effective and efficient
How to give a great PowerPoint presentation
How to give a great "chalk talk"
How to teach at the bedside
How to teach beginning students in the clinical setting
How to teach medical students in an ambulatory clinic
How to teach in free clinics: brief encounters with learners and patients in vulnerable communities
How to teach students on an inpatient clerkship
How to use Entrustable Professional Activities to evaluate and teach physician trainees
How to teach in the emergency department
How to teach in the operating room
How to teach procedures
How to teach quality improvement and patient safety
How to teach fundamental communication skills
How to teach clinical reasoning
How to teach communication skills for palliative care conversations
How to teach error disclosure to students and residents
How to remediate learners on a short clinical rotation: getting the learner back on track
How to give difficult feedback
How to teach physical examination
How to teach interprofessional learners.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Jane A. Soxman.Summary: "The Second Edition of the Handbook of Clinical Techniques in Pediatric Dentistry features updated and expanded information on pediatric clinical dentistry, including eight new chapters written by educators with special interest in each topic. Since publication of the first edition, non-invasive treatment is at the forefront of pediatric dental care, and the new edition reflects this, with multiple options and techniques for non-invasive treatment. The book is filled with photographs for improved understanding and guidance through the procedures described. The book is an easy-to-read guide to clinical pediatric dentistry with practical evidence-based information for dental students, assistants, hygienists, residents in both general dentistry and specialty training, and general and pediatric dentists. Handbook of Clinical Techniques in Pediatric Dentistry is a valuable resource for assuring excellence in care for our youngest patients"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Noninvasive and Minimally Invasive Treatment of Dental Caries / Jane A. Soxman, Jeanette MacLean, and Christel M. Haberland
Sealants / Jane A. Soxman and Patrice Barsamian Wunsch
Local Anesthesia for the Pediatric Patient / Janice A. Townsend, Jane A. Soxman, and Stanley F. Malamed
Primary Incisor Restoration / Ari Kupietzky
Primary Molar Adhesive Tooth Restoration / Constance M. Killian and Theodore P. Croll
Vital Pulp Therapy for Primary Molars / Jane A. Soxman
Pulpectomy for Primary Teeth / James A. Coll
Full-Coverage Restoration of Primary Molars / Jane A. Soxman, Ehsan N. Azadani, and Paul S. Casamassimo
Indirect Pulp Therapy for Young Permanent Molars / Patrice Barsamian Wunsch
Direct Pulp Therapy for Young Permanent Molars / Patrice Barsamian Wunsch
Diagnosis and Management of Molar-Incisor Hypomineralization / J. Timothy Wright
Management of Esthetic Concerns / Elizabeth S. Gosnell, Roshan V. Patel, J. Timothy Wright, and S. Thikkurissy
Extraction of Primary Dentition / Jane A. Soxman
Traumatic Injury to the Primary Incisors / Patrice Barsamian Wunsch
Pulpal Treatment in Young Permanent Incisors Following Traumatic Injuries / Joe H. Camp
Reattachment of Permanent Incisor Enamel Fragments / Jane A. Soxman
Ectopic Eruption of Maxillary First Permanent Molar / Ari Kupietzky and Jane A. Soxman
Ectopic Eruption of Maxillary Permanent Canines / Jane A. Soxman
Infraocclusion of Mandibular Primary Molars / Jane A. Soxman
Space Maintenance / Jane A. Soxman
Interceptive Orthodontic Treatment in the Mixed Dentition / Jane A. Soxman
Non-nutritive Sucking and Parafunctional Habits / Jane A. Soxman
Behavior Guidance / Jane A. Soxman and Janice A. Townsend
Caries Risk Assessment / Christel M. Haberland
Clinical Examination of the Infant / Jane A. Soxman and S. Thikkurissy
Clinical Examination of the Patient with Special Healthcare Needs / S. Thikkurissy, Giulia M. Castrigano, and AnnMarie Matusak
Sleep Disordered Breathing in Children / Cristina V. Perez
Pediatric Oral Medicine / Christel M. Haberland. - Digitaledited by Steven S. Coughlin, Selina A. Smith, Maria E. Fernandez.Contents:
Overview of community-based participatory research / Steven S. Coughlin, Selina A. Smith, Maria E. Fernandez
Community-based participatory research study approaches along a continuum of community-engaged research / Steven S. Coughlin, Wonsuk Yoo
Research methods and community-based participatory research : challenges and opportunities / Carl Kendall, Annie L. Nguyen, Jennifer Glick, David Seal
The use of GIS/GPS and spatial analyses in community-based participatory research / Tonny J. Oyana
Ethical issues in community-based participatory research studies / Steven S. Coughlin, Leland K. Ackerson
Participatory research studies in faith-based settings / Heather Kitzman-Ulrich, Cheryl L. Holt
Special issues in conducting community-based participatory research studies with ethnic and racial minorities / Maria E. Fernandez [and 5 others]
Community-based participatory research studies involving immigrants / Lisa M. Vaughn, Farrah Jacquez
Applying a community-based participatory research approach to address determinants of cardiovascular disease and diabetes mellitus in an urban setting / Tobia Henry Akintobi [and 10 others]
Community-based participatory research addressing infant mortality / Steven S. Coughlin, Selina A. Smith
Clorectal cancer disparities and community-based participatory research / Selina A. Smith, Benjamin E. Ansa, Daniel S. Blumenthal
Community-based participatory research studies on breast and cervical cancer screening / Steven S. Coughlin, Emily Youngblom, Deborah J. Bowen
Overview of community-based participatory research in environmental health / Stephani S. Kim, Erin N. Haynes
Community-based participatory research studies on interpersonal violence : ending the cycle of poverty and violence / Steven S. Coughlin
Using community-based participatory research approaches in HIV : three case studies / Mara Bird [and 8 others]
Engaging communities in translational research / Steven S. Coughlin, Carolyn M. Jenkins
Summary and conclusions / Steven S. Coughlin.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalRhonda Phillips, Cecilia Wong, editors.Summary: This Handbook brings together foundational and leading-edge research exploring dimensions of improving quality of life in communities of place. Social indicators and other assessment techniques will be explored, including from the framework of community perspectives which is concerned with enhancing quality of life for community members. As part of this trans-disciplinary work, participation, engagement, and empowerment will be key concepts presented. Along with capacity building and service provision, these elements influence community well-being and will be considered along with subjective and objective assessment approaches. Researchers from around the globe share their work on this important topic of community well-being, bringing together a diverse array of disciplinary perspectives. Those working in the areas of public policy, community development, community and social psychology, urban and regional planning, and sustainable development will find this volume particularly useful for the array of approaches presented.
Contents:
Part I. Foundations
Chapter 1. Community Functioning that Fosters Sustainable Personal Well Being, Ronald E. Anderson
Chapter 2. Self-Expression and Elite-Challenging Activities: A Punk Rock Approach to Community Well- Being; Craig Talmage, C. Bjorn Peterson and Richard Knopf
Chapter 3. The ART of Hope: Healing the Wounded City; Derek Cook
Chapter 4. A Multi-Dimensional Model of Community Well-being from a Public Service Delivery Perspective
Chapter 5. Sustainable Neighborhoods for Happiness: A Framework for a Sustainable Future; Scott Cloutier and Deirdre Pfeiffer
Part II. Engaging and Participating for Well-Being
Chapter 6. Community-University Engagement for Community Well-Being with Métis Settlements in Alberta, Canada; Fay Fletcher, Alice Hibbert and Brent Hammer
Chapter 7. Achieving Development and Community Well-being through Participatory Governance: The Case of Saemaul [New Community] Movement; Seung Jong Lee, Seoul National University, and Yunji Kim
Chapter 8. A Citizen-Led Approach to Enhancing Community Well-Being; Sylvia Cheuy, Tamarack, Leesa Fawcett, Karen Hutchinson and Tracey Robertson
Chapter 9. Digital Communications and Community Well-being; Claire Wallace and Kathryn Vincent
Chapter 10. Festivity, Play, Well-Being: A Relationship and its Implications for Community Development; Vern Biaett
Part III. The "Health" of Well-Being
Chapter 11. What We Can Learn from America's Highest Well-Being Communities; Dan Witters
Chapter 12. Public Health and Urban Planning: Challenging Options for Well-Being; Sabine Baumgart
Chapter 13. Community-Driven Health Impact Assessment and Asset Based Community Development: An Innovative Path to Community Well-Being; Colleen Cameron and Tanya Wasacase
Chapter 14. The Human Development Approach Stimulates a Fact-Based Conversation in Sonoma County, California; Sarah Burd-Sharps, Patrick Nolan Guyer and Kristen Lewis
Chapter 15. Community Capacity in End of Life Care: Can a Community Development Model Address Suffering and Enhance Well-Being?; Kyle Whitfield and Martin LaBrie
Part IV. Planning, Design, and Measuring
Chapter 16. From National to Local: Measuring Well-Being at the Community Level; Bryan Smale and Margo Hilbrecht
Chapter 17. Building Well-Being: Community Flourishing and Tools for Collaborative Urban Design; Jamie Anderson and Cathy Baldwin
Chapter 18. Stakeholder Preferences on a Working Waterfront: Quality of Life, Land Uses and Planning Processes in Chelsea, Massachusetts; Justin Hollander and Jessica Soule
Chapter 19. LISADEMAS: A Life Satisfaction Decision Making System for Integrated Community Development Planning; Vaios Kotsios
Chapter 20. A Geographic and Mixed Methods Approach to Capture Unequal Quality of Life Conditions; Javier Martinez, Jeroen Verplanke and Gianluca Miscione
Chapter 21. Community Quality-of-Life Indicators: Distinguishing Distressed Communities from Flourishing Communities; M. Joseph Sirgy, Don R. Rahtz, and Clifford J. Shultz II
Chapter 22. Integrating Community Well-being and Happiness: Applications in Seoul, Korea and Frankfurt, Germany; Yunji Kim and Kai Ludwigs
Chapter 23. Delivering Community Well-Being from the Happy City Concept: A Practical Approach to Urban Planning and Design; Tzu-Yuan Stessa Chao with students at the Department of Urban Planning (Shao-Kuan Liu, Balint Kalman, Hsin-Chieh Cindy Lu, Miaoqi Cai)
Part V. Community Concepts and Applications
Chapter 24. The Role of Community Based Organizations in Poverty Reduction and Improving Community Well-being: The Case of the Saemaul Women's Club; Oe-Chool Choi
Chapter 25. Material and Sociocultural Disconnections: Perceptions of Well-Being in Rural Wales; Paul Milbourne and Brian Webb
Chapter 26. The Role of Spirituality and Religion in Building Capacity for Women's Leadership in Crisis Conditions: A Community Level Analysis of Burma; Phyusin Myint
Chapter 27. The Decisive Contribution of Youth to Community Well-Being; Ilya Shodjaee-Zrudlo and Hoda Farahmandpour
Chapter 28. Community Well-being and National Well-being: The Opinion of Young People; Graciela Tonon
Chapter 29. Understanding the Success of Alberta's Early Child Development Community Coalitions; Samantha Berger and Launa Clark
Chapter 30. The Green Machine Mobile Food Market: An Innovative Response to Inner City Food Security, Antonio Raciti and Kenneth M. Reardon
Chapter 31. Is Living Wage Always a Burden for Employers? A Study of Living Wage Effects on Work Performance Indicators in Hamilton; Zhaocheng Zeng and Benson Honig.Limited to 1 simultaneous users - DigitalPaula C. Brady.Contents:
General Principles
Part I: Emergency Care
Pelvic Pain
Vaginal Hemorrhage
Ectopic Pregnancy
Adnexal Torsion
Pelvic Infections
Spontaneous Abortions
Sexual Assault
Pediatric Gynecology
Obstetrics in the Emergency Room
Part II: Inpatient and Post-procedural Care
Common Problems
High Acuity Problems
Laparoscopic Surgery
Induced Abortions
Gynecologic Oncology
Urogynecology and Pelvic Reconstructive Surgery
Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility
Patient Communications.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalHoyle Leigh and Jon Streltzer.Contents:
Part I. General Principles and Approaches: Nature, Evolution, and Practice of Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry
1.Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry and Psychosomatic Medicine
2.The Functions of CL Psychiatry
3.The Why and How of Psychiatric Consultation
4.Common Reasons for Consultation and their Management
5.Psychiatric Consultation in the Emergency Setting
6.Interviewing in Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry
7.Basic Foundations of Diagnosis, Psychiatric Diagnosis, and Final Common Pathway Syndromes
8.Psychopharmacology in Consultation-liaison Psychiatry
9.Integrative Care Model of Psychiatry in the Primary Care Setting
10.Systems and Ethical Issues in CL Psychiatry: Hospital as a Social System, Sick Role & Doctor Role, Ethical & Legal Issues
11.Cultural Aspects of Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry
Part II. Syndromes, Disorders, and Treatment in Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry
12.Delirium, Alcohol Intoxication and Withdrawal Syndromes
13.Neurocognitive Disorders (Dementias)
14.Anxiety and Anxiety Disorders
15.Mood Syndromes : Bipolar and Related Disorders and Depressive Disorders
16.Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders I: Acute Stress Disorder, Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
17.Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders 2: Adjustment Disorders
18. Dissociative Disorder
19.Psychosis
20. Substance Use Problems
21.Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders (Psychological Factors Affecting Medical Condition, Conversion, Factitious Disorder)
22.Chronic Pain
23.Somatization, Hypochondriasis (Illness Anxiety Disorder), and Somatization Disorder
24. Obsessive Compulsive and Related Disorders
25.Patient?s Personality, Personality Types and Traits, and Disorders
26.Acute Settings and Conditions: Intensive Care Unit, Heart Disease, Stroke, Seizures
27. The Chronic Patient/Palliative Care Settings
28.The Kidney Impaired Patient
29. The Immune-Compromised Patients- HIV and Organ Transplantation
30.The Liver Impaired Patient
31.Obstetrics and Gynecology Patients: Menstrual Cycle, Pregnancy, and Postpartum-Related Psychiatric Disorders: Do Hormones Have a Role in Affective State?
32.Children and Adolescents
33.The Geriatric Patient
34.Special Procedures: Intravenous Sedative Interviews, Hoover Test, Hypnosis, Waddell Test. - DigitalDonna Shoupe, editor.Summary: This book presents an up-to-date and comprehensive review of female contraception, offering an extensive overview of contraception types, including oral, injectable, emergency, and various cervical barrier contraceptives. It also discusses behavioral and sterilization methods of contraception as well as the clinical effectiveness, advantages, disadvantages, side effects, and mechanisms of action of each method. Now in its fully revised and expanded third edition, this text includes seven new chapters that address specific clinical issues that healthcare providers face daily. These issues include patients with medical problems, perimenopausal women, the adolescent population, post-pregnancy patients, patients with bleeding problems, fibroids or hyperplasia, obese patients and patients with acne or hirutism. There is also a new chapter dedicated to contraceptive methods that are currently in development. Each chapter reviews the correct use of the individual method, the most appropriate candidates, timing of initiation, red flag contraindications, risks and benefits, method of action, handling side effects, non-contraceptive benefits, switching methods and the CDC Medical Eligibility for the method. Importantly however, there is a new emphasis placed on standardized evidence-based practice recommendations incorporating the most recent US Selected Practice Recommendations and rationale as published by the US CDC. Written by experts in the field, The Handbook of Contraception, Third Edition, is a valuable resource for obstetricians, gynecologists, reproductive medicine specialists and primary care physicians.
Contents:
Part 1: Prescribing Contraceptive Methods
Contraceptive Effectiveness
Combination Oral Contraceptive Pills
Progestin-Only Oral Contraceptives
Transdermal Contraceptive Delivery Systems
The Contraceptive Vaginal Ring
Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate
Implantable Contraception
Intrauterine Contraception
Barrier Contraceptives
Emergency Contraception
Female Tubal Sterilization
Behavioral Methods of Contraception
Male Permanent Contraception: Vasectomy
Part 2: Evidence Based Practice Guidelines
Choosing the Right Contraceptive
Contraception for the Postpartum Period
Contraception in Perimenopausal Patients
Contraception in the Adolescent
Controversies in Contraception.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJoseph Varon.Contents:
Approach to the Intensive Care Unit (ICU)
The Basics of Critical Care
Cardiovascular Disorders
Endocrinologic Disorders
Environmental Disorders
Gastrointestinal Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Infectious Diseases
Neurologic Disorders.;- Nutrition
Critical Care Oncology
Critical Care of the Pregnant Patient
Pulmonary Disorders
Renal and Fluid-Electrolyte Disorders
Special Techniques
Toxicology
Trauma
Allergic and Immunologic Emergencies
Pharmacologic Agents Commonly Used in the ICU
Common Laboratory Values in the ICU. .Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalJoseph Varon.Summary: The latest edition of this handbook is a concise yet comprehensive guide for attending physicians, fellows, residents, and students who cover the ICU. The chapters follow an outline format and are divided by organ system, including neurologic disorders and cardiovascular disorders, and special topics, such as environmental disorders, trauma, and toxicology. The handbook includes thoroughly updated chapters from the previous edition, alongside completely new content. Written by an authority in the field, the Handbook of Critical and Intensive Care Medicine, Fourth Edition is a valuable one-stop reference for every practitioner engaged in Critical Care Medicine across the world.
Contents:
Approach to the Intensive Care Unit
The Basics of Critical Care
Cardiovascular Disorders
Endocrinologic Disorders
Environmental Disorders
Gastrointestinal Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Infectious Diseases
Neurologic Disorders
Nutrition
Critical Care Oncology
Critical Care of the Pregnant Patient
Pulmonary Disorders
Renal and Fluid-Electrolyte Disorders
Special Techniques
Toxicology
Trauma
Allergic and Immunologic Emergencies
Pharmacologic Agents Commonly Used in the ICU
Common Laboratory Values in the ICU. - DigitalJay L. Koyner, MD, Joel M. Topf, MD, Edgar V. Lerma, MD, FACP, FASN, FPSN (Hon).Summary: "Covers all essential topics related to nephrology in the ICU, including ICU monitoring, drugs and blood products, imaging, acute kidney injury, electrolytes and acid-base disorders, poisonings and intoxications, extracorporeal therapies, organ transplantation, and ethics and palliative care. Provides valuable information on specific conditions including sepsis, obstetrics, abdominal compartment syndrome, AKI in burns and trauma, gastrointestinal bleeding, neurological emergencies, environmental topics such as hemorrhagic fever and terrorism, hematologic/oncologic emergencies, and more. Includes easy-to-understand visual abstracts of key studies" -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Critical care and intensive care unit monitoring
Acute kidney injury in the intensive care unit
Drugs and blood products in the intensive care unit setting
Special labs
Imaging in the intensive care unit
Electrolytes and acid-base disorders
Poisonings and intoxications
Extracorporeal therapies
Specific conditions
Organ transplantation
Ethics/Palliative care.Digital Access Ovid 2021 - Digitaledited by José M. Causadias, Eva H. Telzer, Nancy A. Gonzales.Contents:
Part I. General Issues in Culture and Biology Interplay
Part II. Animal Culture
Part III. Cultural Genomics
Part IV. Cultural Neurobiology
Part V. Cultural Neuroscience.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalAmy G. Filbrun, Thomas Lahiri, Clement L. Ren.Contents:
Introduction and epidemiology of cystic fibrosis
Pathophysiology of cystic fibrosis
Clinical features and complications of cystic fibrosis
Diagnosis of cystic fibrosis
Monitoring and evaluation of patients with cystic fibrosis
Treatment of cystic fibrosis.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalEdward S Friedman, Ian M Anderson ; with contributions from Danilo Arnone, Timothey Denko.Summary: Depression is a common mood disorder that affects approximately 10% of the global population at some point in their lives and can cause serious psychological, physical, and cognitive distress. Additionally, patients with depression are at a greater risk for cardiovascular disease, stroke, functional impairment, disability and all-cause mortality. Aside from the impact on the individual, this condition presents a very real economic burden, as depression is the most predominant mental health problem among working-age patients and the leading cause of lost work productivity. Despite advances in screening and treating depression in recent decades, a vast majority of patients with depression do not actively seek treatment and, of those that do, only a quarter have been found to receive adequate and effective interventions. Handbook of Depression, Second Edition is a concise review of assessment tools, available and emerging pharmacological and non-pharmacological treatment options, and consensus management guidelines that center on enhancing the clinician-patient relationship and improving patient quality of life. Cowritten by expert US- and UK-based authors, this handbook has an innovative global focus that consolidates current knowledge in a convenient, pocket-sized guide that is ideal for every day reference in a clinical setting.
Contents:
Chapter 1 Classification, causes and epidemiology
Chapter 2 Depression in different types of patients
Chapter 3 Disgnosis
Chapter 4 Principles of therapy
Chapter 5 Medications
Chapter 6 Other treatments
Chapter 7 Management of treatment nonresponse
Chapter 8 Continuation andmaintenance treatment.. - DigitalElizabeth Hale, Julie Karen, Perry Robins.Summary: The Handbook of Dermatologic Surgery incorporates the most cutting edge technology applicable to dermatologists and dermatologic surgeons today. Designed as a reference guide for dermatologic surgery and aesthetic procedures, it disseminates key scientific information in an easy-to-use pocket book. This handbook is designed to be readily transportable for dermatologists and dermatologic surgeons, as well as those in training, dermatology residents and fellows, and medical students rotating through dermatology.
Contents:
Surgical Anatomy
Excisional and non-excisional surgery
Advanced repairs
Caosmetic dermatology: fillers, neurotoxins, and chemical peels
Lasers and other technology
Leg veins. - Digitaledited by William Slikker, Jr., Merle G. Paule, Cheng Wang.Summary: Handbook of Developmental Neurotoxicology, Second Edition, provides a comprehensive view of the fundamental aspects of neurodevelopment, the pathways and agents that affect them, relevant clinical syndromes, and risk assessment procedures for developmental neurotoxicants. The editors and chapter authors are internationally recognized experts whose collaboration heralds a remarkable advance in the field, bridging developmental neuroscience with the principles of neurotoxicology. The book features eight new chapters with newly recruited authors, making it an essential text for students and professionals in toxicology, neurotoxicology, developmental biology, pharmacology, and neuroscience.
Contents:
Part I. Cellular and molecular morphogenesis of the nervous system
Part II: developmental neurobiology/toxicology
Part III: Synaptogenesis and neurotransmission
Part IV: Nutrient and chemical disposition
Part V: Behavioral assessment
Part VI: Clinical assessment and epidemiology
Part VII: Specific neurotoxic syndromes
Part VIII: Risk assessment.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalRudy Bilous, Richard Donnelly, Iskandar Idris.Summary: "For over 20 years, our Handbook of Diabetes has been the perfect practical companion to its parent Textbook of Diabetes, one of Wiley's key medical copyrights and widely considered the most clinically-focused diabetes reference book. Cheaper, more practical/accessible, and less scientifically dense than reference books, the Handbook of Diabetes is perfect reading for all health professionals with an interest in diabetes, especially doctors in speciality diabetes/endocrinology training, foundation level doctors, diabetes specialist nurses, and GPs. Its focus is clearly on the clinical aspects of the disease and in particular, how to best manage patients suffering from diabetes. As well is the strong emphasis on the clinical, readers love its visual look and high production standards. Clear and easy-to-navigate, it's packed full of case histories, key learning/practice points, landmark clinical trials and additional resources to consult in every chapter, and benefits from a well-designed and full colour interior throughout. To support the text, over 400 figures, including 300 beautifully drawn colour diagrams provide the reader with a visual element unmatched in other diabetes handbooks"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction to diabetes
History of diabetes
Diagnosis and classification of diabetes
Public health aspects of diabetes
Normal physiology of insulin secretion and action, and the incretin effect
Epidemiology and aetiology of type 1 diabetes
Epidemiology and aetiology of type 2 diabetes
Other types of diabetes
Diabetes control and its measurement
Management of type 1 diabetes
Management of type 2 diabetes
Diabetic ketoacidosis, hyperglycaemic hyperosmolar state and lactic acidosis
Hypoglycaemia
Causes of complications
Diabetic eye disease
Diabetic nephropathy
Diabetic neuropathy
Blood lipid abnormalities
Hypertension in diabetes
Macrovascular disease in diabetes:
Foot problems in diabetes
Sexual problems in diabetes
Gastrointestinal problems in diabetes
Non-alcoholic liver disease (NAFLD)
Diabetes and cancer
Skin and connective tissue disorders in diabetes
Psychological and psychiatric problems in diabetes
Intercurrent situations that affect diabetes control
Pregnancy and diabetes
Diabetes in childhood and adolescence
Diabetes in old age
Diabetes and lifestyle
Organization of diabetes care: integrating diabetes service
Transplantation and stem cell therapy.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - Digitaleditor, Yves Reznik.Summary: This book covers the main fields of diabetes management through applied technologies. The different chapters include insulin therapy through basic insulin injection therapy, external and implantable insulin pumps and the more recent approaches such as sensor augmented pumps and close-loop systems. Islet transplantation is also described through its technical aspects and clinical evaluation. Glucose measurement through blood glucose meters and continuous glucose monitoring systems are comprehensively explained. Educational tools including videogames and software dedicated to diabetes management are depicted. Lastly, Telemedicine systems devoted to data transmission, telemonitoring and decision support systems are described and their use for supporting health systems are summarized. This book will help professionals involved in diabetes management understanding the contribution of diabetes technologies for promoting the optimization of glucose control and monitoring. This volume will be helpful in current clinical practice for diabetes management and also beneficial to students.
Contents:
Introduction to Diabetes technologies
Insulin injection and blood glucose meter systems
Insulin pump devices
Continuous glucose monitoring systems
Implantable pumps
Close loop systems
Islets transplantation
Software in diabetes
Telemedicine in Diabetes
Videogames in Diabetes. - Digitaledited by William E. Winter, Lori J. Sokoll, Brett Holmquist, Roger L. Bertholf.Contents:
Maximizing the value of laboratory tests
Laboratory investigation of disorders of the pituitary gland
Thyroid disease and laboratory assessment
Disorders of the adrenal gland
Endocrine disorders of the reproductive system
Gastroenteropancreatic neuroendocrine tumors
Evaluation of hypoglycemia
Evaluation of hyperglycemia
Lipoproteins
Disorders of calcium metabolism
Laboratory evaluation of endocrine hypertension
Malignancy-associated endocrine disorders
Laboratory assessment of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome endocrinopathies
Laboratory evaluation of short stature in children
Pregnancy and the fetus
Disorders of sexual development
Transgender endocrinology
The endocrinology of aging.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digitaledited by John T. Daugirdas, Peter G. Blake, Todd S. Ing.Summary: "Handbook of Dialysis is now completely revised in its Fifth Edition. It continues to provides practical, accessible information on all aspects of dialysis with emphasis on day-to-day patient management. Authored by international experts, chapters provide complete coverage of hemodialysis, peritoneal dialysis, special problems in dialysis patients, and problems pertaining to various organ systems"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2015
- Digital[edited by] Allen R. Nissenson, MD, Chief Medical Officer, DaVita Kidney Care, Emeritus Professor of Medicine, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Los Angeles, California, Richard N. Fine, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Stony Brook Medicine, Stony Brook, New York.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
- Digital[edited] by Allen R. Nissenson, Richard N. Fine, Rajnish Mehrotra, Joshua Zaritsky.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalHenry G.W. Paw, Rob Shulman.Summary: Now in its sixth edition, the Handbook of Drugs in Intensive Care is the essential guide to using drugs safely and effectively in the intensive care setting. The book is split into two sections: an A-Z guide to the drugs available, and concise notes on the key topics and situations faced on a daily basis. The A-Z section provides succinct information on each drug including uses, limitations, administration directions and adverse effects. The second section details practice guidelines such as insulin therapy, Parkinson's disease therapy when nil-by-mouth and drug dosing in renal failure. This revised edition includes seventeen new drug monographs and covers several new topics, including blood glucose management. A colour chart showing drug compatibility for intravenous administration included at the back of the book. Presented in a concise, compact format, this book is an invaluable resource for doctors, nurses, pharmacists and other healthcare professionals caring for critically ill patients.
Contents:
Drugs: An A-Z Guide; Short Notes; Prescribing Using Generic or Brand Names; Routes of Administration; Loading Dose; Drug Metabolism; Enzyme Systems; Drug Excretion; Drug Tolerance; Drug Interactions; Therapeutic Drug Monitoring; Target Range of Concentration; Pharmacology in the Critically Ill; Body Weight; Guide To Ideal Tidal Volume: Protective Lung ventilation; Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation; Drugs in Advanced Life Support Management of Acute Major AnaphylaxisManagement of Acute Severe Hyperkalaemia; Management of Malignant Hyperthermia (MH); Sedation, Analgesia and Neuromuscular Blockade; Antiretroviral Drugs: Alternatives for Swallowing Difficulties; Management of Status Epilepticus; Prevention of Delirium Tremens and Alcohol Withdrawal Syndrome; Prevention of Wernicke-Korsakoff Syndrome; Anti-Arrhythmic Drugs; Inotropes and Vasopressors; Bronchospasm; Anti-Ulcer Drugs; Immunonutrition in the ICU; Corticosteroids; Bone Marrow Rescue Following Nitrous Oxide; Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia; NOAC/DOAC AntioxidantsGuidelines for Patients with Absent or Dysfunctional Spleen; Antimicrobial Drugs; Bacterial Gram Staining; Antibiotics: Sensitivities; Alterations to Drug Dosing in Renal Dysfunction and Haemo(dia)filtration; Chemical Pleurodesis of Malignant Pleural Effusion; Appendices; Appendix A Creatinine Clearance; Appendix B Weight Conversion (stones/lb to kg); Appendix C Body Mass Index (BMI) Calculator; Appendix D Lean Body Weight Charts; Appendix E Ideal Tidal Volume (ITV) 6 ml/kg Based on Height/Predicted Body Weight (PBW); Appendix F Estimated Height from Ulna Length Appendix G Infusion Rate/Dose CalculationAppendix H Drug Compatibility Chart;
Appendix I Sodium Content of Oral Medications; Appendix J Drug Management of the Brain-Stem-Dead Donor; Appendix K Vancomycin by Continuous Infusion; Appendix L Child-Pugh Score; Appendix M Severe Sepsis Algorithm; Appendix N Insulin guidelines; Index; Colour PlatesDigital Access Cambridge 2019 - DigitalCharles H. Kellner.Summary: The Handbook of ECT covers all aspects of contemporary electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) practice. This concise yet informed text provides medical practitioners with both the theoretical background and practical knowledge to guide them in the practice of ECT. The text is filled with 'clinical pearls' from an expert practitioner which will be of great use to both new and seasoned practitioners of ECT. Each chapter is comprehensively referenced with the latest ECT research and clinical literature. Topics covered include research on mechanisms of action, patient selection by diagnosis, pre-procedural medical and laboratory evaluation, patient preparation in the ECT suite, stimulus dosing strategies, ECT anesthesia, clinical decision making and continuation/maintenance treatment strategies. This book will be of particular value for practicing psychiatrists, psychiatric residents and medical students rotating in psychiatry.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalBrit Long, Alex Koyfman, editors.Summary: This book provides emergency physicians with an easy-to-use guide for diagnosing and treating ophthalmologic conditions in the emergency department. Ophthalmologic complaints are very common, but many emergency physicians are not as confident as they would like to be when evaluating and managing these conditions. This book answers that need by giving step-by-step instructions on how to diagnose and treat common eye conditions, including glaucoma, infections, neuro-ophthalmologic conditions, and trauma. For each disorder, the book discusses presentation/symptoms, physical examination techniques, lab and imaging findings, differential diagnoses, treatment guidelines, and referral suggestions. The text is filled with images that clearly present these common ophthalmologic complaints and conditions and guide the emergency physician to an accurate and swift diagnosis. Handbook of Emergency Ophthalmology is an essential resource for emergency physicians, residents, medical students, nurses, and other healthcare workers who evaluate and manage patients with ophthalmologic conditions.
- DigitalWolfgang Ahrens, Iris Pigeot, editors.
- Digitaledited by Trygve O. Tollefsbol.Contents:
Section I. Overview
Section II. Molecular mechanisms of epigenetics
Section III. Methods in epigenetics
Section IV. Model organisms of epigenetics
Section V. Factors influencing epigenetic changes
Section VI. Evolutionary epigenetics
Section VII. Epigenetic epidemiology
Section VIII. Epigenetics and human disease
Section IX. Epigenetic therapy
Section X. The future of epigenetics.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalLindsey Migliore, Caitlin McGee, Melita N. Moore, editors.Summary: Esports medicine is a subspecialty in its infancy: Research, resources, and guidelines are evolving rapidly as more is understood about this burgeoning patient population. This unique handbook provides a comprehensive overview of the basics of esports, play mechanics and terminology specifically targeted towards healthcare professionals previously unfamiliar with the subject matter. It conveys the essentials of an esports history and physical exam and acts as a step-by-step guide for treating video gamers and esports athletes. Furthermore, it guides providers through each and every major diagnosis related to gaming, with the specific mechanisms of the injury, relevant physical exam maneuvers, and treatments selected specifically for gaming, covering upper and lower extremity injuries, conditions of the neck and back, gaming ergonomics, and psychological, nutritional and cultural considerations. Timely and practical, Handbook of Esports Medicine is a valuable resource for primarily sports medicine, orthopedic, physical medical and rehabilitation, and pediatric physicians, as well as therapists, psychologists and trainers involved in competitive gaming.
Contents:
What is Esports? The Past, Present, and Future of Competitive Gaming
Upper Extremity Disorders in Esports
Neck and Back Disorders in Esports
Lower Extremity Disorders in Esports
The Ergonomics of Esports
Nutrition for the Video Gamer
The Psychology of Digital Games
Esports Mental Performance
Prevention of Esports Injuries
Esports Cultural Competence. - Digital[edited by] Eric K. Hansen, Mack Roach III.Contents:
Skin cancer / Lisa Singer and Sue S. Yom
Central nervous system / Yao Yu, Steve E. Braunstein, Daphne A. Haas-Kogan, and Jean L. Nakamura
Malignant and benign diseases of the eye and orbit / Jason Chan and Kavita K. Mishra
Cancer of the ear / Jason Chan and Sue S. Yom
Nasopharyngeal cancer / Jason Chan and Sue S. Yom
Nasal cavity and paranasal sinus cancer / Jason Chan and Sue S. Yom
Oropharyngeal cancer / Christopher H. Chapman and Sue S. Yom
Cancer of the lip an oral cavity / Christopher H. Chapman and Adam Garsa
Larynx and Hypopharynx cancer / Christopher H. Chapman and Adam Garsa
Salivary gland tumors / Christopher H. Chapman and Adam Garsa
Thyroid cancer / Christopher H. Chapman and Adam Garsa
Unusual neoplasms of the head and neck / Jason Chan and Adam Garsa
Management of the neck and unknown primary of the head and neck / Jason Chan and Sue S. Yom
Small cell lung cancer / Michael Wahl and Adam Garsa
Non-small cell lung cancer / Michael Wahl, Matthew A. Gubens, and Sue S. Yom
Mesothelioma and thymic tumors / Michael Wahl and Adam Garsa
Breast cancer / Anna K. Paulsson, Tracy Sherertz, and Catherine C. Park
Esophageal cancer / Yao Yu, Hans T. Chung, and Mekhail Anwar
Gastric cancer / Jennifer S. Chang, Mekhail Anwar, and Hans T. Chung
Pancreatic cancer / Jennifer S. Chang and Mekhail Anwar
Hepatobiliary cancer / Jennifer S. Chang and Mekhail Anwar
Colorectal cancer / Yao Yu, Mekhail Anwar, and Hans T. Chung
Anal cancer / Serah Choi, Hans T. Chung, and Mekhail Anwar
Renal cell carcinoma / Michael A. Garcia and Alexander R. Gottschalk
Bladder cancer / Michael A. Garcia and Albert J. Chang
Prostate cancer / Michael A. Garcia, Eric K. Hansen, and Mark Roach III
Cancer of the penis / Michael A. Garcia and Alexander R. Gottschalk
Testicular cancer / Michael A. Garcia and Alexander R. Gottschalk
Cervical cancer / Serah Choi and I-Chow J. Hsu
Endometrial cancer / Serah Choi and I-Chow J. Hsu
Ovarian cancer / Serah Choi and I-Chow J. Hsu
Vaginal cancer / Serah Choi and Tracy Sherertz
Vulvar cancer / Serah Choi and Tracy Sherertz
Urethral cancer / Serah Choi and Tracy Sherertz
Hodgkin's lymphoma / Jason Chan and Steve E. Braunstein
Non-hodgkin's lymphoma / Anna K. Paulsson and Adam Garsa
Cutaneous lymphomas / Lisa Singer and Adam Garsa
Multiple myeloma and plasmacytoma / Lauren Boreta and Steve E. Braunstein
Bone tumors / Lauren Boreta and Steve E. Braunstein
Soft-tissue sarcoma / Lauren Boreta and Alexander R. Gottschalk
Pediatric (non-CNS) tumors / David R. Raleigh, Daphne A. Haas, Kogan, and Steve E. Braunstein
Palliation and benign conditions / Lauren Boreta, Yao Yu, and Steve E. Braunstein
Clinical radiobiology and physics / Serah Choi, Yao Yu, Eleanor A. Blakely and John Murnane.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalRajni A. Sethi, Igor J. Barani, David A. Larson, Mack Roach III, editors.Contents:
Introduction to Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
Part I: Radiobiology of Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
Radiobiology of Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
Part II: Physics of Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
Physics of Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
Part III: Clinical Applications
Intracranial Tumors
Spine
Head and Neck
Lung
Digestive System
Genitourinary Sites
Gynecologic Sites
Soft Tissue Sarcoma
Oligometastases
Appendix A: Dose-Volume Criteria. - Digital/PrintDigital Access Springer v. 167-234, 2005-16.
- DigitalVictor R. Preedy, Vinood B. Patel, editors.Summary: This book addresses the causes and effects of nutrient deficiencies along the cell-to-communities continuum. The book is primarily concerned with a lack or deficiency of one or more micro- or macronutrients in connection with malnutrition, under nutrition, and starvation. Embedded within the deficiency states is acute restriction whereby food is withdrawn completely for short periods, as when individuals are adhering to religious requirements or undergoing surgical procedures. Further downstream is the consumption of a fraction of the normal diet, as when individuals are dieting or when there is restriction in the amount or variety of food available. The causes of such reductions in dietary intake are varied and also include the social context of poverty, financial limitations, and famine. Refugees and displaced persons may also be vulnerable to under nutrition or total starvation. Diseases may also impact on the total food consumed, such as when there are physical impediments (intestinal obstruction or dysphagia) or anorexia (induced by organic disease or as a disease process per se, ie, anorexia nervosa). This book, organized as approximately 125 chapters in 17 major sections, covers the variable manifestations of dietary restrictions on cells, whole organs, the individual, and societies.
Contents:
General aspects of famine
Effects of famine
Food security, low income and poverty
Effects of food security and poverty
Refugees and displaced persons
Medical causes of dietary restrictions and malnutrition
Anorexia
Anorexia Nervosa
Classifications of starvation and malnutrition
Kwashiorkor and marasmus
Starvation and the individual
Fasting and the individual
Deficiencies of micro and macro nutrients
Effects on organ systems
Molecular Effects
Modelling systems in vertebrates and lower organisms
Policy and strategy. - DigitalRajiv Shah.Contents:
1. Foot and ankle examination
2. Radiology in foot and ankle
3. Rational prescription of foot and ankle orthotics
4. In the foot and ankle operation theater
4. Ten commandments of foot and ankle trauma management
6. Tips, tricks, and management algorithm for foot and ankle injuries
7. Foot and ankle malunions
8. Deformity correction: foot and ankle
9. Soft tissues are equally important
10. Plantar heel pain
11. Growing with flat feet: childhood to adulthood
12. Lucid approach and simplistic management of diabetic foot
13. Common foot and ankle infections: diagnosis and management
14. Art of arthrodesis in foot and ankle
15. Dealing with tendo achilles problems!
16. Setting up of foot and ankle practice
Appendix
Index.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016 - Digitaledited by Burkhard Madea, Institute of Forensic Medicine, University of Bonn, Bonn, Germany.Contents:
Part I. Duties of forensic medicine in modern societies
Part II. Medical aspects of death
Part III. Traumatology and violent death
Part IV. Sudden and unexpected death from natural causes
Part V. Clinical forensic medicine
Part VI. Forensic psychiatry
Part VII. Toxicology
Part VIII. Traffic medicine
Part IX. Identification
Part X. The doctor and the law
Part XI. Insurance medicine.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - Digitaledited by Everett L. Worthington, Jr., Nathaniel G. Wade.Summary: "The Handbook of Forgiveness, Second Edition consolidates research from a wide range of disciplines and offers an in-depth review of the science of forgiveness. This new edition considers forgiveness in a diverse range of contexts and presents a research agenda for future directions in the field. Chapters approach forgiveness from a variety of perspectives, drawing on related work in areas including biology, personality, social psychology, clinical/counseling psychology, developmental psychology, philosophy, and neuroscience, as well as considering international and political implications. The Handbook provides comprehensive treatment of the topic, integrating theoretical considerations, methodological discussions, and practical intervention strategies that will appeal to researchers, clinicians, and practitioners. Reflecting the increased precision with which forgiveness has been understood, theorized, and assessed during the last 14 years of research, this updated edition of the Handbook of Forgiveness remains the authoritative resource on the field of forgiveness."-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
1. How You Can Benefit from This Handbook / Everett L. Worthington, Jr. and Nathaniel G. Wade
Part I. The Nature of Forgiveness
2. Understanding Forgiveness of Other People: Definitions, Theories, and Processes / Everett L. Worthington, Jr.
3. The Psychology of Self-Forgiveness / Lydia Woodyatt and Michael Wenzel
4. Highlighting the Dark Side of Forgiveness and the Need for a Contextual Approach / James K. McNulty
5. Why Revenge Sometimes Feels So Good / David S. Chester and Alexandra M. Martelli
6. An Evolutionary Perspective on Forgiveness / Joseph Billingsley, Jeni L. Burnette, and Michael E. McCullough
7. The Stress-and-Coping Model of Forgiveness: Theory, Research, and the Potential of Dyadic Coping / Peter Strelan
8. Measuring Forgiveness and Self-Forgiveness: Descriptions, Psychometric Support, and Recommendations for Research and Practice / Stacey E. McElroy-Heltzel, Don E. Davis, Ana C. Ordaz, Brandon J. Griffin, and Joshua N. Hook
Part II. The Psychology of Forgiveness
9. The Development of Forgiving in Children, Adolescents, and Emerging Adults / Rachel C. Garthe and Samantha Guz
10. Personality and Forgiveness: A Meta-Analytic Review / Adam S. Hodge, Laura E. Captari, David K. Mosher, Nilesh Kodali, Joshua N. Hook, Don E. Davis, and Daryl R. Van Tongeren
11. Forgiveness and Religion/Spirituality / Elise Choe, Aaron McLaughlin, Stacey E. McElroy-Heltzel, and Don E. Davis
12. Anger toward God and Divine Forgiveness / Julie J. Exline
Part III. Close Relationships and Forgiveness
13. An Interdependence Analysis of Forgiveness, Amends, and Relational Repair in Family and Work Relationships / Jeffrey D. Green, Chelsea A. Reid, Anthony E. Coy, Mattie V. Hedgepeth, and Margaret A. Kneuer
14. Forgiveness in Marriage / Frank D. Fincham
15. Forgiveness and the Dark Side of Intimate Relationships: Infidelity, Intimate Partner Violence, and Divorce / Kristina Coop Gordon, Zahra Amer, Katherine A. Lenger, Meagan J. Brem, Donald H. Baucom, and Douglas K. Snyder
Part IV. Forgiveness, Physiology, Health, and Well-Being
16. Forgiveness, Embodiment, and Relational Accountability: Victim and Transgressor Psychophysiology Research / Charlotte vanOyen Witvliet
17. Forgiveness and Physical Health / Loren L. Toussaint, Everett L. Worthington, Jr., David R. Williams, and Jon R. Webb
18. Forgiveness, Well-Being, and Mental Health / Jon R. Webb and Loren L.Toussaint
Part V. Forgiveness in Non-Western Cultures
19. Forgiveness and Culture: Conceptual Issues / Steven J. Sandage, Sarah A. Crabtree, and Chance A. Bell
20. Forgiveness in the Arab World and in Central Africa / Etienne Mullet and Félix Neto
21. Forgiveness Research in Africa: The Present Status and Future Prospects / Everett L. Worthington, Jr., Camilla W. Nonterah, Shawn O. Utsey, Brandon J. Griffin, Caroline C. Carneal, Athena H. Cairo, Annabella Osei-Tutu, Richard G. Cowden, Basil J. Pillay, Katherine Kulick Kardio, and Libby S. Germer
22. Forgiving in Asian Cultures: Theory and Empirical Research / Man Yee Ho
23. Theories and Empirical Research on Forgiveness in South America and Latin Europe: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Spain, and Portugal / Júlio Rique, Eloá Losano de Abreu, and John Klatt
Part VI. Psychological Interventions to Promote Forgiveness
24. Psychological Interventions to Promote Forgiveness of Others: Review of Empirical Evidence / Nathaniel G. Wade and Meredith V. Tittler
25. A Review of the Empirical Research Using Enright's Process Model of Interpersonal Forgiveness / Suzanne Freedman and Robert D. Enright
26. An Update of the REACH Forgiveness Model: Psychoeducation in Groups, Do-It-Yourself Formats, Couple Enrichment, Religious Congregations, and as an Adjunct to Psychotherapy / Everett L. Worthington, Jr.
27. Promotion of Self-Forgiveness / Marilyn A. Cornish, Brandon J. Griffin, and Graham W. Morris
Part VII . Societal Issues Involving Forgiveness
28. Intergroup Forgiveness / Daryl R. Van Tongeren and Reece Lindemann
29. Forgiveness in Organizations / Ryan Fehr and Michelle J. Gelfand
30. Forgiveness, Reconciliation, and Peace between Groups / Michael Wenzel
Part VIII. Drawing the Thrads Together (or Integrating a Diverse Body of Work)
31. Bibliography of Narrative Reviews and Meta-Analyses on Forgiveness (2004-2018) / Brandon J. Griffin, Richard G. Cowden, and Lee Shawkey
32. A New Perspective on Forgiveness Research / Everett L. Worthington, Jr. and Nathaniel G. Wade. - DigitalKenneth A. Egol, MD, Kenneth J. Koval, MD, Joseph D. Zuckerman, MD.Summary: "Handbook of Fractures is a concise, bulleted review of fractures throughout the body. Each chapter reviews epidemiology, anatomy, mechanism of injury, clinical evaluation, imaging (which includes the formal classification systems used to name and grade fracture types), non-operative and operative treatment, and complications. This title is an almost obligatory purchase for first-year orthopaedic residents, and is also purchased in substantial numbers by other specialties involved in fracture care, including Pas and NPs in either orthopaedic or emergency medicine settings. It is very simply written, and many of the illustrations are derived from the Rockwood and Green franchise. Importantly, this title covers adult and pediatric fractures, and is thus usable in primary care, especially family practice settings"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Todd H. Baron, Ryan J. Law.Summary: "The only handbook to cover both endoscopic and non-endoscopic GI procedures, Handbook of Gastroenterologic Procedures, 5th Edition, has been extensively revised and reorganized to be even more useful as a quick reference in your practice. New editors, 20 new chapters, and a concise, pocket-sized format make it a must-have resource for clinicians involved in any aspect of gastroenterologic procedures. Comprehensive yet succinct coverage of all diagnostic and therapeutic GI procedures-both endoscopic and non-endoscopic-in current use for adult and pediatric patients. A concise, logically structured format includes indications, contraindications, patient preparation, equipment, technique, post-procedure care, and adverse events. New chapters include balloon-assisted enteroscopy, placement of colonic self-expandable metal stents, endoscopic ultrasound-guided biopsies and drainage, endoscopic submucosal dissection, peroral endoscopic myotomy, and management of post-surgical adverse events. More than 100 drawings guide you through key steps"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2021
- DigitalClévio Nóbrega, Liliana Mendonça, Carlos A. Matos.Summary: This is a reference handbook for young researchers exploring gene and cell therapy. Gene therapy could be defined as a set of strategies modifying gene expression or correcting mutant/defective genes through the administration of DNA (or RNA) to cells, in order to treat disease. Important advances like the discovery of RNA interference, the completion of the Human Genome project or the development of induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSc) and the basics of gene therapy are covered. This is a great book for students, teachers, biomedical researchers delving into gene/cell therapy or researchers borrowing skills from this scientific field. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Intro
Acknowledgments
Contents
1: Gene and Cell Therapy
1.1 The Concepts of Gene and Cell Therapy
1.2 Types of Gene Therapy
1.3 Gene Therapy Strategies
1.4 Choice of the Therapeutic Target
1.5 Administration Routes
1.6 Delivery Systems
1.7 Expression and Persistence of the Therapy
1.8 Cell Targeting
1.9 Immune Response to the Therapy
1.10 Highlights in the History of Gene and Cell Therapy
1.11 Current Status of Gene Therapy
1.12 Ethical Questions and Concerns About Gene and Cell Therapy
This Chapter in a Nutshell
Review Questions 3.1 Lentiviral Vectors
3.1.1 Replicative Cycle
3.1.2 From Lentivirus to Lentiviral Vectors
3.1.3 Additional Improvements to Lentiviral Vectors
3.1.4 Lentiviral Vector Production
3.1.5 Lentiviral Vectors in Clinical Trials
3.2 Gamma Retrovirus
3.3 Adenoviral Vectors
3.3.1 Replicative Cycle
3.3.2 From Adenovirus to Adenoviral Vectors
3.3.3 Adenoviral Vector Modifications
3.3.4 Adenoviral Vector Production
3.3.5 Adenoviral Vectors in Clinical Trials
3.4 Adeno-associated Virus (AAV)
3.4.1 Replicative Cycle
3.4.2 From AAV to AAV Vectors 3.4.3 AAV Modifications
3.4.4 AAV Production
3.4.5 AAV in Clinical Trials
3.5 Herpes Simplex Virus
3.5.1 Replicative Cycle
3.5.2 From HSV to HSV Vectors
3.5.3 HSV Modifications
3.5.4 HSV Production
3.5.5 HSV in Clinical Trials
3.6 Vaccinia
3.6.1 Replicative Cycle
3.6.2 From Vaccinia Virus to Vaccinia Vectors
3.6.3 Vaccinia Modifications
3.6.4 Vaccinia Vector Production
3.6.5 Vaccinia in Clinical Trials
3.7 Baculovirus
3.7.1 Replicative Cycle
3.7.2 From Baculovirus to Baculovirus Vectors
3.7.3 Baculovirus Modifications 3.7.4 Baculovirus Production
3.7.5 Baculovirus in Clinical Trials
3.8 Choice of the Viral Vector
3.9 Oncolytic Virus Applications
This Chapter in a Nutshell
Review Questions
References and Further Reading
4: Barriers to Gene Delivery
4.1 Extracellular Barriers
4.1.1 Unspecific Interactions
4.1.2 Endothelial Barriers
4.1.3 Inflammatory and Immune Response
4.2 Intracellular Barriers
4.2.1 Cellular Uptake
4.2.2 Endosomal Escape
4.2.3 Intracellular Trafficking
4.2.4 Nuclear Delivery
4.3 Technical Barriers
4.3.1 Physical Restrictions
4.3.2 Cellular Targeting.Digital Access Springer 2020 - PrintRobert C. King, editor.Contents:
v. 1. Bacteria, bacteriophages and fungi.--
v. 2. Plants, plant viruses, and protists.--v. 3.Invertebrates of genetic interest.--
v. 4. Vertebrates of genetic interest.--
v. 5. Molecular genetics. - Digitaledited by Sahra Gibbon, Barbara Prainsack, Stephen Hilgartner, Janelle Lamoreaux.Summary: The Handbook provides an essential resource at the interface of Genomics, Health and Society, and forms a crucial research tool for both new students and established scholars across biomedicine and social sciences. Building from and extending the first Routledge Handbook of Genetics and Society, the book offers a comprehensive introduction to pivotal themes within the field, an overview of the current state of the art knowledge on genomics, science and society, and an outline of emerging areas of research. Key themes addressed include the way genomic based DNA technologies have become incorporated into diverse arenas of clinical practice and research whilst also extending beyond the clinic; the role of genomics in contemporary 'bioeconomies'; how challenges in the governance of medical genomics can both reconfigure and stabilise regulatory processes and jurisdictional boundaries; how questions of diversity and justice are situated across different national and transnational terrains of genomic research; and how genomics informs - and is shaped by - developments in fields such as epigenetics, synthetic biology, stem cell, microbial and animal model research. Presenting cutting edge research from leading social science scholars, the Handbook provides a unique and important contribution to the field. It brings a rich and varied cross disciplinary social science perspective that engages with both the history and contemporary context of genomics and 'post-genomics', and considers the now global and transnational terrain in which these developments are unfolding.
Contents:
1
Introduction: Genomics, Health and Society, Sahra Gibbon, Barbara Prainsack, Stephen Hilgartner and Janelle Lamoreaux
-- Section One: Genomic/DNA-based Technologies in the Clinic and Beyond
-- 2 Introduction, Sabina Leonelli
-- 3 Biomedicalisation in the Postgenomic Age, Catherine Bliss
-- 4 Genomics and Big Data in Biomedicine, Sabina Leonelli and Niccolo Tempini
-- 5 Mainstreaming Genomics and Personal Genetic Testing, Susan Kelly, Sally Wyatt and Anna Harris
-- 6 Bringing Genetics into the Clinic: The Evolution of Genetic Testing and Counselling, Ilana Lowy
-- 7 From Quality Control to Informed Choice: Understanding "Good Births" and Prenatal Genetic Testing in Contemporary Urban China, Jianfeng Zhu and Dong Dong
-- Section Two: Genomic Technologies in the Bioeconomy
-- 8 Introduction, Claire Marris
-- 9 Limits to Biocapital, Margaret Chiappetta and Kean Birch
-- 10 Gendered Bioeconomies, Janelle Lamoreaux
-- 11 Genomic Hope: Promise in the Bioeconomy, Paul Martin
-- 12 Neoliberalism on Drugs: Genomics and the Political Economy of Medicine, Edward Nik-Khah
-- 13 The Value of the Imagined Biological in Policy and Society: Somaticizing and Economising British Subject(ivitie)s, Martyn Pickersgill
-- 14 Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI), Ulrike Felt
-- Section Three: Current Challenges in the Governance of Medical Genomics
-- 15 Introduction, Stephen Hilgartner
-- 16 The Human Genome Project and the Legacy of its Ethics Programs, Stephen Hilgartner
-- 17 Patenting, Shobita Parthasarathy
-- 18 Genomic Platforms and Clinical Research, Alberto Cambrosio, Etienne Vignola-Gagn, Nicole Nelson, Peter Keating, Pascale Bourret
-- 19 Diagnostics, Stuart Hogarth
-- 20 Collection and Protection of Personal Health Data, Edward Dove
-- 21 In CRISPRs World: Genome Editing and the Politics of Global Science, Ben Hurlbut
-- Section Four: Diversity and Justice
-- 22 Introduction, Sahra Gibbon and Barbara Prainsack
-- 23 Disability and the Challenge of Genomics, Jackie Lee Scully
-- 24 Eugenics and Enhancement in Contemporary Genomics, Silvia Camporesi and Giulia Cavaliere
-- 25 Genomics and Insurance, Ine van Hoyweghen
-- 26 Power Asymmetries, Participation, and the Idea of Personalised Medicine, Barbara Prainsack
-- 27 Excavating Difference: Race in Genomic Medicine, Sandra Lee
-- 28 Genomics in Emerging and Developing Economies, Duana Fullwileyand Sahra Gibbon
-- Section Five: Crossing Boundaries
-- 29 Introduction, Janelle Lamoreaux
-- 30 Epigenetics, Margaret Lock
-- 31 Environmental Epigenetics and Suicide Risk at a Molecular Scale, Stephanie Lloyd and Eugene Raikhel
-- 32 Stem Cells, Global Cells, Local Cultures, Jennifer Liu
-- 33 Co-producing Animal Models and Genetic Science, Carrie Friese
-- 34 Making Microbiomes, Amber Benezra
-- 35 Behavior Genetics: Boundary Crossings and Epistemic Cultures, Nicole Nelson and Aaron Panofsky
-- 36 Synthetic Biology, Jane Calvert, Dominic Berry and Deborah Scott. - Digital[edited] by Terry Fulmer, Bruce Chernoff.Summary: "Handbook of Geriatric Assessment, Fifth Edition is a multidisciplinary text that takes a contemporary approach in line with patient and family centered care. With contributions from the foremost experts in the field, it contains the latest information on geriatric assessments for older adults."--Provided by publisher"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Through the older person's eyes: what matters
The context and future of geriatric care
Demographic trends: a success story
Age-friendly health systems
Payment reform, health system transformation, and the impact on older adults
The VA health system for older adults
Following the assessment data, whose data is it: open notes in real time
Assessment and care plans that support goals that matter to the person
Self-care management
The family context
The social determinants of health
Multiculturalism and geriatric assessment
Vulnerable populations
Targeting older persons for optimal team care outcomes
Developing and managing a high-functioning interprofessional team
Building on geriatric interdisciplinary team training (GITT)
Community team-based geriatric care
Effects of team care on quality and outcomes
Evidence-based models in action that work
Advance care planning
Depression assessment and other mental illnesses
Recognizing mistreatment in older adults
Functional assessment of older adults
Physical assessment
Pain assessment
Caregiver assessment
Spiritual assessment as a key component of comprehensive geriatric care
Substance use assessment
Medication assessment in older adults
Mobility assessment
Nutritional assessment as a key component of comprehensive geriatric care
Transitions of care
Assessment of older adults in their home
Aging in place: transitional housing and supported housing models
Thriving in community
Geriatric assessment in nursing homes
Emergency department assessment at the time of hospitalization
The older adult driver
Advance care planning through the incorporation of values history discussion
Clinical assessment of older persons with developmental disabilities
Assessing disaster preparedness and response.Digital Access R2Library 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaledited by Robin Haring, Ilona Kickbusch, Detlev Ganten, Matshidiso Moeti.Summary: Global health is a rapidly emerging discipline with a transformative potential for public policy and international development. Emphasizing transnational health issues, global health aims to improve health and achieve health equity for all people worldwide. Its multidisciplinary scope includes contributions from many disciplines within and beyond the health sciences, including clinical medicine, public health, social and behavioral sciences, environmental sciences, economics, public policy, law and ethics. This large reference will offer up-to-date information and expertise across all aspects of global health and will help readers achieve a truly multidisciplinary understanding of the driving forces, dynamics, and models in healthcare, as well as the biological, clinical, socioeconomic and environmental drivers impacting global health disorders and challenges. As a fully comprehensive, state-of-the-art reference that can be updated periodically, over time, as the data and drivers change, Global Health will be an important, dynamic resource to provide context for global health clinical care, organizational and state decision-making, and overall public policy on many levels. Physicians (both research and practice-oriented), trainees, medical students, health economists, environmental scientists, social scientists from a range of disciplines working in the field of health and illness (both practitioners and at the university / graduate program level), public policy and law students and professionals, and allied health trainees and practitioners will find this work of great value. .
Contents:
Global Health
Definition, Principles & Drivers
Globalization & Global Health
Impact, Trends & Consequences
Urbanisation & Cities as Drivers of Global Health
Aging & Global Health
Cultural Diversity & Global Health
Digital Transformation & Global Health
Study Designs in Global Health Research
Epidemiological Methods & Measures in Global Health Research
Quantitative Methods in Global Health Research
Qualitative Methods in Global Health Research
Mixed-methods in Global Health Research
Accountability & Aid Effectiveness Research in Global Health
Global health project design, monitoring & evaluation
Causal inference in global health epidemiology
Evidence synthesis in global health epidemiology
Disease surveillance & monitoring: Epidemic diagnosis & control
Dynamics of disease occurence & transmission
Epidemiological transition & changing pattern of disease
Demographic approaches to population dynamics
Population mortality & global causes of death
pattern & trends
Global Migration & Population Health
Population health dynamics & fertility: pattern, predictors & projections
Global burden of CVD
prevalence, pattern & trends
Global burden of COPD
prevalence, pattern & trends
Global burden of Cancer
prevalence, pattern & trends
Global burden of Alzheimer & other dementias
Global burden of Diabetes Mellitus
Global burden of Road injury. - Digital/PrintYichen Lu, Lixia Wang, Hongjin Duanmu, Chris Chanyasulkit, Amie J. Strong, Hui Zhang, editors.Contents:
1. Modern history of tuberculosis control in China
2. TB control in Pakistan
3. TB control in South Africa
4. Tuberculosis control in Hong Kong
5. Breakthrough strategy for TB control in Indonesia
6. TB control in Nigeria
7. Diagnosis of tuberculosis: current pipeline, unmet needs, and new developments
8. Current options in treatment and issues in tuberculosis care in low- and middle-income countries
9. DOT status and development in China
10. Drug-resistant TB
11. The MDR-TB epidemic in China: the changing landscape, cause analysis, government response, current status, and future aspects
12. Treatment of TB and HIV coinfection
13. Concurrence of tuberculosis and other major diseases
14. Surgery for pulmonary tuberculosis and its indications
15. Diagnosis and interventional therapy by bronchoscopy
16. Intensive care treatment of critical tuberculosis
17. New diagnostic tools for early detection of TB
18. TB clinical trials conducted in China: the history and future of the Beijing Tuberculosis and Thoraic Tumor Research Institute
19. Adapting DOTS for application in rural China
20. BCG immunization: efficacy, limitations, and future needs
21. Latent infection with Mycobacterium tuberculosis
22. The tuberculosis outbreak response, investigation, and control
23. Preventive therapy against tuberculosis
24. Case study: the strategy and implementation of preventive treatment for TB infected college students in Beijing
25. Case study Pakistan: society awareness and media coverage for TB prevention and treatment
26. The role of directly observed treatment in the tuberculosis epidemic in Beijing
27. The promise of new TB vaccines
28. Global tuberculosis surveillance
29. Factors affecting the incidence of tuberculosis and measures for control and prevention
30. DNA fingerprinting of Mycobacterium TB: a rich source of fundamental and daily applicable knowledge
31. A case study: China- implementation of nationwide TB epidemiology surveys and estimation of TB incidence
32. A case study: Japan- evolution of tuberculosis surveillance in an intermediate-burden nation
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Donna Shoupe.Summary: Covering all aspects of gynecology commonly encountered in day-to-day practice, this exhaustive work provides a practical, one-stop reference work for clinicians working in the field. This carefully-designed volume includes ten sections, beginning with comprehensive coverage of office-based gynecology, and continuing on to present disease processes and management information by patient age group. Each chapter includes background information, current recommendations for screening, diagnostic criteria, common and uncommon associated problems, approach to diagnosis, summary of treatment options, and an overview of ICD-9/10 codes for specific diagnoses. The handbook concludes with an easy-to-navigate presentation of minimally-invasive operations, surgical procedures, neoplasms, and pathology. Advantages and risks associated with management of particular diseases are covered, along with multiple tips for avoiding complications. Edited by experts and presenting the most recent developments in gynecological practice, The Handbook of Gynecology is an invaluable reference for OB/GYNs, family medicine and internal medicine clinicians, medical students, residents, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and other healthcare providers.
Contents:
Section I: Office Gynecology
Section II: Gynecological Care of the Adolescent
Section III: Gynecologic Care during the Early Reproductive Years
Section IV: Gynecologic Care during the Late Reproductive Years
Section V: Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility
Section VI: Menopausal
Section VII: Office Procedures and Minimally Invasive
Section VIII: Operative Procedures
Section IX: Neoplasms
Section X: Pathology. - DigitalNicolas Goossens, Sophie Clément, Francesco Negro.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. The HCV particle and its life cycle
3. Clinical features
4. Pathophysiology
5. Diagnosis
6. Management of HCV infection
7. Future challenges.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalRicardo H Alvarez ... [and more].Contents:
1. Introduction and background biology
2. HER2 testing
3. HER2-positive breast cancer, neoadjuvant and adjuvant therapy
4. HER2-positive metastatic breast cancer, first-line treatment
5. HER2-positive metastatic breast cancer, second-line treatment
6. Emerging targeted agents for HER2-positive breast cancer.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaleditors, Daphne H. Knicely, Emaad M. Abdel-Rahman, Keiko I. Greenberg.Summary: "The Handbook of Home Hemodialysis was developed to serve as a resource that educates healthcare providers about home hemodialysis, provides in-depth instructions for implementing a home hemodialysis program, and ultimately gives more patients with end-stage kidney disease the opportunity to select home hemodialysis"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Brief History of Home Hemodialysis / Sadichhya Lohani, Daphne H. Knicely
Patient Recruitment and Training for Home Hemodialysis / Joel D. Glickman, Rebecca Kurnik Seshasai
Vascular Access for Home Hemodialysis / Anil K. Agarwal, Khaled Y. Boubes, Nabil F. Haddad
Prescribing Home Hemodialysis / Michael A. Kraus, Michelle Carver
Water Handling in Home Hemodialysis / Keiko I. Greenberg
Laboratory Parameters and Monitoring for Home Hemodialysis / Cynthia Christiano, J. Clint Parker
Overview of Benefits and Limitations of Home Hemodialysis / Alice Chedid, Daphne H. Knicely
Complications of Home Hemodialysis / Tushar Chopra, Lakshmi Kannan, Emaad M. Abdel-Rahman
Cardiovascular Outcomes and Home Hemodialysis / Nasim Wiegley, José A. Morfín
Mineral Bone Disease in Home Hemodialysis / Page V. Salenger
Quality of Life and Home Hemodialysis / Emaad Abdel-Rahman
Hospitalization and Home Hemodialysis / Eric Weinhandl
Special Populations and Home Hemodialysis / Christopher T. Chan, Michael Girsberger
Policy and Costs of Home Hemodialysis / Michael Kraus, Eric Weinhandl
Setting Up, Building and Sustaining a Home Dialysis Program / Nupur Gupta, Brent W. Miller
Remote Monitoring and Home Hemodialysis / Danielle Wentworth, Emaad Abdel-Rahman.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021 - Digitaledited by Everett L. Worthington, Jr., Don E. Davis, and Joshua N. Hook.Summary: The Handbook of Humility is the first scholarly book to bring together authors from psychology as well as other fields to address what we know and don't know about humility. Authors review the existing research in this burgeoning field that has well over 100 empirical articles and an increasing trajectory of publication. This work should form the basis for research in humility for many years. In this book, chapters address definitions of humility that guide research. Authors also reflect on the practical applications of humility research within the areas they reviewed. The book informs people who study humility scientifically, but it is also an exceptional guide for psychotherapists, philosophers, religious and community leaders, politicians, educated lay people, and those who would like to fuel an informed reflection on how humility might make interactions more civil in relationships, organizations, communities, political processes, and national and international relations.
Contents:
pt. I. Theory, definitions, and measurement
pt. II. Predictors, correlates, and sequelae of humility
pt. III. Applications of humility to relationships and treatment.Digital Access TandFonline 2016 - DigitalSubha Ghosh.Summary: This book is a comprehensive and easy-to-read guide to pulmonary imaging. Medical Imaging is one of the cornerstones of modern medicine, and nowhere is this more apparent than pulmonary disease. We have come a long way from the days of chest radiography, though the chest radiograph still remains the single most common imaging test ordered worldwide. Pulmonary disease is now routinely evaluated with ultra-modern computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and positron emission tomography (PET) scanners, while ultrasonography plays a limited role in critical care and pleural/chest wall diseases. Rapid advancements in the sub-specialty of chest imaging and an exponential increase in the knowledge of pulmonary disease have led to an increasing demand for a comprehensive yet easily digestible handbook of pulmonary imaging, which prepackages knowledge in a form that can be easily understood and readily visualized with high-quality representative images. This book answers that need by providing the most important, relevant medical knowledge needed to handle pulmonary cases. It is divided into two sections, neoplastic disease and non-neoplastic disease. Chapters detail essential information about each disease, including presentation and the different modalities used to accurately diagnose and/or plan treatment. Major diseases that are covered include sarcomatoid carcinoma, adenomas, pulmonary hypertension, and bacterial infections. Each chapter includes extensive radiographic images to give a complete perspective on how these diseases present. Readers can easily see what the radiology of a particular disease entity looks like, what would be the differential diagnoses for a particular imaging abnormality, and compare the bullet review points associated with an image to their particular case. This is an ideal guide for general and thoracic radiologists, pulmonary, sleep medicine, and critical care specialists, thoracic surgeons, as well as residents and all clinicians who treat patients with pulmonary disease.
Contents:
Section I: Neoplastic Disease
Adenocarcinoma
Squamous Cell Carcinoma
Large Cell Carcinoma
Adenosquamous Cell Carcioma
Small cell
Large Cell Neuroendocrine Carcinoma
Carcinoid tumor
Sarcomatoid carcinoma
Salivary Gland-Type Tumors
Papillomas
Adenomas
Mesenchymal Tumors
Lymphohistiocytic Tumors
Tumors of the Pleura
Section II: Non-Neoplastic Disease
Congenital Anomalies and Pediatric Lesions
Reactive Airway Disease
Small Airway Diseases
Acute Lung Injury
Common Interstitial Lung Diseases
Other Interstitial Lung Diseases
Pneumoconiosis
Drug Reactions and Therapy Effects
Vasculitis and other causes of pulmonary hemorrhage
Pulmonary hypertension
Viral Infections
Bacterial Infections
Mycobacterial Infections
Fungal Infections
Parasitic Infections
Mass-like Lesions
Lung involvement by systemic diseases. - Digitaleditors, Sandeep K. Vashist, John H.T. Luong.Summary: Handbook of Immunoassay Technologies: Approaches, Performances, and Applications unravels the role of immunoassays in the biochemical sciences. During the last four decades, a wide range of immunoassays has been developed, ranging from the conventional enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays, to the smartphone-based point-of-care formats. The advances in rapid biochemical procedures, novel biosensing schemes, fully integrated lab-on-a-chip platforms, prolonged biomolecular storage strategies, device miniaturization and interfacing, and emerging smart system technologies equipped with personalized mobile healthcare tools are paving the way to next-generation immunoassays, and are all discussed in this comprehensive text. Immunoassays play a prominent role in clinical diagnostics as they are the eyes of healthcare professionals, helping them make informed clinical decisions via confirmed disease diagnosis, and thus enabling favorable health outcomes. The faster and reliable diagnosis of infections will further control their spread to uninfected persons. Similarly, immunoassays play a prominent role in veterinary diagnostics, food analysis, environmental monitoring, defense and security, and other bioanalytical settings. Therefore, they enable the detection of a plethora of analytes, which includes disease biomarkers, pathogens, drug impurities, environmental contaminants, allergens, food adulterants, drugs of abuse and various biomolecules.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- Digitaledited by David K. Gardner, Carlos Simón.Contents:
IVF : the first four decades / Mae Wu Healy, Micah J. Hill, and Alan DeCherney
Evaluation and preparation of the infertile couple for in vitro fertilization / David R. Meldrum
Carrier screening / Stephanie Hallam and Gregory Porreca
Testing ovarian reserve / Daniela Galliano, Nuria Pellicer, and Antonio Pellicer
Basics of ovarian stimulation / Sandra J. Tanahatoe, Frank J.M. Broekmans, and Bart C.J.M. Fauser
Role of antagonists in human IVF : the tool to a safer and more patient friendly IVF / Evangelos Papanikolaou and Robert Najdecki
Ultrasonography in IVF / Roger A. Pierson
Oocyte retrieval / Nina Resetkova and Michel M. Alper
In vitro maturation for clinical use / Melanie L. Walls and Roger Hart
Sperm preparation for IVF and ICSI / Christopher J. De Jonge and Nancy Bossert
Assisted fertilization / Zsolt Peter Nagy
Analysis of fertilization / Basak Balaban
Human embryo development and assessment of viability / David K. Gardner and Markus Montag
Embryo culture systems / David K. Gardner and Michelle Lane
Polar body, cleavage stage and trophectoderm biopsy / Antonio Capalbo, Laura Rienzi, Danilo Cimadomo, and Filippo Maria Ubaldi
Preimplantation genetic testing / Nathan R. Treff and Carmen Rubio
Oocytes and embryo cryopreservation / Ana Cobo
Quality control and quality assurance in the IVF laboratory / David Mortimer and Sharon T. Mortimer
Oocyte donation / Irene Woo and Richard J. Paulson
Endometrial receptivity / Sujata Lalitkumar, Eva Gomez, Maria Ruiz-Alonso, Diana Valbuena, Felipe Vilella, and Carlos Simón
Embryo transfer / Giulia Mariani and Jose Bellver
Multiple vs singleton births : consequences and prevention / Ernesto Bosch
Monitoring and evaluation of infertility treatments : is there a priority for monitoring of cognitive function in children born from ART and other treatments? / Michael J. Davies, Vivienne M. Moore.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - DigitalStephen Gough.Contents:
Introduction and disease overview
Incretin hormones as a target for therapy
Glucagon-like peptide receptor agonists
Dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitors
Global position and recommendations for use
Future and emerging therapies. .Digital Access Springer 2016 - Printedited by Bonnie S. Mark and James A. Incorvaia.Contents:
v
.1. A guide to diagnosis and treatment. - Digitaledited by Charles H. Zeanah, Jr.Contents:
Pt. I DEVELOPMENT AND CONTEXT
1. Infant Mental Health: The Science of Early Experience / Paula Doyle Zeanah
2. Pregnancy and Infant Mental Health / Lois S. Sadler
3. Neurobiology of Fetal and Infant Development: Implications for Infant Mental Health / Charles A. Nelson
4. Genetic and Epigenetic Processes in Infant Mental Health / Stacy S. Drury
5. The Neurobiology of Stress and Adversity in Infancy / Katie A. McLaughlin
6. Infant Social and Emotional Development: Emerging Competence in a Relational Context / Maria Muzik
7. Emerging Executive Functions in Early Childhood / Nathan A. Fox
8. Wounds from the Past: Integrating Historical Trauma into a Multicultural Infant Mental Health Framework / Chandra Michiko Ghosh Ippen
pt. II RISK AND PROTECTIVE FACTORS
9. Poverty, Early Experience, and Brain Development / Kimberly G. Noble
1 Postnatal Depression and Young Children's Development / Peter Cooper
11. Parental Substance Abuse / Ellen Kolomeyer
12. Prematurity: Identifying Risks and Promoting Resilience / Julie Poehlmann-Tynan
13. The Effects of Violent Experiences on Infants and Young Children / Sandra Rusconi Serpa
14. Neglect / Ian H. Gotlib
pt. III ASSESSMENT
15. Caregiver Report Measures of Early Childhood Social-Emotional Functioning / Alice S. Carter
16. Assessing the Relational Context of Infants and Young Children / Charles H. Zeanah Jr
pt. IV PSYCHOPATHOLOGY
17. Hyperactivity, Impulsivity, and Inattention in Young Children / Kathryn L. Humphreys
18. Autism Spectrum Disorder / Julia Chen
19. Sensory Overresponsivity / Alice S. Carter
20. Communication Disorders in Infants and Toddlers / Jennifer Windsor
21. Intellectual Disabilities / Elisabeth M. Dykens
22. Sleep Disorders Melissa M. Burnham
23. Eating and Feeding Disorders in Early Childhood / Miri Keren
24. Developmental Emergence of Disruptive Behaviors Beginning in Infancy: Delineating Normal-Abnormal Boundaries to Enhance Early Identification / Lauren Wakschlag
25. Depression in Early Childhood / Diana Whalen
26. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Young Children / Whitney Sturdy
27. Attachment Disorders in Early Childhood / Anna T. Smyke
28. Relationship-Specific Disorder of Early Childhood / Alicia F. Lieberman
pt. V INTERVENTION
29. Child-Parent Psychotherapy: A Trauma-Informed Treatment for Young Children and Their Caregivers / Chandra Michiko Ghosh Ippen
30. The Circle of Security / Glen Cooper
31. Attachment and Biobehavioral Catch-Up / Kristin Bernard
32. Reflections on the Mirror: On Video Feedback to Promote Positive Parenting and Infant Mental Health / Marinus H. van IJzendoorn
33s Parent-Child Interaction Therapy / Amanda N'zi
34. Foster Care in Early Childhood / Angela S. Breidenstine
pt. VI APPLICATIONS OF INFANT MENTAL HEALTH
35. Infant and Early Childhood Mental Health Training: Updates, New Directions / Julie A. Larrieu
36. Infant Mental Health in Primary Care / Mary Margaret Gleason
37. Child Care and Early Education as Contexts for Infant Mental Health / Angela W. Keyes
38. Infant Mental Health and Home Visiting: Needs, Approaches, Opportunities, and Cautions / Jon Korfmacher
39. Investing in Early Childhood Development and Infant Mental Health / Geoffrey A. Nagle.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - Digitaledited by Leonhard Held, Niel Hens, Philip D. O'Neill, Jacco Wallinga.Summary: Recent years have seen an explosion in new kinds of data on infectious diseases, including data on social contacts, whole genome sequences of pathogens, biomarkers for susceptibility to infection, serological panel data, and surveillance data. The Handbook of Infectious Disease Data Analysis provides an overview of many key statistical methods that have been developed in response to such new data streams and the associated ability to address key scientific and epidemiological questions. A unique feature of the Handbook is the wide range of topics covered. Key features Contributors include many leading researchers in the field Divided into four main sections: Basic concepts, Analysis of Outbreak Data, Analysis of Seroprevalence Data, Analysis of Surveillance Data Numerous case studies and examples throughout Provides both introductory material and key reference material
Contents:
Population Dynamics of Pathogens
Infectious Disease Data from Surveillance, Outbreak Investigation, and Epidemiological Studies
Key Concepts in Infectious Disease Epidemiology
Key Parameters in Infectious Disease Epidemiology
Contact Patterns for Contagious Diseases
Basic Stochastic Transmission Models and Their Inference
Analysis of Vaccine Studies and Causal Inference
Markov Chain Monte Carlo Methods for Outbreak Data
Approximate Bayesian Computation Methods for Epidemic Models
Iterated Filtering Methods for Markov Process Epidemic Models
Pairwise Survival Analysis of Infectious Disease Transmission Data
Methods for Outbreaks Using Genomic Data
Persistence of Passive Immunity, Natural Immunity (and Vaccination)
Inferring the Time of Infection from Serological Data
Use of Seroprevalence Data to Estimate Cumulative Incidence of Infection
Analysis of Serological Data with Transmission Models
Analysis of Multivariate Serological Data
Mixture Modeling
Modeling Infectious Disease Distributions : Applications of Point Process Methods
Prospective Detection of Outbreaks
Underreporting and Reporting Delays
Spatio-Temporal Analysis of Surveillance Data
Analysing Multiple Epidemic Data Sources
Forecasting Based on Surveillance Data
Spatial Mapping of Infectious Disease Risk.Digital Access TandFonline 2020 - DigitalBryan J. Wells, Pablo A. Quintero, Geoffrey Southmayd, editors.Summary: This book serves as a pocket-sized resource to aid with the diagnosis and management of cardiovascular disease in the inpatient setting. Containing up-to-date information from guidelines and clinical trials, this book is the only handbook-style reference on cardiac care designed specifically for the hospitalist. The first section of the book covers cardiac pathology with an emphasis on evidence-based and guideline-based approaches to patient care. Each chapter focuses on a specific cardiovascular disease state such as acute coronary syndrome, atrial fibrillation, pulmonary hypertension, and aortic disease. The second section examines the differential diagnoses and recommended workup for common cardiac chief complaints including chest pain, palpitations, syncope, and dyspnea. The third and final section discusses indications and interpretation of commonly used cardiac procedures and imaging modalities. This book provides a concise review over a broad range of cardiovascular disease states in an accessible handbook-style to aid with the care of these patients. The Handbook of Inpatient Cardiology is an essential resource for physician hospitalists caring for cardiac patients on the medical ward in addition to cardiology physicians and trainees, affiliate providers, and students.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Contributors
Abbreviations
Introduction
Part I: Cardiac Pathology
Chapter 1: Acute Coronary Syndrome
Definitions (Table 1.1)
Pathophysiology
Prognosis
Classification
Initial Management (Fig. 1.3)
Risk Stratification
Conservative/Ischemia-Guided Strategy
Early Invasive Management Strategy
Post-ACS Management
References
Chapter 2: Stable Ischemic Heart Disease
Diagnosis
Differentiating CAD, SIHD, and ACS
Cardiovascular Risk in Patients Presenting with Chest Pain (Fig. 2.1)
Physical Exam Preliminary Workup of Suspected SIHD
Specific Testing in Suspected CAD: Who to Test
Specific Testing in Suspected CAD: Stress Testing (See Table 2.2)
Specific Testing in Suspected CAD: Anatomical Testing
Specific Testing in Suspected CAD: Invasive Coronary Angiography
Specific Testing in Already Known CAD
SIHD Without Obstructive CAD
When to Refer to a Cardiologist
Guideline-Directed Medical Treatment (GDMT)
Goals of Treatment
Behavior Modification
Pharmacologic Therapy for Specific Risk Factors
Lipids
Hypertension
Diabetes
Obesity Pharmacologic Therapy to Prevent MI or Death in SIHD Independent of Risk Factors
Antiplatelet Therapy
Anticoagulation
Other Therapies
Medications that Treat Angina
Revascularization in SIHD
References
Chapter 3: Atrial Fibrillation and Atrial Flutter
Terminology
Epidemiology of Atrial Fibrillation
Consequences of Atrial Fibrillation
Thromboembolic Risk
Evaluation of Patients with New Atrial Fibrillation
Anticoagulation for Atrial Fibrillation
Heart Rate Control in Atrial Fibrillation
Rhythm Control in Atrial Fibrillation
Antiarrhythmic Therapy Atrial Flutter
When Should a Cardiology Consultation Be Considered
References
Chapter 4: Supraventricular Tachycardia
Supraventricular Tachycardia
Definition, Incidence and Prevalence
Interventions for SVT
Vagal Maneuvers
Adenosine
Electrical Cardioversion
Approach to the Patient with SVT
12-Lead Electrocardiogram (ECG)
Response to Adenosine
AV Nodal Reentrant Tachycardia
Typical AVNRT
Atypical AVNRT
AV Reentrant Tachycardia
Pre-Excited Atrial Fibrillation
Orthodromic AVRT
Antidromic AVRT
Atrial Tachycardia
Focal Atrial Tachycardia Multifocal Atrial Tachycardia
Junctional Tachycardia
References
Chapter 5: Ventricular Arrhythmias
Terminology and Definitions
Epidemiology
Mechanisms of Ventricular Ectopy and Tachycardia
Diagnosis of Ventricular Tachycardia
The Surface ECG
Inpatient Management of Ventricular Tachycardia
References
Chapter 6: Bradyarrhythmias and AV Block
Sinus Bradycardia
Definition
Causes
Clinical Presentation
Diagnosis/ECG Features
Treatment
Sinus Pauses or Arrest
Sinoatrial Exit Block
Sinus Node Dysfunction (SND)
Definition - DigitalRajesh K. Garg, James V. Hennessey, Alan Ona Malabanan, Jeffrey R. Garber, editors.Summary: A user-friendly, pocket-sized reference for all physicians faced with endocrine care and challenges in hospitalized patients, this handbook covers the most common issues leading to an inpatient endocrine consult, providing differential diagnoses, a reasonable and practical approach to investigating and managing the condition, and advice for follow-up. Conditions discussed include thyrotoxicosis and thyroid storm, calcium disorders, osteoporosis, Cushing's syndrome, pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma, primary hyperaldosteronism, hypoglycemia in diabetic and non-diabetic patients, and endocrine issues during pregnancy, among others. Suggestions for further reading are included, providing more context for well-established clinical approaches. Written by experts with years of experience providing endocrinology consultations in a hospital setting, Handbook of Inpatient Endocrinology is a valuable, high-yield resource for endocrine residents and fellows, but it will be equally useful for any busy hospitalist or primary care physician when endocrinology consults are not available.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
1: Pituitary Apoplexy
Definition
Precipitating Factors/Patients at Risk
Diagnosis
Obtain Detailed Clinical History
Perform Detailed Physical Exam Including Cranial Nerves and Visual Fields
Evaluation of Endocrine Dysfunction/Laboratory Assessment
Imaging
Management
Consider Initiation of Corticosteroid Treatment
Acute Intervention: Surgery vs. Conservative Treatment
Postoperative Care
Monitor for Signs and Laboratory Abnormalities Suggestive of Diabetes Insipidus (DI)
Assess Pituitary Reserve Visual Assessment
Follow-Up After Discharge
Check Electrolytes After 1 Week
Reassess Pituitary Function After 4 to 8 Weeks
Suggested Reading
2: Panhypopituitarism
Definition and Significance
Identify Causes of Hypopituitarism
Mass Lesions
Traumatic Brain Injury
Medications
Hypophysitis
Systemic Diseases
Genetic Causes
Vascular
Diagnosis of Hypopituitarism in the Hospital
Assess Anterior Pituitary Function
Adrenal Axis
Thyroid Axis
Other Axes
Assess Posterior Pituitary Function
Imaging
Management of Hypopituitarism in the Hospital Management of Hypopituitarism at the Time of Discharge
Suggested Reading
3: Postoperative Management After Pituitary Surgery
Assess Hormone Status Before Surgery if Possible
Intraoperative/Postoperative Steroids
Patient with Unknown Adrenal Function Prior to Surgery
Patients Known to Have Preexisting Adrenal Insufficiency
Patients Known to Have Normal Adrenal Function Preoperatively and Patients with Cushing's Disease
Diabetes Insipidus/Sodium Management
Arrange Endocrine Follow-Up Within 1-2 Weeks of Discharge
Suggested Reading 4: Severe Thyrotoxicosis and Thyroid Storm
Performing the History for Thyrotoxicosis
Assess Symptoms of Thyrotoxicosis
Assess for the Etiology of Thyrotoxicosis
Assess for Medications That Affect Thyroid Status
Performing the Physical Exam for Thyrotoxicosis
Key Findings in Thyrotoxicosis
Specific Exam Findings in Different Causes of Thyrotoxicosis
Assessing for Thyroid Storm
Making a Diagnosis of Thyroid Storm
Obtain Thyroid Function Tests
Biochemical Findings in Thyrotoxicosis
Obtain Testing to Identify Underlying Illnesses - DigitalWinston Crasto, Janet Jarvis, Melanie J. Davies.Contents:
1. Introduction to insulin therapies
2. Existing insulin therapies
3. Emerging insulin therapies
4. Insulin Management in Type 2 Diabetes
5. Insulin Management in Type 1 Diabetes
6. Practical aspects of insulin therapy.Digital Access Springer 2016 - PrintKilem Li Gwet, Ph. D.
- PrintGaston Vettorazzi.Contents:
v. 1. Evaluations.--
v. 2. Profiles. - Digitaledited by Robert Geffner, Jacquelyn W. White, L. Kevin Hamberger, Alan Rosenbaum, Viola Vaughan-Eden, Victor Vieth.Summary: Handbook of Interpersonal Violence Across the Lifespan is a comprehensive state-of-the-science reference work for researchers, practitioners, and policy makers. It is written from a trauma-informed perspective, and utilizes adverse childhood experiences research as its basic developmental framework along with the traumatic effects all forms of interpersonal violence tend to produce. With public health and social justice in mind, this human-rights based handbook also focuses on the overlap and continuum of the various types of interpersonal violence. It integrates all forms of interpersonal violence while dealing with key issues of intersectionality and systems responses. This two-volume handbook is published in collaboration with the National Partnership to End Interpersonal Violence Across the Lifespan, which aims to: Acknowledge and understand the impact interpersonal violence has on individuals and society Recognize the mental, physical, legal, social, and economic burden of interpersonal violence Respect an individual's basic right to live without violence; value human dignity Promote consensus-based practices while maintaining cultural sensitivity Consider and address the unique needs of vulnerable populations.
Contents:
Introduction
Fundamentals of Understanding Interpersonal Violence
Human Rights Framework
Adverse Childhood Experience
Trauma-informed Issues
Systems Responses to Interpersonal Violence
and Abuse
National Plan
Integration of the Types of Interpersonal Violence Across the Lifespan
Introduction
Vulnerable Populations, Multicultural Issues, Immigration
Historical Trauma
Intergenerational Transmission of Abuse and Trauma
Polyvictimization and Intersectionality
Risk Assessment, Mental Health, and Substance Abuse
Connections to Other Types of Maltreatment
Child Maltreatment: Victimization and Perpetration
Introduction
Physical Abuse
Abusive Head Trauma
Neglect and Failure to Thrive
Corporal Punishment
Sexual Abuse in Childhood
Missing and Exploited Children
Emotional Abuse
Sibling Abuse in Early Childhood
Exposure to Violence in the Family during Childhood
Neuropsychological Effects
Policies & Laws
Child Protective Services, Child Welfare, and Foster Care
System Responses to Child Maltreatment
Abuse in Institutional Settings
Child Abuse Offenders
Youth/Adolescent Maltreatment: Victimization and Perpetration
Introduction
Bullying
Technology Facilitated
Teen Dating Violence and Stalking
Sexual Abuse in Adolescence (familial, stranger, etc.)
Compliant Victims (legal issues associated with consent/statutory rape)
Missing and Exploited Youth
Emotional Abuse During Adolescence
Corporal Punishment in Youth & Adolescence
Youth & Adolescent Sibling Abuse
Exposure to Family Violence During Adolescence
Forced Marriage, Female Genital Mutilation, and Cultural Violence
Date/Acquaintance Sexual Assault
Youth with Sexual Behavioral Problems
Abuse in Institutional Settings
Outcomes
Substance Abuse/Addictions
System Responses to Maltreatment of Adolescents
Community Violence and Abuse
Introduction
Gangs
Organized Crime
Schoo l Violence
Mass Violence
Homicide and Home Invasions
Sex and Labor Trafficking
Long-term Missing Youth
Hate Crimes
System Response to Community Violence
Intimate Partner Violence (IPV) and Abuse
Introduction
Overview of Types of Abuse
Theories of IPV Causation
Intersectionality
System Responses
IPV Offenders
Dynamics of Victimization
IPV Victim Interventions
Adult Sexual Harassment and Assault
Introduction
Identification and Continuum
Betrayal Trauma
Institutional Betrayal Trauma
Drug Facilitated Sexual Assault
Technology Facilitated
Pornography
Sexual Harassment in the Workplace
Sex Offenders
Institutional Settings
Outcomes/Long-term Effects
System Responses to Sexual Assault
Older Adult/Elder Abuse
Introduction
IPV of Older Adults
Sexual Assault of Older Adults
Parent Abuse
Financial Abuse
Abandonment & Neglect
Older Adult/elder Abuse in Institutional and Care Settings
Mandated Reporting
Polyvictimization in Later Life
Outcomes and Long-term Effects
Perpetrators of Older Adults
System Responses to Older Adults
International Perspectives
Adult Survivors of Abuse.-Introduction
Betrayal trauma
Institutional betrayal trauma
Legal issues and statute of limitations
Outcomes
Repressed/Recovered Memories
Neuropsychological/Neurobiological Effects
Head Traumas
Treatment of Adult Survivors
System Responses of Adult Survivors of Abuse
Next Steps: Summary and Interconnections
Introduction
National Plan
Future Directions in Research
Future Directions in Interventions
Future Directions in Policies
Future Directions in Advocacy
Future Directions in Prevention.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalKrishna Kandarpa, Md, PhD, Lindsay Machan, MD, Janette D. Durham, MD.Summary: "Packed with useful information on common procedures in interventional radiology, this popular handbook has been thoroughly updated to keep you up to speed with rapid changes in the field. Easy to carry and access, it covers everything you need to know: indications, contraindications, preparation, technique, post-procedure management, and prevention and management of complications. It's ideal not only for practicing interventional and general radiologists, but also for fellows and residents in training, IR nurses, and special procedure technologists."--Back cover.Digital Access Ovid 2016
- DigitalSupradip Ghosh.Summary: This easy to use pocket book covers all aspects of intravenous fluid therapy in critically ill patients from applied physiology to bedside clinical management succinctly. It includes updated and evidence-based content on intravenous fluid therapy. The book is divided into four sections; first section covering review of physiology, second section describing different resuscitation agents, third section discussing fluid therapy in various clinical conditions and final section providing a rational approach to prescribing intravenous fluid. Each chapter starts with a case scenario followed by an introduction focusing on the learning objectives and take home message and recommendation at the end. Each chapter includes a summary of important clinical trials in the field, especially useful for students. The book maintains uniform style throughout the chapters, written in simple language and includes charts, boxes, tables and figures. The book is useful for all clinicians dealing with acutely ill patients including (but not limited to) intensivists, emergency physicians, anaesthesiologists, internists, other physicians and surgeons as well as trainees.
Contents:
Guytonian Model of Circulation
Compartmentalization Body Fluids and Regulation of Fluid Balance
Heart-Lung Interaction
Acid Base Physiology
Crystalloids as Resuscitation Fluid
Place of Colloids in Resuscitation
Maintenance Fluid
Vasopressors in Resuscitation
Concept of Fluid Responsiveness and Fluid Challenge
Phases of Resuscitation
Fluid Resuscitation in Septic Shock
Fluid Resuscitation in Hemorrhagic Shock
Fluid Resuscitation in Diarrheal Diseases
Fluid Resuscitation in Burn
Fluid Management in Perioperative Period
Fluid Management in Diabetic Emergencies
Concept of de-resuscitation
Disorders of sodium balance. - DigitalAngelo Ravelli, MD.Contents:
Introduction
Disease classification
Clinical manifestations
Diagnosis
Consequences and complications
General treatment aspects
Management of patients with juvenile idiopathic arthritis
Specific issues
Outcome, prognosis and future outlook.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Gabriel M. Danovitch.Contents:
Options for patients with advanced kidney disease / Gabriel M. Danovitch
Transplantation immunobiology / Hehua Dai and Fadi G. Lakkis
Histocompatability testing, crossmatching, immune monitoring / Michael Cecka and Elaine Reid
The science of deceased donor kidney transplantation / Frank Delmonico, Helen Nelson, and Jeffrey Veale
Allocation of deceased donor organs / Tom Mone and Prasad Garimella
Immunosupressive medications and protocols / Erik Lum, Ted Sievers, and Gabriel M. Danovitch
Living donor kidney transplantation / Anjay Rastogi, Mara Hersh-Rifkin, Albin Gritsch, Jeffrey Veale, and Suzanne McGuire
Evaluation of kidney transplant candidates / Mike Bunnapradist and Uttam Reddy
The transplant operation and its surgical complications / Albin Gritsch and Jeffrey Veale
Post-transplant : the first three months / Phuong-Thu T. Pham and Gabriel M. Danovitch
Post-transplant : long term management and complications / Edmund Huang and Bertram Kasiske
Infections in kidney transplantation / Joanna Schaenman and Bertram Kubak
Kidney transplantation and liver disease / Mike Bunnapradist and Paul Martin
Diagnostic imaging in kidney transplantation / Steven Raman and Nagesh Ragavendra
Histopathology of kidney transplantation / Cynthia C. Nast and Mark Haas
Options for the diabetic kidney transplant candidate / Gerald Lipshutz
Kidney transplantation in children / Eileen W. Tsai, Meghan H. Pearl, and Robert B. Ettenger
Psychiatric aspects of kidney transplantation / Akhil Shenoy and Itai Danovitch
Organ transplant law and ethics / Alexandra Glazier
Nutrition in kidney transplant candidates / Mareena George
Psychosocial and financial aspects of kidney transplantation / Mara Hersh Rifkin
Kidney transplantation in the developing world / Rudolph Garcia-Gallont and Elmi Muller
The declaration of istanbul on organ trafficking and transplant tourism / Gabriel M. Danovitch.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - Printedited by Cholawat Pacharinsak, Director of Anesthesia, Pain Management, and Surgery, Department of Comparative Medicine, Stanford University, School of Medicine, California, USA, Jennifer C. Smith.Contents:
Terms and definitions
Understanding anesthetic related equipment
Anesthetic pharmacology and research related anesthetic considerations
Management of anesthesia
Anesthesia monitoring
Special techniques and species
Pain management
Euthanasia
Regulatory management of rodent anesthesia. - Digitaledited by Jann Hau, Steven J. Schapiro.Summary: Building upon the success of previous editions of the bestselling Handbook of Laboratory Animal Science, first published in 1994, this latest revision combines all three volumes in one definitive guide. It covers the essential principles and practices of Laboratory Animal Science as well as selected animal models in scientific disciplines where much progress has been made in recent years. Each individual chapter focuses on an important subdiscipline of laboratory animal science, and the chapters can be read and used as stand-alone texts, with only limited necessity to consult other chapters for information. With new contributors at the forefront of their fields, the book reflects the scientific and technological advances of the past decade. It also responds to advances in our understanding of animal behavior, emphasizing the importance of implementing the three Rs: replacing live animals with alternative methods, reducing the number of animals used, and refining techniques to minimize animal discomfort. This fourth edition will be useful all over the world as a textbook for laboratory animal science courses for postgraduate and undergraduate students and as a handbook for scientists who work with animals in their research, for university veterinarians, and for other specialists in laboratory animal science.
Contents:
Animal research ethics. Alternatives: refinement, reduction and replacement of animal uses in the life sciences. Laboratory animal genetics and genetic quality control. Experimental design and statistical analysis. Behavioral needs and management of laboratory animals. Welfare assessment and humane endpoints. Impact of the biotic and abiotic environment on animal experiments. Animal research facility design and equipment considerations for conventional, barrier, and containment housing systems. Genetically modified mice. Microbiological status. Laboratory animal nutrition in routine husbandry, and experimental and regulatory studies. Common nonsurgical techniques and procedures. Laboratory animal analgesia, anesthesia and euthanasia. Surgery: basic principles and procedures. Applications of implantable radio telemetry in small laboratory animals. Physiological, hematological, and clinical chemistry. Postmortem procedures animal models for diabetes: basic principles and management. Animal models of spinal cord injury. Animal models in pain research. Rodents, sheep and non-human primates as models for human pregnancy and fetal development. Animal models in biodefense research. Animal models in neuroscience. Animal models for psychological disorders. Animal models for human behavior. Animal models of cardiovascular disease. Animal models in pharmacology and toxicology. Animal models in mycology. Animal models in oral health sciences. Animal models of hearing loss, tinnitus, and hyperacusis. Animal models for otolaryngological disorders. Animal models for eye diseases. Animal models in aids research. Models of human cancer. An overview of global legislation, regulations and policies. Laboratory animal science and service organizations. Education and training. Assessment of animal care and use programs. Reduction and refinement applied to animal modelsLimited to 3 simultaneous users - Digitaledited by Keyvan Nouri.Summary: Dramatic improvements in laser technology have yielded new indications and applications in cutaneous disorders. Existing texts covering lasers in dermatology are often bulky and therefore it has been hard for the dermatologist to find a complete and concise reference that highlights only the specific use of lasers in cutaneous medicine. This handbook has been written to provide a basic structural framework for clinicians and trainees, and clearly outlines laser techniques for each specific dermatologic disorder. Handbook of Lasers in Dermatology comprehensively covers each application of lasers for the skin in a manner that can be easily read by beginners and experts alike. It provides readers with a handy and reliable reference guide that improves patient care and treatment outcomes. It is therefore of interest to all dermatologists who use lasers in their clinical practice.
Contents:
Basic Principles of Lasers: Interactions Between Lasers and Tissue
Laser Safety: Standards and Guidelines
Post-operative Care and Complications
Types of Lasers
Vascular Lasers
Pigmented Lesions
Tattoos
Resurfacing
Fractional Devices
Hair Removal
Photodynamic Therapy
Lasers for Skin Cancers
Lasers and Lights for Acne
Lasers for Scars
Lasers and Lights for Onychomycosis
Laser Treatment of Varicose Veins
Fractional Photothermolysis
Sub-Surfacing Lasers
Rejuvenation using Light-based Devices
Lasers for Psoriasis
Lasers for Hypopigmented Lesions
Intense Pulse Light Therapy
Photodynamic Therapy
Light-Emitting Diode Phototherapy
Lasers and Lights for Wound Healing
Lasers for Hair Growth and Hair Transplants
Devices for Weight Loss and Fatty Tissue
Reflectance-Mode Confocal Microscopy in Dermatologic Oncology
Pearls in Clinical Lasers
Anesthesia for Lasers
Lasers for Dark Skin Types
Lasers for Children
Post-operative Wound Care
Laser Complications: Treatment and Prevention
Medicolegal Issues
Psychological Considerations Prior to Laser
Photography Specific to Lasers
Online Sources for Information
Research and Future Directions. - Digital[edited by] Lawrence S. Friedman, Paul Martin.Summary: Well-organized and vibrantly illustrated throughout, Handbook of Liver Disease is a comprehensive yet concise handbook providing authoritative guidance on key clinical issues in liver disease. The quick-reference outline format ensures that you'll find answers when you need them, and cover-to-cover updates keep you abreast of the recent rapid changes in the field. Written by leading international experts in hepatology, this reference is ideal for gastroenterologists, hepatologists, internists, family practitioners, trainees, and others who diagnose and manage patients with liver disorders.Digital Access
- DigitalStanley F. Malamed.Contents:
Neurophysiology
Pharmacology of local anesthetics
Pharmacology of vasoconstrictors
Clinical action of specific agents
The syringe
The needle
The cartridge
Additional armamentarium
Preparation of the armamentarium
Physical and pschylogical evaluation
Basic injection technique
Anatomic considerations
Techniques of maxillary anesthesia
Techniques of mandibular anesthesia
Supplemental injection techniques
Anesthetic considerations in dental specialties
Local complications
Systemic complications
Problems in achieving pain control
Recent advances in local anesthesia
Future trends in pain control
Frequently asked questions
Legal considerations.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalScott T. Hollenbeck, Peter B. Arnold, Dennis P. Orgill, editors.Summary: This focused, concise book offers an in-depth analysis of lower extremity reconstruction alongside region-specific photos and illustrations. As an anatomical atlas, it seeks to aid the visual learner in showcasing the key steps in setting up and raising the flap for a given defect. Organized into two sections, opening chapters are arranged by general location, focusing specifically on the lower limb. Each general location of a wound is accompanied by an examination of relevant anatomy, including blood supply, nerve supply, arc of rotation of the tissue, and local flap options. Following a description of the anatomy, subsequent paragraphs explain the application of relevant local flap options. Section two incorporates flap demonstration and application into each chapter, offering a more detailed description, true and specific to each anatomical site of the technique. Supplemented by high-quality images and figures, Handbook of Lower Extremity Reconstruction: Clinical Case-Based Review and Flap Atlas is an invaluable reference for practicing plastic and orthopedic surgeons and residents in training.
Contents:
Section I. Clinical
1. Introduction to Lower Extremity Reconstruction: Historical Perspectives, Advances in the Field, and the Future
2. Essential Anatomy of the Lower Extremity
3. The Traumatized Leg
4. Orthopedic Principles of Lower Extremity Injuries
5. Reconstruction of Oncologic Defects
6. Reconstruction of the Diabetic Limb
7. Technological Advances to Simplify Lower Extremity Reconstruction
8. Flap Principles Applied to the Lower Extremity Reconstruction
9. Local Skin Flaps for Lower Extremity Wounds
10. Principles of Local Muscle Flaps for Lower Extremity Wounds
11. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Thigh
12. Knee and Proximal Lower Leg Wounds
13. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Middle Third of the Leg
14. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Distal Third of the Lower Extremity
15. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Foot
16. Amputation Principles and Targeted Muscle Reinnervation
Section II. Flap Atlas
17. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Medial Thigh and Groin
18. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Lateral Thigh and Hip
19. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Distal Thigh and Proximal Knee
20. Soft Tissue Reconstruction for the Knee and Proximal Tibia
21. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Middle Third of the Tibia
22. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Distal Third Tibia
23. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Foot
24. Recipient Vessels for Lower Extremity Free Flap Reconstruction. - Digitaleditor, Anas Younes.Contents:
Introduction
Risk factors, etiology, and pathogenesis
World Health Organization classification
Staging
Treatment overview
Treatment of B-cell lymphomas
Treatment of T-cell lymphomas
Treatment of Hodgkin lymphoma
Management of human immunodeficiency virus-associated lymphomas.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Victoria Soroker, Stefano Colazza.Summary: Handbook of Major Palm Pests: Biology and Management contains the most comprehensive and up-to-date information on the red palm weevil and the palm borer moth, two newly emergent invasive palm pests which are adversely affecting palm trees around the world. It provides state-of-the-art scientific information on the ecology, biology, and management of palm pests from a global group of experts in the field. An essential compendium for anyone working with or studying palms, it is dedicated to the detection, eradication, and containment of these invasive species, which threaten the health and very existence of global palm crops.
Contents:
Some Representative Palm Pests: Ecological and Practical Data / Laurence Beaudoin-Ollivier, Nunzio Isidoro, Josep A Jaques, Paola Riolo, Mohamed Kamal, Didier Rochat
Morphology and Physiology of Palm Trees as Related to Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon Infestation and Management / Yuval Cohen
Economic and Social Impacts of Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon on Palms / Alan MacLeod, Mohamud Hussein
Rhynchophorus ferrugineus: Taxonomy, Distribution, Biology, and Life Cycle / Didier Rochat, Oscar Dembilio, Josep A Jaques, Pompeo Suma, Alessandra La Pergola, Rachid Hamidi, Dimitris Kontodimas, Victoria Soroker
Rhynchophorus ferrugineus: Behavior, Ecology, and Communication / Ezio Peri, Didier Rochat, Gregor Belušič, Marko Ilić, Victoria Soroker, Shay Barkan, Salvatore Guarino, Paolo Lo Bue, Stefano Colazza
Paysandisia archon: Taxonomy, Distribution, Biology, and Life Cycle / Nunzio Isidoro, Paola Riolo, Elisa Verdolini, Ezio Peri, Laurence Beaudoin-Ollivier
Paysandisia archon: Behavior, Ecology, and Communication / Brigitte Frérot, Rachid Hamidi, Nunzio Isidoro, Paola Riolo, Sara Ruschioni, Ezio Peri, Roberto Romani, Gregor Belušič, Primož Pirih
Natural Enemies of Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon / Lola Ortega-García, Elisabeth Tabone, Laurence Beaudoin-Ollivier, Dana Ment, Maurane Buradino, Josep A Jaques, Inmaculada Garrido-Jurado, Oscar Dembilio, Enrique Quesada Moraga
Visual Identification and Characterization of Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon Infestation / Dimitris Kontodimas, Victoria Soroker, Costas Pontikakos, Pompeo Suma, Laurence Beaudoin-Ollivier, Filitsa Karamaouna, Paola Riolo
Surveillance Techniques and Detection Methods for Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon / Victoria Soroker, Pompeo Suma, Alessandra La Pergola, Vicente Navarro Llopis, Sandra Vacas, Yafit Cohen, Yuval Cohen, Victor Alchanatis, Panos Milonas, Ofri Golomb, Eitan Goldshtein, Abd El Moneam El Banna, Amots Hetzroni
CPLAS Information System as a Monitoring Tool for Integrated Management of Palm Pests / Costas Pontikakos, Filitsa Karamaouna, Amots Hetzroni, Dimitris Kontodimas, Victoria Soroker, Frosa Samiou, Yuval Cohen, Stella Giorgoudelli, Ourania Melita, Stavros Papageorgiou, Paul Benjamin, Eitan Goldshtein
Control Measures Against Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon / Josep A Jaques, Paola Riolo, Neil Audsley, Joan Manel Barroso, Oscar Dembilio, Nunzio Isidoro, Roxana Luisa Minuz, Sandro Nardi, Vicente Navarro Llopis, Laurence Beaudoin-Ollivier, Enrique Quesada Moraga
Action Programs for Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon / Pompeo Suma, Ezio Peri, Alessandra La Pergola, Victoria Soroker, Oscar Dembilio, Paola Riolo, Sandro Nardi.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitalby Jean-Francois Denault.Contents:
Preface
Introduction
The market research basics
Collecting data
primary research
Secondary research
Analyzing data
Estimates and models
The look n' feel
Final words
Bibliography
Index.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Digitaledited by Charles S. Grob, Jim Grigsby.Summary: "Given the limited effectiveness of conventional treatment options for many psychological disturbances, there is growing recognition of the need for innovation, and a willingness to examine even compounds once considered taboo, in the search for more efficacious treatments. With that in mind, our end goal with this volume is to create a comprehensive, trans-disciplinary guide that describes the current status of research. The book begins with a thorough discussion of the pharmacology of what are often called the "classic" or "serotonergic" hallucinogens, for which Nichols prefers the term "psychedelics." Following this are several chapters exploring the social, cultural, and political contexts in which the hallucinogens have been used over time. The book also provides an introduction to research conducted in the fields of anthropology and ethnobotany"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Overview of hallucinogens. The pharmacology of psychedelics / David E. Nichols and Charles D. Nichols
Plants for the people : the future of psychedelic therapies in the age of biomedicine / Dennis J. McKenna
Anthropology, shamanism, and hallucinogens / Michael J. Winkelman
A short, strange trip : LSD politics, publicity, and mythology-from discovery to criminalization / Maria Mangini
History of the use of hallucinogens in psychiatric treatment / Torsten Passie
Neuroscience of hallcinogens. Human neuroimaging studies of serotonergic psychedelics / Enzo Tagliazucchi
Memory reconsolidation in psycholytic psychotherapy / Jim Grigsby
Individual hallucinogens. LSD / Kristine Panik and David E. Presti
Psilocybin / Stephen Ross, Silvia Franco, Collin Reiff, and Gabrielle Agin-Liebes
Therapeutic potential of fast-acting synthetic tryptamines / Rafael Lancelotta and Alan K. Davis
Mescaline / Will Van Derveer
MDMA / Michael Mithoefer and Annie Mithoefer
Therapeutic and social uses of MDMA / Scott Shannon, Rob Colbert, and Shannon Hughes
Biological and psychological mechanisms underlying the therapeutic use of Ayahuasca / Draulio Barros de Araujo, Luis Fernando Tofoli, Stevens Rehen, and Sidarta Ribeiro
The ibogaine project : urban ethnomedicine for opioid disorder / Kenneth Alper
Salvia divinorum / Ana Elda Maqueda
Ketamine / Gary Bravo, Robert Grant, and Raquel Bennett
Therapeutic considerations. Set, setting, and dose / J. C. Callaway
The use of music in psychedelic therapy / Mendel Kaelen
The role of the guide in psychedelic-assisted treatment / Mary Cosimano
Comparative phenomenology and neurobiology of meditative and psychedelic states of consciousness : implications for psychedelic-assisted therapy / Milan Scheidegger
Adverse effects / Kelan Thomas and Benjamin Malcolm
Indications and purpose. Utility of psychedelics in the treatment of psychospiritual and existential distress in palliative care : a promising therapeutic paradigm / Anthony P. Bossis - Classic psychedelics for treatment of alcohol use disorder / Michael P. Bogenschutz and Sarah E. Mennenga
Psychedelics in the treatment of addiction / Matthew W. Johnson
The treatment of depressive disorders with psychedelics / Dave King and Jonny Martell
Hallucinogens in headache / Emmanuelle A. D. Schindler
Msytical/religious experiences and philosophical considerations. Mystical/religious experiences with psychedelics / William A. Richards
Philosophical considerations concerning the use of hallucinogens in psychiatric treatment / Candice L. Shelby.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021 - Digitaledited by Peter Manu, Corey Karlin-Zysman, Eugene Grudnikoff.Summary: "This updated, third edition of the Handbook of Medicine in Psychiatry has been streamlined to provide a commonsense approach to the realities confronting clinicians in today's busy inpatient and outpatient psychiatric settings. Each chapter features one or more clinical vignettes that illustrate the complexity of the presentation of abnormal vital signs and somatic disorders in psychiatric settings. This volume also provides risk stratification for major complications, enabling clinicians to determine the need to transfer the patient to an emergency medicine setting. A brand-new section features thorough discussions of topics requiring interdisciplinary collaboration with geriatricians, neurologists, anesthesiologists, and addiction medicine and adolescent medicine specialists. With the contributions of dozens of experts in their fields, the Handbook of Medicine in Psychiatry offers readers a cognitive framework and knowledge base that will assist them in accurate decision making in the conditions of uncertainty created by potentially major medical deteriorations of the vulnerable populations under their care"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Cover
Half Title
Title Page
Copyright
Contents
Contributors
Preface
Acknowledgments
Part I Abnormal Vital Signs
1 Fever
2 Hypertension
3 Hypotension and Orthostasis
4 Abnormal Heart Rate
Part II Common Somatic Symptoms
5 Headache
6 Seizures
7 Falls and Head Trauma
8 Syncope and Unresponsiveness
9 Chest Pain
10 Shortness of Breath
11 Edema
12 Obstructive Sleep Apnea
13 Abdominal Pain and Heartburn
14 Nausea and Vomiting
15 Bowel Habit Changes
16 Dysuria, Incontinence, and Urinary Retention 17 Changes in Visual Acuity, Red Eye, and Eye Pain
Part III Abnormal Laboratory Findings
18 Glucose Dysregulation
19 Electrolyte Abnormalities
20 Abnormal Thyroid Function
21 Abnormal Liver Function
22 Acute Kidney Injury
Part IV Major Adverse Effects of Psychotropic Drugs
23 QTc Prolongation and Torsades De Pointes
24 Myocarditis and Cardiomyopathy
25 Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome, Serotonin Syndrome, and Rhabdomyolysis
26 Neutropenia and Agranulocytosis
27 Venous Thromboembolism
Part V Interdisciplinary Interventions
28 Cardiopulmonary Emergencies 29 Agitation and Delirium
30 Adverse Events Associated with Electroconvulsive Therapy
31 Alcohol and Substance Use Disorders
32 Adolescent Medicine Topics for the Mental Health Practitioner
33 Geriatric Medicine Topics for the Mental Health Practitioner
Index
Back CoverDigital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020 - DigitalIan Feavers, Andrew J Pollard, Manish Sadarangani [editors].Contents:
Introduction and epidemiology of meningococcal disease
Carriage and transmission of meningitis
Pathogenesis of meningitis
Diagnosis of meningococcal disease
Clinical aspects of meningitis
Treatment of meningococcal disease
Prevention of meningococcal disease
Appendix.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Albrecht Messerschmidt ... [et al.].Contents:
Iron
NIckel
Manganese
Cobalt
Molybdenum/Tungsten
Copper
Vanadium
Zinc
Calcium
Magnesium.Digital Access Wiley 2006- - Digitaledited by Leonard A. Jason and David S. Glenwick.Summary: "The field of community psychology has focused on individuals' and groups' behavior in interaction with their social contexts, with an emphasis on prevention, early intervention, wellness promotion, and competency development. Over the past few decades, however, community-based applications of the newest research methodologies have not kept pace with the development of theory and methodology with regard to multilevel data collection and analysis. The Handbook of Methodological Approaches to Community-Based Research is intended to aid the community-oriented researcher in learning about and applying cutting-edge quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods approaches. The Handbook presents a number of innovative methodologies relevant to community-based research, illustrating their applicability to specific social problems and projects. These methodological approaches explore individuals and groups in interaction with their communities and provide examples of how to implement and evaluate interventions conducted at the community level. The chapters discuss how particular methodologies can be used to help gather and analyze data dealing with community-based issues. Furthermore, they illustrate the benefits that occur when community theorists, interventionists, and methodologists work together to better understand complicated person-environment systems and the change processes within communities"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note:
Foreword by Raymond P. Lorion
Acknowledgments
About the Editors
Contributors
Chapter 1. Introduction to Community-Based Methodological Approaches
Leonard A. Jason and David S. Glenwick
Section I. Qualitative Approaches
Chapter 2. Introduction to Qualitative Approaches
Anne E. Brodsky, Sara L. Buckingham, Jill E. Scheibler, and Terri Mannarini
Chapter 3. Grounded Theory
Andrew Rasmussen, Adeyinka M. Akinsulure-Smith, and Tracy Chu
Chapter 4. Thematic Analysis
Stephanie Riger and Rannveig Sigurvinsdottir
Chapter 5. Community Narratives
Bradley Olson, Daniel Cooper, Judah Viola, and Brian Clark
Chapter 6. Appreciative Inquiry
Neil Boyd
Chapter 7. The Delphi Method
Shane R. Brady
Chapter 8. Ethnographic Approaches
Urmitapa Dutta
Chapter 9. Photovoice and House Meetings Within Participatory Action Research
Regina Day Langhout, Jesica Siham Fernandez, Denise Wyldbore, and Jorge Savala
Chapter 10. Geographic Information Systems
Andrew Lohmann
Chapter 11. Causal Layered Analysis
Lauren J. Breen, Peta L. Dzidic, and Brian J. Bishop
Chapter 12. Emotional Textual Analysis
Renzo Carli, Rosa Maria Paniccia, Fiammetta Giovagnoli, Agostino Carbone, and Fiorella Bucci
Section II. Quantitative Approaches
Chapter 13. Introduction to Quantitative Approaches
Christian M. Connell
Chapter 14. Latent Growth Curves
Megan R. Greeson
Chapter 15. Latent Class Analysis and Latent Profile Analysis
Glenn Williams and Fraenze Kibowski
Chapter 16. Multilevel Structural Equation Modeling
John P. Barile
Chapter 17. Cluster-Randomized Trials
Nathan R. Todd and Patrick Fowler
Chapter 18. Behavioral and Time-Series Approaches
Mark Mattaini, Leonard A. Jason, and David S. Glenwick
Chapter 19. Data Mining
Jacob Furst, Daniela Stan Raicu, and Leonard A. Jason
Chapter 20. Agent-Based Models
Zachary P Neal and Jennifer Lawlor
Chapter 21. Social Network Analysis
Mariah Kornbluh and Jennifer Watling Neal
Chapter 22. Dynamic Social Networks
Leonard A. Jason, John Light, and Sarah Callahan
Section III. Mixed Methods Approaches
Chapter 23. Introduction to Mixed Methods Approaches
Valerie R. Anderson
Chapter 24. Action Research
Brian Christens, Victoria Faust, Jennifer Gaddis, Paula Tran Inzeo, Carolina S. Sarmiento,
and Shannon M. Sparks
Chapter 25. Community-Based Participatory Action Research
Michael J. Kral and James Allen
Chapter 26. Youth-Led Participatory Action Research
Emily J. Ozer
Chapter 27. Participatory Mixed Methods Research Across Cultures
Rebecca Volino Robinson, E.J.R. David, and Mara Hill
Chapter 28. Photoethnography in Community-Based Participatory Research
Katherine Cloutier
Chapter 29. Data Visualization
Gina Cardazone and Ryan T. Tolman
Chapter 30. Concept Mapping
Lisa M. Vaughn and Daniel McLinden
Chapter 31. Functional Analysis of Community Concerns in Participatory Action Research
Yolanda Suarez-Balcazar and Fabricio Balcazar
Chapter 32. Network Analysis and Stakeholder Analysis in Mixed Methods Research
Isidro Maya-Jariego, David Florido-del-Corral, Daniel Holgado, and Javier Hernandez-Ramirez
Chapter 33. Mixed Methodology in Multilevel, Multisetting Inquiry
Nicole E. Allen, Angela Walden, Emily Dworkin, and Shabnam Javdani
Chapter 34. Mixed Methods and Dialectical Pluralism
Tres Stefurak, R. Burke Johnson, and Erynne Shatto
Chapter 35. Community Profiling in Participatory Action Research
Caterina Arcidiacono, Teresa Tuozzi, and Fortuna Procentese
Afterword by G. Anne Bogat
Index.Digital Access Oxford [2016] - Digitaledited by J.P.F. D'Mello, formerly of SAC, University of Edinburgh King's Buildings Campus, Edinburgh, UK.Digital Access Ovid 2017
- Digitaledited by Bruce Bongar, Glenn Sullivan, Larry James.Contents:
Introduction to military suicide / Elvin Sheykhani, Lori Holleran, Kasie Hummel, Bruce Bongar
Why suicide? / Victoria Kendrick, Lori Holleran, David Hart, Dana Lockwood, Tracy Vargo, Bruce Bongar
Suicide and the American military's experience in Iraq and Afghanistan / Joseph Tomlins, Whitney Bliss, Larry James, Bruce Bongar
Suicide in the Army National Guard : findings, interpretations, and implications for prevention / James Griffith
Combat experience and the acquired capability for suicide / Craig J. Bryan, Tracy A. Clemans, Ann Marie Hernandez
Combat-related killing and the interpersonal-psychological theory of suicide / Lindsey L. Monteith, Shira Maguen
Suicide risk assessment with combat veterans-Part I : contextual factors / Christopher G. Ahnallen, Abby Adler, Phillip M. Kleespies
Suicide risk assessment with combat veterans-Part II : assessment and management / Phillip M. Kleespies, Abby Adler, Christopher G. Ahnallen
Driving themselves to death : covert and subintentional suicide among veterans / Glenn Sullivan, Phillip C. Kroke, Timothy B. Hostler
Identifying MMPI-2 risk factors for suicide / John J. Barreto, Roger L. Greene
Ethical issues in the treatment of suicidal military personnel and veterans / W. Brad Johnson, Gerald P. Koocher
Evidence-based treatments for PTSD : clinical considerations for PTSD and comorbid suicidality / Afsoon Eftekhari, Sara J. Landes, Katherine C. Bailey, Hana J. Shin, Josef I. Ruzek
The collaborative assessment and management of suicidality with suicidal service members / David A. Jobes, Blaire C. Schembari, Keith W. Jennings
Healing the hidden wounds of war : treating the combat veteran with PTSD for risk of suicide / Herbert Hendin
Understanding traumatic brain injury and suicide through the lens of executive dysfunction / Beeta Y. Homaifar, Melodi Billera, Sean M. Barnes, Nazanin Bahraini, Lisa A. Brenner
The problem of suicide in the United States Special Operation Forces / Bruce Bongar, Kate Maslowski, Catherine Hausman, Danielle Spangler, Tracy Vargo
Managing suicide in the older veteran / Bavna B. Vyas, Lisa M. Brown, David Dosa, Diane L. Elmore
Person-centered suicide prevention in primary care settings / Paul R. Duberstein, Marsha Wittink, Wilfred R. Pigeon
Caring letters for military suicide prevention / David D. Luxton.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Itai Ivtzan.Summary: "The rapid growth of mindfulness in the Western world has given rise to an unprecedented wave of creative mindfulness programmes, offering tailor-made mindfulness practices for school teachers, students, parents, nurses, yoga teachers, athletes, pregnant women, therapists, care-takers, coaches, organisational leaders and lawyers. This book offers an in-depth engagement with these different programmes, emphasising not only the theory and research but also the practice. Exercises and activities are provided to enable the reader to first understand the programme and then experience its unique approach and benefits."--Provided by publisher. Handbook of Mindfulness-Based Programmes: Mindfulness Interventions from Education to Health and Therapy offers the first comprehensive guide to all prominent, evidence-based mindfulness programmes available in the West. The rapid growth of mindfulness in the Western world has given rise to an unprecedented wave of creative mindfulness programmes, offering tailor-made mindfulness practices for school teachers, students, parents, nurses, yoga teachers, athletes, pregnant women, therapists, care-takers, coaches, organisational leaders and lawyers. This book offers an in-depth engagement with these different programmes, emphasising not only the theory and research but also the practice. Exercises and activities are provided to enable the reader to first understand the programme and then experience its unique approach and benefits. Handbook of Mindfulness-Based Programmes will enrich your knowledge and experience of mindfulness practice, whether you are a practitioner, researcher or simply interested in the application of mindfulness.
Contents:
Handbook of mindfulness-based programmes: an introduction / Itai Ivtzan
Acceptance and commitment therapy / Jennifer E. Krafft, Grayson M. Butcher, Michael E. Levin, and Michael P. Twohig
Cultivating wise mind dialectical behavior therapy through mindfulness / Dawn M. Salgado, Andrew W. White, Daphna Peterson, and Linda A. Dimeff
Mindfulness-based stress reduction: theory, practice, and evidence base / Diane Reibel and Donald McCown
Mindfulness-based positive behavior support / Nirbhay N. Singh, Giulio E. Lancioni, Jeffrey Chan, Carrie L. McPherson, and Monica M. Jackman
Mindfulness-based mind fitness training (MMFT): mindfulness training for high-stress and trauma-sensitive contexts / Kelsey L. Larsen and Elizabeth A. Stanley
Mindfulness-based emotional balance: history of development, curriculum, and research / Margaret Cullen, Gonzalo Brito-Pons, and Robert W. Roeser
Mindfulness-based childbirth and parenting: preparing a new generation for birthing and beyond / Nancy Bardacke and Larissa G. Duncan
Coping with the stress of parenting: the mindful parenting program / Lisa-Marie Emerson and Susan Bögels
Mindfulness-based relationship enhancement for couples / Nathan Bohy and James W. Carson
Mindful Mamas: mindfulness-based yoga for depressed women entering motherhood / Laurel M. Hicks, Barbara Brookens-Harvey, and Maria Muzik
A ceremony of losses: mindfulness for elders and caregivers / Lucia McBee and Antonella Buranello
Promoting healing through mindful medical practice / Patricia Lynn Dobkin
Mindfulness-based cancer recovery: an adaption of MBSR for people with cancer and their caregivers / Linda E. Carlson, Erin Zelinski, Kirsti Toivonen, and Michelle Flynn
Mindful sport performance enhancement (MSPE) / Keith A. Kaufman, Carol R. Glass, and Timothy R. Pineau
Mindfulness-based eating awareness training (MB-EAT) / Jean L. Kristeller
Mindfulness-based therapy for insomnia / Jason C. Ong and Rachel Manber
Cultivating awareness and resilience in education: the CARE for teachers program / Patricia A. Jennings, Anthony A. Demauro, and Polina Mischenko
"Wellness works in schools": the practice and research of a mindfulness program in urban middle schools / Cheryl T. Desmond, Wynne Kinder, Laurie B. Hanich, and Obioram C-B Chukwu
Mindfulness for adolescents: a review of the learning to BREATHE program / Jennifer L. Frank, Kimbery M. Kohler, Lamiya Khan, and Patricia C. Broderick
Audio-guided mindful-based social emotional learning (MBSEL) training in school classrooms: the inner explorer program / Jutta Tobias Mortlock
Still quiet place: sharing mindfulness with children and adolescents / Amy Saltzman
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for children / Jennifer Lee and Randye J. Semple
Mindful leadership / Jutta Tobias Mortlock and Jennifer Robinson
Mindfulness practice and the law: jurisight and the skillful means to greet the legal profession / Scott Rogers and Sarah Stuart
Mindfulness-oriented recovery enhancement: a review of its theoretical underpinnings, clinical application, and biobehavioral mechanisms / Eric L. Garland, Anne K. Baker, Michael R. Riquino, and Sarah E. Priddy
Mindfulness-based relapse prevention for addictive behaviors / Vanessa Somohano, Taylor Shank, and Sarah Bowen
Mindful self-compassion (MSC) / Christopher Germer and Kristin Neff
Mindfulness-based compassionate living (MBCL): a deepening programme for those with basic mindfulness skills / Erik Van Den Brink and Frits Koster
Mindfulness-based strengths practice (MBSP) / Roger Bretherton and Ryan M. Niemiec
Mindfulness-based flourishing program (positive mindfulness program) / Tarli Young and Itai Ivtzan.Digital Access TandFonline 2019 - Digitaleditors, Nitin Mishra, Abdulaziz M. Saleem.Summary: "A concise, step-by-step guide to performing minimally invasive operations in colon and rectal surgery"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessSurgery c2024
- Digitaledited by Róisín M. Burke, Alan L. Kelly, Christophe Lavelle and Hervé This vo Kientza.Summary: "Handbook of Molecular Gastronomy: Scientific Foundations and Culinary Applications presents a unique overview of molecular gastronomy, the scientific discipline dedicated to the study of phenomena that occur during the preparation and consumption of dishes. It deals with the chemistry, biology, and physics of food preparation, along with the physiology of food consumption. As such, it represents the first attempt for a comprehensive reference in molecular gastronomy, along with a practical guide, through selected examples, to molecular cuisine and the more recent applications named note by note cuisine. While several books already exist for a general audience, either addressing food science in general in a "light" way, and/or dealing with modern cooking techniques and recipes, no book exists so far that encompasses the whole molecular gastronomy field, providing a strong interdisciplinary background in physics, biology and chemistry of food and food preparation, along with good discussions on creativity and the art of cooking. The book is organized in three parts: the first and main part is about the scientific discipline of molecular and physical gastronomy; it is organized as an encyclopedia, with entries in alphabetical order, gathering the contributions of more than 100 authors, all leading scientists in food sciences, providing a broad overview of the most recent research in molecular gastronomy. The second part addresses educational applications of molecular gastronomy, from primary schools to universities; and the third part provides some innovative recipes by chefs from various parts of the world. The authors have made a particular pedagogical effort in proposing several educational levels, from elementary introduction to deep scientific formalism, in order to satisfy the broadest audience available (scientist and non-scientist). Such a new resource should be very useful to food scientists and chefs, as well as food and culinary science students and all lay people interested in gastronomy"-- Provided by publisher
- DigitalMohamad Mohty, Jean-Luc Harousseau, editors.Summary: This handbook is an in-depth and comprehensive guide to the pathophysiology, diagnosis, staging, treatment and management of patients with multiple myeloma. The Handbook was commissioned to address an unmet need for a book of this kind in the myeloma field and to provide busy healthcare professionals with an informative and educational review of the current and emerging treatment recommendations for multiple myeloma. Myeloma is a type of bone marrow cancer arising from plasma cells and is the second most common form of bone marrow cancer, but represents just 1% of all cancers. The causes of myeloma are not fully understood but it is thought to be caused by an interaction of both genetic and environmental factors. This Handbook discusses these issues as well the latest developments in the field and will be an invaluable source of topical information for all healthcare professionals with an interest in multiple myeloma.
Contents:
Pathophysiology
Diagnosis and staging
Treatment of transplant eligible patients
Treatment of elderly patients
Treatment of relapsed patients
Bone disease.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaleditor, Matthew T. Wallace, associate editor, Frank J. Frassica.Summary: "A quick-reference handbook with more than 100 figures, charts, and images, Handbook of Musculoskeletal Tumors provides a wide-ranging overview of musculoskeletal tumors for the practicing clinician. From a pathological fracture in the emergency department to a soft tissue tumor in the clinic, musculoskeletal tumors present in clinical practice yet receive minimal exposure in training. Edited by Drs. Matthew T. Wallace and Frank J. Frassica, Handbook of Musculoskeletal Tumors provides readers with concise recommendations for their encounters with diseases including: latent bone lesions and active and aggressive benign bone lesions, osteosarcoma, Ewing sarcoma, and primary lymphoma of bone; myeloma and metastatic bone disease, chondrosarcoma, osteochondroma, multiple hereditary exostoses, Ollier disease, and Mafucci syndrome; benign soft tissue tumors, including lipomatous tumors, nerve sheath tumors, and myxoid, fibrous, and vascular lesions; soft tissue sarcomas, including undifferentiated pleomorphic sarcoma, liposarcomas, synovial sarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and epithelioid sarcoma. Anatomic-specific considerations, including intra-articular lesions and hand, foot, and spine tumors. Written for primary care providers, practicing orthopedists and surgeons, residents and students in training, physician assistants, and nurses and nurse practitioners, Handbook of Musculoskeletal Tumors is a practical guide to help practitioners recognize and diagnose suspicious lesions, order appropriate testing, and facilitate prompt referrals to trained musculoskeletal oncologists when appropriate for additional management"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Clinical presentation of bone tumors
Clinical presentation of soft-tissue tumors
Musculoskeletal radiology and imaging of tumors
Biopsy
Tumor-mimicking lesions : tumor simulators
Latent bone lesions in children
Active and aggressive benign bone lesions in children and young adults
Bone malignancies in children and young adults
Myeloma and metastatic bone disease
Bone sarcomas in adults, chondrosarcoma, and chondrogenic tumor syndromes
Benign soft-tissue tumors
Soft tissue sarcomas
Intra-articular lesions
Spine tumors
Tumors of the hands and feet.Digital Access Ovid [2020] - DigitalIrfan K. Moinuddin, David J. Leehey.Summary: Now entirely in four-color for the first time, Handbook of Nephrology, Second Edition is a concise introduction to Nephrology and features vividly-described patient cases that illuminate core concepts and topics, such as patient history, physical assessment, diagnosis, lab findings and more. This edition has been expanded with numerous additional cases, which now reflect the day-to-day activities of a practicing nephrologist. Expanded for the second edition with numerous additional case studies, now interspersed appropriately throughout topical content. Cases re-configured to mimic the teaching process and lead the reader through to diagnosis. Content is written in a straightforward bulleted format for easy reading. Features teaching strategies that the authors use in their rounds, lectures, morning reports and everyday practice. Ideal for residents, fellows, faculty and students, as well as practicing nephrologists.Digital Access Ovid 2020
- Digital[edited by] Valter Tucci.Contents:
1. Genetic screens in neurodegeneration
2. Computational epigenomics
3. Behavioral phonetyping in zebrafish: the first models of alcohol induced abnormalities
4. How does stress affect energy balance?
5. Interactions of experience-dependent plasticity and LTP in the hippocampus during associative learning
6. The genetics of cognition in schizophrenia: combining mouse and human studies
7. The biological basis of economic choice
8. Interval-timing protocols and their relevancy to the study of temporal cognition and neurobehavioral genetics
9. Toolkits for cognition: from core knowledge to genes
10. Quantitative genetics of behavioral phenotypes
11. Behavioral phenotyping in genetic mouse models of autism spectrum disorders: a translational outlook
12. Genetics of human sleep and sleep disorders
13. The endocannabinoid system in the control of behavior
14. Epigenetics in brain development and disease
15. Impact of postnatal manipulations on offspring development in rodents
16. Exploring the roles of genetics and the epigenetic mechanism DNA methylation in honey bee (Apis Mellifera) behavior
17. Genetics and neuroepigenetics of sleep
18. Behavioral phenotyping using optogenetic technology
19. Phenotyping sleep: beyond EEG
20. A cognitive neurogenetics screening system with a data-analysis toolbox
21. Mapping the connectional architecture of the rodent brain with fMRI
22. Cutting edge approaches for the identification and the functional investigation of miRNAs in brain science
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Brett E. Skolnick, Wayne M. Alves.Summary: Handbook of Neuroemergency Clinical Trials, Second Edition, focuses on the practice of clinical trials in acute neuroscience populations, or what have been called neuroemergencies. Neuroemergencies are complex, life-threatening diseases and disorders, often with devastating consequences, including death or disability. The overall costs are staggering in terms of annual incidence and costs associated with treatment and survival, yet despite their significance as public health issues, there are few drugs and devices available for definitive treatment. The book focuses on novel therapies and the unique challenges their intended targets pose for the design and analysis of clinical trials. This volume provides neurologists, neuroscientists, and drug developers with a more complete understanding of the scientific and medical issues of relevance in designing and initiating clinical development plans for novel drugs intended for acute neuroscience populations. The editors provide the best understanding of the pitfalls associated with acute CNS drug development and the best information on how to approach and solve issues that have plagued drug development.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- Digitaledited by Francesco S. Pavone and Shy Shoham.Summary: "This book provides the first dedicated overview of neurophotonics, covering the use of advanced optical technologies to record, stimulate, and control the activity of the brain, yielding new insight and advantages over conventional tools due to the adaptability and non-invasive nature of light. Chapters address functional studies of neurovascular signaling, metabolism, electrical excitation, and hemodynamics, as well as clinical applications for imaging and manipulating brain structure and function. The unifying theme throughout is not only to highlight the technology, but to show how these novel methods are becoming critical to breakthroughs that will lead to advances in our ability to manage and treat human diseases of the brain"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Miniaturized Optical Neuroimaging Systems / Hang Yu, Janaka Senarathna, Betty M. Tyler, Nitish V. Thakor, Arvind P. Pathak
Functional Imaging with Light-Sheet Microscopy / Raghav K. Chhetri and Philipp J. Keller
Two-Photon Microscopy in the Mammalian Brain / Hod Dana and Shy Shoham
Light Field Microscopy for in vivo Ca2 imaging / Tobias Nöbauer and Alipasha Vaziri
Genetically Encoded Activity Indicators / Chenchen Song and Thomas Knöpfel
Functional Optoacoustic Imaging / Daniel Razansky
Imaging Deep in the Brain with Wavefront Engineering / Roarke Horstmeyer, Maximillian Hoffmann, Haowen Ruan, Benjamin Judkewtiz, Changhuei Yang
Nanoscopic Imaging to Understand Synaptic Function / Daniel Choquet and Anne-Sophie Hafner
Chemical Clearing of Brains / Klaus Becker, Christian Hahn, Nina Jährling, Marko Pende, Inna Sabdyusheva-Litschauer, Saiedeh Saghafi, Martina Wanis, Hans-Ulrich Dodt
Advanced Light-Sheet Microscopy to Explore Brain Structure on Organ-wide Scale / Ludovico Silvestri and Francesco S. Pavone
Optogenetic Modulation of Neural Circuits / Mathias Mahn, Oded Klavir, Ofer Yizhar
Molecular Photoswitches for Synthetic Optogenetics / Shai Berlin and Ehud Y Isacoff
Applications of Nanoparticles for Optical Modulation of Neural Behavior / Chiara Paviolo, Shaun Gietman, Daniela Duc, Simon E. Moulton, Paul R. Stoddart
Optical Stimulation of Neural Circuits in Freely-Moving Animals / Leore R. Heim and Eran Stark
Holographic Optical Neural Interfaces (HONIs) / Shani Rosen, Shir Paluch, Shy Shoham
Multi-photon Nanosurgery / Anna Letizia Allegra Mascaro and Francesco Saverio Pavone
High Resolution Diffuse Optical Tomography of the Human Brain / Muriah D. Wheelock and Adam T. Eggebrecht
Human Brain Imaging by Optical Coherence Tomography / Caroline Magnain, Jean C. Augustinack, David Boas, Bruce Fischl, Taner Akkin, Ender Konukoglu, Hui Wang
Acousto Optic Cerebral Monitoring Information Classification: General / Michal Balberg and Revital Pery-Shechter
Neurophotonic Vision Restoration / Adi Schejter Bar-Noam and Shy Shoham
Optical Cochlear Implants / C.-P Richter, Y. Xu, X. Tan, N. Xia, N. Suematsu
Label-free Fluorescence Interrogation of Brain Tumors / Brad A. Hartl, Shamira Sridharan, Laura Marcu
Higher Harmonic Generation Imaging for Neuropathology / Nikolay Kuzmin, Sander Idema, Eleonora Aronica, Philip C. de Witt Hamer, Pieter Wesseling, Marie Louise Groot.Digital Access TandFonline 2020 - DigitalDenita Ryan.Summary: Stellar, pocket-sized nursing guide facilitates implementation of best practices in the care of neurosurgical patients Written by advanced practice nurses in collaboration with physician experts from one of the world's most renowned neurosurgical institutions, this is the first point-of-care book designed to enhance patient care at the bedside. Every chapter is written by leading authorities in their respective specialties, resulting in a concise but robust neuroscience nursing management tool. The authors lay a foundation with an in-depth description of central nervous system anatomy, followed ...
Contents:
Handbook of Neuroscience Nursing: Care of the Adult Neurosurgical Patient; MedOne Information; Title Page; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Video Contents; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contributors; Abbreviations; Part I Anatomy and Assessment of the Nervous System; 1 Anatomy; 2 Assessment; Part II Specific Conditions Associated with Neurologic Disorders; 3 Principles of Intracranial Pressure; 4 Hydrocephalus; 5 Electrolyte Disturbances; 6 Seizures; Part III Disorders of the Central Nervous System; 7 Tumors; 8 Vascular Disorders; 9 Traumatic Brain Injury; 10 Infectious Diseases 11 Spinal Disorders12 Traumatic Spine Injury; 13 Developmental Disorders; Part IV Diagnosis and Treatment of Central Nervous System Disorders; 14 Neuroradiology and Neuroendovascular Interventions; 15 Neurosurgical Interventions; 16 Radiotherapy; 17 Rehabilitation; Part V Appendices; Appendix A: Nursing Management Tables; Appendix B: Sample Discharge Instructions; Appendix C: Preoperative Nursing Checklist; Index; Additional MedOne Information.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019 - DigitalLynda Juall Carpenito, RN, MSN, CRNP Family Nurse Practitioner, ChesPenn Health Services, Chester, Pennsylvania, Nursing Consultant, Mullica Hill, New Jersey.Summary: Carpenito's "Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis" is the ideal quick reference for Nursing Diagnosis information. This handbook offers practical guidance on nursing diagnoses and associated care. Compared to Carpenito's textbook, the handbook is a quick-reference type scope of content, easy for students to use while in clinical, in the classroom or simulation lab. From goals to specific interventions, Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis focuses on nursing. It provides a condensed, organized outline of clinical nursing practice designed to communicate creative clinical nursing. It is not meant to replace nursing textbooks, but rather to provide nurses who work in a variety of settings with the information they need without requiring a time-consuming review of the literature. It will assist students in transferring their theoretical knowledge to clinical practice. This title is intended for nursing students to use through their curriculum. -- Provided by publisher. The 15th edition is organized in three sections. Section 1 provides an alphabetical reference to nursing diagnoses, including NANDA-I definition and Section 2 focuses organizes all the health promotion/wellness nursing diagnoses for individuals. Lastly, section 3 covers Diagnostic Clusters, which presents medical conditions with associated collaborative problems and nursing diagnoses, designed for easy reference in the clinical setting. The handbook differs from the main textbook because it doesn't go into the foundation for understanding nursing diagnoses, including care planning and concept mapping. The handbook only covers the NANDA-I diagnoses and collaborative problems. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Nursing diagnoses
Health-promotion nursing diagnoses
Manual of collaborative problems
Diagnostic clusters.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalArrigo F.G. Cicero, Alessandro Colletti.Summary: This handbook provides key information on the clinical use of nutraceuticals, an increasingly common practice grounded in an understanding of the pharmacological activities of natural compounds and clinical evidence of efficacy and safety. Each chapter examines the effects of nutraceuticals in different therapeutic contexts, including nutraceuticals active on the digestive system, heart, lipid and glucose metabolism, and immune system. The authors also address relevant concerns such as relative and absolute contraindications, range of tested doses (efficacious and safe), possible side effects and pharmacological interactions, and the scientific level of clinical evidence for each product. Despite the availability of a large number of nutraceuticals on the market, the same compound is often offered by different industries at different dosages and concentrations, with different titration and often with different suggestions of efficacy. Available academic books on nutraceuticals prioritize summarizing information or focus on the pharmacological aspects on cells or animals models rather than on proof in humans. The handbook takes a unique and practical approach intended to assist clinicians, pharmacologists, nutritionists, and dietitians considering prescribing nutraceuticals for therapeutic use. Renowned expert Professor Arrigo Cicero is known internationally for his work in nutraceuticals, and currently serves as President of the Italian Nutraceutical Society. .
Contents:
Preface
Contents
Nutraceuticals active on central nervous system
Nutraceuticals active on peripheral nervous system
Nutraceuticals active on heart function
Nutraceuticals active on blood pressure
Nutraceuticals active on Capillaries and veins
Nutraceuticals active on lipid metabolism
Nutraceuticals active on glucose metabolism
Nutraceuticals for body weight modulation
Nutraceuticals active on Digestive system
Nutraceuticals active on urinary tract
Nutraceuticals active on genital apparatus
Nutraceuticals active on women disorders
Nutraceuticals active on immune system
Nutraceuticals active on bones and joints
Nutraceuticals active on skin
Nutraceuticals for physical activity support. - DigitalVinood B. Patel, Victor R. Preedy, editors.Summary: This multivolume reference work addresses the fact that the well being of humankind is predicated not only on individuals receiving adequate nutrition but also on their genetic makeup. The work includes more than 100 chapters organized in the following major sections: Introduction and Overview; Epigenetics of Organs and Diseases in Relation to Diet and Nutrition; Detailed Processes in Epigenetics of Diet and Nutrition; Modulating Epigenetics with Diet and Nutrition; and Practical Techniques. While it is well known that genes may encode proteins responsible for structural and dynamic components, there is an increasing body of evidence to suggest that nutrition itself may alter the way in which genes are expressed via the process of epigenetics. This is where chemically imposed alteration in the DNA sequence occurs or where the functional expression of DNA is modulated. This may include changes in DNA methylation, non-coding RNA, chromatin, histone acetylation or methylation, and genomic imprinting. Knowledge regarding the number of dietary components that impact on epigenetic processes is increasing almost daily. Marshalling all the information on the complex relationships between diet, nutrition, and epigenetic processes is somewhat difficult due to the wide myriad of material. It is for this reason that the present work has been compiled.
Contents:
Nervous system
Development and ageing
Cancers
Caloric and dietary restriction
Detailed processes in epigenetics of diet and nutrition.-Modifications of DNA via methylation
Modifications of histones
Modifications of non-coding RNAs
DNA repair
Modulating epigenetics with diet and nutrition
General treatments and strategies
Vitamins
Minerals
Specific foods and nutrients
Nutritional toxicology
Practical techniques. - Digital[edited by] William E. Mitch, MD, Gordon A. Cain Chair in Nephrology, Director, Division of Nephrology, Professor of Medicine, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas T. Alp Ikizler, MD, Catherine McLaughlin-Hakim Professor of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine, Nashville, Tennessee.Contents:
Nutritional requirements of healthy adults
Nutrition screening and assessment in kidney disease
Epidemiology of protein-energy wasting in chronic kidney disease
Effects of chronic kidney disease on metabolism and hormonal function
Calcium, phosphorus, and vitamin D in kidney disease
Management of lipid abnormalities in the patient with kidney disease
Role of nutrition in cardiovascular and kidney diseases
Requirements for protein, calories, and fat in the predialysis patient
Nutritional considerations in patients with diabetes and kidney disease
Nephrotic syndrome: nutritional consequences and dietary management
Nutritional intervention in progressive chronic kidney disease
Nutritional requirements in hemodialysis patients
Nutritional considerations for patients on peritoneal dialysis
Nutritional management of kidney transplant patients
Enteral and parenteral nutrition in kidney disease: practical applications
Trace elements and vitamins
Dietary salt intake for patients with hypertension or kidney disease
Nutritional aspects of kidney stones
Practical aspects of dealing with the gut microbiome in patients with kidney disease
Obesity in kidney disease
Exercise and physical function in kidney disease
The renal dietitian in the clinic-medical nutrition therapy
Nutritional support in acute kidney injury
Nutrition in pediatric kidney disease
Sample menus for chronic kidney disease patients.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - Digitaledited by Guy I. Benrubi.Summary: "Perfect as a quick reference in the emergency room or your office, the newest edition of this handbook is diagnostic and treatment-focused, touching on a range of everyday conditions and problems. These include newer issues as medico-psychological ramifications of sexual assault and complications from abortion, assisted reproductive technologies, and immunologic therapies. OBGYNs as well as non-obstetrical providers will find much here to help them assess and manage clinical situations. Now with a new chapter on pediatric gynecologic emergencies and more discussion of pathophysiology of disease. Organized for this edition into two distinct sections--obstetrics AND gynecology. New information on treating Zika, Dengue, Chickenqunya, and other mosquito-borne infections in pregnancy. Contributors hail from pharmacy, surgery, radiology, and other disciplines, in addition to obstetrics and gynecology. Packed with numerous treatment algorithms and illustrations, including ultrasound"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalS.R. Prabhu.Summary: "With the pressure of packed dental subjects on the undergraduate dental curriculum, students often find huge volumes of knowledge presented in standard textbooks difficult to grasp, and feel that a concise book is needed for them to understand the essentials of oral diseases encountered in their clinical training. It would be beneficial to have readily available resources that would help with clinical decision-making without having to spend considerable time looking for information in voluminous books. Handbook of Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine aims to be a concise book that discusses a range of oral diseases in a user-friendly manner. It will contain current evidence-based information, with each clinical topic being presented in a couple of pages, and will be supported by over 300 clinical, radiological, and microscopic images where necessary. Each chapter will also include numerous bullet points to aid with learning. Topics discussed are in accordance with universally followed curricula of oral pathology and oral medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
- Digital[edited by] Christine B. Franzese, Cecelia C. Damask, Sarah K. Wise, Matthew W. Ryan.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] David Goldenberg, Bradley J. Goldstein.Contents:
General otolaryngology
Perioperative care and anesthesia for the otolaryngology head and neck surgery patient
Otology and neurotology
Rhinology
Laryngology and the upper aerodigestive tract
Head and neck surgery
Endocrine surgery in otolaryngology
Pediatric otolaryngology
Facial plastic and reconstructive surgery.Digital Access - DigitalAnkit A. Bhargava, Bryan J. Wells, Pablo A. Quintero, editors.Summary: This handbook serves as a pocket-sized resource to aid with the diagnosis and management of cardiovascular disease in the outpatient setting. Containing up-to-date information on the most recent guidelines and clinical trials, this reference presents a broad overview of outpatient cardiovascular issues in a concise, clear text. Each chapter focuses on a specific cardiovascular disease state and outlines the key steps for diagnosis and management of cardiovascular disease in the outpatient setting. The goal of this handbook is to help outpatient providers prevent, diagnose, and treat a wide range of heart disease--including coronary disease, valve disease, irregular heart rhythms, and advanced heart failure. The Handbook of Outpatient Cardiology is an essential resource for cardiology and internal medicine physicians, trainees, affiliate providers, and students.
Contents:
Part 1. History and Physical Exam
1. Chest Pain
2. Dyspnea
3. Palpitations
4. Syncope
5. The Cardiovascular Physical Exam
Part 2. Imaging and Noninvasive Testing
6. ECG Interpretation
7. Stress Testing (Treadmill, Echocardiography, SPECT, PET, and Cardiac MR)
8. Coronary CTA and Calcium Scoring
9. Basics of Echocardiography
Part 3. Cardiovascular Disease Risk Management
10. Hypertension
11. Dyslipidemia
12. Hypoglycemic Therapies and Reducing CVD Risk
Part 4. Coronary Disease
13. Stable Ischemic Heart Disease
14. Post Myocardial infarction evaluation and management
Part 5. Heart Failure
15. Heart Failure with Reduced Ejection Fraction
16. Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction
Part 6. Valvular Heart Disease
17. Aortic Valve Disease
18. Mitral, Tricuspid, and Pulmonic Valve Disease
19. Prosthetic Valve Disease
Part 7. Vascular Disease
20. Peripheral Artery Disease
21. Aortic Aneurysms and Aortopathies
22. Pulmonary Embolism and DVT
Part 8. Arrhythmia
23. Management of Atrial Fibrillation in the Outpatient Setting
24. Supraventricular Tachycardia
25. Bradyarrhythmia
26. Device Management
Part 9 Pericardial Disease
27. Pericardial Diseases: Acute Pericarditis, Pericardial Effusion, and Cardiac Tamponade
Part 10. Miscellaneous Topics
28. Simple Adult Congenital Heart Disease
29. Pregnancy and Heart Disease
30. Perioperative Cardiovascular Risk Assessment
31. Cardio-Oncology. - DigitalElana Sydney, Eleanor Weinstein, Lisa M. Rucker, editors.Summary: This handbook provides a quick, portable, algorithm-based guide to diagnosis and management of common problems seen in adult patients. Written by experienced primary care practitioners, the book emphasizes efficient decision making necessary in the fast-paced realm of the medical office. It covers general considerations such as the physical examination, care of special populations, and pain management and palliative care. It also focuses on common symptoms and disorders by system, including endocrine, respiratory, cardiac, orthopedic, neurologic, genitourinary, and gynecologic. For each disorder, symptoms, red flags, algorithms for differential diagnosis, related symptoms and findings, laboratory workup, treatment guidelines, and clinical pearls are discussed. Handbook of Outpatient Medicine is a valuable resource for primary care physicians, residents, and medical students.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalElana Sydney, Eleanor Weinstein, Lisa M. Rucker, editors.Summary: The practice of outpatient medicine in the 21st century has become fast-paced and challenging. The busy practitioner learns to make accurate decisions regarding diagnoses and treatments, individualizing them based on the patients particular characteristics and desires. Patients typically present with more than one issue, spanning from wanting information about a vaccine to having symptoms of an acute and serious infectious disease, while also needing care of their chronic conditions. In order to function in a timely manner, the provider needs a reliable resource to aid in making efficient decisions. This text is designed to fulfill this purpose. Now fully revised and expanded, Handbook of Outpatient Medicine, 2e provides a quick, portable, algorithm-based guide to diagnosis and management of common problems seen in adult patients. Written by experienced primary care practitioners, this text emphasizes efficient decision-making necessary in the fast-paced realm of the medical office. It covers general considerations such as the physical examination, care of special populations, and pain management and palliative care. It also focuses on common symptoms and disorders by system, including endocrine, respiratory, cardiac, orthopedic, neurologic, genitourinary, and gynecologic. For each disorder, symptoms, red flags, algorithms for differential diagnosis, related symptoms and findings, laboratory workup, treatment guidelines, and clinical pearls are discussed. One of the major updates in this edition is a chapter dedicated to COVID-19. This chapter focuses on COVID-19 diagnosis, care and sequelae, including what to do after discharge from the hospital. Since the global pandemic has affected medicine as a whole, many of the chapters also discuss COVID-19 as a differential diagnosis. Newer and higher quality photos have also been added in several chapters to help illustrate techniques more efficiently, including new imaging modalities for chest pain.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Part I: General Considerations
Chapter 1: Screening/Physical Exam/Health Maintenance
Introduction
Intersection of Public Health and Primary Care
Social Determinants of Health (SDOH) [1]
Prevention
Harm Reduction
Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
Screening
Physical Exam
Vaccinations
Health Maintenance
References
Chapter 2: Covid-19 for the Primary Care Clinician: Current Recommendations-Don't Blink!
Introduction
Symptoms
Other History
Physical Exam
Lab Tests
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Long Covid
References
Chapter 3: Transition Care of Teens with Chronic Health Conditions
Introduction
Barriers in Transition Care
Patient and Family Perspectives
Provider Perspectives
Initial Evaluation of Teens with Chronic Health Conditions Transitioning to Adult Providers
Portable Medical Summary
Assessment of Functional Status
Education
Living Arrangement and Family Support
Employment
Health Insurance and Benefits Relevant to the Transitioning Adult
Medicaid, Medicare, SSI, and SSDI
Medical Decision-Making and Guardianship
Local Resources for Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD)
Unique Considerations in Teens and Young Adults with Chronic Health Conditions Transitioning to Adult Providers
Specialist-Dominated Care
Internist-Dominated Care
Condition-Specific Medical Knowledge
Medication Reconciliation/Polypharmacy
Secondary Medical Conditions
Behavioral Health
Anxiety and Depression
Health Maintenance
Sexual Health
Sexual Abuse
Contraception
Cervical Cancer Screening
Health Disparities
Ethical Considerations
Conclusion
References
Chapter 4: Care of the Elderly Patient
Introduction
Outpatient Assessment. Tips for Effective Communication
Past Medical and Surgical History
Social History
Medications
Review of System for Older Adults
Physical Examination: Evaluate for Pertinent Findings in the Geriatric Patient
Functional Assessment
Health Promotion and Disease Prevention
Vaccines for Individuals over 65 Years of Age [6]
Primary and Secondary Disease Prevention
Lifestyle and Behaviors
Geriatric Syndromes
Urinary Incontinence (See Table 4.2)
Dementia (See Chapter on Cognitive Impairment)
Delirium
Confusion Assessment Method (CAM): Short version [14]
Delirium Evaluation
Depression
Medication Management
Falls and Immobility
Examination of the Older Adult After a Fall [16]
Get Up and Go Test [17]
Preventing Future Falls
Polypharmacy
Sensory Loss
Vision
Hearing Loss
Malnutrition and Unexplained Weight Loss
Osteoporosis
Sleep Disorders
Advanced Care Planning
Elder Abuse and Neglect
Home Care
References
Chapter 5: Care at the End of Life: Palliative and Hospice Care-Symptom Management
History
Palliative Care/Hospice Care
Role of the Primary Care Physician in Palliative Care/Hospice
When to Refer
Starting the Conversation/Important Documents
Management of Common Symptoms in Palliative Care
Shortness of Breath
Constipation
Nausea/Vomiting
Pain
Conclusion
References
Chapter 6: Substance Use Disorder
Introduction
Definitions
Decision-Making
Identification
Key History
Workup
Management
Risky or Unhealthy Alcohol Use
Risky Opioid Use or OUD
References
Part II: Endocrine
Chapter 7: Diabetes
Introduction
Diagnosis of DM
Screening for DM
Key H&
P in Early DM
History
Physical Exam
Healthcare Maintenance in the Patient with Diabetes [11]
Treatment of DM. Type 1 Diabetes
Type 2 Diabetes
Lifestyle Changes
Pharmacological Therapy in T2D
Choice of Therapy
Metformin
Sulfonylureas (Glimepiride, Glyburide, Glipizide) and Meglitinides (Repaglinide, Nateglinide)
GLP-1 Receptor Agonists (Exenatide, Liraglutide, Dulaglutide, Lixisenatide)
DPP-4 Inhibitors (Sitagliptin, Saxagliptin, Linagliptin, Alogliptin)
SGLT-2 Inhibitors (Canagliflozin, Dapagliflozin, Empagliflozin, Ertugliflozin)
Thiazolidinediones (Pioglitazone)
Alpha-Glucosidase Inhibitors (AGIs) (Acarbose, Miglitol)
Insulin
References
Chapter 8: Thyroid Dysfunction
Hypothyroidism
Brief Introduction
Key H&
P
Decision-Making/Diagnosis
Treatment
Overt Hypothyroidism
Subclinical Hypothyroidism
Treatment Challenges
Hyperthyroidism
Brief Introduction
Key H&
P
Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Graves' Disease
Radioactive Iodine (RAI)
Surgery
Treatment: Subclinical Hyperthyroidism
Thyroid Nodules
Brief Introduction
Key H&
P
Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
References
Chapter 9: Lipids
Introduction
Key History and Physical
History
Medical History
Family History
Social History
Physical Exam
Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
Screening Population
Testing Lipid Levels: Fasting vs. Non-fasting
Assessing Risk for ASCVD
Treatment
Principles of Therapy
Treatment Strategies
Lifestyle Modification
Statins
Fibrates
Fish Oil
Other Non-statin Medications
Monitoring After Initiating Therapy
References
Chapter 10: Obesity
Introduction
Key History and Physical Exam
History
Physical Examination and Diagnostics
Who Should Lose Weight?
Treatment
Management of Obesity
Diet
Physical Activity
Pharmacotherapy. Weight-Loss Surgery and Procedures
Long-Term Follow-Up After Uncomplicated Bariatric Surgery
References
Part III: Respiratory
Chapter 11: Cough
Brief Introduction
Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
Acute Cough
Subacute Cough
Chronic Cough
Evaluation/Investigation
Disease-Specific Features
Acute Cough
Subacute Cough
Chronic Cough
Treatment
References
Chapter 12: Shortness of Breath
Introduction
Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis and Key History and Physical Exam
Sudden-Onset Dyspnea
Acute-Onset Dyspnea
Episodic Dyspnea
Chronic Dyspnea
Treatment
References
Chapter 13: Sinusitis or Rhinosinusitis
Introduction
Acute Sinusitis
Chronic/Recurrent Sinusitis
Symptoms of Acute Sinusitis
Symptoms of Chronic Sinusitis
Physical Findings
Diagnosis
Diagnostic Tests
Treatment of Acute Sinusitis
Treatment of Chronic Sinusitis
Additional Evaluation
References
Chapter 14: Sore Throat
Introduction
Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
Key H&
P
Rapid Antigen Detection Tests
Treatment
Symptomatic Treatment
References
Chapter 15: Sleep Apnea
Introduction
ICSD3 Classifies Sleep Disorders into Seven Major Categories [4]
Prevalence
Sleep History
Screening Questionnaires to Assess the Risk of OSA
STOP-Bang Questionnaire
Understanding ESS Score
Focused Physical Exam
OSA/SDB (Obstructive Sleep Apnea/Sleep-Disordered Breathing)
Definition
Risk Factors
Pathophysiology
Diagnosis
Differential Diagnosis of Excessive Daytime Sleepiness (EDS)
Complications and Consequences of Untreated Sleep Apnea
Treatment: OSAHS/SDB (Usual Therapy)
Treatment of CSA
References
Part IV: Cardiac
Chapter 16: Hypertension
Brief Introduction
Scope of the Problem. History and Review of Systems
Decision-Making/Differential Diagnoses
Physical Examination
Measuring Blood Pressure
Diagnostic Studies
Clinical Quality Measure
Assessment
Treatment
Lifestyle Management
Pharmacological Interventions
Office, Home Blood Pressure Monitoring (HBPM), and Ambulatory Blood Pressure Monitoring (ABPM)
Refractory or Resistant Hypertension
Role of Digital Health in Hypertension
References
Chapter 17: Chest Pain
Chest Pain
History
Physical Exam
Differential Diagnosis
Potentially Life-Threatening
Acute Coronary Syndromes
Aortic Dissection
Pulmonary Embolism
Pneumothorax
Non-Life-Threatening Causes
Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
Pleuritic Chest Pain
Cervical Angina
Pericarditis
Chronic Angina
Herpes Zoster
Muscular Pain
Rib Fracture
Costochondritis
Esophageal Spasm
Approach to Management in the Primary Care Setting
Diagnostic Testing
Electrocardiogram
Blood Testing
Imaging
Chest X-Ray
X-Ray C-Spine
Transthoracic Echocardiogram
Diagnostic Testing for Obstructive Coronary Artery Disease
Treatment of Non-Life-Threatening Causes of Chest Pain
References
Chapter 18: Anemia
Introduction
Key History and Physical Exam
Laboratory Evaluation
Hypoproliferative Anemias
Microcytic Anemia
Differential Diagnosis
Iron Deficiency Anemia
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Key History
Physical Exam
Laboratory Evaluation
Diagnosis
Treatment
Normocytic Anemia
Differential Diagnosis [6]
Anemia of Chronic Disease/Inflammation (AOCD)
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Key History and Physical Exam
Laboratory Evaluation
Diagnosis
Treatment
Macrocytic Anemia
Differential Diagnosis [2]
Megaloblastic Anemia
Vitamin B12 Deficiency
Epidemiology. - Digitaleditors, Cheryl Bodiford McNeil, Lauren Borduin Quetsch and Cynthia M. Anderson.Summary: This handbook offers a theoretical foundation for the adaptation of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and their families. The volume examines current treatments for children with ASD and provides a rationale for why PCIT is considered a strong option to address many of the concerns found within this population of children and families. It presents an overview of PCIT theory, the goals of PCIT, the unique aspects of the treatment, and the exceptional outcomes. The handbook demonstrates the versatility of PCIT in conjunction with standard science-based therapies in addressing specific behavioral problems in this young population. Chapters provide a theoretical basis for PCIT, the empirical evidence for its efficacy, clinical considerations, and training issues. Chapters also offer a selection of case studies that help illustrate how PCIT has been successful in treating children with autism. The handbook concludes by identifying the gaps that need to be addressed by future research. Topics featured in the Handbook include: A clinical description of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy. The effects of medication for individuals with ASD. The importance of parent-child interactions in social communication and development. Teaching complex social behavior to children with ASD. Internet-delivered PCIT (I-PCIT) for children with autism. Child-Directed Interaction treatments for children with ASD. Parent-Directed Interaction treatments for children on the autism spectrum. The Handbook of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy for Children on the Autism Spectrum is a must-have resource for researchers, professors, clinicians/practitioners/therapists, and graduate students across many interrelated disciplines, including child and school psychology, behavioral therapy, social work, child and adolescent psychiatry, pediatrics, and family studies as well as occupational therapy, physical therapy, behavior analysis, and speech therapy.
Contents:
Part I. Conceptual foundations of evidence-based approaches for autism-spectrum disorder
Part II. Evidence-based approaches to treating core and associated deficits of autism spectum disorder
Part III. Parent-child interaction therapy (PCIT) and autism spectrum disorder: theory and research
Part IV. Clinical considerations in PCIT for ASD
Appendix A
Index.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - DigitalCamino Gestal, Santiago Pascual, Ángel Guerra, Graziano Fiorito, Juan M. Vieites, editors.OAPEN (Open Access Publishing in European Networks).. OAPENSummary: The aim of this open access book is to facilitate the identification and description of the different organs as well as pathogens and diseases affecting the most representative species of cephalopods focussed on Sepia officinalis, Loligo vulgaris and Octopus vulgaris. These species are valuable 'morphotype' models and belong to the taxonomic groups Sepioidea, Myopsida and Octopoda, which include most of the species with a high market value and aquaculture potential. The study is based on photographs at macroscopic and histological level in order to illustrate the role of the most important pathogens and related diseases from the view of a pathological diagnosis. The reader is able to familiarize with functional anatomy, necropsy and general histology of adults and paralarvae, as well as with the identification of different pathogens and pathologies. This work is thus an invaluable guide for the diagnosis of cephalopod diseases. Besides including pathogens for non-European cephalopod species, it also provides a useful contribution encouraging marine pathologists, parasitologists, veterinarians and those involved in fishery sanitary assessments, aquarium maintenance and aquaculture practices aiming to increase their knowledge about the pathology of cephalopods.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Importance of Cephalopod health and welfare for the commercial sector
Part I: Functional anatomy and histology
3 Functional anatomy: Macroscopic anatomy and post-mortem examination
4. Functional histology: The tissues of the common coleoid cephalopods
5. Tissues of paralarvae and juvenile cephalopods
Part II: Pathogens and related diseases
6. Cephalopod diseases caused by fungi and Labyrinthulomycetes
7. Virus and virus-like particles affecting cephalopods
8. Bacteria affecting cephalopods
9. Protist (Coccidian) and related diseases
10 Protist (Ciliates) and related diseases
11. Dicyemids
12 Metazoa and related diseases
13 Aquarium maintenance related diseases
14 Regeneration and healing
15 Other disorders
16 Cephalopod Senescence and Parasitology
17 Pathogens and related diseases in other non-European cephalopods: Central and South America
18 Pathogens and related diseases in other non-European cephalopods: Asia. A Preliminary review. - Digitaleditors, Todd E. Rasmussen, W. Darrin Clouse, Britt H. Tonnessen.Summary: "Now in full color, Handbook of Patient Care in Vascular Diseases is a concise quick-reference guide to effectively diagnosing and treating patients with common arterial and venous vascular diseases. Chapter by chapter, content is presented in a convenient online format, and covers everything from the latest diagnostic methodologies to current catheter-based basics to post-op patient management. Diseases and conditions include diabetes mellitus, atherosclerosis, obesity, and more"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
I: Vascular pathophysiology
Arterial disease
Venous disease
II: Examination of the vascular system
History and physical examination of the arterial system
History and physical examination of the venous system
Noninvasive vascular testing
III: Identification and management of cardiovascular risk
Risk factors and risk modifications
Perioperative risk stratification and clinical guidelines
Perioperative planning and care of the vascular patient
IV: Catheter-based and endovascular concepts
Indications and preparation for angiography
Catheter-based technology and postprocedure care
Basic fluoroscopic concepts and applied radiation safety
V: Disease-specific logical care outlines
Great vessel and carotid occlusive disease
Lower extremity ischemia
Aneurysms and aortic dissection
Renal artery diseases
Mesenteric ischemic syndromes
Upper extremity vascular disorders
Chronic venous disorders
Venous thromboembolism and hypercoagulable conditions
Hemodialysis accessDigital Access - Digitaleditors, Philipp J. Houck, MD, Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology, Division of Pediatric Anesthesia, Department of Anesthesiology, Director of Pediatric Liver Transplant Anesthesia, New York Presbyterian-Morgan Stanley Children's Hospital, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, New York, Manon Haché, MD, Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology, Division of Pediatric Anesthesia, Department of Anesthesiology, Director of Pediatric Trauma Anesthesia, New York Presbyterian-Morgan Stanley Children's Hospital, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, New York, Lena S. Sun, S. Sun, MD, Emanuel M. Papper Professor of Pediatric Anesthesiology, Chief, Division of Pediatric Anesthesia, Vice-Chair, Department of Anesthesiology, New York Presbyterian-Morgan Stanley Children's Hospital, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, New York.Digital Access
- DigitalEnid Gilbert-Barness, Diane E. Spicer, Thora S. Steffensen ; foreword by John M. Optiz.Summary: Pathologists have long recognized that pediatric autopsy requires great care in technique and dissection to ensure that easily overlooked malformations are recognized and accurate diagnoses are made. The highly experienced authors have created a new edition of Handbook of Pediatric Autopsy Pathology, a comprehensive reference guide to the actual performance of the pediatric autopsy and the optimal recognition and interpretation of pathologic findings. The Handbook of Pediatric Autopsy Pathology, Second Edition covers the spectrum of pediatric pathology with particular reference to those conditions that can be identified at autopsy. New and updated material includes microbiological studies, particularly with the advent of newly described micro-organisms causing disease. The volume also addresses new developments in metabolic diseases, new techniques of ultrasound imaging, and specialized laboratory testing. Furthermore, the book provides a wealth of practical information and bibliographic citations throughout, new copious illustrations and line drawings, numerous standard reference tables, and appendices at the end of multiple chapters. Authored by authorities in the field, Handbook of Pediatric Autopsy Pathology, Second Edition is a valuable resource that will assist general and pediatric pathologists, neonatologists, interns and residents in training, as well as specialists in cytogenetics and ultrasound technicians in understanding the manner and cause of death in its broadest and comprehensive sense.
Contents:
Part I: General Principles
Introduction and General Principles of Autopsy
Part II: Techniques
Pediatric Autopsy: Fetus, Newborn, and Child
Examination of the Human Embryo
The Placenta
Part III: Developmental Disorders
Hydrops, Cystic Hygroma, Fetal Hydrothorax, and Fetal Ascites
Chromosomal Defects
Congenital Abnormalities
Part IV: Organ Systems and Metabolic Disorders
Cardiovascular System
Respiratory System
Gastrointestinal (GI) System
Liver, Gallbladder, Biliary Tract, and Pancreas
Renal System
Male and Female Genitourinary (GU) Systems
Central Nervous System (CNS)
Thymus, Spleen, Lymph Nodes, and Immunodeficiency
Hematopoietic System
Pediatric Tumors
Skeletal System
Skin
Infections
Transplantation
Eye and Adnexa
Metabolic Diseases
Part V: Special Considerations
Sudden Infant Death
Forensic Pathology
Special Procedures
Infection Control and Biological Hazards. - DigitalRicardo Munoz... [and others], editors.Summary: With just over half a decade passing since the first edition of the Handbook of Pediatric Cardiovascular Drugs was published, it remains the only book of its nature to provide health care practitioners with a tool to safely and consistently prescribe and administer cardiovascular drugs in children with cardiac disease. In this new edition, the editors have updated this important resource in collaboration with highly reputed authors. This pocket reference handbook remains tailored to help cardiovascular practitioners meet the daily challenges of caring forpatients, from the newborn to the young adult, with cardiac disease. In addition to providing an extensive review of all cardiovascular medications, the Handbook of Pediatric Cardiovascular Drugs, 2nd Edition also discusses the information required to assist caregivers in their daily clinical practice. Physicians, fellows, residents, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, pharmacists, nurses and other practitioners alike will find this handbook to be an essential resource for drug therapy in complex and high-risk patients with acquired and congenital heart disease.
Contents:
Cardiac Physiology
Clinical Pharmacokinetics: Applications in Pediatric Practice
Pharmacogenomics
Pharmacoeconomics
Vasoactive Drugs in Acute Care
Diuretics
ss-Blockers
ACE Inhibitors and ARB's
Antiarrhythmics
Immunosuppressive Agents in Pediatric Heart Transplantation
Anticoagulation for Mechanical Circulatory Support
Pharmacological Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension
Antithrombotics and Antifibrinolytics
Sedative Hypnotics and Anesthetic Agents
Medication Management in Patients with Multi-organ Failure
Drug Therapy for Hypercholesterolemia and Dyslipidemia
Drug Clearance on ECMO and Dialysis/CRRT
Parenteral Nutrition
Medication Errors. - DigitalDavid C. Dredge, editor.Summary: This book addresses epilepsy, the most common neurological problem affecting children and adolescents. It examines the complex processes involved in diagnosing epilepsy in children and the specific age-dependent manifestations which can differ greatly from seizure disorders seen in adults. Concise and comprehensive, the book begins with an introduction to epilepsy, as well as seizure classification and semiology. Further chapters analyze the existing myriad of effective treatment and management methods depending accurate diagnosis. Chapters also discuss of common types of seizure disorders, treatment options, recent drug developments, and evidence-based disease management guidelines. The book concludes with chapter containing pedantic case studies. Handbook of Pediatric Epilepsy is a tailor-made reference for busy clinical professionals and trainees across all medical specialties.
Contents:
Introduction
Causes of epilepsy in childhood
Common types of pediatric epilepsy
Clinical features
Clinical neurological examination and diagnosis
Treatment options
Long-term management
Patient case studies. - DigitalDr Caroline A Hastings, Dr Joseph C Torkildson, Anurag K Agrawal.Summary: "The pace of change in the field of pediatric hematology, oncology and hematopoietic cell therapies is staggering. Molecular biology, genomics, and biochemistry have accelerated knowledge and understanding of disease states and further highlight the complex interplay of clinical, genetic and social factors which constantly challenge us in the rapid application of novel findings to treat patients with the goal of improved outcomes. This translation of knowledge to the unique patient before us, the true art of the physician, encompassing experience, knowledge, intuition and understanding of the individual needs and goals of patients and families, can be overwhelming. What is needed is a practical, tested approach to analyze and address these problems to ensure a timely evaluation, competent clinical care, and avoidance of pitfalls that might negatively impact the patient or future treatment options. This practical approach is achieved by spending time with patients and families and observing the myriad variations in disease and individual nuances that are not addressed in large studies or case reports all the while expanding foundational knowledge"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Approach to the Anemic Child
Hemolytic Anemia
Sickle Cell Disease
Thalassemia
Transfusion Medicine
Chelation Therapy
Approach to the Bleeding Child
Von Willebrand Disease
Hemophilia
Thrombophilia
The Neutropenic Child
Thrombocytopenia
Evaluation of the Child With a Suspected Malignancy
Oncologic Emergencies
Acute Leukemias
Central Nervous System Tumors
Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
Wilms Tumor
Neuroblastoma
Sarcomas of the Soft Tissue and Bone
Germ Cell Tumors
Rare Tumors of Childhood
Histiocytic Disorders
Bone Marrow Transplantation
Supportive Care of the Child With Cancer
Central Venous Catheters
Management of Fever in the Child With Cancer
Acute Pain Management in the Inpatient Setting
Palliative Care
Chemotherapy Basics
Guide to Procedures
Treatment of Chemotherapy ExtravasationsDigital Access Wiley 2021 - Digital[edited by] Katherine Sims, M.D., Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Pediatric Neurologist, Massachusetts General Hospital Director, Massachusetts General Hospital Neurogenetics Clinic, Director, Neurogenetics Diagnostic Lab, Center for Human Genetics Research, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts.Summary: "Lippincott Williams & Wilkins is proud to introduce the Handbook of Pediatric Neurology. Pediatric neurology, an entirely separate specialty from adult neurology is heavily weighted toward the study of metabolic and genetic disorders. This pocket book, based on the critically acclaimed Sabatine's Pocket Medicine, and created as a spinoff of the classic Greer's Pocket Neurology, will be of primary interest for neurologists and pediatricians during their peds neuro rotation. Handbook of Pediatric Neurology provides a practical, comprehensive guide to the management of hospital- and clinic-based pediatric neurological workup, diagnosis, and management. There is crossover into the adult neurology arena due to the science contained within pediatric neurology. As advances in the science of metabolic/genetic disorders occur, adult neurologists are becoming aware of their need to know. The editors believe that topics addressed in Pocket Pediatric Neurology have broad and important interest beyond pediatric neurologists, including pediatricians, adult neurologists and internal medicine physicians"-- Provided by publisher. "Pediatric neurology, an entirely separate specialty from adult neurology, is heavily weighted toward the study of metabolic and generic disorders. This pocket book, created as a spinoff of Greer's Pocket Neurology, is aimed primarily at neurologists and pediatricians during their pediatric neuro rotation"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
- Digital[edited by] George I. Jallo, Karl F. Kothbauer, Violette M.R. Recinos.Contents:
Section I. General and critical care
Section II. Neuroradiology
Section III. Neurology
Section IV. Cerebrovascular Disorders
Section V. Developmental and congenital cranial disorders
Section VI. Developmental and spinal disorders
Section VII. Functional disorders
Section VIII. Trauma
Section IX. Infections
Section X. or Basics
Appendices.Digital Access - DigitalPaul D. Sponseller.Contents:
Anatomy and normal development in children / Paul D. Sponseller
Disorders of growth and development in the extremities / Paul D. Sponseller
Disorders of spinal growth and development / Paul D. Sponseller
Miscellaneous disorders of growth and development / Paul D. Sponseller
Skeletal syndromes and systemic disorders in pediatric orthopaedics / Paul D. Sponseller
Neuromuscular disorders in pediatric orthopaedics
Paul D. Sponseller
Pediatric trauma / Paul D. Sponseller and Matthew J. Hadad
Normal values and medications / Paul D. Sponseller and Matthew J. Hadad
Common procedures in pediatric orthopaedics / Paul D. Sponseller.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020 - DigitalJessica L. Buicko, MD, Endocrine Surgery Fellow, Department of Surgery, Weill Cornell Medicine-New York Presbyterian Hospital, New York, NY, Miguel A. Lopez, DO, Surgical Resident, Department of Surgery, University of Miami School of Medicine, JFK Hospital Surgical Residency Program, Atlantis, FL, Michael A. Lopez-Viego, MD, FACS, Clinical Associate Professor of Surgery, University of Miami School of Medicine, JFK Hospital Surgical Residency Program, Atlantis, FL.Summary: "Publisher's Note: Products purchased from 3rd Party sellers are not guaranteed by the Publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. Written by residents for residents and medical students, Handbook of Pediatric Surgery is a pocket-sized resource filled with must-know information for the pediatric surgery rotation. In a concise, easy-to-reference format, it covers management of the pediatric surgical patient, pediatric trauma surgery, common pediatric surgical problems, and pediatric surgical oncology. A highly templated, bulleted content makes it quick and easy to find key information when you need it. Chapters on surgical problems clearly present historical background, relevant anatomy, epidemiology and etiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, surgical management, and postoperative care. Additional chapters cover evaluation and examination, pediatric anesthesia, common pediatric drug dosing, and more. Succinct overviews of each topic include clinical pearls and pitfalls and algorithms where appropriate. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities! Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2018
- DigitalChandrasen K. Sinha, Mark Davenport, editors.Summary: ... This edition has been thoroughly revised to reflect the rapid progress in the world of pediatric surgery including the subspecialties of general pediatric surgery, urology, hepatobiliary surgery, organ transplantation, minimally invasive surgery (including robotic surgery), and bariatric surgery. This book also provides an anatomical and physiological background to aid understanding. Having been authored by international leaders in these fields, this book offers comprehensive coverage of various surgical conditions in children with a quick-reference format. The first edition has been immensely popular with over 160,000 downloads including GPs, A&E doctors, adult surgeons who need to treat children, pediatricians, and of course, pediatric surgeons.
Contents:
Milestones in Pediatric Surgery
Milestones in Pediatric Surgery
Principles of Surgical Science
Fluids, Electrolytes, and Dehydration
Metabolic Response to Injury and Sepsis
Shock
Parenteral Nutrition
Hematology for Surgeons
Postoperative Problems
Neonatal Physiology and Care
Fetal and Neonatal Surgery
Fetal Surgery: General Principles
Diaphragmatic Hernia
Esophageal Atresia
Pyloric Stenosis
Malrotation
Intestinal Atresia
Necrotizing Entercolitis
Meconium Ileus
Hirschsprung's Disease
Anorectal Malformations
Abdominal Wall Defects
Children's Surgery
Surgical Neck Pathology
Developmental Lung Anomalies
Gastro-Esophageal Reflux
Gastrointestinal Bleeding
Acute Abdomen
Intussusception
Appendicitis
Rare Causes of Abdominal Pain
Crohn's Disease
Ulcerative Colitis
Short Bowel Syndrome
Intestinal Transplantation
Vascular Malformations
Inguinal Hernias and Hydroceles
The Acute Scrotum
The Undescended Testes
Miscellaneous Problems of the Male Genitalia
Miscellaneous Surgical Issues
Basic Pediatric Laparoscopy and Thoracoscopy
Principles of Pediatric Urology
Urinary Tract Infection
The Ureter
Vesico-Ureteric Reflux
Neurogenic Bladder
Posterior Urethral Valves
Hypospadias
Bladder Exstrophy, Epispadias, and Cloacal Exstrophy
Disorders of Sex Development
Surgery of the Liver, Pancreas and Bile Ducts
Investigation of Jaundice
Biliary Atresia
Choledochal Malformations
Gallbladder Disease
Portal Hypertension
Pancreatic Disease
Liver Transplantation
Principles of Surgical Oncology
Wilms' Tumor
Liver Tumors
Neuroblastoma
Teratomas
Miscellaneous Tumors
Principles of Trauma
General Principles
Abdominal Trauma
Thoracic Trauma
Basic Brain Injury
Spina Bifida and Hydrocephalus
Spina Bifida
Hydrocephalus
Appendices
Reference Weights and Heights
Anatomical Reference
Human Developmental Milestones. New chapters: 1. Paediatric Bariatric Surgery
2. Stem cells in Paediatric Surgery
3. Robotic Surgery in Children. - Digitaleditors, Alan P. Ladd, Frederick J. Rescorla, Jay L. Grosfeld.Summary: Handbook of Pediatric Surgical Patient Care focuses on the decision-making process in the overall management of the pediatric surgical patient and provides guidelines for diagnosis. The book covers topics ranging from a wide spectrum of neonatal conditions and surgical critical care to other childhood afflictions, pediatric cancer and the injured child. It also focuses on the current management of common childhood conditions including appendicitis, pyloric stenosis and hernias. The purpose of this handbook is to provide a brief, easily accessible, rapid source of contemporary information to students, residents and practitioners caring for infants and children with surgical disorders.
Contents:
Section 1. Physiologic considerations of newborn/child. ch. 1. Pediatric thermoregulation and metabolism / David E. Carney and Miller C. Hamrick
ch. 2. Fluids, resuscitation and electrolytes / David E. Carney and Miller C. Hamrick
ch. 3. Cardiovascular physiology / David E. Carney and Miller C. Hamrick
ch. 4. Infectious considerations / David E. Carney and Miller C. Hamrick
ch. 5. Pediatric parenteral nutrition / Wendy Cruse
ch. 6. Enteral nutrition / Alan P. Ladd
ch. 7. Pediatric anesthesia guidelines / Doris Hardacker
ch. 8. Pediatric airway management / Katherine M. DeMasie
ch. 9. Pediatric sedation / Michael Mazurek
ch. 10. Treatment of acute postsurgical pain in the pediatric patient / James Tolley
ch. 11. The ex-utero treatment (Exit) procedure / Cynthia Gingalewski, Sarah Oltmann and David Schindel
Section 2. Trauma. ch. 12. Evaluation and resuscitation of the injured child / Thomas M. Rouse
ch. 13. Thoracic injuries in children / L.R. "Tres" Scherer
ch. 14. Abdominal trauma / Dennis Vane
ch. 15. Renal and genitourinary trauma / Dennis Vane and Tres Scherer
ch. 16. Central nervous system trauma / Jodi L. Smith
ch. 17. Pediatric vascular injuries / Jenny Cho and Michael Dalsing
ch. 18. Pediatric burn / John J. Coleman III
ch. 19. Child abuse / Dennis W. Vane and Ann DiMaio
Section 3. Tumors (the abdominal mass). ch. 20. Wilms' tumor / Thomas R. Weber
ch. 21. Neuroblastoma / Jay L. Grosfeld
ch. 22. Liver tumors / Frederick J. Rescorla
ch. 23. Gastrointestinal tumors / Alan P. Ladd
ch. 24. Testicular tumors / Deborah F. Billmire
ch. 25. Ovarian tumors / Deborah Billmire
ch. 26. Sacrococcygeal teratomas / Frederick J. Rescorla
ch. 27. Pediatric bone tumors / Daniel Wurtz
ch. 28. Soft tissuee sarcomas / Frederick J. Rescorla
Section 4. Transplantation. ch. 29. History of organ transplantation / Richard S. Mangus
ch. 30. Pediatric kidney transplantation / Richard S. Mangus
ch. 31. Pediatric liver transplantation / Richard S. Mangus
ch. 32. Pediatric intestinal and multivisceral transplantation / Richard S. Mangus
ch. 33. Overview of immunosuppressive agents / Richard S. Mangus
Section 5. Head/neck. ch. 34. Thyroid / Adam C. Alder and Michael A. Skinner
ch. 35. Parathyroid / Adam C. Alder and Michael A. Skinner
ch. 36. Laryngeal and tracheal disorders / Charles M. Leys
ch. 37. Lymphadenopathy / Nicholas F. Fiore
ch. 38. Neck cysts and sinuses / Nicholas F. Fiore
Section 6. Thorax. ch. 39. Newborn thoracic masses: congenital lung malformations / Alan P. Ladd
ch. 40. Newborn thoracic masses: congenital diaphragmatic hernia and indications for ECMO / Troy Perry and Bryan J. Dicken
ch. 41. Newborn thoracic masses: esophageal atresia and tracheoesophageal malformations / Frederick J. Rescorla
ch. 42. Chest wall anomalies: pectus excavatum / Scott A. Engum
ch. 43. Chest wall anomalies: pectus carinatum / Scott A. Engum
ch. 44. Chest wall anomalies: Poland syndrome / Scott A. Engum
ch. 45. Chest wall anomalies: Jeune's syndrome / Scott A. Engum
Section 7. Abdomen. ch. 46. Abdominal wall: prenatal considerations
abdominal wall defects / Cynthia Gingelewski
ch. 47. Abdominal wall: gastroschisis / Kim Molik
ch. 48. Abdominal wall: omphalocele / David J. Hobbs and Marc G. Schlatter
ch. 49. Abdominal wall: umbilical hernia, urachal and omphalomesenteric remnants / Nicole Sharp and Danny Little
ch. 50. Abdominal wall: inguinal hernias and hydroceles / Frederick J. Rescorla
ch. 51. Proximal alimentary tract obstruction: pyloric stenosis / Mustafa Kabeer
ch. 52. Proximal alimentary tract obstruction: duodenal atresia / Frederick J. Rescorla
ch. 53. Proximal alimentary tract obstruction: jejunoileal atresia and stenosis / Jay L. Grosfeld
ch. 54. Proximal alimentary tract obstruction: malrotation / Kristen A. Zeller and Frederick J. Rescorla
ch. 55. Distal bowel obstruction: meconium ileus / Frederick J. Rescorla
ch. 56. Distal bowel obstruction: colonic atresia / Alan P. Ladd
ch. 57. Distal bowel obstruction: Hirschsprung's disease / Robert T. Russell and Alan P. Ladd
ch. 58. Distal bowel obstruction: anorectal malformations / Alan P. Ladd
ch. 59. Miscellaneous: gastroesophageal reflux / Mark S. Chaet
ch. 60. Miscellaneous: gastrostomy / Mark S. Chaet
ch. 61. Miscellaneous: necrotizing enterocolitis / Hayden Stagg and Danny Little
ch. 62. Miscellaneous: short bowel syndrome / James C.Y. Dunn
ch. 63. Miscellaneous: intussusception / Corey Tomlinson, John M. Draus Jr. and Bryan J. Dicken
ch. 64. Miscellaneous: Meckel's diverticulum / Ali Cadili, John M. Draus Jr. and Bryan J. Dicken
ch. 65. Miscellaneous: acute appendicitis / Donald A. Plumley
ch. 66. Miscellaneous: inflammatory bowel disease / Evan R. Kokoska
ch. 67. Miscellaneous: polypoid diseases / Evan R. Kokoska
ch. 68. Miscellaneous: fistula-in-ano / Brian Duffy
Section 8. Liver, biliary tree & pancreas. ch. 69. Biliary atresia / Danielle Hsu and James C.Y. Dunn
ch. 70. Cystic disorders of the bile ducts (choledochal cysts) / David T. Schindel and Sarah C. Oltmann
ch. 71. Liver cysts and abscesses / Mauricio A. Escobar
ch. 72. Gallbladder disease in children / Frederick J. Rescorla
ch. 73. Pancreatic cysts / Frederick J. Rescorla
Section 9. Urologic considerations. ch. 74. Undescended testis / Ethan I. Franke, Kristan Meldrum and Martin Kaefer
ch. 75. Ureteropelvic junction obstruction / Ethan I. Franke, Kristan Meldrum and Martin Kaefer
ch. 76. Vesicoureteral reflux / Brian A. VanderBrink, Martin Kaefer and Kirstan Meldrum
ch. 77. Disorders of sexual development / Brian A. VanderBrink, Martin Kaefer and Kirstan Meldrum
ch. 78. Varicocele / Rahul D. Mehan, Kirstan K. Meldrum and Martin K. Kaefer
Section 10. Vascular malformations. ch. 79. Infantile hemangiomas / Nicole Sharp and Danny Little
ch. 80. Congenital arterial disorders / Allen Lee, Gregory A. Stanley and Julie R. Fuchs
ch. 81. Pediatric venous disorders / Paul R. Crisostomo and Michael C. Dalsing
ch. 82. Lymphatic disorders / Scott A. Engum
Section 11. Special considerations. ch. 83. Congenital heart disease / Mark Rodefeld
ch. 84. Pediatric neurosurgical considerations / Laurie L. Ackerman
ch. 85. Orthopedic deformities / Christine Caltoum
ch. 86. Central venous lines / Sarah C. Oltmann and David T. Schindel
ch. 87. Skin and soft tissue infections / Mustafa Kabeer and Alan P. Ladd.Digital Access World Scientific 2014 - Digitaleditors, Laurence S. Baskin, MD (Frank Hinman, Jr., MD, Distinguished Professorship in Pediatric Urology, UCSF Benioff Children's Hospital, Chief, Pediatric Urology, Professor, Urology and Pediatrics, San Francisco, California), Barry A. Kogan, MD (Falk Chair in Urology, Professor, Surgery and Pediatrics, Chief, Division of Urology, Albany Medical Center, Albany, New York), Jeffrey A. Stock, MD (Associate Clinical Professor, Director, Pediatric Urology, Kravis Children's Hospital, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, New York).Digital Access Ovid 2019
- DigitalRana Limbo, PhD, RN, CPLC, FAAN, Charlotte Wool, PhD, RN, FAAN, Brian S. Carter, MD, FAAP, editors.Summary: "The purpose of the book is to provide clinicians from multiple disciplines the opportunity to examine key topics in perinatal and neonatal palliative care that can be considered for implementation into practice. The perspectives of many disciplines are intentionally included in this handbook, including those of nurses, physicians, child life specialists, chaplains, social workers, administrative officials, genetic counselors, respiratory therapists, and others. The aim is to provide information from a wide variety of viewpoints that will enable individual team members to forge interdisciplinary approaches to care, assess current programs, develop strategies to improve the quality of care, and tailor new models of care for patients in need of palliative care services. The book aims to speak to those who wish to move the domains of perinatal and neonatal palliative care forward"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Understanding palliative care. Advancing palliative care to perinatal and neonatal settings / Charlotte Wool and Beth Perry Black ; Neonatal and perinatal palliative care services and programs / Steven R. Leuthner and Emilie Lamberg Jones ; Creating seamlessness in palliative care services / Sara Muñoz-Blanco, Sue Huff, Renee D. Boss, and Christy Torkildson
Caring for the whole family in palliative care. Comfort in perinatal and neonatal palliative care: an innovative plan of care focused on relational elements / Elvira Parravicini and Francis T. McCarthy ; Suspending judgment: being with and knowing the family / Terri Major-Kincade, Leslie L. Harris, and Stacy C. Smith ; Helping siblings connect, relate, and say goodbye / Meghaan R. Nguyen ; Barriers to referring patients for perinatal palliative care / Barthélémy Tosello and Marie-Ange Einaudi
Planning and decision-making. Communicating devastating news / Steven R. Leuthner, Renee D. Boss, and Brian S. Carter ; Grief and memories begin with diagnosis / Rana Limbo and Marie A. Walter ; Anticipatory guidance: birth and advance care planning / Jessica T. Fry, Natalia Henner, and Andrea Caruso ; Difficulty in predicting survival: genetics and genetic counseling / Martha Dudek and Rebecca D. Carter ; "Compatible with love": qualitative analysis of decision-making rationale of parents who continue pregnancy affected by a life-limiting fetal condition / Jesse Wool and Charlotte Wool ; Perinatal regoaling in the face of serious illness: hopeful thinking, good-parent beliefs, and uncertainty / Douglas L. Hill, Jackelyn Y. Boyden, Christ Feudtner, and David A. Munson ; Building and sustaining relationships during pregnancy / Amy Kuebelbeck
Physical aspects of palliative care: diagnosis, treatment, and outcomes. Attending to pain and suffering in palliative care / Marc-Antoine Marquis and Antaione Payot ; Managing pain and discomfort in the mother / Steven D. Waldman, Melissa Liddle, Reid A. Waldman, and Kelley L. Sharp ; Perinatal palliative care in the context of fetal or neonatal surgery / David A. Munson ; Palliative care at the time of unexpected premature delivery / Lezlie H. Andersen, Bethany D. Kaemingk, and Christopher A. Collura ; Compassionate extubation and withdrawal of life-sustaining therapies / Jennifer S. Linebarger and Meghan Tracewski
Supporting families and care providers through the nuances of palliative care. Lactation and breastfeeding in the context of perinatal palliative care / Diane L. Spatz and Joanna C. M. Cole ; Ten ethical principles for neonatal palliative care / Franco A. Carnevale, Jacqueline van Wijlen, and Brian S. Carter ; Spirituality: the effects of another's pain and suffering on care providers / Darryl I. Owens and Hadley Kifner ; Assessing perinatal grief intensity in the palliative care setting / Marianne H. Hutti and Lela A. Baker ; Strategies to honor professional well-being in perinatal and neonatal care / Kathie Kobler.Digital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaleditors, Marlís González-Fernández, Stephen Schaaf ; associate editors, Jennifer M. Zumsteg, Danielle Perret, David J. Kennedy.Summary: "Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation is a broad field. As such, many focus their practice on specific areas within the specialty while on occasion seeing patients within the broader scope of the specialty. Also, maintaining board certification requires a breadth of knowledge that is often beyond the scope of our day-to-day practices. Handbook of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation is designed to serve as a real-time clinical manual for rehabilitation providers and trainees. The chapters are written in a concise, evidence-based, and clinically focused manner to provide a meaningful refresher for a practice topic. This can fill in knowledge gaps for subspecialized providers that need to remain up to date on general rehabilitation information, trainees who want an understanding of the specialty, and those wanting a quick refresher in the process of maintenance of certification. We anticipate this clinical quick-reference format will be incredibly useful for all rehabilitation providers and trainees"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Cover
Title
Copyright
Contents
Contributors
Preface
Section 1: Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Management by Diagnosis
Chapter 1: Amputation and Prosthetics
Core Definitions
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
References
Chapter 2: Brain Tumors
Core Definitions
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
Complications
Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
Basic Order Sets
Resources
References
Chapter 3: Cancer Rehabilitation
Core Definitions
Etiology and Pathophysiology Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
References
Chapter 4: Cerebral Palsy
Core Definition
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
List of Comorbidities of Cerebral Palsy
Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
Basic Order Sets
Resources
References
Chapter 5: Cardiac Rehabilitation
Core Definitions
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
Basic Order Set
Resources
References
Chapter 6: Lymphedema
Core Definitions
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach Treatment
Associated Impairments and Complications
Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
Resources
References
Chapter 7: Motor Neuron Disease
Core Definitions
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
Basic Order Set
Resources
References
Chapter 8: Multiple Sclerosis
Core Definitions
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
Basic Order Sets
Resources
References
Chapter 9: Osteoporosis and Metabolic Bone Disease
Core Definition Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
Associated Impairments and Complications
Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
Basic Order Sets
Resources
References
Chapter 10: Parkinson's Disease
Core Definition
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
Associated Impairments and Complications
Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
Basic Order Sets
Resources
References
Chapter 11: Spina Bifida
Core Definitions
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
Functional Prognosis and Outcomes Basic Order Sets
Resources
References
Chapter 12: Spinal Cord Injury
Core Definitions
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
Associated Impairments and Complications
Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
Resources
References
Chapter 13: Stroke
Core Definitions
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Diagnostic Approach
Treatment
Associated Impairments and Complications
Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
Basic Order Sets
Resources
References
Chapter 14: Transplant
Core Definitions
Etiology and PathophysiologyDigital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2022Limited to 3 simultaneous users - DigitalLewis S. Nelson, Michael J. Balick.Summary: This third edition of the Handbook of Poisonous and Injurious Plants is created to assist the clinician in the initial response to the needs of a child or adult exposed to a poisonous or injurious plant. It lists common plants that might lead to the development of the symptom complex and describes the mechanisms of action of the implicated toxin, additional clinical manifestations, and specific therapeutics for each presentation. This truly comprehensive resource is botanically rigorous and complete with insights from both pharmacognosy and clinical medicine. With its thorough references and full-color photos of hundreds of potentially toxic and injurious plants inside and outside the home, anyone who has an interest in plants will find this book useful outside in the garden or out in the wild. This book will be of interest to botanists, horticulturists, and naturalists as well as hikers, gardeners, and all those who simply enjoy the wonders of nature and the great outdoors.
Contents:
Foreword
Acknowledgements
Introduction
Authors' Note
Section 1. Botanical Nomenclature and Glossary of Botanical Terms
Botanical Nomenclature
Glossary of Botanical Terms
Section 2. Poisons, Poisoning Syndromes, and Their Clinical Management
Section 3. Plant-Induced Dermatitis
Section 4. Gastrointestinal Decontamination
Section 5. Individual Plants
Photographers' Credits
Index. - DigitalFan Lin, Jeffrey Prichard, editors.Summary: In a conceptually current, quick-reference, Question & Answer format, the second edition of Handbook of Practical Immunohistochemistry: Frequently Asked Questions continues to provide a comprehensive and yet concise state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of immunohistochemistry. With links to the authors Immunohistochemical Laboratory website, this volume creates a current and up-to-date information system on immunohistochemistry. This includes access to tissue microarrays (TMA) of over 10,000 tumors and normal tissue to validate common diagnostic panels and provide the best reproducible data for diagnostic purposes. ℗ℓ Fully revised and updated from the first edition, the new features of the second edition include over 200 additional questions or revised questions with an IHC panel to answer each question; over 250 new color photos and illustrations; over 20 new useful biomarkers; hundreds of new references; several new chapters to cover phosphoproteins, rabbit monoclonal antibodies, multiplex IHC stains, overview of predictive biomarkers, and integration of IHC into molecular pathology; many new coauthors who are international experts in a related field; many updated IHC panels using Geisinger IHC data collected from over 10,000 tumors and normal tissues; and updated appendices containing detailed antibody information for both manual and automated staining procedures. ℗ℓ Comprehensive yet practical and concise, the Handbook of Practical Immunohistochemistry: Frequently Asked Questions, Second Edition will be of great value for surgical pathologists, pathology residents and fellows, cytopathologists, and cytotechnologists.
Contents:
Immunohistochemistry Quality Management and Regulation
Standardization of Diagnostic Immunohistochemistry
Automated Immunohistochemistry Overview
Geisinger Immunohistochemical Antibodies and Staining Protocols
Immunohistochemistry: A Dako Perspective
Immunohistochemistry: Ventana Perspective
Rabbit Monoclonal Antibodies
Detection of Phosphoproteins and Cancer Pathways
Overview of Predictive Biomarkers and Integration of IHC into Molecular Pathology
Tissue Microarray
Unknown Primary/Undifferentiated Neoplasm
Exfoliative Cytology and Effusions
Breast
Predictive Biomarkers in Breast Cancer: ER, PR and Her-2/neu
Central Nerve System
Thyroid, Parathyroid and Adrenal Glands
Salivary Glands and Head and Neck
Pleuropulmonary and Mediastinal Neoplasms
Uterus
Ovary
Prostate Gland
Urinary Bladder and Urachus
Kidney
Testis and Paratesticular Tissues
Pancreas and Ampulla
Liver, Bile Ducts and Gallbladder
Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
Lower Gastrointestinal Tract
Soft Tissue and Bone Tumors. Lymph Node
Bone Marrow
Infectious Diseases
Skin
Application of Direct Immunofluorescence for Skin and Mucosal Biopsies: A Practical Review
Application of Fluorescent in Situ Hybridization (FISH) in Surgical and Cytologic Specimens (Solid Tumors, Hematopoietic Tumors, Urine, Bile Duct Brushing and Bronchoscopy). - DigitalFan Lin, Jeffrey W. Prichard, Haiyan Liu, Myra L. Wilkerson, editors.Summary: As in the second edition, the third edition of Handbook of Practical Immunohistochemistry Frequently Asked Questions is written in a question and answer (Q & A) format and intended to be a practical, user-friendly, quick reference for information related to using the most up-to-date immunohistochemistry and in situ hybridization in clinical diagnosis. The new edition demonstrates a significant revision and improvement over the second edition. Five new chapters have been added that cover the following: 1) Immunohistochemistry: Leicas perspective; 2) Immunohistochemistry: Maixin perspective; 3) RNA in situ hybridization: Applications in anatomic pathology; 4) Applications of rapid immunohistochemistry on frozen tissue sections during intraoperative pathologic diagnosis; and 5) Cutaneous lymphomas. In addition to extensive additions and changes, over 150 new questions and answers were added throughout this new edition. All chapters have been updated to include relevant new questions, new markers, more refined IHC panels, representative pictures, and current references. An extensive set of high-quality color pictures and diagnostic algorithms, if available, is included in each chapter to illustrate some of the key antibodies, including many recently discovered and substantiated antibodies used in that chapter. Written by experts in the field, Handbook of Practical Immunohistochemistry Third Edition is a comprehensive and practical guide for surgical pathologists, pathology residents and fellows, cytopathologists, and cytotechnologists.
Contents:
1. Immunohistochemistry Quality Management And Regulation
2. Standardization of Diagnostic Immunohistochemistry
3. Automated Immunohistochemistry Overview
4. Immunohistochemistry: An Agilent Perspective
5. The Leica Biosystems Perspective : From excision to imaging every step is critical
6. Immunohistochemistry: Maixin Perspective
7. Immunohistochemistry: Roche Tissue Diagnostics Perspective
8. Applications Of Rapid Immunohistochemistry On Frozen Tissue Sections During Intraoperative Pathological Diagnoses
9. RNA In Situ Hybridization: Applications in Anatomic Pathology
10. Overview of Immunohistochemistry Assessment of Cancer-Related Predictive Biomarkers and Common Genetic Alterations
11. Tissue Microarray
12. Unknown Primary/Undifferentiated Neoplasm
13. Exfoliative Cytology And Effusions
14. Breast
15. Predictive Biomarkers In Breast Cancer: ER, PR And HER-2/NEU
16. Central Nerve System
17. Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Adrenal glands
18. Salivary Glands and Head and Neck
19. Pleuropulmonary And Mediastinal Neoplasms
20. Uterus
21. Ovary
22. Prostate Gland
23. Urinary Bladder And Urachus
24. Kidney
25. Testis And Paratesticular Tissues
26. Pancreas And Ampulla
27. Liver, Bile Ducts And GallBladder
28. Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
29. Lower Gastrointestinal Tract And Microsatellite Instability (MSI)
30. Soft Tissue and Bone Tumors
31. Lymph Node
32. Bone Marrow
33. Cutaneous Lymphomas
34. Infectious diseases
35. Skin
36. Application of Direct Immunofluorescence for Skin and Mucosal Biopsies: A Practical Review
37. Application Of Fluorescent In Situ Hybridization (FISH) In Surgical And Cytologic Specimens (Solid Tumors, Hematopoietic Tumors, Urine, Bile Duct Brushing And Bronchoscopy). - Digitaledited by Steven Walfish, Jeffrey E. Barnett and Jeffrey Zimmerman.Contents:
Beginning in practice
Is private practice for you? Key information and considerations for success
Models of private practice : which practice is best?
Startup finances
Insurance needs of the private practitioner
Typical forms used in a private practice
Recordkeeping in private practice
Measuring clinical progress with the OQ-45 in a private setting
Entrepreneurship basics for practitioners
Envisioning your ideal practice
Developing a business plan
Managing your practice
Considerations in acquiring office space
Psychotherapy office designs that support treatment objectives
Technology considerations in running a private practice
Issues in hiring and supervising professional staff and support personnel
Basic bookkeeping and accounting for the private practitioner
Practice management consultants
The role of a certified public accountant in planning, structuring, and running a private practice
The role of the attorney in a private practice
Financial planning for the private practitioner
Mentorship in the life and work of the private practitioner
The business of practice
Fees and financial arrangements in private practice
Effective billing and collecting
The basics of managed care and its impact on private practice
Opportunities and challenges of Medicare
Optimizing customer service in private practice
Growing a practice
Issues in developing and joining a group practice
The basics of marketing applied to private practice
The use of media in marketing a private practice
The use of social media in marketing a practice
How to promote your practice through community presentations. Collaboration
Collaborating with healthcare professionals
Collaborating with legal professionals
Collaborating with the educational community
Consulting psychology in the business world
Ethics and legal issues
Common ethical transgressions by private practitioners
Ethics issues regarding supervision and consultation in private practice
Malpractice issues for the private practitioner
HIPAA 101 for the private practitioner
Ethical and legal aspects of the practice of teletherapy
Dealing with third parties : legal and ethical considerations
Managing high-risk suicidal clients in private practice
Issues in planned and unplanned disruptions in clinical practice
Considerations in closing in private practice
Special issues
The private practitioner and family issues
Sustaining self-care and thriving as a private practitioner
Stalking and online harassment of the private practitioner
Continuing education and lifelong learning strategies
How social policy impacts private practice
Assessment and evaluation services
Child custody evaluations
Personal injury evaluations
Presurgical bariatric evaluations
Evaluations for testing accommodations for adolescents and adults with specific learning disorders or attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
Assessment of egg and sperm donors
Psychotherapy services
Counseling women with breast cancer
Treating anxiety disorders
Treating obsessive-compulsive and related disorders
Cognitive-behavioral therapy for hoarding disorder
Treating trauma and abuse
Intensive outpatient treatment for eating disorders
Assessment and treatment of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
Counseling clients with Asperger's
Counseling deaf and hard-of-hearing clients
Counseling clients with borderline personality disorder
Psychotherapy with college students
Beyond lesbian and gay : a private practice for bisexual, transgender, polyamorous, and kinky clients
Interracial couples therapy
Psychotherapy with interfaith couples
Other services
Developing a sport psychology practice
Social skills (social competence) training for children and adolescents
Behavioral sleep medicine
Collaborative divorce
Co-parenting
Treating chronic physical illness
Dating skills coaching and psychotherapy.Digital Access Oxford [2017] - DigitalRichard Warren, Alan Menter [editors].Summary: This concise handbook looks at psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis as separate but often related conditions, focusing on a background around the indications, such as disease overview and epidemiology; going on to look at the etiology and immunopathogenesis of each indication; looking at the clinical presentation and diagnosis; before focusing on the current and emerging treatment options, including a brief section on the issues of quality of life and comorbidities associated with these indications.
Contents:
Introduction
Pathogenesis of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis
Clinical presentation of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis
Diagnosis and evaluation of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis
Treatment of psoriasis
Treatment of psoriatic arthritis
Quality of life in psoriasis. - DigitalRobert Hudak, Jessica M. Gannon.Summary: Primary care physicians are the largest prescribers of psychiatric medications in the US, and they provide the bulk of psychiatric diagnoses and treatment, especially in traditionally underserved areas. However, since psychiatric training in medical school and residency is often brief, many primary care physicians do not feel confident in treating psychiatric disorders. This book is designed to provide primary care physicians the tools to successfully diagnose and treat psychiatric disorders. Each chapter of this book is devoted to a different, major psychiatric disorder. The chapters are similar in their format for ease of use. Clinical descriptions of each disorder are included, as well as tools to help make a proper diagnosis. Appropriate treatment(s) for the diagnoses are reviewed in a stepwise fashion, targeted towards the non-psychiatric physician. Chapters also contain information on medical tests that may be appropriate to order to rule out medical conditions, as well as details on proper routine health screening for individuals on specific medications and/or mental health diagnoses. Written by experts in the field, Handbook of Psychiatric Disorders in Adults in the Primary Care Setting is a valuable resource to aid in the proper assessment and treatment of psychiatric disorders for the physicians who are most likely to see and treat patients with mental health disorders. Unlike psychiatric textbook that contain extensive, specialized information, this handbook contains high yield material for the busy primary care physician.
Contents:
Major Depressive Disorder
Excessive Anxiety
Bipolar Disorder
Schizophrenia for Primary Care
OCD Chapter
Obsessive Compulsive and Related Disorders
Post Traumatic Stress Disorder
ADHD in the Primary Care Setting
Eating Disorders in the Medical Setting
Autism in the Primary Care Setting. - DigitalMohammad Jafferany.Summary: This book provides valuable information to increase confidence in proper, effective management of patients with psychodermatolic conditions. Patients with psychocutaneous disease may present to multiple professionals to seek care. The multidimensional nature of the conditions can lead to specialists being fearful of how to properly manage patients. With the information provided in this book, healthcare providers can increase their comfort and become less hesitant when making decisions determining the proper treatment course and assessing the need for referral. Due to the cross-disciplinary nature of this topic, this book will have a large target audience: Healthcare providers from multiple diverse fields such as, but not limited to, family medicine, dermatology, and psychiatry. Dermatologists, Psychiatrists, general practitioners, dermatology and psychiatry residents, physician’s assistants, nurses, psychologists, and medical students with exposure to patients with psychocutaneous conditions and/or a special interest in the field may also benefit from the presented material. Professors, educators, and researchers with an interest in psychodermatology or interdisciplinary medicine The Handbook of Psychodermatology will be a powerful resource as an aid in creating coursework material for undergraduate medical students specifically for psychiatry and/or dermatology lectures. In addition, it will be useful to graduate medical education teams creating curriculums for incoming residents in psychiatry, dermatology, family medicine, and pediatrics.
Contents:
The role of Stress and psychoneuroimmunological interactions in development of skin disease
Classification of psychodermatological disorders
Common psychopathologies in psychodermatological disorders
Psychophysiological disorders
Primary Psychiatric disorders
Secondary Psychiatric disorders
Cutaneous Sensory syndromes
Psychogenic Pruritus
Trichopsychodermatology (Psychiatric Aspects of hair disease)
Skin Picking disorder (Excoriation disorder)
Delusional infestation (parasitosis)
Body Dysmorphic disorder
Trichotillomania (Hair Pulling disorder)
Factitious skin disorders (Dermatitis artefacta)
Psychopharmacology in skin disorders. - Digitaledited by Mark E. Maruish.Contents:
pt. I. General considerations
pt. II. Psychological assessment instruments and procedures
pt. III. Examples of integrated healthcare programs. Part I. General Considerations
ch. 1. Introduction / Mark E. Maruish
ch. 2. The history of fragmentation and the promise of integration: a primer on behavioral health and primary care / Benjamin F. Miller and Samuel H. Hubley
ch. 3. Uses of psychological assessment in primary care settings / John H. Porcerelli and John R. Jones
ch. 4. Necessary training for psychologists working in primary care settings / Jeffrey L. Goodie, Catherine M. Ware, and Christopher L. Hunter
ch. 5. Selection of psychological measures and associated administration, scoring, and reporting technology for use in primary care settings / Mark E. Maruish
ch. 6. Screening for psychiatric disorders in primary care settings / Leonard R. Deogatis
ch. 7. Clinical and program monitoring and outcomes assessment for behavioral health in primary care / Kent A. Corso. Part II. Psychological assessment instruments and procedures
ch. 8. The clinical interview in integrated primary care / Alexa J. Connell and Amber Hewitt
ch. 9. Screening for Depression / Paula Rhode Brantley and Phillip J. Brantley
ch. 10. Geriatric depression scale / Elizabeth A. DiNapoli and Forrest Scogin
ch. 11. Assessment of suicidal risk / Julia A. Harris, Erika M. Roberge, Kent D. Hinkson Jr, and Craig J. Bryan
ch. 12. Assessment of anxiety in primary care / Amber A. Martinson, Julia R. Craner, and Renn U. Sweeney
ch. 13. Assessment of stress / Phillip J. Brantley and Paula Rhode Brantley
ch. 14. Screening for cognitive impairment / Michael D. Franzen
ch. 15. Substance abuse screening and assessment in primary care settings / Santina Wheat, Candice Norcott, and Mary R. Talen
ch. 16. Assessment of pain in primary care settings / Robert J. Gatchel, Richard C. Robinson, Andrew R. Block, and Natalie N. Benedetto
ch. 17. Posttraumatic stress disorder in integrated primary care: strategies for effective implementation of screening and assessment / Jonathan P. Mother and Yajaira Johnson-Esparza
ch. 18. Assessment of sleep disorders in primary care / Skye Ochsner Margolies, Bruce D. Rybarczyk, Allison Baylor, and Sarah Griffin
ch. 19. Assessment of eating behavior in primary care / Karen E. Stewart, Autumn Lanoye, Laura Milliken, and Vanessa Milsom
ch. 20. Assessment of health status and health-related quality of life / Mark E. Maruish
ch. 21. Assessment of disease impact / Martha S. Bayliss, Mark Kosinski, and Jacob B. Bjorner
ch. 22. Symptom checklist-90-revised, brief symptom inventory, and BSI-18 / Leonard R. Derogatis
ch. 23. Using the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory-2-Restructured Form (MMPI-2-RF) in behavioral medicine settings / Ryan J. Marek and Yossef S. Ben-Porath. Part III. Examples of integrated healthcare programs
ch. 24. Improving care for a primary care population: persistent pain as an example / Patricia J. Robinson and David Bauman
ch. 25. Psychological assessment in the Veterans Health Administration (VHA) model of integrated primary care / Lisa K. Kearny, Laura O. Wray, Katherine M. Dollar, and Andrew S. Pomerantz
ch. 26. The Virginia Commonwealth University primary care psychology training network / Bruce D. Rybarczyk, Karen E. Stewart, Paul B. Perrin, and Zachary Radcliff
ch. 27. Implementation of the primary care behavioral health model at a federally qualified health center / Neftali Serrano, Meghan Fondow, and Elizabeth Zeidler Schreiter.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Digitaledited by Nathan D. Ainspan, Craig Bryan, and Walter Erich Penk.Contents:
Section 1. Military culture and populations
Demographics and characteristics of the US military and veteran populations
Military rules and regulations
Unique challenges of national guard and reserve service members
Roles and challenges of women in the military
Lesbian, gay, and bisexual service members
Transgender service members and veterans
Creating a respectful, welcoming clinical environment for lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender veterans
Section 2. Assessing and treating psychiatric disorders
Posttraumatic stress disorder
Psychological rehabilitation strategies for social and occupational functioning associated with posttraumatic stress disorder
Depression, anxiety, and other disorders
Sleep disturbances
Psychosocial interventions for traumatic brain injury
Substance use disorders among veterans
Section 3. Clinical issues
Suicidal behaviors among military personnel and veterans
Nightmares
Aggression and anger in veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder
Treating injury and chronic pain in military and veteran populations
Section 4. Psychosocial interventions
Money management for returning service members and veterans
Educational and employment opportunities for veterans
Facilitating recovery from moral and spiritual injuries
Facilitating growth after trauma : cognitive and interpersonal considerations
Section 5. Military families
Unique challenges facing military families
Parenting issues in military and veteran families
Helping the child cope with injury to the parent
Helping military children cope with the death of a parent
Couple therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder
Section 6. Clinical practices and administrative issues
Providing service under TRICARE
Working with the US Department of Veteran Affairs and other medical personnel
Telemedicine in delivering care
Judicious reliance on psychotropic medications
Ethics guiding psychosocial rehabilitation
Addressing mental health stigma.Digital Access Oxford 2015 - DigitalJavier Martinez, Claudia Andrea Mikkelsen, Rhonda Phillips, editors.Summary: This handbook provides the latest research related to quality of life and sustainability, taking into account social, economic, environmental, and political/governance aspects as well as specific socio-spatial contexts. The volume includes contributions from established and upcoming scholars from various disciplines and geographical contexts (Global South and North). The varying cultural and socio-spatial contexts of the authors in the selected cases contribute to first-hand knowledge on the realities of sustainability issues affecting the quality of life. The authors apply a wide diversity of methods and tools, which facilitates a unique understanding of the interlinkages between quality of life and sustainability. The chapters are grouped in three main sections: concepts and foundations; tools, techniques, and applications; and innovations. The authors provide their own view and theoretical approximation of the dimensions of sustainability, in particular on how these dimensions play out in relation to quality of life. The combination of sustainability and quality of life concepts and perspectives is particularly important in unravelling the multi-faceted nature of human, urban, rural/spatial development.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction. Quality of Life and Sustainability, Socio-Spatial and Multidisciplinary Perspectives (Javier Martinez, Claudia Andrea Mikkelsen and Rhonda Phillips)
Part I: Foundations and Concepts (Theory, Conceptions of Sustainability and Quality of Life, Socio-Spatial Aspects)
Chapter 2. Tenure Responsive Land-Use Planning as a Tool for Improving Quality of Life: The Perspective of Sub-Saharan Africa (Uchendu Eugene Chigbu)
Chapter 3. Guidelines for Healthier Public Spaces for the Elderly Population: Recommendations in the Spanish Context (Ester Higueras Garcia, Emilia Román and José Fariña)
Chapter 4. A Multi-Perspective Discourse on the Sustainability of Water and Sanitation Service Co-Production in Global South Cities (Giuseppe Faldi, Federica Natalia Rosati, Luisa Moretto and Jacques Teller)
Chapter 5. Rwanda: Planned Reconstruction for Social Quality (Pamela Abbott, Roger Sapsford and Claire Wallace)
Chapter 6. A Theoretical Reflection Based on Children's Opinions about their Safety to Rethink Different Dimensions of Sustainability in Cities (Damián Molgaray)
Chapter 7. The Nexus of the UN Sustainable Development Goals and their Link to Quality of Life: A Case of Urbanization in Ethiopia and India (Andrea Höltl, Tania Berger, Romana Bates, Meseret Kassie Desta, Ainsley Lewis, Daniel Semunugus and Hussain Indorewala)
Chapter 8. Multiple Perspectives on the Meaning and Effects of Resiliency (Stephen Buckman and Andrew Kim)
Part II: Tools, Techniques, and Applications (Case Studies and Methodologies)
Chapter 9. Are Expanded Resilience Capacities Associated with Better Quality-Of-Life Outcomes? Evidence from Poor Households Grappling with Climate Change in Bangladesh, Chad, India and Nepal (Boudewijn Weijermars, Caroline Hodges and Patrick Guyer)
Chapter 10. Sustainable Latin American Cities? Evaluation of the Sustainability of the City of Puebla (Mexico) Using Indicators (Laura Zulaica, Emilia Lara Galindo and Ángel David Flores Domínguez)
Chapter 11. Quality of life, Sustainability and Transport: The Case of Melbourne, Australia (Robin Goodman, Annette Kroen and Melanie Davern)
Chapter 12. Territorial Equity Measurement in Buenos Aires Province (Argentina) (Alejandra Auer; Claudia Mikkelsen and Sofia Ares)
Chapter 13. Protecting Quality of Life: Protected Needs as a Point of Reference for Perceived Ethical Obligation (Switzerland) (Rico Defila and Antonietta Di Giulio)
Chapter 14. Geography and Quality of Life in Argentine Regions: Socioeconomic and Environmental Inequalities (Guillermo Ángel Velázquez and Juan Pablo Celemín)
Chapter 15. A City for Whom? Marginalization and The Production of Space in Contemporary (India) (Chloe Pottinger Glass & Karin Pfeffer)
Chapter 16. Risk Management of Groundwater Pollution, Sustainability and Quality of Life: The Gap Between Theory and Practice in an Intermediate City of the Global South (Mar Del Plata, Argentina) (Agustina Barilari, Gabriela Calderón & Hector Massone)
Chapter 17. Exploring the Association between Health Disparities and Neighborhood Characteristics: The Case of Diabetes Mortality in DeKalb and Fulton Counties, Georgia (Deden Rukmana)
Chapter 18. Quality of Life in Relation to Urban Areas and Sustainability. Application Case: City of La Plata, Buenos Aires, Argentina (Carlos Discoli, Irene Martini & Dante Barbero)
Chapter 19. Social Sustainability, Neighbourhood Cohesion and Quality of Life: A Tale of Two Suburbs in Calgary (Sasha Tsenkova and Karim Youssef)
Chapter 20. Rural Smart Shrinkage and Perceptions of Quality of Life in the American Midwest (Kimberly E. Zarecor, David J. Peters & Sara Hamideh)
Chapter 21. Ecosystem Services of Ecological Infrastructure and Quality of Life: Contributions to the Analysis of the Sustainability of the Urban and Peri-Urban Area of Mar Del Plata, Argentina (Camila Magalí Mujica & Clara María Karis)
Part III: Innovations
Chapter 22. An Innovative Practice of Social Sustainability: The Fight for a New Housing Legal Framework in Spain (Eva Álvarez de Andrés)
Chapter 23. Cities Rethinking Smart-Oriented Pathways for Urban Sustainability (Mauro Romanelli)
Chapter 24. Public Useable Space as a Catalyst for Quality of Life Improvement
The Case of Cape Town-Social Farming Projects (Astrid Ley, Kurt Ackermann, Silvia Beretta, Sigrid Busch, Jan Dieterle, Manal M.F. El-Shahat, Ain Shams University, Jilan Hosni, Franziska Laue, Yassine Moustanjidi &Veronika Stützel)
Chapter 25. The Potentials and Risks of Wadis in Cities in the Gulf Region (Wolfgang Scholz, Mathias Kaiser & Matthias Pallasch)
Chapter 26. The Crossroads on the Path to Sustainability while Aspiring for a Better Quality of Life: A Case of Delhi (Bibhu Kalyan Nayak & Pushkala Rajan)
Chapter 27. Urban Linkages: a Methodological Framework for Improving Resilience in Peripheral Areas. The Case of Arequipa, Peru (Carlos Zeballos-Velarde). - DigitalAngelos P. Kassianos, editor.Summary: Quality of life is an important outcome when treating a cancer patient. Research is vast on the role of quality of life on patients' general wellbeing, responsiveness to treatment, and even mortality. On the other hand, there are several methodological considerations when planning to measure and assess quality of life in cancer patients. This handbook--with authorship that is diverse in terms of perspectives, countries, and fields--aims to fill a gap in the available literature and responds to a number of questions in its 26 chapters: What is quality of life and health-related quality of life and why are they important? How is quality of life assessed? What are the theoretical and methodological considerations when using quality of life outcomes in cancer research? How is quality of life useful in routine clinical care? How is quality of life impacting different cancer populations in terms of site of the cancer, age, gender, and context? Handbook of Quality of Life in Cancer is a learning and consulting tool that can be used by a diverse audience. It is an essential resource for researchers who wish to use quality of life assessment tools in clinical trials or other types of studies; clinicians who want to develop their understanding of how they can utilize quality of life and how it is important for the patients they care for; and commissioners who wish to see why quality of life may impact population health and health system costs. Students in diverse fields of study (medicine, nursing, psychology, social work, medical sociology, population health, epidemiology, and medical statistics, among others) also would benefit from using the handbook for their studies and for their continuing professional development.
- Digitaledited by Jay P. Singh, Daryl G. Kroner, J. Stephen Wormith, Sarah L. Desmarais, and Zachary Hamilton.Contents:
Recidivism risk assessment in the 21st century / John Monahan
Performance of recidivism risk assessment instruments in correctional settings / Sarah L. Desmarais
Risk/needs assessment in North America: the CAIS/JAIS approach to assessment / Chris Baird
Correctional offender management profiles for alternative sanctions (COMPAS) / Tim Brennan
The federal post-conviction risk assessment instrument: a tool for predicting recidivism for offenders on federal supervision / Thomas H. Cohen
The inventory of offender risks, needs, and strengths (IORNS) / Holly Miller
The level of service (LS) instruments / J. Stephen Wormith
The Ohio risk assessment system / Edward J. Latessa
Self-appraisal questionnaire (SAQ): a tool for assessing violent and non-violent recidivism / Wagdy Loza
Service planning instrument (SPIn) / Natalie J. Jones
The static risk offender needs guide-revised (STRONG-R) / Zachary Hamilton
Risk/needs assessment abroad: offender group reconviction scale / Philip Howard
Forensic operationalized therapy/risk evaluation system (FOTRES) / Leonel C. Gonalves
The RisCanvi: a new tool for assessing risk for violence in prison and recidivism / Antonio Andres-Pueyo
Risk assessment: where do we go from here? / Faye S. Taxman.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - Digital[edited by] Matthew M. Hanasono, Charles E. Butler.Summary: "Handbook of Reconstructive Flaps by Matthew Hanasono and Charles Butler reflects contributions from clinicians associated with the prestigious MD Anderson Cancer Center. The institution is internationally recognized as one of the world's premier reconstructive centers and renowned for its reconstructive microsurgery fellowship program. This unique resource provides a comprehensive review of microvascular surgery techniques using the most common reconstructive pedicle flaps, free flaps, perforator flaps, and workhorse flaps. Seven parts organized anatomically detail flaps used for the head/neck, chest, back, abdomen, pelvis, upper extremity, and lower extremity, followed by an eighth part on lymphedema. Each flap or procedure includes pertinent anatomy, indications for usage, preoperative considerations, a concise step-by-step description of the operative setup, the actual procedure, and donor site closure. Key Features A pearls and pitfalls section in each chapter outlines key concepts and critical nuances in surgical techniques or patient management More than 200 clear diagrams, line drawings, and illustrative surgical photos enhance the understanding of high impact points High-quality videos posted online elucidate flap techniques A section dedicated to the microsurgical treatment of lymphedema covers lymphovenous bypass and vascularized lymph node transfers This is an essential, user-friendly reference for plastic surgery residents, fellows and plastic surgeons in practice"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalAaron Miller, editor.Contents:
Multiple sclerosis: an overview
The pathophysiology and clinical presentation of multiple sclerosis
Assessment and diagnosis of relapsing multiple sclerosis
Treatment strategies in multiple sclerosis
Emerging therapies in multiple sclerosis
Symptom management in multiple sclerosis.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAlexander J. Howie.Summary: This illustrated handbook provides a short, clear, useful and interesting guide to the findings in renal biopsy specimens. Essential information needed for an understanding of renal disorders is given simply and concisely. The focus is on common conditions.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. General points about renal biopsy specimens
3. Technical handling of renal biopsy specimens
4.How to look at biopsy specimen: preliminary study
5. How to look at a renal biopsy specimen: initial study of the kidney
6. Indication for biopsy: nephrotic syndrome
7. Indications for biopsy: acute kidney injury
8. Indication for biopsy: chronic renal failure
9. Indication for biopsy: hematuria
10. Indication for biopsy: proteinuria
11. Indication for biopsy: renal allograft
12. Other indications for biopsy of kidneys. - Digital[edited by] Jay S. Duker, Nadia K. Waheed and Darin R. Goldman.Contents:
Scanning Principles
Basic Scan Patterns and OCT Output
OCT Interpretation
Artifacts on OCT
Normal Retinal Anatomy and Basic Pathologic Appearances
Basic Optic Nerve Scan Patterns and Output
Glaucoma
Optic Neuropathies and Papilledema
Congenital Optic Nerve Head Abnormalities
Dry Age-Related Macular Degeneration
Wet Age-Related Macular Degeneration
Posterior Staphyloma
Myopic Choroidal Neovascular Membrane
Myopic Macular Schisis
Dome-Shaped Macula
Myopic Tractional Retinal Detachment
Vitreomacular Adhesion and Vitreomacular Traction
Full-Thickness Macular Hole
Epiretinal Membrane
Postoperative Cystoid Macular Edema
Macular Telangiectasia
Uveitis
Central Serous Chorioretinopathy
Hydroxychloroquine Toxicity
Pattern Dystrophy
Oculocutaneous Albinism
Subretinal Perfluorocarbon
X-Linked Juvenile Retinoschisis
Non-Proliferative Diabetic Retinopathy
Diabetic Macular Edema
Proliferative Diabetic Retinopathy
Branch Retinal Vein Occlusion
Central Retinal Vein Occlusion
Branch Retinal Artery Occlusion
Central Retinal Artery Occlusion
Cilioretinal Artery Occlusion
Retinitis Pigmentosa
Cilioretinal Artery Occlusion
Retinitis Pigmentosa
Stargardt Disease
Best Disease
Cone Dystrophy
Multifocal Choroiditis
Birdshot Chorioretinopathy
Serpiginous Choroiditis
Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada Disease
Serpiginous Choroiditis
Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada Disease
Sympathetic Ophthalmia
Posterior Scleritis
Toxoplasmic Chorioretinitis
Tuberculosis
Acute Syphilitic Posterior Placoid Chorioretinitis
Candida Albicans Endogenous Endophthalmitis
Acute Retinal Necrosis Syndrome
Commotio Retinae
Choroidal Rupture and Subretinal Hemorrhage
Valsalva Retinopathy
Laser Injury (Photothermal and Photomechanical)
Retinal Light Toxicity (Photochemical)
Choroidal Nevus
Choroidal Melanoma
Choroidal Hemangioma
Retinal Capillary Hemangioma
Retinoblastoma
Metastatic Choroidal Tumor
Vitreoretinal Lymphoma
Retinal Detachment
Retinoschisis
Lattice Degeneration.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - Digitaledited by Jay S. Duker, Nadia K. Waheed, Darin R. Goldman.Summary: "Arguably the most important ancillary test available to ophthalmologists worldwide, optical coherence tomography (OCT) has revolutionized the field, and now includes angiographic evaluations (OCTA) that provide vascular flow data without eye injection. Handbook of Retinal OCT is an easy-to-use, high-yield guide to both OCT and OCTA imaging for practitioners at any stage of their career. Highly templated, concise, and portable, this revised edition helps you master the latest imaging methods used to evaluate retinal disease, uveitis, and optic nerve disorders"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Scanning principles
Basic scan patterns and OCT output
OCT interpretation
Artifacts on SD-OCT and OCTA
Normal retinal anatomy and basic pathologic appearances
Basic optic nerve scan patterns and output
Dry age-related macular degeneration
Wet age-related macular degeneration
Posterior staphyloma
Myopic choroidal neovascular membrane
Myopic macular schisis
Dome-shaped macula
Myopic tractional retinal detachment
Pachychoroid syndromes
Vitreomacular adhesion and vitreomacular traction
Full-thickness macular hole
Lamellar macular hole
Epiretinal membrane
Postoperative cystoid macular edema
Macular telangiectasia
Uveitis
Central serous chorioretinopathy
Hydroxychloroquine toxicity
Pattern dystrophy
Oculocutaneous albinism
Subretinal perfluorocarbon
X-linked juvenile retinoschisis
Non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy
Non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy with macular edema
Proliferative diabetic retinopathy
Branch retinal vein obstruction
Central retinal vein obstruction
Branch retinal artery obstruction
Central retinal artery obstruction
Cilioretinal artery obstruction
Paracentral acute middle maculopathy
Retinitis pigmentosa
Stargardt disease
Best disease
Cone dystrophy
Multifocal choroiditis
Birdshot chorioretinopathy
Serpiginous choroiditis
Vogt–Koyanagi–Harada disease
Sympathetic ophthalmia
Posterior scleritis
Toxoplasma chorioretinitis
Tuberculosis
Acute syphilitic posterior placoid chorioretinitis
Candida albicans endogenous endophthalmitis
Acute retinal necrosis syndrome
Commotio retinae
Choroidal rupture and subretinal hemorrhage
Valsalva retinopathy
Laser injury (photothermal and photomechanical)
Solar maculopathy
Choroidal nevus
Choroidal melanoma
Choroidal hemangioma
Retinal capillary hemangioma
Retinoblastoma
Metastatic choroidal tumor
Vitreoretinal lymphoma
Primary uveal lymphoma
Retinal detachment
Retinoschisis
Peripheral lattice degeneration.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Mohammad H. Abedin-Nasab.Summary: "[This book] provides state-of-the-art systems and methods for robotic and computer-assisted surgeries. In this masterpiece, contributions of 169 researchers from 19 countries have been gathered to provide 38 chapters. This handbook is 744 pages, includes 659 figures and 61 videos. It also provides basic medical knowledge for engineers and basic engineering principles for surgeons. A key strength of this text is the fusion of engineering, radiology, and surgical principles into one book."--Website publisher
Contents:
1
Senhance Surgical System: Robotic-Assisted Digital Laparoscopy for Abdominal, Pelvic, and Thoracoscopic Procedures
2
A Technical Overview of the CyberKnife System
3
The da Vinci Surgical System
4
The FreeHand System
5
Solo Surgery With VIKY: Safe, Simple, and Low-Cost Robotic Surgery
6
Clinical Application of Soloassist, a Joystick-Guided Robotic Scope Holder, in General Surgery
7
The Sina Robotic Telesurgery System
8
STRAS: A Modular and Flexible Telemanipulated Robotic Device for Intraluminal Surgery
9
Implementation of Novel Robotic Systems in Colorectal Surgery
10
The Use of Robotics in Colorectal Surgery
11
Robotic Radical Prostatectomy for Prostate Cancer: Natural Evolution of Surgery for Prostate Cancer?
12
Robotic Liver Surgery: Shortcomings of the Status Quo
13
Clinical Applications of Robotics in General Surgery
14
Enhanced Vision to Improve Safety in Robotic Surgery
15
Haptics in Surgical Robots
16
S-Surge: A Portable Surgical Robot Based on a Novel Mechanism With Force-Sensing Capability for Robotic Surgery
17
Center for Advanced Surgical and Interventional Technology Multimodal Haptic Feedback for Robotic Surgery
18
Applications of Flexible Robots in Endoscopic Surgery
19
Smart Composites and Hybrid Soft-Foldable Technologies for Minimally Invasive Surgical Robots
20
Robotic-Assisted Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
21
Image-Guided Motion Compensation for Robotic-Assisted Beating Heart Surgery
22
Sunram 5: A Magnetic Resonance-Safe Robotic System for Breast Biopsy, Driven by Pneumatic Stepper Motors
23
New Advances in Robotic Surgery in Hip and Knee Replacement
24
Intellijoint HIP: A 3D Minioptical, Patient-Mounted, Sterile Field Localization System for Orthopedic Procedures
25
More Than 20 Years Navigation of Knee Surgery With the Orthopilot Device
26
NAVIO Surgical System--Handheld Robotics
27
Development of an Active Soft-Tissue Balancing System for Robotic-Assisted Total Knee Arthroplasty
28
Unicompartmental Knee Replacement Utilizing Robotics
29
Robotic and Image-Guided Knee Arthroscopy
30
Robossis: Orthopedic Surgical Robot
31
EOS Imaging: Low-Dose Imaging and Three-Dimensional Value Along the Entire Patient Care Pathway for Spine and Lower Limb Pathologies
32
Machine-Vision Image-Guided Surgery for Spinal and Cranial Procedures
33
Three-Dimensional Image-Guided Techniques for Minimally Invasive Surgery
34
Prospective Techniques for Magnetic Resonance Imaging-Guided Robot-Assisted Stereotactic Neurosurgery
35
RONNA G4--Robotic Neuronavigation: A Novel Robotic Navigation Device for Stereotactic Neurosurgery
36
Robotic Retinal Surgery
37
Ventilation Tube Applicator: A Revolutionary Office-Based Solution for the Treatment of Otitis Media With Effusion
38
ACTORS: Adaptive and Compliant Transoral Robotic Surgery With Flexible Manipulators and Intelligent GuidanceDigital Access ClinicalKey [2020] - DigitalTimothy A. Carey, Judith Gullifer, editors.Summary: This Handbook outlines in detail the features and challenges of rural and remote mental health service delivery and pragmatic considerations to address these, to ensure people in less populated areas receive an equivalent quality of service to their city-dwelling counterparts. The scope of the book includes general descriptions of the rural and remote context as well as the professional and ethical considerations involved in working in these areas. The book includes information specific to the professions that contribute to effective and efficient mental health services, as well as addressing specific areas of practice that warrant focused attention because of their importance. In order to cover the field comprehensively, the Handbook has four sections. The first section deals with the general context of rural and remote practice including a description of the general features of the setting and the importance of attention to ethical and professional standards. The second section of the Handbook describes different ways of working in rural and remote contexts. Rural and remote contexts provide many opportunities for innovation and creativity but it is imperative that novel approaches do not compromise the quality and integrity of the service. The third section covers individual professions in detail and the fourth section focuses specifically on particular areas of practice that present challenges for rural and remote areas. Academics will find this Handbook a valuable evidence-based resource to enhance their teaching of undergraduate and postgraduate mental health students. Practitioners will find this book an important reference guide to enrich and broaden their rural and remote experiences. They will be informed of the latest research evidence and will be provided with practical advice and strategies to promote advanced clinical practice in this challenging context. .
Contents:
Section One The Context of Rural and Remote Mental Health
1. Rural and Remote Mental Health
2. The Social Determinants and Rural and Remote Mental Health
3. The Importance of Culture to Rural and Remote Mental Health
4. Indigenous Mental Health in Remote Communities
5. Mental Health Research and Evaluation in Rural and Remote Settings
6. Ethical and Professional Considerations
Section Two Professional Practice in Rural and Remote Mental Health
7. Primary Care in Rural and Remote Contexts
8. The Visiting Workforce
9. Telemental Health in Rural and Remote Contexts
10. Working Transdiagnostically from a Patient-Led Perspective
11. Multidisciplinary Teams in Rural and Remote Mental Health
Section Three The Role of Different Professions in Rural and Remote Mental Health Practice
12. Psychiatry
13. Mental Health Nursing
14. Psychology
15. Social Work
16. Occupational Therapists
17. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Professionals
18. Self-Care for Mental Health Professionals in Rural and Remote Contexts
Section Four Important Areas of Practice in Rural and Remote Mental Health
19. uicide and Self-Harm
20. Alcohol and Other Drugs
21. The Safe Use of Pharmacotherapy
22. Working in Schools
23. Social and Emotional Wellbeing
24. Working with Families
25. Supporting communities (rural financial counsellors, community groups, etc)
26. The Future of Rural and Remote Mental Health. - DigitalMaurice B. Mittelmark, Shifra Sagy, Monica Eriksson, Georg F. Bauer, Jürgen M. Pelikan, Bengt Lindström, Geir Arild Espnes, editors ; foreword by Ilona Kickbusch.Contents:
Section I: History and Development of the Salutogenic Model
Introduction to the Aim of the Book
Aaron Antonovsky, the Scholar and the Man
The Salutogenic Model of Health: Developments from 1979 to 1994
The Sense of Coherence as Appreciated by Antonovsky
Section II: Developments in the Era after Antonovsky: Sense of Coherence
The Role of Culture in the Development of Sense of Coherence
Development of SOC over the Life Course
Sense of Coherence: Individuals, Families, Community
Critical Reflections on the Conceptualisation and Measurement of SOC
Section III: Developments in the Era after Antonovsky
The Conceptualisation, Nature, Sources and Measurement of Generalised Resistance Resources
Public and Private Health Measures and Other Specific Resistance Resources
The Concepts of Health in Research Based on the Salutogenic Model
Section IV: Salutogenesis Research in Settings for Health Promotion
Organisations and Work Life
Schools
Cities and Towns
Community Gardens and Care Farms
Health Care Settings
Very Poor Settings in the Global South
Correctional Settings
Section V: Salutogenesis Scholarship in Non-English Literatures
Dutch
French
German
Hebrew
Italian
Japanese
Polish
Russian
Scandinavian Languages
Spanish
Section VI: From the Present to the Future
Newer Conceptualisations of the Salutogenic Model of Health
Evidence-Based Revision of the Salutogenic Model
Development of the Salutogenic Orientation as Part of a Larger Movement Towards Positive Perspectives in Health Promotion
Conclusions
Resources. - DigitalMaurice B. Mittelmark, Georg F. Bauer, Lenneke Vaandrager, Jürgen M. Pelikan, Shifra Sagy, Monica Eriksson, Bengt Lindström, Claudia Meier Magistretti, editors.Summary: This open access book is a thorough update and expansion of the 2017 edition of The Handbook of Salutogenesis, responding to the rapidly growing salutogenesis research and application arena. Revised and updated from the first edition are background and historical chapters that trace the development of the salutogenic model of health and flesh out the central concepts, most notably generalized resistance resources and the sense of coherence that differentiate salutogenesis from pathogenesis. From there, experts describe a range of real-world applications within and outside health contexts. Many new chapters emphasize intervention research findings. Readers will find numerous practical examples of how to implement salutogenesis to enhance the health and well-being of families, infants and young children, adolescents, unemployed young people, pre-retirement adults, and older people. A dedicated section addresses how salutogenesis helps tackle vulnerability, with chapters on at-risk children, migrants, prisoners, emergency workers, and disaster-stricken communities. Wide-ranging coverage includes new topics beyond health, like intergroup conflict, politics and policy-making, and architecture. The book also focuses on applying salutogenesis in birth and neonatal care clinics, hospitals and primary care, schools and universities, workplaces, and towns and cities. A special section focuses on developments in salutogenesis methods and theory. With its comprehensive coverage, The Handbook of Salutogenesis, 2nd Edition, is the standard reference for researchers, practitioners, and health policy-makers who wish to have a thorough grounding in the topic. It is also written to support post-graduate education courses and self-study in public health, nursing, psychology, medicine, and social sciences.
- DigitalW. Joost Wiersinga, Christopher W. Seymour, editors.Summary: This practically oriented book provides an up-to-date overview of all significant aspects of the pathogenesis of sepsis and its management, including within the intensive care unit. Readers will find information on the involvement of the coagulation and endocrine systems during sepsis and on the use of biomarkers to diagnose sepsis and allow early intervention. International clinical practice guidelines for the management of sepsis are presented, and individual chapters focus on aspects such as fluid resuscitation, vasopressor therapy, response to multiorgan failure, antimicrobial therapy, and adjunctive immunotherapy. The closing section looks forward to the coming decade, discussing novel trial designs, sepsis in low- and middle-income countries, and emerging management approaches. The book is international in scope, with contributions from leading experts worldwide. It will be of value to residents and professionals/practitioners in the fields of infectious diseases and internal medicine, as well as to GPs and medical students.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalSami Kokko, Michelle Baybutt, editors.Summary: This book's central focus is to provide academics, students, policy-makers, and practitioners with a unique insight into a wide variety of perspectives on settings-based health promotion. It offers clarity amidst different interpretations and ideological understandings of what applying a settings-based approach means. Emphasis is given to a salutogenic focus, exploring how the creation of wellbeing and fostering of potential in settings to best enable individuals and populations to flourish implies that the setting itself must be the entry point for health promotion. Building on this, the text explores how the settings approach to health promotion strives for changes in the structure and ethos of the setting -- detailing how changes and developments in people's health and health behavior are easier to achieve if health promoters focus on settings rather than solely on individuals. The book comprises 15 chapters organized in three sections: In Part I, Evolution, Foundations and Key Principles of the Settings-Based Approach, the first four chapters present the determinants, theoretical basis, and generic commonalities that are consistent over various settings initiatives and formulate the grounds for the settings-based health promotion approach. In Part II, Applying the Settings-Based Approach to Key Settings, Chapters 5-13 introduce the key settings initiatives -- both traditional and non-traditional (new and contemporary) - with their developments and specific features. In Part III, Gaia -- The Ultimate Setting for Health Promotion, the last two chapters consider the settings approach in the context of future challenges and explore possible directions for further development. Handbook of Settings-Based Health Promotion has novel information and perspectives on the topic that provide readers with up-to-date specialist knowledge and application of global developments to develop and enhance a common understanding and generate new thinking in relation to contemporary settings. This timely tome will engage the academic community in the fields of health promotion and public health including students, teaching staff, and researchers. Additionally, it is a useful resource for policy-makers and practitioners in these fields.
Contents:
1. Evolution of the Settings-Based Approach
2. Theoretical Grounds and Practical Principles of the Settings-based Approach
3. Governance and Policies for Settings-based Work
4. Assessment for and Evaluation of Healthy Settings
5. Healthy Cities
6. Health Promoting Schools
7. Health Promoting Hospitals
8. Health Promoting Higher Education
9. Health Promoting Workplaces
10. Prisons as a Setting for Health
11. Health Promotion in Sports Settings
12. Digital Environment and Social Media as Settings for Health Promotion
13. Emerging Settings
14. Gaia and the Anthropocene - The Ultimate Determinant of Health
15. Health Promotion in the Anthropocene. - Printeditors, Burton M. Altura, Allan M. Lefer, William Schumer.Contents:
v. 1. Basic science. - Digitalclinical editor, Andrea Ann Borchers, PhD, RN, Associate Professor of Nursing, Division of Nursing, Kettering College, Kettering, OH.Summary: The newly updated Handbook of Signs & Symptoms, 5e proves it is still the must-have clinical nursing tool for improving patient safety, by increasing assessment accuracy. Quick-scan entries from A to Z offer the on-the-spot answers you need for more than 500 signs and symptoms, covering definitions, causes, patient history, exams, diagnostics, and interventions. Save time and increase your assessment confidence: Reach for this crucial guide!Digital Access Ovid 2015
- DigitalAntonio Di Ieva, John M. Lee, Michael D. Cusimano.Digital Access
- DigitalPhillip Lerche, Turi K. Aarnes, Gwen Covey-Crump, Fernando Martinez Taboada.Contents:
Practical application : cutaneous innervation index
Infiltration blocks
Blocks of the head
Regional anesthetic blocks of the limbs
Epidurals/spinals.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - Digitaledited by Pranee Liamputtong.Springer Nature Living Reference.Summary: The focus of this ambitious reference work is social inclusion in health and social care, with the aim of offering a good understanding of matters that include or exclude people in society. Social inclusion stems from the ideal of an inclusive society where each individual can feel valued, differences between individuals are respected, needs of each person are met, and everyone can live with dignity as "the norm" (Cappo 2015). Community participation and interpersonal connections' dynamics that accommodate access to positive relationships, resources, and institutions can lead to social inclusion (Tua & Barnerjee 2019: 110). Social inclusion can explain why some individuals are situated at the centre of society or at its margins, as well as the consequences of the social layer in society (Allman 2015). Closely related to the concept of social inclusion is social exclusion.^Social exclusion refers to "the process of marginalising individuals or groups of a particular society and denying them from full participation in social, economic and political activities" (Tancharoenathien et al. 2018: 3). Social exclusion is marked by unequal access to capabilities, rights, and resources. It is "a multi-dimensional process driven by unequal power relationships across four dimensions - economic, political, social and cultural" (Taket et al. 2014: 3-4). It engages at the individual, household, community, nation, and global levels. Social exclusion renders some individuals or groups to social vulnerability. Thus, these individuals or communities are unable to prevent negative situations that impact their lives. Methodologically, to promote social inclusion and reduce social exclusion, inclusive research methodologies must be embraced.^Inclusive research refers to a "range of approaches and methods and these may be referred to in the literature as participatory, emancipatory, partnership and user-led research - even peer research, community research, activist scholarship, decolonizing or indigenous research" (Nind 2014: 1). Terms such as collaborative research and community-based participatory action research (CBPR) have also been referred to as inclusive research methodology. As Nind (2014) suggests, the term inclusive research can be adopted across disciplines and research fields within the paradigm of social inclusion. Hence, research and examples that are classified as inclusive research methods are included in this reference. This reference work covers a wide range of issues pertaining to the social inclusion paradigm.^These include the theoretical frameworks that social inclusion can be situated within, research methodologies and ethical consideration, research methods that enhance social inclusion (PAR and inclusive research methods), issues and research that promote social inclusion in different communities/individuals, and programs and interventions that would lead to more social inclusion in society. The aims and scope of the reference are to provide discussions about: social inclusion and social exclusion in different societies; theories that are linked to social inclusion and exclusion; research methodologies that enhance social inclusion; inclusive research methods that promote social inclusion in vulnerable and marginalised groups of people; discussions about issues and research with diverse groups of vulnerable and marginalised individuals and communities; discussions regarding programs and interventions that can lead to more social inclusion in vulnerable and marginalised people.^The reference work is divided into seven sections to cover the field of social inclusion comprehensively. Each section is dedicated to a particular perspective relating to social inclusion as covered by the aims and scope above. Handbook of Social Inclusion: Research and Practices in Health and Social Care should be an invaluable resource for professors, students, researchers, and scholars in public health, social sciences, medicine, and health sciences, as well as those at research institutes, government, and industry, on the concepts and theories of social inclusion/exclusion, and the research methodologies and programs/interventions that can enhance social inclusion in different population groups. Examples from the research are included to show the real-life situations that can promote social inclusion in different groups that readers can adopt in their own work and practice.
Contents:
Part 1: Toward Social Inclusion in Research and Practices: Theoretical Backgrounds
Part 2: Social Inclusion: Methodological and Ethical Considerations
Part 3: Striving Toward Inclusive Research: Research Methods for Doing Research Inclusively
Part 4: Inclusive Research Methodology: Participatory Research
Part 5: Social Inclusion & Social Exclusion: Population Groups, Lived Experiences & Issues
Part 6: Enhancing Social Inclusion Through Social Inclusion Programs & Interventions
Part 7: Promoting Social Inclusion: The Role of Health & Social Care
.Continuously updated edition - DigitalPranee Liamputtong, editor.Summary: The focus of this ambitious reference work is social inclusion in health and social care, with the aim of offering a good understanding of matters that include or exclude people in society. Social inclusion stems from the ideal of an inclusive society where each individual can feel valued, differences between individuals are respected, needs of each person are met, and everyone can live with dignity as "the norm" (Cappo 2015). Community participation and interpersonal connections' dynamics that accommodate access to positive relationships, resources, and institutions can lead to social inclusion (Tua & Barnerjee 2019: 110). Social inclusion can explain why some individuals are situated at the centre of society or at its margins, as well as the consequences of the social layer in society (Allman 2015). Closely related to the concept of social inclusion is social exclusion. Social exclusion refers to the process of marginalising individuals or groups of a particular society and denying them from full participation in social, economic and political activities (Tancharoenathien et al. 2018: 3). Social exclusion is marked by unequal access to capabilities, rights, and resources. It is a multi-dimensional process driven by unequal power relationships across four dimensions economic, political, social and cultural (Taket et al. 2014: 3-4). It engages at the individual, household, community, nation, and global levels. Social exclusion renders some individuals or groups to social vulnerability. Thus, these individuals or communities are unable to prevent negative situations that impact their lives. Methodologically, to promote social inclusion and reduce social exclusion, inclusive research methodologies must be embraced. Inclusive research refers to a "range of approaches and methods and these may be referred to in the literature as participatory, emancipatory, partnership and user-led research even peer research, community research, activist scholarship, decolonizing or indigenous research" (Nind 2014: 1). Terms such as collaborative research and community-based participatory action research (CBPR) have also been referred to as inclusive research methodology. As Nind (2014) suggests, the term inclusive research can be adopted across disciplines and research fields within the paradigm of social inclusion. Hence, research and examples that are classified as inclusive research methods are included in this reference. This reference work covers a wide range of issues pertaining to the social inclusion paradigm. These include the theoretical frameworks that social inclusion can be situated within, research methodologies and ethical consideration, research methods that enhance social inclusion (PAR and inclusive research methods), issues and research that promote social inclusion in different communities/individuals, and programs and interventions that would lead to more social inclusion in society. The aims and scope of the reference are to provide discussions about: social inclusion and social exclusion in different societies; theories that are linked to social inclusion and exclusion; research methodologies that enhance social inclusion; inclusive research methods that promote social inclusion in vulnerable and marginalised groups of people; discussions about issues and research with diverse groups of vulnerable and marginalised individuals and communities; discussions regarding programs and interventions that can lead to more social inclusion in vulnerable and marginalised people. The reference work is divided into seven sections to cover the field of social inclusion comprehensively. Each section is dedicated to a particular perspective relating to social inclusion as covered by the aims and scope above. Handbook of Social Inclusion: Research and Practices in Health and Social Care should be an invaluable resource for professors, students, researchers, and scholars in public health, social sciences, medicine, and health sciences, as well as those at research institutes, government, and industry, on the concepts and theories of social inclusion/exclusion, and the research methodologies and programs/interventions that can enhance social inclusion in different population groups. Examples from the research are included to show the real-life situations that can promote social inclusion in different groups that readers can adopt in their own work and practice.
Contents:
Toward Social Inclusion in Research and Practices: Theoretical Backgrounds
Social Inclusion: Methodological and Ethical Considerations
Striving Toward Inclusive Research: Research Methods for Doing Research Inclusively
Inclusive Research Methodology: Participatory Research
Social Inclusion & Social Exclusion: Population Groups, Lived Experiences & Issues
Enhancing Social Inclusion Through Social Inclusion Programs & Interventions
Promoting Social Inclusion: The Role of Health & Social Care. - DigitalLee Ellis, Anthony W. Hoskin, Malini Ratnasingam.Summary: The Handbook of Social Status Correlates summarizes findings from nearly 4000 studies on traits associated with variations in socioeconomic status. Much of the information is presented in roughly 300 tables, each one providing a visual snapshot of what research has indicated regarding how a specific human trait appears to be correlated with socioeconomic status. The social status measures utilized and the countries in which each study was conducted are also identified. QUESTIONS ADDRESSED INCLUDE THE FOLOWING: Are personality traits such as extraversion, competitiveness, and risk-taking associated with social status? How universal are sex differences in income and other forms of social status? What is the association between health and social status? How much does the answer vary according to specific diseases? How well established are the relationships between intelligence and social status? Is religiosity associated with social status, or does the answer depend on which religion is being considered? Are physiological factors correlated with social status, even factors involving the brain? Finally, are there as yet any "universal correlates of social status"?
Contents:
1. Conceptualizing and measuring social status
2. Demographic factors
3. Familial factors
4. Personality and behavioral factors
5. Attitudes, preferences, and beliefs
6. Intellectual and academic factors
7. Mental health/illness and symptomology
8. Physical health factors
9. Biological factors
10. Epilogue: identifying universal social status correlates.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalHyun-Yoon Ko, Sungchul Huh.Summary: This easy-to-use handbook is designed to assist in the evaluation and management of spinal cord injuries and the diverse related disorders and conditions. Spinal cord injuries can cause abnormalities in all body systems due to dysfunction of the somatic motor and sensory systems and damage to the autonomic nerve system. The latter gives rise to respiratory and cardiac problems, temperature regulation disorders, endocrine system disorders, and many associated metabolic disorders. Other potential consequences of spinal cord injuries include pressure injuries and various disabilities and obstacles, ranging from physical limitations to social embarrassment. This handbook offers extensive guidance on medical management in different scenarios from the acute phase to long-term care, with a particular focus on information of importance for the solution of clinical problems commonly encountered in daily practice. It will be ideal for practitioners in rehabilitation medicine, neurosurgery, orthopedics, neurology, and other relevant specialties that deal with patients with spinal cord injuries.
Contents:
1 Clinical and Functional Anatomy of the Spinal Cord
2 Extremity kinematics and muscles for functional training of tetraplegics and paraplegics
3 Physical and neurological differentiation of spinal cord lesions
4 Laboratory tests commonly encountered in care of spinal cord injuries
5 Pharmacotherapy in spinal cord injuries
6 Imaging assessment of spinal cord injuries
7 Functional assessment and expected functional outcomes following spinal cord injuries
8 Standard neurological classification of spinal cord injuries
9 Spinal shock: definition and clinical implications
10 Acute phase management of traumatic spinal cord injuries
11 Clinical syndromes of incomplete spinal cord lesions
12 Posttraumatic syringomyelia and Chiari malformations
13 Cauda equina and conus medullaris lesions
14 Nontraumatic spinal cord lesions/diseases
15 Autonomic nervous system in spinal cord injuries
16 Cardiovascular dysfunction in spinal cord injuries
17 Orthostatic hypotension and associated supine hypertension
18 Autonomic dysreflexia
19 Venous thromboembolism in spinal cord injuries
20 Respiratory dysfunction
21 Electrolyte disorder
22 Metabolic disorders
23 Voiding dysfunction and genitourinary complications
24 Bowel dysfunction and gastrointestinal complications
25 Sexuality changes
26 Spasticity
27 Pressure Injuries
28 Heterotopic ossification
29 Pain types and taxonomies
30 Thermoregulatory impairment. - Digital[edited by] Ali A. Baaj, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Neurological Surgery, Weill Cornell Medical College, Adult and Pediatric Spine Surgery, New York Presbyterian Hospital, New York, New York, Praveen V. Mummaneni, MD, Professor and Vice-Chairman, Department of Neurosurgery, University of California-San Francisco, Co-Director, UCSF Spine Center, San Francisco, California, Juan S. Uribe, MD, Associate Professor, Director, Spine Section, Department of Neurosurgery, University of South Florida, Tampa, Florida, Alexander R. Vaccaro, MD, PhD, MBA, Richard H. Rothman Professor and Chairman, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Professor of Neurosurgery, Co-Director, Delaware Valley Spinal Cord Injury Center, President, Rothman Institute, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Mark S. Greenburg, MD, Associate Professor, Department of Neurosurgery and Brain Repair, University of South Florida, Tampa, Florida.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2016
- DigitalBoyle C. Cheng, editor.Summary: This handbook is the most authoritative and up-to-date reference on spine technology written for practitioners, researchers, and students in bioengineering and clinical medicine. It is the first resource to provide a road map of both the history of the field and its future by documenting the poor clinical outcomes and failed spinal implants that contributed to problematic patient outcomes, as well as the technologies that are currently leading the way towards positive clinical outcomes. The contributors are leading authorities in the fields of engineering and clinical medicine and represent academia, industry, and international government and regulatory agencies. The chapters are split into five sections, with the first addressing clinical issues such as anatomy, pathology, oncology, trauma, diagnosis, and imaging studies. The second section, on biomechanics, delves into fixation devices, the bone implant interface, total disc replacements, injury mechanics, and more. The last three sections, on technology, are divided into materials, commercialized products, and surgery. All appropriate chapters will be continually updated and available on the publisher's website, in order to keep this important reference as up-to-date as possible in a fast-moving field.
Contents:
Cervical Spine Anatomy
Thoracic Spine Anatomy
Lumbar Spine Anatomy
Pathology
Clinically Diagnosed Spinal Instability
Adult Onset Deformity
Oncology
Trauma with Neurologic Deficiencies
Cervical Trauma
Thoracolumbar Trauma
Clinical Outcomes
Diagnosis
Imaging Studies
Intraoperative Imaging
Clinical Biomechanics
Characterizing Fixation Devices
Bone Implant Interface
Biomechanics for Patient Diagnosis
Metrics for Cervical Total Disc Replacements
Metrics for Lumbar Total Disc Replacements
Metrics for Posterior Dynamic Stabilization
Facet Mechanics
Articulation for Motion Preservation within the Spine
Cervical Injury Mechanics
Thoracolumbar Injury Mechanics
Lesson Learned from Positive Biomechanics and Poor Clinical Outcomes
Positive Biomechanics, Positive Clinical Outcomes
Metal Design Materials
Metal Ion Exposure
Surface Treatments
Bone Apposition
Characterizing Roughness
Biodegradable Materials
Polymer Design Materials
Composite Materials
Fiber Reinforced Composite Materials
Bone Substitutes
Biologics
Stem Cell Therapies
Annulus Repair
Preclinical Studies for Products
Approved Products in the US
Approved Products Outside the US
Fixation Products
Trauma Products
Deformity Correction Products
Cleared Products
Withdrawn Products
Motion Preservation Products
Posterior Dynamic Stabilization
Failed Products
Abandoned Products
Retrieved Implant Analysis
Radiologic Assessments
Radiographic Considerations
Sagittal Balance
Biomarkers for Deformity
Patient Positioning
Minimally Invasive Surgery
Posterior Approaches to Lumbar Spine
Lateral Approaches to the Lumbar Spine
Anterior Approaches to the Lumbar Spine
Approaches to the Cervical Spine
Image Guided Surgery
Robotic Assisted Surgery. - DigitalDavid O. Wiebers, Valery L. Feigin, Robert D. Brown, Jr. ; foreword by Jack P. Whisnant.Digital Access
- Digitaleditors, Charanjit S. Rihal, Claire E. Raphael.Summary: "Advances in structural heart disease (SHD) is occurring at a rapid rate, and the Mayo Clinic is at the forefront of developing procedural techniques in this fast-changing field. Handbook of Structural Heart Interventions provides practical, focused coverage of SHD, bringing you up to date with today's evidence-based techniques and approaches for common and uncommon SHD procedures. Ideal for both SHD trainees and established practitioners, attendings, and fellows in interventional cardiology, this easy-to-use handbook is a unique educational and clinical resource in a quickly expanding field"--Publisher's description
Contents:
Building blocks of structural intervention: An approach for procedural training
Access and pitfalls
Imaging for SHD interventions
Hemodynamics for the structural interventionalist
Techniques of transseptal puncture
Balloon aortic valvuloplasty
Transcatheter aortic valve implantation: Work up and indications for intervention
Balloon expandable transcatheter aortic valve replacement
Transcatheter aortic valve replacement using self-expanding valve
Transfemoral TAVR complications
TAVR alternate access sites
Aortic valve-in-valve TAVR
Aortic paravalvular leak closure
Percutaneous balloon mitral valvuloplasty
Percutaneous edge-to-edge mitral valve repair using the MitraClip
Percutaneous mitral valve-in-valve and valve-in-ring
Mitral paravalvular leak closure
Mitral valve-in-MAC
Atrial septal defect, patent foramen ovale, and atrial septostomy
Transcatheter closure of post myocardial infarction, iatrogenic, and congenital ventricular septal defects
Alcohol septal ablation for obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Left atrial appendage occlusion
Pulmonary vein stenosis: Management and outcomes
Tricuspid valve-in-valve/valve-in-ring therapy
Novel percutaneous tricuspid repair techniques
Coarctation and PDA closure
Closure of abnormal coronary communications: Coronary, fistulae, congenital, and iatrogenic
Pulmonary valve interventions: Valvuloplasty and transcatheter pulmonary valve replacement
Pseudoaneurysm diagnosis and management
Pulmonary balloon angioplasty for chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension
Transcatheter biopsy for intracardiac masses.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021 - Digital[edited by] Monica S. Krishnan, Margarita Racsa, Hsiang-Hsuan Michael Yu.Contents:
General approach to palliative care and palliative radiation oncology / Candice J. Johnstone and Stephen Lutz
Communication / Margarita Racsa
Prognostication in patients receiving palliative radiation therapy / Monica S. Krishnan
Palliative care, hospice care, advance care planning, and advance directives / Allison Taylor
Palliative care assessment / Joshua Jones
Pain management / Lauren Koranteng and Natalie Moryl
GI symptoms / Nicholas Chiu, Natalie Pulenzas, Ernest Maranzano, Carlo DeAngelis, Na Zhang, Hsiang-Hsuan Michael Yu and Edward Chow
Management of dyspnea and central airway obstruction in patients with malignancy / Randy Li-Hung Wei and Lorriana E. Leard
Malignant bleeding / Candice C. Johnstone
Skin toxicity in palliative radiation therapy / Lauren Hertan
Palliative radiotherapy for brain metastasis / Rachel B. Jiminez and Helen A. Shih
Palliative radiotherapy for malignant epidural spinal cord compression / Hsiang-Hsuan Michael Yu, Ernest Maranzano and Dirk Rades
Palliative radiotherapy for bone metastasis / Puja Venkat, Stephen Lutz and Hsiang-Hsuan Michael Yu
Site-pecific symptom management / Ryan Rhome and Kavita Dharmarajan
Palliative radiation oncology for gastrointestinal tract malignancies / Puja Venkat, Sarah E. Hoffe and Jessica M. Frakes
Palliative radiotherapy for advanced and metastatic gynecologic and genitourinary malignancies / Emma C. Fields, Mitchell S. Anscher and Alfredo I. Urdaneta
Palliative radiotherapy for advanced and metastatic head and neck cancers and skin metastases / Tyler J. Wilhite and Jonathan D. Schoenfeld.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalDigital Access ScienceDirect v. 1-, 2004-
- Digital[edited by] Daniel D. Karp, Gerald S. Falchook.Contents:
I: Targets by organ site
II: Carcinogenesis from the perspective of targeted therapy and immunotherapy
III: Molecular targets and pathways
IV: Targeted and immunotherapy agents.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2018 - Digital[edited by] Daniel D. Karp, Gerald S. Falchook, JoAnn D. Lim.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
- Digitaledited by Stefan Dubel and Janice M. Reichert.Contents:
Volume 1. Defining the Right Antibody Composition
Volume 2. Clinical Development of Antibodies
Volume 3. Approved Therapeutic Antibodies
Volume 4. Approved Therapeutic Antibodies and in vivo Diagnostics.Digital Access Wiley v.1-4=, 2014 - Digitaledited by Valery Tuchin, Zhu Dan and Elina A. Genina.Summary: "Biomedical photonics is currently one of the fastest growing fields, connecting research in physics, optics, and electrical engineering coupled with medical and biological applications. It allows for the structural and functional analysis of tissues and cells with resolution and contrast unattainable by any other methods. However, the major challenges of many biophotonics techniques are associated with the need to enhance imaging resolution even further to the sub-cellular level as well as translate them for in vivo studies. The tissue optical clearing method uses immersion of tissues into optical clearing agents (OCAs) that reduces the scattering of tissue and makes tissue more transparent and this method has been successfully used ever since. This book is a self-contained introduction to tissue optical clearing, including the basic principles and in vitro biological applications, from in vitro to in vivo tissue optical clearing methods, and combination of tissue optical clearing and various optical imaging for diagnosis. The chapters cover a wide range of issues related to the field of tissue optical clearing: mechanisms of tissue optical clearing in vitro and in vivo; traditional and innovative optical clearing agents; recent achievements in optical clearing of different tissues (including pathological tissues) and blood for optical imaging diagnosis and therapy. This book provides a comprehensive account of the latest research and possibilities of utilising optical clearing as an instrument for improving the diagnostic effectiveness of modern optical diagnostic methods. The book is addressed to biophysicist researchers, graduate students and postdocs of biomedical specialties, as well as biomedical engineers and physicians interested in the development and application of optical methods in medicine. Key features: The first collective reference to collate all known knowledge on this topic Edited by experts in the field with chapter contributions from subject area specialists Brings together the two main approaches in immersion optical clearing into one cohesive book"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access TandFonline 2022
- Digitaleditor, Girija Prasad Rath.Summary: This book covers all aspects of trigeminal neuralgia (TGN) which is a common yet very painful condition of face and scalp. Chapters include historical perspective of the condition, clinical presentations, diagnosis, management strategy, drug therapy, different interventional techniques utilized, and non-invasive modalities offered. The book has ample images to explain three main percutaneous procedures carried out for this condition such as radiofrequency thermocoagulation, glycerol rhizolysis and balloon microcompression in detail. It also covers open neurosurgical procedures including microvascular decompression and certain non-conventional and non-invasive methods. This book provides assistance to pain physicians to have a comprehensive knowledge of trigeminal neuralgia. It is also relevant to neurosurgeons, neurologists, anesthesiologists, dental surgeons and resident doctors.
- PrintSimons, R. D. G. Ph.
- DigitalJacques H. Grosset, Richard E. Chaisson, editors.Contents:
Overview of tuberculosis
Pathology and clinical features of pulmonary tuberculosis
Treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis
Extra-pulmonary tuberculosis
Public health issues
Management of pulmonary tuberculosis in special populations
Emerging therapies
Conclusion.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Stefan M. Brudzynski.Contents:
Part A. Introduction
Part B. Evoluation of the vocal communication system in vertebrates
Part C. Mechanisms of ultrasound production in rodents
Part D. Perception of ultrasonic signals
Part E. Ultrasonic communication of infant rodents
Part F. Ultrasonic vocalization of adult rodents
Part G. Vocal expression of emotional states by ultrasonic vocalization
Part H. Effects of neuroactive agents on ultrasonic vocalization
Part I. Ultrasonic communication in different sociobiological conditions
Part J. Rodent ultrasonic vocalizations in models of neuropsychiatric disorders
Part K. Rodent vocalizations as indices in neurodevelopmental studies
Part L. Ultrasonic vocalization in other vertebrate taxa.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalRoger Pillemer.Summary: In addition to complementary radiographic imaging, the physical exam is an essential diagnostic element for the orthopedic surgeon. As such, learning to perform this exam thoroughly is of utmost importance to medical students, residents and interns on an orthopedic rotation and in later practice. This practical text succinctly presents all of the necessary information regarding the physical examination of the upper extremity. The hand, wrist, elbow and shoulder are discussed in dedicated thematic sections, with each section comprised of three main chapters. The initial chapter describes the musculoskeletal anatomy and function of the joint, presenting the tests themselves along with the rationale for performing them. The second chapter presents the systematic examinations carried out in every case, and the third chapter describes examinations for specific conditions relating to the joint, including tendinopathies, osteoarthritis, neurological conditions, deformities, and more. Plentiful bullet points and color images throughout the text describe and illustrate each test and physical sign. Convenient and user-friendly, Handbook of Upper Extremity Examination is a valuable, portable guide to this all-important diagnostic tool for students and practitioners alike.
Contents:
Part I. Physical Examination of the Hand
Introduction to the Hand
Anatomy and Function of the Hand
A Systematic Examination of the Hand
Examination for Specific Conditions of the Hand
Part II. Physical Examination of the Wrist
Anatomy and Function of the Wrist
A Systematic Examination of the Wrist
Examination for Specific Conditions of the Wrist
Part III. Physical Examination of the Elbow
Anatomy and Function of the Elbow
A Systematic Examination of the Elbow and Forearm
Examination for Specific Conditions of the Elbow
Part IV. Physical Examination of the Shoulder
Anatomy and Function of the Shoulder
A Systematic Examination of the Shoulder
Examination for Specific Conditions of the Shoulder. - Digitaledited by Peter Gloviczki.Summary: "The Handbook of Venous Disorders, first published in 1996, is a handbook for all clinicians and surgeons who are involved with the investigation, evaluation, or management of venous and lymphatic diseases or malformations. These disorders include varicose veins, venous ulcers, DVT, lymphedema, and pulmonary embolism, as well as damage to the veins through trauma or tumor growth. The new edition has been completely updated to bring the book in line with current teaching practices."--Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2017
- Digitaledited by Jecko Thachil and Catherine Bagot.Contents:
Section I. Clinical Overview
Section II. Diagnosis
Section III. Treatment
Section IV. Special Situations
Section V. Unusual Site Thrombosis
Section VI. Long-term Sequelae of VTE
Section VII. Controversies
Section VIII. Prevention
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalPradeep Venkatesh.Summary: "Vitreo-retinal (VR) surgery has steadily evolved over the years and this handbook provides a concise and focused approach to its past, present and future. It discusses the setting up of a VR operating theatre, viewing systems and highlights the utility of a particular surgical step/ misstep"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Pioneers and Milestones
Training in Vitreoretinal Surgery
Peri-operative Investigations
Anaesthesia : Approaches and Limitations
Operation theatre : Design and sterilization
Surgical anatomy and other considerations
Machines and Instrumentation
Adjuncts in vitreoretinal surgery
Surgical approaches and steps
Common vitreoretinal procedures
Vitreoretinal surgery in rare conditions
Complications in vitreoretinal surgery
Important studies in vitreoretinal surgery
Futuristic approaches. - Digitaledited by Waguih William IsHak.Summary: Wellness medicine is the field that focuses on improving overall functioning, quality of life, and wellbeing, beyond symptom management of medical illness, leading to restoration and maintenance of health. The Handbook of Wellness Medicine provides a practical guide to the latest in evidence-based medicine, as well as best practice, to assist healthcare professionals in utilizing the full range of interventions to improve wellness and help patients complete their journeys to full health. The volume is organized into five parts: Part I introduces the concept of wellness by detailing the definitions and assessment/measurement methods, and formulating wellness plans. Part II describes wellness plans in major illnesses, categorized by organ system/disorder. Part III covers the methods to improve wellness in special populations. Part IV details each wellness intervention, including the scientific evidence behind it and its practical application. Part V focuses on integrating and personalizing the interventions into one's life to maintain wellness.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- PrintContents:
Section 1. Uniform hospital statistics and classification of account. - Digitaledited by Per Nilsen (Department of Health, Medicine and Caring Sciences, Linköping University, Sweden) and Sarah A. Birken (Department of Implementation Science, Wake Forest University, formerly of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, US).Summary: "The Handbook on Implementation Science provides an overview of the field's multidisciplinary history, theoretical approaches, key concepts, perspectives, and methods. By drawing on knowledge concerning learning, habits, organizational theory, improvement science and policy research, the Handbook offers novel perspectives from a broad group of international experts in the field representing diverse disciplines. The editors and authors seek to advance implementation science through careful consideration of current thinking and recommendations for future directions. Featured key concepts include strategies, context, outcomes, fidelity, adaptation and sustainability. Chapters introduce topics, define them, and explain their application in implementation science with examples that resonate with a diverse readership including implementation researchers, instructors, students and practitioners with experience in the field ranging from novices to experienced scholars"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Foreword [Trish Greenhalgh]
Prologue [Per Nilsen, Sarah A. Birken]
Part I: Theoretical approaches in implementation science
1. Overview of theories, models and frameworks in implementation science [per Nilsen]
2. Exploration, preparation, implementation, sustainment (epis) framework [Joanna C. Moullin, Kelsey S. Dickson, Nicole A. Stadnick, Jennifer Edwards Becan, Tisha Wiley, Joella Phillips, Melissa Hatch, Gregory A. Aarons] 3. Active implementation frameworks [Dean L. Fixsen, Karen A. Blase]
4. The consolidated framework for implementation research (CFIR) [Laura J. Damschroder, Caitlin M. Reardon, Julie C. Lowery]
5. Promoting action on research implementation in health services
the integrated-parihs framework (i-parihs) [Gillian Harvey, Alison Kitson]
6. Normalization process theory [Carl May, Tracy Finch, Tim Rapley]
7. The behaviour change wheel approach [Danielle d'Lima, Fabiana Lorencatto, Susan Michie]
8. A theory of organizational readiness for change [Bryan J. Weiner]
Part II: Key concepts in implementation science 9. Strategies [Jennifer Leeman, Per Nilsen] 10. Context [Per Nilsen, Susanne Bernhardsson] 11. Outcomes [Enola K. Proctor]
12. Fidelity [Christopher Carroll]
13. Adaptation [M. Alexis Kirk]
14. Sustainability [Laura Lennox]
parti iii: Perspectives on implementation science
15. Policy implementation research [Per Nilsen, Paul Cairney]
16. Improvement science [Per Nilsen, Miriam Bender, Johan Thor, Jennifer Leeman, Boel Andersson Gäre, Nick Sevdalis] 17. Implementation from a learning perspective [Per Nilsen, Margit Neher, Per-erik Ellström, Benjamin Gardner]
18. Implementation from a habit perspective [Sebastian Potthoff, Nicola Mccleary, Falko F. Sniehotta, Justin Presseau]
19. Organizational perspectives in implementation science [Emily R. Haines, Sarah A. Birken]
Part IV: Doing implementation science research
20. Selecting theoretical approaches [Sarah A. Birken]
21. Traditional approaches to conducting implementation research [Soohyun Hwang, Sarah A. Birken, Geoffrey Curran]
22. Ethnography [Jeanette Wassar Kirk, Emily R. Haines] 23. Social network analysis [Alicia C. Bunger, Reza Yousefi Nooraie] 24. Configurational comparative methods [Deborah Cragun] 25. Realist evaluation [Ann Catrine Eldh, Kate Seers, Joanne Rycroft-malone]
26. Programme theory [Per Nilsen, Henna Hasson]
27. Group concept mapping [Thomas J. Waltz]
Epilogue [Sarah A. Birken, Per Nilsen].Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020Limited to 3 simultaneous users - PrintAmerican Society of Health-System Pharmacists®.
- PrintAmerican Society of Health-System Pharmacists®.
- PrintAmerican Society of Health-System Pharmacists.Print
- Digital/PrintJagić, Nikolaus von.Contents:
Bd. 3, T. 1-2. Allgemeine Diagnostik der Herz- und Gefässkrankheiten
Bd. 2, T. 1. Physiologie des Kreislaufes.Digital Access - Printhrsg. von H. Brüning und E. Schwalbe.
- Digital/Printvon Edw. Flatau und L. Jacobsohn.Contents:
T.
1. Makroskopischer Teil.Digital Access Google Books 1899- - PrintBerger, Franz.Contents:
Bd.
1. Untersuchungsmethoden. Cortices. Flores. - Printhrsg. von Ludwig Heilmeyer und Anton Hittmair.Contents:
1-2. Bd. Allgemeine Hämatologie
3-5. Bd. Spezielle Hämatologie. - PrintStoeckel, Walter; Veit, J.
- Printhrsg. von M. Rubner, M. v. Gruber und M. Ficker.
- Digital/Printbearbeitet von E. Abderhalden ... [et al.] ; herausgegeben von R. Kraus und C. Levaditi.Contents:
Geschichtlicher Ueberblick und allgemeine Anschaungen über Immunität / J. Bordet
Geschichte der Toxine und Antitoxine / E.v. Behring
Zur Geschichte der Phagocytenlehre / E. Metschnikoff
Geschichte der Bakterioloyse / R. Pfeiffer
Historisches über Bakteriotropine / Denys
Geschichte der Entdeckung der spezifischen Agglutination / M. Gruber
Präzipitine / R. Kraus
Geschichte der Hämolysine und der Alexinfixation (Komplementablenkung) / J. Bordet.Digital Access Google Books 1914- - Digital/Printbearbeitet von L. Bach ... J. Baer ... [u.a.] herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. L. Mohr ... und Prof. Dr. R. Staehelin ...Digital Access
- Printbearb. ... ; neugründet von Wilhelm v. Möllendorff ; fortgefürhrt von Wolfgang Bargmann.Contents:
v. 1. Die Lebendige Masse
v. 2. Die Gewebe
v. 3. Haut und Sinnesorgane
v. 4. Nervensystem
v. 5. Verdauungsapparat
v. 6. Blutgefäss- und Lymphgefässapparat Innersekretorische Drüsen
v. 7. Harn- und Geschelechtsapparat. - Digital/PrintHrsg. von der Redektion des "Mikrokosmos".Contents:
1. Das Mikroskop und seine Nebenapparate / W. de Haas. 2. Aufl. 1918
Das Mikrotom und die Mikrotomtechnik. [1913].Digital Access - Printhrsg. von H. Olivecrona, W. Tonnis.
- Digital/PrintHoppe-Seyler, Felix; Thierfelder, Hans; Hoppe-Seyler, Felix.Digital Access Google Books 1858-
- Digital/Printvon Ernst Smreker.Contents:
T. 1. Das Füllen der Zähne mit Porzellan
v. 2. Das Füllen der Zähne mit Goldeinlagen.Digital Access Google Books 1909- - Digital/PrintEichhorst, Hermann; Eichhorst, Hermann.Contents:
Bd. 1. Krankheiten des Zirkulations- und Respirations-Apparates
Bd. 2. Krankheiten des Verdauungs-, Harn- und Geschlechts-Apparates
Bd. 3. Krankheiten der Nerven, Muskeln und Haut
Bd. 4. Krankheiten der Nebenieren, des Blutes und Stoffwechsels und Infektionskrankheiten.Digital Access Google Books 1883- - Printgegründet von San.-rat L. Katz und F. Blumefeld ; herausg. von F. Blumenfeld und R. Hoffmann.
- PrintHerausgegeben von Guido Holzknecht.
- Digital/PrintKahane, Max.Contents:
Contents
Bd. 1. Therapie der Nervenkrankenheiten, von Max Kahane.Digital Access Google Books 1912- - Digital/PrintFür den akademischen und praktischen Gebrauch bearb. von Dr. C. Kaufmann ...Contents:
1. Bd. Allgemeiner Teil
Unfallverletzungen.Digital Access Google Books 1919- - PrintEmma Seppälä, Ph. D.Contents:
Stop chasing the future
Step out of overdrive
Manage your energy
Get more done by doing more of nothing
Enjoy a successful relationship ... with yourself
Understand the kindness edge.Print - PrintEmma Seppälä, Ph. D.Contents:
Stop chasing the future
Step out of overdrive
Manage your energy
Get more done by doing more of nothing
Enjoy a successful relationship ... with yourself
Understand the kindness edge. - DigitalM. Bradford Henley, Michael F. Githens, Michael J. Gardner.Contents:
I: Patient positioning and operative principles
Patient positioning
Intraoperative assessment of lower-extremity alignment
Management of open fractures, compartment syndrome, bone defects, and infection
II: Shoulder/arm
Scapula and glenoid fractures
Clavicle fractures
Proximal humerus fractures
Humeral shaft fractures
III: Elbow/forearm
Distal humerus fractures
Proximal radius and ulna fractures
Forearm fractures
Distal radius fractures
IV: Pelvis/acetabulum
Pelvic ring injuries
Acetabular fractures
V: Hip
Femoral head fractures
Femoral neck fractures
Intertrochanteric femur fractures
VI: Femur
Subtrochanteric femur fractures
Femoral shaft fractures
Periprosthetic fractures of the femur
VII: Knee
Distal femur fractures
Patellar fractures
Tibial plateau fractures
VIII: Tibia
Tibial shaft fractures
IX: Ankle
Pilon fractures
Ankle fractures
Talus fractures
X: Foot
Calcaneus fractures
Navicular and cuboid fractures
Lisfranc injuries
Metatarsal neck fractures
XI: External fixation and miscellaneous
Knee-spanning external fixation
Ankle-spanning external fixation
Foot external fixation
Miscellaneous and hardware removal tips.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019 - DigitalAlberto A. Guglielmone, Richard G. Robbins.Summary: Ticks of the family Ixodidae, commonly known as hard ticks, occur worldwide and are second only to mosquitoes as vectors of agents pathogenic to humans. Of the 729 currently recognized hard tick species, 283 (39%) have been implicated as human parasites, but the literature on these species is both immense and scattered, with the result that health professionals are often unable to determine whether a particular tick specimen, once identified, represents a species that is an actual or potential threat to its human host. In this book, two leading tick specialists provide a list of the species of Ixodidae that have been reported to feed on humans, with emphasis on their geographical distribution, principal hosts, and the tick life history stages associated with human parasitism. Also included is a discussion of 21 ixodid species that, while having been found on humans, are either not known to have actually fed or may have been misidentified. Additionally, 107 tick names that have appeared in papers on tick parasitism of humans, and that might easily confuse non-taxonomists, are shown to be invalid under the rules of zoological nomenclature. Although the species of ticks that attack humans have long attracted the attention of researchers, few comprehensive studies of these species have been attempted. By gleaning and analyzing the results of over 1,100 scientific papers published worldwide, the authors have provided an invaluable survey of hard tick parasitism that is unprecedented in its scope and detail.
Contents:
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS INTRODUCTION METHODOLOGY CHAPTER 1
TICK SPECIES FOUND FEEDING ON HUMANS CHAPTER 2
TICK SPECIES WRONGLY CONSIDERED PARASITES OF HUMANS CHAPTER 3
INVALID SPECIES RECORDED FROM HUMANS (synonyms, incertae sedis, nomina dubia, nomina nuda) COMMENTS AND CONCLUSIONS REFERENCES. - DigitalRobert S. Barrett, Louis Hugo Francescutti.Summary: For the first time in a thousand years, Americans are experiencing a reversal in lifespan. Despite living in one of the safest and most secure eras in human history, one in five adults suffers from anxiety as does one-third of adolescents. Nearly half of the US population is overweight or obese and one-third of Americans suffer from chronic pain the highest level in the world. In the United States, fatalities due to prescription pain medications now surpass those of heroin and cocaine combined, and each year 10% of all students on American college campuses contemplate suicide. With the proliferation of social media and the algorithms for social sharing that prey upon our emotional brains, inaccurate or misleading health articles and videos now move faster through social media networks than do reputable ones. This book is about modern health, or lack of it. The authors make two key arguments: that our deteriorating wellness is rapidly becoming a health emergency, and two, that much of these trends are rooted in the way our highly evolved hardwired brains and bodies deal with modern social change. The co-authors: a PhD from the world of social science and an MD from the world of medicine combine forces to bring this emerging human crisis to light. Densely packed with fascinating facts and little-told stories, the authors weave together real-life cases that describe how our ancient evolutionary drives are propelling us toward ill health and disease. Over the course of seven chapters, the authors unlock the mysteries of our top health vices: why hospitals are more dangerous than warzones, our addiction to sugar, salt, and stress, our emotionally-driven brains, our relentless pursuit of happiness, our sleepless society, our understanding of risk, and finally, how world history can be a valuable tutor. Through these varied themes, the authors illustrate how our social lives are more of a determinant of health outcome than at any other time in our history, and to truly understand our plight, we need to recognize when our decisions and behavior are being directed by our survival-seeking hardwired brains and bodies.
Contents:
1. Why a Hospital is the Most Dangerous Place on Earth
2. Why Do We Crave Bad Things?
3. Raising Children on War, Cartoons, and Social Media
4. The Truth About Happiness
5. Why Do We Ignore Sleep?
6. Are We Hardwired for Risk?
7. From Pandemics to Prosperity: Feeding our Hardwired Instincts. - Digitaleditors, Leonard B. Nelson, Scott E. Olitsky.Contents:
Genetics of eye disease / Terri L. Young
Neonatal ophthalmology : ocular development in childhood / Kammi B. Gunton
Retinopathy of prematurity / James D. Reynolds
The pediatric eye examination / Gregory Ostrow and Laura Kirkeby
Refraction in infants and children / Michael X. Repka and David L. Guyton
Amblyopia / Evelyn A. Paysse, David K. Coats, and Timothy P. Lindquist
Sensory adaptations in strabismus / Bruce Schnall
Strabismus disorders / Scott E. Oltisky and Leonard B. Nelson
Conjunctival diseases / Rudolph S. Wagner
Diseases of the cornea / Jagadesh C. Reddy and Christopher J. Rapuano
Pediatric cataracts and lens anomalies / Denise Hug
Glaucoma in infants and children / Nandini G. Gandhi and Sharon F. Freedman
Pediatric uveitis / Grace T. Liu and Alex V. Levin
Diseases of the retina and vitreous / James F. Vander
Congenital abnormalities of the optic disc / Brown
Disorders of the lacrimal apparatus in infancy and childhood / Donald P. Sauberan
Pediatric eyelid disorders / Forrest J. Ellis
Disorders of the orbit / David B. Lyon
Ocular tumors of childhood / Carol L. Shields and Jerry A. Shields
Systemic hamartomasoses ("phakomatoses") / Carol L. Shields and Jerry A. Shields
Ocular abnormalities in childhood metabolic disorders / Avery H. Weiss
Pediatric neuroophthalmology / Andrew G. Lee
Nystagmus / Mitchell B. Strominger
Occular trauma and its prevention / Robert A. Catalano.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - Digitaledited by Henrietta Bowden-Jones [and three others].Summary: This edited volume aims to facilitate the evolution of the new public health approach towards gambling. Bringing together the work of international experts, it gives a current overview of the field, highlighting the need for a coordinated framework of prevention and harm reduction measures to replace current "player protection" measures. Chapters begin by exploring the impact of problem gambling, looking at its effects on several levels, ranging from the individual to the family and society. Subsequently an overview of prevention and harm reduction models is presented, bringing the reader to an in-depth understanding of what a public health approach to gambling would entail. Later chapters focus on potential challenges to monitoring and evaluation, inviting the reader to envisage possible barriers towards implementation and ways of overcoming these. The book concludes with recommendations on how to take a harm reduction approach, from a political and human rights perspective. This work gives a rare synopsis of the present-day issues when considering the implementation of a harm reduction strategy for gambling. Recent work by key professionals is presented in order to encourage further developments in this ever-changing domain. Such issues will be relevant to all those with an interest in the field of problem gambling, from clinicians, students and healthcare professionals, to politicians
- Digitalauthor(s): Ephraim Philip Lansky, Shifra Lansky, and Helena Maaria Paavilainen.Summary: "Harmal: The Genus Peganum is an in-depth treatment of one of the most commanding plants in the botanical kingdom. Humble in appearance, modest in its needs, Peganum harmala has been venerated for millennia as a Deity-manifesting entheogen and a powerful medicine. This book traverses harmal's medicinal chemistry, its possible role in the origins of religion, and its employment from ancient times to the present in the therapy of patients suffering from infections, infestations, metabolic derangements, neurological degeneration, visual weakness, and cancer. Its peculiar indolic compounds, known as harmala alkaloids, are now appreciated as exerting profound effects on the mind and on the body. These effects are the result of the alkaloids' interactions with, and binding to, serotonin receptors on the cell surfaces of neurons in the brain and lymphocytes in the blood, the latter constituting the diffuse structural basis of the immune system. This biphasic modulation by harmala alkaloids has led to a novel pharmacologic re-visioning presented herein for the first time, the concept of a "lymphoneuric syncytium" and its possible long term tuning via "somatodelic" as well as "psychedelic" effects.The scientific rationale underlying the use of harmal in the medicines of the past and the healing technologies of our future is developed through exhaustive and meticulous explorations in both ethnopharmacology and modern phytochemistry. The presentation is enhanced through appraisals of the effects of harmal in two clinical cancer case scenarios, and of intentional inebriation and "provings" by one of the authors and a psychiatric colleague. The noted and esteemed botanically-trained physician Dr. Andrew Weil states in his Preface that this "monumental" volume will become the standard reference work in the field. Harmal: The Genus Peganum will be an invaluable addition to the personal libraries of professional pharmacognosists, botanists, physicians, psychologists, neuroscientists, and all persons interested in the interrelationship of consciousness, medicine, and coevolution. "--Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2017
- PrintSummary: The International Programme on Chemical Safety (IPCS) (WHO/ILO/UNEP) is leading a project to harmonize approaches to the assessment of risk from exposure to chemicals. The goal of this project is to globally harmonize approaches to risk assessment by increasing understanding and developing basic principles and guidance on specific chemical risk assessment issues. Harmonization enables efficient use of resources and consistency among assessments.--Website.Print
- Digitaledited by Natasha Phillips, Gemma Stacey and Dawn Dowding.Summary: "Harnessing Digital Technology and Data for Nursing Practice provides comprehensive coverage of the historical, theoretical and practical dimensions of the digital transformation in nursing. It considers a wide range of topics, from person-centred practice and user-centred design to nursing workforce development, evolving nursing practices, and the role of data in improving patient care and research. Expert insights are supported by learning activities and real-life case studies, with application of theory to practice throughout." -- Publisher's description.
Contents:
Person-centred practice. The art of caring where technology is an enabler / Antonia Brown
People taking control of their own health information / Gillian Strudwick
Ensuring digital inclusion / Vanessa Heaslip and Debbie Holley
Leadership and a digitally ready workforce. Supporting digital literacy / Henrietta Mbeah and Cristina Vasilica
Specialist roles and competence / Natasha Phillips, Dionne Rogers, Sarah Hanbridge, and Jen Bichel-Findlay
Leadership for successful digital transformation / Natasha Phillips, Louise Cave, Helen Crowther, and Aaron Jones
Entrepreneurship in nursing / Stacey Hatton and Emma Stanmore
Digitally enabled nursing and midwifery practice. The electronic health record : opportunities and challenges / Dawn Dowding, Loretto Grogan, and Sarah Newcombe
Clinical decision support / Dawn Dowding
Creating a digital clinical safety culture / Holly Carr
Information governance and cyber security / Jo Dickson
Advancing practice through digitally enabled innovation and research. Harnessing improvement science for digitally enabled nursing and midwifery / Gillian Janes and Lisa Ward
Using data to drive improvement / Helen Balsdon
Harnessing digital technology to provide research evidence for nursing and midwifery practice / Laura-Maria Peltonen, Siobhan O'Connor, Aaron Conway, Nicholas R. Hardiker, Betina Ross S. Idnay, and Charlene Ronquillo
The future potential for digitally enabled person-centred practice. Artifical intelligence in nursing / Siobhan O'Connor
Genomics and the digital revolution / Tracie Miles and J. Williams
Remote care and virtual wards : transforming nursing practice / Emily Wells.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing [2025] - Digital/PrintBender, David A.; Botham, Kathleen M.; Granner, Daryl K.; Harper, Harold A.; Kennelly, Peter J.; Mayes, Peter A.; Murray, Robert K.; Rodwell, Victor W.; Weil, P. Anthony.Digital Access
- DigitalAngus Clarke ; with contributions from Alex Murray and Julian Sampson.Summary: "This eighth edition provides indispensable and up-to-date guidance, helping readers to navigate the profusion of new information in this area and the associated psychosocial and ethical considerations and concerns. Maintaining the trusted framework of earlier editions, the update presents the latest information on the use and interpretation of genetic test results, including new genome-based investigations and their application in the genetic counselling process. This book will help both the student and the practitioner, as genetic and genomic investigations become progressively more relevant to all healthcare professionals with the mainstreaming of genetics across the full range of medical practice"--Publisher's description
Contents:
Part 1: General aspects of genetics and genetic counselling. Genetics and genetic counselling: an introduction
Genetic counselling in Mendelian disorders
Common disorders and genetic counselling
Chromosome abnormalities
Genetic and genomic investigations
Dysmorphology and genetic syndromes
Carrier testing
Predictive genetic testing
Prenatal diagnosis, antenatal screening and reproductive aspects of medical genetics
Special issues in genetic counselling
Clinical genetics services
Treatments and trials for genetic disease
Part 2: Genetic counselling: specific organ systems. Neuromuscular disorders
Central nervous system: paediatric and neurodevelopmental disorders
Central nervous system: adult-onset and psychiatric disorders
Disorders of bone and connective tissue
Oral and craniofacial disorders
The skin
The eye
Deafness
Cardiac and cardiovascular disorders
Respiratory disorders
The gastrointestinal tract
Renal and urinary tract diseases
Endocrine and reproductive disorders
Inborn errors of metabolism
Disorders of blood and immune function
Environmental hazards
Part genetic counselling and testing for cancer
Cancer as a genetic disorder
Colorectal cancer syndromes
Breast and ovarian cancer
Rare mendelian cancer syndromes and other cancers
Part genetic counselling in context: the broader picture
Communication in genetic counselling
Population aspects of genetic counselling and genetic screening
Genetics, society and the future
Glossary
Appendices. Further reading and information
Practical genetic counselling: the life story of a book.Digital Access TandFonline [2020] - Digitaleditors, Camille C. Anderson, Sunaina Kapoor, Tiffany E. MarkSummary: Every three years, The Harriet Lane Handbook is carefully updated by residents, edited by chief residents, and reviewed by expert faculty at The Johns Hopkins Hospital. Easy to use, concise, and complete, this essential manual keeps you current with new guidelines, practice parameters, pharmacology, and more. The 23rd Edition of this portable reference continues to be the most widely used and most recognized pediatric reference worldwide--an indispensable resource for pediatric residents, students, nurses, and all healthcare professionals who treat young patients.
Contents:
Emergency and Critical Care Management
Traumatic Injuries
Toxicology
Procedures
Adolescent Medicine
Analgesia and Procedural Sedation
Cardiology
Dermatology
Development, Behavior, and Developmental Disability
Endocrinology
Fluids and Electrolytes
Gastroenterology
Genetics : Metabolism and Conditions With Distinctive Appearance
Hematology
Immunology and Allergy
Immunoprophylaxis
Microbiology and Infectious Disease
Neonatology
Nephrology
Neurology
Nutrition and Growth
Oncology
Palliative Care
Psychiatry
Pulmonology and Sleep Medicine
Radiology
Rheumatology
Blood Chemistry and Body Fluids
Biostatistics and Evidence-Based Medicine
Drugs in Kidney Failure.Digital Access - Digitaleditors, Dennis L. Kasper, Anthony S. Fauci, Stephen L. Hauser, Dan L. Longo, J. Larry Jameson, Joseph Loscalzo.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2016
- Digitaleditors, J. Larry Jameson, Anthony S. Fauci, Dennis L. Kasper, Stephen L. Hauser, Dan L. Longo, Joseph Loscalzo.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020
- Digital[edited by] Bruce A. Chabner, MD, Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Director of Clinical Research, Massachusetts General Hospital Cancer Center, Boston, Massachusetts, Dan L. Longo, MD, Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Senior Physician, Brigham and Woman's Hospital, Deputy Editor, New England Journal of Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts.Summary: Offers an overview of the medications and approaches used in cancer care. This book features numerous tables and succinct, outline-style text that puts important information at your fingertips.
Contents:
Introduction: Considerations for cancer pharmacotherapy
Antimetabolites: nucleoside and base analogs / Bruce A. Chabner
Antifolates / Bruce A. Chabner
The taxanes, vinca alkaloids, and their derivatives / Bruce A. Chabner
Topoisomerase inhibitors: camptothecins, anthracyclines, and etoposide / Bruce A. Chabner
Adduct-forming agents: alkylating agents and platinum analogs / Bruce A. Chabner
Immunomodulatory drugs and proteasome inhibitors / Anuj Mahindra, Hamza Mujagic, Bruce A. Chabner
Natural products: bleomycin and trabectedin / Bruce A. Chabner
L-asparaginase / Bruce A. Chabner
Differentiating agents / Bruce A. Chabner
Molecular targeted drugs / Benjamin Izar, Jeffrey W. Clark, Bruce A. Chabner
Antiestrogens / Tanja Badovinac Crnjevic, Paul E. Goss
Antiandrogen therapy / Bruce A. Chabner
Interferons / Dan L. Longo
Cytokines, growth factors, and immune-based interventions / Dan L. Longo
Monoclonal antibodies in cancer treatment / Dan L. Longo
Osteoclast-targeted therapy: bisphosphonates and denosumab / Matthew R. Smith
Febrile neutropenia / Stephen M. Carpenter, Fabrizio Vianello, Mark C. Poznansky
Anemia / Zuzana Tothova, James Bradner
Cancer and coagulopathy / Rachel P.G. Rosovsky
Metabolic emergencies in oncology / Ephraim Paul Hochberg
Pain management / Juliet Jacobsen, Vicki Jackson
Comprehensive end-of-life care / Jennifer Shin, Jennifer Temel
Depression, anxiety, and fatigue / Carlos G. Fernandez-Robles, William F. Pirl
Acute myeloid leukemia / Amir T. Fathi
Myelodysplastic syndromes / Eyal C. Attar
Myeloproliferative neoplasms / Jerry L. Spivak
Chronic myeloid leukemia / Karen Ballen
Acute lymphoblastic leukemia and lymphoma / James W. Fraser, Janet E. Murphy, Eyal C. Attar
Chronic lymphocytic leukemia/small lymphocytic lymphoma / Philip C. Amrein
Plasma cell disorders / Noopur Raje, Dan L. Longo
Diffuse large B-cell lymphoma / Jennifer Gao, Ephraim Paul Hochberg
Hodgkin's disease / Dan L. Longo
Follicular lymphoma / Amy Sievers, Ann LaCasce
Mantle cell lymphoma / Dan L. Longo
Peripheral T-cell lymphomas / Jeffrey A. Barnes, Jeremy S. Abramson
Uncommon B-cell lymphomas / Jeremy S. Abramson, Jeffrey A. Barnes
Immunology of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Srinivas Viswanathan, Yi-Bin Chen
Overview of clinical bone marrow transplantation / Sarah Nikiforow, Thomas R. Spitzer
Renal cell carcinoma / M. Dror Michaelson
Localized prostate cancers / Jason A. Efstathious, Phillip J. Gray, Douglas M. Dahl
Metastatic prostate cancer / Matthew R. Smith
Bladder cancer / Richard J. Lee
Testicular cancer / Timothy Gilligan
Esophageal and gastric cancer / Lawrence S. Blaszkowsky
Pancreatic cancer / Jeffrey W. Clark
Cholangiocarcinoma and gallbladder cancers / Janet E. Murphy, Andrew X. Zhu
Colon cancer / David P. Ryan
Rectal cancer / Theodore S. Hong
Anal cancer / Jennifer Wo
Malignant mesothelioma / Lee M. Krug, Pasi A. Jänne
Non-small cell lung cancer / Justin F. Gainor, Jeffrey A. Engelman
Small cell lung cancer / Anna F. Farago, Rebecca Suk Heist
Thymoma / Panos Fidias
Ovarian cancer / Richard T. Penson
Primary squamous carcinoma of the uterine cervix: diagnosis and management / Olivia Foley, Marcela G. del Carmen
Uterine Cancer / Don S. Dizon
Breast oncology: clinical presentation and genetics / Amy Comander, Tessa Cigler, Paula D. Ryan
Localized breast cancer / Beverly Moy
Metastatic breast cancer / Steven J. Isakoff
Melanoma / Ryan J. Sullivan, Krista Rubin, Donald Lawrence
Soft tissue and bone sarcomas / Edwin Choy, Sam S. Yoon, Francis J. Hornicek, Thomas F. DeLaney
Primary brain tumors / Andrew S. Chi
Metastatic brain tumors / April F. Eichler
Paraneoplastic neurologic syndromes / Jorg Dietrich
Thyroid cancer / Lori J. Wirth, Tito Fojo
Adrenocortical cancer / Tito Fojo
Head and neck cancer / Lori J. Wirth, Paul M. Busse, Daniel Deschler.Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2014 - Digitaleditor, Stephen L. Hauser ; associate editor, S. Andrew Josephson.Summary: Neurology - with all the authority of Harrison's.
Contents:
I: Introduction to neurology
II: Clinical manifestations of neurologic disease
III: Diseases of the nervous system
IV: Chronic fatigue syndrome
V: Psychiatric disorders
VI: Alcoholism and drug dependency.Digital Access AccessNeurology 2017 - Digitaledited by Charles M. Wiener, Cynthia D. Brown, Brian Houston ; editorial board : Dennis Kasper, Anthony Fauci, Stephen Hauser, Dan Longo, J. Jameson, Joseph Loscalzo.Contents:
Contents
Preface
Section I: Introduction to Clinical Medicine
Questions
Answers
Section II: Nutrition
Questions
Answers
Section III: Oncology and Hematology
Questions
Answers
Section IV: Infectious Diseases
Questions
Answers
Section V: Disorders of the Cardiovascular System
Questions
Answers
Section VI: Disorders of the Respiratory System
Questions
Answers
Section VII: Disorders of the Urinary and Kidney Tract
Questions
Answers
Section VIII: Disorders of the Gastrointestinal System
Questions
Answers
Section IX: Rheumatology and Immunology
Questions
Answers
Section X: Endocrinology and Metabolism
Questions
Answers
Section XI: Neurologic Disorders
Questions
Answers
Section XII: Dermatology
Questions
Answers
References
Color Atlas.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2017 - Digital/Print[edited by] Dan L. Longo, Anthony S. Fauci, Dennis L. Kasper, Stephen L. Hauser, J. Larry Jameson, Joseph Loscalzo.Summary: The most widely read textbook in the history of medicine - made more essential to practice and education by an unmatched array of multi-media content.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
- Digital/Printeditors, J. Larry Jameson, Anthony S. Fauci, Dennis L. Kasper, Stephen L. Hauser, Dan L. Longo, Joseph Loscalzo.Contents:
Part 1. The profession of medicine
Part 2. Cardinal manifestations and presentation of diseases
Part 3. Pharmacology
Part 4. Oncology and hematology
Part 5. Infectious diseases
Part 6. Disorders of the cardiovascular system
Part 7. Disorders of the respiratory system
Part 8. Critical care medicine
Part 9. Disorders of the kidney and urinary tract
Part 10: Disorders of the gastrointestinal system
Part 11: Immune-mediated, inflammatory, and rheumatologic disorders
Part 12. Endocrinology and metabolism
Part 13. Neurologic disorders
Part 14. Poisoning, drug overdose, and envenomation
Part 15. Disorders associated with environmental exposures
Part 16. Genes, the environment, and disease
Part 17. Global medicine
Part 18. Aging
Part 19. Consultative medicine
Part 20. Frontiers
Video collection
Supplementary topics
Atlases.Digital Access - Digital/PrintJoseph Loscalzo, Anthony S. Fauci, Dennis L. Kasper, Stephen L. Hauser, Dan L. Longo, J. Larry Jameson.Summary: "This book presents a sharp focus on the clinical presentation of disease, expert in-depth summaries of pathophysiology and treatment, and includes highlights of emerging frontiers of science and medicine"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Charles M. Wiener, Cynthia D. Brown, Brian Houston ; editorial board : Dennis Kasper, Anthony Fauci, Stephen Hauser, Dan Longo, J. Jameson, Joseph Loscalzo.Contents:
Contents
Preface
Section I: Introduction to Clinical Medicine
Questions
Answers
Section II: Nutrition
Questions
Answers
Section III: Oncology and Hematology
Questions
Answers
Section IV: Infectious Diseases
Questions
Answers
Section V: Disorders of the Cardiovascular System
Questions
Answers
Section VI: Disorders of the Respiratory System
Questions
Answers
Section VII: Disorders of the Urinary and Kidney Tract
Questions
Answers
Section VIII: Disorders of the Gastrointestinal System
Questions
Answers
Section IX: Rheumatology and Immunology
Questions
Answers
Section X: Endocrinology and Metabolism
Questions
Answers
Section XI: Neurologic Disorders
Questions
Answers
Section XII: Dermatology
Questions
Answers
References
Color Atlas.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2017 - Digitaledited by Charles M. Wiener [and five others].Digital Access
- DigitalAzamal Husen, editor.Summary: In the recent past, threats from climate change and unforeseeable environmental extremes to plant growth and productivity have consistently increased. The climate change-driven effects, especially from unpredictable environmental fluctuations, can result in an increased prevalence of abiotic and biotic stresses in plants. These stresses have slowed down the global yields of crop plants. On the other hand, food security for the rapidly growing human population in a sustainable ecosystem is a major concern of the present-day world. Thus, understanding the core developmental, physiological and molecular aspects that regulate plant growth and productivity in a challenging environment is a pivotal issue to be tackled by the scientific community dealing with sustainable agricultural and horticultural practices. Plants are influenced by the adverse environmental conditions at various levels, their different and diverse responses play a significant role in determining their growth, production and the overall geographical distribution. The chapters in this book focus on the biological mechanisms and fundamental principles that determine how different plant species grow, perform and interact with a challenging environment. This book covers a broad range of topics in plant science, including gene function, molecules, physiology, cell biology and plant ecology, to understand the functioning of plants under harsh environmental conditions. The book elucidates the physiological and molecular mechanisms in different plant species, ecophysiological interactions of plants, interplay between plant roots, arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi and plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria, biosensors for monitoring stress, production of secondary metabolites, stress alleviation processes, and more.
Contents:
1. The harsh environment and resilient plants - An overview
2. Expression and regulation of stress-responsive genes in plants under harsh environmental conditions
3. Genome editing: A tool from the vault of science for engineering climate-resilient cereals
4. Advancement in molecular and fast breeding programmes for climate resilient agriculture practices
5. Recombinant DNA technology for sustainable plant growth and production
6. Regulatory role of micro-RNAs in plants under challenging environmental conditions with special focus on drought and salinity
7. Molecular mechanisms of heat shock proteins for sustainable plant growth and production
8. Physiological and molecular responses to heavy metals stresses in plants
9. Morpho-anatomical, physiological, biochemical and molecular responses of plants to air pollution
10. Physiological and molecular responses to high, chilling and freezing temperature in plant growth and production: consequences and mitigation possibilities
11. Physiological and molecular responses to salinity due to excessive Na+ in plants
12. Physiological and molecular responses to drought, submergence and excessive watering in plants
13. Mitogen-activated protein kinase, plants and heat stress
14. Cross talk between heme oxygenase 1 and lateral root development for salt tolerance
15. Salt-tolerant plant growth promoting rhizobacteria: A new-fangled approach for improving crop yield
16. Improving resilience against drought stress among crop plants through inoculation of plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria
17. Trends in biosensors and current detection methods for stress monitoring of plants growing in adverse environmental conditions
18. Secondary metabolites for sustainable plant growth and production under adverse environment conditions
19. Medicinal plants and their pharmaceutical properties under adverse environment conditions
20. Progress and major research challenges under changing environmental conditions. - Digitaleditor-in-chief, Allan B. Wolfson ; associate editors, Robert L. Cloutier, Gregory W. Hendey, Louis J. Ling, Carlo L. Rosen, Jeffrey J. Schaider.Summary: Harwood-Nuss' Clinical Practice of Emergency Medicine presents a clinically focused and evidence-based summary of this specialty, giving you fast, dependable answers to the clinical questions that arise in your practice. Templated chapters guide you through the clinical presentation, differential diagnosis, evaluation, management, and disposition of a full range of complaints and conditions seen in the ED, with highlighted critical interventions and common pitfalls . all the information you need to provide each patient with optimal care.--Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitaleditor-in-chief, Allan B. Wolfson ; senior editors, Robert L. Cloutier, Gregory W. Hendey, Louis J. Ling, Carlo L. Rosen, Jeffrey J. Schaider ; associate editors, Jon B. Cole [and seven others].Summary: "This seventh edition of Harwood-Nuss' Clinical Practice of Emergency Medicine continues in the tradition of its predecessors as an authoritative, up-to-date, and concise single-volume resource that encompasses essentially all areas of emergency medicine"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Wanda M. Haschek, Colin G. Rousseaux, Matthew A. Wallig, Brad Bolon ; associate editors, Molly H. Boyle, Mark J. Hoenerhoff ; illustrations editor, Beth W. Mahler.Summary: "Haschek and Rousseaux's Handbook of Toxicologic Pathology, Volume Four: Toxicologic Pathology of Organ Systems is a key reference on the integration of structure and functional changes in tissues associated with the response to pharmaceuticals, chemicals and biologics. Organ systems covered include cardiac, vascular and skeletal muscle systems and the endocrine, respiratory, reproductive, digestive and nervous systems. Completely revised with a new olfactory chapter, this new release is an essential part of the most authoritative reference on toxicologic pathology for pathologists, toxicologists, research scientists and regulators studying and making decisions on drugs, biologics, medical devices, and other chemicals, including agrochemicals and environmental contaminants"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Digestive tract and salivary glands
Liver and gall bladder
Bones, joints, and teeth
Muscles and tendon
Exocrine pancreas
Adipose tissue
Endocrine tissue
Nervous system
The eye
Ear.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitaledited by Wanda M. Haschek, Colin G. Rousseaux, Matthew A. Wallig, Brad Bolon.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- PrintAngie Thomas.Summary: "Sixteen-year-old Starr Carter moves between two worlds: the poor neighborhood where she lives and the fancy suburban prep school she attends. The uneasy balance between these worlds is shattered when Starr witnesses the fatal shooting of her childhood best friend Khalil at the hands of a police officer. Khalil was unarmed. Soon afterward, his death is a national headline. Some are calling him a thug, maybe even a drug dealer and a gangbanger. Protesters are taking to the streets in Khalil's name. Some cops and the local drug lord try to intimidate Starr and her family. What everyone wants to know is: what really went down that night? And the only person alive who can answer that is Starr. But what Starr does or does not say could upend her community. It could also endanger her life"-- Provided by publisher.
- Digitalby Otto F. Kernberg.Summary: "Hatred, Emptiness, and Hope offers an updated vision of psychoanalytic object relations theory, revealing its application to transference focused psychotherapy (TFP), a treatment approach derived from and related to psychoanalysis. With empirical studies carried out by the Personality Disorders Institute at Weill Cornell as a basis, this volume expands the applications of TFP, illustrating it at work in scenarios that include severe personality disorders, disturbances in sexuality and love relations of narcissistic personalities, inpatient hospital treatment, and group settings. It also looks at the implications of new developments in neurobiology on psychoanalytic object relations theory. Readers will benefit from a discussion of the practice of TFP itself, with chapters that tackle the supervision of psychoanalysis, challenges for the future of psychoanalysis, and innovations that can serve to strengthen its role as a profession, a treatment approach, and a social organization within mental health sciences. It focuses on the analysis of particular clinical features of personality pathologies and describes the consideration of contemporary psychoanalytic object relations theory as a general theoretical frame of treatment that permits to conceptualize both normal personality functioning and the very nature of personality disorders. This volume also includes my recent efforts to contribute to the understanding of the relationship between neurobiological dispositions and their interaction with psychodynamic developments, again, both in normality and psychopathology. Finally, this volume explores the application of object relations theory to group processes, love relations, and therapists' training"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Object Relations theory and Transference Analysis : an Introductory Overview
Some Implications of New Developments in Neurobiology for Psychoanalytic Object Relations Theory
Extension of Psychoanalytic Technique : The Mutual Influences of Standard Psychoanalysis and Transference Focused Psychotherapy
Therapeutic Implications of Transference Structures in Various Personality Pathologies
Affective Dominance, Dyadic Relationship, and Mentalization
Reflection on Supervision
Psychodynamics and Treatment of Schizoid Personality Disorders
Psychotic Personality Structure
Narcissistic Pathology of Love Relations
Psychoanalytic Approaches to Inpatient Treatment of Personality Disorders : A Neglected Dimension
Malignant Narcissism and Large Group Regression
Challenges for the Future of Psychoanalysis.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2023 - DigitalRobert W. Baloh, Robert E. Bartholomew.Summary: It is one of the most extraordinary cases in the history of science: the mating calls of insects were mistaken for a "sonic weapon" that led to a major diplomatic row. Since August 2017, the world media has been absorbed in the "attack" on diplomats from the American and Canadian Embassies in Cuba. While physicians treating victims have described it as a novel and perplexing condition that involves an array of complaints including brain damage, the authors present compelling evidence that mass psychogenic illness was the cause of "Havana Syndrome." This mysterious condition that has baffled experts is explored across 11-chapters which offer insights by a prominent neurologist and an expert on psychogenic illness. A lively and enthralling read, the authors explore the history of similar scares from the 18th century belief that sounds from certain musical instruments were harmful to human health, to 19th century cases of "telephone shock," and more contemporary panics involving people living near wind turbines that have been tied to a variety of health complaints. The authors provide dozens of examples of kindred episodes of mass hysteria throughout history, in addition to psychosomatic conditions and even the role of insects in triggering outbreaks. Havana Syndrome: Mass Psychogenic Illness and the Real Story Behind the Embassy Mystery and Hysteria is a scientific detective story and a case study in the social construction of mass psychogenic illness.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword I
Foreword II
Contents
About the Authors
1: Chasing Ghosts in Cuba
Havana 'Syndrome' Unmasked
The Curious Case of Chris Allen
The Press Briefing
Ever-Increasing Circles
The Alarming Discovery of White Matter Changes
Skepticism
December 2017: The Cuban Sonic Investigation Committee Findings
References
2: The Crisis Deepens
The JAMA Fiasco
Dismissing Mass Hysteria
The Golden Investigation
Spectacle in Miami
Ear-Witness Testimony
The Context: Ghosts of the Cold War Past
From Sonic Attacks to Microwaves
References 3: Canadian Contagion
60 Minutes Enters the Fray
Unsound Science: The Second JAMA Study
The Canadian Fumigation Study
Mixing of Politics and Science
References
4: Psychogenic Illness on the Battlefield: From the Civil War to Gulf War Syndrome
The U.S. Civil War
The First World War
World War II and Traumatic Neurosis
The Korean and Vietnam Wars
Concussion-Like Symptoms in Afghanistan and Iraq
The Persian Gulf War
References
5: Mass Hysteria Through the Ages: From St. Vitus Dance to Mystery Odors
The Middle Ages
Saint-Médard Pilgrim Outbreak The Modern Era of Secular Outbreaks
The Power of Belief
The Power of an Idea: 'Fried' Mail and 'Bad' Coke
The Belgian Coca-Cola Scare
Recurrent Themes
Laughing Mania
The Resurgence of Motor Hysteria in the West
References
6: Musical Illness and Telephone Sickness: An Early History of Sound and Suggestion
The Curious Case of the Glass Armonica
Telephone Sickness
Acoustic Shock Today
References
7: Modern-Day Acoustical Scares: From 'The Hum' to 'Wind Turbine Syndrome'
The Devon Zoo Giraffe Saga
The Hummers
Wind Turbine Syndrome
A Social 'Illness' 8: Phantom Assailants: Mad Gassers, Phantom Slashers, and Other Believed-in Imaginings
Mad Gassers
The Mad Gasser of Virginia
The Mad Gasser of Mattoon, Illinois
Voodoo Assailants-Phantom Slashers and Monsters-The Montreal 'Slasher'-Monkey Man 'Attacks' in India-'Attack' at Frog Hollow --References
9: A Short History of Spider, Insect, and Worm Scares-The 'June Bug' Scare-Bug Scares-Social Panics: From Kissing Bugs to Cabbage Worms-The Seattle Windshield Pitting 'Epidemic'-The American Cabbage Worm Panic-Earthworm!
References 10: State Terrorism Masquerading as Psychogenic Illness
Pseudo-Poisonings in the Middle East
Tainted Chewing Gum Panics
Other Pseudo-Poisonings
Kosovo
Afghanistan
References
11: The Social Construction of 'Havana Syndrome'
Sonic Weapons and Science Fiction
A Pattern Emerges
Historical Parallels
Common Misperceptions
References
IndexDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalMichael D. Larrañaga, Richard J. Lewis, Sr., Robert A. Lewis.Contents:
Introduction
Abbreviations
Condensed chemical dictionary
Appendix 1. Origin of some chemical terms
Appendix 2. Highlights in the history of chemistry
Appendix III. Manufacturers of trademarked products (alphabetical list)
Appendix IV. Chemical Abstract (CAS) number index
Appendix V. Tables.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - Digitaleditors, Jeffrey B. Halter, Joseph G. Ouslander, Stephanie Studenski, Kevin P. High, Sanjay Asthana, Mark A. Supiano, Christine Ritchie ; editor emeritus and senior advisor, William R. Hazzard ; senior editorial assistant, Nancy F. Woolard.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2017
- Digitaleditor, Jeffrey B. Halter, Joseph G. Ouslander, Stephanie Studenski, Kevin P. High, Sanjay Asthana, Mark A. Supiano, Christine Ritchie, Kenneth Schmader.Summary: "This textbook has become a mainstay of the rapidly developing field of geriatric medicine"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
- Digitaledited by Oliver H. Krä̈mer.
- Digitaledited by Tsugikazu Komoda.Summary: The HDL Handbook: Biological Functions to Clinical Implications brings laboratory research in HDL from bench to bedside in this needed resource for researchers and clinicians studying cholesterol, lipids, epidemiology, biochemistry, molecular medicine, and pathophysiology of cardiovascular diseases. In addition, researchers and clinicians working with an aging population, corporate researchers, post-doctorates; medical students and graduate students will find this publication useful because the scope of coverage includes basic science, genetics, epidemiology, and treatment of HDL cholesterol as well as potential targets to modify HDL cholesterol. Provides bench-to-bedside coverage of HDL with thorough coverage of basic science, genetics, epidemiology, and treatment Presents a complete update with six new chapters on the latest advances in HDL cholesterol research with international perspective New chapters on proteomics, clinical impact of LCAT in HDL metabolism, and an in-depth discussion of potential targets to modify HDL provide a translational reference for clinicians.
Contents:
1. Introduction of HDL molecules, past and brief future / Mari Tabuchi, Tsugikazu Komoda
2. Apolipoprotein A-I mutations and clinical evaluation / Akira Matsunaga
3. The complexity of high-density lipoproteins / Bela F. Asztalos, Mariko Tani, Brian Ishida
4. Reverse cholesterol transport in HDL metabolism : modulation of structural and functional features of HDL particles / Elise F. Villard, Maryse Guerin
5. Role of ATP-binding cassette transporters A1 and G1 in reverse cholesterol transport and atherosclerosis / Makoto Ayaori, Katsunori Ikewaki
6. Sphingolipids and HDL metabolism / Xian-Cheng Jiang, Zhiqiang Li, Amirfarbod Yazdanyar
7. Role of lecithin : cholesterol acyltransferase in HDL metabolism and atherosclerosis / Lusana Ahsan [and six others]
8. Cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors : a hope remains / Akihiro Inazu
9. HDL apoprotein mimetic peptides as anti-inflammatory molecules / Godfrey S. Getz, Catherine A. Reardon
10. Oxidized high-density lipoprotein : friend or foe / Toshiyuki Matsunaga, Akira Hara, Tsugikazu Komoda
11. Current aspects of paraoxonase-1 research / Mike Mackness, Bharti Mackness
12. Proteomic diversity in HDL : a driving force for particle function and target for therapeutic intervention / Scott M. Gordon.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - Digitaledited by Tsugikazu Komoda.Contents:
Molecular mechanisms of hyperalphalipoproteinemia / Shizuya Yamashita, Daisaku Masuda, Tohru Ohama and Masahiro Koseki
CETP deficiency and concerns in CETP inhibitor development / Akhiro Inazu
Degenerated HDL and its clinical implications / Hirokazu Honda, Toshiyuki Matsunaga and Tsugikazu Komoda
HDL Apoprotein mimetic peptides as antiinflammatory molecules / Godfrey S. Getz and Catherine A. Reardon
Reverse cholesterol transport in HDL metabolism / Maryse Guerin
Role of ATP-Binding cassette transporters A1 and G1 in reverse cholesterol transport in altherosclerosis / Kazuhiro Nakaya, Makoto Ayaori and Katsunori Ikewaki
Sphingosin-1-phosphate and HDL metabolism / Xian-Cheng Jiang and Zhiqiang Li
Role of SR-BI in HDL metabolism / Herbert Stangl and Witta Monika Strobl
Paroxonase 1 and its clinical relevance / Alejandro Gugliucci
MicroRNA regulation of HDL homeostasis / Xinghui Sun and Mark W. Feinberg
The application of proteomic techniques in the study of HDL particle characterization and biomarker discovery / Elena Burillo, Inmaculada Jorge, Diego Martínez-López, Emilio Camafeita, Jesus Vazquez and Jose L. Martin-Ventura
Therapies targeting HDLc levels and HDL function / Cecelia Vitali and Marina Cuchel.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalLemin Zheng, editor.Summary: This book focuses on both high-density lipoproteins (HDL) metabolism and related diseases from the perspectives of the world-class experts in HDL. Several chapters in this book provide the overall information about HDL metabolism via detailed discussion of HDL structures as well as several key molecules involved in its functions, such as SR-B1 and Cholesteryl Ester Transfer Protein Inhibitors and so on. The rest of this book illustrates the connection between HDL and several diseases that are the major concerns of peoples health in many countries, and devotes to exploring the therapies of HDL related diseases. With a better understanding of the HDL metabolism and diseases, this book will benefit the audiences with interest in HDL from biomedicine to clinical practice.
Contents:
Chapter 1: HDL Structure
Chapter 2: HDL and Cholesterol ester transfer protein (CETP)
Chapter 3: HDL and Endothelial Function
Chapter 4: HDL and lipid metabolism
Chapter 5: HDL and oxidation
Chapter 6: Scavenger Receptor Class B Type I and HDL
Chapter 7: ABCA1, ABCG1 and cholesterol homeostasis
Chapter 8: HDL and ASCVD
Chapter 9: HDL and Diabetes
Chapter 10: HDL and sepsis
Chapter 11: HDL mimetic peptides
Chapter 12: HDL and microRNAs
Chapter 13: HDL-kidney diseases
Chapter 14: HDL and therapy
Chapter 15: High-density lipoprotein and Surgery. - Digital[edited by] David Goldenberg.Summary: "Head & Neck Endocrine Surgery: A Comprehensive Textbook, Surgical, and Video Atlas by renowned head and neck surgical oncologist David Goldenberg, with chapters by esteemed contributors from various fields, is the most comprehensive textbook written on this topic to date. It covers all aspects of medical and surgical management of thyroid and parathyroid diseases. In addition to classic and cutting-edge surgical procedures, the text discusses novel topics such as molecular testing, radiofrequency ablation of thyroid nodules, risk stratification, pathology, and remote access surgical techniques. The book is organized into seven sections and 62 succinct chapters featuring a unique layout conducive to modern learning. Five sections on the thyroid gland start with historical perspectives and basic science, concluding with postoperative management and therapies including ethical and medicolegal concerns. The last two sections focus on historical perspectives, basic science, and surgical management of parathyroid diseases"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalEnrico Marani, Ciska Heida.Summary: This book offers a critical review of the head and neck from an anatomical, physiological and clinical perspective. It begins by providing essential anatomical and physiological information, then discusses historical and current views on specific aspects in subsequent chapters. For example, the anatomy of the skull cap or cranial vault provided in the first chapter is discussed in the context of malformation and identity, as well as the development of the bony skull, in the following chapters. These chapters provide stepping-stones to guide readers through the book. There are new fields of research and technological developments in which Anatomy and Physiology lose track of progress. One of the examples discussed is the automated face recognition. In some respects, e.g. when it comes to cancers and malformations, our understanding of the head and neck - and the resulting therapeutic outcomes - have been extremely disappointing. In others, such as injuries following car accidents, there have been significant advances in our understanding of head and neck dysfunctions and their treatment. Therefore head movements, also during sleep, and head and neck reflexes are discussed. The book makes unequivocal distinctions between correct and incorrect assumptions and provides a critical review of alternative clinical methods for head and neck dysfunctions, such as physiotherapy and lymphatic drainage for cancers. Moreover, it discusses the consequences of various therapeutic measures for physiological and biomechanical conditions, as well as puberty and aging. Lastly, it addresses important biomedical engineering developments for hearing e.g. cochlear implants and for applying vestibular cerebellar effects for vision.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Compartments of Head and Neck; 1.2 Spatial and Structural Relations; 1.3 Paired and Unpaired Structures; 1.4 Coherence Spatial; 1.5 What Is Said of Head and Neck and One's Personality?; 1.6 Head and Neck and Quitilian's Rhetoric; 1.7 Head Transplantation; 1.8 Head and Neck Summary; References; 2 The Skullcap, Cranial Vault or Calvarium; 2.1 Introduction: Landmarks of the Skull; 2.1.1 The Mona Lisa; 2.1.2 Dante Alighieri; 2.2 Trepanation; 2.2.1 History and Research; 2.2.2 Human Migration Worldwide 2.2.3 Frequency of Trepanation2.2.4 Amulets and Postmortem Trepanation; 2.2.5 Modern Surgical Trepanation; 2.2.5.1 Modern Neurosurgery; 2.2.5.2 Witch Doctor Surgery in Africa; Arabic and Byzantine Trepanation and the Treatment of Head Wounds; Undertaker; 2.3 Calvarium Research; 2.3.1 Spaceflights; 2.3.2 Sutures, Fibroblast Growth Factor Receptor and Craniosynostosis; 2.4 Skull Structure and Yellow Bone Marrow; 2.5 Vesalius (1514-1564) and Skull Morphology; 2.6 Leonardo Da Vinci (1452-1519) and the "Oldest" Miniature-Scale Sculpture of the Skull; 2.7 Epilepsy and Electrodes; References 3 Malformation and Identity3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Terminology; 3.3 Head and Neck Malformations; 3.3.1 Acardiacus; 3.4 Identity; 3.5 Neural Crest Malformations; 3.5.1 Neural Crest and Placodes; 3.5.1.1 Cephalic Migration (Figs. 3.7 and 3.8); 3.5.1.2 Trunk Migration (Figs. 3.7 and 3.8); 3.5.2 Placodes; 3.5.3 Craniofacial Malformations: Holoprosencephaly; References; 4 The Development of the Bony Skull; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Breaks in Growth Velocity; 4.3 Principles of Skull Development; 4.4 Mesoderm, Neural Crest and Placode; 4.5 Eye Dominance and the Orbit; 4.6 Foetal Movements and Skull Growth 4.6.1 The Mandible4.7 The Skull Base Development; 4.7.1 Neuromere Borders and Crest Cell Migration; 4.7.2 The Development of the Tympanic Cavity and the Tympanic Ring; 4.8 The Jugular Foramen; References; 5 Gustation, The Act or Sensation of Tasting; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Taste and Its Definition; 5.3 Henning Again; 5.4 Changing Your Taste: A Puzzling Mystery; 5.5 Transmitting the Taste Signal; 5.6 Taste and Pregnancy; 5.7 Diseases and Taste; 5.8 Understanding Taste Information; 5.9 The "Fusion" Kitchen: Clove, Oregano and Chilli; 5.10 Reflexes, Taste and the Tongue 5.10.1 Blowfly Snout Reflex5.10.2 Human Tongue Reflex; 5.11 Manipulation of Taste; References; 6 Oral Cavity: Tongue, Palate and Teeth; 6.1 Intermezzo: Topography of Spaces in Head and Neck; 6.2 Teeth; 6.2.1 Awareness of the Oral Cavity: Carious Toothache; 6.2.2 Tooth Eruption; 6.3 The Tongue; 6.4 Supra- and Infrahyoidal Muscles; 6.5 Substantia Nigra and the Oral Cavity; 6.6 The Soft Palate; 6.6.1 Anatomy and Function of the Soft Palate Muscles; 6.6.2 Innervation of the Muscles of the Upper Pharynx and Soft Palate; 6.6.3 Palate Myoclonus; References - DigitalMahmoud Sakr, editor.Contents:
Maxillo-facial Injuries
Swellings of the Scalp
Surgery of the Salivary Glands
Tumors of the Jaw
The Oral Cavity
Surgery of the Face
Deep cervical infections
Cervical Lymphadenopathy
Neck Swellings
Tumors of the Pharynx
Surgery of the Thyroid Gland
Surgery of the Parathyroid Glands
Surgery of the Supra-renal Glands
Neuroendocrine Tumors
Minimally invasive techniques in head and neck. .Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaleditors, Louis B. Harrison, Roy B. Sessions, Merrill S. Kies.Contents:
General principles of head and neck pathology
Clinical evaluation of the head and neck cancer patient
Prognostic factors in patients with head and neck cancer
Radiologic evaluation of the head and neck cancer patient
Novel radiation therapy techniques in the management of head and neck cancer
New approaches: robotics and endoscopic head and neck surgery
Targeted agents in squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck
Multidisciplinary reconstruction of the head and neck: general principles
Dental oncology and maxillofacial prosthetics
Interdisciplinary symptom management
Evaluation and rehabilitation of speech, voice, and swallowing functions after treatment of head and neck cancer
Human papillomavirus
associated head and neck carcinoma
Chemoprevention
Management of the neck
Metastatic cancer to the neck from an unknown primary site
Cancer of the oral cavity
Cancer of the oropharynx
Cancer of the larynx
Cancers of the hypopharynx and cervical esophagus
Cancer of the nasal vestibule, nasal cavity paranasal sinuses, anterior skull base, and orbit: surgical management
Cancer of the nasal cavity and paranasal sinus: radiation therapy and chemotherapy management
Cancer of the nasopharynx
Basal and squamous cell skin cancers
Melanoma of the head and neck
Management of salivary gland tumors
Primary and recurrent disease of the lateral skull base
Paragangliomas of the head and neck
Cancer of the thyroid and parathyroid
Soft tissue and bone sarcomas of the head and neck
Systemic targeted therapy for recurrent and metastatic head and neck squamous cell cancer.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] Eric M. Genden.Digital Access
- DigitalChristopher E. Fundakowski, editor.Summary: This volume serves to help readers understand and address factors that contribute to the psychological distress and negative self-perception of patients with head and neck cancer to improve their quality of life. It explores many of these issues in depth, such as the trends in diagnosis of head and neck cancer, disfigurement, advances and outcomes associated with minimally invasive surgery, long-term quality of life and functional outcomes, issues related to cancer pain, importance and impact of nutrition, how reconstructive advances effect functional outcomes, the impact of cancer recurrence, and financial consequences of cancer diagnosis and treatment. Head and Neck Cancer: Psychological and Psychosocial Effects will help otolaryngologists, oncologists, surgeons, psychologists and healthcare professionals define the unique issues associated with the HNC patient population, discuss pertinent data, outline key aspects of high quality care in this population, and to draw attention to necessary future investigations and developments. .
Contents:
Trends in Head and Neck Cancer
Treatment Related Patient Outcomes for Head and Neck Cancer
Quality of Life Implications in Head and Neck Cancer
Mental Health in Head and Neck Cancer
Disfigurement
Impact of Communication and Swallowing Dysfunction
The Impact of Nutrition on Patient Outcomes
The Impact of Pain
Considerations in Advanced and Recurrent Head and Neck Cancer
Financial Impact of Cancer Treatment
Instruments for Quality of Life and Mental Health Assessment
Multidisciplinary Care
The Role of Importance of the Head Neck Oncology Nurse Navigator
In Their Words.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalRobert Hermans, editor.Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to imaging as a crucial part of the multidisciplinary approach to head and neck cancer management. Readers will find a detailed overview of the findings obtained using different imaging techniques during the evaluation of head and neck neoplasms, both before and after therapy. All anatomic areas in the head and neck are covered, and the impact of imaging on patient management is discussed in detail. Full account is taken of the rapid technological developments of recent years, with explanation of the potential applications, limitations, and advantages of existing and evolving imaging technologies - vital knowledge for all members of the multidisciplinary team. The authors are recognized experts in the field, and numerous high-quality images are included. This third edition includes information on the latest imaging developments in this area as well as the most recent staging classification of head and neck cancer.
Contents:
Epidemiology, Risk Factors, Pathology, and Natural History of Head and Neck Neoplasms
Clinical and Endoscopic Examination of the Head and Neck
Imaging Techniques
Laryngeal Neoplasms
Neoplasms of the Hypopharynx and Proximal Esophagus
Neoplasms of the Oral Cavity
Neoplasms of the Oropharynx
Nasopharyngeal Neoplasms
Parapharyngeal Space Neoplasms
Malignant Lesions of the Masticator Space
Neoplasms of the Sinonasal Cavities
Parotid Gland and other Salivary Glands Tumors
Malignant Lesions of the Central and Posterior Skull Base
Thyroid and Parathyroid Neoplasms
Neck Nodal Disease
Neck Lymphoma
Positron Emission Tomography in Head and Neck Cancer
Use of Imaging in Radiotherapy for Head and Neck Cancer. - Printby Isadore Meschan, James F. Martin [and] Lee F. Rogers.
- DigitalDavid M. Yousem.Summary: One of the best selling volumes in the Case Review Series is now revised, with all new cases and a new question & answer format --excellent for honing skills and building confidence! This Second Edition of Head & Neck Imaging affords you a clinical tool that helps speed your differential diagnoses and ensures your proficiency. Organized like the *new* Oral Boards, it serves as a study guide for exams, CAQ and re-certification-and as a personal review of the subspecialty. Here, Johns Hopkins' Drs. Yousem and Aygun describe the latest techniques through 200 actual cases and close to 800 high-quality images. Tightly arranged, the text assures you fast access to information. Self-testing devices throughout validate your comprehension. Incorporates the most advanced imaging techniquesFormatted like the Oral Board Exam for easy study and reviewCross-referenced to Neuroradiology: The Requisites, Second Edition.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
- DigitalTaranjit Singh Tatla, Joseph Manjaly, Raekha Kumar, Alex Weller, editors.Summary: This book provides a practically applicable guide to the all the different imaging modalities used in the diagnosis and management of ENT & Head and Neck patients. It bridges the gap in understanding between surgeons treating ENT & Head and Neck conditions and radiologists who oversee the process of scan requests, interpretation and delivering reports that best inform the subsequent management. Chapters cover a variety of sub-specialist areas including plain films, ultrasound, computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), auditory implantation, paediatrics, head and neck cancer, trauma, three dimensional (3D) reconstruction and rehabilitation including swallow. This book facilitates surgeons and radiologists to further develop their understanding of each other's perspectives on clinical decision-making and appropriately interpreting the outputs from a range of imaging modalities. Head and Neck Imaging: A Multi-Disciplinary Team Approach is a resource well-suited to all trainees, residents, consultants who use these techniques to treat patients with head and neck symptoms. Furthermore, it is vital for those individuals preparing for exams in disciplines such as ear nose and throat, maxillofacial surgery and radiology.
Contents:
On Call Modality Selection: Is the plain film dead?
Head & Neck Ultrasound for Acute Admissions and in the Lump Clinic
CT Workhorse
Head and Neck Fascial Planes and Deep Neck Space Imaging
Imaging the Unified Airway
Friday Night Head and Neck Trauma
Imaging Of The Temporal Bone in Hearing Loss
Radiology of Head and Neck Cancer
Sino-nasal Radiology
Benign salivary gland disease: Imaging, diagnosis and minimal invasive treatment
Radiological imaging for non-traumatic paediatric ENT conditions
Evidence Based Imaging for Thyroid and Parathyroid Disease Management
Imaging of the Lateral Skull Base and Cochlear Implants
Anterior skull base and sinonasal surgery: dilemmas and complexities in management
Imaging of Swallow
The problematic middle ear and Cholesteatoma
Challenges in Sinonasal & Anterior Skull Base Imaging
Dysphagia following treatment for head and neck cancer
Imaging Considerations for Laryngeal Cancer Surgery
3D Imaging, 3D Printing and Additive Manufacture in Complex Reconstruction & Craniofacial Surgery Planning
Imaging for Anterior Neck Trauma. - DigitalDavid M. Yousem, MD, MBA.Summary: One of the best selling volumes in the Case Review Series is now revised, with all new cases and a new question & answer format --excellent for honing skills and building confidence! This Second Edition of Head & Neck Imaging affords you a clinical tool that helps speed your differential diagnoses and ensures your proficiency. Organized like the *new* Oral Boards, it serves as a study guide for exams, CAQ and re-certification-and as a personal review of the subspecialty. Here, Johns Hopkins' Drs. Yousem and Aygun describe the latest techniques through 200 actual cases and close to 800 high-quality images. Tightly arranged, the text assures you fast access to information. Self-testing devices throughout validate your comprehension. Incorporates the most advanced imaging techniquesFormatted like the Oral Board Exam for easy study and reviewCross-referenced to Neuroradiology: The Requisites, Second Edition.
Contents:
Front cover; Inside front cover; Half title page; Series Page; Head and Neck Imaging; Copyright page; Dedication; Series Foreword; Preface; Table of Contents; Opening Round; Case 1; History:; Answers; Case 1; Acute Sinusitis; Comment; Imaging Findings; Sites of Obstruction; Pathogens; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 2; History:; Answers; Case 2; Facial Fracture; Comment; Complications of Orbital Fractures; Incidence of Facial Bone Fractures; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 3; History:; Answers; Case 3; Adenoidal Hypertrophy; Comment; Associations with Lymphoid Hyperplasia. Invasion of Adjacent Structures by Thyroid CancerNeck Masses; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 7; History:; Answers; Case 7; Otomastoiditis and Coalescent Mastoiditis; Comment; Importance of Diagnosing Coalescent Mastoiditis; Complications of Otomastoiditis; Pathogens; Middle Ear/Mastoid Fluid Implications; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 8; History:; Answers; Case 8; Lymph Node in Setting of Prior History of Cancer; Comment; Radiology Diagnostic Oncology Group Landmark Study; Nodal Evaluation: Positron Emission Tomography versus Fine-Needle Aspiration; Thyroid Cancer Adenopathy; Reference. CommentHPV-Positive Oropharyngeal Cancer; HPV Types; Risk Factors for HPV-Positive Cancers; References; Cross-Reference; Case 13; History:; Answers; Case 13; Aberrant Right Subclavian Artery (Arteria Lusoria); Comment; Congenital Vascular Anomalies; Treatment of Aberrant Subclavian Artery; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 14; History:; Answers; Case 14; Second Branchial Cleft Cysts; Comment; Bailey Classification of Second Branchial Cleft Cysts; Appearance of Second BCCs; Differential Diagnosis; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 15; History:; Answers; Case 15; Concha Bullosa; Comment.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - DigitalMichael O'Brien and William P. Meehan III, editors.Contents:
Head and neck injury prevention / David Howell and William P. Meehan III
Protective equipment / Emilie Dolan and Peter Kriz
Sideline response and transport / Lisa M.G. Vopat
Contusions, abrasions, and lacerations of the head and neck in young athletes / Andrew F. Miller and Andrea Stracciolini
Concussions / Michael O'Brien and Purnima Bansal
Cumulative effects of concussion/chronic traumatic encephalopathy / Alex M. Taylor and Laura S. Blackwell
Skull fractures and structural brain injuries / Kevin T. Huang, Muhammad M. Abd-El-Barr, and Ian F. Dunn
Chiari malformations and other anomalies / Muhammad M. Abd-El-Barr and Mark R. Proctor
Muscular and ligamentous cervical spine injuries / Kate Dorney and Rebekah Mannix
Burners, stingers, and cervical cord neurapraxia/transient quadriparesis / Preetha A. Kurian, Deborah I. Light, and Hamish A. Kerr
Cervical spine injuries in sports / Robert V. Cantu and Robert C. Cantu
Cervical disc disease / Pierre A. d'Hemecourt and Courtney Gleason
Facial fracture and epistaxis / James P. MacDonald and Jane P. Sando
Visual dysfunction in concussion / Aparna Raghuram and Ankoor S. Shah
Dental and temporomandibular joint injuries / Mariusz Kajetan Wrzosek and David Alsexander Keith
Ear injuries in the athlete / Marcus Robinson and Anthony Luke.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalMetka Volavšek, editor.
- DigitalNorhafiza Mat Lazim, Zul Izhar Mohd Ismail, Baharudin Abdullah, editors.Summary: This book provides concise critical points used during most types of head and neck surgeries combined with captivating figures and labeled photographs as well as live surgery photographs. Important head and neck surgery such as thyroid surgery, salivary glands surgery, sinonasal surgery, laryngeal surgery, and neck dissection are incorporated in this book. Each chapter starts with the anatomical description of the surgical structures with labelled photographs, in order to facilitate the reader's understanding the anatomic region of the surgical structures, the diseases related to the highlighted structures and its surgery. The specific type of surgeries indicated for specific diseases are provided and discussed in a concise manner. Surgical procedures have also been presented in a clear and easily comprehensible manner using both important anatomical and surgical landmarks. Attractive labels and arrows are inserted alongside the figures. This book will be an excellent guide book especially for both undergraduate and postgraduate students, junior surgeons, clinicians, anatomy dissectors, scientists, as well as general academia. It will also be a valuable reference source for the junior head and neck surgeons and trainees in the head and neck surgical oncology specialty.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Foreword
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgment
Contents
About the Editors
1: Introduction to Head and Neck Surgery
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Head and Neck Anatomy
1.3 Role of Imaging Complementing the Anatomical Details Necessary for a Surgical Mapping
1.4 Anatomical Landmark of Head and Neck Region
1.4.1 Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands
1.5 Surgical Landmarks of Selected Head and Neck Surgery
1.5.1 Transverse Process of the First Cervical Vertebra
1.5.2 Parapharyngeal and Retropharyngeal Space
1.5.3 Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy 1.6 Dissection Procedure
1.6.1 Pearls and Pitfalls of Dissection Techniques
1.6.2 Dissection Guide
1.7 Optimal Setting for Head and Neck Cancer Surgery
1.8 Availability of Necessary Instrument and Supportive Staffs
1.9 Conclusion
References
2: Principle of Head and Neck Surgery and the Importance of Anatomical Characteristics
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Principle of Surgery for Head and Neck Cancer
2.3 Types of Head and Neck Surgery
2.3.1 Oral Cavity Surgery
2.3.2 Pharyngeal Surgery
2.3.3 Transoral Robotic Surgery (TORS)
2.4 Laryngeal Surgery 2.5 Nasal Cavity and Nasopharyngeal Surgery
2.6 Salivary Gland Surgery
2.7 Thyroid Gland Surgery
2.8 Neck Dissection
2.9 Ear and Temporal Bone Surgery
2.9.1 Paediatric Surgery
2.10 Anatomical Versus Surgical Landmarks
2.11 Techniques of Dissection
2.12 Pearls and Pitfalls of Head and Neck Surgery
2.13 Conclusion
References
3: Significance of Anatomical Versus Surgical Landmarks in Head and Neck Surgery
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Importance of Surgical Landmarks
3.3 Thyroid Surgery and Related Surgical Landmarks 3.4 Salivary Gland Surgery and Surgical Landmark
3.5 Oral Cavity and Oropharyngeal Surgery
3.6 Laryngeal and Pharyngeal Surgical Landmark
3.6.1 Pharynx
3.6.2 Nasopharyngeal Surgery
3.6.3 The Importance of Surgical Landmark During Neck Dissection
3.6.4 Sinus and Paranasal Sinus Surgery
3.6.5 Skull-Based Surgery and Landmarks
3.6.6 Temporal Bone Surgery
3.7 Conclusion
References
4: Radiological Assessment and Its Roles in Head and Neck Surgical Oncology
4.1 Introduction of Head and Neck Squamous Cell Carcinoma 4.1.1 Clinical Presentation and Assessment of Head and Neck Malignancy
4.1.2 Cross-Sectional Imaging of Head and Neck Tumours
4.2 Preoperative Imaging Evaluation
4.2.1 Perineural Tumour Spread
4.2.2 Carotid Artery Involvement
4.2.3 Invasion of Prevertebral Space
4.2.4 Bone and Cartilage Invasion
4.3 Imaging Highlights of Head and Neck Anatomy
4.3.1 Oral Cavity
4.3.2 Nasopharynx
4.3.3 Oropharynx
4.3.4 Hypopharynx
4.3.5 Larynx
4.4 The AJCC Head and Neck Tumour Classification Changes
4.4.1 Oral Cavity Squamous Cell Carcinoma - Digitaleditors Carl H. Snyderman, MD, MBA, Professor, Departments of Otaryngology and Neurological Surgery, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Co-Director, Center for Cranial Base Surgery, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Paul Gardner, MD, Department of Neurological Surgery, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Co-Director, Center for Cranial Base Surgery, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.Digital Access Ovid 2015
- DigitalKazuhiro Iida.Summary: This book covers all aspects of head-related transfer function (HRTF), from the fundamentals through to the latest applications, such as 3D sound systems. An introductory chapter defines HRTF, describes the coordinate system used in the book, and presents the most recent research achievements in the field. HRTF and sound localization in the horizontal and median planes are then explained, followed by discussion of individual differences in HRTF, solutions to this individuality (personalization of HRTF), and methods of sound image control for an arbitrary 3D direction, encompassing both classic theory and state of the art data. The relations between HRTF and sound image distance and between HRTF and speech intelligibility are fully explored, and measurement and signal processing methods for HRTF are examined in depth. Here, supplementary material is provided to enable readers to measure and analyze HRTF by themselves. In addition, some typical HRTF databases are compared. The final two chapters are devoted to the principles and applications of acoustic virtual reality. This clearly written book will be ideal for all who wish to learn about HRTF and how to use it in their research.
Contents:
Preface
1 Introduction
2 HRTF and sound localization in the horizontal plane
3 HRTFs and sound localization in the median plane
4 Individuality of HRTFs
5 HRTF and sound image control for an arbitrary three-dimensional direction
6 Directional band and spectral cue
7 Distance perception and HRTF
8 Speech intelligibility and the HRTF
9 Measurement method for HRTF
10 Signal processing of HRTF
11 Comparison of HRTF databases
12 Principle of three-dimensional sound reproduction
13 Acoustic VR system
Appendix 1 Perception of direction of an actual sound source
Appendix 2 Transmission path of sound waves
Appendix 3 Prediction method of room acoustics
Appendix 4 Time window
Appendix 5 Method for making an earplug-type microphone
Appendix 6 HRTFs using 96-kHz sampling. - Digitaleditor, Sait Ashina.Summary: "The book covers epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment of primary and secondary headache disorders and facial pain disorders described in the third and latest edition of the International Classification of Headache Disorders (ICHD-3)"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessNeurology [2024], c2025
- DigitalIshaq Abu-Arafeh, Aynur Özge, editors.Contents:
1. A child with infrequent attacks of migraine without aura
2. A child with frequent attacks of migrain without aura
3. A child with chronic migraine without aura
4. A child with infrequent attacks of migraine with aura
5. A child with frequent attacks of migraine with aura
6. A child with migraine with intense visual aura/ "Alice in Wonderland Syndrome"
7. A child with hemiplegic migraine
8. A child with migraine with brainstem aura or basilar-type migraine
9. A child with infrequent episodic tension-type headache
10. A child with frequent episodic tension-type headache
11. A child with chronic tension-type headache
12. Cases of cluster headache
13. A child with "paroxysmal hemicrania"
14. A child with hemicrania continua
15. A child with stabbing headaches
16. A child with mixed types of headache: tension-type headache and migraine
17. An adolescent with chronic daily headache
18. A child with headache attributed to intracranial neoplasm
19. A child with idiopathic intracranial hypertension
20. A child with spontaneous intracranial hypotension
21. A child with migraine and Chiari Malformation Type 1
22. A child with sinusitis and headache
23. A child with headache and seizures
24. Benign paroxysmal vertigo of childhood
25. A child with cyclical vomiting syndrome
26. A child with benign paroxysmal torticollis
27. A child with abdominal migraine
28. A child with headache and chronic fatigue syndrome
29. A child with medication overuse headache
30. A child with thunderclap headache
31. A child with trigeminal neuralgia
32. A child with headache and depression
33. A child with headache and anxiety disorder including school refusal
34. A child with headache and attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder
35. A child with headache and substance abuse
36. A child with chronic posttraumatic headache
Headache diary of children and adolescents
Glossary.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Stephanie Schroeder and Teresa Theophano.Summary: "Headcase is a groundbreaking collection of personal reflections and artistic representations illustrating the intersection of mental wellness, illness, and LGBTQ identity, as well as the lasting impact of historical views equating queer and trans identity with mental illness. The pieces offer personal views from both providers and clients, often one and the same, about their experiences. In the anthology, readers will access the inner thoughts of an array of individuals, including: a therapist with dual status who also happens to be transgender and practicing in the Midwest; a lesbian writer and psychotherapist recounting her mother's experience with forced institutionalization, shock therapy, and "conversion therapy" in the 1950s; a queer illustrator presenting unique glyph illustrations that represent a panoply of identity-related questions and answers; an award-winning gay male writer discussing his struggle with depression publicly for the first time; and a trans activist of color writing about surviving madness in the inner city and how his community of mental health and social justice youth activists help each other thrive. Several contributors also document the difficulty of navigating flawed health care systems that limit affordable access to genuinely affirming, effective services. Cultural norms and barriers to accessibility have an enormous impact on the quality of care available to LGBTQ communities. Traversing boundaries of race and ethnic identity, age, gender identity, and socioeconomic status, Headcase should appeal to LGBTQ communities and, specifically, LGBTQ mental health consumers and their friends, families, and comrades."--Publisher information "A provocative collection of texts and artwork by mental health consumers and providers alike, HEADCASE: LBGTQ Writers & Artists on Mental Health and Wellness breaks new ground in documenting issues in LGBTQ mental health care with superbly written and powerfully rendered personal and political stories and images."--Back cover
Contents:
Foreword / Kai Cheng Thom ; Introduction / Stephanie Schroeder and Teresa Theophano
Part I. Conversations about mental health and wellness. Falling through the cracks of queer and black / Tanisha Neely ; Queer affirmative therapy / Arlene Istar Lev ; Not all wounds are visible / Louisa Hammond ; Border/lines / Juan Antonio Trujillo ; Sa kanyang sariling mga salita : health, identity, and articulations of self / Donald V. Brown, Jr. with Fidelindo A. Lim ; Trust me, I'm a doctor / Lynn Breedlove ; LGBTQ substance abuse and mental health issues : a provider's journey / Joseph Ruggiero ; The bone crushing / Bill Konigsberg
Part II: Stories of survival. In Chiron's footsteps / Paula J. Williams ; Not our fault / Chana Wilson ; Figuring it out together : mental health survival strategies from Detroit's queer and trans youth of color / Lance Hicks ; Sisyphus (or: Rocks fall and everyone dies) / J.R. Sullivan Voss ; The family legacy ends here / Teresa Theophano ; Roll the dice / Michael Brown ; Jesus and the closets / Sara Zaanti ; The lived experience of LGBTQ veterans : finding support within the VA healthcare system / Kathryn Wagner
Part III: Encounters of the mad kind. Psychiatry / Kate Millett ; Surviving science, or: How I learned to stop worrying and love being mad and queer / Calvin Rey Moen ; Knowing Reynolds / Lucy Winer ; On a subway platform, a life flashes : here, gone / Antoine B. Craigwell ; This work is about digested socks / Gabrielle Jordan Stein ; Taming my inner fundamentalist / Kelly Barth ; Fix me please : I'm gay! / Guy Albert ; Crowdsourcing my antipsychotic / Stephanie Schroeder
Part IV: Pushing boundaries. On listening to clients, or Why do providers sometimes have a hard time hearing what recipients of care have to say? / Christian Huygen ; Problem glyphs / Eliza Gauger ; Erasure / Gabriella M. Belfiglio ; Informed consent / Asher J. Wickell ; Bad penny / J.M. Ellison ; Liberating the big pink elephant in the therapy room / Thomas Mondragon ; GLEAM / Nikkiesha N. McLeod
Part V: The poetics of mental health and wellness. Outlier: the agoraphobia fragments / Kevin Shaw ; Were you confused as a child? / Stephen Mead ; Pleasure-based parenting / Crista Anne ; Doctor Anonymous : a play, and a lesson in medical ethics / Guy Fredrick Glass ; Jekyll's lover / James Penha ; Feathers / Benjamin Klas.Digital Access Ovid 2019 - DigitalLaura A. Jana, MD, FAAP & Jennifer Shu, MD, FAAPContents:
Section 1: Into the mouths of babes
Section 2: What goes in must come out
Section 3: Activities of daily living
Section 4: Activities of daily learning
Section 5: Thinking outside of the house
Section 6: Just for the health of it
Section 7: Thanks for the memories.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020 - DigitalHeads, Jaws, and Muscles : Anatomical, Functional, and Developmental Diversity in Chordate Evolutioneditors, Janine M. Ziermann, Raul E. Diaz Jr. and Rui Diogo.Summary: The vertebrate head is the most complex part of the animal body and its diversity in nature reflects a variety of life styles, feeding modes, and ecological adaptations. This book will take you on a journey to discover the origin and diversification of the head, which evolved from a seemingly headless chordate ancestor. Despite their structural diversity, heads develop in a highly conserved fashion in embryos. Major sensory organs like the eyes, ears, nose, and brain develop in close association with surrounding tissues such as bones, cartilages, muscles, nerves, and blood vessels. Ultimately, this integrated unit of tissues gives rise to the complex functionality of the musculoskeletal system as a result of sensory and neural feedback, most notably in the use of the vertebrate jaws, a major vertebrate innovation only lacking in hagfishes and lampreys. The cranium subsequently further diversified during the major transition from fishes living in an aquatic environment to tetrapods living mostly on land. In this book, experts will join forces to integrate, for the first time, state-of-the-art knowledge on the anatomy, development, function, diversity, and evolution of the head and jaws and their muscles within all major groups of extant vertebrates. Considerations about and comparisons with fossil taxa, including emblematic groups such as the dinosaurs, are also provided in this landmark book, which will be a leading reference for many years to come.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
1: Evolution of Chordate Cardiopharyngeal Muscles and the Origin of Vertebrate Head Muscles; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Musculature of the Sea Squirt Ciona intestinalis and Amphioxus Branchiostoma floridae; 1.3 Evolution and Homology of Chordate Muscles Based on Developmental and Anatomical Studies; 1.4 Recent Findings in the Context of the New Head Hypothesis; 1.4.1 Development and Evolution of Chordate Muscles and the Origin of Jaw and Other Head Muscles in Vertebrates; 1.4.2 General Remarks; References 2.2.5.2 Homology of Placoderm Tooth Plates2.2.6 Musculature Associated with the Jaws, Hyoid Arch and Branchial Arches; 2.2.7 Evolution of a Neck and a Moveable Head; 2.3 Conclusions; Further Reading; References;
3: Cranium, Cephalic Muscles, and Homologies in Cyclostomes; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Skull and Jaw Evolution; 3.2.1 The Cyclostome Chondrocranium; 3.2.2 Development of the Chondrocranium; 3.2.3 The Evolution of Jaws; 3.3 Muscle Evolution; 3.3.1 Evolution of the Gnathostome Jaw and Mandibular Arch Muscles; 3.4 Summary; References
2: Early Vertebrates and the Emergence of Jaws2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Innovations; 2.2.1 Origin of the New Head; 2.2.2 Evolution and Development of Jaws and the Hyoid Arch; 2.2.2.1 Gill Arch Theory/Serial Hypothesis; 2.2.2.2 Evolution and Development of the Jaws; 2.2.2.3 Mandibular Confinement Hypothesis; 2.2.3 Separated Nasal Sacs and the Heterotopy and Mandibular Confinement Hypotheses; 2.2.4 The First Jaws in Phylogenetically Basal Jawed Vertebrates: The Placoderms; 2.2.5 Mineralization Associated with Jaws; 2.2.5.1 Organized Teeth and Dentitions in Early Vertebrates 4.5.4 Musculature Used for Breathing, and Spiracular Breathing4.6 Gill Arch Evolution; 4.7 Chondrichthyan Brains and Senses; 4.8 Sense Organ Development; 4.8.1 Smell/Olfaction; 4.8.2 Taste/Gustation; 4.8.3 Vision; 4.8.4 Color Vision in Sharks?; 4.8.5 Hearing and Mechanosenses; 4.8.6 Electroreception (Ampullae of Lorenzini); 4.9 Conclusions; Further Readings; References;
5: Actinopterygians: Head, Jaws and Muscles; 5.1 Introduction; 5.1.1 Osteichthyes; 5.1.2 Actinopterygii; 5.2 Anatomy; 5.2.1 Skull and Jaws; 5.2.1.1 Neurocranium; 5.2.1.2 Splanchnocranium
4: Chondrichthyan Evolution, Diversity, and Senses4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 What Are Chondrichthyes?; 4.1.2 Historical Overview; 4.1.3 Evolutionary History of Chondrichthyans; 4.2 Early Origin of Holocephalans and Iniopterygians; 4.3 Major Events in the Evolution of Chondrichthyans; 4.3.1 What Makes Them Special?; 4.3.2 The Chondrichthyan Cranium; 4.3.3 Chondrichthyan Jaws and Jaw Suspension; 4.4 Chondrichthyan Dentitions; 4.5 Musculature; 4.5.1 Muscles for Jaw Mechanics; 4.5.2 Modification of the Jaw Musculature in Suction Feeders; 4.5.3 Jaw Musculature in Prey Crushers - Digital/PrintThomas Insel, MD.Contents:
Introduction
A crisis of care. Our problem
Alien to our affections
Treatments work
Overcoming the barriers to change. Fixing crisis care
Crossing the quality chasm
Precision medicine
Beyond stigma
Recovery: people, place, and purpose
The way forward. Simpler solutions
Innovation
Prevention
Healing.Digital Access 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - PrintThomas Hübl ; with Julie Jordan Avritt.Summary: "Thomas Hübl explains the most recent science of trauma and shares the principles of his Collective Trauma Integration Process (CTIP), a protocol he has facilitated for groups in the US, Germany, Israel, and elsewhere. He examines collective trauma both from the perspective of the latest research and through a spiritual lens informed by 15 years as a meditation teacher. Including contributions from renowned experts from across the field of trauma treatment, as well as meditative practices to support both counselors and clients, Healing Collective Trauma presents a fresh perspective on trauma integration along with practical tools for beginning the journey to wholeness"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Prologue
Mystical principles of healing
The material science of trauma
The inner science of trauma
The architecture of collective trauma
The wisdom of collective trauma
A group process for integration
Guidance for facilitators, therapists, and healers
Picture of a traumatized world
Visions of an integrating world
Epilogue
Appendix. guided practices.Print - DigitalGeorg Seifert, Alfred Längler, editors.Summary: This book offers precise and highly informative instructions for nurses and caregivers on how to select external applications for various indications and how to perform them on children. It also enables readers to gain a deeper understanding of the skin, its functions and the therapeutic potential of external applications. The sense of touch is the first sensation that develops in the body during embryonal development; therefore, it is essential for orientation in the world from the beginning of life. The skin is known as the body's protective mantle. It is the largest sensory organ of the human body and plays a key role in perception, social interaction and health. Touch and external applications to the skin can have a lasting effect on overall health and wellbeing and contribute to the healing of various conditions in children. Through the skin, children react sensitively to external influences like natural active ingredients and touch. These mechanisms are particularly relevant with regard to the deep relationship between the skin and the organism as a whole. External applications use these mechanisms to support the health and healing processes in children. The book is intended for healthcare professionals interested in complementing conventional pediatric care with external applications, especially in daily use by nurses and caregivers. Nurses will find guidance from complementary medicine and care to deal with various indications occurring in various pediatric fields like pediatric surgery, psychiatry, oncology, intensive care, neonatology and during the phases of child development. In addition to the detailed descriptions of the application techniques, it provides insights into the theory behind external applications and explains the mechanisms of action. Furthermore, it includes case studies, scientific data and personal reports from experts.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1. Introduction: External applications
Chapter 2. Factors of touch based external applications
Chapter 3. The skin
Chapter 4. Therapeutic effects and relations of external applications
Chapter 5. Techniques of external applications
Chapter 6. Instructions for external applications
Chapter 7. Substances
Chapter 8. Search register/Glossary. - DigitalDuff R. Waring.Contents:
Acknowledgements. 1 Introduction : Psychotherapy and virtue ethics
Chapter synopsis
Psychotherapy and the art of living well by being well. 2 Psychotherapy and the moderate skeptic's challenge : Introduction
The secular confessional
Psyche and life
A tincture of pyrrhonism
Conclusion. 3 Epistemic virtues in psychotherapy: a response to the moderate skeptic's challenge : Introduction
Definitional parameters
First argument: recasting the moderate skeptic's challenge as a virtue epistemologist
Second argument: psychotherapy and the cultivation of epistemic virtues
What virtuous epistemic regulation aims to avoid: interpretive force-fitting
Epistemic goods in psychotherapy
Limitations of a virtue epistemic response
Further thoughts on the moderate skeptic's challenge
Conclusion. 4 Reparative ethics: the nexus between mental health and moral virtue : Introduction
The distinction between ethics and morality
Ethical and moral values in conceptions of mental disorder
The demoralized woman
Ethical and moral values in psychotherapeutic praxis
Ethical and moral values in conceptions of positive mental health
Conclusion. 5 Psychotherapy and the virtuous patient : Introduction
The virtuous patient
Virtue-laden psychotherapy cases
An apposite theory of virtue ethics
Seneca's angry man
From theory to practice: patient-related virtues in psychotherapy
Counter-arguments and qualifications
Responsibility with temperate affective blame
Temperate affective blame and moral emotions in psychotherapy
Conclusion. 6 The responsibilities of patients in a psychotherapeutic healing project : Introduction
The responsible patient
Moral and ethical patient responsibilities
The virtues by which responsibilities are met
Recovery virtues and positive mental health
Authenticity as a virtuous way of living
Conclusion. 7 Four psychotherapies and the triadic analysis : Introduction
Authenticity and existential psychotherapy
The demoralized woman redux
Authenticity and Kohut's self-psychology
Cognitive behavioral therapy
Mentalization-based therapy
Conclusion. 8 Caveats, summations, and stones left unturned. Bibliography
Index.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalIlaria Tarricone, Anita Riecher-Rössler, editors.Summary: This book presents a concise and comprehensive overview of the most important protective and risk factors for women's health, and reviews the main areas of medical science from a gender perspective. Numerous scientific experiments and studies have shown how gender differences significantly affect the clinical presentation of physical and mental health disorders as well as responses to treatments. This text highlights these issues, while at the same time reflecting on the practical implications of the theoretical knowledge presented. It also examines the organization of social and health services, which should increasingly take into account the specificities related to gender differences and where equality is based on truly embracing these differences. The final part provides insights into the experiences and testimonies collected by the authors of the book. Written by a multidisciplinary team of medical, psychosocial and humanities professionals, this book is of interest to health professionals and medical students. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Fairness, Equality and Health: Toward a Gender Oriented Prospective
The Woman in the History of Health
Gender Violence: Risk Factors and Resilience
Vulnerability Factors and Protective Factors for Mental Health: A Rereading in Gender Perspective
Gender, Genoma and Health
Women at Work
Women, Migration and Social
Environment
Media
Cinema
Women and music
Sport and Gender
Diet and Gender
Motherhood, Childbirth and Perinatal Age
Childhood
Adolescence
Sexual health, LGBT and
Human Right
Senility
Heart and Vascular Disorders
Endocrine Disorders
Urogenital and Reproductive Disorders
Central and Peripheral Nervous Disorders
Psychiatric
Disorders
Gender and Pain
The Brain Gut Axis and the Gender
Infectious diseases and gender
Social Services
Primary Care
Towards Gender-Sensitive Mental Health Services
Guarantee Committee for Equal Opportunity, Employee Well-being and Non-discrimination at Work (CUG)
Prevention of Violence and Emergency Services
When the woman is the mother: the work of pediatrician for caring mothers and children
ADU
A Vase of Flowers
Women at School
When the daughter is a doctor.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.Summary: This book offers a reliable source of information on the latest advances and current trends in the medical and clinical sciences. The focus is on certain fields that are of consistently high practical interest due to widespread disease morbidity, and on pathomechanisms that are not yet fully understood and their treatment. The topics covered include, but are not limited to, the search for novel biomarkers of colorectal cancer, morbidity and mortality after traumatic brain injuries, and impairment in brain-controlled muscle mechanisms after stroke. In addition, problematic issues in pulmonary medicine are discussed at length. These issues, notably, concern human studies that have set the standards for allergy, sensory irritation, and sensitization research, as well as studies on the management and treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and obstructive sleep apnea. Lastly, the book addresses various aspects of commonplace viral respiratory infections, such as vulnerability and transmission in both pediatric and adult populations, flue vaccination coverage, and post-infectious respiratory complications. The books goal is to promote the restoration and maintenance of good health, disease prophylaxis, and improved patient management by integrating research into clinical work and findings on improving care. It offers a valuable asset for clinical specialists, researchers, and everyone engaged in healthcare.
Contents:
Chitinase 3-Like 1, Nestin, and Testin Proteins as Novel Biomarkers of Potential Clinical Use in Colorectal Cancer: A review
Self-Reported Survey on Allergy Symptoms among First-Year Students in Veterinary Medicine: a Preamble to the AllergoVet Cohort Study
The Pattern of Sensitization Influences Exhaled and Nasal Nitric Oxide Levels in Young Adults
Discrimination between Atopic, Allergic, and Asthmatic Volunteers for Human Exposure Studies on Sensory Irritation
Impaired Coordination and Recruitment of Muscle Agonists, but not Abnormal Synergies or Co-contraction, Have a Significant Effect on Motor Impairments after Stroke
Prognostics of Hospitalization Length and Mortality in Patients with Traumatic Frontal Brain Contusions
Circulating P-Selectin and its Glycoprotein Ligand in Non-Diabetic Obstructive Sleep Apnea Patients
Nutritional Status and Dietary Patterns in Adults with Severe Obstructive Sleep Apnea
Medication Compliance in COPD Patients
Seasonality of Respiratory Syncytial Virus Hospitalization
Factors Affecting Influenza Vaccination Rate in Adults with Asthma
Respiratory Complications in Children Hospitalized with Respiratory Syncytial Virus Infection.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaleditors, Zulfiqar A. Bhutta, Maria Makrides, Andrew M. Prentice.Contents:
Adolescent health globally : issues and challenges / Patton, G.C.; Sawyer, S.M.
Preconception care and nutrition interventions in low- and middle-income countries / Bhutta, Z.A.; Lassi, Z.S.
Adolescent health and nutrition in the US and Canada : an overview of issues and determinants / Cidro, J.; Suleman, S.; Leslie, K.; Amaria, K.; Hartman, B.; Thompson, G.; Freeman, J.; Bismila, Z.; Bismila, V.; Moore, E.; Morgan, R.; Alebraheem, Z.; Kaufman, M.
Nutrition challenges and issues of relevance to adolescents in low- and middle-income countries / Prentice, A.M.
Social determinants of health in adolescents and young women's health and nutrition : current evidence / Fatusi, A.O.; Bello, B.
Platforms for delivery of adolescent-friendly health care / Sawyer, S.M.; Patton, G.C.
Polycystic ovary syndrome in young women : issues and consequences / Norman, R.J.; Moran, L.J.
Obesity, prediabetes, and diabetes in adolescents and women : evidence-based interventions / Lassi, Z.S.; Bhutta, Z.A.
Interventions before and during pregnancy to minimize the risks of an overweight pregnancy / Dekker Nitert, M.; Matusiak, K.; Barrett, H.L.; Callaway, L.K.
Understanding drivers of dietary behavior before and during pregnancy in industrialized countries / Malek, L.; Umberger, W.; Zhou, S.J.; Makrides, M.Digital Access Karger 2015 - DigitalAbdul Malik, Zerrin Erginkaya, Hüseyin Erten, editors.Summary: Food processing is expected to affect content, activity and bioavailability of nutrients; the health-promoting capacity of food products depends on their processing history. Traditional technologies, such as the use of antimicrobials and thermal processing, are efficient in increasing nutritional value to an extent, though they may not be effective at addressing food safety, particularly when it comes to maintaining the food's molecular structure. Modern food processing plants improve the quality of life for people with allergies, diabetics, and others who cannot consume some common food elements. Food processing can also add extra nutrients, such as vitamins. Processed foods are often less susceptible to early spoilage than fresh foods and are better suited for long-distance transportation from the source to the consumer. However, food processing can also decrease the nutritional value of foods and introduce hazards not encountered with naturally occurring products. Processed foods often include food additives, such as flavourings and texture-enhancing agents, which may have little or no nutritive value, and may in fact be unhealthy. This book deals with the subject of food processing in a unique way, providing an overview not only of current techniques in food processing and preservation (i.e., dairy, meat, cereal, vegetables, fruits and juice processing, etc.) but also the health and safety aspects: food technologies that improve nutritional quality of foods, functional foods, and nanotechnology in the food and agriculture industry. The text also looks into the future by defining current bottlenecks and future research goals. This work will serve as a ready reference for the subject matter to students and researchers alike.
Contents:
1. Management of Food Safety and Hygiene: An Overview
2. Food Contamination and Food Spoilage
3. Microbial escalation in meat and meat products and its consequences
4. Natural Microflora of Different Types of Foods
5. Emerging Technologies in Cereal Processing: Present Status and Future Potential in India
6. Emerging Technologies in Dairy Processing: Present status and Future Potential
7. Insect pest infestation during storage of fruits and vegetables
8. Insect pest infestation during storage of cereal grains, pulses and oilseeds
9. Recent Studies on Healthy Nutrients Changing in Fruit Juices Processed with Non-thermal Technologies
10. Potential industrial use of compounds from by-products of fruits and vegetables
11. Phytochemicals of whole grains and effects on health
12. Chemical Hazards in Foods
13. Risk Management of Chemical Hazards Arising During Food Manufacturing
14. Evaluation of probiotics in terms of food safety and human health
15. Beneficial bacterial biofilms in food industry
16. Next generation probiotics their molecular taxonomy and health benefits
17. Continuing Controversies Regarding Human Health Concerns from Nitrite and Nitrate Consumption in the Diet
18. The Risk of Vancomycin Resistant Enterococci Infections from Food Industry
19. New Concept in Packaging: Milk Protein Edible Films
20. Food Nanotechnology: An Emerging Technology in Food Processing and Preservation
21. Nanoparticles in Food Packaging: Opportunities and Challenges
22. Ultrasound: A Food Processing and Preservation Aid
23. A Natural Way of Food Preservation: Bacteriocins and applications. - Digitaledited by Holly Blake, PhD, CPsychol, PGCHE, BA (Hons), SFHEA, Gemma Stacey, PhD, MN, RN (MENTAL HEALTH), PGCHE, PFHEA.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023
- DigitalPrasun Chatterjee.Summary: This open access book takes a multidisciplinary approach to provide a holistic understanding of late old age, and situates the aged person within the context of family, caregivers, clinical and other institutions. All through the book, the author discusses preparedness for an aging individual as well as the society in the Indian context. The book highlights inevitable but mostly neglected health issues like depression, dementia, fall, and frailty and provides detailed analyses of solutions that are practicable in low resource settings. It also brings up intergenerational differences and harmony in the context of holistic care of older Indians. Alongside clinical perspectives, the book uses narratives of elderly patients to dwell on the myriad of problems and issues that constitute old age healthcare. Demonstrating cases that range from the most influential to the most underprivileged elderly in India, the book enlightens multiple caregivers--doctors, nurses, and professional caregivers, but also family members--about the dynamic approach required in dealing with complex issues related to late old age. The narratives make the book relatable and interesting to non-academic readers, with important lessons for gerontological and geriatric caregiving. It is also of use to older adults in preparing for active aging. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Understanding frailty : the science and beyond
Living with failing memory : a caregiver's perspective
Panorama of cancer
Meaningful engagement : an option or not
Constipation : more than just "a symptom"
Fall : a geriatric syndrome with endless agony
Stroke, premorbid status and resilience
Discussion about sexual health : is it age inappropriate?
To treat or not to treat
Successful aging : an opportunity and responsibility for all. - DigitalJoshua C. Collins, Tonette S. Rocco, Lawrence O. Bryant, editors.Summary: Minority status in the United States often accompanies diminished access to education, employment, and subsequently healthcare. This volume explores factors that have contributed to health disparities among racial, ethnic, and sexual minorities. (Back cover).
Contents:
Disparities in healthcare for racial, ethnic, and sexual minorities / Joshua C. Collins, Tonette S. Rocco
The Black church: promoting health, fighting disparities / Michael L. Rowland, E. Paulette Isaac-Savage
Literacy and health disparities / Esther Prins, Angela Mooney
Injection drug users, Aboriginality, and HIV: a postcolonial glance from a strong ally / John P. Egan
Alcoholism and lesbians / Julie Gedro
Tobacco use among sexual minorities / Lawrence O. Bryant, Lorenzo Bowman
HIV-negative gay men and autoimmune diseases / Joshua C. Collins, Tonette S. Rocco
African American women and HIV/AIDS / Lisa M. Baumgartner
Partnerships and collaborations in promoting health and wellness in minority communities: lessons learned and future directions / Lawrence O. Bryant.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2014 - Digitalclinical editor, Laura M. Willis, DNP, APRN, FNP-C, Family Nurse Practitioner, Urbana Family Medicine and Pediatrics, Urbana, Ohio.Summary: "The down-to-earth nursing reference that makes health assessment incredibly visual! This fully illustrated, easy-to-update-to guide for assessment that every nursing student and novice needs." -- Back cover
Contents:
Fundamentals / Nancy Berger
Skin, hair, and nails / Sharon E. Wing
Eyes and ears / Dana Reeves
Nose, mouth, throat, and neck / Sharon E. Wing
Respiratory system / Rita M. Wick
Cardiovascular system / Leigh Ann Trujillo
Breasts and axillae / Nancy Berger
Gastrointestinal system / Dana Reeves
Musculoskeletal system / Allison J. Terry
Neurologic system / Rita M. Wick
Genitourinary system / Leigh Ann Trujillo
Pregnancy / Tracy Taylor.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalKaren Glanz, Barbara K. Rimer, K. Viswanath, editors.Summary: "Health Behavior: Theory, Research, and Practice, Fifth Edition, is a thorough introduction to the practice of health education and health promotion, covering the theories, applications, and research of most use to public health students and practitioners. Through four editions, with more than 100,000 copies sold, this book has become the gold-standard textbook for health behavior courses. This essential resource includes the most current information on theory, research, and practice at individual, interpersonal, and community and group levels, with substantial new content on current and emerging theories of health communication, social marketing and e-health, culturally diverse communities, health promotion, the impact of stress, the importance of networks and community, social marketing, and evaluation. New contents include an update to the selection of theories, both established and emerging; e-health and social media as integrated into health communication; global health as an application of health behavior theory; culture and health disparities; more guidance on how to select suitable theories for specific problems/issues. In addition to a selection of basic ancillary materials, the editors offer a dedicated website with student-written "theory in action" examples; expanded bibliographies; exemplar measures of theoretical constructs; and relevant links"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part one: Health behavior, the foundations. The scope of health behavior
Theory, research, and practice in health behavior
Ecological models of health behavior
Part two: Models of individual health behavior. Introduction to health behavior theories that focus on individuals
The health belief model
Theory of reasoned action, theory of planned behavior, and the integrated behavioral model
The transtheoretical model and stages of change
Part three: models of interpersonal health behavior. Introduction to models of interpersonal influences on health behavior
How individuals, environments, and health behaviors interact
Social support and health
Social networks and health behavior
Stress, coping, and health behavior
Interpersonal communication in health and illness
Part four: Community and group models of health behavior change. Introduction to community and group models of health behavior change
Improving health through community engagement, community organization, and community building
Implementation, dissemination, and diffusion of public health interventions
Communication and health behavior in a changing media environment
Part five: Using theory in research and practice. Introduction to using theory in research and practice
Planning models for theory-based health promotion interventions
Behavioral economics and health
Social marketing.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2015 - DigitalPip Mason.Summary: Particularly relevant to US practice, this book offers a description and demonstration of a method for changing health behaviours based on brief negotiation with clients.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
- Digitaledited by Cesarettin Alasalvar, Jordi Salas-Salvadó, Emilio Ros, and Joan Sabaté.Summary: "Nuts are dried fruits are part of our daily diet. They are consumed as whole or as ingredients throughout the food system as products such as muffins, cereals, chocolates, energy bars, Nutella, breads, and cookies, among others. Health Benefits of Nuts and Dried Fruits provides a comprehensive overview of the literature on the health benefits of nuts and dried fruits. The book summarizes the current state of knowledge in key research areas and contain ideas for future product development. Nuts contain a number of bioactives and health-promoting components. They are highly nutritious and contain macronutrients, micronutrients, fat-soluble bioactives, and phytochemicals. Moreover, nuts contain numerous types of antioxidants with different properties. In addition, nuts are recognized for their health-promoting aspects, particularly for their role in reducing cardiovascular disease risk. This may be due to the favorable lipid profile and low-glycemic nature of nuts. Dried fruits, which serve as important healthful snacks worldwide, provide a concentrated form of fresh fruits. They are nutritionally equivalent to fresh fruits in smaller serving sizes, ranging from 30 to 43 g depending on the fruit, in current dietary recommendation in different countries. Various scientific evidence suggest that individuals who consume dried fruits regularly have a lower risk of cardiovascular disease, obesity, certain types of cancer, type II diabetes, metabolic syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, and osteoporosis as well as other non-communicable diseases. Features: Provides detailed information in health effects of nuts and dried fruits Highlights current regulation and health claims of nuts and dried fruits Provides updated dietary recommendations on nuts and dried fruits Discusses metabolism and absorption of nuts and dried fruits Discusses the mechanisms implicated in the health effects of nuts Although this book is intended primarily as a reference book, it will also summarize the current state of knowledge in key research areas and contain idea for future work for the reader. Food Scientists, biochemists, nutritionists, health professionals, decision makers, and regulatory agencies, among others will benefits from this book"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access TandFonline [2020]
- DigitalLloyd P. Provost, Sandra K. Murray.Summary: "An essential text on transforming raw data into concrete health care improvements Now in its second edition, The Health Care Data Guide: Learning from Data for Improvement delivers a practical blueprint for using available data to improve healthcare outcomes. In the book, a team of distinguished authors explores how health care practitioners, researchers, and other professionals can confidently plan and implement health care enhancements and changes, all while ensuring those changes actually constitute an improvement. This book is the perfect companion resource to The Improvement Guide: A Practical Approach to Enhancing Organizational Peformance, Second Edition, and offers fulsome discussions of how to use data to test, adapt, implement, and scale positive organizational change. The Health Care Data Guide: Learning from Data for Improvement, Second Edition provides: Easy to use strategies for learning more readily from existing health care data Clear guidance on the most useful graph for different types of data used in health care A step-by-step method for making use of highly aggregated data for improvement Examples of using patient-level data in care Multiple methods for making use of patient and other feedback data A vastly better way to view data for executive leadership Solutions for working with rare events data, seasonality and other pesky issues Use of improvement methods with epidemic data Improvement case studies using data for learning A must read resource for those committed to improving health care including allied health professionals in all aspects of health care, physicians, managers, health care leaders, and researchers."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I: Using Data for Improvement
Improvement Methodology
Using Data for Improvement
Understanding Variation Using Run Charts
Learning from Variation in Data
Understanding Variation Using Shewhart Charts
Additional Tools For Understanding Variation in Data
Shewhart Chart Savvy: Dealing With Common Issues
Part II: Advanced Theory and Methods with Data For Improvement
More Shewhart-Type Charts
Special Uses for Shewhart Charts
Drilling Down into the Aggregate Data for Improvement II
Part III: Applications of Shewhart Charts in Health Care
Learning from Individual Patient Data
Learning from Patient Feedback to Improve Care
Using Shewhart Charts in Health Care Leadership
Shewhart Charts for Epidemic Data
Case Studies.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2022 - Printedited by Eileen E. Morrison, Beth Furlong.Contents:
Theory of health care ethics
Principles of health care ethics
The moral status of gametes and embryos : storage and surrogacy
The ethical challenges of the new reproductive technology
Abortion : the unexplored middle ground
Proposals for human cloning : a review and ethical evaluation
Competency : what it is, what it isn't and why it matters
Older people long-term care issues
Assisted-living and ethics
Ethical issues in the use of fluids and nutrition : when can they be withdrawn?
Death, medicine, and moral significance of family decision making
Ethical issues concerning physician-assisted death
Healthcare institutional ethics : broader than clinical ethics
Hospital ethics committees : rules, membership structure, and difficulties
Bioethical dilemmas in prehospital and emergency care
Medical technology : blessing or ethics nightmare?
Spirituality and health care organizations
Equality and inequality in American healthcare
Is rationing of healthcare ethically defensible?
Domestic violence : changing theory, changing practice
Ethics issues in disaster relief
A new era of health care : the ethics of healthcare reform
Healthcare reform : what about those left behind?
Looking toward the future. - Digitaledited by Eileen Morrison, Beth Furlong.Summary: Organized around the four central themes of healthcare ethics (theoretical foundations and issues for individuals, organizations, and society), Health Care Ethics, Fourth Edition brings together the insights of a diverse panel of leading experts in the fields of bioethics, long-term care, and health administration, among others. Students will build on this critical platform to develop an extensive toolbox of analytical and problem-solving skills. The fully revised and updated Fourth Edition addresses current changes in health care, including three new chapters covering ethical issues related to Health Information Management, Patient Safety, and Epidemics. All other chapters have been updated to reflect the most recent developments in medical technology and new challenges faced by health care professionals in the era of the ACA.
Contents:
Theory of health care ethics
Principles of health care ethics
The moral status of gametes and embryos : storage and surrogacy
The ethical challenges of the new reproductive technology
Ethics and aging in America
Healthcare ethics committees : roles, memberships, structure, and difficulties
Ethics in the management of health information systems
Technological advances in health care : blessing or ethics nightmare?
Ethics and safe patient handling and mobility
Spirituality and healthcare organizations
A new era of health care : the ethics of healthcare reform
Health inequalities and health inequities
The ethics of epidemics
Ethics of disasters : planning and response
Domestic violence : changing theory, changing practice
Looking toward the future. - DigitalBetty Rambur.Summary: "This succinct, engaging text for graduate and undergraduate nursing programs distills the complexities of health care finance, economics, and policy into a highly accessible resource that can be applied to any practice setting. It presents economic and financial dynamics in healthcare as a precursor to policy and advocacy in nurses. The second edition adds graduate-level considerations and is updated to reflect our current political and legislative landscape. Real-life illustrations support foundational concepts and interactive quizzes reinforce information. Faculty resources include PowerPoint slides, a test bank, comprehensive review questions, and a sample syllabus"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section I. The context of health care and health care reform. What is health economics and why is it important to nurses?
A story of unintended consequences : how economic and policy solutions create new challenges
The patient protection and Affordable Care Act Of 2010
Payment reform
Section II. Health care economics : an overview. How health care markets differ from classic markets
The role of information in health care markets and decision-making
Market entry, exit, and antitrust law
Section III. Ethics and economics in an age of reform. What is ethinomics?
Additional models to guide ethical decision-making
Section IV. Pulling it all together : using your knowledge of health finance, economics, and ethics to influence health and health care. Governance and organizational type
Building skills for board membership
Applying health economics to influence health care through federal and state policy formation
Early lessons from the covid pandemic and a look to the future
Epilogue: Reflections on living and leading in a changing nursing world
Quiz answersLimited to 3 simultaneous users - DigitalNathan Sivin.Summary: By examining all the prevalent varieties of therapy from self-care to religious ritual, this book explores health care practices in China, before modern times. In ancient China most people were unable to afford a doctor, even in the unlikely case that one lived near their village and was willing to treat peasants. What did they do when their children got sick? The answer is to be found in this book, which goes far beyond the history of medicine. The author uses methods of medical anthropology to explain the curative roles of popular religion, Daoism, Buddhism, and the therapeutic rites performed by imperial officials. Readers will discover the steady interaction of religious healing and classical medicine in this culture. This highly readable book builds on over forty years of study and analysis of early liturgical and medical writings, and a wide variety of other sources. Its focus on the eleventh century throws new light on a period of rapid transition in many aspects of therapy, and it will appeal to scholars and general readers alike.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: The Question of Efficacy
Chapter 3: Classical Medicine
Chapter 4: Therapy in Popular Religion
Chapter 5: Therapy in Elite Religions
Chapter 6: Therapy in the State Religion
Chapter 7: Conclusions
Appendix. - Digitalby Janemarie Mulvey.Contents:
Individual Shared Responsibility Payments and Premium Tax Credits For Individuals
Employer Shared-Responsibility Payments
IRS Employer and Insurer Reporting Requirements
Small Business Tax Credit, Shop Exchange, and Other Aca Tax Changes Impacting Individuals
Glossary of Terms
Tax Glossary
Solutions.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - PrintSummary: Includes both federal and state law, legislation, and regulations relating to health care occupations and services; organization standards relating to health care.
- DigitalAlbert C. Hergenroeder, Constance M. Wiemann, editors.Summary: This comprehensive book thoroughly addresses all aspects of health care transition of adolescents and young adults with chronic illness or disability; and includes the framework, tools and case-based examples needed to develop and evaluate a Health Care Transition (HCT) planning program that can be implemented regardless of a patient’s disease or disability. Health Care Transition: Building a Program for Adolescents and Young Adults with Chronic Illness and Disability is a uniquely inclusive resource, incorporating youth/young adult, caregiver, and pediatric and adult provider voices and perspectives. Part I of the book opens by defining Health Care Transition, describing the urgent need for comprehensive transition planning, barriers to HCT and then offering a framework for developing and evaluating health care transition programs. Part II focuses on the anatomic and neuro-chemical changes that occur in the brain during adolescence and young adulthood, and how they affect function and behavior. Part III covers the perspectives of important participants in the HCT transition process – youth and young adults, caregivers, and both pediatric and adult providers. Each chapter in Part IV addresses a unique aspect of developing HCT programs. Part V explores various examples of successful transition from the perspective of five key participants in the transition process - patients, caregivers, pediatric providers, adult providers and third party payers. Related financial matters are covered in part VI, while Part VII explores special issues such as HCT and the medical home, international perspectives, and potential legal issues. Models of HCT programs are presented in Part VIII, utilizing an example case study. Representing perspectives from over 75 authors and more than 100 medical centers in North America and Europe, Health Care Transition: Building a Program for Adolescents and Young Adults with Chronic Illness and Disability is an ideal resource for any clinician, policy maker, caregiver, or hospitalist working with youth in transition.
- Digitaledited by Christian Janssen, Enno Swart, Thomas von Lengerke.Contents:
Part I Introduction
Theorizing, empiricizing and analyzing health care utilization in Germany: An introduction
Part II Theory
Re-revisiting the Behavioral Model of Health Care Utilization by Andersen: A review on theoretical advances and perspectives
Health care utilization within the system of statutory sickness funds in Germany
Part III Methodology
The problem of repeated surveys: How comparable are their results regarding utilization of medical services?
Health care utilization research using secondary data
Health care utilization: Insights from qualitative research
Part IV Results: Selected determinants
Gender and utilization of health care
Socioeconomic status and health care utilization in Germany: A systematic review
Migration and health care utilization in the European context
How do socioeconomic factors influence the amount and intensity of services utilization by family caregivers of elderly dependents?
Part IV b Results: Selected diseases
Health care utilization by dementia patients living at home and their kins
Utilization of general practitioners by obese men and women: Review for Germany and results from the MONICA/KORA cohorts S3/F3 and S4/F4
Utilization of physiotherapy by patients with rheumatic diseases
Participation in self-help activities amongst patients with rheumatic diseases
Part IV b Results: Selected sectors of care
Social determinants of utilization of psychotherapy in Germany
Variation in the use of prevention and health promotion services according to gender, age, socioeconomic, and migration status
Utilisation of an Integrated Care Pilot in Germany: Morbidity, age and sex distribution of Gesundes Kinzigtal Integrated Care membership in 2006-08
Part V Extroduction
Health care utilization: A concluding note on research prospects.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalHoward Goldfine, editor.Summary: This book is a compilation of the most relevant molecular mechanisms and cellular processes that are involved in the infection processes in relation to lipid metabolism. The authors are international experts in the field of infection biology. Readers will understand infection metabolism and the contribution of lipids and lipid-protein interaction to lipids. Microbial lipids play an important role in almost all cellular phenomena. Microbial infections also contain an important virulence component in microbial lipids. The secretion of lipid vesicles that contain virulence factors, the assembly of lipid membrane microdomains harboring signal transduction pathways relate to infection process and the number of lipid-protein interactions that are necessary for the internalization of pathogens to host cells are some examples of the importance of lipids and lipid metabolism in the development of infections.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Series Editor-in-Chief
About the Volume Editor
Contributors
Part I: Lipids, Membranes, Infection, and Immunity
1 Lipid Rafts in Bacteria: Structure and Function
1 Introduction
2 Structure of Lipid Rafts
2.1 Methods
2.2 Composition
3 Functions of Lipid Rafts
3.1 Defining Membrane Physical Properties
3.2 Protein Partitioning
3.3 Selected Examples
3.3.1 Vibrio cholera and Cholera
3.3.2 Borrelia burgdorferi
3.3.3 Staphylococcus aureus
4 Research Needs and Conclusions
References 2 Lipids of Clinically Significant Mycobacteria
1 Introduction
1.1 Mycobacterial Pathogens
1.2 Mycobacterial Lipids
2 Mycolic Acids (MAs) and Conjugates
2.1 Mycolic Acids (MAs)
2.2 Trehalose Mono- and Dimycolates (TMMs and TDMs)
2.3 Other Mycolic Acid Esters
2.3.1 Glucose Monomycolates (GMMs)
2.3.2 Monomycoloyl Glycerols (MMGs, GroMMs)
2.3.3 Mono- and Dimycoloyl Diarabinoglycerols (MMAGs, DMAGs)
2.3.4 Mycenyl Mycolate Ester Waxes (MEWs)
3 Multimethyl-Branched and Polyunsaturated Fatty Acid Esters of Trehalose 2.1 Synthesis of TAG and WE
2.2 Proteins with Roles in the Organization of LBs
2.3 LB Turnover
3 Metabolic Significance of TAG LB Accumulation
3.1 TAG Formation During Growth
3.2 TAG Accumulation in Slow/Non-growing Mtb
3.3 Accumulation of TAG Is Not the Sole Factor Resulting in Growth Restriction
4 The Significance of LB Accumulation in the Pathogenesis of TB
4.1 Establishment of Infection
4.2 Persistence During Latent Infection
4.3 Reactivation of Progressive Infection and Active Disease
5 The Clinical Significance of Mtb LBs 3.1 Di-, Tri-, and Pentaacyl Trehaloses (DATs, TATs, and PATs)
3.2 Sulfoglycolipids (SGLs)
3.3 Trehalose Polyphleates (TPPs)
3.4 Glycosylated Acylated Trehaloses (Lipooligosaccharides, LOSs)
4 Mycobacterial Waxes
4.1 Triacylglycerols (TAGs)
4.2 Phthiocerol Dimycocerosates (PDIMs)
5 Glycosyl Phenolphthiocerol Dimycocerosates (Phenolic Glycolipids, PGLs)
6 Glycopeptidolipids (GPLs) and Peptidolipids (PLs)
7 Isoprenoid Lipids
7.1 Isoprenoid Quinones
7.2 Isoprenoid Pigments
7.3 Isoprenoid Lipid Carriers
7.4 Halimane Diterpenoids 8 Polar Lipids and Related Lipoglycans
8.1 Polar Phospholipids, Glycolipids, and Ornithine Lipids
8.2 Phosphatidylinositol Mannosides (PIMs)
9 Other Lipophilic Molecules
9.1 Mycobactins
9.2 Mycolactones
9.3 Mycoketides
9.4 Polymethylated Polysaccharides (PMPS)
10 Conclusions
11 Research Needs
References
3 Mycobacterial Lipid Bodies and the Chemosensitivity and Transmission of Tuberculosis
1 Introduction
1.1 Occurrence and Composition of Lipid Bodies
1.2 Mycobacterial Lipid Bodies
2 TAG Synthesis, LB Assembly, and AssimilationDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalRidwan Shabsigh, editor.Summary: In the USA, the COVID-19 crisis came as an unpleasant surprise and a shock to many healthcare systems and hospitals, especially in the crisis epicenter, New York City. The Bronx was one of the hardest hit boroughs of New York City, with significant negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on its indigent population. SBH Health System (formerly known as St. Barnabas Hospital) is an integrated system of an acute care hospital, ambulatory care center, trauma center, dialysis center, stroke center and other services and facilities, serving the community of the Bronx. The story of SBH in preparing for and managing the rapidly escalating surge of severely ill patients is a treasure of lessons in health crisis preparedness and management at all levels: clinical, administrative, financial, etc. These lessons can be used for other acute care hospital settings and other potential health crises that may arise in the future. Within a short 3 weeks, SBH increased its in-patient capacity by 50%. However, during the same short time, it increased its critical care capacity by over 500%, providing critical care to severely ill patients on ventilators. This book chronicles the situation step by step and describes how this accomplishment was done. Accounts from the frontline health workers and from the clinical and administrative leaders describe important aspects of crisis management, such as team building, multi-departmental coordination, effective communications, dynamic decision-making in response to rapidly changing situations, keeping up the morale and caring for the healthcare workers and managing the supply chain. The uniqueness of the experience of SBH is enhanced by the fact that SBH is a low budget "safety net" hospital serving the poorest population in New York City. The worldwide trend is toward tighter healthcare budgets with demands for higher efficiency and productivity. There is a lot to be learned from the SBH health crisis management, including how efficient management, team building, management of limited resources and collaborative workplace culture make the foundation of success in the face of the crisis of the century. This unique text serves as a "how to" guide for implementing skills necessary for crisis management. Lessons from the success of SBH in tackling the dramatically fast unfolding crisis are utilized in a clear and concise manner. Such lessons may benefit other health systems and hospitals in planning and preparing for similar crises.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Background, the Hospital System, the Patient Community, and the Bronx
Chapter 2: COVID-19 Crisis, Timeline: The Warning and the Surge
Chapter 3: Preparation, Planning and the Command Center.-Chapter 4: Internal Medicine, Infection Control and Occupational Health Services
Chapter 5: Critical Care
Chapter 6: Emergency Medicine
Chapter 7: Nursing
Chapter 8: Clinical Nutrition and Food Services
Chapter 9: Rehabilitation
Chapter 10: Respiratory Therapy and Proning
Chapter 11: Pharmacy.-Chapter 12: Laboratory
Chapter 13: Radiology
Chapter 14: Supply Chain, Material Management and Finance
Chapter 15: Information Technology, Healthcare Data and Analytics and Clinical Engineering
Chapter 16: Medical Students and The Medical School
Chapter 17: Dynamic Decision Making and Effective Communications
Chapter 18: Collaborative Culture and Lean Daily Management
Chapter 19: Soft Skills, Emotional and Social Intelligence and Resilience
Chapter 20: Recovery from Crisis. - DigitalAdam Perzynski, Sarah Shick, Ifeolorunbode Adebambo, editors.Summary: This uniquely accessible volume challenges professionals to understand-and help correct-health disparities, both at the patient level and in their larger social contexts. Dedicated to eradicating this ongoing injustice, contributors focus on marginalized populations, the role of healthcare systems in perpetuating inequities, the need for deeper engagement and listening by professionals, and the need for advocacy within professional education and the political/policy arena. The compelling case narratives at the core of the book illustrate the interrelated biopsychosocial components of patients' health problems and the gradations of learning needed for practitioners to address them effectively. The book's tools for developing a health disparities curriculum include a selection of workshop exercises, facilitator resources, and a brief guide to writing effective case narratives. A sampling of the narratives: "Finding the Person in Patient-Centered Health Care" (race/ethnicity/culture). "The Annual Big Girl / Big Boy Exchange" (gender). "Just Give Me Narcan and Let Me Go" (poverty/addiction). "Everyone Called Him Crazy" (immigration). "Adrift in the System" (disability). "Aging out of Pediatrics" (mental illness and stigma). "Time to Leave" (LGBT) A work of profound compassion, Health Disparities will be of considerable interest to researchers and practitioners interested in public health, population health, health disparities, and related fields such as sociology, social work, and narrative medicine. Its wealth of educational features also makes it a quality training text. "I was impressed when I read Health Disparities: Weaving a New Understanding through Case Narratives. As a patient who has experienced unpleasant situations in health care, I was moved to see that it was emotional and personal for the writers. The book confirms for me that the time is now for change to take place in our health care systems. I see this book as a light that can shine bright in the darkest places of health care. The editors have assembled a powerful book that provides all health professionals with specific steps they can take towards addressing and then eventually eliminating health disparities. A few steps that I really connected with were improving critical awareness, delivering quality care, listening and empathizing with patients and families, and advocating for changes. I recommend that anyone interested in working to improve health care obtain a copy of this book-it's filled with useful information that every medical professional should know. The book reminds me of a quote by Wayne Dyer, 'When you change the way you look at things, the things you look at change.'"--Delores Collins, Founder and Executive Director, A Vision of Change Incorporated, Certified Community Health Worker. Founder of The Greater Cleveland Community Health Workers Association.
Contents:
Student Resources
Health disparity case narratives background (why create case narratives of health disparities? different types of case narratives; considerations for writing cases; helpful questions; you're ready to start now!)
Health disparity case narratives by theme
LBGT
Race
Gender
Poverty
Immigration
Disability
Aging
Technology
Education
Insurance
Glossary of common terms and important events
Facilitator Resources
Example syllabus for the 12-month faculty course (course description; objectives; the learning objectives; sample readings; suggested reference and background texts; course requirements, tentative schedule)
Health disparities manuscripts, publications, presentations, and narratives produced by participating scholars and faculty
Health disparities activities. - DigitalHealth Disparities in Allergic Diseases : An Evidence-based Look at Causes, Conditions, and OutcomesMahboobeh Mahdavinia, editor.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalLynn B. Gerald, Cristine E. Berry, editors.Contents:
Introduction to Health Disparities in Respiratory Medicine
Health Disparities in Tobacco Smoking and Smoke Exposure
Health Disparities Related to Environmental Air Quality
Health Disparities in Occupational Exposures
Health Disparities and Pulmonary Function Testing.- Health Disparities as They Relate to Medication Adherence
Health Disparities in Ards
Social Disparities in Lung Growth and Respiratory Health
Health Disparities in Asthma
Health Disparities in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
Health Disparities and Tuberculosis
Disparities in Lung Cancer Outcomes
Health Disparities in Critical Illness
Health Disparities in Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
Health Disparities in End-of-Life Care
Where Do We Go From Here? Improving Disparities in Respiratory Health.Digital Access Springer 2016 - PrintHealth Disparities in the United States : Social Class, Race, Ethnicity, and Health. Second edition.Donald A. Barr, MD, PhD, Professor, Department of Pediatrics, and (by courtesy) in the Graduate School of Education, Stanford University, Stanford, California.Summary: "The health care system in the United States has been called the best in the world. Yet wide health disparities persist between different social groups, and many Americans suffer from poorer health than people in other developed countries. Donald A. Barr's Health Disparities in the United States explores how socioeconomic status, race, and ethnicity interact with socioeconomic inequality to create and perpetuate these health disparities."--Page 4 of cover.
Contents:
Introduction to the social roots of health disparities
What is "health"? how should we define it? how should we measure it?
The relationship between socioeconomic status and health, or, "they call it 'poor health' for a reason"
Understanding how low social status leads to poor health
Race, ethnicity, and health
Race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and health : which is more important in affecting health status?
Children's health disparities
All things being equal ... does race/ethnicity affect how physicians treat patients?
Why does race/ethnicity affect the way physicians treat patients?
When, if ever, is it appropriate to use a patient's race/ethnicity to guide medical decisions?
What should we do to reduce health disparities? - Digital/PrintDonald A. Barr.Summary: With extensive new data, Donald A. Barr illuminates the ways low socioeconomic status, race, and ethnicity interact to create and perpetuate health disparities in the United States. This thoroughly updated edition focuses on a new challenge the United States last experienced more than half a century ago: successive years of declining life expectancy. Barr addresses the causes of this decline, including what are commonly referred to as "deaths of despair"--Opiate overdose or suicide. Exploring the growing role geography plays in health disparities, Barr asks why people living in rural areas suffer the greatest increases in these deaths. He also analyzes recent changes under the Affordable Care Act and considers the literature on how race and ethnicity affect the way health care providers evaluate and treat patients.
Contents:
Introduction to the social roots of health disparities
What is "health"? how should we define it? how should we measure it?
The relationship between socioeconomic status and health, or, "they call it 'poor health' for a reason"
Understanding how low social status leads to poor health
Race, ethnicity, and health
Race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and health : which is more important in affecting health status?
Children's health disparities
All things being equal, does race/ethnicity affect how physicians treat patients?
Why does race/ethnicity affect the way physicians treat patients?
When, if ever, is it appropriate to use a patient's race/ethnicity to guide medical decisions?
What should we do to reduce health disparities?Digital Access R2Library 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalJay Bhattacharya, Timothy Hyde, Peter Tu.Contents:
Demand for health and health care
Supply of health care
Information economics
Economics of health innovation
Health policy
Public health economics
Behavioral health economics.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2014Limited to 1 simultaneous users - DigitalMargaret P. Moss, Janice M. Phillips, editors.Summary: "Health Equity and Nursing: Achieving Equity Through Policy, Population Health, and Interprofessional Collaboration is designed to: 1. Illuminate nursing's role in achieving health equity; 2. Examine current and emerging topics of relevance to achieving health equity; and 3. Articulate future directions for advancing the health equity agenda through nursing education, practice, research and policy advocacy. This textbook consists of 18 chapters divided into three sections. Each chapter includes learning objectives, key terms, key objectives and related resources. The proposed text expands on existing discussions and resources on health equity by including an in-depth overview on health equity coupled with specific implications for the nursing profession. Although there are many nurse leaders who have contributed to this text, we included interprofessional examples and contributors, as well. It is through understanding policy and change, the populations that are most affected by inequalities, and the necessity of interprofessional collaboration that we can move the needle on achieving health equality"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction : health equity does not equal health equality / Janice M. Phillips and Margaret P. Moss
Nursing as a force for health equity / Joanne Disch
Evidence-based policymaking / Myra Michelle DeBose, Ejim Sule, and Debbie Ann Jones
Health equity and nursing education : past, present and future / Wrenetha A. Julion and Monique Reed
Health equity and healthcare system transformation policy / Sinsi Hernández-Cancio and Noelle Thompson
Genetics, health & policy challenges across the lifespan / Justina A. Trott and Sharon L. Ruyak
The conceptual model of nursology for enhancing equity and quality : population health and health policy / Jacqueline Fawcett
Integrating the social determinants of health into the clinical setting / Angela M. Moss and Christopher M. Nolan
Structural determinants of health : an American Indian exemplar / Margaret P. Moss
Global health equity for LGBTQI people and populations / William E. Rosa, Patricia Moreland, and Tonda L. Hughes
Veterans and health equity / Linda A. Spoonster Schwartz
Achieving health equity : exemplars in engaging global communities / Margherita Procaccini Clark and Franchesca A. Cifuentes-Andrade
A health systems interprofessional approach to impact health equity / Barbara Wadsworth, Chinwe Onyekere, Karen Fitzpatrick Smith, Sandra Ross, Shonalie Roberts, Sharon Larson, and Barry D. Mann
The critical discussion of race & racism toward achieving equity in health policy / Mia Keeys
Pathways to achieving health equity : exemplars of community and intersectoral partnerships / Raj C. Shah and Heather Miller
Politics and law at the root of health equity / Daniel E. Dawes and Nelson J. Dunlap
The intersection of health literacy, health equity, and nursing practice / Diana Peña Gonzalez, Rachel Roberts, and Kirby Johnson
The role of community health centers in health equity / Kevin C. Lo and Thomas Tsang.Digital Access R2Library 2021 - DigitalMaria Giulia Marini, Jonathan McFarland, editors.Summary: The Covid pandemic has led us into an upheaval that has made us question the certainties underlying what it means to be a human being in our age; the ability to control medical and social facts through evidence. For the first-time western and developed countries have had to confront what many populations from the developing world (Africa. Latin America, etc) face on a daily basis with HIV and Ebola, etc. The Interconnectedness of Globalization has been the real disseminating catalyst of COVID 19, and many scientists wonder if this virus is the result of the Anthropocene age, with its indisputable lack of respect for the natural ecosystems. The virus has demonstrated that our frailty is only skin deep, and it has not only brought death, despair, but it has broken our interdependency as human beings, by imposing self-isolation as well as creating new ways of connections so that safety cannot imply loneliness. In this book, the coping strategies that originate from the multiple languages of care such as narrative, literature, science, philosophy, art, digital science are shown not only as reflective tools to promote health but also wellbeing amongst carers, patients, students, and citizens of our planet Earth. These strategies should be supported by the decision makers since they are low-cost investments necessary to make the health care system work. They however require a change of cultural paradigm. This book is a useful toolkit for patients, citizens and care services physicians who want to learn more on how to live better with this new world.
Contents:
1 The COVID-19 pandemic: the possible scientific and layman narratives for its origin. The consequences of the pandemic on the human being according to the biological psychological social and existential model and to the biomedical model
2 The pandemy of lies, fakenews and misinformation during the COVID-19 crisis
3 Crossing the first wave of COVID -19: the engaging and disengaging factors for coping for speaking about burn out and the trauma of health care providers
4 The grief for the loss: The Impossibility of funeral rituals during the lock down, and the need to mourn the people died. The increase of mental illness condition due to the high psychological toll
5 The Consolation of the Written Word: Reading and Writing to Engage and Escape the Pandemic
6 The interplay between art and nature as factors for wellbeing
7 Spirituality as the basis and foundation of the medical profession for a holistic understanding of the human being as a bio-psycho-socio-spiritual entity
8 The long Covid-19: time for resilience for health care providers, citizens, students, patients, caregivers
9 Health care organization: roles and actors of the districts, of the community care, home care and of the hospital setting, bioethical decisions on quality and quantity of life
10 So far so near: telemedicine, teleconsulting, distant teaching and smart working in health care and social services
11 Towards a new respect for the ecosystem and the humans: advices for economy, industry, labour forces, schools and academies. - DigitalCatherine L. Ross, Marla Orenstein, Nisha Botchwey.Contents:
Part I. Context for HIA: integrating public health, planning and policy development
Part II. Introduction to core concepts and key examples of HIA
Part III. Applied learning: Conducting an HIA
Part IV. HIA today and tomorrow.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalReiko Kishi, Philippe Grandjean, editors.Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
Part I: Introduction
Chapter 1: Impacts of Developmental Exposure to Environmental Chemicals on Human Health with Global Perspectives
1.1 The Minamata Disaster
1.2 Outbreak of the Second Minamata Disease (Niigata-Minamata Disease)
1.3 Pathological Differences Between Adults and Children
1.4 Impact of Fetal Minamata Disease: Why Are Fetuses and Children Vulnerable to Environmental Exposure?
1.5 Special Measures Act for Relief of Health Damage Related to Pollution 1.6 What Should We Learn from the History of Minamata Disease?
1.7 Yusho Outbreak (Kanemi Rice-Bran Oil Incident)
1.8 Authentic Birth Cohort Studies
1.9 "Our Stolen Future" Widens the Perspective
1.10 Full-Scale Birth Cohort Studies Launched in Japan from 2001 and 2002
1.10.1 The First Prospective Cohorts in Japan
1.10.2 Endocrine Disruptions Caused in Utero
1.11 The Twenty-First Century is the Era of Birth Cohort Studies
1.12 Environment and DOHaD Paradigm
References Part II: Adverse Health Effects on Human Developing Organs Caused by Environmental Chemicals-the Role That Chemicals Might Play
Chapter 2: Environmental Exposures and Adverse Pregnancy-Related Outcomes
2.1 Adverse Pregnancy-Related Outcomes Overview
2.2 Definitions of Adverse Pregnancy-Related Outcomes
2.2.1 Miscarriage/Stillbirth
2.2.2 Preterm Birth (PTB)
2.2.3 Low Birth Weight (LBW)
2.2.4 Small for Gestational Age (SGA)
2.3 Risk Factors
2.3.1 Outdoor Air Pollution
2.3.2 Heavy Metals
2.3.3 Organochlorine Compounds 2.3.4 Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS)
2.3.5 Polybrominated Diphenyl Esters (PBDEs)
2.3.6 Organophosphate Pesticides and Pyrethroid
2.3.7 Phthalates
2.3.8 Bisphenol A
2.4 Health Issues of Adverse Birth Outcomes
2.5 Summary
References
Chapter 3: Effects of Environmental Chemical Exposure on Birth Defects (Except Cryptorchidism and Hypospadias)
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Trends in the Prevalence of Birth Defects
3.3 Causes of Birth Defects
3.4 Mechanisms Associated with Birth Defects
3.5 Exposure to High Levels of Environmental Chemicals and Birth Defects 3.6 Exposure to Low Levels of Environmental Chemicals and Birth Defects
3.6.1 Dioxins, Dioxin-Like Compounds, and Pesticides
3.6.2 Perfluorinated Compounds
3.6.3 Organic Solvents
3.6.4 Air Pollutants
3.6.5 Nitro Compounds
3.6.6 Summary of Previous Epidemiological Studies
3.7 Future Epidemiological Studies
3.8 Conclusions
References
Chapter 4: Cryptorchidism and Hypospadias
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Cryptorchidism
4.3 Hypospadias
4.4 Lifestyles
4.4.1 Diet
4.5 Smoking/Alcohol
4.6 Effect of Environmental Chemicals
4.6.1 Phthalates
4.6.2 Organochlorine Pesticides (OCPs)Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by David Townes, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA, Mike Gerber, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA, Mark Anderson, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA.Summary: "The fields of Global Health and Global Emergency Medicine have attracted increased interest and study. There has been tremendous growth in the educational opportunities around humanitarian emergencies, however educational resources have not yet followed the same growth. This book corrects this trend, offering a comprehensive single resource dedicated to health in humanitarian emergencies. Providing an introduction to the public health principles of response to humanitarian emergencies, the text also emphasizes the need to coordinate the public health and emergency clinical response within the architecture of the greater response effort. With contributing authors among some of the world's leading health experts and policy influencers in the field, the content is based on best practices, peer reviewed evidence and expert consensus. The text acts as a resource to clinical and public health practitioners, graduate level students, and individuals working in response to humanitarian emergencies for government agencies, international agencies, and NGOs."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section 1. Humanitarian emergencies
Introduction to humanitarian emergencies / Mark Anderson and Michael Gerber
History of humanitarian emergencies / Mark Anderson, Kristin Becknell, and Joanna Taliano
Who's who in humanitarian emergencies / Cyrus Shahpar and Thomas D. Kirsch
Response to humanitarian emergencies / David A. Townes, Andre Griekspoor, Peter Mala, Ian Norton, and Anthony D. Redmond
Epidemiology / Christine Dubray and Debarati Guha-Sapir
Ethics / Barbara Tomczyk and Aun Lor
section 2. Public health principles
Needs assessments / Richard Garfield, Johan von Schreeb, Anneli Eriksson, and Patrice Chataigner
Survyes / Oleg O. Bilukha, Olivier Degomme, and Eva Leidman
Surveillance / Farah Husain and Peter Mala
Monitoring and evaluation / Goldie MacDonald, Lori A. Wingate, and Susan Temporado Cookson
Water, sanitation, and hygiene (WASH) / Nicole Weber, Anu Rajasingham, Molly Patrick, Andrea Martinsen, and Thomas Handzel
Nutrition / Leisel E. Talley and Erin Boyd
Food security / Silke Pietzsch, Leisel E. Talley, and Carlos Navarro-Colorado
Reproductive health / Barbara Tomczyk, Diane Morof, and Malcolm Potts
Protection / Wendy Wheaton, Dabney P. Evans, and Mark Anderson
Vaccine-preventable diseases / Eugene Lam, Henri Van Hombergh, Allen Gidraf Kahindo Maina, Lisandro Torre, and Muireann Brennan
Camp management / Paul J. Giannone, Mohamed Hilmi, and Mark Anderson
Shelter and settlements / Charles A. Setchell, Eddie J. Argeñal, LeGrand L. Malany, and Paul J. Giannone
Logistics / Rebecca Turner, Travis Vail Betz, George A. Roark, and Darrell Morris Lester
Disaster risk reduction / Lise D. Martel, Qudsia Huda, Kimberly M. Hanson, and Ali Ardalan
section 3. Illness and injury
Acute respiratory infection / Nina Marano and Jamal A. Ahmed
Diarrheal disease / Ciara O'Reilly, Kathryn Alberti, David Olson, and Eric Mintz
HIV / Kevin R. Clarke and Nathan Ford
Malaria in humanitarian emergencies / Holly Williams, Marian Schilperoord, David A. Townes, and S. Patrick Kachur
Acute malnutrition / Carlos Navarro-Colorado, Eva Leidman, and Maureen L. Gallagher
Measles / Eugene Lam, Allen Gidraf Kahindo Maina, Lisandro Torre, Muireann Brennan, and James L. Goodson
Meningococcal disease / Sarah Mbaeyi, Amanda Cohn, and Matthew Coldiron
Mental health / Barbara Lopes Cardozo and Richard Francis Mollica
Tuberculosis / Michelle Gayer and Susan Temporado Cookson
Injuries and trauma / Benjamin Levy, David Sugerman, Mark Anderson, and Charles Mock
Noncommunicable diseases / Bayard Roberts, Holly Williams, and Sonia Angell.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - DigitalSamrat Sinha, Jennifer Liang.Summary: This book provides an insight into the issue of health inequity brought about by the violent conflict in Northeast India. While examining the deep vulnerabilities and loss of well-being suffered by families displaced by conflict in the Indo-Bhutan borderland region, the authors raise fundamental questions of accountability and the role of various stakeholders in providing humanitarian assistance to those affected by the conflict. It highlights for the reader the role played by conflict and armed violence in dismantling a functioning public health system and delineates the long-term barriers to post-conflict recovery. The book is written by those who have worked in implementing development and peacebuilding programs in the Bodoland Territorial Region (BTR) of Western Assam. The book especially brings to the fore the voices of those communities directly affected by conflict in Bodoland. The book is valuable to researchers, development practioners and policy makers. Given the unique format of the book, which includes a number of case studies, it is particularly useful for students of development, public health and allied disciplines such as international relations as well as peace and conflict studies.
Contents:
1. Health Services in Conflict and Fragile Contexts: Implications for South Asia
2. Health Inequity, Conflict and Peace in the Northeast India
3. The Struggle for Identity, Onset of Violence in (for) Bodoland and Meanings of Autonomy
4. Violent Borderlands and Health Systems Collapse: Narratives from Deosri
5. Filling the Void? New Humanitarian Actors, Conflict Response and the Perils of Humanitarian Exit
6. Pathways to Peace and Biographies of Reconstruction. - DigitalVicki Xafis, Amireh Fakhouri, Kathryn Currow, Stephen Brancatisano, Wendy Bryan-Clothier.Summary: This book provides rare insight into how real children/adolescents' lives unfold as a result of health inequity. The authors present the findings of empirical research into the health and social circumstances of 61 Australian children/adolescents, as reported by healthcare professionals who attended to their medical needs, revealing how healthcare professionals deal with health inequity on the ground.
Contents:
Chapter 1- Introduction
Chapter 2. Methods and methodology
Chapter 3. Overview of Social Determinants of Health Findings and Vignettes
Chapter 4. Results of health inequity analyses
Chapter 5. Discussion of findings on social determinants of health
Chapter 6. Challenges faced in addressing the needs of these children/young people
Chapter 7. Solutions adopted for these children/young people and their families
Chapter 8. Outcomes: How these children/young people and their families fared
Chapter 9 - Discussion of challenges, solutions, and outcomes
Chapter 10. Conclusions. - Digital[edited by] Salvatore Volpe ; foreword by Dr. Paul Grundy.Summary: This book explores how clinicians, patients, information technology (IT) experts and other professionals are collaborating to support high-value care using information technology in a multitude of settings: hospitals, insurance companies, laboratories, medical offices, patients⁰́₉ homes, pharmacies, and public health departments. Developed for those training in academic centers as well as for those already "out in the field", this book looks at how attorneys, behavioral health experts, business development experts, chief information officers, chief medical officers, chief nursing information officers, consumer advocates, cryptographic experts, futurists, geneticists, informaticists, managed care executives, nurses, pharmacists, physicians, public health professionals, software developers, systems security officers and workforce experts are collaborating on a 'team-based,' IT-enabled approach to improve healthcare. It is also an excellent resource for those seeking to address concerns about equity, health IT usability, interoperability, safety, and security. A unique aspect of this book is that public health emergencies such as health inequality and pandemics are addressed by authors who not only have academic and administrative experience but have also provided frontline care during the recent COVID-19 pandemic.
Contents:
The value of health IT / Nancy J. Beale
Personal health engagement / Jan Oldenburg
Fostering innovation in health IT / Anuj Desai
Ambulatory systems: electronic health records / Curtis L. Cole, Adam D. Cheriff, J. Travis Gossey, Sameer Malhotra, and Daniel M. Stein
Clinical decision support system / Parag Mehta
Medication errors / Jitendra Barmecha, Z. Last and A. Zaman
Racing against the clock, winning back time spent in HER / Parag Mehta
Hospital systems : history and rationale for hospital health IT / Virginia Lorenzi
Artificial intelligence and hospital automation / Daniel J. Barchi
Clinical and business intelligence / Ray Hess
Promoting interoperability and quality payment programs : the evolving paths of meaningful use / Anantachai (Tony) Panjamapirom, Naomi Levinthal, and Ye Hoffman
Telebehavioral health : mental health landscape / Teresa Rufin, David Mou, and Thomas Tsang
Optimizing medication use through health information technology : a pharmacist's perspective / Troy Trygstad, Mary Ann Kliethermes, Anne L. Burns, Mary Roth McClurg, Marie Smith, and Jon Easter
Nursing informatics today and future perspectives for healthcare / Victoria L. Tiase and Whende M. Carroll
Health information exchange : an overview and New York State's model / Valerie Grey and Nathan Donnelly
Direct interoperability enhancing transitions across the spectrum of healthcare / Holly Miller
Privacy and security / Keith Weiner
Blockchain primer / Paul Quigley
IoT is watching you / Salvatore G. Volpe and Paul Quigley
Case study : New York City Department of Health and Mental hygiene uses of public health informatics in response to COVID-19
Genomic informatics in the healthcare system / Chang-Hui Shen
Managed care organizations leverage health information from multiple sources to drive value / Michael Renzi and Owen Moss
Workforce application of informatics to target initiatives / William D. Myhre
Patient-centered medical home and social determinants of health (SDoH) / Salvatore Volpe and Rick A. Moore
eMOLST : electronic system for completing medical orders for life-sustaining treatment / Patricia Bomba and Katie Orem
Medical liability insurance data analytics : an opportunity to identify risks, target interventions and impact policy / Thomas R. Gray
Medical-legal : attorney's perspective / Joshua R. Cohen
Telehealth / Salvatore Volpe
Future possibilities / Salvatore Volpe. - DigitalHironobu Matsushita, editor.Summary: This book is the first to approach healthcare informatics from the perspective of innovation. Drawing on the unique pairing of information and innovation, it offers an analysis to help readers rethink information technology, knowledge management, interprofessional collaboration and the generation of wisdom in the context of healthcare. The concept of "translational" research stems from the medical and health sciences, and features bidirectional and recursive information-generation processes involving bed-to-bench and bench-to-bed approaches. Based partly on this, translational systems science has become a new trend within systems sciences, motivated by the need for practical applications that help people by offering holistic systems solutions for complex ideas. Today, numerous innovations are emerging in diversified clinical practices, and there has been a remarkable convergence of new technologies in disciplines like genome therapy, immunotherapy, iPS cells, imaging diagnosis, personalized medicine, molecular targeted drugs, surgical robots, and remote nursing. Innovation is also occurring in health management fields, including health records, insurance reimbursement methods, quality control, and safety. In these areas, big data and machine learning are accelerating innovation. Behind these innovations are the creation, sharing, bridging, and translation of data, information, knowledge, and wisdom, and as such health informatics is critical in promoting health innovations. The book explores the horizons of health informatics, introducing cutting-edge practical cases and theoretical frameworks, including but not limited to fields such as big data, machine learning, drug discovery, interprofessional collaboration, electronic health records, robotics, telenursing, quality improvement, and safety.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Theoretical Foundations: Informatics and Translational Systems Science
Chapter 2. Shared Context-in-motion: Translational and Transformational Aspects of Information
Chapter 3. Triad Translational continuum and Translational Leadership
Chapter 4. Informatics and Electronic Health Records and Patient Care
Chapter 5. Inter-Professional Approach to Health Informatics
Chapter 6. Tele Nursing and Health Informatics
Chapter 7. Communication Robot in the Care Provision
Chapter 8. Big Data and Machine Learning: Lessons from Intensive Care Medicine
Chapter 9. Medicine in the Age of Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence
Chapter 10. Data Science to Improve Our Understanding of Health and Disease
Chapter 11. Big Data and Quality Improvement in Healthcare
Chapter 12. Application of Machine Learning Methods to Drug Discovery.-Chapter 13. Informatics of Intensive care Patient Database
Chapter 14. Nursing and Informatics: Fall Prevention Integration by Adjusting for the Risk of Falling with a Propensity Score
Chapter 15. Nursing and Informatics
Chapter 16. Academic Support for Effective Drug Development for Drug-resistant Bacteria-effects of Concomitant Drug Use of Clindamycin and Benzoyl Peroxide (BPO) on Propionibacterium acnes. -. - DigitalMark L. Braunstein.Summary: This extensively revised textbook describes and defines the US healthcare delivery system, its many systemic challenges and the prior efforts to develop and deploy informatics tools to help overcome these problems. Now that electronic health record systems are widely deployed, the HL7 Fast Healthcare Interoperability standard is being rapidly accepted as the means to access and share the data stored in those systems and analytics is increasing being used to gain new knowledge from that aggregated clinical data, this book goes on to discuss health informatics from an historical perspective, its current state and likely future state. It then turns to some of the important and evolving areas of informatics including electronic health records, clinical decision support,. population and public health, mHealth and analytics. Numerous use cases and case studies are employed in all of these discussions to help readers connect the technologies to real world challenges. Health Informatics on FHIR: How HL7's API is Transforming Healthcare is for introductory health informatics courses for health sciences students (e.g., doctors, nurses, PhDs), the current health informatics community, computer science and IT professionals interested in learning about the field and practicing healthcare providers. Though this textbook covers an important new technology, it is accessible to non-technical readers including healthcare providers, their patients or anyone interested in the use of healthcare data for improved care, public/population health or research.
Contents:
A Brief History and Overview of Health Informatics
The US Health care system
Health Informatics in the Real World
The Empowered Patient
Health Information Exchange
FHIR Applications in Payment
Data and Interoperability Standards
Pre-FHIR Interoperability and Decision Support Standards
FHIR
SMART on FHIR
mHealth
Public and Population Health
Advanced FHIR Applications. - DigitalAdrian Stavert-Dobson.Contents:
Introduction
Standards and Quality Management in Health IT
The Nature of Risk and Safety
Acceptability and Ownership of Risk
The Safety Management System
Undertaking a Clinical Risk Management Project
The Scope of Clinical Risk Management
The Hazardous Environment
Failure of Health IT
A Framework for Hazards in Health IT Systems
Structuring the Hazard Register
Populating the Hazard Register
Estimating and Evaluating Clinical Risk
Developing Control Strategies
Software Testing in Clinical Risk Management
Gathering Evidence for the Safety Case
Developing the Safety Case
Handling Faults in Live Service
The Safety Case in Live Service
Availability and Performance
Evidencing Competency
Language and Writing Style. - DigitalKerryn Butler-Henderson, Karen Day, Kathleen Gray, editors.Summary: This book provides a detailed guide to the highly specialised but little known health information workforce - people who are health informaticians, digital health experts, and managers of health data, health information and health knowledge. It explains the basis of their unique functions within healthcare - their educational pathways and standards, professional qualifications and industry certifications, scholarly foundations and principles of good practice. It explores their challenges, including the rise of the health consumer movement, the drive to improve equity and quality in healthcare, new technologies such as artificial intelligence, and the COVID-19 infodemic. Case studies describe how practitioners in real-world roles around the world are addressing the digital transformation of health. The Health Information Workforce: Current and Future Developments offers insights into a skilled group of people who are essential for healthcare services to function, for care providers to practice at the top of their scope, for researchers to generate significant insights, and for care consumers to be empowered participants in health systems. This book offers new perspectives for anyone working or intending to work in the health sector. It is a critical resource for health workforce planners, employers and educators seeking guidance on the specialised capabilities needed for high performance in an increasingly information-intensive sector.
Contents:
Introduction
Book framework
Identity
Health information work and workers- a systematic literature review over the past 5 decades
No home in global occupation lists
Competency standards and accreditation
Potatoes or potahtoes: what's in a name?
Who is your tribe?
Remaining current and relevant in a changing landscape
Microcredentials
fashion, fad or the real deal?
Health information workers as health
Impact
The impact of specialised health information work on health systems performance professionals and as IT professionals
The socio-technical foundations of health information work
Evidence-based practice in this workforce
Practice- based evidence in this workforce
Case studies of impact on access and equity
Case studies of impact on safety and quality
Case studies of impact on efficiency and sustainability
Innovation
Globalisation and outsourcing of health information work
Educating every health professional to be an information professional
Reinventing health information work in response to AI in healthcare
Consumer health literacy and digital patients
the role of the health information workforce
Identity
Case study: working as a clinical health information specialist
medical
Case study: working as a clinical health information specialist
nursing
Case study: working as a clinical health information specialist
allied health
Case study: working as a health information management specialist
Case study: working as a health librarian specialist
Case study: working as a health data scientist specialist
Case study: working as a public health information specialist
Case study: working as a health research information specialist
Case study: working as a health cyber security specialist
Case study: working as a health CIO specialist. - PrintSIUT Pakistan, Sindh Institute of Urology and Transplantation
- DigitalMaria K. Houtchens, A. Dessa Sadovnick, editors.Contents:
Genetic Considerations and Reproductive Planning in Women with MS
Fertility and Assisted Reproductive Techniques in Women with MS
Pregnancy Considerations and Pregnancy Outcomes in Women with MS
Treatment Considerations in Female MS Patients of Reproductive Age
Pregnancy Registries and Longitudinal Data Collection
Reproductive Issues in Multiple Sclerosis: Parental MS and Child Outcomes; the Research Perspective
MS in Adolescence
Menopause and Multiple Sclerosis
Multiple Sclerosis, Gender and Disorders of Behavior
Health Related Quality of Life in Women with Multiple Sclerosis
Women and Neurological Disability: End of Life Care and Mortality In Women with MS.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitalby Edward Premdas Pinto.Summary: This book presents important fields of research in public healthcare in India from an interdisciplinary and health systems perspectives. Discussing how the exchange of power between the health justice triad, viz., the State (judiciary as the arm of the State), legal and medical professions, and civil society, cumulatively shapes the outcomes of health justice for citizens, it provides insights into India's juridico-legal processes and of seeking justice in healthcare. It critically assesses civil society's counter-hegemonic role in bolstering justice in health care and examines the potential of transforming health care jurisprudence into health justice. Repositioning the social right to healthcare as integral to social citizenship and social justice, and opening avenues for inter-professional and interdisciplinary power discourse in public health policy research, the book is of interest to academics, practitioners, students, researchers, and the wide academic community working in public health care issues broadly. .
Contents:
Chapter 1
Introduction
Chapter 2
Citizenship, Pursuit of Health Justice and Health Care Jurisprudence
Chapter 3
An Overview of Health Care jurisprudence in India
Chapter 4
Health care Jurisprudence and Health Justice: Procedural and Substantive justice dimensions
Chapter 5
Health Justice and the dialectics of power: State, Medical Profession and Civil Society
Chapter 6
Conclusion: Unbundling Health Justice. - Digital/PrintDigital Access
- Digitaledited by Memoona Hasnain, Punam Parikh, Nitasha Chaudhary Nagaraj.Contents:
South Asian Americans : a demographic and socioeconomic profile
Cardiovascular disease
Cancer
Diabetes
Nutrition
Obesity
Tobacco use
HIV/AIDS
Women's health
Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, questioning (LGBTQ) health
Care of older adults
Mental health
Maternal mental health
Intimate partner violence
From research to practice and policy : multistakeholder translational research partnerships to reduce South Asian health disparities.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - DigitalAnna G. Shillabeer.Summary: This book presents a detailed overview of the healthcare environment in Viet Nam. Given the general lack of understanding of healthcare in the Vietnamese context, it discusses the background and history, current status and the future of healthcare in the country. The first part of the book provides a summary of the current state of Vietnamese healthcare, incorporating discussions on the training and professional practice environment and the development, implementation and impact of national insurance policies. In addition, it highlights the cultural aspects of health provision and behaviours, technology integration and health trends from a number of angles based on standard global reporting dimensions. The second part elaborates on the 5-year strategic plan for national healthcare management and the top 5 barriers to meeting these planned objectives. It documents key investors and project objectives and outcomes, as well as the top 10 health issues in Vietnam including an overview of national and international initiatives to tackle these issues, addressing financial and social burdens in the process. In the third part, the book outlines the opportunities and barriers for improvement in healthcare outcomes for Viet Nam, providing evidence to support future work by local or international researchers. It is a fundamental text for anyone looking to work or research in the Vietnamese healthcare environment and provides an outline for project planning and targeted programs of work to achieve measureable improvements in Viet Nam.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: The Vietnamese health care landscape
Chapter 3: Culture and belief systems
Chapter 4: The infrastructure landscape
Chapter 5: Current status
Chapter 6: Health research
Chapter 7: The top 10 health issues in Viet Nam
Chapter 8: The future
Chapter 9: Conclusion
Bibliography. - DigitalBernard Kwabi-Addo.Summary: This stimulating volume uses multiple lenses to analyze the complex causes of health disparities affecting minorities, in particular African Americans, and explains how this knowledge can be used to reduce their destructive effects. Pinpointing genetic, non-genetic, and epigenetic factors underlying health conditions common to the population--including heart disease, hypertension, diabetes, and cancer--the author traces intricate links among these factors in the current environmental and social context. The section on non-genetic factors in health disparities, such as social determinants and health behaviors, adds depth to the ongoing discourse on public health and health policy objectives. And the chapters on gene/environment interactions outline the vast potential for developing new multidisciplinary frontiers in shrinking health inequities and personalizing care. Included in the coverage: The African diaspora and disease-specific disparities The genetic basis to health disparities The role of epigenetics Economic factors and health Psychological issues and how they affect disparities Gene-environment interactions in health disparities Race, a biological or social concept Compelling and accessible, Health Outcomes in a Foreign Land will challenge and inspire medical students, epidemiologists, public health professionals, biomedical research scientists, and social scientists to go farther in their work. A wider audience would include policymakers, government officials, nurses, physicians, lawyers, economists, community outreach investigators, and interested general readers.
Contents:
Preface
Acknowledgments
Chapter 1: Introduction: Disease-specific disparities of the African diaspora
Part 1: Genetic Factors
Chapter 2: The genetic basis to health disparity
Chapter 3: The role of epigenetics
Part 2: Non-Genetic Elements
Chapter 4: Economic factors and health
Chapter 5: Social determinants
Chapter 6: Behavior and health disparities
Chapter 7: Health literacy deficits
Chapter 8: The impact of culture
Chapter 9: Psychological issues and how they affect disparities
Part 3: Gene-Environment Interactions
Chapter 10: Gene-environment interactions in health disparities
Chapter 11: Race, a biological or social concept
Chapter 12: Translating health disparities
Glossary of Terms
Index
About the Author.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalKelly A. Goudreau, Mary C. Smolenski, editors.Summary: The only policy text written specifically for APRN students, this preeminent resource delivers a sweeping examination of policy impact on the full implementation of the APRN role across all environments, including its effectiveness on specific patient populations. The expanded third edition--containing six new chapters--includes expanded information on policy analysis, nursing roles, and the impact of technology. It provides practical knowledge on developing policy to advocate for vulnerable populations--bolstered by case examples--and discusses how interprofessional education has changed and will continue to alter health policy in the United States and internationally. Additionally, the text discusses the evolving influence of the Patient Protection Affordable Care Act (PPACA) and the implications of current and future health policy changes as they affect APRN practice. New doctoral-level content adds to the book's relevance for DNP students. The text addresses the initiative within nursing for Full Practice Authority for all APRNs, which enables them to practice to the full extent of their educational preparation. Edited by experienced APRN leaders who have been closely involved with health policy development, the text meets the requirements of the IOM report on The Future of Nursing and the DNP criteria V for the inclusion of health policy and advocacy in the curriculum. This "call to action" for APRNs is specifically designed for courses serving a variety of APRN trajectories and includes content from all APRN role perspectives in every section.
Contents:
Contents
Contributors
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
Instructor Resources
Unit 1: Introduction to Health Policy from an Advanced Practice Perspective
Chapter 1: Turning Health Policy Into Practice
Chapter 2: Health Policy Effects on Health Systems
Chapter 3: Johnson & Johnson's Campaign for Nursing's Future: The Gift That Keeps on Giving
Chapter 4: Policy Implications for Optimizing Use of APRNs
Chapter 5: National Academy of Medicine
Chapter 6: Future of Nursing Report 2030
Chapter 7: Updates on the Implications for Practice: The Consensus Model for Advanced Practice Registered Nurse Regulation
Chapter 8: Effective State-Level APRN Leadership in Health Policy.Digital Access R2Library 2023Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalKayvan Bozorgmehr, Bayard Roberts, Oliver Razum, Louise Biddle, editors.Summary: Forced migration has yet to be sufficiently addressed from the perspective of health policy and systems research, resulting in limited knowledge on system‐level interventions and policies to improve the health of forced migrants. The contributions within this edited volume seek to rectify this gap in the literature by compiling the existing knowledge on health systems and health policy responses to forced migration with a focus on asylum seekers, refugees, and internally displaced people. It also brings together the work of research communities from the fields of political science, epidemiology, health sciences, economics, psychology, and sociology to push the knowledge frontier of health research in the area of forced migration towards health policy and systems-level interventions, while also framing potential routes for further research in this area.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalPaul J. Feldstein, Glenn Melnick.Summary: "Health Policy Issues, Eighth Edition provides not only information for those unfamiliar with all the aspects of the U.S. healthcare system, but includes a discussion of the major health policies issues and applies basic economic concepts for understanding and resolving them. The economic approach relies on competitive markets and requires no prior knowledge of economics"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The rise of medical expenditures
How much should we spend on medical care?
Do more medical expenditures produce better health?
In whose interest does the physician act?
Rationing medical services
How much health insurance should everyone have?
Why are those who most need health insurance least able to buy it?
Medicare
Medicaid
How does Medicare pay physicians?
The shortage of physicians and emerging solutions
Why is getting into medical school so difficult?
The changing practice of medicine
The economic outlook for registered nurses
Do nonprofit hospitals behave differently than for-profit hospitals?
Competition among hospitals: does it raise or lower costs?
The future role of hospitals
Cost shifting
Can price controls limit medical expenditure increases?
The evolution of managed care
Has competition been tried--and has it failed--to improve the us healthcare system?
Comparative effectiveness research
Who bears the cost of employee health benefits?
The high price of prescription drugs
Ensuring safety and efficacy of new drugs : too much of a good thing?
Why are prescription drugs less expensive overseas?
The pharmaceutical industry : a public policy dilemma
Should kidneys and other organs be bought and sold?
Should profits in healthcare be prohibited?
The role of government in medical care
Health associations and the political marketplace
Medical research, medical education, alcohol consumption, and pollution : who should pay?
The Canadian healthcare system
Employer-mandated national health insurance
National health insurance : which approach and why?
Financing long-term care
The Affordable Care Act : did it achieve its goals?
Comparative health systems.Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2023 - DigitalRachel Ellison and Lesley Clack.Contents:
Chapter 1 The Basics of the Policymaking Process
Chapter 2 Federal Legislation Governing Medical Care
Chapter 3 Patient Protection Policies and Regulations
Chapter 4 Health Care Financing and Payment Methods
Chapter 5 Healthcare Quality and Safety
Chapter 6 Health Insurance and Reimbursement Methods
Chapter 7 Medicare
Chapter 8 Medicaid
Chapter 9 Children’s Health Insurance Program
Chapter 10 The Uninsured and Underinsured Population in the United States
Chapter 11 Social Determinants of Health
Chapter 12 Individual Rights
Chapter 13 Medical Ethics and Healthcare Professionals
Chapter 14 The Changing Dynamics of Health Policy and the Health Care Delivery System
Glossary.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalLaura E. Matarese, PhD, RDN, LDN, FADA, FASPEN, FAND, Gerard E. Mullin, MD, AGAF, FACG, Kelly A. Tappenden, PhD, RDN, FASPEN.Summary: "A comprehensive resource that addresses etiology of specific gastrointestinal disorders, diagnostic criteria, associated nutrition-related problems, risks and benefits of medical, nutritional, and surgical interventions, treatment guidelines, and emerging areas of research." -- Publisher's description.
Contents:
Nutrition assessment for patients with gastrointestinal disorders
Gastrointestinal tests and procedures
Inflammatory bowel disease
Short bowel syndrome
Irritable bowel syndrome
Celiac disease
Liver disease
Pancreatic disease
Pediatric-originating gastrointestinal disorders
Gastrointestinal oncology
Medical treatment of obesity
Eating disorders
Food allergies and food intolerances
The intestinal microbiome
Prebiotics
Probiotics
Gastrointestinal tract surgery
Bariatric surgery
Enteral nutrition
Parenteral nutrition
Pediatric enteral and parenteral nutrition
Home parenteral and enteral nutrition
Drug-nutrient interactions with gastrointestinal drugs
Nutraceutical supplements
Ethical and legal considerations in gastrointestinal nutrition interventions.Digital Access R2Library 2023 - Digitaleditors Carina Venter, PhD, RDN, Marion Groetch, MS, RDN, John James, MD, Scott H. Sicherer, MD.Summary: "The Health Professional's Guide to Nutrition Management of Food Allergies was written, edited, and reviewed by renowned physicians and dietitians from around the world with expertise in food allergy, and in partnership with FARE (Food Allergy Research & Education). This essential reference is designed to support health professionals working with patients of all ages to help safely diagnose and manage allergies to specific foods, including the top nine food allergens, and other allergic disorders related to food. Divided into three sections, the chapters cover the science, rationale, and evidence-based guidance for food allergy diagnosis and management"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library [2023]
- Digitaledited by Aviv Shachak, Elizabeth M. Borycki, Shmuel P. Reis.Contents:
Part I. The changing landscape of information and communication technology (ICT) in health care: implications for health professionals' education
Section I. The changing nature of the patient-clinicaian relationships
Section II. Ethical and professional conduct in the digital age
Section III. Patient safety and quality assurance thrusts in digital healthcare and their influence on clinicians and patients
Section IV. Health information literacy and creditibility assessment
Part II. Experiences from the field
Section V. Training clinicians in informatics and practicing in IT-enabled settings
Subsection V.A. Curriculum design and implementation strategies
Section VI. Local and regional interventions
Section VII. State and national level initiatives
Part III. Evaluating students and programs.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digital[edited by] Jessica Coviello.Contents:
Population health / Martha Okafor
Principles of risk assessment / Elizabeth Roessler
The history : what to ask about / Elizabeth Roessler
The physical examination : where to look for preclinical disease / David Brissette
Laboratory screening tests / David Brissette
Introduction to the principles of health behavior change / Carolynn Spera Bruno and Babette Biesecker
Regular exercise / Linda T. Gottlieb
Nutrition / Lisa Kimmel
Weight management / Mary SavoyE
Tobacco use / Lisa M. Fucito
Substance use / Robert M. Weinrieb
Contraception / Alison Moriarty Daley
Sexually transmitted infections / Alison Moriarty Daley
Depression, mood disorders, and cognitive impairment / Linda Trinh
Self-examination of the breasts, testes, and skin / Geraldine F. Marrocco
Chemoprophylaxis / Mary Dietmann
Immunizations / Nancy C. Banasiak
Health promotion and disease prevention for children and adolescents / Nancy Banasiak and Alison Moriarty Daley
What to do with abnormal screening test results? / Leslie A. Kole
What not to do and why : the arguments against some forms of screening and chemoprevention / Janelle Guirguis-Blake and Russell Harris
Developing a health maintenance schedule / Kelly F. Holtz and Geraldine Marrocco
Shared decision making : a path to patient-centered care / Erica S. Spatz
The future of health promotion and disease prevention in clinical practice / Susanne J. Phillips.Digital Access Ovid 2020 - DigitalMaya Rom Korin, editor.Contents:
Part I. The foundation
Part II. Socioecological approach to child and adolescent health
Part III. Children and adolescent psychological wellness
Part IV. Social and behavioral wellness in children and adolescents
Part V. Dietary health in children and adolescents
Part VI. Children and adolescents in the health care system
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Sam Ghebrehewet, Alex G. Stewart, David Baxter, Paul Shears, David Conrad, and Merav Kliner.Summary: A practical guide for practitioners working at all levels in public health and health protection. It is aimed at individuals training in health protection and public health including those with a non-specialist background.
Contents:
Section 1. The basics
Section 2. Infectious disease control case studies and scenarios
Section 3. Emergency preparedness, resilience and response (EPRR), and business continuity case studies and scenarios
Section 4. Environmental public health practice case studies and scenarios
Section 5. Health protection tools
Section 6. New and emerging health protection issues.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digitaledited by Ron Stock, Bruce Goldberg.Contents:
Section I. Origins of Oregon health reform
Section II. Implementation of the coordinated care model: key components
Section III. Future implications for State and National health reform.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digitaledited by Susan K. Kendall.Contents:
The health sciences publishing environment
One library's story: putting together a collection to support a new medical school
Managing a health sciences collection
One library's story: Duke University Medical Center librarians learn to embrace weeding projects
Managing a collection budget
One library's story: creating and sustaining a hospital library consortium for purchasing online journals
User-oriented collection assessment
One library's story: All or nothing: the University of California walks away from ClinicalKey
Collaborative collection management
One library's story: building a Texas-sized shared print repository
Discovery of the health sciences collection
One library's story: supporting a reimagined medical school curriculum with targeted library collections and licenses
Usability and accessibility for health sciences collections
One library's story: developing accessibility purchasing procedures for electronic resources at the Michigan State University Libraries
Data in the library: considerations for collection development policy and practice
The hunt of the unicorn: collection development for special collections in health sciences libraries
The future of health sciences collection management.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2018Limited to 3 simultaneous users - PrintJudith Garrard.Contents:
Basic concepts
Paper trail : how to plan and manage a search of the literature
Documents folder : how to select and organize documents for review
Review matrix : how to abstract the research literature
Synthesis : how to use a review matrix to write a synthesis
A library of lit review master folders
The matrix indexing system
Matrix applications by health sciences professionals. - DigitalJudith Garrard.Contents:
Intro
Title Page
Copyright Page
Dedication
Brief Contents
Contents
Preface
Acknowledgments
About the Author
PART I Fundamentals of a Literature Review
CHAPTER 1 Introduction
What Is the Purpose of This Chapter?
What Is a Review of the Literature?
What Is the Field of Research Synthesis?
What Are the Guidelines and Standards in Research Synthesis?
Other Developments in Health Sciences Guidelines
What Is the Matrix Method?
What Is a Review Matrix?
Overview of Chapters 2-9 and Appendices
Caroline's Quest: Understanding the Process What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of This Chapter
References
CHAPTER 2 Basic Concepts
What Is the Purpose of This Chapter?
What Are Source Materials?
The Anatomy of a Scientific Paper: Basic Structure of a Research Article
The Methods Map: A Methodological Review of the Literature
Caroline's Quest: Learning the Concepts
What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of This Chapter
References
PART II The Matrix Method
CHAPTER 3 Paper Trail Folder: How to Plan and Manage a Search of the Literature
What Is the Purpose of This Chapter? What Is a Paper Trail?
How to Organize a Paper Trail Folder
How to Create and Use a Paper Trail
How to Use Bibliographic Databases in the Health Sciences
Predatory Publications, Publishers, and Fake Conferences
Caroline's Quest: Creating and Managing the Search
What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of This Chapter
References
CHAPTER 4 Documents Folder: How to Select and Use Documents for Review
What Is the Purpose of This Chapter?
What Is a Source Document?
How to Create and Use a Source Documents Subfolder How to Create and Use a PRISMA Flowchart Subfolder
Caroline's Quest: Assembling and Organizing a Documents Folder
What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of This Chapter
References
CHAPTER 5 Review Matrix Folder: How to Abstract the Research Literature
What Is the Purpose of This Chapter?
What Is a Review Matrix?
Organize a Review Matrix Folder: Three Subfolders
Generate Column Topics for a Review Matrix
Read and Abstract Source Documents in a Review Matrix
Caroline's Quest: Constructing and Using a Review Matrix What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of this Chapter
References
CHAPTER 6 Synthesis Folder: How to Write a Synthesis
What Is the Purpose of This Chapter?
What Is a Synthesis?
Organize a Synthesis Folder: Three Subfolders
Analyze Across Source Documents
Integrate Across Source Documents
How to Write: My Own and Others' Experiences
Caroline's Quest: Writing a Synthesis
What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of This Chapter
References
PART III Applications Using the Matrix Method
CHAPTER 7 A Library of Master FoldersDigital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 2 simultaneous users - DigitalAdrian Levy, Sarah Goring, Constantine Gatsonis, Boris Sobolev, Ewout van Ginneken, Reinhard Busse, editors.Summary: The Handbook of Health Services Research is a reference for all aspects of the field of health services and outcomes research. It addresses the increasing need for comprehensive, yet balanced, information in a field that welcomes various disciplines: medicine, public health, statistics, economics, management, policy, and information technology. This well-organized reference is an indispensable source of information for everyone who seeks to develop understanding of health systems and to learn about historical, political, and socioeconomic factors that influence health policies at the global, national, regional and local level. Specifically, the Handbook helps readers: Recognize core concepts of health services and outcomes research, such as, need, access, equity, quality and safety; Become familiar with social, political, organizational, behavioral and economic theories that have influenced health systems designs; Learn about frameworks developed for evaluating the organization, financing, delivery, utilization and outcomes of health services; Get an introduction to methods of comparative effectiveness research, program evaluation, health technology assessment and health economics; Identify types and sources of data appropriate for generating valid and reliable information about the delivery of health services; Learn about strengths and weaknesses of various research designs used to study health services and policy issues. The online version of the Handbook of Health Services Research is in the format of a dynamically updated knowledge base, offering search tools, cross-referencing across chapters and linking to supplement data, other major reference works and external articles. The Handbook of Health Services Research is accessible at the level of graduate students even if it is not their focus area. This includes students with various backgrounds: medicine, public health, statistics, economics, management or information technology.
Contents:
Health Services Data: The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) Claims Records
Health Services Information: Lessons Learned from the Society of Thoracic Surgeons National Database
Measurement of Patient-Reported Outcomes of Health Services
Micro-Simulation Modeling
Health System in China
Provision of Health Services: Long-Term Care
. - Digitalby Richard K. Thomas.
- Digital/PrintJustin B. Dimick, Carrie C. Lubitz.Summary: This book focuses on health services research, offering new materials which are necessary to address the rapid evolution of novel research methodologies in basic science and clinical/educational research and the changing environment for academic surgeons.
- DigitalJustin B. Dimick, Carrie C. Lubitz.Summary: This book focuses on health services research, offering new materials which are necessary to address the rapid evolution of novel research methodologies in basic science and clinical/educational research and the changing environment for academic surgeons.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalDigital Access NIHR v. 1-, 1997-
- DigitalIsao Kamae.Summary: Representing the first book on the topic, this work offers the reader an introduction to the Japanese systems for health technology assessment (HTA) officially introduced by the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare (MHLW) in 2016. Policy and guidelines are discussed, with the relevant methods and conditions of cost-effectiveness analysis explained alongside. Numerous instructive examples and exercises, ranging from basic to advanced, impart valuable knowledge and insight on the quantitative methods for economic evaluation, which will appeal to both beginners and experts. This guidebook is authored by Japan's foremost expert in HTA and pharmacoeconomics, with a view to strengthening the reader's expertise in value-based healthcare and decision-making. The methods presented are essential to informing regulatory, local and patient decisions; as such, the book is equally recommended to industry and government, as well as academia, and anyone with an interest in Japanese HTA. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Basics to know
New HTA policy in Japan
MHLW guidelines for cost-effectiveness analysis
How to appraise
Exercises for powerful assessment
Intermediate level methods
Advanced research topics. - DigitalPaolo Vineis.Summary: This book discusses globalization and its impact on human health. The population of the world grew from 1 billion in 1800 to 7 billion in 2012, and over the past 50 years the mean temperature has risen faster than ever before. Both factors continue to rise, as well as health inequalities. Our environment is changing rapidly, with tremendous consequences for our health. These changes produce complex and constantly varying interactions between the biosphere, economy, climate and human health, forcing us to approach future global health trends from a new perspective. Preventive actions to improve health, especially in low-income countries, are essential if our future is going to be a sustainable one. After a period of undeniable improvement in the health of the world's population, this improvement is likely to slow down and we will experience- at least locally - crises of the same magnitude as have been observed in financial markets since 2009. There is instability in health systems, which will worsen if preventive and buffering mechanisms do not take on a central role. We cannot exclude the possibility that the allied forces of poverty, social inequalities, climate change, industrial food and lack of governance will lead to a deterioration in the health of large sectors of the population. In low-income countries, while many of the traditional causes of death (infectious diseases) are still highly prevalent, other threats typical of affluent societies (obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular diseases) are increasing. Africa is not only affected by malaria, TB and HIV, but also by skyrocketing rates of cancer. The book argues that the current situation requires effective and coordinated multinational interventions guided by the principle of health as a common good. An entirely competition-driven economy cannot - by its very nature - address global challenges that require full international cooperation. A communal global leadership is called for. Paolo Vineis is Chair of Environmental Epidemiology at Imperial College. His current research activities focus on examining biomarkers of disease risk as well as studying the effects of climate change on non-communicable diseases. "From morality to molecules, environment to equity, climate change to cancer, and politics to pathology, this is a wonderful tour of global health - consistently presented in a clear, readable format. Really, an important contribution." Professor Sir Michael Marmot Director, Institute of Health Equity University College London Author of "The Health Gap" "This book is a salutary and soundly argued reminder that the 'common good' is not simply what remains after individuals and groups have appropriated the majority of societal resources: it is in fact the foundation on which any society rests and without which it collapses." Rodolfo Saracci Senior Visiting Scientist International Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon, France.
Contents:
The double debt : economic and environmental
An overview of what global health is
Food
Climate change
The environment
The economic crisis
Cancer : a time bomb in poor countries
The epigenetic landscape
The political choices
Public health as a common good
To know more.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digital/Printdeveloped by the Department of Reproductive Health and Research, World Health Organization.Summary: Planned and regulated task shifting and task sharing can have a range of benefits. It can ensure a rational optimization of the available health workforce, address health system shortages of specialized health-care professionals, improve equity in access to health care and increase the acceptability of health services for those receiving them. This guideline provides a range of options for expanding of health worker roles in the provision of safe abortion care, the management of complications of abortion (also known as post-abortion care in some settings and provided as part of emergency obstetric care) and for post-abortion contraception provision.Digital Access WHO 2015
- Digitaledited by Lalitha Krishnasamy, Rajesh Kumar Dhanaraj, Balamurugan Balusamy, Munish Sabharwal, Poongodi Chinnasamy.Summary: "The main aim of Healthcare 4.0: Health Informatics and Precision Data Management is to improve the services given by the healthcare industry and to bring meaningful patient outcomes, Informatics involved by applying the data, information and knowledge in the healthcare domain. The precise focus of this handbook will be on the potential applications and use of data informatics in area of healthcare, including clinical trials, tailored ailment data, patient and ailment record characterization and health records management"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Privacy preserving healthcare informatics using Federated learning and Blockchain / K. Tamil Selvi, R Thamilselvan
Applications, Opportunities and Current Challenges in the Healthcare Industry / Veena A., Gowrishankar S.
Harnessing Big Data and Artificial Intelligence for Data Acquisition, Storage and Retrieval of Healthcare Informatics in Precision Medicine / S. Mohana Saranya, K. Tamilselvi, S. Mohanapriya
Analogous Healthcare Product Identification in Online Shopping / N. Archana, R. Menaka, Blessy Regina S.M.J., Lakshmi Prabha P.M.
Segmentation Based Comparative Analysis for Detection Of Bone Tumor Using Healthcare Dataset / Eric Clapten J, Tamilselvi A. , Oviya K, Swetha M.
Challenges, Progress and Opportunities of Blockchain in HealthCare Data / Dinesh Komarasamy, M.K. Dharani, R. Thamilselvan, J. Jenita Hermina
SepSense: A Novel Sepsis Detection System Using Machine Learning Techniques / V. Aruna Devi, Sakthi Jaya Sundar Rajasekar, Varalakshmi Perumal
Oral Cancer Detection at Early Stage Using Convolutional Neural Network in
Healthcare Informatics / Bhuvaneswari S, Pandimeena R ,Sridhar M , Vignesh S.
Lung Diseases Identification Brain-Computer Interface based Real-Time Movement of Upper Limb Prostheses / Sivabalan A, Sandhiya D., Sharada M.B., Jai Jaganath Babu Jayachandran
Brain-Computer Interface based Real-Time Movement of Upper Limb Prostheses / K. Kalpana, B. Hakkem, S. Ramya, Dhanasekar J. Teresa
A. Robust Image Driven CNN Algorithm to detect Skin Disease in Healthcare systems / Suganyadevi S., Seethalakshmi V., Vidhya N., Balasamy K.
Patient identity ailments and maintenance using Blockchain and Health informatics / K. S. Suganya, Dr R. Nedunchezian, Dr K.S. Arvind
An Innovative outcome of Internet of Things and Artificial Intelligence in remote centered Healthcare application schemes / Dr. Lalitha Krishnasamy, A.Tamilselvi, Dr. Rajesh Kumar Dhanaraj
Electronic Health Records Storing and Sharing System Using Blockchain / Dr. Shailendra S. Aote, Dr. Amit Khaparde, Dr. Balamurugan Balusamy, Aayush Muley, Adesh Kotgirwar, Atharva Uplanchiwar, Lalita Sharma.Digital Access TandFonline 2022 - DigitalBairong Shen, editor.Contents:
1. How to become a smart patient in the era of precision medicine?
2. Physiological informatics: collection and analyses of data from wearable sensors and smartphone for healthcare
3. Entropy for the complexity of physiological signal dynamics
4. Data platform for the research and prevention of Alzheimer's Disease
5. Data analysis for gut microbiota and health
6. Ontology-based vaccine adverse event representation and analysis
7. LEMRG: decision rule generation algorithm for mining microRNA expression data
8. Privacy challenges of genomic big data
9. Systems health: a transition from disease management toward health promotion. - DigitalJames S. Powers, editor.Summary: Healthcare Changes and the Affordable Care Act: A Physician Call to Action provides guidance, examples, and information on processes and timelines for physicians based on the implementation of The Affordable Care Act (ACA) that was established in 2010. This volume focuses on how geriatricians and other healthcare professionals can be engaged in responding to the roll-out of the ACA in their communities, and through this engagement assume leadership roles in local hospitals, healthcare organizations, and medical societies to advance quality improvement and new models of care for older adults. In-depth chapters provide an update on quality improvement efforts at the state level as well as changes in Medicaid financing and the significant impact this will have for older adults, particularly dual-eligibles. Many elements of the ACA are yet to be rolled out and many healthcare decisions are yet to be made. Healthcare Changes and the Affordable Care Act: A Physician Call to Action will guide healthcare decision makers and help them to play a leadership role in advancing quality care for older adults in our changing healthcare environment.
Contents:
Geriatricians Involvement in Healthcare Changes
Quality Improvement Organizations.-Leadership Opportunities for Physicians
The ABCs of ACOs
Our Failing System: A Reasoned Approach Toward Single Payer
Geriatric and Primary Care Workforce Development
Medicare and Medicaid Coordination ? Special Case of the Dual Eligible Beneficiary
Care Management: From Channeling to Grace
Program Evaluation: Defining and Measuring Appropriate Outcomes
Targeting Interventions and Populations
Accountable Care Organizations
A Case Study in the Use of Care Coordination: Montefiore Medical Center
University of Michigan Case Study: The Physician Group Practice Demonstration.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalZiv Gil.Summary: In recent years, improving efficiency in healthcare facilities in general, and in hospitals specifically, has become increasingly important. This book provides essential information on the powerful performance results that can be achieved when patient-centered efficiency reforms are implemented within health management systems. Created for departmental and institutional healthcare professionals, this book offers intuitive guidelines, technical tools, and work procedures to comprehensively analyze all aspects of current operations and reconfigure assets in pursuit of serving more patients, reducing costs, and generating revenues. This work is particularly valuable as its focuses on the most basic service unit in any given hospital (department/unit) and on methodologies for enhancing management practice and creating internal cultures of continual change and ongoing development. The book provides effective and lasting solutions that reduce E.R. and physician consultation wait times, complications and hospital readmissions, and laboratory tests performed, as well as increase O.R. productivity, annual numbers of patients served, and overall rates of staff and patient satisfaction. Also addressed are how best to handle moments of crisis (such as COVID-19); ethical and legal concerns; and the hiring, development, promotion, and empowerment of staff. Dedicated sections analyze ways to minimize disruptive behavior among physicians, nurses, and other personnel, and present strategies for improving department meetings, particularly in an era of social distancing. The book also describes how to maximize outcomes through multi-disciplinary approaches, the use of core performance metrics, ongoing data collection and analysis, simple reporting protocols, transparency, and the adoption of technological aids, including dedicated apps. Everything presented in this work has been put into practice. They achieved substantial and sustainable improvements in service delivery - all with little or no change in staff, budgets, and other resources already at hand. This book will help specialists and medical managers in the healthcare market to more effectively use their own resources to achieve levels of performance and success objectives they might otherwise have thought were unattainable.
Contents:
Premises
Deconstruction
Smells like Team Spirit
Management 360
Prelude to Action
Real Problems Real Solutions
Metrics
Crises
Considerations. - Digitaledited by May McCreaddie, Gary E. Day, Jane Leanne Griffiths.Summary: "Healthcare in the Arabian Gulf and Greater Middle East is the first evidence-based, English-language textbook to provide a comprehensive overview of healthcare in this region, where health systems are rapidly evolving and feature large numbers of expatriate health professionals serving a population with diverse ethnic, social, cultural and environmental needs"-- publisher's description.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2025]
- DigitalCharlotte A. Weaver, Marion J. Ball, George R. Kim, Joan M. Kiel, editors.Contents:
1. Clinical decision support: history and basic concepts
2. Electronic health record features, functions, and privileges that clinicians need to provide safe and effective care for adults and children
3. The journey to usability: a vendor's perspective
4. Snapshot at mid-stride: current state of EHRs and their use by clinicians from a CMIO's perspective
5. The evolution of EHR-S functionality for care and coordination
6. Great promises of healthcare information technology deliver less
7. Ten reasons why interoperability is difficult
8. The evolution of health information technology policy in the United States
9. Usability: making it real from concepts to implementation and end-user adoption
10. Incorporating patient generated health data into chronic disease management: a human factors approach
11. Transformed roles for a transformed healthcare system: where do clinical informaticists fit in now?
12. Emerging roles in health and healthcare
13. Impact of the digital age on transforming healthcare
14. Health information crossroad: an opportunity to deliver real measurable outcomes for better health and well being
15. Health IT"s essential role in the patient-centered medical home and practice-based population health management
16. Patient-interactive healthcare management, a model for achieving patient experience excellence
17. The patient of the future: participatory medicine and enabling technologies
18. Data driven patient safety and clinical information technology
19. Simulation: a view into the future of education
20. The health record banking model for health information infrastructure
21. Next generation wellness: a technology model for personalizing healthcare
22. Wearable technologies and telehealth in care management for chronic illness
23. The role of big data and analytics in health payer transformation to consumer-centricity
24. Interoperability: E pluribus unum
25. Privacy and data security: HIPAA and HITECH
26. Building a reliable and affordable system fo medical care
27. Engineering the next generation of health systems
28. Emerging clinical decision support technology for the twenty first century
29. Beyond current HIMS: future visions and a roadmap
30. Big data analytical technologies and decision support in critical care
31. Data driven analytics for personalized healthcare
32. Cognitive computing for electronic medical records
33. Health information systems 2025.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalBall, Marion J.; Kiel, Joan M.; Kim, George R.Summary: This new edition of the classic textbook provides bold and honest descriptions of the current and evolving state of US healthcare information technology. Emerging technologies and novel practice and business models are changing the delivery and management of healthcare, as innovation and adoption meet new needs and challenges, such as those posed by the recent COVID-19 pandemic. Many facets of these are presented in this volume: The increasing mutual impact of information technology and healthcare with respect to costs, workforce training and leadership The changing state of healthcare IT privacy, security, interoperability and data sharing through health information exchange The rise and growing importance of telehealth/telemedicine in the era of COVID-19 Innovations and trends in the development and deployment of health IT in public health, disease modeling and tracking, and clinical/population health research Current work in health IT as it is used in patient safety, chronic disease management, critical care, rehabilitation/long-term/home-based patient care and care coordination "Brave new world" visions of healthcare and health IT, with forward- looking considerations of the impact of artificial intelligence, machine learning on healthcare equity and policy Building on the success of previous editions, this 5th edition of Healthcare Information Management Systems: Cases, Strategies, and Solutions provides healthcare professionals insights to new frontiers and to the directions being taken in the technical, organizational, business and management aspects of information technology in the ongoing quest to optimize healthcare quality and cost, and to improve universal health at all levels.
Contents:
The Current State
The Current State of US Healthcare and Information Infrastructure
Meeting the Quadruple Aim: How and why Healthcare Information Systems STILL deliver less than expected: What is (and is not) being done
Current State and Evolution of Healthcare Payments
Data Governance
Interoperability: Technical
Interoperability: Policy/Business
Information Security and Assurance
Streamlining for Medical Innovation in the Data Era: The 21st century Cures Act
Patient Safety
Patient Engagement and Activation
Ambulatory and Patient Self-care Support for Chronic Condition Care Over Time
Health IT in Managing Complex Conditions and Care: Oncology
Telemedicine
Leveraging HIT to Understand and Guide Community, Public and Population Health
Real-Time Management of Patient Data in Critical Care for Optimizing Patient Care
Various Technologies: NLP, Blockchain, ML/AI
Visions and Roadmap for HIMS
Healthcare, Healthcare IT, Information and Ethics
The Learning Healthcare System. - DigitalSean P. Murphy.Summary: Written by an expert in the field with multiple industry certifications, this definitive resource fully addresses information security and privacy considerations and their implications within the business of patient care. The book begins with an overview of the organization, financing, and delivery of healthcare and discusses technology, terminology, and data management principles. The topic coverage continues across all aspects of information security and privacy, with a special emphasis on real-life scenarios in clinical practices and business operations in healthcare. Learn best practices for healthcare information security and privacy with detailed coverage of essential topics such as information governance, roles and occupations, risk assessment and management, incident response, patient rights, and cybersecurity. Written for a global audience, this comprehensive guide addresses U.S. laws and regulations as well as those within the European Union, the United Kingdom, and Canada.--Publisher description.
Contents:
Part I: A Healthcare Organization and Information Risk Overview
Healthcare : organization, technology, and data
Healthcare : people, roles, and third-party partners
Healthcare information regulation
Information risk decision making
Third-party risk management and promoting awareness
Information security and privacy events management
Part II: Healthcare Information Privacy and Security Management
Information privacy : patient rights and healthcare responsibilities
Protecting digital health information : cybersecurity fundamentals
Impact of information privacy and security on health IT
Workforce competency in healthcare
Administering risk management and cybersecurity.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015 - DigitalAmi B. Bhatt, editor.Summary: This unique book comprehensively reviews how information technology is changing cardiovascular medical practice. Chapters include a wide range of topics from specific technologies and virtual care education to large system implementation. Extensive illustrative material and specific case studies are included throughout to reinforce key concepts and enable the reader to develop an understanding of how information technology is impacting medical practice. Health equity, medicolegal ethics, and regulatory considerations are also covered. Healthcare Information Technology for Cardiovascular Medicine: Telemedicine & Digital Health provides a foundation for better understanding how these technologies impact cardiovascular care delivery. Its comprehensive analysis enables healthcare providers and other stakeholders to enhance clinical practice through digital health implementation.
Contents:
An introduction to Virtual Care Delivery: A Boots on the Ground Perspective
The Essentials to Building a Curriculum for Virtual Care Delivery Education
Negotiating with and Influencing the Payor Landscape for Telemedicine
Evaluating and Promoting Digital Medical Technologies as a Cardiology Clinician
How practicing clinicians can meaningfully interact with the Fortune 500 of Digital Health
Digital Health is More than Wellness: Managing Physiology with Digital Interventions
Telemedicine in the Military: A Case for Review
Behavioral Telemedicine is an agent of Culture Change
The Wearable Landscape: Whose Responsibility is It?
Trust in Artificial Intelligence: Clinicians are Essential
Legal Issues in Virtual Cardiology Care: Boxed Pearls for each chapter about the active legal issues in that field
Putting it all Together. - DigitalLynn V. Monrouxe, Charlotte E. Rees.Contents:
What is healthcare professionalism?
Teaching and learning healthcare professionalism
Assessing healthcare professionalism
Identity-related professionalism dilemmas
Consent-related professionalism dilemmas
Patient safety-related professionalism dilemmas
Patient dignity-related professionalism dilemmas
Abuse-related professionalism dilemmas
E-professionalism-related dilemmas
Professionalism dilemmas across national cultures
Professionalism dilemmas across professional cultures.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalMaulik S. Joshi, Scott B. Ransom, Elizabeth R. Ransom, David B. Nash, editors.Summary: "Every healthcare organization is on its own unique journey, but each one needs a road map to a common destination-quality. Improving the quality of care is an essential strategy for surviving-and thriving-in today's demanding healthcare environment"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Overview of healthcare quality / Maulik S. Joshi and Marianthi Hatzigeorgiou
Quality improvement models and frameworks for excellence / Cathy E. Duquette
Variation in medical practice and implications for quality / Briget da Graca, David Nicewander, Brett D. Stauffer, and David J. Ballard
Statistical tools for quality improvement / Davis Balestracci
Safety science and high reliability organizing / Craig Clapper and Tami Strong
Health equity and diversity / Deneen Richmond
Population health / Deneen Richmond
Quality measurement : measuring what matters / Thomas H. Lee and Deirdre E. Mylod
Value-based purchasing / Lucy Liu, Rachel Zeldin, Julia Goldner, and Scott B. Ransom
Health system transformation / Dan Shellenbarger, Bryce Bach, Hector Nelson, and Scott B. Ransom
Quality and leadership : utilizing measures to create alignment / Michael D. Pugh
Governance for quality / Kathryn C. Peisert
The digitization of healthcare / Saad Chaudhry
Putting It all together : three quality improvement case studies / edited by Kedar Mate and Dan Schummers.Digital Access R2Library [2024] - Digitaledited by Debra Nestel, Michelle Kelly, Brian Jolly, Marcus Watson.Contents:
Section I. Introduction
Section II. Theoretical perspectives and frameworks for healthcare simulation
Section III. Contemporary issues in healthcare simulation
Section IV. Elements of simulation practice
Section V. Innovations in healthcare simulation practice
Section VI. Conclusions and future practice.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalDebra Nestel, Joshua Hui, Kevin Kunkler, Mark W. Scerbo, Aaron W. Calhoun, editors.Summary: This book provides readers with a detailed orientation to healthcare simulation research, aiming to provide descriptive and illustrative accounts of healthcare simulation research (HSR). Written by leaders in the field, chapter discussions draw on the experiences of the editors and their international network of research colleagues. This seven-section practical guide begins with an introduction to the field by relaying the key components of HSR. Sections two, three, four, and five then cover various topics relating to research literature, methods for data integration, and qualitative and quantitative approaches. Finally, the book closes with discussions of professional practices in HSR, as well as helpful tips and case studies. Healthcare Simulation Research: A Practical Guide is an indispensable reference for scholars, medical professionals and anyone interested in undertaking HSR.
Contents:
Section I. Introduction to Healthcare Simulation Research
Ch 1: Developing expertise in healthcare simulation research
Ch 2: A contemporary history of healthcare simulation research
Ch 3: Programs of research in healthcare simulation
Ch 4: Starting your research project: from problem to theory to question
Ch 5: Overview of serious gaming and virtual reality
Ch 6: Overview of computational modeling and simulation
Section II. Finding and Making Use of Existing Literature
Ch 7: Seeking, reviewing and reporting on healthcare simulation research
Ch 8: Systematic and nonsystematic reviews: choosing an approach
Section III. Qualitative Approaches in Healthcare Simulation Research
Ch 9: Introduction to qualitative research in healthcare simulation
Ch 10: Key concepts in qualitative research design
Ch 11: Refining your qualitative approach in healthcare simulation research
Ch 12: In-depth interviews
Ch 13: Focus groups in healthcare simulation research
Ch 14: Observational methods in simulation research
Ch 15: Visual methods in simulation-based research
Ch 16: Survey and other textual data
Ch 17: Transcription and data management
Ch 18: Grounded theory methodology: key principles
Ch 19: Analyzing data: approaches to thematic analysis
Ch 20: Naturally occurring data: conversation, discourse, and hermeneutic analysis
Section IV. Quantitative Approaches in Healthcare Simulation Research
Ch 21: Quantitative research in healthcare simulation
an introduction and discussion of common pitfalls
Ch 22: Research and hypothesis testing
moving from theory to experiment
Ch 23: Designing quantitative research studies
Ch 24: Outcome measures and data
Ch 25: Designing, choosing, and using assessment tools in healthcare simulation research
Ch 26: Reliability and validity
Ch 27: Statistical analysis: getting to insight through collaboration and critical thinking
Ch 28: Nonparametric tests used in simulation research
Ch 29: Contemporary analysis of simulation-based research data: P values, statistical power, and effect size
Ch 30: Advanced statistical analyses
Section V. Mixed Methods and Data Integration
Ch 31: Applying mixed methods research to healthcare simulation
Ch 32: Making use of diverse data sources in healthcare simulation research
Section VI. Professional Practices in Healthcare Simulation Research
Ch 33: Writing a research proposal for sponsorship or funding
Ch 34: Writing an ethics application
35: Strategies in developing a simulation research proposal
Ch 36: Identifying and applying for funding
Ch 37: Anatomy of a successful grant proposal
Ch 38: Establishing and maintaining multicenter studies in healthcare simulation research
Ch 39: Supervision in healthcare simulation research: creating rich experiences
Ch 40: Project management in healthcare simulation research
Ch 41: Disseminating healthcare simulation research
Ch 42: Writing for publication
Ch 43: Peer review for publications: a guide for reviewers
Section VII. Getting Started in Healthcare Simulation Research: Tips and Case Studies
Ch 44: Unpacking the social dimensions of research
how to get started in healthcare simulation research
Ch 45: Case Study 1: Joining the research conversation: the romance and reality
Ch 46: Case Study 2: Discovering qualitative research
Ch 47: Case Study 3: Application of quantitative methodology
Ch 48: Case Study 4: Navigating the peer review process in healthcare simulation: a doctoral student's perspective. - DigitalBrenda Kulhanek, Kathleen Mandato, editors.Summary: This book is a foundational resource on how to create, implement and maintain a successful healthcare technology training program. It demonstrates the impact of efficient and effective training, and underscores the importance of high-quality content, emphasizing the need to base training on a framework of contemporary learning science to support interactive and relevant training experiences. Details of the latest educational technologies are provided along with instructions on how to implement and maintain appropriate training courses for optimal informatics outcomes. Healthcare Technology Training: An Evidence-based Guide for Improved Quality provides a valuable and comprehensive resource for implementing and maintaining a successful training program by providing a unique all-in-one reference tool with examples and scenarios tailored to informaticians and all healthcare users of technology.
Contents:
Introduction
Purpose of this book
Training versus education
Development
Why is Training Important?
Errors
Legal challenges
Work is based on technology
Data reliability
Leadership and working with stakeholders
Change management and communication
Leveraging the Adult Brain
Learning theories
Learning science
Neuroscience
Generational Training Needs
Training Development Models
ADDIE
Other models
Assessment of Learners
Designing Training for Best Results
Developing Training
Training Delivery
Training Evaluation
Assessing Competency
Sustaining/evaluating learning and proficiency on an ongoing basis (developing)
Ongoing Training System Updates and Changes with Rapid Turnaround. - DigitalHenry Buchwald.Summary: Inspired by witnessing and experiencing the changes in healthcare and its delivery over the past 50 years, Dr. Henry Buchwald observes and comments on the current state of healthcare in the United States. His narrative includes the history, the historical data, and personal experiences of a healthcare system that has moved away from caring, first and foremost, for patients. This expensive, impersonal system, he believes may not be in the best interest either of the nation or of the people it purports to heal. As the title suggests, it appears that healthcare has been turned upside down to serve the administrators of the system and away from its basic function of offering the best care for patients. With this basic principle in mind, the topics presented in this book provide and discuss healthcare statistics and alterations to the language of medicine. The chapters themselves examine the transformations to the medical school, the clinic and the office, the hospital, and the practice. Additional chapters discuss the role of the payers, public health research, as well as pandemics, including COVID-19, the advantages and disadvantages of socialized medicine, as well as the broken doctor/patient relationship. Finally, Dr. Buchwald offers thoughts on the areas in which future healthcare efforts can most fruitfully be expended. Analysing todays pervading administrative domination of essentially every facet of healthcare, Healthcare Upside Down thoughtfully considers the variety of ways in which we can turn the current healthcare system right-side up to serve those who should be the ultimate beneficiaries all of us as patients, now and in the future.
Contents:
Statistics
The Language of Change
The Medical School
The Clinic and the Office
The Hospital
The Practice
Payers
Socialized Medicine
Public Health, Research and Pandemics
COVID-19
Doctor/Patient Relationships
Where Do We Go from Here? - PrintSandro Galea.Summary: Public health can rightly claim its share of victories: healthier cities, widespread sanitation, broader availability of nutrient-rich food, and reductions in violence and injury. But for all these gains, today we face a new set of challenges, ones complicated by political and professional shifts that threaten to fundamentally change the health of populations. Healthier is both an affirmation and an essential summary of the current challenges and opportunities for those working in and around the improvement of population health. The essays contained here champion an approach to health that is consequentialist and rooted in social justice -- an expansion of traditional, quantitatively motivated public health that will both inform and inspire any reader from student to seasoned practitioner. Galea's cogent, incisive arguments guarantee that his perspective, currently at the forefront of public health, will soon become conventional wisdom. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Acknowledgements
Dedication
1. Introduction
Section 1. The foundations of population health
2. The aspirations and strategies of public health
3. Social justice, public health
4. On mechanisms vs. foundations
5. What health, for whom?
6. Pasteur's quadrant and population health
7. Producing health over a lifetime
8. Shaping values, elevating health
9. Towards a culture of health
10. Paternalism: unavoidable, perhaps desirable
11. At the heart of it all, empathy
12. On courage
Section 2. The world as it is
13. More hate, more harm
14. The burden of incarceration
15. Finding a way out: suicide and the health of populations
16. The heavy toll of substance use
17. The health effects of war
18. Out in the cold
19. Priced out of health
20. When disaster strikes
21. Climate change and our health
22. Reproductive health, reproductive justice
23. Coming to terms with firearms
24. The corrosive role of racism
Section 3. On inequities and the health of marginalized populations
25. On health haves and health have nots
26. Income and health
27. What Flint teaches us 28. Gender equity, almost
29. The well-being of LGBT populations
30. Transgender today
31. The health of immigrants
32. Caring for refugees
Section 4. The challenges faced by public health
33. Population health science-are we doing it wrong?
34. To screen, or not to screen
35. Knowledge and values
36. A step backwards on vaccines
37. Living with complexity
38. Moving beyond
39. On ignorance
40. Acknowledging luck
Section 5. Towards a healthier world
41. Aging healthy
42. In the heart of the city, health
43. Towards an activist public health
44. Promoting prevention
45. Innovating for a healthier public
46. Who should we talk to, and how?
47. On engaging the media
48. Making the acceptable unacceptable
49. Social movements and the conditions of health
50. Public health as public good
51. A world without public health
Index. - Digitaledited by Goh Cheng Soon, Gerard Bodeker, Kishan Kariippanon.Summary: "Asia is the worlds most populous region and has the highest per capita number of older people in the world. Asia also is home to the healthy ageing traditions of Ayurveda and Chinese Medicine and the rich regional traditions of Japan, Korea, Southeast Asia, and South Asia. This book addresses policy related to ageing, traditional Asian approaches to ageing, an integrated medical systems approach to ageing, ageing in place, and community empowerment"-- Provided by publisher.
- Digitaleditor, Patrick P. Coll.Summary: This book highlights both biomedical and psychosocial interventions, including lifestyle changes that promote healthy aging. The text begins with an introduction to the principles of disease prevention and health promotion with an emphasis on the impact of age on life expectancy, disease and disability. Written by experts who have an interest in healthy aging, the text highlights steps that patients and their healthcare providers can take to promote healthy aging. There is an emphasis on maintaining function and preventing disability with increasing age. Common biomedical interventions including exercise, nutrition, sleep and cancer prevention are addressed in detail. The text then shifts to address the psychosocial determinant of healthy aging including, housing, relationships, intimacy, work and spirituality. The text then outlines steps that healthcare systems and public policy agencies should adopt to promote healthy aging, both for those who are older now and for those who will be older in the future. Healthy Aging is an important resource for those working with older patients, including geriatricians, family medicine physicians, nurses, gerontologists, students, public health administrators, and all other medical professionals.
- DigitalEvelyne de Leeuw, Jean Simos, editors.Summary: This forward-looking resource recasts the concept of healthy cities as not only a safe, pleasant, and green built environment, but also one that creates and sustains health by addressing social, economic, and political conditions. It describes collaborations between city planning and public health creating a contemporary concept of urban governance?a democratically-informed process that embraces values like equity. Models, critiques, and global examples illustrate institutional change, community input, targeted assessment, and other means of addressing longstanding sources of urban health challenges. In these ambitious pages, healthy cities are rooted firmly in the worldwide movement toward balanced and sustainable urbanization, developed not to disguise or displace entrenched health and social problems, but to encourage and foster solutions. Included in the coverage: Towards healthy urban governance in the century of the city Healthy cities emerge: Toronto, Ottawa, Copenhagen The role of policy coalitions in understanding community participation in healthy cities projects Health impact assessment at the local level The logic of method for evaluating healthy cities Plus: extended reports on healthy cities and communities in North and Latin America, Africa, Europe, Asia, Oceania, and the Middle East Healthy Cities will interest and inspire community leaders, activists, politicians, and entrepreneurs working to improve health and well-being at the local level, as well as public health and urban development scholars and professionals.
Contents:
Part I: Foundations and Historical Backdrop
Introduction: Aims and Objectives of this Book
Paleo-Epidemiology, Nomadism and Sedentism: Health and the City
Urbanisation and Public Health
Health in Canada in the 1970s and 1980s: Hotbed of Innovation
Healthy Cities Emerge: Toronto
Ottawa
Copenhagen
Healthy Cities Grow: Development of International, National, Regional, Linguistic Networks
Eleven Qualities a City Should Strive to Provide (1986)
Part II: Conceptual Framework and Analysis: Healthy Cities Working from a Joint Value Base
From Movement to Maturity?- Africa
Anglophone
Africa
Francophone
Africa
Maghreb
Arabic
Central and South America
North America
Europe
South-East Asia
Asia-Pacific
Oceania
Wrap-Up: Values and Governance for Urban Health
Part III: The Analysis Continues: Thematic Priorities
The Role of the Community and Policy Coalitions
Greening the City
Environments for Health
From Urban Projects to Healthy City Policies
Futuring for Healthy Mega-Cities
Methodological Reflections on Generating Evidence for Healthy Cities
Health and Social Impact Assessment for Urban Health
Conclusion: A Critical Appraisal at the Movement's 25th Birthday. - DigitalJennifer Marsh, John Gray, Antonella Tosti.Contents:
1. Healthy hair: form and function
2. Root-to-tip hair health
3. Understanding hair damage
4. Healthy hair method assessments
5. Clinical signs of hair damage
6. Hair density reduction
7. Cosmetic products and hair health
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalLisa Elaine Skemp, Melanie Creagan Dreher, Susan Primm Lehmann.Contents:
The cultural framework of community health
Culturally informed community health practice
Learning the culture and health of communities
The practice project
Discovering the culture of your community
Determining the health of your community
Laying the foundation for a healthy community agenda
Leading culturally informed community action.Digital Access AccessAPN 2016 - DigitalEmily P. Green.Summary: This book is a practical guide for busy clinicians and educators within the biomedical sciences on how to improve their presentations. It includes specific, practical guidance on crafting a talk, tips on incorporating interactive elements to facilitate active learning, and before-and-after examples of improved slide design. Chapters discuss all aspects of exceptional presentations such as the identification of main concepts, organization of content, and best practices for creating lectures that are focused on the facilitation of learning rather than on passive information transfer. The examples provided are grounded in the biomedical sciences where presentations are necessarily dense and rich with critical content, making this book an essential read for anyone who lectures within a biomedical curriculum or presents at professional conferences. This book also addresses hot topics in medical education such as presenting on virtual platforms, and reviewing teaching materials for diversity, inclusion, and bias. These topics are not addressed in any other books on the market, and they address real gaps in medical and health professions training. Written from the perspective of an educator with over 20 years of experience in medical education, Healthy Presentations: How to Craft Exceptional Lectures in Medicine, the Health Professions, and the Biomedical Sciences recognizes the importance of high-quality, inclusive, and learner-centered presentations, and it provides essential guidance and support to the faculty who create them.
Contents:
Quality matters
Myth-busting
Crafting a talk
Incorporating opportunities for active learning
The basics of slide design
Reviewing slides for diversity and inclusion
The delivery
Presenting virtually
Implementing change. - Digital/PrintGerald R. Popelka, Brian C. J. Moore, Richard R. Fay, Arthur N. Popper, editors.Contents:
Preface
Introduction to Hearing Aids
Population of Hearing Aid Candidates
Hearing Aid Transducers
Speech Perception and Hearing Aids
Hearing Aid Signal Processing
Spatial Hearing and Interactions with Hearing Aids
Wireless Connectivity and Patient Interface
Fitting and Clinical Verification of Hearing Aid Performance
Validation of Hearing Aid Performance in Everyday Life
Listening to Music through Hearing Aids
Future Directions for Hearing Aid Development - DigitalAndrew H. Bass, Joseph A. Sisneros, Arthur N. Popper, Richard R. Fay, editors.Contents:
1. Hormone and Reproductive-Dependent Plasticity of Hearing
An Overview: Andrew Bass and Joseph Sisneros
2. Hormone-dependent plasticity of auditory systems in fishes: Paul Forlano, Karen Maruska, Joseph Sisneros and Andrew Bass
3. Effects of hormones on the auditory system and acoustic communication in frogs: Walter Wilczynski (awaiting confirmation)
4. Reproductive and hormone dependent effects on peripheral and hindbrain auditory processing in birds: Melissa Caras, Edwin Rubel and Eliot Brenowitz (awaiting confirmation)
5. Control of central auditory processing by brain generated estrogen in birds: Luke Remage-Healey
6. The role of estrogen in mammalian (mouse) auditory function: Barbara Canlon (awaiting confirmation)
7. The role of thyroid hormone on mammalian auditory function. Douglas. Forrest (awaiting confirmation)
8. Hormone replacement therapy and its effects on human hearing: Robert Frisina (awaiting confirmation)
9. Sex differences and hormonal effects on human audition: Dennis McFadden (awaiting confirmation)
10. Estrogen and regeneration of mammalian hair cells: Elizabeth Oesterle and Jennifer Stone (awaiting confirmation)
11. Reproductive related social plasticity and hearing in mammals: Robert Liu (awaiting confirmation).Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalHuawei Li, Renjie Chai, editors.Summary: This book systematically discusses the pathogenesis, prevention, and the current and potential clinical treatment of hearing loss, as well as the latest advances in hearing research. Hearing loss is a prevalent sensory disorder, which according to a 2015 World Health Organization (WHO) report affected 9% of the global population in 2015. As populations continue to age, more and more people are suffering from the condition, with 60% of those aged between 65 and 75 affected. Hearing loss seriously affects patients' ability to work ability and quality of life, and as such deafness has become an increasingly urgent social problem around the globe. Sensorineural hearing loss is mainly caused by damage to the hair cells (HCs), and the subsequent loss of spiral ganglion neurons (SGNs). Damage to the HCs in the inner ear can result from exposure to loud noises and environmental and chemical toxins as well as genetic disorders, aging, and certain medications. This book provides ENT specialists and researchers, as well as individuals affected a comprehensive introduction to the field of hearing loss.
Contents:
Hair cell regeneration
Hair cell Protection against ototoxic drugs induced hearing loss
Noise Induced Cochlear Synaptopathy and Ribbon Synapse Regeneration: repair process and therapeutic target
Protection and prevention of age-related hearing loss
Diagnosis, Intervention and Prevention of Genetic Hearing Loss
Protection of spiral ganglion neurons and prevention of auditory neuropathy
Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment of Tinnitus
Cochlear implantation and rehabilitation
Non-implantable artificial hearing technology
Stem cells: a new hope for hearing loss therapy. - DigitalJos J. Eggermont.Contents:
Part I. The Basics
1. Hearing Basics.
1.1 Hearing Sensitivity in the Animal Kingdom
1.2 The Mammalian Middle Ear
1.3 The Mammalian Inner Ear
1.4 The Auditory Nerve
1.5 Ribbon Synapses
1.6 The Central Afferent System
1.7 The Efferent System
1.8 Sound Localization
1.9 Summary
References
2. Brain Plasticity and Perceptual Learning
2.1 The External Environment
2.2 Learning Paradigms
2.3 Perceptual Learning
2.4 Auditory Training
2.5 AV Training
2.6 Music Training
2.7 Training by Playing Action Video Games
2.8 Summary
References
3. Multisensory Processing
3.1 Multimodal Auditory Cortical Areas
3.2 AV Interaction in Humans
3.3 Auditory-Somatosensory Interaction
3.4 Summary
References
Part II. The Problem
4. Hearing Problems
4.1 The Various Consequences of Noise Exposure
4.2 Sound Localization Problems
4.3 The Cocktail Party, Where Identification and Localization Come Together
4.4 Other Consequences of Hearing Loss
4.5 Neurological Disorders With Hearing Problems
4.6 Hearing Disorders Without Hearing Sensitivity Loss
4.7 Nonauditory Effects of Hearing Loss
4.8 Summary
References
5. Types of Hearing Loss
5.1 Site of Lesion Testing
5.2 Conductive Hearing Loss
5.3 Use of Tympanometry in Detecting Conductive Hearing Loss
5.4 Sensorineural Hearing Loss
5.5 Loudness Recruitment
5.6 Auditory Neuropathy
5.7 Vestibular Schwannoma
5.8 Ménière's Disease
5.9 Age-Related Hearing Impairment (Presbycusis)
5.10 Summary
References
Part III. The Causes
6. Causes of Acquired Hearing Loss
6.1 Occupational Noise Exposure in General
6.2 Recreational Noise and Music
6.3 Animal Research into Effects of Noise Exposure on the Brain
6.4 Ototoxicity
6.5 Long-Term Effects of Conductive Hearing Loss in Infancy
6.6 Vestibular Schwannoma
6.7 Ménière's Disease
6.8 Diabetes
6.9 Summary
References
7. Epidemiology and Genetics of Hearing Loss and Tinnitus
7.1 Epidemiology of Sensorineural Hearing Loss
7.2 Epidemiology of Age-Related Hearing Loss
7.3 Epidemiology of Tinnitus
7.4 Epidemiology of Smoking and Alcohol Consumption
7.5 Epidemiology of Diabetes
7.6 Epidemiology of Otitis Media
7.7 Epidemiology of Auditory Neuropathy Spectrum Disorder
7.8 Genetics of Sensorineural Hearing Loss
7.9 Genetics of Otosclerosis
7.10 Genetics of Auditory Neuropathy
7.11 Gene Networks
7.12 Hereditary Versus Acquired Hearing Loss
7.13 Summary
References
8. Early Diagnosis and Prevention of Hearing Loss
8.1 Normal Human Auditory Development
8.2 Effects of Early Hearing Loss on Speech Production
8.3 Early Detection
8.4 Noise Exposure During Adolescence and Young Adulthood
8.5 Physical Hearing Protection
8.6 Education
8.7 Drug Protection Against Noise-Induced Hearing Loss
8.8 Summary
References
Part IV. The Treatments
9. Hearing Aids
9.1 Effects of Hearing Loss
9.2 Acclimatization and Plasticity
9.3 Satisfaction and Quality of Life
9.4 Types of Hearing Aids
9.5 Processing
9.6 High-Frequency Hearing Loss, Loudness Recruitment, and Reduced SNR
9.7 Hearing Aids and Music Perception
9.8 Hearing Aids and Tinnitus
9.9 Summary
References
10. Implantable Hearing Aids
10.1 Bone Conduction Mechanisms
10.2 Bone-Anchored Hearing Aids
10.3 Implantable Active Middle Ear Devices
10.4 Summary
References
11. Cochlear Implants
11.1 Basics of Cochlear Implants
11.2 A Little History
11.3 Sound Processing Strategies
11.4 Temporal Processing With a Cochlear Implant
11.5 Effects of Age on Implantation
11.6 Cochlear Implants and Music Perception
11.7 One-Sided or Bilateral Implantation?
11.8 Cochlear Implantation and Tinnitus
11.9 Modeling Studies
11.10 Summary
References
Part V. The Future
12. Auditory Brainstem and Midbrain Implants
12.1 Auditory Brainstem Implants
12.2 Auditory Midbrain Implants
12.3 Summary
References
13. Repairing and Building New Ears
13.1 Gene Therapy for Hereditary Hearing Loss
13.2 Regenerating Hair Cells
13.3 Birds Can Do It
13.4 Trials in Mammals
13.5 Outlook
References
Appendix A: Electrocochleography From the Promontory and via a Cochlear Implant.Digital Access - PrintSandeep Jauhar.Summary: "For centuries, the human heart seemed beyond our understanding: an inscrutable shuddering mass that was the spark of life as well as somehow the driver of emotion and the seat of the soul. As the cardiologist and bestselling author Sandeep Jauhar shows in [this book], it was only recently that we demolished age-old taboos and developed the science to change the way we live. Deftly weaving together his own experiences with the defining discoveries of the past, Jauhar tells the colorful and little-known story of the doctors who risked their careers and the patients who risked their lives to know and heal this most vital organ."--Jacket.
Contents:
Prologue : CT scan
Introduction : the engine of life
Part I. Metaphor. A small heart
Prime mover
Part II. Machine. Clutch
Dynamo
Pump
Nut
Stress fractures
Pipes
Wires
Generator
Replacement parts
Part III. Mystery. Vulnerable heart
A mother's heart
Compensatory pause. - DigitalBranko Furst.Summary: What drives the circulation? In this comprehensive review of existing circulation models, the conventional view that the heart is a pressure-propulsion pump is challenged. The existing models fail to explain an increasing number of observed circulatory phenomena. A unifying circulation model is proposed in which the blood, responding to metabolic demands of the tissues, is the primary regulator of cardiac output. This new model arises from accumulated clinical and experimental evidence. The heart, rather than being an organ of blood propulsion, assumes a secondary role and generates pressure by impeding the flow of blood. This is supported by examples from the fields of early embryonic circulation, comparative phylogeny, functional morphology, exercise physiology and a range of clinical scenarios. The Heart and Circulation: An Integrative Model offers a paradigm shift in the understanding of circulatory phenomena. It will become a valuable resource for all those clinicians, researchers, educators and students who, having been confronted with the paradox of the circulation, are looking for a broader interpretation.
Contents:
PART I. Early Embryo Circulation
The Onset of Circulation
Hemodynamics of the Early Embryo Circulation
Flow Patterns in the Early Embryo Circulation
Is There a Circulation Without a Heart?
Embryo Heart is not a Peristaltic Pump
Flow Perturbation Experiments
Heart Rate Perturbations
The Heart as Generator of Pressure
Ventriculo-Vascular Interaction
A Brief Comparative Phylogeny
Evolutionary Aspect of the Rhythmical System
PART II. Mature Circulation
Functional Morphology of the Heart
Regulation of Cardiac Output
Circulatory and respiratory functions of the blood
Models of the Heart
Cardiovascular Response during Exercise
Hemodynamic Effects of Aortic Occlusion
Increased Pulmonary Flows
Single Ventricle Physiology
Blood as an Organ. - DigitalBranko Furst.Summary: This extensively revised second edition traces the development of the basic concepts in cardiovascular physiology in light of the accumulated experimental and clinical evidence. It considers the early embryonic circulation, where blood circulation suggests the existence of a motive force, tightly coupled to the metabolic demands of the tissues. It proposes that rather than being an organ of propulsion, the heart, serves as an organ of control, generating pressure by rhythmically impeding blood flow. New and expanded chapters cover the arterial pulse, circulation in the upright posture, microcirculation and functional heart morphology. Heart and Circulation offers a new perspective for deeper understanding of the human cardiovascular system. It is therefore a thought-provoking resource for cardiologists, cardiac surgeons and trainees interested in models of human circulation.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword I; Foreword II; Foreword III; Foreword I to the German Edition; Foreword II to the German Edition; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Abbreviations; Introduction to the First Edition; Introduction to the Second Edition; Part I: Embryonic Circulation;
1: Early Embryo Circulation; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Morphologic Features; References;
2: The Onset of Circulation; 2.1 Chick Embryo; 2.2 Mouse Embryo; 2.3 Zebrafish Embryo; References;
3: Hemodynamics of the Early Embryo Circulation; 3.1 Chick Embryo; 3.2 Zebrafish Embryo; 3.3 Mammalian Embryo; References
4: Flow Patterns in the Early Embryo Circulation4.1 Heart Vortex Formation; References;
5: Is There a Circulation Without a Heart?; 5.1 Heart Ablation Studies; 5.2 Cardiac Mutants; References;
6: The Embryo Heart is Not a Peristaltic Pump; References;
7: Flow Perturbation Experiments; References;
8: Heart Rate Perturbations; References;
9: The Heart as a Generator of Pressure; References;
10: Ventriculo-Vascular Interaction; References;
11: A Brief Comparative Phylogeny; 11.1 Invertebrates; 11.2 Tracheate Insects; 11.3 Early Vertebrates; 11.4 Vertebrates 11.4.1 The Origin of Lymphatic Circulation11.4.2 Fish; 11.4.3 Amphibians; 11.4.4 Mammals and Birds; References;
12: Evolutionary Aspect of the Rhythmical System; References; Part II: Mature Circulation;
13: Functional Morphology of the Heart; 13.1 Historical Perspective; 13.2 Models of Ventricular Structure and Function; 13.2.1 Ventricular Myocardial Band; 13.2.2 The Opposing Force Model; 13.3 Intracardiac Blood Flow Patterns; 13.4 A Flow-Restraining Function; References;
14: Regulation of Cardiac Output; 14.1 Left Ventricular View of the Circulation; 14.1.1 Heart Failure Therapy 14.2 Regulation of Cardiac Output by the Periphery14.3 Guyton's Venous Return Model; 14.4 Critique of the Venous Return Model; References;
15: Circulatory and Respiratory Functions of the Blood; 15.1 Phenomenon of Vestigial Circulation; 15.2 Negative Interstitial Pressure; 15.3 The Significance of Artificial Respiration: A Historical Overview; References;
16: Models of the Heart; 16.1 Early Isolated Heart Preparations and the "Law of the Heart"; 16.2 An Obscure Model (Hydraulic Ram); 16.3 Quantification of Ventricular Pump; 16.4 Ventricular Elastance Model 16.5 Energetic Aspect of Myocardial Contraction16.6 Length-Dependent Activation of Cardiac Muscle; 16.7 Ventricular Assist Devices and Total Artificial Heart; References;
17: Cardiovascular Response During Exercise; 17.1 The Role of Peripheral Circulation; 17.1.1 Metabolic Control of Muscle Blood Flow; 17.1.2 Skeletal Muscle Pump Hypothesis; 17.2 The Heart in Exercise; 17.3 Changes in Pulmonary Circulation; 17.4 "The Sleeping Giant"; References;
18: Hemodynamic Effects of Aortic Occlusion; 18.1 Systemic Circulation; 18.2 Cardiac Effect of Aortic Occlusion; 18.3 Metabolic Changes During Aortic OcclusionDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalMeenakshisundaram Ramachandran, editor ; P. Thirumalaikolundusubramanian, assistant editor.Contents:
Epidemiology of cardiovascular toxins / Churchill Lukwiya Onen
Cellular and molecular perspectives on cardiac toxins / Reza Tabrizchi
Environmental toxins and the heart / Sahand Rahnama-Moghadam, L. David Hillis, and Richard A. Lange
Problems and paradoxes of animal toxins and the heart / Subramanian Senthilkumaran, Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram, and Ponniah Thirumalakolundusubramanian
Plant toxins and the heart / Subramanian Senthilkumaran, Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram, and Ponniah Thirumalakolundusubramanian
Native medicines and cardiovascular toxicity / Ashish Bhalla, [et al.]
Cardiovascular toxicity from marine envenomation / Benjamin Seymour, Athena Andreosso, and Jamie Seymour
Cardiovascular toxicity of cardiovascular drugs / Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram, [et al.]
Cardiovascular toxicity as a result of psychotropic drugs / Mythily Subramaniam, [et al.]
Cardiovascular toxicity of noncardiovascular drugs / Omi Bajracharya, P. Ravi Shankar, and Nisha Jha
Cardiovascular toxicity from chemotherapy and anticancer treatment / Angela Esposito, [et al.]
Association of human immunodeficiency virus infection with exposure to highly active antiretroviral therapy and its adverse cardiovascular effects / Steven E. Lipschultz, [et al.]
Toxic effects of alcohol on the heart / Subroto Acharjee, Bhaskar Purushottam, and Vincent M. Figueredo
The effects of active and passive smoking and cardiovascular disease / Mahmood Ahmad, Emmanuel Selvaraj, and Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram
Cardiovascular toxicity as a result of recreational drugs / Rohin Francis and Azad Ghuran
Pediatric cardiovascular toxicity : special considerations / Jennifer A. Lowry
Cardiovascular toxicity as a result of radiological imaging / Shah Sweni, Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram, and Ponniah Thirumalakolundusubramanian
Nanomaterials and cardiovascular toxicity / Arghya Paul, [et al.]
Forensic pathology related to cardiovascular toxicity / Magdy A. Kharoshah, [et al.]
Ethics, legality, and education in the practice of cardiology / Ponniah Thirumalakolundusubramanian, Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram, and Subramanian Senthilkumaran.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - DigitalDavid S. Feldman, Paul Mohacsi, editors.Summary: This textbook offers an up-to-date, user-friendly guide on the evaluation, diagnosis and treatment of heart failure. Each chapter is dedicated to providing comprehensive coverage of every aspect of heart failure from cardiac signs and symptoms through imaging and the genetic basis for disease to surgery, interventions, treatment and preventative cardiology. Heart Failure provides the trainee and practising cardiologist, cardiac surgeon, vascular surgeon, diabetologist, cardiac radiologist and any physician who manages cardiac patients with a valuable resource featuring extensive guidance on the diagnosis and management of a range of conditions related to heart failure.
Contents:
Epidemiology of Heart Failure.- Pathophysiology of Heart Failure.- Evaluation of HF.- Management of Hospitalized Patients.- Management of Heart Failure Part One.- Management of Heart Failure Part Two.- Management of Heart Failure Part Three Pharmacotherapy.- Comorbidities and Coexisting Conditions With HF.- Cardiac Surgery in HF.- Heart Transplantation Part I.- Heart Transplantation Part II.- Heart Transplantation Part I.- Pulmonary Hypertension.- Mechanical Circulatory Support Part I.- Mechanical Circulatory Support Part II; Management of Devices After Implantation.- Mechanical Circulatory Support Part III.- Mechanical Circulatory Support Part IV, Complications.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital[edited by] G. Michael Felker, Douglas L. Mann.Contents:
Molecular basis of heart failure
Cellular basis for heart failure
Cellular basis for myocardial regeneration and repair
Myocardial basis for heart failure : role of cardiac interstitium
Molecular signaling mechanisms of the renin-angiotensin system in heart failure
Adrenergic receptor signaling in heart failure
Role of innate immunity in heart failure
Oxidative stress in heart failure
Natriuretic peptides in heart failure: pathophysiologic and therapeutic implications
Systolic dysfunction in heart failure
Alterations in ventricular function : diastolic heart failure
Alterations in ventricular structure : role of left ventricular remodeling and reverse remodeling in heart failure
Alterations in the sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous systems in heart failure
Alterations in the peripheral circulation in heart failure
Alterations in kidney function associated with heart failure
Alterations in skeletal muscle in heart failure
Alterations in cardiac metabolism in heart failure
Epidemiology of heart failure
Heart failure as a consequence of ischemic heart disease
Heart failure as a consequence of dilated cardiomyopathy
Restrictive and infiltrative cardiomyopathies and arrhythmogenic right ventricular dysplasia/cardiomyopathy
Cardiac amyloidosis
Heart failure as a consequence of hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Heart failure as a consequence of genetic cardiomyopathy
Heart failure as a consequence of hypertension
Heart failure as a consequence of valvular heart disease
Heart failure as a consequence of congenital heart disease
Heart failure as a consequence of viral and nonviral myocarditis
Heart failure in the developing world
Heart failure and human immunodeficiency virus
Clinical evaluation of heart failure
Cardiac imaging in heart failure
Biomarkers and precision medicine in heart failure
Hemodynamics in heart failure
Disease prevention in heart failure
Acute heart failure
Contemporary medical therapy for heart failure patients with reduced ejection fraction
Management of arrhythmias and device therapy in heart failure
Treatment of heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
Management of heart failure in special populations : older patients, women, and racial/ethnic minority groups
Stem cell-based and gene therapies in heart failure
Neuromodulation in heart failure
Pulmonary hypertension
Heart transplantation
Circulatory assist devices in heart failure
Cardio-oncology and heart failure
Disease management and telemedicine in heart failure
Management of comorbidities in heart failure
Quality and outcomes in heart failure
Decision making and palliative care in advanced heart failureDigital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalHoward Eisen, editor.Summary: This book offers comprehensive information on all aspects of heart failure. Coverage includes information on the pathophysiology of heart failure, the clinical evaluation of patients with heart failure, and device therapy such as pacemakers and defibrillators.
Contents:
Molecular Changes in Heart Failure
Hemodynamics and Heart Failure
Imaging and Heart Failure
Acute and Chronic Right Ventricular Failure
Inhibition of the Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System
Inhibition of the Sympathetic Nervous System
Management of the Patient with Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction
Acute Decompensated Heart Failure: Classification, Epidemiology and Pathophysiology
Acute Decompensated Heart Failure: Presentation, Physical Exam, and Laboratory Evaluation
Acute Decompensated Heart Failure?Treatment Guidelines
Acute Decompensated Heart Failure: Treatment? Specific Therapies
Acute Decompensated Heart Failure? Treatment with Guideline Determined Medical Therapy and Discharge Planning
Cardiac-Oncology: Management of the Patient with Heart Failure after Chemotherapy
Atrial Arrhythmias and Heart Failure
Ventricular Arrhythmias and Heart Failure
Cardiac Defibrillators and Heart Failure
Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in Heart Failure
Revascularization and Heart Failure
Valve Repair and Replacement in Congestive Heart Failure Patient Selection for Cardiac Transplantation
Pathophysiology of the Alloimmune Response and Immunosuppression
Antibody-Mediated Rejection
Infections After Cardiac Transplantation
Post-Transplant Complications?Hypertension, Renal Dysfunction, Diabetes Mellitus, Malignancy, Arrhythmias, Osteoporosis, Sexual Dysfunction
Patient Selection
Acute Mechanical Circulatory Support
Mechanical Circulatory Support as a Bridge to Heart Transplantation
Medical Management of the Patient with Chronic Mechanical Circulatory Support
The Total Artificial Heart
Physiology of Stem Cells
Stem Cell Therapy in Heart Failure
Origins of Quality Metrics
Exercise and Patients with Heart Failure
Heart Failure Management and Development of Heart Failure Programs
Inflammation and Heart Failure. - DigitalLongjian Liu.Contents:
Introduction
Pathophysiology and risk profiles of heart failure
Research and design
Biostatistical basis of inference in heart failure study
Advanced biostatistics and epidemiology applied in heart failure study
Precision medicine and areas for further research.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalMd. Shahidul Islam, editor.Summary: "Heart Failure: From Research to Clinical Practice” contains chapters that describe the current views on the biological mechanisms, clinical assessment, diagnosis and evidence-based treatments of the condition. Topics in this volume range from basic research at cell and molecular level to patient care in everyday clinical practice and provide essential background information and analyses of recent advances for a deeper understanding of the issues involved. With contributions from international experts in their specified fields and are suitable for both beginners and more advanced readers. This volume includes not only the essential information for clinical practice but also the latest information from the contemporary guidelines and the recommendations from leading societies. It also covers ongoing research and puts forward new hypotheses that can be tested in future research. This comprehensive volume will provide a valuable resource for both research students and expert clinicians"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Heart failure: from research to clinical practice / Md. Shahidul Islam
Transition of left ventricular ejection fraction in heart failure / Yasuhiko Sakata, Kanako Tsuji, Kotaro Nochioka, Hiroaki Shimokawa
Combination therapy of renin angiotensin system inhibitors and [beta]-blockers in patients with heart failure / Kotaro Nochioka, Yasuhiko Sakata, Hiroaki Shimokawa
Combination of hydralazine and isosorbide-dinitrate in the treatment of patients with heart failure with reduced ejection fraction / Noémi Nyolczas, Miklós Dékány, Balázs Muk, Barna Szabó
The art and science of using diuretics in the treatment of heart failure in diverse clinical settings / Md. Shahidul Islam
Treatment of heart failure with preserved ejection fraction / Adriana Mihaela Ilieșiu, Andreea Simona Hodorogea
Circulating biomarkers in heart failure / Alexander E. Berezin
Evolving role of natriuretic peptides from diagnostic tool to therapeutic modality / Ines Pagel-Langenickel
The role of cardiologists in the management of patients with heart failure / Vera Maria Avaldi, Jacopo Lenzi
Optimizing management of heart failure by using echo and natriuretic peptides in the outpatient unit / Frank Lloyd Dini, Gani Bajraktari, Cornelia Zara, Nicola Mumoli, Gian Marco Rosa
Physical training and cardiac rehabilitation in heart failure patients / Cesare de Gregorio
Advanced non-invasive imaging techniques in chronic heart failure and cardiomyopathies / Gianluca Di Bella, Fausto Pizzino, Rocco Donato, Dalia Di Nunzio, Cesare de Gregorio
Pathogenesis, clinical features and treatment of diabetic cardiomyopathy / Núria Alonso, Pedro Moliner, Dídac Mauricio
Heart failure and kidney disease / Dario Grande, Margherita Ilaria Gioia, Paola Terlizzese, Massimo Iacoviello
Dysthyroidism and chronic heart failure: pathophysiological mechanisms and therapeutic approaches / Caterina Rizzo, Margherita Ilaria Gioia, Giuseppe Parisi, Vincenzo Triggiani, Massimo Iacoviello
Management of bradyarrhythmias in heart failure: a tailored approach / Daniele Masarone [and others]
Percutaneous mitral valve interventions and heart failure / Abhishek Sharma, Sunny Goel, Sahil Agrawal
Left ventricular assist devices: a state of the art review / Christina Feldmann, Anamika Chatterjee, Axel Haverich, Jan D. Schmitto
Palliative care in the management of patients with advanced heart failure / Susan E. Lowey
Athlete's heart and left heart disease / Cesare de Gregorio, Dalia Di Nunzio, Gianluca Di Bella
Central sleep apnea with Cheyne-Stokes breathing in heart failure:from research to clinical practice and beyond / K. Terziyski, A. Draganova
The evolution of mhealth solutions for heart failure management / Evanthia E. Tripoliti, Georgia S. Karanasiou, Fanis G. Kalatzis, Katerina K. Naka, Dimitrios I. Fotiadis
New insights in cardiac calcium handling and excitation-contraction coupling / Jessica Gambardella, Bruno Trimarco, Guido Iaccarino, Gaetano Santulli
Critical appraisal of multivariable prognostic scores in heart failure: development, validation and clinical utility / Andrea Passantino, Pietro Guida, Giuseppe Parisi, Massimo Iacoviello, Domenico Scrutinio
Erratum to: Management of bradyarrhythmias in heart failure: a tailored approach / Daniele Masarone [and others]
Erratum to: Percutaneous mitral valve interventions and heart failure / Abhishek Sharma, Sunny Goel, Sahil Agrawal.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalLorna Swan, Alexandra A. Frogoudaki, editors.Summary: This book sheds new light on the diagnosis and treatment of Heart Failure in adult patients with congenital heart disease. This is a rapidly growing clinical issue for this group of patients and the clinical teams caring for them. The book highlights the major clinical dilemmas in diagnosing heart failure in patients with a lifelong cardiac condition and describes in details the utility of biomarkers, complex imaging and functional tests, e.g. the cardiopulmonary exercise testing. A step-wise approach to treatment is described from drug therapy through to devices and transplantation. As such, the book offers an essential guide for cardiologists and cardiac surgeons looking to optimize the management of patients with delicate physiology and complex disease.
- DigitalEdoardo Gronda, Emilio Vanoli, Alexandru Costea, editors.
- Digitaledited by Udi Nussinovitch.Contents:
Pathphysiology of autoimmunity and immune-mediated mechanisms in cardiovascular diseases / O. Shamriz, U. Nussinovitch and N.R. Rose
Organ-specific autoimmune myocardial diseases / A.L.P. Caforio, R. Marcolongo, G. Malipiero, C. Agostini, M. Seguso, N. Gallo, M. Plebani and S. Iliceto
Autoantibodies directed against G-protein-coupled receptors in cardiovascular diseases / B. Bornholz, G. Wallukat, D. Roggenbuck and I. Schimke
Immune-mediated accelerated atherosclerosis / S. Grubber, D. Tsiantoulas and C.J. Binder
A study of cardiac function, atherosclerosis, and arrhythmogenicity / U. Nussinovitch, A. Sadoo and M. Malik
Rheumatiod arthritis / T. Dimitroulas, A. Sandoo, S. Skeoch, M. O'Sullivan, M. Yessirkepov, L. Ayvazyan, A.Y. Gasparyan, G. Metsios and G.D. Kitas
Juvenile idiopathic arthritis / A. Ravelli, B. Schiappaietra, S. Verazza and A. Martini
Spondyloarthritides / J. Braun, S.C. Helsinga, H.J. Trappe and M.T. Nurmohamed
Polymyalgia rheumatica / E. Bartolomi, G. Pucci, A. Alunno, R. Gerli and G. Schillaci
Systemic lupus erythematosus / K. Tselios and M.B. Urowitz
Neonatal lupus / C. Miliaresis, C. Phoon, J. Buyon and D. Friedman
Sjögren's syndrome / S. Fragkioudaki, H.M. Moutspoulos and C.P. Mavragani
Systemic sclerosis / A. Vacca
Dermatomyositis and polymyositis / L.P. Diederichsen, H. Sanner, I. Sjaastad, and I. E. Lundberg
Gout / C. Van Durme and R. Landewé
Giant cell arteritis / M.J. Koster, E.L. Matteson and K.J. Warrington
Takayasu's arteritis / H. Zhang, L. Yang and X. Jiang
Polyarteritis nodosa / L. Guillevin
Kawasaki disease / C. Reuter, L. Mithal and S. Shulman
ANCA-associated vasculitis / M.R. Hazebroek, P. Van Paassen, R. Dennert and S. Heymans
Behçet's disease / A. Soriano, N. Pipitone and C. Salvarani
Rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease / L. Guilherme, R.O. Sampaio, S. Freschi De Barros, K.F. Köhler, G.S. Spina, F. Tarasoutchi and J. Kalil
Chagas cardiomyopathy / F. Fernandes, C.H. Valente Moreira, J.M. Barbosa-Ferreira and E.C. Sabino
Familial mediterranean fever / U. Nussinovitch and A. Livneh
Desirable and adverse effects of antiinflammatory agents on the heart / M. Imazio, S. Maestroni, A. Valenti, V. Ramoni and A. Brucato
The effects of immunosuppresive and cytoxic drugs on the heart / S.D. Russell
Autoantibody-directed therapy in cardiovascular diseases / J. Müller, G. Wallukat and I. Schmike
Cardiac immunomodulation / S. Könemann, M. Dörr and S.B. Felix.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digitaledited by Fabiola Atzeni, Andrea Doria, Michael Nurmohamed, Paolo Pauletto.Contents:
Cellular immunity: a role for cytokines
Organ-specific autoimmunity involvement in cardiovascular disease
Neonatal lupus syndromes: pathogenesis and clinical features
Subclinical cardiovascular damage in systemic rheumatic diseases
Atherosclerosis and autoimmunity
Inflammasomes and inflammatory cytokines in early atherosclerosis
Treatment of lipid metabolism disturbances in autoimmune diseases
Cardiac imaging techniques in systemic autoimmune diseases
New cardiac imaging tools and invasive techniques in systemic autoimmune diseases (Part II)
Cardiac diseases in rheumatoid arthritis
Cardiac involvement in systemic lupus erythematosus
Cardiac involvement in the antiphospholipid syndrome
Cardiac involvement in scleroderma
Cardiac involvement in systemic vasculitis
Cardiovascular involvement in ankylosing spondylitis
Cardiovascular involvement in psoriatic arthritis
Cardiovascular involvement in primary Sjögren's syndrome
Gout and heart disease: a two way street?
Heart involvement in osteoarthritis
Cardiac effects of antirheumatic drugs
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digitalby El-Sayed H. Ibrahim.Contents:
[vol. 1]. Mathematical modeling, pulse sequences, and image analysis
[vol. 2]. Advanced techniques, clinical applications, and future trends.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Simon Stewart, Karen Sliwa, Ana Mocumbi, Albertino Damasceno, Mpiko Ntsekhe.Contents:
Maternal heart health / Karen Sliwa
Congenital heart disease / Ana Mocumbi, Tantchou Tchoumi, John Musuku
Acquired heart disease / Ana Mocumbi, Liesl Zuhlke, Peter Zilla
Cardiovascular risk in urban & rural African settings / Kemi Tibarzarwa, Karen Sliwa, Melinda J Carrington, Okechukwu S Ogah, and Simon Stewart
The African INTERHEART STUDY / Krisela Steyn and Karen Sliwa
The spectrum of heart disease in urban Africans : the heart of Soweto study / Melinda Carrington, Karen Sliwa and Simon Stewart
Rheumatic heart disease / Simon Stewart, Melinda Carrington & Karen Sliwa
Pericardial disease / Mpiko Ntsekhe
Human immunodeficiency virus-related heart disease / Friedrich Thienemann, Melinda Carrington, Karen Sliwa, Mpiko Ntsekhe & Simon Stewart
Acute coronary syndrome in the African context / Anthony Becker
Stroke in the African context / Albertino Damasceno
Acute heart failure / Mahmoud Sani, Dike Oji, Anastase Dzudie, Okechukwu Sam Ogah
Hypertensive heart failure / Dike Ojji, Mahmoud Sani, Anastase Dzudie, Okechukwu Sam Ogah
Chronic heart failure / Okechukwu Sam Ogah, Anastase Dzudie, Dike OJJi, Mahmoud Sani
Pulmonary hypertension & right heart failure / Anastase Dzudie, Friedrich Thienemann, Okechukwu Sam Ogah, Dike Ojji, Mahmoud Sa.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalCesare Terracciano, Samuel Guymer, editors.Summary: This textbook introduces readers to the scientific basics of cardiovascular medicine and biology. It covers not only developmental but also cellular and molecular aspects of normally functioning vasculature and the heart; importantly, it also addresses the mechanisms leading to and involved in specific cardiovascular diseases. Though the main emphasis is on novel therapies and potential therapeutic targets, specific controversial topics like cardiac remodeling and regenerative capacities are also addressed. All chapters were written by lecturers from the Imperial College London, in collaboration with their students from the College's BSc Programme in Medical Sciences with Cardiovascular Science. Bridging the gap between clinics and basic biology, the book offers a valuable guide for medical students, and for Master and PhD students in Cardiovascular Biomedicine.
Contents:
Anatomy of the Heart and Coronary Vasculature
Early Mechanisms of Cardiac Development
Later Mechanisms of Cardiac Development
Myocardial Microstructure and Contractile Apparatus
An Introduction to the Cardiac Action Potentials
Cardiac Excitation-Contraction Coupling
Conduction in Normal and Diseased Myocardium
Cell-Based Tachyarrhythmias and Bradyarrhythmias
The Scientific Rationale of Artificial Pacing
Cardiac Contractility
The Scientific Basis of Heart Failure
Molecular and Cellular Basis of Cardiomyopathies
Substrate Remodelling Changes in Heart Failure
Developments in Heart Failure: Mechanical Unloading with LVADs, Exosomes, and MicroRNAs
Pharmacological Targets of Hypertension
The Coagulation Cascade and its Therapeutic Modulation
Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms of Atherosclerosis
Molecular and Cellular Mechanisms of Angiogenesis
Endothelial Function in Normal and Diseased Vessels.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalJ. Anthony Gomes.Summary: This engaging book covers a multitude of topics related to heart rhythm disorders (HRDs) and uniquely familiarizes readers with the development of treatment modalities over the past several decades, including the evolution of anti-arrhythmic drugs, pacemakers, defibrillators, and catheter ablation. Organized in ten sections, this title serves as both an archival and a contemporary resource for clinicians. The first section describes the discovery of the circulatory system by William Harvey in 1628 and outlines the development and understanding of HRD since the advent of intra-cardiac electrophysiology. Subsequent sections discuss the historical evolution of abnormal heart rhythms, such as supra and ventricular rhythms and sudden cardiac death, their treatment with drugs, surgery, pacemakers, implantable defibrillators and catheter ablation. Section nine offers a fascinating narration of the clinical evolution of overcoming heart attacks and its impact on HRDs. The final section explores potential new frontiers in HRD and the factors that may contribute to the prospective rise of cardiovascular diseases. A ground-breaking and invaluable addition to the clinical literature, Heart Rhythm Disorders: History, Mechanisms and Management Perspectives details the pervasive nature of cardiovascular diseases in human history, their ramifications, and their projected effects on at-risk demographic populations and human health in general.
Contents:
The Discovery of the Circulatory System
The Road to Unearthing the Conducting System of the Heart
Understanding Heart Rhythm Disorders: The Birth of Clinical Cardiac Electrophysiology
Regular Supraventricular Tachycardia
The WPW Syndrome
The Road to Conquering Supraventricular Tachycardia
Atrial Fibrillation
Atrial Flutter
The Ventricular Premature Complex
Sudden Cardiac Death
Conquering the Substrate of Ventricular Tachycardia
Anti-Arrhythmic Drugs: Their Fall from Grace
Programmed Electrical Stimulation Guided Pharmacotherapy
The Implantable Defibrillator
Ablative Therapy for Ventricular Tachycardia
Sudden Death in the Athlete
The Channelopathies
Non-Invasive Risk-Stratification for Ventricular Arrhythmias
Hypothermia Post-Cardiac Arrest
The Common faint
The Sick Sinus Syndrome
Heart Blocks
The Artificial Pacemaker
The Evolution of Resynchronization Therapy
New Frontiers in Heart Rhythm Disorders
Waiting for a Heart Transplant
The Evolution of Coronary Bypass Surgery
The Discovery of Clot Dissolution
The Birth of Interventional Cardiology.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalThierry Mesana, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive framework for developing heart teams to manage a variety of cardiovascular diseases. Management of cardiovascular diseases has changed dramatically in recent years due to developments in evidence-based practices and treatments as well as the introduction of new devices. The sequential method of referring patients from doctor to doctor is becoming an antiquated model. The future of cardiac care lies in developing multidisciplinary "Heart Teams" to provide patient-focused treatment for complex cardiovascular problems. This volume examines the history and evolution of cardiovascular care and technology and explains why the implementation of heart teams is absolutely necessary to the future of cardiac care. It analyzes the role of heart teams for heart failure, complex coronary revascularization, mitral valve disease, cardiac imaging, aortic valve disease, cardiac arrhythmias, and women's heart health. Finally, the book explores how heart teams work with hospital administration and the broader healthcare industry. Heart Teams for Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease: A Guide for Advancing Patient-Centered Cardiac Care is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, and graduate students in cardiology, cardiac surgery, critical care medicine, and radiology.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. History of Cardiovascular Care and Heart Teams
Chapter 3. Heart Teams for Aortic Valve Disease
Chapter 4. Heart Teams for Mitral Valve Disease
Chapter 5. Heart Teams for Tricuspid Valve Disease
Chapter 6. Heart Teams for Heart Failure and Drug Implementation
Chapter 7. Heart Teams for Heart Transplantation
Chapter 8. Heart Teams for Artificial Heart Technology
Chapter 9. Heart Teams for Women's Heart Health
Chapter 10. Heart Teams for Coronary Artery Disease
Chapter 11. Heart Teams for Cardiac Arrhythmias
Chapter 12. Heart Teams for Cardiac Imaging
Chapter 13. Heart Teams and the ICU
Chapter 14. Heart Teams and Hospital Administration
Chapter 15. Heart Teams and the Healthcare Industry
Chapter 16. Heart Teams and Impact on Research and Innovation. - DigitalHashim Talib Hashim, Naseer Ahmed, Giuseppe Faggian, Martí Manyalich, Francesco Onorati, editors.Summary: This is a comprehensive translational reference covering a range of topics within heart transplantation. Including review of the procedure itself, preoperative requirements, potential complications and follow-up with the most up-to-date research and literature review, it introduces the embryology, anatomy, physiology, pathology and cardio-immunology of the heart. It also delves into other aspects of heart transplantation including organ procurement, religious aspects, the ethical issues that can emerge prior or during the surgery and discussion of the continued development of artificial hearts. The book explores multiorgan transplantation and their outcomes and complications. Heart Transplantation discusses the topic using illustrations and charts to aid understanding, allowing readers to gain a full understanding of the whole procedure easily. A list of practical surgical questions are presented at the end of each chapter to encourage the reader to challenge their understanding of the topic. With an emphasis on an interconnected approach to studying heart transplantation, this book presents a novel approach to educating surgeons in this challenging area of surgery. It is therefore an important addition to the literature for all involved in the management of heart transplantation from surgical residents to surgical nurses, cardiologists, anesthesiologists and experienced cardiac surgeons.
Contents:
Anatomy of the heart
Physiology of the heart
Embryology of the heart
Pathology of the heart diseases
Heart Transplantation Procedure
Complications and Follow up
Chapter VII: Cardioimmunology and heart transplantation
Organ Procurement
Ethical issues of heart transplantation
Religious aspects of heart transplantation
Multiorgan Transplantation including heart
Artificial heart
Heart Failure outcomes
General Principles in heart transplantation
Outcomes and Impact on quality of life. - DigitalJose Zamorano, Patrizio Lancellotti, Luc Pierard, Philippe Pibarot, editors.Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art description of the pathophysiology, diagnosis and management of valvular heart disease (VHD). With an aging population, the incidence and complexity of VHD has markedly increased and the introduction of transcatheter valve therapies have revolutionized the management of these frequent and serious cardiovascular diseases. The development of percutaneous valve interventions has revolutionized the management of VHD (or has dramatically changed its management) Heart Valve Disease: State of the Art is dedicated to provide up-to-date knowledge to clinical and interventional cardiologists, cardiovascular imagers and cardiac surgeons. It provides state-of-the-art information for the health-care professional working in heart valve clinics, heart teams, and centers of excellence that specialize in managing patients with heart valve disease.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents;
1: Introduction to Valve Heart Disease; Etiology of Valve Heart Disease; Rheumatic Fever; Calcific Valve Disease; Endomyocardial Fibrosis; Infectious Endocarditis; Valve Fibrous Structure Dilation; Chronic Systemic Inflammatory Disorders; Congenital Diseases; Drugs; Heart Valve Clinic; Models of Heart Valve Clinic; Available Evidence Regarding HVC; References;
2: Evaluation of Patients with Heart Valve Disease; Echocardiographic Evaluation of Valvular Heart Disease; Assessment of Valve Anatomy; Evaluation of Stenosis Severity Evaluation of Valvular RegurgitationEvaluation of Left Ventricular Geometry and Function; Right Heart Structure and Function; Aortic Anatomy; Prosthetic Valves and Infective Endocarditis; Other Echocardiographic Data; LV Diastolic Function and Filling Pressure; Pulmonary Pressures; References;
3: Aortic Stenosis; Introduction; Etiology and Epidemiology; Pathophysiology and Risk Factors; Pathophysiology of Calcific AS; Risk Factors and Potential Therapeutic Targets; Clinical Risk Factors; Genetic Risk Factors; Pathophysiology of LV Dysfunction and Symptoms in AS; Diagnosis and Management Grading AS SeverityAt Risk for AS (Grade 0 or Stage A); Mild or Moderate AS (Grades 1 and 2 or Stage B); Asymptomatic Severe AS (Grade 3 or Stage C); Symptomatic Severe AS (Grade 4 or Stage D); Discordant Grading with Low-Gradient AS; Staging Cardiac Damage; Selecting Surgical Versus Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement; Conclusions; References;
4: Aortic Regurgitation; Acute Aortic Regurgitation; Aetiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical presentation; Diagnosis; Management; Chronic Aortic Regurgitation; Aetiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Symptoms; Physical Examination; ECG Chest RadiographyDiagnosis; Transthoracic Echocardiography; TEE Examination; Other Imaging Modalities; Others; Natural History; Management; Follow-Up; References;
5: Aortic Valve Intraoperative Echocardiography; Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement (TAVR); Guiding the Procedure; Transapical Aortic Valve Replacement; Aortic Valve Repair; Reparability Assessment; Intraoperative TEE; Endocarditis; Paravalvular Leak Closure; Guiding the Procedure; References;
6: Mitral Stenosis; Aetiology; Physiopathology; Diagnosis; Symptoms; Physical Examination; Echocardiography; Positive Diagnosis MS Morphology Assessment by EchocardiographyQuantification of Severity; The Doppler Volumetric Method; The Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area (PISA) Method; Consequencies of MS; Exercise Testing/Stress Echocardiography; Catheterization; Medical Treatment; Percutaneous Mitral Commissurotomy (PMC); Surgical Procedures; Follow Up; References;
7: Mitral Regurgitation; Pathogenesis; Epidemiology; Aetiology; Primary Mitral Regurgitation; Secondary Mitral Regurgitation; Physiopathology; Clinical Presentation; Physical Examination; Diagnosis; Defining the Mechanism of Mitral Valve InsufficiencyDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalAmerican Heart Association.Summary: A workbook for students taking the American Heart Association's Heartsaver First Aid CPR AED course. Covers first aid basics, CPR for adults and how to use an AED.
Contents:
First aid basics
Medical emergencies
Injury emergencies
Environmental emergencies
CPR and AED
Conclusion
Summary of CPR and AED for adults, children, and infants.Digital Access AHA 2021 - DigitalAlexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.Summary: The book Heat Shock Protein 60 in Human Diseases and Disorders provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of HSP60 in human diseases and disorders. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of novel mechanisms and signal transduction pathways. To enhance the ease of reading and comprehension the book has further been subdivided into various section including; Section I: Biomolecular Aspects of HSP60; Section II: HSP60 and Cancer; Section III: HSP60 and Inflammatory Diseases and Disorders; Section IV: HSP60 and Cardiovascular Diseases and Disorders; Section V: HSP60 and Neurological and Neurosciences; Section VI: Biomolecular Aspects of HSP60; Section VII: HSP60 and Skeletal Muscle Diseases and Disorders; and Section VIII: HSP60 in Human Health. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Neurology & Neuroscience, Oncology, Cardiovascular Disease, Skeletal Muscle Diseases and Disorders, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.
Contents:
SECTION I: BIOMOLECULAR ASPECTS OF HSP60
Chapter 1. HSP60: A Story as Long as Life on the Earth
Chapter 2. Single-Ring Intermediates in the Catalytic Cycle of the Human Mitochondrial HSP60
Chapter 3. HSP60 Inhibitors and Modulators
Chapter 4. HSP60 as Modulators of Apoptosis
Chapter 5. Utilizing The Unique Architecture And Abilities of HSP60 In Drug Development
Chapter 6. Role of The Post-Translational Modifications of HSP60 In Disease
SECTION II: HSP60 AND CANCER
Chapter 7. Evaluation of Heat Shock Protein 60 (HSP60) Chaperonin in Oncology
Chapter 8. Exosomal HSP60: a Tumor Biomarker?
Chapter 9. HSP60 in Cancer Immunity: Biological Basis, Diagnostic Potential and Therapeutic Opportunities
Chapter 10. Hsp60 Involvement During Carcinogenesis
SECTION III: HSP60 AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES AND DISORDERS
Chapter 11. Anti-Human Hsp60 Autoantibodies in Autoimmune and Inflammatory Rheumatic Diseases
Chapter 12. HSP60 In Inflammatory Disorders
SECTION IV: HSP60 AND CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASES AND DISORDERS
Chapter 13. HSP60 In Atherosclerosis
Past, Present and Future
Chapter 14. Cardiac Myopathy In Conditional HSP60 Transgenic Mice
SECTION V: HSP60 AND NEUROLOGICAL AND NEUROSCIENCES
Chapter 15. Heat Shock Protein 60: An Effective Target Candidate In Neurological Diseases Treatment
Chapter 16. HSP60 In Modifications of Nervous System Homeostasis and Neurodegeneration
SECTION VI: HSP60 AND SKELETAL MUSCLE DISEASES AND DISORDERS
Chapter 17. HSP60 in Skeletal Muscle: From Molecular Anatomy To Pathophysiology
Chapter 18. Heat Shock Protein 60 (HSP60): Its Role in Skeletal Muscle Diseases and Novel Prospects for Therapy
Chapter 19. Heat Shock Protein 60 Regulation of Skeletal Tissue Integrity
SECTION VII: HSP60 IN HUMAN HEALTH
Chapter 20. Role of HSP60 In The Steroidogenesis and Reproduction
Chapter 21. Heat Shock Protein 60 in Skin Diseases. - DigitalAlexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.Summary: The book Heat Shock Protein 90 in Human Diseases and Disorders provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of HSP90. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of novel mechanisms, previously unknown signal transduction pathways. To enhance the ease of reading and comprehension, this book has been subdivided into various section including; Section I, reviews current progress on our understanding Oncogenic Aspects of HSP90; Section II, focuses on Bimolecular Aspects of HSP90; Section III, emphasizes and HSP90 in Natural Products Development and Section IV; give the most up to date reviews on Clinical Aspects of HSP90. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Natural Products, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.
Contents:
SECTION I: ONCOGENIC ASPECTS OF HSP90
Chapter 1. Regulatory Roles of HSP90-rich Extracellular Vesicles
Chapter 2. HSP90-Based Heterocomplex as Essential Regulator for Cancer Disease
Chapter 3. Therapeutic Potential of Heat Shock Protein 90 Inhibitors in Colorectal Cancer
Chapter 4. Hsp90 in the Migration of Primordial Germ Cells: A Model to Study Long-Distance Cell Migration and Perhaps Cancer?
Chapter 5. Role of Heat Shock Protein 90 in Mammary Tumorigenesis
Chapter 6. Role of HSP90 Inhibitors in the Treatment of Cancer
Chapter 7. p53-HSP90 Axis in Human Cancer
Chapter 8. HSP90 and its Inhibitors for Cancer Therapy: Use of Nano-delivery System to Improve its Clinical Application
Chapter 9. Hsp90 is a Pivotal Player in Retinal Disease and Cancer
Chapter 10. Targeting Hsp-90 Related Disease Entities for Therapeutic Development
Chapter 11. HSP90: A Key Player in Metal-Induced Carcinogenesis?
Section II: Biomolecular Aspects of HSP90
Chapter 12. Hsp90 and its Role in Heme-Maturation of Client Proteins: Implications for Human Diseases
Chapter 13. Moonlighting Functions of Heat Shock Protein 90
Chapter 14. Hsp90 as a Member of Dicarboxylate Clamp TPR Protein Interaction Network: Implication in Human Diseases and Prospect as a Drug Target
Chapter 15. 'Complex World' of Hsp90 Co-chaperone R2TP
Chapter 16. Functions of SGT1, a Co-chaperone
Chapter 17. Sti1/Hop Plays a Pivotal Role in Hsp90 Regulation beyond Bridging Hsp70
Section III: HSP90 in Natural Products Development.-Chapter 18. Hsp90: A Target for Susceptibilities and Substitutions in Biotechnological and Medicinal Application
Chapter 19. Screening Technique for Heat Shock Protein 90 Inhibitors from Natural Products
Chapter 20. Therapeutic Effects and Related Molecular Mechanisms of Celastrol, a Triterpenoid Natural Compound and Novel HSP90 Inhibitor Extracted from Plants of the Celastraceae Family
Section IV: Clinical Aspects of HSP90
Chapter 21. Hsp90 Chaperone in Disease
Chapter 22. Theranostic Implications of Heat Shock Proteins in Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
Chapter 23. Heat Shock Protein 90 and Reproduction in Female Animals: Ovary, Oocyte and Early Embryo
Chapter 24. Heat Shock Protein 90 in Severe Trauma
Chapter 25. HSP90
Is there an Unknown Role in Pain Neurobiology
Chapter 26. Heat Shock Protein 90 in Kidney Stone Disease
Chapter 27. HSP90 et al.
Chaperome and Proteostasis Deregulation in Human Disease. - DigitalAlexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.Summary: The book Heat Shock Proteins in Human Diseases provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of heat shock proteins (HSP) in various types of human diseases including cancer, cardiovascular disease, microbiology and inflammation. These diseases were specifically chosen due to their dismal prognosis, the survival benefit offered by the current standards do not greatly impact the overall survival statistics with the disease and are associated with toxicity. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of the most current updates on the state of HSP in human diseases. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed articles that review present research activity on the role of heat shock proteins in human diseases and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Cancer Biology, Oncology, Cardiovascular Diseases, Microbiology, Inflammation, Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Biotechnology, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.
Contents:
Inter-Relationship Between the Inflammation and Heat Shock Protein in Cancer Development: A Possible Target for Diagnosis and Cancer Immunotherapy
Chaperonin Hsp60 and Cancer Therapies
Combined Thermotherapy and Heat Shock Protein Modulation for Tumor Treatment
Small Molecule Inhibitors Targeting Heat Shock Response Pathways: Lessons from Clinical and Preclinical Studies in Cancer Therapeutics
Multifaceted Roles of Heat Shock Factor 1 (HSF1) in Cancer
Exploring the Role of Heat Shock Proteins in the Development of Gastric Cancer
Heat Shock Proteins in Atrial Fibrillation
Threading Microarrays into Novel Applications
Regulation of Kaposi's Sarcoma-associated Herpesvirus Biology by Host Molecular Chaperones
Role of Heat Shock Factors in Diseases and Immunity
Heat Shock Proteins and Pain
Regulates Cellular Senescence: Role of the DHRS2-MDM2-p53 Pathway
Huntingtin Yeast Two-Hybrid Protein K (HYPK): An Intrinsically Unstructured Heat Shock Inducible Protein with diverse Cellular and Molecular Functions
Roles of Heat Shock Proteins on Antigen Presentation
Heat shock proteins mediate anastasis and plasticity of thermotolerant cells. - Digitaledited by Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur.Summary: The book Heat Shock Proteins in Neuroscience provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of HSP in signaling pathways relevant to a number of diseases. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of novel mechanisms, signal transduction pathways. To enhance the ease of reading and comprehension, this book has been subdivided into various section including; Section I, reviews current progress on our understanding of Neurological Aspects of HSP; Section II, focuses on Aspects of HSP in Neurodegenerative Diseases and Disorders, Section III, emphasizes the importance of HSP in Multiple Sclerosis; Section IV, reviews critical Aspects of HSP in Alzheimer's Disease and Section V, gives a comprehensive update of the Development of HSP-Based Therapies for Neurological Disorders. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for starters and professionals in the fields of Neurology and Neurosciences, Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.
Contents:
Section I: Neurological Aspects of HSP
Chapter 1. Hsp60 Friend and Foe of the Nervous System
Chapter 2. Role of Heat Shock Proteins in Brain Tumors
Chapter 3. Body Temperature Regulation Determines Immune Reactions and Species Longevity
Chapter 4. Interaction between Heat Shock Proteins and Components of the Plasminogen Activator System in the Central Nervous System
Chapter 5. Role of HSP70 in Plasticity and Mem
Chapter 6. Role of Heat Shock Proteins (HSP) in Neuroprotection for Ischemic Stroke
Section II: Aspects of HSP in Neurodegenerative Diseases and Disorders
Chapter 7. Dysregulation of Heat Shock Proteins in Neurodegenerative Diseases: Restorative Roles of Small Molecules and Natural Compounds
Chapter 8. Molecular Chaperones and Protein Quality Control System in the Canine Model of Brain Aging and Neurodegenerative Diseases
Chapter 9. Role of Hsp90 Interacting Molecular Chaperones on Tau And Ass Processing in Alzheimer's Disease
Section III: Aspects of HSP in Multiple Sclerosis
Chapter 10. Role of Hsp70 in Multiple Sclerosis: An Overview
Chapter 11. Protective Role of Glial Heat Shock Proteins in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
Section IV: Development of HSP-Based Therapies for Neurological Disorders
Chapter 12. Therapeutic Drugs and Natural Products: The Effect of Suppressing Hsps in Brain Tumors
Chapter 13. Can HSP Targeted Gene Therapy be a New Hope for Gliomas?
Chapter 14. Therapeutic Aspects of Heat Shock Proteins in Glioma: Cementing the Crevasses between Bench and Bedside
Chapter 15. Engineering Chaperones for Alzheimer's Disease: Insights from Drosophila Models
Chapter 16. Role of HSP in the Treatment of Internal Dıseases. - DigitalAlexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.Summary: This edited volume offers an insightful overview of contemporary research on signaling pathways. These signaling processes are the comprehensive mechanisms by which all cellular organisms communicate internally and externally with their microenvironment. The volume is focused on heat shock proteins (HSP), which are uniquely involved in a number of critical signaling pathways. Errors in signaling pathways and in the processing of cellular information are known to be responsible for the majority of diseases including cancer, inflammatory and neurological disorders. The knowledge gained from better understanding these mechanisms can help in elucidating disease processes and will assist in development and design of novel targeted treatment therapies to combat human diseases and disorders. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.
Contents:
Thiol-based Redox Signaling: Impacts on Molecular Chaperones and Cellular Proteostasis
Heat Shock Proteins (HSP) in Stress-Related Inflammatory Diseases
Heat Shock Response and Metabolism in Skeletal Muscle
Temperature Stress and Redox Homeostasis: The Synergistic Network of Redox and Chaperone System in Response to Stress in Plants
Dynamics of Heat Shock Proteins in Immunity and Aging
Heat Shock Proteins, Exercise and Inflammation
Heat Shock Proteins and Alarmins in Autoimmunity
HO-1/Hsp32 and Cardiac Stress Signaling
Targeting Heat Shock Proteins in Multiple Myeloma
IER5 is a p53-Reguated Activator of HSF1 that Contributes to Promotion of Cancer
Heat Shock Proteins in Digestive Tract Cancer: Molecular Mechanism and Therapeutic Potential
The Role of Heat Shock Protein 90 in Regulating Downstream Signal Transduction Cascades
Extracellular Hsp90a versus Intracellular Hsp90b in Wound Healing and Cancer
Regulation of Calcineurin Signaling through Blocking of the Chaperone Function of Hsp90 by HDAC Inhibitors
Signaling Functions of Extracellular Hsp90 (eHsp90) in Cancer Metastasis
The Role of the Molecular Chaperones Hsp70 and Hsp90 in the DNA Damage Response
Heat Shock Protein 90 Inhibitors in Lung Cancer Therapy
Hsp90 Inhibitors Blocking Multiple Oncogenic Signaling Pathways for the Treatment of Cancer
Diverse Roles of Heat Shock Proteins in Immune Activation and Tolerance: A Comprehensive Review of Mechanisms and Therapeutic Relevance
The Role of Heat Shock Proteins on Neuromuscular Disorders/Neuronal Differentiation
Heat Shock Proteins in Neural Signaling: Implications in Health and Disease
Cytosolic Heat Shock Protein 90 in Plant Hormone and Environmental Stress Response.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalRobert J. Binder, Pramod K. Srivastava, editors.Summary: Experts from around the world review the current field of the immunobiology of heat shock proteins, and provide a comprehensive account of how these molecules are spearheading efforts in the understanding of various pathways of the immune system. This one-stop resource contains numerous images to both help illustrate the research on heat shock proteins, and better clarify the field for the non-expert. Heat shock proteins (HSPs) were discovered in 1962 and were quickly recognized for their role in protecting cells from stress. Twenty years later, the immunogenicity of a select few HSPs was described, and for the past 30 years, these findings have been applied to numerous branches of immunology, including tumor immunology and immunosurveillance, immunotherapy, etiology of autoimmunity, immunotherapy of infectious diseases, and expression of innate receptors. While HSPs can be used to manipulate immune responses by exogenous administration, they appear to be involved in initiation of de novo immune responses to cancer and likely in the maintenance of immune homeostasis.
Contents:
Intro; Introduction and History; Contents; Part I: Structure of the HSPs in Relation to Chaperoning Peptides and Proteins;
Chapter 1: Hsp70-Substrate Interactions; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Hsp70 Functional Cycle; 1.3 Structural Basis for Hsp70-Substrate Interactions; 1.4 Mechanism of Action of Hsp70 Chaperones; 1.5 Interactions of Hsp70 Chaperones with Protein Substrates; 1.6 Role of Co-Chaperones; 1.7 Concluding Remarks; References;
Chapter 2: Molecular Chaperone Inhibitors; 2.1 The Hsp70 and Hsp90 Chaperone Cycle; 2.2 Hsp90 Inhibitors and Their Binding Sites; 2.2.1 Hsp90 N-Terminal Inhibitors. 2.2.2 Benzoquinone Ansamycin Inhibitors2.2.3 Radicicol and Analogous Inhibitors; 2.2.4 Additional Hsp90 Second-Generation Inhibitors; 2.2.5 Consequences of Different N-Terminal Inhibitors for Hsp90 Specificity and Conformation; 2.2.6 Hsp90 C-Terminal Inhibitors; 2.3 Grp94; 2.3.1 Allosteric Inhibitors of Grp94; 2.4 Hsp90 Co-Chaperone Inhibitors; 2.5 Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.6 Hsp70/Hsc70 Inhibitors and Their Binding Sites; 2.6.1 ATP-Competitive Inhibitors of Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.6.2 Allosteric Inhibitors of Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.6.3 Peptide Mimetics Targeting Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.7 Hsp40; 2.8 Small Hsps-Hsp27. 2.8.1 Antisense Oligonucleotides Targeting Hsp272.9 Small Hsps: Clusterin; 2.9.1 Antisense Oligonucleotides Targeting Clusterin; References; Part II: Exposure of HSPs to Immune Cells;
Chapter 3: Extracellular Heat Shock Proteins as Stress Communication Signals; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Types of Cellular Communication; 3.3 Extracellular HSP as Communication Signals; 3.4 Extracellular HSP in Pathological Conditions; 3.5 Mechanisms of HSP Export; 3.6 The Stress Observation System; 3.7 Conclusions; References; Part III: Regulation of Immune Responses by Extracellular HSPs. 5.2 The Visionary Work of Dr. Eckhard Podack and Development of the State-of-the-Art Secreted gp96-Ig Vaccine Approach5.2.1 Construction of gp96-Ig; 5.2.2 Principles of Secreted gp96-Ig Vaccine Approach; 5.3 The State of the Knowledge of Antitumor Vaccination with gp96-Ig; 5.3.1 Allogeneic gp96 Vaccine; 5.3.2 Combined Therapeutic Approach; 5.4 The State of Knowledge of Anti-Infectious Vaccination with gp96-Ig; 5.4.1 Secreted SIV/HIV gp96-Ig Vaccine; 5.4.1.1 Gp96SIVIg as a Novel Adjuvant for Antibody Production.
Chapter 4: The Heat Shock Protein-CD91 Pathway and Tumor Immunosurveillance4.1 Heat Shock Proteins as Chaperones of Macromolecules; 4.2 Immune Responses Elicited by Extracellular HSPs; 4.3 Extracellular HSPs as the Molecular Signature for Immunological Responsiveness; 4.4 The Role of Extracellular HSPs in Tumor Immunosurveillance; 4.5 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Bridging the Gaps in the Vaccine Development: Avant-Garde Vaccine Approach with Secreted Heat Shock Protein gp96-Ig; 5.1 Introduction. - DigitalAddmore Shonhai, Gregory L. Blatch, editors.Contents:
The Importance of Molecular Chaperones in Survival and Pathogenesis of the Malaria Parasite Plasmodium falciparum / Jude Przyborski
General Structural and Functional Features of Molecular Chaperones / Adrienne L. Edkins and Aileen Boshoff
The Role of Hsp70s in the Development and Pathogenicity of Plasmodium Species / Addmore Shonhai
Role of the Hsp40 Family of Proteins in the Survival and Pathogenesis of the Malaria Parasite / Eva-Rachele Pesce, Alexander G. Maier and Gregory L. Blatch
Role of Hsp90 in Plasmodium falciparum Malaria / Dea Shahinas and Dylan R. Pillai
The Role of Parasite Heat Shock Proteins in Protein Trafficking and Host Cell Remodeling / Paul R. Gilson, Sarah C. Charnaud and Brendan S. Crabb
Role of Heat Shock Proteins in Immune Modulation in Malaria / Evelyn Böttger and Gabriele Multhoff
Establishment of Plasmodium falciparum Extracellular Compartments in its Host Erythrocyte / Alassane Mbengue, Laurence Berry and Catherine Braun-Breton
Chaperones and Proteases of Plasmodium falciparum / Kaiyin Liu and Walid A. Houry
Heat Shock Proteins as Targets for Novel Anti-Malarial Drugs / Manish Grover, Shweta Chaubey and Utpal Tatu
Heat Shock Proteins of Malaria: What Do We Not Know, and What Should the Future Focus Be? / Addmore Shonhai and Gregory L. Blatch.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAddmore Shonhai, Didier Picard, Gregory L. Blatch, editors.Contents:
Chapter 1. Introductory Chapter: The Importance of Heat Shock Proteins in Survival and Pathogenesis of the Malaria Parasite Plasmodium falciparum
Chapter 2. General Structural and Functional Features of Molecular Chaperones
Chapter 3. The Role of Hsp70s in the Development and Pathogenicity of Plasmodium falciparum
Chapter 4. Role of the J Domain Protein Family in the Survival and Pathogenesis of Plasmodium falciparum. Chapter 5. Role of Hsp90 in Plasmodium falciparum Malaria
Chapter 6. The Role of Malaria Parasite Heat Shock Proteins in Protein Trafficking and Remodelling of Red Blood Cells
Chapter 7. Role of Heat Shock Proteins in Immune Modulation in Malaria
Chapter 8. Bioprospecting for Novel Heat Shock Protein Modulators: The New Frontier for Antimalarial Drug Discovery?
Chapter 9. Heat Shock Proteins as Targets for Novel Antimalarial Drug Discovery
Chapter 10
Heat Shock Proteins of Malaria: Highlights and Future Prospects. - DigitalJulien D. Périard, Sébastien Racinais, editors.Summary: The book is designed to provide a flowing description of the physiology of heat stress, the illnesses associated with heat exposure, recommendations on optimising health and performance, and an examination of Olympic sports played in potentially hot environmental conditions. In the first section the book examines how heat stress effects performance by outlining the basics of thermoregulation and how these responses impact on cardiovascular, central nervous system, and skeletal muscle function. It also outlines the pathophysiology and treatment of exertional heat illness, as well as the role of hydration status during exercise in the heat. Thereafter, countermeasures (e.g. cooling and heat acclimation) are covered and an explanation as to how they may aid in decreasing the incidence of heat illness and minimise the impairment in performance is provided. A novel and particular feature of the book is its inclusion of sport-specific chapters in which the influence of heat stress on performance and health is described, as well as strategies and policies adopted by the governing bodies in trying to offset the deleterious role of thermal strain. Given the breadth and scope of the sections, the book will be a reference guide for clinicians, practitioners, coaches, athletes, researchers, and students.
- Digital/PrintKiese Laymon.Summary: "Laymon writes eloquently and honestly about the physical manifestations of violence, grief, trauma, and abuse on his own body. He writes of his own eating disorder and gambling addiction as well as similar issues that run throughout his family. Through self-exploration, storytelling, and honest conversation with family and friends, Heavy seeks to bring what has been hidden into the light and to reckon with all of its myriad sources, from the most intimate--a mother-child relationship--to the most universal--a society that has undervalued and abused black bodies for centuries"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Boy man. Train ; Nan ; Wet ; Be
Black abundance. Meager ; Contraction ; Hulk ; Gumption
Home worked. Fantastic ; Disaster ; Already ; Soon
Addict Americans. Greens ; Terrors ; Seat belts ; Promises.Digital Access EBSCO 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaledited by Natalia A. Riobo.Contents:
Luciferase reporter assays to study transcriptional activity of hedgehog signaling in normal and cancer cells / Silvia Pandolfi and Barbara Stecca
Measuring expression levels of endogenous gli genes by immunoblotting and real-time PCR / Pawel Niewiadomski and Rajat Rohatgi
Quantitative immunoblotting of endogenous hedgehog pathway components / Shohreh F. Farzan and David J. Robbins
Measuring Gli2 phosphorylation by selected reaction monitoring mass spectrometry / Robert Ahrends, Pawel Niewiadomski, Mary N. Teruel, and Rajat Rohatgi
Rapid screening of Gli2/3 mutants using the Flp-In system / Pawel Niewiadomski and Rajat Rohatgi
Insights into gli factors ubiquitylation methods / Paola Infante, Romina Alfonsi, and Lucia Di Marcotullio
Determination of acetylation of the gli transcription factors / Sonia Coni, Laura Di Magno, and Gianluca Canettieri
Efficient detection of indian hedgehog during endochondral ossification by whole-mount immunofluorescence / João Francisco Botelho, Daniel Smith-Paredes, and Veronica Palma A.
Methods for detection of Ptc1-driven LacZ expression in adult mouse skin / Donna M. Brennan-Crispi, My G. Mahoney, and Natalia A. Riobo
Determination and analysis of cellular metabolic changes by noncanonical hedgehog signaling / Raffaele Teperino and John Andrew Pospisilik.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalNayoung Kim, editor.Contents:
Part 1. Epidemiology-Prevalence and Transmission routes of H. pylori
Part 2. Pathophysiology
1) Colonization of H. pylori in the stomach
2) Brief description of Pathophysiology
3) Immune mechanism
4) Change of acid secretion, ghrelin and leptin by H. pylori
5) H. pylori virulence factors
A: toxin (CagA, VacA, DupA, OipA, IceA)
B: genetic polymorphism of toxin and disease
6) Host factors: genetic polymorphism, etc
Part 3. Diagnosis
1) Serology
2) Histology
3) Culture
4) UBT
5) Stool antigen
6) Specific conditions
A: Children
B: Bleeding
Part 4. Symptom
1)Symptom of acute and chronic H. pylori infection
Part 5. Disease
1) Atrophic gastritis and Intestinal metaplasia
2) Functional dyspepsia
3) Peptic ulcer
4) MALToma
5) Gastric cancer
A: Synopsis and Epidemiology of gastric cancer
B1: Pathogenesis: i.Genetic alternation (mutations in tumor-related genes) induced by Activation-induced cytidine deaminase (AID)
B2: Pathogenesis: ii. Epigenetic mechanisms: aberrant DNA methylation, microRNA
B3: Pathogenesis:iii. Macrophage inhibitory factor (MIF)
B4: Pathogenesis: iv. Epidermal mesenchyme transition (EMT)
B5: Pathogenesis: v. ABO blood type
B6: Pathogenesis: vi. First relatives of gastric cancer
C: H. pylori-negative gastric cancer
6) Gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
7) NSAID-induced gastropathy and H. pylori infection
8) Extraintestinal manifestations of H. pylori infection
A: Iron deficiency anemia
B: Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura
C: Heart disease
D: Atopy and allergy
Part 6. Antibiotic resistance
1) Synopsis of antibiotic resistance
2) Clarithromycin
3) Amoxicillin
4) Quinolone
5) Metronidazole
Part 7. Treatment
1) Synopsis of antibiotic treatment
2) Triple therapy
3) Quadruple therapy
4) Sequential therapy
5) Concomitant therapy
6) Tailored therapy based on antibiotic resistance
7) Levofloxacin or rifabutin based triple therapy
8) Probiotics
9) Treatment guidelines
10) Screening method of early gastric cancer
11) Recrudescence and reinfection
Part 8. Consequences of H. pylori eradication
1) Peptic ulcer disease
2) atrophic gastritis and Intestinal metaplasia
3) Gastric cancer
Part 9. The effect of H. pylori on the other microbiota of stomach
The effect of H. pylori on the other microbiota of stomach
Part 10. Animal model- H. pylori, H. felis. - DigitalShigeru Kamiya, Steffen Backert, editors.
- DigitalSusan Young and Jade Smith.Contents:
The Young-Smirth programme
Introduction to Buss and his family
Attention
Hyperactivity
Impulsivity
Anxiety
Frustration and anger
Social skills and relationships
Setting goals and planning ahead
Problem solving
Mood and self-esteem.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Fadi Haddad, M.D., Ruth S. Gerson, M.D.Summary: Helping Kids in Crisis: Managing Psychiatric Emergencies in Children and Adolescents is a practical, easy-to-use guide for clinicians working with child and adolescent psychiatric emergencies across a range of settings -- from emergency rooms to schools to community pediatric or mental health clinics.
Contents:
Introduction / Susan B. Torrey, M.D.
1. Kids in Crisis / Fadi Haddad, M.D.
2. Aggression / Ruth Gerson, M.D., and Fadi Haddad, M.D.
3. Suicide and Self-Injurious Behaviors / Gabrielle S. Carson, Ph. D.
4. Tantrums and Behavioral Outbursts / M. Cevdet Tosyali, M.D.
5. The "Odd" Child / Rachel Mandel, M.D.
6. Child Abuse and Trauma / Ruth Gerson, M.D.
7. Risky Behaviors / Charles J. Glawe, M.D.
8. Clinical and Forensic Psychological Issues With At-Risk Youths and Juvenile Delinquents / Alessandra D.E. Herbosch, Psy. D.
9. Substance Use: HELPING TEENAGERS AND FAMILIES WORK THROUGH A SUBSTANCE USE CRISIS / J. Rebecca Weis, M.D., and Stephen Ross, M.D.
10. Finding Help: HELPING FAMILIES FIND EFFECTIVE TREATMENT FOR CHILDREN WITH PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS / Jasmine Marrero, LCSW, Melissa Negron, LCSW, and Maggie Bielsky, LMSW
11. Models of Emergency Psychiatric Care for Children and Adolescents: MOVING FROM TRIAGE TO MEANINGFUL ENGAGEMENT IN MENTAL HEALTH TREATMENT / Jennifer F. Havens, M.D., and Mollie C. Marr, B.F.A.
Index.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2015 - Digitaledited by Mina K. Dulcan, M.D., Rachel R. Ballard, M.D.Contents:
Contributors
Introduction for Clinicians to the Fourth Edition
Selected Additional Reading for Health and Mental Health Professionals
Published Resources for Parents and Teachers
Information on the Internet
Copyright, Citation, and Disclaimer
Appendix 1: Medicines With FDA Indication for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)
Appendix 2: Medicines Typically Used for Anxiety and Depression
Appendix 3: Medicines Typically Used for Psychosis
Appendix 4: Medicines Typically Used for Mood Stabilization or Reducing Aggression Drugs by Generic and Brand Names: Alprazolam (Xanax)
Amitriptyline
Amphetamine (Dexedrine, ProCentra, Zenzedi, Adderall, Vyvanse)
Aripiprazole (Abilify) --Asenapine (Saphris)
Atenolol (Tenormin)
Atomoxetine (Strattera)
Benzodiazepines Used for Sleep: Estazolam (ProSom), Flurazepam, Temazepam (Restoril), Triazolam (Halcion)
Benztropine (Cogentin)
Bupropion (Wellbutrin, Aplenzin, Forfivo)
Buspirone
Carbamazepine (Tegretol, Carbatrol, Epitol, Equetro, Tegretol XR)
Chlorpromazine
Citalopram (Celexa)
Clomipramine (Anafranil)
Clonazepam (Klonopin)
Clonidine (Catapres, Catapres-TTS, Kapvay)
Clozapine (Clozaril, FazaClo, Versacloz)
Cyproheptadine
Desipramine (Norpramin)
Desmopressin Acetate (DDAVP, Stimate)
Diazepam (Valium)
Diphenhydramine (Benadryl)
Duloxetine (Cymbalta)
Escitalopram (Lexapro)
Fluoxetine (Prozac, Symbyax)
Fluphenazine
Fluvoxamine (Luvox CR)
Gabapentin (Neurontin, Gralise, Gralise Starter)
Guanfacine (Tenex, Intuniv)
Haloperidol (Haldol)
Hydroxyzine (Vistaril)
Hypnotics-Sleep Medications (Nonbenzodiazepines): Eszopiclone (Lunesta), Zaleplon (Sonata), Zolpidem (Ambien, Ambien CR, Edluar, Intermezzo, Zolpimist)
Iloperidone (Fanapt)
Imipramine (Tofranil)
Lamotrigine (Lamictal, Lamictal XR)
Levomilnacipran (Fetzima)
Lithium (Lithobid)
L-methylfolate (Deplin)
Lorazepam (Ativan)
Loxapine (Loxitane, Adasuve)
Lurasidone (Latuda)
Melatonin
Metformin (Glucophage, Glucophage XR, Fortamet, Glumetza, Riomet)
Methylphenidate (Methylin, Ritalin, Metadate, Concerta, Daytrana, Quillivant, Focalin)
Mirtazapine (Remeron)
Modafinil (Provigil), Armodafinil (Nuvigil)
N-acetylcysteine
Nortriptyline (Pamelor)
Olanzapine (Zyprexa, Symbyax)
Omega-3 Fatty Acids (Epanova, Lovaza)
Oxcarbazepine (Trileptal, Oxtellar XR)
Paliperidone (Invega)
Paroxetine (Paxil, Pexeva, Brisdelle, Paxil CR)
Perphenazine
Pimozide (Orap)
Pindolol
Prazosin (Minipress)
Propranolol (Inderal)
Quetiapine (Seroquel)
Ramelteon (Rozerem)
Risperidone (Risperdal)
Sertraline (Zoloft)
Thiothixene
Topiramate (Topamax, Topiragen, Trokendi XR, Qudexy SR)
Trazodone (Oleptro)
Trifluoperazine
Valproic Acid (Depakene, Stavzor), Divalproex (Depakote, Depakote ER, Depakote Sprinkles)
Venlafaxine (Effexor), Desvenlafaxine (Pristiq, Khedezla)
Vilazodone (Viibryd)
Vortioxetine (Brintellix)
Ziprasidone (Geodon).Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2015 - DigitalRaul Mattassi, Dirk A. Loose, Massimo Vaghi, editors ; foreword by J. Leonel Villavicencio.Contents:
I. Introduction and General Overview
1.Vascular Embryology
2. Molecular and Genetic Aspects in Infantile Hemangiomas and Vascular Malformations
3. Introduction and Background Notes
4. Clotting Problems
II. Hemangiomas and Vascular Tumors
5. Hemangiomas in Infancy: Epidemiology
6. Classification of Infantile Hemangiomas and Other Congenital Vascular Tumors
7. Clinical Picture
8. Diagnostics of Infantile Hemangiomas Including Visceral Hemangioma
9. Principles of Treatment
10. Propanolol and Betablockers in Medical Treatment of Infantile Hemangiomas
11. Other Medical Treatments of Infantile Hemangiomas and Other Vascular Tumors
12. Laser Treatment of Infantile Hemangiomas
13. Surgical Treatment
14. Treatment by Embolization
15. Treatment of Infantile Laparoscopic Rectal Anterior Resection in Head and Neck
16. Treatment of Visceral Infantile Hemangiomas
17. Treatment of Genital Infantile Hemangiomas
18. Management of Syndromes Related to Infantile Hemangiomas
III. Vascular Malformations
19. Epidemiology
20. Histology in Vascular Malformations
21. Classifications
22. Principles of Diagnostics
23. Clinical Aspects in Vascular Malformations
24. Dermatologic Aspects in Vascular Malformations
25. Ultrasound Diagnostics
26. Role of MR and CT in Diagnostics
27. Nuclear Medicine
28. Angiography and Phlebography
29. Principles of Treatment
30. Surgical Techniques and Tactics in Vascular Malformations
31. Interventional Treatment in AVM
32. Principles and Technical Skills in Ethanol Treatment of Vascular Malformations
33. Sclerosis in Vascular Malformations
34. Laser Treatment of Vascular Malformations
35. Possibilities and Limits of Medical Treatment
36. Approach to Syndromes in Vascular Malformations
IV. Treatment of Problems According to Specific Localizations
37. Introduction
38. Head and Neck Malformations: Surgical Treatment
39. Head and Neck Malformations: Sclerosis Treatment
40. Treatment of Upper Airway Involvement
41. Treatment of Intraorbital Vascular Malformations
42. Orthopedic Problems,
43. Treatment of Vascular Malformations of the Hand
44. Thorax Wall
45. Visceral Vascular Malformations
46. Pelvic Malformation
47. Vascular Malformations of the Limbs: Treatment of Arterio-Venous and Venous Malformations
48. Lymphatic Vascular Malformations of the Limbs: Treatment of Extratruncular Malformations
49. Lymphatic Vascular Malformations of the Limbs: Conservative Treatment of Truncular Malformations
50. Lymphatic Truncular Malformations of the Limbs: Surgical Treatment
51. Thoracic Duct Dysplasia and Chylous Reflux
52. Conclusions
Subject Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJanet S. Lee, Michael P. Donahoe, editors.Contents:
Part I: Overview
The Lung-Blood Interface
Leukocyte Kinetics and Migration in the Lungs
Part II: Acute Pulmonary Manifestations Arising from Primary Hematologic Disorders
Sickle Cell and Acute Chest Syndrome: Mechanisms and Pathogenesis
Sickle Cell Disease and Acute Chest Syndrome: Epidemiology, Diagnosis, Management, Outcomes
Thrombophilias and Acute Pulmonary Thromboembolic Disease
Bleeding Disorders: Diagnosis and Treatment of Hemorrhagic Complications in the Intensive Care Unit
Acute Pulmonary Manifestations of Hematologic Malignancies
Acute Pulmonary Complications of Bone Marrow and Stem Cell Transplantation
Part III: Transfusion-Related Complications
Storage Lesion: Evolving Concepts and Controversies
Transfusion and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome: Pathogenesis and Potential Mechanisms
Transfusion and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome: Clinical Epidemiology, Diagnosis, Management, and Outcomes
Transfusion Associated Circulatory Overload
Transfusion-Related Immunomodulation (TRIM): From Renal Allograft Survival to Postoperative Mortality in Cardiac Surgery.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAryeh Shander, Howard L. Corwin, editors.Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive overview of hematologic issues that clinicians regularly encounter in the critical care environment. The text features hematologic scenarios that affect the adult ICU patient, outlines pathogenesis and challenges associated with the hematologic disorder, and offers treatment modalities. Hematologic issues covered include anemia, hemostatic abnormalities, and risks of transfusion. The book also details challenges in specific ICU populations, such as patients afflicted with liver disease, brain injury, sepsis, cardiovascular disease, malignancy, and trauma. Written by experts in the field, Hematologic Challenges in the Critically Ill is a valuable resource for clinicians in the critical care environment who treat critically ill patients afflicted with hematologic complications.
Contents:
Anemia in the Critically Ill
Hemostatic Abnormalities in the Critically Ill
Advances in Hematologic Testing
Current and Emerging Technologies in Hematologic Testing
Hematologic Impact of Fluid Replacement
Advances in Trauma Resuscitation
Hematologic Issues in Sepsis
Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients with Cardiovascular Disease
Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients with Liver Disease and Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
Hematological Challenges in Intensive Care Unit Patients with Neurological Disease
Hematologic Challenges in the Critically Ill: Obstetrics
Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients with Malignancy
Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients on ECMO
Hematologic Challenges in Intensive Care Unit Patients with Solid Organ Transplants
Risks of Transfusion
Clinical Outcomes and Red Blood Cell Storage
Anticoagulants in the ICU
Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients Needing Plasma Exchange
Intravenous Oxygen Therapeutics: A Revolution in Medicine yet to be Realized?
Role of Blood Bank, Transfusion Services and Pharmacy in ICU Patients with Hematologic Challenges
Patient Blood Management in Critically Ill. - DigitalManorama Bhargava.Summary: This book is a compendium of case studies in hematologic malignancies such as acute leukemias, myelodysplastic and myeloproliferative neoplasms, chronic leukemias and multiple myeloma covering cytogenetics (karyotyping Fluorescence in sitn hybridization (FISH)) and molecular studies in detail. The first few chapters describe the methodology employed for karyotyping, FISH and Real Time PCR technology conducive to establishment of these labs if required. Each case study is described in detail by including the clinical history of the patient, findings of peripheral blood, bone marrow aspirate and bone biopsy morphological details. This is then followed by flowcytometric immunophenotyping, cytogenetic and molecular observations leading collectively to a final diagnosis, A discussion follows based on the relevance of this data in informing the prognosis, treatment response and survival in these patients. Additionally, this data serves as a key determinant for clinical decision making involving evidence based rational management of patients including targeted therapy. For better understanding, each case study is accompanied by black and white or colour images as appropriate. This book is a source of learning and a valuable read for clinical hematologists, hematopathologists, medical oncologists, residents, interns, DM Hematology students and DNB Hematology students as well.
Contents:
Techniques in Cytogenetics
Techniques in Molecular Haematology
Part: I - Case Studies in Myeloid Malignancies
Acute Myeloid Leukemia
Myelodysplastic Syndrome
Myelodysplastic Syndromes - Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
Next Generation Sequencing for Diagnostics of Myeloid Malignancies for Routine Clinical Use: Pitfalls and Advantages
Part: II - Case Studies in Lymphoid Malignancies
Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia and Non Hodgkins Lymphoma
Part: III - Case Studies in Multiple Myeloma
Multiple Myeloma. - DigitalGiorgio Berlot, Gabriele Pozzato, editors.Summary: This book covers a wide array of hematologic problems commonly encountered in the daily practice of critical care and emergency medicine. Unfortunately, the symptoms and signs associated with underlying hematologic disorders are frequently rather unspecific and confounding; furthermore, the clinical course of patients admitted to intensive care units with such disorders can be fulminant, warranting prompt diagnosis. This book recognizes the importance of accurate and speedy interpretation of symptoms in that the text is symptom oriented rather than disease oriented. Put another way, the reader confronted with a particular clinical problem or symptom will be guided step by step to the possible underlying disorder(s). The scenarios considered include critical illness in patients with anemia, leukopenia, leukocytosis, abnormal platelet count, and severe transfusion reactions. For each circumstance, factors relevant to symptom interpretation are fully discussed. In addition, helpful diagnostic algorithms are presented in the form of flow charts that will assist in decision making regarding the need for further investigations. The closing chapter is devoted to the drug-induced hematologic disorders. Although the book is intended mainly for intensivists, other specialists will find much information of value for their daily practice.
Contents:
Introduction
Anemia
Anemia in the Critically Ill Patients
Leukopenia in the Critically Ill Patients
Leukocytosis in the Critically Ill Patients
The critically ill patient with abnormal platelet count
Transfusion adverse reactions in critically ill patients
Drugs and blood cells. - DigitalEiichi Ishii, editor.Contents:
Part I. Hematopoiesis
1. Hematopoietic stem cells: the basis of normal and malignant hematopoiesis
Part II. White blood cell disorders
2. Acute lymphoblastic leukemia
3. Acute myeloid leukemia
4. Myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and juvenile myelomonocytic leukemia (JMML)
5. Neutropenia (in infancy and childhood)
Part III. Red blood cell disorders
6. Childhood aplastic anemia
7. Inherited bone marrow failure syndrome, TAM
Part IV. Platelet and coagulation disorders
8. Immune and inherited thrombocytopenia in children
9. Pathogenesis and treatment of hemophilia
10. Thrombotic disorders
Part V. Histiocytic disorders
11. Langerhans cell histiocytosis
12. Primary hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytoosis
13. Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis, secondary.Digital Access Springer 2017 - PrintRobert M. Schmidt, section editor.
- DigitalS. David Hudnall.Summary: "Gain a foundational understanding of complex hematology concepts with this thoroughly revised text. Hematology: A Pathophysiologic Approach, 2nd Edition, a volume in theMosby Physiology Series explains the fundamentals of this multi-faceted area in a clear and concise manner. It offers masterful explanations of hematopoiesis, immunology, hemostasis, hemoglobinopathy, metabolic disorders, genetics, and neoplasia from S. David Hudnall, MD, Professor Emeritus of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine at Yale University School of Medicine. Prof. Hudnall, who has practiced laboratory hematology and hematopathology for more than 30 years, has taught the principles of hematology to thousands of pre-medical undergraduates and medical students. Rich, clinically oriented coverage from cover to cover makes this text an ideal, problem-based way to learn about this complex subject"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Brief overview of the hematolymphoid system
Hematopoiesis
Erythropoiesis and oxygen transport
Iron, heme, and hemoglobin
Hemoglobinopathy
Red blood cell metabolism and enzyme defects
Hemolytic anemia
Aplastic anemia and related disorders
Megaloblastic anemia
Myeloid cells
Immune system and related disorders
Genetic basis of hematologic neoplasia
Leukemia and related disorders
Lymphoma and related disorders
Blood coagulation
Platelets
Benign conditions of lymphoid organs
Blood transfusion and stem cell transplantation
Hematologic cancer therapy.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digital[edited by] Ronald Hoffman, Edward J. Benz, Jr., Leslie E. Silberstein, Helen E. Heslop, Jeffrey I. Weitz, John Anastasi, Mohamed Salama.Summary: "Get the expert guidance you need to offer your patients the best possible outcomes with Hematology: Basic Principles and Practice, 7th Edition. This thoroughly up-to-date text contains both unparalleled scientific content and must-know clinical guidance, so you can enhance your problem-solving skills and make optimal use of the newest diagnostic techniques and therapeutic options in this fast-changing field"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Anatomy and physiology of the gene
Epigenetics and epigenomics
Genomic approaches to hematology
Regulation of gene expression, transcription, splicing and RNA metabolism
Protein synthesis, processing, and trafficking
Protein architecture: relationship of form and function
Signaling transduction and metabolomics
Pharmacogenomics and hematologic diseases
Hematopoietic stem cell biology
Stem cell model of hematologic malignancies
Hematopoietic microenvironment
Cell adhesion
Hematopoietic cell trafficking and chemokines
Interactions between hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells and the bone marrow: current biology of stem cell homing and mobilization
Vascular growth in health and disease
Cytokine/receptor families and signal transduction
Control of cell division
Cell death
Overview and compartmentalization of the immune system
B-cell development
T-cell immunity
Natural killer cell immunity
Dendritic cell biology
Complement and immunoglobulin biology leading to clinical translation
Tolerance and autoimmunity
Biology of erythropoiesis, erythroid differentiation, and maturation
Granulocytopiesis and monocytopoiesis
Thrombocytopoiesis
Inherited forms of bone marrow failure
Aplastic anemia
Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria
Acquired disorders of unilineage blood cell production
Pathobiology of the human erythrocyte and its hemoglobins
Approach to anemia in the adult and child
Pathophysiology of iron homeostasis
Disorders of iron metabolism: iron deficiency and overload
Anemia of chronic diseases
Heme biosynthesis and its disorders: porphyrias and sideroblastic anemias
Megaloblastic anemias
Thalassemia syndromes
Pathobiology of sickle cell disease
Sickle cell disease: clinical features and management
Hemoglobin variants associated with hemolytic anemia, altered oxygen affinity, and methemoglobinemias
Red blood cell enzymopathies
Red blood cell membrane disorders
Autoimmune hemolytic anemia
Extrinsic nonimmune hemolytic anemias
Granulocytosis, granulocytopenia, monocytosis, and monocytopenia
Lymphocytosis, lymphocytopenia, hypergammaglobulinemia, and hypogammaglobulinemia
Disorders of phagocyte function
Congenital disorders of lymphocyte function
Histiocytic disorders
Lysosomal storage diseases: perspectives and principles
Infectious mononucleosis and other Epstein-Barr virus-associated diseases
Progress in the classification of hematopoietic and lymphoid neoplasms: clinical implications
The cytogenomic basis of hematological malignancies
Pharmacology and molecular mechanisms of antineoplastic agents for hematologic malignancies
Pathobiology of acute myeloid leukemia
Clinical manifestations and treatment of acute myeloid leukemia
Myelodysplastic syndromes: biology and treatment
Allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation for acute myeloid leukemia and myelodysplastic syndrome in adults
Acute myeloid leukemia in children
Myelodysplastic syndrome and myeloproliferative syndrome in children
Pathobiology of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
Clinical manifestations and treatment in children of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
Acute lymphocytic leukemia in adults
Chronic myeloid leukemia
The polycythemias
Essential thrombocythemia
Primary myelofibrosis
Eosinophilia, eosinophil-associated diseases, chronic eosinophil leukemia, and the hypereosinophilic syndromes
Mast cells and systemic mastocytosis
The pathologic basis for the classification of non-Hodgkin and Hodgkin lymphomas
Origins of Hodgkin disease
Hodgkin lymphoma: clinical manifestations, staging, and therapy
Origins of non-Hodgkin lymphomas
Chronic lymphocytic leukemia
Hairy cell leukemia
Clinical manifestations and treatment of indolent lymphomas: marginal zone lymphomas (extranodal/malt, splenic, and nodal)
Clinical manifestations, staging, and treatment of follicular lymphoma
Mantle cell lymphoma
Diagnosis and treatment of diffuse large b-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) and Burkitt lymphoma (BL)
Viral-related lymphomas
Malignant lymphomas in childhood
T-cell lymphomas
Multiple myeloma
Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia/lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma
Immunoglobuin light-chain amyloidosis (primary amyloidosis)
Clinical approach to infections in the compromised host
Psychosocial aspects of hematologic disorders
Pain management and antiemetic therapy in hematologic disorders
Palliative care
Late complications of hematologic diseases and their therapies
Overview and historical perspective of current cell-based therapies
Practical aspects of hematologic stem cell harvesting and mobilization
IND enabling processes for cell-based therapies
Graft engineering and cell processing
Principles of cell-based genetic therapies
Mesenchymal stromal cells
T cell therapy of hematological diseases
NK cell-based therapies
Immune checkpoint blockade in hematologic malignancies
Overview and choice of donor of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
Indications and outcomes of allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation for hematologic malignancies in adults
Unrelated donor hematopoietic cell transplantation
Haploidentical hematopoietic cell transplantation
Unrelated donor cord blood transplantation for hematologic malignancies
Graft-versus-host disease and graft-versus-leukemia responses: biology and therapy
Complications after hematopoietic cell transplantation
Human blood group antigens and antibodies
Principles of red blood cell transfusion
Clinical considerations in platelet transfusion therapy
Human leukocyte antigen and human neutrophil antigen systems
Principles of neutrophil (granulocyte) transfusions
Transfusion of plasma derivatives: plasma, cryoprecipitate, albumin, and immunoglobulins
Preparation of plasma-derived and recombinant human plasma proteins
Transfusion therapy for coagulation factor deficiencies
Hemapheresis
Transfusion reactions to blood and cell therapy products
Transfusion-transmitted diseases
Pediatric transfusion medicine
Overview of hemostasis and thrombosis
The blood vessel wall
Megakaryocyte and platelet structure
Molecular basis of platelet function
Molecular basis of blood coagulation
Regulatory mechanisms in hemostasis
Clinical approach to the patient with bleeding or bruising
Laboratory evaluation of hemostatic and thrombotic disorders
Acquired disorders of platelet function
Diseases of platelet number: immune thrombocytopenia, neonatal alloimmune thrombocytopenia, and posttransfusion purpura
Thrombocytopenia caused by platelet destruction, hypersplenism, or hemodilution
Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia
Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura and the hemolytic uremic syndromes
Hemophilia A and B
Inhibitors in hemophilia A and B
Rare coagulation factor deficiencies
Structure, biology, and genetics of von Willebrand factor
Disseminated intravascular coagulation
Hypercoagulable states
The antiphospholipid syndrome
Venous thromboembolism
Mechanical interventions in arterial and venous thrombosis
Atherothrombosis
Stroke
Acute coronary syndromes
Atrial fibrillation
Peripheral artery disease
Antithrombotic drugs
Disorders of coagulation in the neonate
Hematologic changes of pregnancy
Hematologic manifestations of childhood illness
Hematologic manifestations of systemic disease: liver disease
Hematologic manifestations of systemic disease: renal disease
Hematologic manifestations of cancer
Integrated therapies in patients with hematologic diseases
Hematologic manifestations of aids
Hematologic manifestations of parasitic diseases
Hematologic problems in the surgical patient: bleeding and thrombosis
The spleen and its disorders
Hematology in aging.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digital[edited by] Ronald Hoffman, Edward J. Benz, Jr., Leslie E. Silberstein, Helen E. Heslop, Jeffrey I. Weitz, Mohamed E. Salama, Syed A. Abutalib.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- Digitaledited by Robin K. Ohls, Akhil Maheshwari, Robert D. Christensen ; consulting editor, Richard A. Polin.Summary: Dr. Richard Polin's Neonatology Questions and Controversies series highlights the toughest challenges facing physicians and care providers in clinical practice, offering trustworthy guidance on up-to-date diagnostic and treatment options in the field. In each volume, renowned experts address the clinical problems of greatest concern to today's practitioners, helping you handle difficult practice issues and provide optimal, evidence-based care to every patient.
Contents:
Stem cell therapy in neonates-the time has (almost) come
Genome and Exome Sequencing: Can it impact clinical care in the NICU
Transfusion thresholds in the NICU-what have recent RCTs taught us
Donor milk compard with mother's own milk
Will standardized approaches to nutrition decrease NEC
What is the value of identifying genetic causes of congenital hemolytic jaundice
Using the New CBC Parameters in NICU Practice
How near are we to using darbepoetin or erythropoietin as neuroprotective agents for perinatal hypoxic/ischemic encephalopathy
Of what value to neonates is measuring end tidal carbon monoxide concentration
How do we adopt anemia-preventing strategies in our delivery rooms
Thrombocytopenia in Infants with Necrotizing Enterocolitis
Genetic Risk Factors for Patent Ductus Arteriosus
Genetic basis of PDA
Genetic basis of bronchpulmonary dysplasia
Prenatal genetic testing
Early diagnosis of severe combined immunodeficiency
Newborn Screening.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - Printby John B. Harley, Sundaram V. Ramanan and Mabel M. Stevenson.
- DigitalLakshmi V. Srivaths, editor.Summary: Adolescent females experience a variety of blood disorders that are often unique to this patient population. As they go through puberty, they are uniquely poised to encounter various bleeding and thrombotic disorders once they attain menarche, start to have menstrual bleeding, and require hormonal therapy. This may in turn lead to other medical conditions, such as anemia and iron deficiency. Pregnancy encountered by some adolescents can pose hematologic challenges specifically in regards to bleeding and thrombotic disorders. In addition, adolescent females are at risk to develop immune mediated hematologic disorders, such as immune thrombocytopenia, auto-immune hemolytic anemia, and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura, as well as vitamin deficiencies due to pernicious anemia. Sickle cell disease, thalassemia and bone marrow failure disorders in the adolescent female poses unique challenges that need to be addressed with special care and attention. Knowledge about these various blood disorders in adolescent females is crucial for the treating physician in order to accurately diagnose and optimally manage these teenagers. Otherwise, it can affect their overall health, causing hematologic and gynecologic issues, poor quality of life, neurocognitive impairments, and poor psycho-social development, all of which can lead to various complications immediately and into adulthood. This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art overview of blood disorders in female adolescents. The text presents new data about bleeding disorders that affect the female adolescent, including bleeding disorders, thromboembolism, thrombophilia, anemia, sickle cell disease and thalassemia, disorders od hemostasis and thrombosis in pregnancy, immune hematology and bone marrow failure disorders; reviews our current understanding of these disorders; outlines recent research findings; and spotlights multi-disciplinary approaches, evaluation and treatment modalities to combat these blood disorders. Written by experts in the field, Hematology in the Adolescent Female is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat and manage female adolescents with blood disorders.
Contents:
Evaluation Of the Adolescent with Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
Screening Tools for Evaluating the Bleeding Adolescent
Von Willebrand disease
Hemophilia Carriers
Rare Coagulation Factor Deficiencies
Platelet Disorders
Fibrinolytic Pathway Disorders
Hypermobility Syndromes in Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
Heavy Menstrual Bleeding Complications
Hormonal Therapy for Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
Hemostatic Therapy for Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
Quality of Life in Adolescents with Bleeding Disorders
Prevalence and Risk Factors Of Adolescent Thromboembolism
Management Of Adolescent Thromboembolism
Thrombophilia and Hormonal Therapy
Anticoagulation and Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
Iron Deficiency Anemia
Vitamin B12 Deficiency
Thalassemia Disorders
Sickle Cell Disease
Immune Thrombocytopenia Purpura
Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemia
Evan's Syndrome
Antiphospholipid Antibody Syndrome
Thrombotic Microangiopathies
Bone Marrow Failure Disorders
Adolescent Pregnancy and Blood Disorders.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalMoshe C. Ornstein; Sudipto MurkhurjeeSummary: "Hematology-Oncology Board Review and Cases, a unique case-based content with multiple-choice questions, detailed explanations, and high yield pearls. This resource can also be used by the clinician daily to work through dosing and treatment options in preparation for administering care. All topics are covered on the ABIM's medical oncology board examination."-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2020
- DigitalJulie H. Rowe, Anneliese O. Gonzalez, Sayed H. Jafri, Putao Cen, Zeyad Kanaan, Robert J. Amato, Adan Rios, Hazem El Osta, Virginia Mohlere.Summary: The goal of Hematology-Oncology Clinical Questions is to empower clinicians to get their patients to the best solution as efficiently and effectively as possible. Each chapter provides a Key Concept section, which describes the basics of the question. The Clinical Scenario provides a clinical vignette in which these questions can be applied.
Contents:
Cancer pharmacology
Basics of oncology and pathology
Most common hematology questions
Screening
Breast cancer
Head and neck cancer
Gastrointestinal cancers
Genitourinary cancers
Gynecolological malignancies
Thoracic cancers
Rare cancers
Basics of bone marrow transplantation
Leukemia
Lymphoma
Plasma cell disorders
Myeloproliferative neoplasms
Myelodysplastic syndromes
Guidelines for supportive care
Oncologic emergencies
Genetic and familial assessment for hereditary cancer syndromes.Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2019 - Digital/PrintDigital AccessPrint Access
- Digital[edited by] Elaine S. Jaffe, Daniel A. Arber, Elias Campo, Nancy Lee Harris, Leticia Quintanilla-Martinez.Contents:
Processing of the lymph node biopsy specimen
Fine needle aspiration of lymph nodes
Collection, processing, and examination of bone marrow specimens
Immunohistochemistry for the hematopathology laboratory
Flow cytometry
Molecular diagnosis in hematopathology
Important chromosomal aberrations in hematologic neoplasms and key techniques to diagnose them
Normal lymphoid organs and tissues
Reactive lymphadenopathies
Normal bone marrow
Evaluation of anemia, leukopenia, and thrombocytopenia
Bone marrow findings in inflammatory, infectious, and metabolic disorders
Principles of classification of lymphoid neoplasms
B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia/small lymphocytic lymphoma, monoclonal B-cell lymphocytosis, and B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia
Lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma and Waldenström macroglobulinemia
Hairy cell leukemia
Splenic marginal-zone lymphoma and other small B-cell neoplasms in the spleen
Follicular lymphoma
Extranodal marginal zone lymphoma : malt lymphoma
Primary cutaneous B-cell lymphomas
Nodal marginal zone lymphoma
Mantle cell lymphoma
Diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
Burkitt's lymphoma and its mimics
Plasmablastic neoplasms other than plasma cell myeloma
Plasma cell neoplasms
Nodular lymphocyte-predominant Hodgkin's lymphoma
Classical Hodgkin's lymphoma and related lesions
Virally associated B-cell lymphoproliferative disease
Virally associated T-cell and NK-cell neoplasms
T-cell and NK-cell large granular lymphocyte proliferations
T-cell prolymphocytic leukemia
Adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma
Hepatosplenic T-cell lymphoma
Peripheral T-cell lymphoma, not otherwise specified
Angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma
Anaplastic large cell lymphoma, ALK positive and ALK negative
Enteropathy-associated T-cell lymphoma and other primary intestinal T-cell lymphomas
Mycosis fungoides and Sézary syndrome
Primary cutaneous CD30-positive T-cell lymphoproliferative disorders
Primary cutaneous T-cell lymphomas : rare subtypes
Precursor b- and T-cell neoplasms
Acute leukemias of ambiguous lineage
Principles of classification of myeloid neoplasms
Myelodysplastic syndromes
Acute myeloid leukemia
Myeloproliferative neoplasms
Myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms
Mastocytosis
Eosinophilia and chronic eosinophilic leukemia, including myeloid/lymphoid neoplasms with eosinophilia and rearrangement of PDGFRA, PDGFRB, FGFR1 , OR JAK2
Blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm
Non-neoplastic histiocytic proliferations of lymph nodes and bone marrow
Histiocytic and dendritic cell neoplasms including Langerhans cell histiocytosis and Langerhans cell sarcoma
The pathology of primary immunodeficiencies
Iatrogenic immunodeficiency-associated lymphoproliferative disorders
Bone marrow evaluation for lymphoma
Evaluation of the bone marrow after therapy
Non-hematopoietic neoplasms of the bone marrow
Non-lymphoid lesions of the lymph nodes
Spleen : normal architecture and neoplastic and non-neoplastic lesions
Diagnosis of lymphoma in extranodal sites other than skin.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - Digital[edited by] Eric D. Hsi.Contents:
Non-neoplastic disorders. Red blood cell/hemoglobin disorders
Coagulation
Non-neoplastic morphologic abnormalities of white blood cells and macrophages
Reactive lymph nodes and castleman disease
Bone marrow failure syndromes
Benign causes of bone marrow abnormalities including infections, storage diseases, systemic disorders, and stromal changes
Lymphomas
Small B-cell lymphomas
Diffuse aggressive B-cell lymphomas
Peripheral T-cell lymphomas
Immunodeficiency-related lymphoproliferative disorders
Hodgkin lymphoma
Leukemias, chronic myeloproliferative neoplasms, and myelodysplasia
B-cell leukemias of mature lymphocytes
Mature T-cell and natural killer cell leukemias
Acute myeloid leukemia
Precursor lymphoid neoplasms
Acute undifferentiated leukemia and mixed-phenotype acute leukemias
Myeloproliferative and "overlap" myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms
Myelodysplastic syndromes
Disorders of histiocytes, mast cells, plasma cells, spleen, and ancillary techniques
Disorders of histiocytes
Mastocytosis
Multiple myeloma and other plasma cell neoplasms
Disorders of the spleen
Flow cytometric principles in hematopathology
Molecular diagnosis in hematopathologyDigital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - Digitaleditor: Thierry J. Molina.
- DigitalRenu Saxena, Hara Prasad Pati, editors.Summary: This book covers recent advances in the understanding and management of essential hematological pathologies. In addition to updates on Hodgkin's lymphoma, acute myeloid leukemia and other disorders, it provides essential information on transplant pathology, and the molecular and genetic aspects of hematological disorders. Offering a practical approach to lymphoma diagnosis, the book will help hematologists and pathologists alike make accurate diagnoses in keeping with the latest classifications and methodologies. A wealth of photographs and algorithms help readers understand the laboratory approach to the diagnosis of hematological disorders, reflecting the latest advances in the field. The book offers a valuable resource for residents of MD pathology, DM hematopathology and clinical hematology, as well as practitioners of hematology. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Springer 2019
- Digital[edited by] Franklin O. Smith, Gregory H. Reaman, Judy M. Racadio.Digital Access Springer 2014
- Digitaledited by editor-in-chief, Hillard M. Lazarus ; co-editors, Robert Peter Gale, Armand Keating, Andrea Bacigalupo, Reinhold Munker, Kerry Atkinson ; deputy editor, Syed Ali Abutalib.Summary: This authoritative new book provides a comprehensive overview of diagnostic and therapeutic strategies in hematopoietic cell transplantation, explaining key concepts, successes, controversies and challenges. The authors and editors discuss current and future strategies for major challenges, such as graft-versus-host-disease, including new prophylaxis and treatments. They also discuss long-term complications, such as second malignancies and cardiovascular complications. Chapters are written by leading world experts, carefully edited to achieve a uniform and accessible writing style. Each chapter includes evidence-based explanations and state-of-the-art solutions, providing the reader with practice-changing advice. Full reference lists are also supplied to facilitate further exploration of each topic. Each copy of the printed book is packaged with a password, giving readers online access to all text and images. This inspiring resource demystifies both the basics and subtleties of hematopoietic cell transplantation, and is essential reading for both senior clinicians and trainees.Digital Access Cambridge 2017
- Digitaledited by Kevin D. Bunting and Cheng-Kui Qu, Department of Pediatrics, Aflac Cancer and Blood Disorders Center, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA, USA.Digital Access Springer 2014
- Digitaledited by Kim Schmit-Pokorny, Seth Eisenberg.Summary: "Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT) has evolved from primary use in hematologic malignancies and nonmalignant disease and solid tumors into a treatment option for many other diseases, and indications for HSCT continue to expand. The new edition of this manual provides comprehensive information on the ever-evolving specialty of HSCT, providing nurses and other practitioners with in-depth information on the entire HSCT process, from stem cell mobilization, collection, and infusion to potential complications and long-term effects. It also includes chapters on current research, emerging therapies, ethics, HSCT program development, and professional practice issues"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
OVERVIEW OF HEMATOPOIESIS AND IMMUNOLOGY
BASIC CONCEPTS OF TRANSPLANTATION
CURRENT RESEARCH
CONSIDERATIONS IN PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND SITES OF CARE
STEM CELL COLLECTION
TRANSPLANT TREATMENT COURSE AND ACUTE COMPLICATIONS
ACUTE AND CHRONIC GRAFT-VERSUS-HOST DISEASE
HEMATOLOGIC EFFECTS
GASTROINTESTINAL COMPLICATIONS
HEPATORENAL AND BLADDER COMPLICATIONS
CARDIOPULMONARY COMPLICATIONS
NEUROLOGIC COMPLICATIONS
RELAPSE AND SUBSEQUENT MALIGNANCIES
LATE EFFECTS AND SURVIVORSHIP CARE
ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS
EMERGING CELLULAR THERAPIES : CHIMERIC ANTIGEN RECEPTOR T CELLS
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE.Digital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalMenso J. Nubé, Muriel P.C. Grooteman, Peter J. Blankestijn, editors.Digital Access Springer 2016
- DigitalMichael R. Pinsky, Jean-Louis Teboul, Jean-Louis Vincent, editors.Summary: This book, part of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine textbook series, teaches readers how to use hemodynamic monitoring, an essential skill for today's intensivists. It offers a valuable guide for beginners, as well as for experienced intensivists who want to hone their skills, helping both groups detect an inadequacy of perfusion and make the right choices to achieve the main goal of hemodynamic monitoring in the critically ill, i.e., to correctly assess the cardiovascular system and its response to tissue oxygen demands. The book is divided into distinguished sections: from physiology to pathophysiology; clinical assessment and measurements; and clinical practice achievements including techniques, the basic goals in clinical practice as well as the more appropriate hemodynamic therapy to be applied in different conditions. All chapters use a learning-oriented style, with practical examples, key points and take home messages, helping readers quickly absorb the content and, at the same time, apply what they have learned in the clinical setting. The European Society of Intensive Care Medicine has developed the Lessons from the ICU series with the vision of providing focused and state-of-the-art overviews of central topics in Intensive Care and optimal resources for clinicians working in Intensive Care.
Contents:
Introduction (Jukka Takala)
Part I. Physiology and Pathophysiology
Chapter 1. Shock: definition and recognition (Massimo Antonelli)
Chapter 2. Assessing the adequacy of cardiac output (Jean-Louis Vincent)
Chapter 3. The determinants of Venous Return (Maurizio Cecconi)
Chapter 4. Arterial blood Pressure Regulation (Michel Pinsky)
Chapter 5. Pulmonary Circulation (Marco Maggiorini)
Chapter 6. Heart Rate (Paul Marik)
Chapter 7. Autonomic Dysfunction in Shock (Gareth Ackland)
Chapter 8. Oxygen Delivery (Luciano Gattinoni)
Chapter 9. Mitochondrial Function (Mervyn Singer)
Chapter 10. Perioperative Hemodynamics (Andrew Rhodes)
Chapter 11. Haemodynamics and Extracorporeal Circulation (Alain Combes)
Part II. Clinical Assessment and Measurements
Chapter 12. Clinical Assessment of Hemodynamic Instability (Jan Bakker)
Chapter 13. Assessment of the microcirculation (Daniel De Backer)
Chapter 14. SvO2/ScVO2 (Zsolt Molnar)
^Chapter 15. pcO2 gap (Ospina-Tascon)
Chapter 16. Lactate (Glenn Hernandez)
Part III. The Techniques
Chapter 17. Cardiac Ultrasound Examination in Shock (Antoine Viellard Baron)
Chapter 18. Non Cardiac Ultrasound Signs in Shock (Paul Mayo)
Chapter 19. Central Venous Pressure (Sheldon Magder)
Chapter 20. Arterial Blood Pressure (Jean-Louis Teboul)
Chapter 21. Cardiac Output Monitors (Daniel Reuter)
Chapter 22. Volumetric Monitoring (Manu Malbrain)
Chapter 23. Assessment of Fluid Responsiveness (Xavier Monnet)
Chapter 24. Pulmonary Arterial Catheter (Didier Payen)
Chapter 25. Arterial Pressure Waveform Analysis Cardiac Output Monitoring (Ignacio Monge Garcia)
Chapter 26. Oesophageal Doppler (Monty Mythen)
Chapter 27. Bioimpedence / Bioreactance (Pierre Squara)
Chapter 28. Other Techniques (Jacques Duranteau)
Part IV. Basic Goals in Clinical Practice.-Chapter 29. Blood Pressure Targets in the initial stabilization (Pierre Asfar)
^Chapter 30. Choosing the right vasopressor (Anthony Gordon)
Chapter 31. Fluid Resuscitation (Anders Perner)
Part V. Choosing the Right Hemodynamic Therapy
Chapter 32. In Acute Heart Failure (Alexandre Mebazaa)
Chapter 33. In Septic Shock(Claude Martin)
Chapter 34. In ARDS (Luciano Gattinoni)
Chapter 35. In Neurological Emergencies (Fabio Taccone)
Chapter 36. For Perioperative Optimisation (Rupert Pearse)
Chapter 37. In a Patient under ECMO (Richard Beale). . - PrintMary E. Lough.Summary: "This comprehensive, evidence-based guide to hemodynamic monitoring procedures and patient care describes invasive, minimally invasive, and noninvasive techniques for monitoring blood pressure and oxygen levels within the circulatory system. Detailed comprehensive coverage is designed to fit the needs of today's critical care nurses and respiratory therapists."--Page [4] of cover.
Contents:
Part 1. Fundamentals of hemodynamic monitoring
1. Physiologic principles of hemodynamic monitoring
2. Physical assessment and hemodynamic monitoring
3. Arterial pressure monitoring
4. Central venous pressure monitoring
5. Pulmonary artery pressuer and thermodiluation cardiac output monitoring
6. Oxygenation and acid-base balance monitoring
7. Venous oxygen saturation monitoring
8. Capnography monitoring
9. Vasoactive medications
Part 2. Noninvasive and minimally invasive hemodynamic monitoring
10. Doppler hemodynamic monitoring
11. Ultrasonography-based hemodynamic monitoring
12. Arterial waveform and pressure based hemodynamic monitoring
13. Implantable hemodynamic monitoring
Part 3. Clinical applications of hemodynamic monitoring
14. Hemodynamics of mechanical ventilation and acute respiratory distress syndrome
15. Hemodynamics of mechanical circulatory support
16. Hemodynamic management following cardiac surgery
17. Hemodynamic management of heart failure and cardiogenic shock
18. Hemodynamics of acute right heart failure and pulmonary hypertension
19. Hemodynamic management in hypovolemia and trauma
20. Hemodynamics of sepsis
21. Hemodynamic and intracranial dynamic monitoring in neurocritical care
22. Goal-directed hemodynamics
Appendix
Index
Case studies and case examples. - DigitalRaphael Giraud, Karim Bendjelid.Contents:
Blood pressure
Monitoring of cardiac output and its derivatives
Hemodynamic monitoring techniques
Monitoring the adequacy of oxygen supply and demand
Echocardiography
Preload dependency dynamic indices
Perspectives. . - DigitalRose Knapp, DNP, RN, APRN-BC, Assistant Graduate Faculty, APN Program Coordinator, Monmouth University, Marjorie K. Unterberg School of Nursing and Health Studies, West Long Branch, NJ.Contents:
Cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiology / Maria Elsa Rodriguez
Understanding a pressure monitoring system / Natalie Burkhalter
Vascular access / Susan Barnason
Arterial pressure monitoring / PatricIa Walters
Central venous pressure monitoring / Kathleen M. Hill
Pulmonary artery pressure monitoring / Margaret Mcatee
Cardiac output monitoring / Julene B. (Julie) Kruithof
Tissue oxygenation monitoring / Michelle D. Staggs
Minimally invasive hemodynamic monitoring / Loisann Stapleton
Circulatory assist devices / Nancy M. Richards.Digital Access Ovid 2016 - Digitalclinical editor, Rose Knapp.Summary: Build a solid knowledge base in hemodynamic nursing skills, with the newly updated "Hemodynamic Monitoring Made Incredibly Visual!, 4th Edition". Full of colorful images that illustrate monitoring concepts and processes, this concise, enjoyable guide sorts through the complexities of hemodynamics and clarifies them in easy-to-follow ways. Grasp the structures and functions of pulmonary and cardiac systems and the vital skills of hemodynamics, with this vital reference -- a must-have for all nursing students, new nurses, and nurses returning to critical care. -- From product description.
Contents:
Cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiology / Erica Sciarra
Understanding a pressure monitoring system / Natalie Burkhalter
Vascular access / Susan Barnason
Arterial pressure monitoring / Patricia Walters
Central venous pressure monitoring / Kathleen M. Hill
Pulmonary artery pressure monitoring / Margaret McAtee
Cardiac output monitoring / Julene B. (Julie) Kruithof
Tissue oxygenation monitoring / Michelle D. Staggs
Minimally invasive hemodynamic monitoring / Loisann Stapleton
Circulatory assist devices / Anna Remy.Digital Access Ovid 2020 - Digitaledited by Morton J. Kern, Michael J. Lim, James A. Goldstein.Summary: "The essential resource on cardiac hemodynamics--now in a new edition Hemodynamic Rounds, Fourth Edition is intended to help cardiologists, cardiovascular fellowship trainees, residents and other members of the medical community enhance their understanding of cardiac physiology and its associated hemodynamic presentations in health and disease. This includes the basic principles of flow and pressure measurements, systemic as well as coronary hemodynamics in normal and diseased states, and changes in hemodynamics following interventional procedures ranging from TAVI and valvuloplasty to stent placement. Like its popular predecessors, this new edition draws on case studies to illustrate characteristic cardiac hemodynamic findings and discusses the essential methods used in interpreting pressure waveforms as a diagnostic and monitoring tool. The text is organized into chapters on specific areas of the heart, common cardiac pathophysiologic conditions, and hemodynamic situations resulting from different therapeutic procedures. It includes discussions of both normal and abnormal pressure waveforms. This new edition has been revised throughout to include brand new content on aortic and mitral valve stenosis and regurgitation as well as TAVI and mitral clip hemodynamics. Highlights include: Essential and easy to understand resource for those required to interpret cardiac blood flow and blood pressure tracings Covers hemodynamic assessment by cardiac disorder, plus the bedside applications of hemodynamics Revised throughout and includes brand new content on valve stenosis and regurgitation and TAVI and mitral clip hemodynamics Hemodynamic Rounds: Interpretation of Cardiac Pathophysiology from Pressure Waveform Analysis, Fourth Edition is an indispensable tool for all physicians, nurses, and students responsible for measuring and interpreting cardiac waveforms in cardiac diagnosis and monitoring"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2018
- DigitalGila Perk.Summary: The book provides a practically focused review of the latest techniques used for hemodynamic assessment in the echocardiography laboratory. It features a methodical case-based approach covering how to measure hemodynamic parameters successfully, including stroke volume, valve area and regurgitation severity, in a range of scenarios of varying complexity. Step-by-step guidance on how to apply the techniques described are provided. Each chapter also contains didactic features to assist the reader in assimilating the key points in every case, assisting them to develop their knowledge of how to treat patients with both routine and complex hemodynamic issues in the echocardiography laboratory. Hemodynamics in the Echocardiography Laboratory therefore represents a concise resource on how to carry out hemodynamic assessments and is a valuable resource for trainees and fellows in cardiology and echocardiography seeking a concise review of the topic.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: General Principles
1.1 Doppler Principle
1.2 Bernoulli Principle
1.2.1 Bernoulli Equation (Fig. 1.2)
1.3 Wiggers Diagram
1.4 Summary and Final Points
2: Math in the Echo Lab
2.1 Volume Calculations
2.1.1 VTI-Based Technique
2.1.2 Border Tracing-Based Technique
2.2 Resistance Calculations
2.3 Continuity Principle
2.4 PISA (Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area) Calculation
2.5 Volumetirc Calculations
2.6 Summary and Final Points
3: Pulmonary Pressure: Beginner
3.1 Pulmonary Artery Systolic Pressure 3.2 Analyzing TR Spectral Doppler Envelope
3.3 Measuring Peak TR Velocity
3.4 Assessing Right Atrial Pressure
3.5 Interpreting the Data
3.6 Summary and Final Points
4: Pulmonary Pressure: Advanced
4.1 Pulmonary Artery Diastolic Pressure
4.2 Mean Pulmonary Artery Pressure
4.2.1 Calculating Mean PAP Based on Sys/Dias PAP
4.2.2 PI Early Diastolic Velocity
4.2.3 TR VTI
4.2.4 PA Acceleration Time
4.3 Pulmonary Vascular Resistance
4.3.1 Comparing TR [delta]P and RVOT Flow
4.3.2 Calculating Pressure Drop and Flow across Pulmonary Circulation 4.4 Summary and Final Points
5: How Severe Is This MR
5.1 General Principles
5.2 Anatomic/Color Assessment for EROA
5.2.1 3D-Based Direct Measurement of EROA
5.2.2 Vena Contracta Measurement
5.3 PISA Method
5.3.1 Pointers and Potential Pitfalls for the PISA Method
5.4 Color Doppler Assessment
5.5 Volumetric Calculations
5.6 Summary and Final Points
6: What Is Wrong with This MR: Part I
6.1 Case Presentation
6.2 Approach to an Unusual MR Tracing
6.3 Summary and Final Points
7: What's Wrong with This MR: Part II
7.1 Case Presentation 7.2 Approach to an Unusual MR Tracing
7.2.1 Low Peak Velocity
7.2.2 Abnormal MR Envelope Shape
7.3 Summary and Final Points
8: Why Is This Happening Now
8.1 First-Degree Heart Block
8.1.1 Approach to Abnormal MR Timing
8.2 High Degree Heart Block
8.2.1 Approach to Abnormal MR Timing
8.3 The Missing Atrial Contraction
8.3.1 Approach to Abnormal MR Timing
8.4 Summary and Final Points
9: Extreme Pulsus Alternans
9.1 Case Presentation
9.2 Summary and Final Points
10: Is This AI an Emergency
10.1 AI Quantification
10.2 AI Hemodynamics 10.3 Summary and Final Points
11: There's a Hole in the Heart: Part I
11.1 Approach to ASD Evaluation
11.2 Case Presentation
11.2.1 Anatomic Type of ASD
11.2.2 Shunt Direction
11.2.3 Magnitude of the Interatrial Shunt
11.2.4 Effect of the Shunt on Chamber Size and Function
11.2.5 Presence of Pulmonary Hypertension
11.2.6 Estimation of Pulmonary Vascular Resistance
11.3 Case Presentation
11.3.1 Shunt Direction
11.3.2 Magnitude of the Interatrial Shunt
11.3.3 Effect of the Shunt on Chamber Size and Function - Digitaledited by Thomas Ming Swi Chang, McGill University, Canada, Yoshihiro Endo, Shiga University of Medical Science, Japan, Volodymyr G. Nikolaev, Ukrainian Academy of Sciences, Ukraine, Tohru Tani, Shiga University of Medical Science, Japan, Yaoting Yu, Nankai University, China, Wen-Hui Zheng.Digital Access World Scientific 2017
- DigitalDavid Green.Summary: Hemophilia and Von Willebrand Disease: Factor VIII and Von Willebrand Factor serves as a must-have reference on the important role these essential blood-clotting proteins play in research and clinical medicine. Clinicians and researchers face the daily challenge of staying current on the vast amounts of research that is now generated. The reference to Janus in the title refers to the two roles of the Factor VIII/Von Willebrand Factor Complex: initiation of coagulation and propagation of clot formation. The complex prevents bleeding in hemophilia and Von Willebrand disease but also augments arterial and venous thrombosis. Presents one source of information on Hemophilia and Von Willebrand Disease, as well as Factor VIII and Von Willebrand Factor, eliminating the search through hundreds of journal articles.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- Digitaleditors, Bernard R. Bendok, MD William J. and Charles H. Mayo Professor and Chair of Neurological Surgery Mayo Clinic Phoenix, Arizona, USA H. Hunt Batjer, MD Professor Emeritus and Past Chair Department of Neurological Surgery University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center Dallas, Texas, USA Associate Editors Brian W. Chong Bart M. Demaerschalk Chandan Krishna Devi P. Patra Rudy J. Rahme Ayan Sen Evelyn L. Turcotte Andrej Urumov Mathew E. Welz.Summary: "In the last decade, advances in interventional, microsurgcial, radiosurgical techniques, medical approaches and imaging technology have dramatically changed the management of ischemic stroke. Perhaps the most important advance has been the increasing collaboration between multispecialty clinicians to deliver team-based stroke care. Hemorrhagic and Ischemic Stroke: Medical, Imaging, Surgical, and Interventional Approaches, Second Edition by renowned neurosurgeons Bernard R. Bendok and H. Hunt Batjer and acclaimed contributors provides a user-friendly, single resource for managing ischemic and hemorrhagic stroke. The second edition has been updated to reflect progress, most notably acute evaluation and triage, advanced imaging, critical care and medical support, and endovascular and surgical interventions. In addition to scientifically supported content, readers will benefit from pragmatic, real-world applications and concise, practical reviews. Organized into four sections and 41 chapters, the text starts with the section Acute Triage, which includes early diagnosis and medical decision-making, advances in medical imaging, innovations in prehospital management of stroke, and the promise of telestroke networks. The second section, Critical Care, covers the importance of astute clinical examination, stabilization, and advanced neuromonitoring techniques. The third section, Open Surgical, Minimally Invasive, and Microsurgical Approaches, reviews recent surgical innovations that have the potential to be lifesaving and enhance quality of life in select patients. The fourth and final section, Neurointerventional Approaches, explores recent innovations in image-guided catheter techniques to deliver new therapies for stroke treatment and prevention"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Clinical presentation and acute triage of ischemic stroke, intracranial hemorrhage, and subarachnoid hemorrhage / Devi P. Patra, Onur Açiş, Miles Hudson, Benzion Blech, Gyanendra Kumar, Vanesa K. Vanderhye, Lynda M. Christel, and Bernard R. BendokDigital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery [2024], c2025 - DigitalEdoardo Boccardi, Marco Cenzato, Francesco Curto, Marco Longoni, Cristina Motto, Valentina Oppo, Valentina Perini, Simone Vidale.Summary: This book provides detailed practical guidance on the management of hemorrhagic stroke in the clinical settings encountered in daily practice. Real-life cases are used to depict a wide range of clinical scenarios and to highlight significant aspects of management of hemorrhagic stroke. In addition, diagnostic and therapeutic protocols are presented and helpful decision-making algorithms are provided that are specific to the different professionals involved in delivery of stroke care and to differing types of hospital facility. The coverage is completed by the inclusion of up-to-date scientific background information relevant to diagnosis and therapy. Throughout, the approach adopted is both practical and multidisciplinary. The book will be of value for all practitioners involved in the provision of stroke care, and also for medical students.
Contents:
Diagnosis and therapy in the acute phase of hemorrhagic stroke: latest developments
Clinical cases
Clinical organizational pathways for hemorrhagic stroke
Differentiated decisional algorithms.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalHyung Kyu Yang.Summary: This book provides up-to-date knowledge on hemorrhoids for proctologists. It covers all aspects, including the history of hemorrhoids, the anatomy of the anal canal, pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment. Both conservative treatment approaches and surgical methods are explained with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations and schematic drawings. Particular attention is paid to lift-up submucosal hemorrhoidectomy, developed by the author by modifying Parks' original method. Additionally, other important techniques proposed by world leaders in the field are described and illustrated. The international trend towards use of day-case hemorrhoidectomy is acknowledged by considering this approach in detail, with discussion of patient preparation, anesthesia, surgical technique, and postoperative management. The treatment of hemorrhoids in a variety of special circumstances is examined, including new trends in PPH. The closing chapter is devoted to the various forms of anesthesia for anal surgery.
- Digitaledited by Carlo Ratto, Angelo Parello, Francesco Litta.Summary: This book offers a comprehensive guide to hemorrhoidal disease, the most frequent coloproctological affection. In addition to amply illustrated chapters covering the epidemiology and anatomic, physiologic, and pathophysiologic bases of hemorrhoids, readers will find helpful information on the classification of hemorrhoidal disease and modalities to assess it, as well as their significant impact on the choice of treatment. The work presents a complete panel of all therapies usually adopted to treat this condition and their outcomes, which are critically commented on by prominent specialists. Further, management of the disease in special conditions is also discussed. Lastly, a literature review and evaluation of the impact of different treatments on the patient's quality of life round out the volume, which is part of the Reference Work series entitled Coloproctology.
Contents:
Section 1- Basics on hemorrhoids: 1 Epidemiology of hemorrhoidal disease
2 Anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology of hemorrhoids
3 Classification of hemorrhoidal disease and impact on the choice of treatment
4 Haemorrhoids and media: impact on the patients
5 Clinical assessment of hemorrhoidal disease. Section 2- Therapeutic approach to the hemorrhoidal disease: 6 Medical therapy of hemorrhoidal disease
7 Endoscopic treatment of internal hemorrhoids
8 Selection of patients to the surgical treatment of hemorrhoids
9 Critical aspects of modern surgical approach to hemorrhoids
10 Management of hemorrhoidal disease in special conditions
11 The acute management of hemorrhoids. Section 3- Outpatient treatments: 12 Rubber band ligation, Sclerotherapy, Infrared coagulation and others: techniques and results in the surgical treatment of hemorrhoids
13 Why and when I do prefer outpatient treatments in the surgical treatment of hemorrhoids
14 Technical tips and tricks of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
15 Pros and contras of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
16 Main advantages of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
17 Main disadvantages of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
18 Literature review on outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids. Section 4- Hemorrhoidectomy: 19 Traditional hemorrhoidectomy: techniques and results
20 Modern hemorrhoidectomy: techniques and results
21 Why and when I do prefer the hemorrhoidectomy
22 Technical tips and tricks of hemorrhoidectomy
23 Pros and contras of hemorrhoidectomy
24 Main advantages of hemorrhoidectomy
25 Main disadvantages of hemorrhoidectomy
26 Literature review on hemorrhoidectomy. Section 5- Stapled hemorrhoidopexy: 27 Stapled hemorrhoidopexy: techniques and results
28 Why and when I do prefer the stapled haemorrhoidopexy
29 Technical tips and tricks of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
30 Pros and contras of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
31 Main advantages of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
32 Main disadvantages of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
33 Literature review on stapled haemorrhoidopexy. Section 5- Hemorrhoidal dearterialization and mucopexy: 34 Dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy: techniques and results
35 Hemorrhoidal dearterialization with laser: techniques and results
36 Why and when I do prefer the dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
37 Technical tips and tricks of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
38 Pros and contras of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
39 Main advantages of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
40 Main disadvantages of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
41 Literature review on dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy. Section 6 -Perioperative management and outcome: 42 Intra- and postoperative management in patients submitted to operation for hemorrhoids
43 Postoperative complications following surgical procedures for hemorrhoids and their management
44 Literature data on the hemorrhoidal disease management
45 Patients' quality of life after different treatments for hemorrhoidal disease. . - DigitalThomas G. DeLoughery, editor.Summary: The latest edition of this practical handbook provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of common and rare problems with hemostasis and thrombosis. Through thoroughly updated and revised chapters, the text features practical information on diagnosing and managing troublesome hematologic conditions often found in clinical practice. The handbook also spotlights advances in the field since the publication of the last edition, including multiple novel coagulation factors for hemophilia, the increasing use of novel anticoagulants and their reversal agents, and the increasing use of genetics for diagnosis. Written by experts in the field, Hemostasis and Thrombosis, Fourth Edition is an invaluable resource for healthcare professionals who treat patients afflicted with these conditions. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Basics of Coagulation
Tests of Hemostasis and Thrombosis
Bleeding Disorders: A General Approach
Hemophilia
von Willebrand Disease
Other Inherited Bleeding Disorders
Acquired Bleeding Disorders
Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
Liver and Renal Disease
Cardiac Bypass and Ventricular Assist Devices/ECMO
Immune Thrombocytopenia
Thrombotic Microangiopathy (TTP/HUS)
Non-Blood Product Agents for Bleeding Disorders
Transfusion Therapy and Massive Transfusions
Deep Venous Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism
Thrombosis in Unusual Sites
Inherited Thrombophilias
Aquired Thrombophilias
Antiphospholipid Antibody Syndrome
Antithrombotic Therapy for Cardiac Disease
Stroke and Peripheral Vascular Disease
Heparins and Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia
Other Parenteral Anticoagulants
Direct Oral Anticoagulants
Warfarin
Antiplatelet Agents
Thrombolytic Therapy
Clinical Dilemmas In Anticoagulation: Extremes Of Weight, Renal Disease, Recent Bleeding, And Surgery
Bleeding and Thrombosis in Cancer Patients
Hemostasis and Thrombosis in Pregnancy
Hemorrhage and Thrombosis in Women
Pediatric Thrombosis.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Hussain I. Saba, Harold R. Roberts.Contents:
Theories of blood coagulation : basic concepts and recent updates / Dougald M. Monroe, Maureane Hoffman
Vascular endothelium, influence on hemostasis : past and present / Hussain I. Saba, Sabiha R. Saba
Coagulation testing : basic and advanced clinical laboratory tests for the diagnosis of common hemostatic and thrombotic disorders / Nils Egberg and Margareta Blombäck
Hemophilia A (factor VIII deficiency) : clinical bleeding and management / Pier Mannuccio Mannucci and Massimo Franchini
Hemophilia B (factor IX deficiency) : clinical manifestations and management / R. S. Kasthuri, H. R. Roberts, P. E. Monahan
Factor XI deficiency (hemophilia C) / Charles E. Bane, Anne T. Neff, and David Gailani
Factor VIII and IX inhibitors in hemophilia / Meera Chitlur and Jeanne Lusher
Treatment options for acquired hemophilia / Anjali Sharathkumar and David Green
Factor XII deficiency (Hageman factor deficiency) / Evi Stavrou and Alvin H. Schmaier
Inherited combined factor deficiency states / Asma Latif and Louis Aledort
Acute and chronic ITP : biology, diagnosis, and management / Samir Dalia and Benjamin Djulbegovic
Disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC) : diagnosis and management / Stephanie J. Davis, Craig M. Kessler
Mechanisms of fibrinolysis and basic principles of management / John W. Weisel and I. Litvinov
Post thrombotic syndrome / Jean-Philippe Galanaud, Susan R. Kahn
Von Willebrand disease : clinical aspects and practical management / Francesco Rodeghiero, Alberto Tosetto, Giancarlo Castaman
Platelets in hemostasis : inherited and acquired qualitative disorders / Noman Ashraf and Hussain I. Saba
Contributions of platelet polyphosphate to hemostasis and thrombosis / James H. Morrissey
Thrombotic microangiopathy : thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura and hemolytic uremic syndrome : biology, diagnosis, and management / Samir Dalia
Hemostasis and aging / Lodovico Balducci
Hemostatic problems in chronic and acute liver disease / Ton Lisman and Robert J. Porte
Cancer and thrombosis / Erica Peterson and Agnes Lee
An update on low-molecular-weight heparins / Jawed Fareed, Debra Hoppensteadt, Walter P. Jeske.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalRichard P. Szumita, Paul M. Szumita, editors.Summary: "This book offers a thorough, clinically oriented review of hemostasis and its impact on the practice of dentistry. Readers will gain a sound understanding of the pathophysiology of hemostasis and the pharmacology of antithrombotic and prothrombotic medications. Perioperative dental management strategies of value in patients with different congenital and acquired disorders of hemostasis are carefully explained, and the role of surgical techniques and local and topical agents in helping to minimize and control bleeding is described. Helpful instruction is also provided on the indications for antithrombotic medications and the management of patients receiving such therapy, including the risks of altering medications. As the number of available oral antithrombotic agents continues to increase, dentists will encounter significantly more patients receiving treatments that affect hemostasis. In presenting comprehensive, up-to-date information on hemostasis, hemostatic disorders, antithrombotic therapy, and safe dental management, this book will serve as a rich source of information and a useful guide for practitioners and students alike."-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalTodd Pawlicki, Daniel J. Scanderbeg, George Starkschall.Contents:
Atomic structure and radioactive decay
Interactions of X rays and gamma rays
Interactions of particulate radiation with matter
Machines for producting radiation
Measurement of ionizing radiation
Calibration of megavoltage beams of X rays and electrons
Central-axis point dose calculations
External beam dose calculations
External beam treatment planning and delivery
The basics of medical imaging
Diagnostic imaging and applications to radiation therapy
Tumor targeting: image-guided and adaptive radiation therapy
Computer systems
Radiation oncology informatics
Physics of proton radiation therapy
Sources for implant therapy and dose calculation
Brachytherapy treatment planning
Radiation protection
Quality assurance
Patient safety and quality improvement.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - Digitaledited by Edgar V. Lerma, MD, FACP, FASN, FNKF, Clinical Professor of Medicine, Section of Nephrology, University of Illinois at Chicago/Advocate Christ Medical Center, Oak Lawn, Illinois, Associates in Nephrology, Chicago, Illinois, Matthew R. Weir, MD, Professor and Director, Division of Nephrology, Department of Medicine, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland.Contents:
Sect. I: Technical and procedural considerations in hemodialysis
Sect. II: Technical and procedural considerations in peritoneal dialysis
Sect. III: Clinical considerations in the evaluation of dialysis patients
Sect. IV: Drugs and intoxications
Sect. V: Dialysis in the pediatric population
Sect. VI: Dialysis in specific circumstances
Sect. VII: Business of dialysis.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - PrintAccess via Bulletin of the history of medicine 1939-
- Digital[edited by] Richard A. McPherson, Matthew R. Pincus.Summary: "This twenty-fourth edition marks more than 100 years since A Manual of Clinical Diagnosis, authored by James Campbell Todd, was introduced in 1908. In its current format as Henry's Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods, this textbook remains the authoritative source of information for residents, students, and other trainees in the disciplines of clinical pathology and laboratory medicine, and for physicians and laboratory practitioners. The current edition continues the tradition of partnership between laboratory examinations and the formulation and confirmation of clinical diagnoses followed by monitoring of body functions, therapeutic drug levels, other results of medical treatments, and risk assessment for disease"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Part 1: The clinical laboratory. General concepts and administrative issues
Optimizing laboratory workflow and performance
Preanalysis
Analysis: principles of instrumentation
Mass spectrometry and applications
Analysis: clinical laboratory automation
Point-of-care testing and physician office laboratories
Postanalysis: medical decision making
Interpreting laboratory results
Laboratory statistics
Quality control
Clinical laboratory informatics
Financial management
Ethics in laboratory medicine
Part 2: Clinical chemistry. Evaluation of renal function, water , electrolytes and acid-base function
Biochemical markers of bone metabolism
Carbohydrates
Lipids and dyslipoproteinemia
Cardiac injury, atherosclerosis, and thrombotic disease
Specific proteins
Clinical enzymology
Evaluation of liver function
Laboratory diagnosis of gastrointestinal and pancreatic disorders
Toxicology and therapeutic drug monitoring
Evaluation of endocrine function
Reproductive function and pregnancy
Vitamins and trace elements
Chemical basis for analyte assays and common interferences
Part 3: Urine and other body fluids. Basic examination of urine
Cerebrospinal, synovial, serous body fluids, and alternative specimens
Part 4: Hematology and transfusion medicine. Basic examination of blood and bone marrow
Hematopoiesis
Erythrocytic disorders
Leukocytic disorders
The flow cytometric evaluation for hematopoietic neoplasia
Immunohematology
Transfusion medicine
Hemapheresis
Tissue banking and progenitor cells
Part 5: Hemostasis and thrombosis. Coagulation and fibrinolysis
Platelet disorders and von willebrand disease
Laboratory approach to thrombotic risk
Antithrombotic therapy
Part 6: Immunology and immunopathology. Overview of the immune system and immunologic disorders
Immunoassays and immunochemistry
Laboratory evaluation of the cellular immune system
Laboratory evaluation of immunoglobulin function and humoral immunity
Mediators of inflammation: complement
Mediators of inflammation: cytokines and adhesion molecules
Human leukocyte antigen: the major histocompatibility complex of man
The major histocompatibility complex and disease
Immunodeficiency disorders
Clinical and laboratory evaluation of systemic autoimmune rheumatic diseases
Vasculitis
Organ-specific autoimmune diseases
Allergic diseases
Part 7: Medical microbiology. Medical bacteriology
In vitro testing of antimicrobial agents
Mycobacteria
Mycotic diseases
Spirochete infections
Chlamydial and mycoplasmal infections
Rickettsiae and other related intracellular bacteria
Viral infections
Medical parasitology
Specimen collection and handling for diagnosis of infectious diseases
Part 8: Molecular pathology. Introduction to molecular pathology
Molecular diagnostics: basic principles and techniques
Polymerase chain reaction and other nucleic acid amplification technology
Hybridization array technologies
Applications of cytogenetics in modern pathology
Molecular diagnosis of genetic diseases
Molecular genetics of neuro-psychiatric disorders: current research and perspectives
Identity testing: use of DNA analysis in parentage, forensic, and missing persons testing
Pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine
Part 9: Clinical pathology of cancer. Diagnosis and management of cancer using serologic and other body fluid markers
Oncoproteins and early tumor detection
Molecular diagnosis of hematopoietic neoplasms
Molecular genetic pathology of solid tumors
High-throughput genomic and proteomic technologies in the post-genomic era
Appendices. Physiologic solutions, buffers, acid-base indicators, standard reference materials, and temperature conversions
Desirable weights, body surface area, and body mass index
Approximations of total blood volume
Periodic table of elements
Si units
Common chimeric genes identified in human malignancies
Disease/organ panels.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - Digitaleditors, Glenn P. Gravlee, MD (Professor and Vice Chair for Faculty Affairs, Department of Anesthesiology, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Aurora, Colorado), Andrew D. Shaw, MB, FRCA (Professor and Chair, Department of Anesthesiology and Pain Medicine, Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada), Karsten Bartels, MD, MS (Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology, Medicine and Surgery, Department of Anesthesiology, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Aurora, Colorado).Summary: "The title of the sixth edition has changed to "Hensley's Practical Approach to Cardiothoracic Anesthesia" to honor Rick Hensley (see Dedication) and to acknowledge the incorporation of noncardiac thoracic anesthesia topics, which was actually done in previous editions without titular recognition. This edition also adds 19 links to video clips spread across Chapters 11, 12, and 19. In addition to the Key Points at the beginning of each chapter, all chapters now include several Clinical Pearls, which are short, key clinical concepts located in the text section where their subject matter is presented. Highlighting of key references constitutes another new feature"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalIsrael Vlodavsky, Ralph D. Sanderson, Neta Ilan, editors.Summary: Proteases and their involvement in cancer progression have been well addressed and documented; however, the emerging premise presented within this book is that Heparanase is a master regulator of aggressive cancer phenotypes and crosstalk with the tumor microenvironment. This endoglycosidase contributes to tumor-mediated remodeling of the extracellular matrix and cell surfaces, augmenting the bioavailability of pro-tumorigenic and pro-inflammatory growth factors and cytokines that are bound to Heparan sulfate. Compelling evidence ties Heparanase with all steps of tumor progression including tumor initiation, growth, angiogenesis, metastasis, and chemoresistance, supporting the notion that Heparanase is an important contributor to the poor outcome of cancer patients and a validated target for therapy. Unlike Heparanase, heparanase-2, a close homolog of Heparanase, lacks enzymatic activity, inhibits Heparanase, and regulates selected genes that promote normal differentiation and tumor suppression. Written by internationally recognized leaders in Heparanase biology, this volume presents a comprehensive understanding of Heparanase's multifaceted activities in cancer, inflammation, diabetes and other diseases, as well as its related clinical applications to scientists, clinicians and advanced students in cell biology, tumor biology and oncology.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Contributors
About the Editors
Part I: Historical and General Background
Chapter 1: Forty Years of Basic and Translational Heparanase Research
1.1 Historical Introduction
1.1.1 Key Observations Made Prior to Cloning of the HPSE Gene (Chronological Order)
1.2 Heparanase Gene Cloning
1.3 Studies Performed Following Cloning of the HPSE Gene
1.3.1 Introductory Notes
1.3.2 Key Observations Made After Cloning of the HPSE Gene
Structural Aspects
Gene Regulation
Angiogenesis & Metastasis
Animal Models Heparanase Uptake and Cellular Traffic
Nuclear Heparanase and Its Transcriptional Activity
Heparanase Non-Enzymatic and Signaling Function
Heparanase Inhibitors
Various Tumors
Multiple Myeloma
Tumor Microenvironment
Inflammation and Cells of the Immune System
Vaccination
Diabetes, Diabetic Complications and Other Disorders
Aterosclerosis & Thrombosis
Viral Infection
1.4 Concluding Remarks and Perspectives
References
Chapter 2: Heparanase - Discovery and Targets
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Heparanase, Early Findings 2.3 Stereochemistry of Heparanase Target
2.4 How Many Heparanases?
2.5 Heparanase and Polysaccharide Metabolism
2.6 Heparanase and the GAGosome
References
Chapter 3: Heparanase: Historical Aspects and Future Perspectives
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Historical Overview and General Properties of Heparanase
3.3 Overview of Substrate Specificity of Heparanase
3.4 Functions Dependent on Heparanase Enzymatic Activity
3.4.1 HS Turnover
3.4.2 Involvement in Cell Invasion
3.4.3 Involvement in Release of ECM Bound Proteins 3.4.4 Involvement in Depletion of Intracellular Anti-Oxidant Stores of HS
3.4.5 Facilitator of Spread of HS-Binding Viruses
3.4.6 Inhibitors of Heparanase Enzymatic Activity
3.5 Functions Independent of Heparanase Enzymatic Activity
3.5.1 Cell Adhesion Molecule
3.5.2 Promoter of Signal Transduction
3.5.3 Transcription Factor
3.6 Future Perspectives
3.6.1 How Does Heparanase Initiate Signalling Pathways?
3.6.2 Do Nuclear Heparanase and HS Interact?
3.6.3 Relationship Between Heparanase-1 and Heparanase-2
3.6.4 Drug Development: Where to Next? 3.7 Concluding Remarks
References
Chapter 4: Involvement of Syndecan-1 and Heparanase in Cancer and Inflammation
4.1 Introduction
4.1.1 The Syndecan Family of Heparan Sulfate Proteoglycans
4.1.2 Heparanase - A Key Enzyme in ECM Remodeling
4.2 The Heparanase-Syndecan Axis
4.2.1 Heparanase Mediated Sdc1 Shedding
4.2.2 Heparanase and Sdc1 in the Nucleus
4.2.3 Effects on Exosome Formation and Function
4.2.4 Effects on Growth Factor Signaling
4.3 Functional Cooperation of Syndecan-1 and Heparanase in Inflammation
4.3.1 Lessons from Mouse Models Role of Sdc1 and Heparanase in Delayed-Type Hypersensitivity - DigitalRahul Nanchal, Ram Subramanian, editors.Summary: This book focuses on the critical care of the patient with acute, acute on chronic and chronic liver failure as well as the peri-operative care of the patient with liver transplantation. Each of these disease processes is unique in pathophysiological manifestations, underpinnings of physiology and treatment options. Patients with acute, chronic or acute on chronic liver failure are a growing fraction of ICU admissions. Hepatic Critical Care serves as the essential reference for both practicing intensivists at community hospitals and tertiary referral centers. This textbook is also targeted towards trainees specifically interested in taking care of patients with liver disease and liver transplantation.
Contents:
Normal Hepatic Function and Physiology
Circulatory Physiology in Liver Disease
Respiratory Physiology in Liver Disease
Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Physiology in Liver Disease
Renal Physiology in Acute and Chronic Liver Disease
Cerebrovascular Physiology in Liver Disease
Definition, Epidemiology, Natural History and Prognostication of Liver Disease
Brain and the Liver- Cerebral Edema, Hepatic Encephalopathy and Beyond
Cardiovascular Alterations in Acute and Chronic Liver Failure
Gastrointestinal Complications in Liver Disease
Respiratory Complications in Acute and Chronic Liver Disease
Renal Complications in Acute and Chronic Liver Disease
Hematological Complications in Liver Disease
Nutrition in Liver Disease
Infectious Complications in Liver Disease
Pharmacological Considerations in Liver Failure
Non Transplant Surgical Considerations: Hepatic Surgery and Liver Trauma
Anesthetic and Perioperative Considerations in the patient with liver disease (Non Transplant)
Perioperative Considerations during Liver Transplantation
Use of Extra-Corporeal Liver Support Therapies
Assessing Liver Function in the Critically Ill Patient. - DigitalJia-Horng Kao, Ding-Shinn Chen, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of HBV infection and liver disease. It discusses new data on basic and translational medicine, including the viral life cycle, the immunopathogenesis of virus-induced chronic hepatitis, viral and host genetic factors affecting disease progression, and the mechanism of virus-induced hepatocarcinogenesis, as well as their potential applications in daily clinical practice. The clinical aspects of chronic HBV infection are examined in chapters on the global epidemiology, efficacy of HBV vaccination, natural history, co-infections with HCV, HDV or HIV, and management of special populations including children, pregnant women and patients undergoing immunosuppressive therapy. Further, it describes the advances and perspectives in the development of novel antiviral treatments as possible cures for HBV infection. The book is a valuable resource for medical students, physicians, and researchers who are interested in management of patients with chronic HBV infection and investigation HBV infection.
- DigitalJia-Horng Kao, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of HBV infection and liver disease. It discusses new data on basic and translational medicine, including the viral life cycle, the immunopathogenesis of virus-induced chronic hepatitis, viral and host genetic factors affecting disease progression, and the mechanism of virus-induced hepatocarcinogenesis, as well as their potential applications in daily clinical practice. The clinical aspects of chronic HBV infection are examined in chapters on the global epidemiology, efficacy of HBV vaccination, natural history, novel biomarkers, co-infections with HCV, HDV or HIV, and management of special populations including children, pregnant women and patients undergoing immunosuppressive therapy. Further, it describes the advances and perspectives in the development of novel antiviral treatments for possible functional cure of HBV infection. In this second edition, authors provides recent updates in epidemiology, biomarkers, antivirus therapy, and novel therapy for functional cure of chronic hepatitis B virus infection. The book is a valuable resource for medical students, physicians, and researchers who are interested in management of patients with chronic HBV infection and investigation HBV infection.
- DigitalYun-Fan Liaw, Fabien Zoulim.Contents:
HBV Virology and Replication
Experimental Models: Cell Culture and Animal Models
Hepatitis B Virus Genotypes
HBV Immunopathogenesis
Carcinogenesis
Hepatitis B Virus: Persistence and Clearance
HDV Virology and Replication
Translational Medicine in HBV?What Can We Learn from Clinical Samples?
Global Epidemiology of HBV Infection
Clinical Virology: Diagnosis and Virologic Monitoring
Natural History of Hepatitis B Virus Infection
Natural History of HBV Infection in the Community
Occult HBV Infection
The Basis for Antiviral Therapy: Drug Targets, Cross-Resistance and Novel Small Molecule Inhibitors
IFN-Based Therapy and Management of Patients
Nucleoside Analogue-Based Therapy and Management of Patients (Including HIV Co-infections, HBV and Pregnancy)
Organ Transplantation in HBV Infected Patients
Reactivation of Hepatitis B Virus Due to Cancer Chemotherapy and Other Immunosuppressive Drug Therapy
Immunoprophylaxis of Hepatitis B Virus Infection and Its Sequelae
Towards HBV Eradication. - DigitalHong Tang, editor.Summary: This volume provides a state-of-the-art review of the key aspects of HBV. It covers our current understanding of the HBV genome and lifecycle, liver-enriched factors in the regulation of HBV transcription and translation, HBV protein structures and biological functions, and the immunology and pathogenesis of HBV. It also provides an update on cell and animal models, as well as molecular approaches. The respective chapters also cover the clinical management of hepatitis B and discuss future research directions, in particular, the identification of molecular targets for pharmacological intervention. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for students, researchers, clinicians, and health practitioners in the fields of virology, infectious disease, public health etc. Dr Hong Tang is a Professor and Director of the Center of Infectious Diseases, West China Hospital of Sichuan University.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents;
Chapter 1: Hepatitis B Virus Infection: Overview; 1 Discovery of HBV; 2 Epidemiology and Natural History of HBV Infection; 3 Biological Characteristics and Immunopathogenesis of HBV; 3.1 HBV Genome and Life Cycle; 3.2 HBV Transcription and Translation; 3.3 Immunopathogenesis of HBV; 4 Current Antiviral Drugs Against HBV and New Antiviral Drugs Under Development; 4.1 Current Antiviral Drugs Against HBV; 4.2 Optimization Treatment Strategies Based on Current Antiviral Drugs; 4.3 Advances in the Development of New Anti-HBV Drugs 4.3.1 Direct Antiviral Drugs Against the Life Cycle of HBV4.3.2 Indirect Antiviral Drugs that Modulate Host Immune Response to Control CHB; References;
Chapter 2: HBV Genome and Life Cycle; 1 Introduction; 2 HBV Genome; 3 Viral Entry; 4 The Conversion of rcDNA to cccDNA; 5 The Expressions of Viral RNAs and Proteins; 6 Viral Capsid Assembly, Reverse Transcription, and rcDNA Formation; 7 Viral Budding; 8 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 3: The Regulation of HBV Transcription and Replication; 1 Introduction; 2 Transcription of the HBV Genome 3 Cis-Acting Transcriptional Regulatory Sequence Elements and Trans-Acting DNA-Binding Proteins4 Role of Liver-Enriched Transcription Factors in HBV Transcription, Replication, and Tissue Tropism; 5 Redundant Functions for Nuclear Receptors in HBV Biosynthesis; 6 Regulation of HBV Biosynthesis by Transcriptional Coactivators and Corepressors; 7 Transcriptional Regulation of HBV Replication In Vivo; 8 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 4: Immunopathogenesis of HBV Infection; 1 Introduction; 2 Viral Factors Leading to HBV Persistence; 2.1 HBV Genetic Variants 2.2 Impact of Viral Load on HBV Persistence3 Host Genetics; 4 Innate Immune Responses; 4.1 HBV Recognition by Innate Sensors; 4.2 HBV-Driven Inhibition of Innate-Signaling Pathways; 4.3 NK Cells; 4.4 Liver Macrophages; 4.5 MDSC; 4.6 NKT; 4.7 MAIT; 5 Adaptive Immune Responses; 5.1 Antigen-Presenting Cells; 5.2 CD4+ T Cells; 5.3 CD8+ T Cells; 5.4 B Cells; 6 Liver Injury in HBV Infection; 6.1 HBV-Induced ER and Mitochondrial Dysfunctions; 6.2 HBV Surface Antigen Mutations in Fulminant Hepatitis B and Occult HBV Infection 6.3 HBV RNAs Deregulate miRNA Functions Leading to Pathological Consequences6.4 HBV X Protein Interferes with the Apoptosis Signaling to Promote Viral Proliferation and HCC Progression; 7 Immune-Tolerant Phase of HBV Infection; 8 Age-Dependent Immune Response to HBV Infection; 9 Maternal Effect on HBV Persistence: Induction of Trained Immunity in Human Neonates of HBV+ Mothers; 10 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 5: Cell Culture Models and Animal Models for HBV Study; 1 Introduction; 2 HBV Cell Culture Models; 2.1 HBV DNA Integrated Stable Cell Models; 2.2 HBV Infection Cell Models 2.3 HBV Recombinant cccDNA Transfection Cell ModelsDigital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Sanaa M. Kamal.Contents:
Hepatitis C virus / Ahmed Abdel Aziz
Epidemiology and modes of transmission of HCV in developing countries / Sanaa M. Kamal and Dahlia Ghoraba
Public health and economic burden of Hepatitis C infection in developing countries / Tamer A. Hafez
Social, cultural, and political factors influencing HCV in developing countries / Sara A. Abdelhakam and Mohamad A. Othman
Hepatitis C in Egypt / Sanaa M. Kamal and Sara A. Abdelhakam
Hepatitis C in North Africa (Arabic Maghreb region) / Mohamed A. Daw
Hepatitis C virus in sub-saharan Africa / Osi Obadahn and Sanaa M. Kamal
Hepatitis C virus infection in the Indian sub-continent / Shashi Shekhar
Hepatitis C in developing countries in southeast Asia / Thi Q. Doan
Hepatitis C and schistosomisasis coinfection / Sanaa M. Kamal
Hepatitis C and Helminthic infections / Khalifa S. Khalifa and Othman Amin
Hepatitis C and HIV coinfection in developing countries / Ozlem Tastan Bishop
Hepatiis B and C coinfection / Georgios Zacharakis
Hepatitis C infection in patients with hemogloinopathies / Sanaa M.Kamal and Ahmed M. Fouad
Hepatitis C in patients on hemodialysis / Tamer A. Hafez
Hepatitis C screening and diagnosis in developing countries / Huda H. Gaafar
Hepatitis C treatment in the era of direct-acting antiviral agents / Sanaa M. Kamal.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalMarina Berenguer, editor.Summary: Hepatitis C Virus and Liver Transplantation is designed to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of liver transplantation and hepatitis C virus infection. The sections of the book have been structured to review the overall scope of issues of recurrent hepatitis C in different complex settings, including retransplantation, HIV-coinfected patients or in the setting of suboptimal graft donors. This book provides up-to-date information on the application of new therapies to the field of liver transplantation. It provides the most recent data on their efficacy, the management of side effects, as well as the potential interactions and specific problems associated with their use in the transplant setting. Finally, an appraisal of the risks and benefits of using organs from anti-HCV positive donors is presented.
Contents:
1. Treatment of Hepatitis C Before Liver Transplantation
2. Donor-Recipient Matching in HCV-Infected Patients
3. Natural History of Recurrent Hepatitis C: Impact of Immunosuppression
4. Treatment of Hepatitis C After Liver Transplantation
5. Hepatitis C and Liver Transplantation in the HIV Co-Infected Patients
6. Liver Transplantation for Hepatocellular Carcinoma in HCV-Infected Patients
7. Retransplantation for HCV-Related Liver Disease
8. Use of Anti-HCV Positive Grafts in Liver Transplantation. - DigitalTatsuo Miyamura, Stanley M. Lemon, Christopher M. Walker, Takaji Wakita, editors.Contents:
Natural history of chronic Hepatitis C
The multifaceted features of HCV infection beyond the liver
Hepatic fibrosis in Hepatitis C Virus
HCV, alcohol, and the liver
Extrahepatic replication of HCV
Hepatitis C virus infecction in pregnancy and childhood
Host genetics and responses to antiviral therapy in chronic Hepatitis C
Viral variation and response to therapy
HCV NS3/4A protease inhibitors and the road to effective direct-acting antiviral therapies
Mechanism of action of direct-acting antivirals: new insights into HCV life cycle
Modeling HCV dynamics in clinical practice to personalize antiviral therapy
Prophylactic vaccines for the Hepatitis C virus
Global control of hepatitis C virus infection
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalKazuaki Chayama, editor.Summary: This book introduces readers to Direct Acting Antiviral (DAAs) agents, newly developed drugs to treat chronic hepatitis C virus infection, which have an excellent anti-viral effect on virus replication. These drugs have been developed to enhance the effect of interferon and ribavirin, as the resistant strains against each drug have been described both in vitro and in vivo and the existences of naturally occurring variants have been reported. However, since the combination of different classes of DAAs is sufficient to completely eradicate the virus without the need for interferon or ribavirin, the current treatment regimen does not include interferon. Ribavirin is used in combination with sofosbuvir, a potent polymerase inhibitor, to enhance its antiviral effects. Hepatitis C Virus Treatment offers readers a comprehensive guide to hepatitis C; describing the resistance profiles against these drugs and shedding light on the difficulties involved in DAA therapy and the direction of future treatments, it will equip doctors to understand the essentials of treating the disease. It also describes in detail new and innovative DAA treatments, the effects of the agents, and the characteristics of resistance, providing cutting-edge information not only for hepatologists, but also for researchers, clinical residents, and medical students.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digital/PrintYouchun Wang, editor.Contents:
Hepatitis E virus / Youchun Wang, Chenyan Zhao, Ying Qi, Yansheng Geng-- Characteristics and functions of HEV proteins / Yan Zhou, Chenyan Zhao, Yabin Tian, Nan Xu [and others]
Epidemiology of hepatitis E / Yansheng Geng, Youchun Wang
Hepatitis E as a zoonosis / Frederik Widén,-- Genetic evolution of hepatitis E virus / Yulin Zhangcandidate, Wanyun Gong, Hang Zeng, Ling Wang-- Transmission of hepatitis E virus / Yansheng Geng, Youchun Wang
Immunobiology and host response to HEV / Yihua Zhou
HEV cell culture / Feng Zhang, Youchun Wang
Animal Models for Hepatitis E Virus / Lin Wangcandidate, Ling Wang-- Clinical Manifestations of Hepatitis E / Shaojie Xin, Long Xiao
Laboratory diagnosis of HEV infection / Chenyan Zhao, Youchun Wang
Treatment of hepatitis E / Wei Hui, Linlin Wei, Zhuo Li, Xinhui Guo
Prophylactic hepatitis E vaccine / Jun Zhang., Qinjian Zhao, Ningshao Xia.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalCataldo Doria, Jason N. Rogart, editors.Summary: Hepato-Pancreato-Biliary cancers are increasing in incidence, with pancreatic cancer now accounting for the third most cancer deaths in the United States. Typically these malignancies, as a group, are managed by the same key providers comprising a multidisciplinary team. This book is intended to provide a comprehensive review of the current knowledge in the field of hepato-pancreato-biliary malignancies, focusing on the practical and clinical care of patients. We take the approach of combining the collective expertise of an interventional gastroenterologist and a hepato-pancreato-biliary surgeon to provide the readers with accurate, succinct, and pragmatic information needed to formulate the most appropriate treatment plan for their patients with the aim of the best possible outcome. Managing patients with these cancers continues to be challenging because of continued dismal survival rates. Each section in this text is written by experts in their respective field, summarizing the most state-of-the-art, contemporary diagnostic and therapeutic tools available in the field. We believe this book will prove to be an invaluable, comprehensive resource for all members of the multidisciplinary team caring for patients with hepato-pancreato-biliary malignancies.
Contents:
Approach to the patient with a solid liver mass
Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC)
HCC Pathology
Diagnosis and Evaluation of HCC
Liver-directed therapy (IR) for HCC
Medical Management of HCC
Surgical Management of HCC
Treatment of liver metastasis from colorectal cancer
Treatment of isolated liver metastasis from non-colorectal cancer
Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Uncommon Liver Tumors
Diagnosis and Management of Uncommon Liver Tumors
Reducing the Risk of and Screening for Liver Cancer
Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Cholangiocarcinoma
Pathology of Cholangiocarcinoma
Diagnosis and Evaluation of Cholangiocarcinoma
Nonsurgical Management of Cholangiocarcinoma
Surgical Management of Cholangiocarcinoma
How do I approach Klatskin’s tumor
Endoscopic Palliative Management of Cholangiocarcinoma
Rare Tumors of the Bile Ducts: Pathogenesis, Epidemiology, Diagnosis, and Management
Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Gallbladder Cancer
Diagnosis and Evaluation of Gallbladder Cancer
Pathology of Gallbladder Cancer
Nonsurgical Management of Gallbladder Cancer
Surgical Management of Gallbladder Cancer
Approach to the Patient with a Pancreatic Mass
Evaluation and Management of the Patient with a Pancreatic Cyst
Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
Diagnosis and Evaluation of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
Pathology of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
Nonsurgical management of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma,- Surgical management of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
Intra-operative radiation treatment
Endoscopic Palliative Management of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
Reducing the Risk of and Screening for Pancreatic Cancer
Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
Pathology of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
Diagnosis and Evaluation of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
Nonsurgical management of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
Surgical Management of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
Emerging endoscopic therapies for Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
Pathogenesis and Pathology of Rare Pancreatic Neoplasms
Diagnosis and Management of Rare Pancreatic Neoplasms
Molecular and Genetic Profiling for Diagnosis and Therapy of Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
The Role of Robotic Surgery in Treating Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
The Importance of the Multidisciplinary Approach to Managing Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
The Role of the Palliative Care Team in the Management of Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
The Role of Alternative Medicine in the Management of Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
Integrative Medicine and Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Cancer: What to Expect
Is Personalized Medicine Truly Making a Difference for Patients Diagnosed with Cancers of the Liver, Biliary Tract, and Pancreas. - Digitaledited by Keith D. Lillemoe, William R. Jarnagin.Contents:
I: Pancrease and biliary tract
II: Liver.Digital Access Ovid 2020 - DigitalHepatobiliary and Pancreatic Surgery : a Companion to Specialist Surgical Practice. Seventh edition.edited by Rowan W. Parks, Stephen J. Wigmore.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- Digitaleditors: J. Charles Jennette, Vivette D. D'Agati ; associate editors: Agnes B. Fogo, Volker Nickeleit, M. Barry StokesSummary: "Heptinstall's Pathology of the Kidney (HPK) eighth edition has undergone more extensive updating compared to any prior edition to showcase recent astounding advances in all aspects of kidney disease. This comprehensive text maintains the excellence established by Robert H. Heptinstall, who edited and to a considerable degree authored the first four editions of this classic text first published in 1966. Since the publication of the seventh edition in 2015, there have been extraordinary advances in the understanding of the cellular, molecular, and genetic basis for kidney diseases; in the knowledge of pathologic and clinical manifestations of kidney diseases; and in the utilization of pathologic findings for directing new and more precise treatment of kidney diseases. This eighth edition has been thoroughly updated to include in-depth reviews of important new advances that ave clarified understanding, redirected research on mechanisms, made diagnosis of pathologic lesion more precise, and improved the treatment and prevention of kidney diseases"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Kidney pathology history and kidney biopsy methods / J. Charles Jennette, Vivette D. D'Agati, Agnes B. Fogo, Volker Nickeleit, and M. Barry Stokes
Primer on the pathologic classification and diagnosis of kidney disease / J. Charles Jennette, Vivette D. D'Agati, Agnes B. Fogo, and Volker Nickeleit, M. Barry Stokes
Kidney anatomy and histology / William L. Clapp
Kidney development / Filipa M. Lopes & Adrian S. Woolf
Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney congenital anomalies and cystic diseases / Helen Liapis & J. Charles Jennette
Congenital anomalies including dysplasia / Helen Liapis, Sanjay Jain & Bharathi V. Reddy
Cystic kidney disease / Helen Liapis & Bharathi V. Reddy
Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of glomerular diseases associated with proteinuria and nephrotic syndrome / Vivette D. D'Agati & J. Charles Jennette
Minimal change disease / M. Barry Stokes
Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis / Vivette D. D'Agati & M. Barry Stokes
Membranous nephropathy / Glen S. Markowitz, Sanjeev Sethi & Vivette D. D'Agati
Amyloidosis / Maria M. Picken & Guillermo A. Herrera
Monoclonal immunoglobulin-related glomerular disease / Sanjeev Sethi, Fernando C. Fervenza & Samih H. Nasr
Immunotactoid glomerulopathy / Samih H. Nasr, Fernando C. Fervenza & Sanjeev Sethi
Diabetic kidney disease / Behzad Najafian & Charles E. Alpers
Idiopathic nodular glomerulosclerosis / M. Barry Stokes & Vivette D. D'Agati
Metabolic and storage disease glomerulopathies / Laura S. Finn
Fibronectin glomerulopathy / Megan Troxell & Neeraja Kambham
Collagenofibrotic glomerulopathy and nail patella syndrome / Laura S. Finn & Agnes B. Fogo
Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of glomerular diseases associated with hematuria and nephritic syndrome / J. Charles Jennette & Vivette D. D'Agati
IgA nephropathy and IgA vasculitis (Henoch-Schönlein purpura) nephritis / Mark Haas
Lupus nephritis and related autoimmune diseases / Vivette D. D'Agati & M. Barry Stokes
Fibrillary glomerulonephritis / Kelly D. Smith
Cryoglobulinemic glomerulonephritis / Ian W. Gibson & Volker Nickeleit
Acute postinfectious glomerulonephritis and infection-associated glomerulonephritis / Anjali A. Satoskar & Tibor Nadasdy
C3 glomerulopathy / H. Terence Cook & Matthew C. Pickering
Anti-glomerular basement membrane disease / J. Charles Jennette & Ingeborg M. Bajema
Anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic autoantibody disease / J. Charles Jennette & Ingeborg M. Bajema
Alport syndrome/type IV collagen nephropathies / Agnes B. Fogo
Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney vasculopathies / M. Barry Stokes & J. Charles Jennette
Kidney disease related to hypertension and age / Agnes B. Fogo
Fibromuscular dysplasia / Surya V. Seshan & J. Charles Jennette
Thrombotic microangiopathies / Kerstin Amann & Agnes B. Fogo
Preeclampsia and other pregnancy associated kidney disease / Agnes B. Fogo
Disseminated intravascular coagulation / Kerstin Amann & Agnes B. Fogo
Atherosclerosis and embolic kidney disease / Hans-Joachim Anders & Agnes B. Fogo
Polyarteritis nodosa, Kawasaki disease, Takayasu arteritis, and giant cell arteritis / Surya V. Seshan & J. Charles Jennette
Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of tubulointerstitial disease / Agnes B. Fogo & J. Charles Jennette
Infection-related tubulointerstitial nephritis / Megan Troxell & Neeraja Kambham
Noninfectious tubulointerstitial nephritis / Cynthia C. Nast & Agnes B. Fogo
IgG4-related disease / Lynn D. Cornell
Chronic interstitial nephritis in agricultural communities (mesoamerican nephropathy, CKDu) and aristolochic acid nephropathy (Balkan endemic nephropathy) / Cynthia C. Nast & Marc E. De Broe
Nephronophthisis, medullary cystic disease, and other genetic tubular disease / Laura S. Finn
Ischemic and septic acute tubular injury and cortical necrosis / Joseph P. Gaut
Nephrotoxic acute tubular injury / Gilbert W. Moeckel
Light chain tubulopathies / M. Barry Stokes
Light chain (myeloma) cast nephropathy and mimics / Virginie Royal & Guillermo A. Herrera
Myoglobin, hemoglobin, and bile cast nephropathies, and anti-coagulant nephropathy / Joseph P. Gaut, Sergey V. Brodsky & Tibor Nadasdy
Nephrolithiasis and crystallopathies / Laura S. Finn & Hans-Joachim Anders
Obstructive and reflux nephropathy / Lois J. Arend
Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney transplant disease / Volker Nickeleit & J. Charles Jennette
Kidney allograft biopsy : overview / Volker Nickeleit
Donor kidney biopsies / Harsharan K. Singh & Volker Nickeleit
Kidney transplant rejection / Volker Nickeleit, Robert B. Colvin & Peter Nickerson
Kidney transplant ischemic injury / Parmjeet Randhawa
Kidney transplant : drug toxicity / Volker Nickeleit & Parmjeet Randhawa
Kidney transplant infection / Harsharan K. Singh & Volker Nickeleit
Recurrent and de novo disease / Parmjeet Randhawa & Volker Nickeleit
Posttransplant lymphoproliferative disorder / Parmjeet Randhawa & Volker Nickeleit
Kidney transplant : surgical and vascular complications / Parmjeet Randhawa & Volker Nickeleit
Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney neoplasms / John N. Eble, Liang Cheng & J. Charles Jennette
Kidney neoplasms in children / John N. Eble & Liang Cheng
Kidney neoplasms in adults / John N. Eble & Liang ChengDigital Access LWW Health Library [2024] - DigitalD'Agati, Vivette D.; Heptinstall, Robert H.; Jennette, J. Charles; Olson, Jean L.; Silva, Fred G.Contents:
Renal anatomy and histology / Stephen M. Bonsib
Development of the kidney / Adrian S. Woolf and Dagan Jenkins
Primer on the pathologic classification and diagnosis of renal disease / J. Charles Jennette, Fred G. Silva, Jean L. Olson, and Vivette D. Dagati
Cystic diseases and developmental kidney defects / Helen Liapis and Paul Winyard
The nephrotic syndrome and minimal change disease / Jean L. Olson
Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis and childhood nephrotic syndrome / Vivette D. DAgati and M. Barry Stokes
Membranous glomerulonephritis / Glen S. Markowitz and Vivette D. DAgati
Membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis / Xin J. Zhou and Fred G. Silva
C3 glomerulopathies, including dense deposit disease / H. Terence Cook and Matthew C. Pickering
Acute postinfectious glomerulonephritis and glomerulonephritis caused by persistent bacterial infection / Anjali A. Satoskar, Tibor Nadasdy, and Fred G. Silva
Renal injury associated with human immunodeficiency virus infection and therapy / Arthur H. Cohen and Cynthia C. Nast
Iga nephropathy and iga vasculitis (henoch-schonlein purpura) nephritis / Mark Haas
Alports syndrome, familial benign hematuria, nail-patella syndrome, type iii collagen glomerulopathy, and piersons syndrome / Marie-Claire Gubler, Laurence Heidet, and Corinne Antignac
Renal disease in systemic lupus erythematosus, mixed connective tissue disease, sjögren's syndrome, and rheumatoid arthritis / Vivette D. D'Agati and M. Barry Stokes
Anti-glomerular basement membrane glomerulonephritis and goodpasture's syndrome / J. Charles Jennette and Volker Nickeleit
Pauci-immune and antineutrophil cytoplasmic autoantibodymediated crescentic glomerulonephritis and vasculitis / J. Charles Jennette and David B. Thomas
Volume 2
Renal involvement in polyarteritis nodosa, kawasaki disease, takayasu arteritis, and giant cell arteritis / J. Charles Jennette and Harsharan K. Singh
Thrombotic microangiopathies / Zoltan G. Laszik, Neeraja Kambham, and Fred G. Silva
Renal disease in pregnancy / Agnes B. Fogo
Renal disease caused by hypertension / Jean L. Olson
Diabetic nephropathy / Jean L. Olson and Zoltan G. Laszik
Renal diseases associated with plasma cell dyscrasias, amyloidoses, and waldenström's macroglobulinemia / Guillermo A. Herrera and Maria M. Picken
Glomerular diseases with organized deposits / Samy S. Iskandar and Guillermo A. Herrera
Pyelonephritis, reflux nephropathy, hydronephrosis, and nephrolithiasis / Helen Liapis, Joseph P. Gaut, John E. Tomaszewski, and Lois Arend
Acute and chronic tubulointerstitial nephritis / Sergey V. Brodsky and Tibor Nadasdy
Ischemic and toxic acute tubular injury and other ischemic renal injury / Gilbert Moeckel, Michael Kashgarian, and Lorraine V. Racusen
Renal disease caused by inborn errors of metabolism, storage diseases, and hemoglobinopathies / Laura S. Finn
Renal changes with aging and end-stage renal disease / Xin J. Zhou, Andrew Fenves, Nosratola D. Vaziri, and Ramesh Saxena
Renal transplant pathology / Volker Nickeleit, Michael Mengel, and Robert B. Colvin
Renal neoplasms / John N. Eble and David J. Grignon.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - DigitalSaikat Sen, Raja Chakraborty, editors.Summary: This book highlights the medical importance of and increasing global interest in herbal medicines, herbal health products, herbal pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, food supplements, herbal cosmetics, etc. It also addresses various issues that are hampering the advancement of Indian herbal medicine around the globe; these include quality concerns and quality control, pharmacovigilance, scientific investigation and validation, IPR and biopiracy, and the challenge that various indigenous systems of medicine are at risk of being lost. The book also explores the role of traditional medicine in providing new functional leads and modern approaches that can offer elegant strategies for facilitating the drug discovery process. The book also provides in-depth information on various traditional medicinal systems in India and discusses their medical importance. India has a very long history of safely using many herbal drugs. Folk medicine is also a key source of medical knowledge and plays a vital role in maintaining health in rural and remote areas. Despite its importance, this form of medicine largely remains under-investigated. Out of all the traditional medicinal systems used worldwide, Indian traditional medicine holds a unique position, as it has continued to deliver healthcare throughout the Asian subcontinent since ancient times. In addition, traditional medicine has been used to derive advanced techniques and investigate many modern drugs. Given the scope of its coverage, the book offers a valuable resource for scientists and researchers exploring traditional and herbal medicine, as well as graduate students in courses on traditional medicine, herbal medicine and pharmacy.
- DigitalBhupendra Koul.Summary: This book provides detailed information on the various types of cancer, etiology, effects, and challenges associated with current cancer treatment regimes. The present edition has been written to reflect recent developments, success rates and lacunae in herbal and modern cancer therapies. It also describes the use of several herbal formulations to boost patients' immunity, in order to prevent or help them cope with several cancers. The book highlights several herbs/shrubs/trees that have been reported to possess anti-cancer properties, paving the way for in-depth research into the dose standardization and efficacy of plant-based bioactive molecules. It also focuses on the sustainable conservation of medicinal flora, so that, in future, novel biomolecules be extracted and made available for the treatment of various cancers. Given its highly relevant content, the book will benefit the entire cancer research community (students, scientists, pharmacists, herbalists and lecturers) at universities, research institutions and industry in the areas of oncology, herbal cancer therapy, biotechnology, drug discovery, pharmaceuticals, agriculture, and various disciplines of the biomedical sciences.
Contents:
Module 1. Foreword
Module 2. Preface
Module 3. Abbreviations
Module 4. General introduction
Module 5. Types of cancers
Module 6. Cancer treatment and their side effects
Module 7. Molecular basis of cancer
Module 8. Ayurvedic concepts of cancer
Module 9. Plants with anti-cancer potential
Module 10. Psychological therapy in cancer treatment. - PrintR. Eric Thomas.Summary: "R. Eric Thomas didn't know he was different until the world told him so. Everywhere he went--whether it was his rich, mostly white, suburban high school, his conservative black church, or his Ivy League college in a big city--he found himself on the outside looking in. In essays by turns hysterical and heartfelt, Eric redefines what it means to be an "other" through the lens of his own life experience. He explores the two worlds of his childhood: the barren urban landscape where his parents' house was an anomalous bright spot, and the verdant school they sent him to in white suburbia. He writes about struggling to reconcile his Christian identity with his sexuality, about the exhaustion of code-switching in college, accidentally getting famous on the internet (for the wrong reason), and the surreal experience of covering the 2016 election as well as the seismic change that came thereafter. Ultimately, Eric seeks the answer to the ever more relevant question: Is the future worth it? Why do we bother when everything seems to be getting worse? As the world continues to shift in unpredictable ways, Eric finds the answers to these questions by re-envisioning what "normal" means, and in the powerful alchemy that occurs when you at last place yourself at the center of your own story"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction: The Monster at the End of This Book
The Audacity
There's Never Any Trouble Here in Bubbleland
Molly, Urine Danger Girl
She's Got Herself a Universe
Historically Black
Disorientation
Someone Is Wrong on the Internet
Unsuccessful Black Hair
Flames, at the Side of My Face
Ball So Soft
Fate Bursting through the Wall
Krampromise
Comforters
The Preacher's Husband
Dinner Guests
Eggquity
The Past Smelled Terrible
Unsubscribe from All That
Here for It, or How to Save Your Soul in America
Epilogue: The End Is Coming Running about Fifteen Minutes Late. - DigitalSeigo Nakamura, Daisuke Aoki, Yoshio Miki, editors.Summary: This highly informative and clearly written book presents the basic science and the latest data on hereditary breast and ovarian cancer (HBOC) to provide an up-to-date and holistic overview of the disease. It starts off by presenting the molecular mechanisms, genetic testing and counseling, and variants of unknown significance (VUS) to help readers understand the contemporary interpretation of the disease. Further chapters focus on the surveillance, diagnosis and treatment, including chemoprevention, risk reduction and drug development based on molecular mechanisms. It also includes a chapter on the latest findings from the HBOC database, ethical issues and the parp inhibitors, and discusses innovative thinking to manage and understand the disease. Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer - Molecular Mechanism and Clinical Practice offers breast surgeons, medical oncologists, gynecological oncologists and genetic counselors a comprehensive overview of the disease. Providing insights into recent scientific findings and further avenues for investigation, it is also a thought-provoking and informative read for researchers and scholars.
Contents:
1 History, Advancements, and Future Strategies
2 Molecular basis of BRCA1 and BRCA2 - Homologous recombination deficiency and tissue-specific carcinogenesis
3 Genetic Testing
4 Variants of uncertain significances in hereditary breast and ovarian cancer
5 Genetic counseling in Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer
6 Hereditary Breast Cancer
7 Hereditary Ovarian Cancer
8 Risk-Based Breast Cancer Screening
9 Chemoprevention for Breast Cancer
10 Chemoprevention for Ovarian Cancer
11 Risk-Reducing Mastectomy (RRM)
12 Risk-reducing salpingo-oophorectomy (RRSO)
13 Panel Testing
14 Germline Findings through Precision Oncology for Ovarian Cancer
15 Germline Findings from Genetic Testing for Breast Cancer
16 Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer (HBOC) Database
17 Ethical Issues: Overview in Genomic analysis and Clinical Context
18 PARP Inhibitors-Mechanism of action
19 PARPi - Efficacy in Hereditary Breast Cancer
20 Efficacy of Poly ADP-Ribose Polymerase Inhibitors for Hereditary Ovarian Cancer. - DigitalGemmy Cheung, editor.Summary: This volume of the retina atlas focuses on hereditary chorioretinal disorders. The topics covered include retinitis pigmentosa, Best disease, congenital X-linked retinoschisis, cone dystrophy, Stargardt's disease, pattern dystrophy, North Carolina macular dystrophy, choroideremia, Mallattia Leventinese, Bietti's crystalline dystrophy, and albinism. All clinical features are clearly illustrated with multimodal imaging techniques. The utility of some of the latest imaging tools such as OCT angiography, adaptive optics-scanning laser ophthalmoscopy, and microperimetery is discussed. Readers will gain valuable new insights into pathogenesis at the molecular level, which have been facilitated by recent genetic discoveries. The use of genetic testing and the latest advances in and challenges of gene therapy and cell-based therapy are also covered in detail. Hereditary Chorioretinal Disorders atlas is one of nine volumes in the series Retina Atlas. The series provides validated and comprehensive information on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular diseases, macular disorders, ocular inflammatory and infectious disorders, retinal degeneration, the surgical retina, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma.
Contents:
Retinits pigmentosa and allied disorders
Best's disease
Congenital X-linked retinoschisis
Progressive cone dystrophy and cone-rod dystrophy
Pattern dystrophy of the retinal pigment epithelium
Stargardt's disease and fundus flavimaculatus
North Carolina macular dystrophy
Choroideremia
Malattia Leventinese or Doyne honeycomb retinal dystrophy
Bietti's crystalline dystrophy
Albinism.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLaura Valle, Stephen B. Gruber, Gabriel Capellá, editors.Summary: This book provides information on a wide variety of issues ranging from genetics to clinical description of the syndromes, genetic testing and counseling, and clinical management including surveillance, surgical and prophylactic interventions, and chemoprevention. Moreover, current hot issues, such as the identification of novel causal genes and the challenges we face, and the relevance of cancer risk modifiers, both genetic and environmental, are also discussed. This reference book is great for geneticists, oncologists, genetic counselors, researchers, clinicians, surgeons and nurses dedicated to, or interested in, hereditary cancer. The best and most recognized experts in the field have contributed to this project, guaranteeing updated information, accuracy and the discussion of topical issues.
Contents:
Part1 : GENETIC CAUSES AND ASSOCIATED PHENOTYPES- Lynch syndrome
The molecular basis of Lynch-like syndrome
Constitutional mismatch repair deficiency
Mismatch repair proficient hereditary non-polyposis colorectal cancer
Genetic and environmental modifiers of risk in Lynch syndrome
ADENOMATOUS POLYPOSIS SYNDROMES- Introduction
Familial adenomatous polyposis
Polymerase proofreading-associated polyposis
MUTYH-associated polyposis
NTHL1-associated polyposis
Germline biallelic inactivation of MMR genes (with polyposis phenotype)
Unexplained adenomatous polyposis
HAMARTOMATOUS POLYPOSIS SYNDROMES- Peutz-Jeghers syndrome
Juvenile polyposis syndrome
PTEN-hamartoma tumor syndromes
Other hamartomatous polyposis conditions
HEREDITARY MIXED POLYPOSIS SYNDROME
SERRATED POLYPOSIS SYNDROME
Part2: GENETIC DIAGNOSTICS and CLINICAL MANAGEMENT
Genetic testing in hereditary colorectal cancer
Universal tumor screening for Lynch syndrome
Classification of genetic variants. Prediction models for Lynch syndrome
Surveillance guidelines for hereditary colorectal cancer syndromes
Surgical management of hereditary colorectal cancer syndromes
Chemoprevention in hereditary colorectal cancer syndromes
Immunotherapy in hereditary colorectal cancer
The Immune Biology of Microsatellite Unstable cancer
Hereditary colorectal cancer: Immunotherapy approaches
Medical oncology management of hereditary colorectal cancer. Part3: REGISTRIES and DATABASES
Databases: intentions, capabilities and limitations
The Colon Cancer Family Registry Cohort
The Prospective Lynch Syndrome Database
The InSiGHT Database: An example LOVD system
The International Mismatch Repair Consortium. - DigitalRobert M. Tanguay, editor.Summary: "Hereditary tyrosinemia type 1 (HT1), the most severe inborn error of the tyrosine degradation pathway, is due to a deficiency in fumarylacetoacetate hydrolase (FAH). The worldwide frequency of HT1 is one per 100,000 births, but some regions have a significantly higher incidence (1:1,800). The FAH defect results in the accumulation of toxic metabolites, mainly in the liver. If left untreated, HT1 is usually fatal before the age of two. HT1 patients develop several chronic complications including cirrhosis with a high risk of hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) and neuropsychological impairment. Treatment comprises an inhibitor of the pathway, Nitisinone, a strict dietary treatment or liver transplantation. Early treatment is important to avoid HCC. The book includes the latest developments on the molecular basis of HT1, its pathology, screening and diagnosis and management of the disease written by leading scientists, geneticists, hepatologists and clinicians in the field"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Hereditary tyrosinemia type I. Discovery of hereditary tyrosinemia in Saguenay- Lac St-Jean / Jean Larochelle
Biochemical and clinical aspects of hereditary tyrosinemia type 1 / Geneviève Morrow, Robert M. Tanguay
Molecular basis of HT1. Molecular aspects of the FAH mutations involved in HT1 disease / Geneviève Morrow, Francesca Angileri, Robert M. Tanguay
Molecular pathogenesis of liver injury in hereditary tyrosinemia 1 / Robert M. Tanguay, Francesca Angileri, Arndt Vogel
Pathology. Tyrosinemia and liver transplantation: experience at CHU Sainte-Justine / Fernando Alvarez, Grant A. Mitchell
The liver in tyrosinemia type I: clinical management and course in Quebec / Ugur Halac, Josée Dubois, Grant A. Mitchell
Liver transplantation for hereditary tyrosinaemia type 1 in the United Kingdom / Patrick McKiernan
NTBC and correction of renal dysfunction / Arianna Maiorana, Carlo Dionisi-Vici
Liver cancer in tyrosinemia type 1 / Willem G. van Ginkel, Jan P. Pennings, Francjan J. van Spronsen
Neurological and neuropsychological problems in tyrosinemia type I patients / Willem G. van Ginkel, Rianne Jahja, Stephan C.J. Huijbregts, Francjan J. van Spronsen
Screening. Diagnosing hepatorenal tyrosinaemia in Europe: newborn mass screening versus selective screening / Anibh M. Das, Sebene Mayorandan, Nils Janzen
Tyrosinemia type I in Japan: a report of five cases / Kimitoshi Nakamura, Michinori Ito, Yosuke Shigematsu, Fumio Endo
Newborn screening for hereditary tyrosinemia type I in Québec: update / Yves Giguère, Marie-Thérèse Berthier
Hepatorenal tyrosinemia in Mexico: a call to action / Isabel Ibarra-González, Cecilia Ridaura-Sanz, Cynthia Fernández-Lainez [and others]
Hereditary tyrosinemia type 1 in Turkey / Ayse Cigdem Aktuglu-Zeybek, Ertugrul Kiykim, M. Serif Cansever
Management and future. From weed killer to wonder drug / Edward A. Lock
The Québec NTBC study / Fernando Alvarez, Suzanne Atkinson, Manon Bouchard, Catherine Brunel-Guitton [and others]
Dietary considerations in tyrosinemia type I / Francjan J. van Spronsen, Margreet van Rijn, Uta Meyer, Anibh M. Das
Remaining challenges in the treatment of tyrosinemia from the clinician's viewpoint / Grant A. Mitchell, Hao Yang
Fah knockout animals as models for therapeutic liver repopulation / Markus Grompe
Gene therapy in tyrosinemia: potential and pitfalls / Sophie Carter, Yannick Doyon. - DigitalVolker Schumpelick, Georg Arlt, Joachim Conze, Karsten Junge ; translator, Geraldine O'Sullivan ; illustrator, Gisela Tambour, Andrea Schnitzler.Contents:
I: Introduction
II: Adult inguinal hernia
III: Special hernias
IV: Incision hernias
V: Complications
VI: Miscellaneous.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019 - DigitalYuri W. Novitsky, editor.Contents:
Clinical Anatomy and Physiology of the Abdominal Wall
Classification of Hernias
Preoperative Imaging in Hernia Surgery
Preoperative Preparation of the Patient Undergoing Incisional Hernia Repair: Optimizing Chances for Success
Wound Closure and Postoperative Hernia Prevention Strategies
Synthetic Mesh: Making Educated Choices
Biologic Mesh: Classification and Evidenced-Based Critical Appraisal
Biodegradable Meshes in Abdominal Wall Surgery
Abdominal Wall Spaces for Mesh Placement: Onlay, Sublay, Underlay
Reconstructive Options for Small Abdominal Wall Defects
Onlay Ventral Hernia Repair
Rives-Stoppa Retromuscular Repair
Posterior Component Separation via Transversus Abdominis Muscle Release: The TAR Procedure
Open Anterior Component Separation
Endoscopic Anterior Component Separation
Open Anterior Component Separation With Perforator Preservation
Open Parastomal Hernia Repair
Open Flank Hernia Repair
Umbilical Hernia Repair: The Spectrum of Management Options
Managing Complications of Open Hernia Repair
Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair
Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair with Defect Closure
Laparoscopic Parastomal Hernia Repair
Laparoscopic Subxiphoid and Suprapubic Hernia Repair
Laparascopic Repair of Flank Hernias
Robotic Ventral Hernia Repair
Evidence-Based Optimal Fixation During Laparoscopic Hernia Repair: Sutures, Tacks, Glues
Panniculectomy: Tips and Tricks to Maximize Outcomes
Tissue Expansion During Abdominal Wall Reconstructions
Flap Reconstruction of the Abdominal Wall
Diagnosis and Management of Diastasis Recti
Negative Pressure Wound Therapy
Adjuncts to Wound Healing For Abdominal Wall Wounds
Loss of Abdominal Domain: Definition and Treatment Strategies
Enterotomy During Hernia Repair: Prevention and Management
Abdominal Wall Surgery In The Setting of An Enterocutaneous Fistula: Combined Versus Staged Definitive Repair
Management of Infected Mesh in Ventral Hernias
Management of Ventral Hernia in the Morbidly Obese Patient
Emergent Surgical Management of Ventral Hernias
Temporary Abdominal Closure
Chemical Component Separation Using Botulinum Toxin
Groin Hernia Repair: Open Techniques
Laparoscopic TAPP Inguinal Hernia Repair
Laparoscopic Total Extra-Peritoneal Inguinal Hernia Repair
The Extended-View Totally Extraperitoneal (eTEP) Technique for Inguinal Hernia Repair
Inguinal Hernias: An Algorithmic Approach to Procedure Selection
Evaluation and Treatment Of Postoperative Groin Pain
Treating Inguinal Recurrences
Non-Operative Treatment of Sports Hernia
The Surgical Approach to Sports Hernia.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Russell J. Diefenbach, Cornel Fraefel.Contents:
HSV-1 biology and life cycle / Roger D. Everett
Herpes simplex virus growth, preparation, and assay / Peggy Marconi and Roberto Manservigi
Isolation of herpes simplex virus nucleocapsid DNA / Moriah Szpara
Construction and characterization of bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs) containing herpes simplex virus full-length genomes / Claus-Henning Nagel, Anja Pohlmann, and Beate Sodeik
Engineering HSV-1 vectors for gene therapy / William F. Goins [and three others]
Herpes simplex virus type 1 (HSV-1)-derived amplicon vectors / Matias E. Melendez, Cornel Fraefel, and Alberto L. Epstein
HSV-1 amplicon vectors as genetic vaccines / Andrea S. Laimbacher and Cornel Fraefel
Modification of HSV-1 to an oncolytic virus / Hiroshi Nakashima and E. Antonio Chiocca
Herpes simplex virus mutant generation and dual-detection methods for gaining insight into latent/lytic cycles in vivo / Nancy M. Sawtell and Richard L. Thompson
Phenotypic and genotypic testing of HSV-1 resistance to antivirals / Andreas Sauerbrei and Kathrin Bohn
Using homogeneous primary neuron cultures to study fundamental aspects of HSV-1 latency and reactivation / Ju Youn Kim [and four others]
Characterization of extracellular HSV-1 virions by proteomics / Roger Lippé
Precipitation-based assay to analyze interactions of viral particles with cytosolic host factors / Kerstin Radtke, Fenja Anderson, and Beate Sodeik
Affinity purification combined with mass spectrometry to identify herpes simplex virus protein-protein interactions / David G. Meckes Jr.
Preparation of herpes simplex virus-infected primary neurons for transmission electron microscopy / Monica Miranda-Saksena, Ross Boadle, and Anthony L. Cunningham
Multifluorescence live analysis of herpes simplex virus type-1 replication / Michael Seyffert [and three others]
Expression, purification, and crystallization of HSV-1 glycoproteins for structure determination / Samuel D. Stampfer and Ekaterina E. Heldwein
Cryo-EM techniques to resolve the structure of HSV-1 capsid-associated components / Ryan H. Rochat, Corey W. Hecksel, and Wah Chiu
In vivo HSV-1 DNA transport studies using murine retinal ganglion cells / Jolene M. Draper, Graham S. Stephenson, and Jennifer H. LaVail
HSV-1 protein expression using recombinant baculoviruses / Lorry M. Grady, Ping Bai, and Sandra K. Weller
Murine intravaginal HSV-2 challenge model for investigation of DNA vaccines / Joshua O. Marshak, Lichun Dong, and David M. Koelle.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Printedited by Bernard Roizman.Contents:
v
.4. Immunobiology and prophylaxis of human herpesvirus infections. - Digital[edited by] Eyal Herzog.Summary: "Cardiac Care Unit Manual is geared toward all health care providers who rotate or practice in the CCU and must grasp the subtleties when treating patients in a cardiac care unit. Content will be presented"--Provided by publisherDigital Access
- Digital/PrintAllan R. Brasier, editor.Summary: Asthma is a chronic relapsing airways disease that represents a major public health problem worldwide. Intermittent exacerbations are provoked by airway mucosal exposure to pro-inflammatory stimuli, with RNA viral infections or inhaled allergens representing the two most common precipitants. In this setting, inducible signaling pathways the airway mucosa play a central role in the initiation of airway inflammation through production of antimicrobial peptides (defensins), cytokines, chemokines and arachidonic acid metabolites that coordinate the complex processes of vascular permeability, cellular recruitment, mucous hyper-secretion, bronchial constriction and tissue remodeling. These signals also are responsible for leukocytic infiltration into the submucosa, T helper-lymphocyte skewing, and allergic sensitization. Currently, it is well appreciated that asthma is a heterogeneous in terms of onset, exacerbants, severity, and treatment response. Current asthma classification methods are largely descriptive and focus on a single aspect or dimension of the disease. An active area of investigation on how to collect, use and visualize multidimensional profiling in asthma. This book will overview multidimensional profiling strategies and visualization approaches for phenotyping asthma. As an outcome, this work will facilitate the understanding of disease etiology, prognosis and/or therapeutic intervention.
Contents:
Spectrum of Asthma: an introduction
Genetics and Genomics in Asthma
Proteomics, Metabolomics, and Systems Biology of Asthma
Modeling Complex Data in Asthma
Conclusions and Future Directions.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAnne Le, editor.Contents:
Part I. Basic Metabolism of Cancer Cells
Glucose metabolism in cancer
Glutamine metabolism in cancer
The heterogeneity of lipid metabolism in cancer
Part II. Heterogeneity of Cancer Metabolism
The multifaceted metabolism of glioblastoma
The intricate metabolism of pancreatic cancers
Breast cancer metabolism
Non-Hodgkinlymphoma metabolism
The metabolism of renal cell carcinomas and liver cancer
Different tumor microenvironments lead to different metabolic phenotypes
The intratumoral heterogeneity of cancer metabolism
Part III. Relationship Between Cancer Cells and Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts
Metabolic relationship between cancer-associated fibroblasts and cancer cells
Targeting metabolic cross talk between cancer cells and cancer-associated fibroblasts
Index.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalAnne Le, editor.Contents:
Part I. Basic Metabolism of Cancer Cells
Glucose Metabolism in Cancer the Warburg effect and Beyond
Glutamine Metabolism in Cancer
The Heterogeneity of Lipid Metabolism in Cancer
Part II. Heterogeneity of Cancer Metabolism
The Multifaceted Glioblastoma: from Genomic Alterations to Metabolic Adaptions
The Intricate Metabolism of Pancreatic Cancers
The heterogeneity of breast cancer metabolism for therapy
Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma Metabolism
The Heterogeneity Metabolism of Renal Cell Carcinomas
The Heterogeneity Metabolism of Liver Cancer
Different Tumor Microenvironments Lead to Different Metabolic Phenotypes
The Intratumoral Heterogeneity of Cancer Metabolism
Cancer Stem Cells Metabolism
Metabolism of Immune cells in the Tumor Microenvironment
Part III. Relationship between Cancer Cells and Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts
Metabolic Relationship between Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts and Cancer Cells
Targeting Metabolic Cross Talk between Cancer Cells and Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts
Part IV. The metabolic interplay between cancer and other diseases
Diabetes and Cancer: the Epidemiological and Metabolic Associations
Bridging the Metabolic Parallels between Neurological Diseases and Cancer
Metabolic Intersection of Cancer and Cardiovascular Diseases: Opportunities for Cancer Therapy
Index. - Digitaledited by Avishai Henik, Wim Fias.Summary: Heterogeneity of Function in Numerical Cognition presents the latest updates on ongoing research and discussions regarding numerical cognition. With great individual differences in the development or function of numerical cognition at neuroanatomical, neuropsychological, behavioral, and interactional levels, these issues are important for the achievement of a comprehensive understanding of numerical cognition, hence its brain basis, development, breakdown in brain-injured individuals, and failures to master mathematical skills. These functions are essential for the proper development of numerical cognition.
Contents:
1. Numbers and language: what's new in the past 25 years?
2. The interplay between learning arithmetic and learning to read: insights from developmental cognitive neuroscience
3. Language and arithmetic: the potential role of phonological processing
4. Discussion: specific contributions of language functions to numerical cognition
5. An introduction to attention and its implacation for numerical cognition
6. The contol of selective attention and emerging mathematical cognition: beyond unidirectional influences
7. Performance control in numerical cognition: insights from strategic variations in arithmetic during the life span
8. The interplay between proficiency and executive control
9. How big is many? Development of spatial and numerical magnitude understanding
10. Is visuospatial reasoning related to early mathematical development? A critical review
11. Neurocognitive evidence for spatial contributions to numerical cognition
12. Which space for numbers?
13. Cognitive interferences and their development in the context of numerical tasks: review and implications
14. The role of executive function skills in the development of children's mathematical competencies
15. Systems neuroscience of mathematical cognition and learning: basic organization and neural sources of heterogeneity in typical and atypical development
16. (How) are executive functions actually related to arithmetic abilities?
17. Numerical cognition and memory (ies)
18. Hypersensitivity-to-interference in memory as a possible cause of difficulty in arithmetic facts storing
19. Working memory for serial order and numerical cognition: what kind of association?
20. Do not forget memory to understand mathematical cognition
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalMarco Mossobrio, Redento Mora, editors.Summary: This book provides a thorough description of hexapod external fixators, from the theoretical basis to their practical application. Indications and practical use in current Orthopaedic practice are addressed in detail, offering the reader essential insights into the strengths and limitations of these devices. The main aspects covered, include primary (congenital) and secondary (acquired) deformities of the limbs: the etiology, pathomechanics, clinics, technical tips and tricks and suggested frame assemblies are presented. Each chapter addresses a specific Orthopaedic problem and includes representative clinical cases commented on by the authors. Illustrations and X-ray images support the discussion of the various themes treated in the textbook. Special attention is also given to deformity morphology and the consequent geometry of correction, as well as economical aspects and the biological risks of radiation exposure. A review of current nomenclature in external fixation is also provided as a quick-reference resource. Offering clear and straightforward descriptions of these devices and their current use in practice, prepared by leading international experts, this book will benefit expert surgeons and residents alike.
Contents:
1. History and evolution of hexapod external fixators
2 Principles of hexapod external fixators functions: software and hardware
3 Characteristics and usage modalities. Main systems
4 Hexapod external fixators in acute fracture treatment and their complications
5 Hexapod external fixators in the treatment of axial and rotation deformities and limb length discrepancies
6 Hexapod external fixators in bone defect treatment
7 Hexapod external fixators in pediatric deformities
8 Hexapod external fixators in articular stiffness treatment
9 Hexapod external fixators in foot deformity correction
10 Problems, challenge, complications in hexapod external fixation systems. Contraindications
11 Hexapod external fixators upgrade: motor powered frames , automation, deformity correction scheduling and remote control
12 Ancillary usage of hexapod external fixators: Fixator assisted nailing (FAN), fixator assisted locking plate (FALP), lenghtening over nail (LON), bone transport over a nail (BTON) and lenghtening and then nailing (LATN). External to internal fixation conversion timing
13 Ionizing radiation exposure
14 Economical aspects and practical considerations
15 Appendix: Deformity geometry
16 Nomenclature. - Digitalby Jarrett J. Krosoczka.Summary: "In kindergarten, Jarrett Krosoczka's teacher asks him to draw his family, with a mommy and a daddy. But Jarrett's family is much more complicated than that. His mom is an addict, in and out of rehab, and in and out of Jarrett's life. His father is a mystery -- Jarrett doesn't know where to find him, or even what his name is. Jarrett lives with his grandparents -- two very loud, very loving, very opinionated people who had thought they were through with raising children until Jarrett came along"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
- DigitalMuhammed Ashraf Memon, editor.
- DigitalEmilia Manzato, Massimo Cuzzolaro, Lorenzo Maria Donini, editors.Summary: This book provides up-to-date information on lesser known eating disorders (EDs) and eating related disorders. EDs and eating-related disorders include a highly heterogeneous group of syndromes and symptoms characterized by abnormal eating and weight control behaviors that can appear in all genders and ages. EDs can lead to high rates of morbidity and mortality, especially if they are misdiagnosed and untreated. The risk of underestimation is high for the lesser-known EDs, and when unhealthy eating behaviors appear in unusual situations, such as some medical and psychiatric pathologies, adults and the elderly, sexual minorities etc. The volume examines EDs in specific populations (the elderly, males, infants and toddlers, sexual minorities, etc.). Several chapters explore in detail lesser-known EDs (anorexia athletica, avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder, chewing and spitting, EDs by proxy, EDs after bariatric surgery, muscle dysmorphia, night-eating syndrome, nocturnal sleep-related eating disorder, orthorexia nervosa, pica, rumination disorder, etc.). Finally, other chapters address features of unhealthy eating and weight control behaviors associated with medical diseases (achalasia, craniopharyngioma, cystic fibrosis, cyclic vomiting syndrome, diabetes, dysphagia, Kleine-Levin syndrome, Klinefelter syndrome, Parkinson disease, Prader-Willi syndrome, Turner syndrome, etc.) The book will be a valuable resource for all health professionals who work in the fields of psychiatry, clinical psychology, eating disorders, obesity, medicine, clinical nutrition, public health, and prevention, allowing them to broaden their understanding of these disorders, and to enhance their clinical ability to diagnose them.
- Digitalvolume editors, Hans Konrad Biesalski, Regina Birner.Contents:
Economic and political innovation for nutritional improvement
What does it need to improve nutrition quality? The role of public partners
The devil is in the detail: understanding the governance challenges of implementing nutrition-specific programs on a large scale
Post-2015 agenda and sustainable developmental goals: where are we now? Global opportunities to address malnutrition in all its forms, including hidden hunger
Without land, no crops- without diversity, no healthy, and sustainable diets
A challenge for international cooperation
Working with Santal villagers, West Bengal, India: Moringa and kitchen gardens to combat malnutrition, 2012-2017
Multidimensional nutritional welfare of children in Southern Africa: a human rights consistent approach
How to accelerate the end of hunger and undernutition
On the link between production diversity and dietary quality in smallholder farm households
Reducing mineral and vitamin deficiencies through biofortification: progress under HarvestPlus
The most hidden of all hidden hungers: the global deficiency in DHA and EPA and what to do about it
The nutrition paradox in India: the coexistence of undernutrition and overnutrition
Transdisciplinary approaches and methods in the context of food and nutrition security
Unveilling the menace of hidden hunger in refugee camps: nutritional status among refugees, states responsibility, and key African strategies on nutrition
Combating hidden hunger in agriculture perspective
Latin America and the Caribbean: strategies to fight hidden hunger
Strategies to fight hidden hunger in Ethiopia, Egypt, Sudan and Tunisia
Agricultural assistance to vulnerable, food-insecure female-headed households in Kyrgyzstan
Linking agriculture and natural resource management towards nutrition security (LANN+)
Vitamin D deficiency: a public health issue in high- and low-income countries or just hype?
Nutrition education cell, a community based approach to fight against child undernutrition and strength community resilience, in rural area in Burkina Faso
Students4Kids: winning project, growing the tree against hunger (Ensete ventricosum) in Zambia.Digital Access Karger 2018 - Digitalvolume editor, Hans Konrad Biesalski.Summary: "This book presents as scientific papers the focus and discussions of the 4th International Congress Hidden Hunger held in March 2019, the topic of which is hidden hunger and the double burden of global malnutrition in all its forms. The global nutrition situation, its causes and possible solutions are presented from the perspectives of governmental and non-governmental organizations, politicians, economists, nutritionists, and agricultural scientists"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Unravelling the Food-Health Nexus to Build Healthier Food Systems
Abstract
Health Impacts of Food Systems and Their Estimated Costs
Why the Heath Impacts Are Systematically Reproduced
Leverage Points to Contribute to Transformation to Healthier Food Systems
Disclosure Statement
References
"Fit for Life"
German Perspectives on How to Tackle the Double Burden of Malnutrition: Healthy Start
Young Family Network
Abstract Focusing on Prevention of Malnutrition in Mothers and Their Children
Healthy Start
Young Family Network: Approaches towards Successful Prevention and Health Promotion
The "Healthy Start
Young Family Network"
Importance of Appropriate Conditions for Behavioral Change
The Importance of Networking in Other Areas of Healthy Lifestyle Promotion
Conclusion
References
Unlocking the Hidden Hunger Crises: The Power of Public-Private Partnerships
Abstract
Recommendations
References Addressing Hidden Hunger in School-Aged Children and Adolescents within the Context of the Food System
Abstract
Interventions to Address Hidden Hunger through the Food System
The Way Forward
Conflict of Interest Statement
References
Africa's Changing Food Environments and Nutritional Effects on Adults and Children
Abstract
Background
Panel Data Evidence from Kenya
Supermarket Effects on Adults' Diets and Nutrition
Supermarket Effects on Adults' Health
Supermarket Effects on Children and Adolescents
Interventions Regarding Supermarkets
Conclusion Conflict of Interest Statement
Funding Sources
References
Fruits and Vegetables in International Agricultural Research: A Case of Neglect?
Abstract
How Are F+Vs Defined? A Case of Fuzziness
Why Does the CGIAR Not Have a Center Focused on F+Vs?
Research Investment in F+Vs
The Future for F+Vs in International Public Research
Conclusion
Acknowledgements
Disclosure Statement
References
Gender Discrimination: Contribution to the Burdens of Malnutrition in Communities in Buea, the South-West Region of Cameroon
Abstract
Statement of the Problem
Objectives Methodology
Results
Discussion
Conclusion
Disclosure Statement
References
The Importance of Food Supplements for Public Health and Well-Being
Abstract
Adequate Intake of Nutrients
Optimal Intake of Nutrients
Intake of Nutrients for Reducing Disease Risk
Conclusions
Disclosure Statement
From Individual Nutrients to Sustainable Nutrition
Abstract
Responsibly Delicious
Nutritious Diets
Challenges
Conclusion
Conflict of Interest Statement
References
Market-Driven Food Fortification to Address Dietary Needs
AbstractDigital Access Karger 2020 - Digital[edited by] Giuseppe Micali.Contents:
Epidemiology and pathogenesis / Vincenzo Bettoli and Giulia Ruina
Clinical features and diagnostic clues / Maria Letizia Musumeci, Maria Rita Nasca, Piera Catalfo, Karishma Bhatt, and Giuseppe Micali
Histopathology / Franco Rongioletti
Classification and severity scales / Giuseppe Monfrecola and Matteo Megna
Correlation between severity and its impact on quality of life / Nevena Skroza and Maria Concetta Potenza
Comorbidities and complex syndromes / Gabriella Fabbrocini and Valerio De Vita
Complications / Teresa Oranges, Valentina Dini, Andrea Chiricozzi, Salvatore Panduri, and Marco Romanelli
Ultrasound imaging / Antonio Martorell
Radiological imaging / Giuseppe Petrillo, Stefano Palmucci, and Claudia Trombatore
Skin imaging : dematoscopy and videodermatoscopy / Francesco Lacarrubba, Anna Elisa Verzì, Federica Fiorentini, and Giuseppe Micali
Differential diagnosis / Stefano Veraldi, Elena Guanziroli, and Mauro Barbareschi.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaleditors, Alexa B. Kimball, Gregor B.E. Jemec.Summary: A concise but comprehensive pocket handbook that provides an accessible and up-to-date introductory overview of this debilitating skin disease. Written by highly recognizable leaders in the field, this book presents essential information on the pathophysiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis and management strategies and options for hidradenitis suppurativa, forming an ideal resource to increase awareness of this disease among healthcare professionals.
Contents:
1 Editor biographies
2 Clinical Presentation of Hidradenitis Suppurativa
3 Pathophysiology of Hidradenitis Suppurativa
4 Diagnostic Workup
5 Treatment of Hidradenitis Suppurativa.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalErik R. Swenson, Peter Bärtsch, editors.Summary: Over the last decade the science and medicine of high altitude and hypoxia adaptation has seen great advances. High Altitude: Human Adaptation to Hypoxia addresses the challenges in dealing with the changes in human physiology and the particular medical conditions that arise from exposure to high altitude.--Excerpt from abstract.
Contents:
1. Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms of O2 Sensing / Paul T. Schumacker-- 2. Cellular and Molecular Defenses Against Hypoxia / Stilla Frede and Joachim Fandrey
3. Control of Breathing / Luc J. Teppema and Remco R. Berendsen
4. Lung Function and Gas Exchange / Andrew M. Luks and Susan R. Hopkins
5. Pulmonary Circulation / Marco Maggiorini, Peter Bärtsch, and Erik R. Swenson
6. Cardiovascular System / Aaron L. Baggish, Eugene E. Wolfel, and Benjamin D. Levine
7. Cerebral Circulation and Brain / Philip N. Ainslie, Mark H. Wilson, and Christopher H.E. Imray
8. Autonomic Nervous System / Mark J. Drinkhill, Roger Hainsworth, and Victoria E. Claydon
9. Skeletal Muscle Tissue Changes with Hypoxia / Hans Hoppeler, Matthias Mueller, and Michael Vogt
10. Blood and Haemostasis / James S. Milledge and Peter Bärtsch
11. Renal Function and Fluid Homeostasis / Erik R. Swenson and Niels V. Olsen
12. Endocrine Function / Jean-Paul Richalet
13. Gastrointestinal Function / Noor Hamad and Simon Travis
14. Immune System / Robert S. Mazzeo and Erik R. Swenson
15. Nutrition and Metabolism / George A. Brooks
16. Exercise / Carsten Lundby
17. Sleep / Yvonne Nussbaumer-Ochsner and Konrad E. Bloch
18. Reproduction and Growth / Susan Niermeyer
19. Human Evolution at High Altitude / Cynthia M. Beall
20. Acute Mountain Sickness and High Altitude Cerebral Oedema / Peter Bärtsch and Damian Miles Bailey
21. High-Altitude Pulmonary Edema (HAPE) / Robert B. Schoene and Erik R. Swenson
22. Chronic Mountain Sickness / Fabiola León-Velarde, María Rivera-Ch, Luis Huicho, and Francisco C. Villafuerte
23. High Altitude and Common Medical Conditions / Andrew M. Luks and Peter H. Hackett.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalArnold von Eckardstein, Dimitris Kardassis, editors.Contents:
Preface
Part 1. Physiology of HDL
Part 2. Pathology of HDL
Part 3. Possible Indications and Target Mechanisms of HDL Therapy
Part 4. Treatments for Dyslipidemias and Dysfunction of HDL. - DigitalKyung-Hyun Cho.Summary: This book is the first of two volumes that offer a comprehensive, up-to-date account of current knowledge regarding high-density lipoprotein (HDL), the changes that occur in HDL under different conditions, the clinical applications of HDL, and means of enhancing HDL functionality. HDL comprises a diverse group of lipoproteins and its composition and metabolism are dynamic. In this volume, the focus is on the changes observed in HDL under different health statuses, with particular attention to the functional and structural correlations of HDL and apolipoprotein A-1. The impacts of a wide variety of factors on HDL are examined in depth, covering, for example, diet, exercise, smoking, age, diverse diseases, and different forms of environmental pollution. It has long been known that HDL has anti-atherosclerotic and antidiabetic properties, and more recently its anti-aging activities have been recognized. These benefits of HDL are highly dependent on its lipids, proteins, apolipoproteins, and enzymes, and specifically their composition and ratios. In documenting the latest knowledge in this field, this volume will be of interest to both researchers and clinicians.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1. Understanding HDL: overview
1-1. HDL and disease
1-2. HDL functions and clinical applications
1-3. HDL composition : apolipoproteins and enzymes
1-4. Maturation of HDL
1-5. HDL and blood pressure
Chapter 2. Change of HDL by life style
2-1. Exercise and HDL
2-2. Smoking and HDL
2-3. Elderlys HDL
2-4. HDL depends on body weight
2-5. HDL from obese but healthy subject
2-6. HDL and apoA-I in smokers breast milk
2-7. Breast milk from frequent trans fatty acid consumers
2-8. HDL in cord blood from small neonates
Chapter 3. Change of HDL in various diseases
3-1. HDL from patients with myocardial infarction
3-2. HDL from patients with female angina pectoris
3-3. HDL and metabolic syndrome
3-4. HDL from male patients with atrial fibrillation
3-5. HDL from female patients with atrial fibrillation
3-6. HDL from patients with hemorrhagic fever with renal syndrome
3-7. HDL from patients with rheumatoid arthritis
3-8. HDL and prehypertension
Chapter 4. Detriment of HDL by pollutant and its evaluation
4-1. Particulate matter and HDL
4-2. Phthalate and HDL
4-3. Cadmium and HDL
4-4. Humidifier Sterilizer and HDL
4-5. Detection of dysfunctional HDL by microfluidics
4-6. Evaluation of dysfunctional HDL using zebrafish embryo
Chapter 5. Change of HDL by food ingredient
5-1. Fructose and apoA-I
5-2. Fructose and impairment of HDL functionality
5-3. Artificial sweeteners and apoA-I
5-4. Artificial sweeteners (aspartame, saccharin) and HDL
5-5. Aldoketohexoses and HDL
5-6. Iron and HDL
5-7. Trans fat and HDL
5-8. Salt and HDL 576 p
Summary and perspectives.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalKyung-Hyun Cho.Summary: This book is the second of two volumes that offer a comprehensive, up-to-date account of current knowledge regarding high-density lipoprotein (HDL), the changes that occur in HDL under different conditions, the clinical applications of HDL, and means of enhancing HDL functionality. In this volume, the focus is on the improvement of HDL, enhancement of its functionality, and the use of HDL for therapeutic purposes. In the first section, up-to-date information is provided on such topics as the tumor regression-promoting and antidiabetic activities of reconstituted HDL containing V156K apolipoprotein A-I, the enhancement of HDL effects by high doses of vitamin C, the benefits derived from incorporation of growth hormones 1 and 2 into rHDL, and the biological functions of omega-3 linolenic acid in rHDL. The enhancement of HDL functionality by policosanol and the resultant benefits are thoroughly examined in a separate section. Readers will also find the latest information on clinical applications of HDL. Here, specific topics include the enhancement of adenoviral gene delivery and the delivery of rapamycin. In documenting the latest knowledge in this field, this volume will be of interest to both researchers and clinicians.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Improvement of HDL
1-1. Clinical application of HDL: Overview
1-2. Regression effect of V156K-apoA-I
1-3. Anti-diabetic effect of V156K-apoA-I
1-4. Vitamin C and HDL
1-5. Growth hormone-1 in HDL
1-6. Growth hormone-2 in HDL
1-7. Omega-3 and HDL
Chapter 2. HDL as therapeutic tools
2-1. Delivery vehicle for therapeutics : Overview
2-2. Gene delivery: adenovirus and V156K-apoA-I
2-3. Solubilization of rapamycin and delivery
2-4. Solubilization of minoxidil and delivery
Chapter 3. Enhancement of HDL by policosanol: anti-aging and longevity
3-1. Policosanol and HDL functionality
3-2. Policosanol and raising HDL in zebrafish
3-3. Policosanol and CETP inhibition: human trial 8 weeks
3-4. Policosanol and blood pressure lowering: human trial 8 weeks
3-5. Policosanol blood pressure lowering human trial for 24 weeks
3-6. Policosanol and improvement of aortic stiffness
3-7. Policosanol and blood pressure lowering in rat model
3-8. Twelve week consumption of policosanol and lowering blood pressure
3-9. Publication analysis of policosanol-related studies
3-10. Athero-protective effects of policosanol and sugar cane wax acid
3-11. Cuban sugarcane wax acids and policosanol improved serum lipid profiles
Summary and perspectives
Epilogue.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Agamemnon J. Carpousis.Contents:
Characterizing the role of exoribonucleases in the control of microbial gene expression : differential RNA-Seq / Vânia Pobre and Cecília M. Arraiano
Conformational studies of bacterial chromosomes by high-throughput sequencing methods / Virginia S. Lioy and Frederic Boccard
Large-scale measurement of mRNA degradation in Escherichia coli : to delay or not to delay / Sandrine Laguerre, Ignacio Gonzalez, Sebastien Nouaille, Annick Moisan, Nathalie Villa-Vialaneix, Christine Gaspin, Marie Bouvier, Agamemnon J. Carpousis, Muriel Cocaign-Bousquet, and Laurence Girbal
FASTBAC-Seq : functional analysiS of toxin-antitoxin systems in BACteria by deep sequencing / Sara Masachis, Nicolas J. Tourasse, Sandrine Chabas, Olivier Bouchez, and Fabien Darfeuille
The challenges of genome-wide studies in a unicellular eukaryote with two nuclear genomes / Sandra Duharcourt and Linda Sperling
CLIP-seq in bacteria : global recognition patterns of bacterial RNA-binding proteins / Liis Andresen and Erik Holmqvist
High-resolution profiling of NMD targets in yeast / Feng He, Alper Celik, Richard Baker, and Allan Jacobson
Generation of a metagenomics proximity ligation 3C library of a mammalian gut microbiota / Théo Foutel-Rodier, Agnes Thierry, Romain Koszul, and Martial Marbouty
Genome-wide mapping of yeast retrotransposon integration target sites / Anastasia Barkova, Amna Asif-Laidin, and Pascale Lesage
Genome-wide quantitation of protein synthesis rates in bacteria / Grace E. Johnson and Gene-Wei Li
On the prowl : an in vivo method to identify RNA partners of a sRNA / Marie-Claude Carrier, Claire Morin, and Eric Masse
Analysis of bacterial transcription by "massively systematic transcript end readout," MASTER / Irina O. Vvedenskaya, Seth R. Goldman, and Bryce E. Nickels
Transcriptomic approaches for studying quorum sensing in Vibrio cholerae / Roman Herzog and Kai Papenfort
In vitro study of the major Bacillus subtilis ribonucleases Y and J / Liliana Mora, Saravuth Ngo, Soumaya Laalami, and Harald Putzer
Mapping 5'-ends and their phosphorylation state with EMOTE, TSS-EMOTE, and nEMOTE / Peter Redder
MS2-affinity purification coupled with RNA sequencing approach in the human pathogen Staphylococcus aureus / David Lalaouna, Emma Desgranges, Isabelle Caldelari, and Stefano Marzi
Noncoding RNAs in archaea : genome-wide identification and functional classification / Anne Buddeweg, Michael Daume, Lennart Randau, and Ruth A. Schmitz
Methodology for ribosome profiling of key stages of the Caulobacter crescentus cell cycle / James R. Aretakis, Nadra Al-Husini, and Jared M. Schrader
Transcriptome-wide analysis of protein-RNA and RNA-RNA interactions in pathogenic bacteria / Jai J. Tree, Kenn Gerdes, and David Tollervey
Profiling RNA polymerase II phosphorylation genome-wide in fission yeast / Tea Kecman, Dong-Hyuk Heo, and Lidia Vasiljeva
Toward cell type-specific in vivo dual RNA-seq / Lutz Frönicke, Denise N. Bronner, Mariana X. Byndloss, Bridget McLaughlin, Andreas J. Baumler, and Alexander J. Westermann
Genomic analysis of DNA double-strand break repair in Escherichia coli / A.M. Mahedi Hasan, Benura Azeroglu, and David R.F. Leach.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digital/PrintHarris G. Fienberg, Garry P. Nolan, editors.Summary: This volume highlights the most interesting biomedical and clinical applications of high-dimensional flow and mass cytometry. It reviews current practical approaches used to perform high-dimensional experiments and addresses key bioinformatic techniques for the analysis of data sets involving dozens of parameters in millions of single cells. Topics include single cell cancer biology; studies of the human immunome; exploration of immunological cell types such as CD8+ T cells; decipherment of signaling processes of cancer; mass-tag cellular barcoding; analysis of protein interactions by proximity ligation assays; Cytobank, a platform for the analysis of cytometry data; computational analysis of high-dimensional flow cytometric data; computational deconvolution approaches for the description of intracellular signaling dynamics; and hyperspectral cytometry. All 10 chapters of this book have been written by respected experts in their fields. It is an invaluable reference book for both basic and clinical researchers.
Contents:
High Dimensional Single Cell Cancer Biology
Studying the Human Immunome: The Complexity of Comprehensive Leukocyte Immunophenotyping
High-dimensional Analysis of Human CD8+ T Cell Phenotype, Function and Antigen-Specificity
Mass Cytometry to Decipher the Mechanism of Non-genetic Drug Resistance in Cancer
A Practical Guide to Multiplexed Mass Cytometry
Analysis of Protein Interactions in situ by Proximity Ligation Assays
Cytobank: Providing an Analytics Platform for Community Cytometry Data Analysis and Collaboration
Computational Analysis of High-Dimensional Flow Cytometric Data for Diagnosis and Discovery
Shooting Movies of Signaling Network Dynamics with Multiparametric Cytometry
Hyperspectral Cytometry. - DigitalCandice W. Jones.Summary: "This positive parenting guide will help you understand how children develop and how discipline shapes not only your child's behavior but their overall health and well-being. With your child's developmental stages in mind, you'll be empowered to create a family discipline plan that manages misbehavior and encourages positive behavior. High Five Discipline is packed with developmentally appropriate strategies to tame tantrums, stop sibling squabbles, and reward better behavior, to create a calmer, more harmonious home"--Page [4] of cover.
Contents:
Personal history: My "her"story
Essential discipline dynamics
Adult in the mirror
Child basics: Act like a parent but think like a child
Establishing a family discipline plan.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2022 - DigitalAnnalisa Carlucci, Salvatore M. Maggiore, editors.Summary: This book presents the state of the art in high-flow nasal cannula (HFNC), an oxygen therapy technique that has recently proven to be a very promising approach to supporting respiratory function in several medical fields. In the opening part of the book, readers will learn the differences between high-flow and low-flow techniques and gain an overview of HFNCs technical aspects and physiological effects. The book subsequently describes the pathophysiological mechanisms involved in different respiratory diseases, analyzing how this technique positively impacts patients respiratory status. The authors highlight clinical applications of HFNC, both in adults and in children, in various clinical settings e.g. intensive care and semi-intensive care unit, emergencies, rehabilitation etc. and present tips, tricks and pitfalls, as well as up-to-date reports on technical issues. The book is intended for pneumologists, intensivists, anesthesiologists, ED doctors, rehabilitation therapists, internists and oncologists, as well as fellows and nurses in these fields.
Contents:
1 Conventional oxygen therapy: technical and physiologic issues
2 High-flow: technical aspect
3 Physiological effects of high flow
4 Clinical applications of high flow nasal cannula in hypoxemic acute respiratory failure
5 Clinical applications of high flow nasal cannula during intubation and weaning from mechanical ventilation
6 Clinical applications of high flow nasal cannula in the operating room
7 Clinical applications in the acute setting: obstructive lung diseases
8 Clinical applications in Pulmonary rehabilitation
9 Clinical applications in particular setting
10 Physiological Effects and clinical applications in children
11 Future perspectives. - DigitalThomas Bodenheimer [and eight others].Summary: "Residency teaching programs have two equally important missions: educating tomorrow's doctors and caring for today's patients. This report offers observations made in 23 family medicine, internal medicine, and pediatric resident teaching clinics around the United States. We found that several of those residency programs are demonstrating that good education for tomorrow's doctors requires excellent care for today's patients. Currently, clinics that train the nation's future primary care physicians face major challenges. Faculty physicians and resident learners often spend only one to two half-days per week in clinic, making it difficult to provide continuity of care and prompt access for patients, who are often from underserved communities. Moreover, a "training gap" exists between the inpatient focus of many residency programs and the reality that the majority of health care occurs in the outpatient setting. Residents and medical students are less likely to enter ambulatory primary care careers as a result of poor experiences in teaching clinics. The observations offered in this report are based on detailed site visits conducted from 2013 to 2015 by a team from the Center for Excellence in Primary Care (CEPC) at the University of California, San Francisco. The observations are organized according to the primary care improvement model—the Building Blocks of High-Performing Primary Care—which includes 10 features of good primary care"--Executive summary.
Contents:
Executive summary
Introduction
Conceptual model: the building blocks of high-performing primary care
Building block 1: Engaged leadership
Building block 2: Data-driven improvement
Building block 3: Empanelment
Building block 4: Team-based care
Building block 5: Patient-team partnership
Building block 6: Population management
Building block 7: Continuity of care
Building block 8: Prompt access to care
Building blocks 7 and 8: Continuity of care and prompt access to care
Building block 9: Comprehensiveness and care coordination
Building block 10: Template of the future
Resident building block 1: Resident scheduling
Resident building block 2: Resident engagement
Resident building block 3: Resident worklife
Conclusion
References.Digital Access R2Library 2016 - DigitalBrendon Burchard.Summary: "THESE HABITS WILL MAKE YOU EXTRAORDINARY. Twenty years ago, author Brendon Burchard became obsessed with answering three questions: 1. Why do some individuals and teams succeed more quickly than others and sustain that success over the long term? 2. Of those who pull it off, why are somemiserableand others consistently happy on their journey? 3. What motivates people to reach for higher levels of success in the first place, and what practices help them improve the most? After extensive original research and a decade as the world's leading high performance coach, Burchard found the answers. It turns out that just six deliberate habits give you the edge. Anyone can practice these habits and, when they do, extraordinary things happen in their lives, relationships, and careers. Which habits can help you achieve long-term success and vibrant well-being no matter your age, career, strengths, or personality? To become a high performer, you must seek clarity, generate energy, raise necessity, increase productivity, develop influence, and demonstrate courage. This book is about the art and science of how to cultivate and practice these proven habits. Whether you want to get more done, lead others better, develop skill faster, or dramatically increase your sense of joy and confidence, the habits in this book will help you achieve it faster. Each of the six habits is illustrated by powerful vignettes, cutting-edge science, thought-provoking exercises, and real-world daily practices you can implement right now. If you've ever wanted a science-backed, heart-centered plan to living a better quality of life, it's in your hands. Best of all, you can measure your progress. A link to a free professional assessment is included in the book"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Beyond natural: the quest for high performance
Section one. Personal habits
Seek clarity
Generate energy
Raise necessity
Section two. Social habits
Increase productivity
Develop influence
Demonstrate courage
Section three. Sustaining success
Beware three traps
The #1 thing
Summary guide.Digital Access OverDrive 2017Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - DigitalKazuyuki Akasaka, Hitoshi Matsuki, editors.Contents:
Part I. Why and how proteins denature under prssure?
Part II. Volume, compressibility, fluctuation and interaction in proteins
Part III. Pressure and functional sub-states in proteins
Part IV. Pressure and protein folding and assembly
Part V. Pressure effects on biological membranes
Part VI. Pressure adaptation and tolerance of proteins and living organisms
Part VII. High pressure food processing and sterilization
Part VIII. Pressure effects on motility, physiology and health
Part IX. Methodology.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalHigh Reliability Organizations : a Healthcare Handbook for Patient Safety & Quality. Second edition.[edited by] Cynthia A. Oster, Jane S. Braaten.Summary: "Patient safety and quality of care are critical concerns of healthcare consumers, payers, providers, organizations, health systems, and governments. Although a strong body of knowledge shows that high-reliability methods enable the most efficient, safe, and effective care, these methods have yet to be completely implemented across healthcare. According to authors Cynthia Oster and Jane Braaten, nurses-who are on the frontline of providing safe and effective care-are ideally situated to drive high reliability. High Reliability Organizations: A Healthcare Handbook for Patient Safety & Quality, Second Edition, equips nurses and healthcare professionals with the tools necessary to establish an error detection and prevention system. This new edition builds on the foundation of the first book with best practices, relevant exemplars, and important discussions about cultural aspects essential to sustainability. New material focuses on: High-reliability performance during a pandemic, organizational learning and tiered safety huddles, high reliability in infection prevention and ambulatory care, the emerging field of human factors engineering within healthcare, creating a virtual resource toolkit for frontline staff"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access
- DigitalW. Richard Webb, MD, Professor Emeritus of Radiology and Biomedical Imaging, Emeritus Member, Haile Debas Academy Educators, University of California San Francisco, San francisco, California, Nestor L. Müller, MD, PhD, David P. Naidich, MD, FACR, FAACP, Professor Emeritus of Radiology, Department of Radiology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, Profressor of Radiology and Medicine, New York University, Langone Medical center, New York, New York.Contents:
Technical aspects of HRCT
Normal lung anatomy
HRCT findings : linear and reticular opacities
HRCT findings : multiple nodules and nodular opacities
HRCT findings : parenchymal opacification
HRCT findings : air-filled cystic lesions
HRCT findings : decreased lung attenuation
The idiopathic interstitial pneumonias, part 1: usual interstitial pneumonia/idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis and nonspecific interstitial pneumonia
The idiopathic interstitial pneumonias, part 2 : cryptogenic organizing pneumonia, acute interstitial pneumonia, respiratory bronchiolitis-interstitial lung disease, desquamative interstitial pneumonia, lymphocytic interstitial pneumonia, and pleuroparenchymal fibroelastosis
Collagen vascular diseases
Diffuse pulmonary neoplasms and pulmonary lymphoproliferative diseases
Sarcoidosis
Pneumoconiosis, occupational, and environmental lung disease
Hypersensitivity pneumonitis and eosinophilic lung diseases
Drug-induced lung diseases and radiation pneumonitis
Miscellaneous infiltrative lung diseases
Infections
Pulmonary edema and the acute respiratory distress syndrome
Cystic lung diseases
Emphysema and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)
Airways diseases
Pulmonary hypertension and pulmonary vascular disease
Illustrated glossary of high-resolution CT terms
Appearances and characteristics of common diseases.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - DigitalJosef F. Bille, editor.Summary: This open access book provides a comprehensive overview of the application of the newest laser and microscope/ophthalmoscope technology in the field of high resolution imaging in microscopy and ophthalmology. Starting by describing High-Resolution 3D Light Microscopy with STED and RESOLFT, the book goes on to cover retinal and anterior segment imaging and image-guided treatment and also discusses the development of adaptive optics in vision science and ophthalmology. Using an interdisciplinary approach, the reader will learn about the latest developments and most up to date technology in the field and how these translate to a medical setting. High Resolution Imaging in Microscopy and Ophthalmology - New Frontiers in Biomedical Optics has been written by leading experts in the field and offers insights on engineering, biology, and medicine, thus being a valuable addition for scientists, engineers, and clinicians with technical and medical interest who would like to understand the equipment, the applications and the medical/biological background. Lastly, this book is dedicated to the memory of Dr. Gerhard Zinser, co-founder of Heidelberg Engineering GmbH, a scientist, a husband, a brother, a colleague, and a friend.
Contents:
PART ONE
Breaking the Diffraction Barrier in Fluorescence Microscopy.- High-Resolution 3D Light Microscopy with STED and RESOLFT.- PART TWO
Retinal Imaging and Image Guided Retina Treatment.- Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscopy (SLO).- Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) -Principle and Technical Realization.- Ophthalmic Diagnostic Imaging
Retina. .- Ophthalmic Diagnostic Imaging
Glaucoma.- OCT Angiography (OCTA) in Retinal Diagnostics.- OCT-based Velocimetry for Blood Flow Quantification.- In Vivo FF-SS-OCT Optical Imaging of Physiological Responses to Photostimulation of Human Photoreceptor Cells.- Two-Photon Laser Scanning Ophthalmoscope.- Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Ophthalmoscopy (FLIO).- Selective Retina Therapy.- PART THREE
Anterior Segment Imaging and Image Guided Treatment.- In Vivo Confocal Scanning Laser Microscopy.- Anterior Segment OCT.- Femtosecond-Laser-Assisted Cataract Surgery (FLACS).- Refractive Index Shaping
In-Vivo Optimization of an Implanted Intraocular Lens (IOL).- PART FOUR- Adaptive Optics in Vision Science and Ophthalmology.- The Development of Adaptive Optics and its Application in Ophthalmology.- Adaptive Optics for Photoreceptor-Targeted Psychophysics.- Compact Adaptive Optics Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscope with Phase Plates. - Digitalsenior editor, Nan H. Troiano ; editors, Patricia M. Witcher, Suzanne McMurtry Baird.Summary: This comprehensive analysis of critical care obstetrics concepts offers a summary of research findings and top-notch clinical expertise. Made for perinatal clinicians who provide care to pregnant women with high-risk or critical care conditions -- Cover.
Contents:
Maternal morbidity and mortality / Patricia M. Witcher and Michael Lindsey
Improving maternal outcomes / Patricia M. Witcher, Cynthia Chazott, and Bonnie Flood Chez
Critical care obstetric capabilities : development strategies / Suzanne Mcmurtry Baird and Stephanie Martin
Invasive hemodynamic and oxygen transport monitoring during pregnancy / Nan H. Troiano And Sreedhar Gaddipati
Mechanical ventilation during pregnancy / Nan H. Troiano and Thomas M. Jenkins
Pharmacologic agents / Suzanne Mcmurtry Baird, Stephen D. Krau, and Michael A. Belfort
Hypertension in pregnancy / Carol J. Harvey and Baha M. Sibai
Cardiac disorders in pregnancy / Sreedhar Gaddipati and Nan H. Troiano
Pulmonary disorders in pregnancy / Brian A. Mason and Karen Dorman
Diabetic ketoacidosis and continuous insulin infusion management in pregnancy / Maribeth Inturrisi, Nancy C. Lintner, and Kimberlee Sorem
Anesthesia emergencies in the obstetric setting / Patricia M. Witcher and Keith Mclendon
Induction of labor / Washington C. Hill and Carol J. Harvey
Acute renal failure /Betsy B. Kennedy, Carol J. Harvey, and George R. Saade
Cardiopulmonary resuscitation in pregnancy / Deborah Anne Cruz, Patricia Marie Constanty, and Shailen S. Shah
Obstetric hemorrhage / Carol J. Harvey and Gary A. Dildy
Disseminated intravascular coagulation in pregnancy / Melissa C. Sisson and Marcy M. Mann
Venous thromboembolism in pregnancy / Patricia M. Witcher and Lewis Hamner
Sepsis in pregnancy / Julie M. R. Arafeh and Bonnie K. Dwyer
Amniotic fluid embolus (anaphylactoid syndrome of pregnancy) / Renee' Jones and Steven L. Clark
Perinatal infection / Patrick Duff
Trauma in pregnancy / Donna Ruth and Richard S. Miller
Maternal obesity : effects on pregnancy / Amy H. Picklesimer and Karen Dorman.Digital Access - PrintRonald W. Dudek, Professor, Brody School of Medicine, East Carolina University, Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology, Greenville, North Carolina, Thomas M. Louis, Professor, Brody School of Medicine, East Carolina University, Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology, Greenville, North Carolina.Summary: "High-Yield Gross Anatomy addresses many of the recurring clinical themes of the USMLE Step 1. The information presented in this text prepares you to handle not only the clinical vignettes found on the USMLE Step 1, but also the questions concerning basic gross anatomy concepts"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Vertebral column
2. Spinal cord and spinal nerves
3. Autonomic nervous system
4. Lymphatic System
5. Chest wall
6. Pleura, tracheobronchial tree, lungs
7. The heart
8. Abdominal wall
9. Peritoneal cavity
10. Abdominal vasculature
11. Abdominal viscera
12. Sgmod colon, rectum, and anal canal
13. Spleen
14. Kidney, ureter, bladder, and urethra
15. Suprarenal (adrenal)
16. Female reproductive system
17. Male reproductive system
18. Pelvis
19. Perineum
20. Upper limb
21. Lower limb
22. Head
23. Neck
24. Eye
25. Ear
Appendices
Credits
Index. - PrintDouglas J. Gould, PhD, Professor and Vice Chair, Department of Biomedical Sciences, William Beaumont School of Medicine, Oakland University, Rochester, Michigan, Jennifer K. Brueckner-Collins, PhD, Professor and Vice- Chair, Department of Anatomical Sciences and Neurobiology, University of Louisville School of Medicine, Louisville, Kentucky ; author of first-fourth editions James D. Fix (1931-2010).Summary: Now significantly revised based on student feedback, this best-selling text provides a quick, authoritative review of the most important clinical aspects of neuroanatomy. A new, full-color design highlights the essential information you need to know to excel on course exams and the USMLE Step 1. New objectives begin every chapter, contents have been reorganized and streamlined, and all information has been completely updated. A new Gross Structure chapter lays the foundation for understanding the sectional anatomy in the Atlas chapter, and all terminology is now consistent with Terminologia Anatomica.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: 1. Gross Structure Of The Brain
I. Divisions of the Brain
2. Development Of The Nervous System
I. The Neural Tube
II. The Neural Crest
III. The Cranial Neuropore
IV. The Caudal Neuropore
V. Microglia
VI. Myelination
VII. The Optic Nerve and Chiasma
VIII. The Hypophysis (pituitary gland)
IX. Congenital Malformations of the CNS
3. Neurohistology
I. Neurons
II. Nissl Substance
III. Axonal Transport
IV. Anterograde (Wallerian) Degeneration
V. Chromatolysis
VI. Regeneration of Nerve Cells
VII. Neuroglia
VIII. The Blood-Brain Barrier
IX. The Blood-CSF Barrier
X. Pigments and Inclusions
XI. Classification of Nerve Fibers
XII. Tumors of the CNS and PNS
XIII. Cutaneous Receptors
4. Blood Supply
I. The Spinal Cord and Caudal Brainstem
II. The Internal Carotid System
III. The Vertebrobasilar System
IV. The Blood Supply of the Internal Capsule
V. Veins of the Brain
VI. Venous Dural Sinuses. Note continued: VII. Angiography
VIII. The Middle Meningeal Artery
5. Meninges, Ventricles, And Cerebrospinal Fluid
I. Meninges
II. Ventricular System
III. Cerebrospinal Fluid
IV. Herniation
6. Spinal Cord
I. Gray and White Rami Communicans
II. Spinal Nerves
III. Conus Medullaris
IV. Location of the Major Motor and Sensory Nuclei of the Spinal Cord
V. The Cauda Equina
VI. The Myotatic Reflex
Case 6
1
I. Posterior (Dorsal) Column
Medial Lemniscus Pathway
II. Anterolateral System
III. Lateral Corticospinal Tract
Case 6
2
I. Diseases of the Motor Neurons and Corticospinal Tracts
II. Sensory Pathway Lesions
III.Combined Motor and Sensory Lesions
IV. Peripheral Nervous System (PNS) Lesions
V. Intervertebral Disk Herniation
VI. Cauda Equina Syndrome (Spinal Roots L3 to CO)
VII. Conus Medullaris Syndrome (Cord Segments S3 to C0)
7. Brainstem
I. Introduction
II. Cross Section Through the Caudal Medulla. Note continued: III. Cross Section Through the Mid-Medulla
IV. Cross Section Through the Rostral Medulla
V. Cross Section Through the Caudal Pons
VI. Cross Section Through the Mid-Pons
VII. Cross Section Through the Rostral Pons
VIII. Cross Section Through the Caudal Midbrain
IX. Cross Section Through the Rostral Medulla
X. Corticonuclear Fibers
Lesions of the Brainstem
I. Lesions of the Medulla
II. Lesions of the Pons
III. Lesions of the Midbrain
IV. Acoustic Neuroma (Schwannoma)
V. Jugular Foramen Syndrome
VI."Locked-in" Syndrome
VII. Central Pontine Myelolysis
VIII."Top of the Basilar" Syndrome
IX. Subclavian Steal Syndrome
X. The Cerebellopontine Angle
8. Autonomic Nervous System
I. Introduction
II. Cranial Nerves (CN) With Parasympathetic Components
III.Communicating Rami
IV. Neurotransmitters
V. Clinical Correlation
9. Cranial Nerves
I. The Olfactory Nerve
II. The Optic Nerve (CN II). Note continued: III. The Oculomotor Nerve (CN III)
IV. The Trochlear Nerve (CN IV)
V. The Trigeminal Nerve (CN V)
VI. The Abducent Nerve (CN VI)
VII. The Facial Nerve (CN VII)
VIII. The Vestibulocochlear Nerve (CN VIII)
IX. The Glossopharyngeal Nerve (CN IX)
X. The Vagal Nerve (CN X)
XI. The Accessory Nerve (CN XI)
XII. The Hypoglossal Nerve (CN XII)
10. Trigeminal System
I. Introduction
II. The Trigeminal Ganglion
III. Trigeminothalamic Pathways
IV. Trigeminal Reflexes
V. The Cavernous Sinus
11. Diencephalon
I. Introduction
II. The Thalamus
III. Blood Supply
IV. The Internal Capsule
V. The hypothalamus
12. Auditory System
I. Introduction
II. The Auditory Pathway
III. Hearing Defects
IV. Auditory Tests
13. Vestibular System
I. Introduction
II. The Labyrinth
III. The Vestibular Pathways
IV. Vestibulo-ocular Reflexes
14. Visual System
I. Introduction
II. The Visual Pathway. Note continued: III. The Pupillary Light Reflex Pathway
IV. The Pupillary Dilation Pathway
V. The Near Reflex and Accommodation Pathway
VI. Cortical and Subcortical Centers for Ocular Motility
VII. Clinical Correlation
15. Limbic System
I. Introduction
II. Major Components
III. The Papez Circuit
IV. Clinical Correlations
16. Basal Nuclei And Extrapyramidal Motor System
I. Basal Nuclei (Ganglia)
II. The Extrapyramidal (Striatal) Motor System
III. Clinical Correlation
17. Cerebellum
I. Function
II. Anatomy
III. The Deep Cerebellar Nuclei
IV. The Major Cerebellar Circuit
V. Cerebellar Dysfunction
VI. Cerebellar Syndromes and Tumors
18. Cerebral Cortex
I. Introduction
II. The Six-Layered Neocortex
III. Functional Areas
IV. Focal Destructive Hemispheric Lesions and Symptoms
V. Cerebral Dominance
VI. Split Brain Syndrome
VII. Other Lesions of the Corpus Callosum
VIII. Brain and Spinal Cord Tumors
IX. Apraxia. Note continued: X. Aphasia
XI. Dysprosodies
19. Cross-Sectional Anatomy Of The Brain
I. Introduction
20. Neurotransmitters
I. Major Neurotransmitters
II. Functional and Clinical Considerations. - DigitalGanga Ram Regmi, Falk Huettmann, editors.Summary: This book describes the myriad components of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) region. The contributors elaborate on challenges, failures, and successes in efforts to conserve the HKH, its indigenous plants and animals, and the watershed that runs from the very roof of the planet via world-rivers to marine estuaries, supporting a human population of some two billion people. Readers will learn how the landforms, animal species and humans of this globally fascinating region are connected, and understand why runoff from snow and ice in the world's tallest mountains is vital to inhabitants far downstream. The book comprises forty-five chapters organized in five parts. The first section, Landscapes, introduces the mountainous watersheds of the HKH, its weather systems, forests, and the 18 major rivers whose headwaters are here. The second part explores concepts, cultures, and religions, including ethnobiology and indigenous regimes, two thousand years of religious tradition, and the history of scientific and research expeditions. Part Three discusses policy, wildlife conservation management, habitat and biodiversity data, as well as the interaction of animals and humans. The fourth part examines the consequences of development and globalization, from hydrodams, to roads and railroads, to poaching and illegal wildlife trade. This section includes studies of animal species including river dolphins, woodpeckers and hornbills, langurs, snow leopards and more. The concluding section offers perspectives and templates for conservation, sustainability and stability in the HKH, including citizen-science projects and a future challenged by climate change, growing human population, and global conservation decay. A large assemblage of field and landscape photos, combined with eye-witness accounts, presents a 50-year local and wider perspective on the HKH. Also included are advanced digital topics: data sharing, open access, metadata, web portal databases, geographic information systems (GIS) software and machine learning, and data mining concepts all relevant to a modern scientific understanding and sustainable management of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya region. This work is written for scholars, landscape ecologists, naturalists and researchers alike, and it can be especially well-suited for those readers who want to learn in a more holistic fashion about the latest conservation issues.
Contents:
Preface
Part 1. Landscapes
1. Mountain Landscapes and Watersheds of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) and Their Biogeography: A Descriptive Overview and Introduction for 18 Nations in the Anthropocene
2. The Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) Region in the Modern Global and Climate Context: Major Weather Systems, Monsoon, Asian Brown Clouds (ABCs), Digital Data/Models and Global Linkages of Telecoupling and Teleconnection all Affecting Global Human Well
3. From the Mountains and Glaciers Down to the Rivers to the Estuaries and Oceans: Another Sad Tale of 18 or so Rivers
4. The Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) in the Global and Marine Context: Major Estuaries, Coast-Scapes, Ocean Coupling, Seawalls, over 2 Billion People and Global (Food) Security
5. A View from Space on Poyang Lake: What We Can Already See and What It Means
6. Effective Poyang Lake Conservation? A Local Ecology View from Downstream Involving Internationally Migratory Birds When Trying to Buffer and Manage Water from HKH with 'Modern' Concepts
7. The Future of Biodiversity in the Changing Watersheds of Kashmir Himalaya, Pakistan: Conservation Challenges and Opportunities 15. Settling the Terror of Your Mind with the Deities: About Fear, Anxiety, Inherent Chaos and Self-Doubt in Hind Kush-Himalaya Expeditions and Associated Research
Part 3. Real-World Policy, Conservation Management of Wildlife, Habitat, and Biodiversity Data
16. The Relevance and Significant Role of Mid-elevation for the Watersheds and Biodiversity Conservation in the Hindu Kush-Himalaya: The Case of Nepal in the Anthropocene
17. Nature and Landscape Governance in Royal Times: Experiences from the Shah and Rana Regimes in Nepal Re-assembled from Literature and Interview Data
18. Swallows and Sparrows in the Human Street-Market Interface of Urban Nepal: Towards a First Open Access GIS Data and Model Inference on the Role of Religion and Culture in Bird Distribution
19. Pallas's Cat in Annapurna, Nepal: What We Know Thus Far and What Is to Come
20. Status of Otters in Nepal: A Link with Ancient Waterways and People
21. Wildlife Diplomacy and Gifting in the Hindu Kush-Himalaya Region: A Chronological History and Opinion of Nepalese Literates
22. Birds of Nepal: Their Status and Conservation Especially with Regards to Watershed Perspectives 23. A Governance Analysis of the Snow Leopard, Its Habitat and (Digital) Data: Who Owns Charismatic Animals and Who Drives and Uses the Agenda for What?
24. The Annapurna Conservation Area Project (ACAP): Towards a Success Story in Landscape Feature and Watershed Conservation Management
25. The Forgotten Data: A Rather Short but Deep Story of Museums and Libraries in HKH and Similar Information Sources in Support of the Global Biodiversity Information System (GBIF.org) and Model-Predictions for Improved Conservation Management
26. A Rather Short Story of Shared GIS Data Layers in the Hindu Kush-Himalayas: State of the Art, Justifications and Urgent Suggestions for a Sustainable Global Data Governance with Open Access and Open Source Coming to the Rescue
27. Insect Pollinators, Threats For Survival and Ecosystem Service: An Outlook From Hindu-Kush Himalaya Region
28. A First High-Resolution Open Access Data and Open Source GIS Model-Prediction for the Globally Threatened Sarus Crane (Antigone antigone) in Nepal: Data Mining of 81 Predictors Support Evidence for Ongoing Declines in Distribution and Abunda
Part 4. A Fresh Look and Successful Templates for HKH: 'Business as Usual' Is Dead 39. Small and Effective NGOs as a Role Model for Bigger Success: The Global Primate Network (Now 'Third Pole Conservancy')
40. When Micro Drives the Macro: A Fresh Look at Disease and its Massive Contributions in the Hindu Kush-Himalaya
41. Water in Mongolia: Sources, Uses and Issues, with Special Emphasis on Mining
42. Good Citizen Science Experience Downstream of Everest Helps Monitor Status of Wetland Birds
43. A Citizen Science Experience: Green Youth of Lumbini (GYL) Promoting Globally Threatened Bird Species (Cranes/Storks) and Holistic Landscape Conservation in the Lumbini Region of Nepal, on the Ground as well as with Social Media
44. When Governments Cannot Do It Anymore and When Capitalism, Neoliberal Policies and Globalization Get Imposed Without Democracy: Self-Organization in the HKH Region Beyond E. Ostrom and Facebook
45. Quo Vadis HKH? 'Sustainable Development' as a Horror Scenario while Climate Change, Human Population Increase and Global Conservation Decay are on the Rise Further
Index. 8. Towards a Landscape Perspective of Diseases in Plants: An Overview and Review of a Critical but Overlooked Ecology Issue in the Hindu Kush-Himalayan Region
9. Showing True Change of the Hindu Kush Himalaya Region Through the Power of Photo Monitoring as a Visual Memory of Change
10. A First-Hand Narrative Account on Tibet's Paper Parks: How China's Greenwashing in Tibet Flies Under the Radar
11. Forestry Management in Nepal: An Example and a Review of Growth & Yield
Part 2. Concepts, Cultures, Religions and the Mind
12. What It Is Like to Be a Land-Locked Nation: Some Discriminatory Examples and Details from National Watersheds of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya Under the Neoliberal 'Free Market' Participation Paradigm
13. Ethnobiology and Indigenous Regimes in the Conservation of Species, Watersheds, and Landscapes: Experiences and Evidences from the Hindu Kush-Himalayan Nations for a Global Application
14. Spirituality Beats It All: A Quick Conservation Overview, Self-Organization and the Great Value of (Indigenous) Religions for Hindu Kush-Himalaya Landscapes, Its Geo-Parks, Species, Ecological Processes and Watersheds - Digital[edited by] Joseph A. Smith, Jr., Stuart S. Howards, Glenn M. Preminger, Roger R. Dmochowski.Contents:
Surgical basics
Suture techniques
Reconstructive techniques
Bowel stapling and closure techniques
Methods of nerve block
Basic laparoscopy
Basics of robotic surgery
Surgical approaches for open renal surgery, including open radical nephrectomy
Open partial nephrectomy
Open and laparoscopic nephroureterectomy
Vena caval thrombectomy
Laparoscopic nephrectomy
Laparoscopic and robotic-assisted laparoscopic partial nephrectomy
Percutaneous resection of upper tract urothelial carcinoma
Open pyeloplasty
Surgery of the horseshoe kidney
Repair of renal injuries
Surgery for renal vascular disease and principles of vascular repair
Renal transplant recipient
Endoscopic management of ureteral strictures
Percutaneous endopyeloplasty
Laparoscopic and robotic pyeloplasty
Laparoscopic live donor nephrectomy
Open stone surgery : anatrophic nephrolithotomy and pyelolithotomy
Anatomic basis for renal endoscopy
Percutaneous renal access
Percutaneous nephrolithotomy
Laparoscopic access
Renal cryosurgery
Renal radiofrequency ablation
Robotic, laparoscopic, and open approaches to the adrenal gland (benign)
Open and laparoscopic approaches to the adrenal gland (malignant)
Ureteroneocystostomy
Bladder flap repair (Boari)
Ureteral stricture repair and ureterolysis
Ureteroureterostomy and transureteroureterostomy
Ileal ureteral replacement
Ureterolithotomy
Endoscopic management of vesicoureteral reflux
Ureteroscopic instrumentation
Ureteroscopic management of ureteral calculi
Ureteroscopic management of renal calculi
Ureteroscopic endopyelotomy and endoureterotomy
Ureteroscopic management of upper tract urothelial carcinoma
Endoscopic incision of ureteroceles
Transurethral resection of bladder tumors
Partial cystectomy
Radical cystectomy in male patients
Radical cystectomy in female patients
Urethrectomy
Pelvic lymphadenectomy
Excision of vesical diverticulum
Cystolithotomy
Laparoscopic/robotic radical cystectomy
Ileocecal reservoir
Appendicovesicostomy
Ureterosigmoidostomy and mainz pouch ii
Ileal orthotopic bladder substitution
Robotic urinary diversion
Ileocystoplasty
Colocystoplasty
Ureterocystoplasty
Transvaginal repair of vesicovaginal fistula
Transvesical repair of vesicovaginal fistula
Transperitoneal vesicovaginal fistula repair
Female vesical neck closure
Transurethral resection and transurethral incision of the prostate
Laser treatment of benign prostatic disease
Suprapubic prostatectomy
Retropubic prostatectomy
Laparoscopic and robotic simple prostatectomy
Anatomy and principles of excision of the prostate
Transrectal ultrasound-directed prostate biopsy
Transperineal prostate biopsy
Prostate biopsy with MR fusion
Radical retropubic prostatectomy
Radical perineal prostatectomy
Pelvic lymph node dissection
Robotic-assisted laparoscopic prostatectomy
Cryotherapy
Focal therapies in the treatment of prostate cancer
Brachytherapy
Vaginal reconstruction
Urethrovaginal fistula repair
Bulbocavernosus muscle and fat pad supplement
Female urethral diverticulum
Female urethral reconstruction
Urethral prolapse-caruncle
Anterior pelvic organ prolapse repair
Enterocele repair
Rectocele repair
Reconstruction of the fossa navicularis
Reconstruction of strictures of the penile urethra
Reconstruction of strictures of the bulbar urethra
Reconstruction of pelvic fracture urethral distraction defect
York--mason closure of rectourinary fistula in the male
Direct vision internal urethrotomy
Autologous pubovaginal sling
Tension-free vaginal tape/suprapubic midurethral sling
Transobturator midurethral sling
Bulking agents for incontinence
Artificial urinary sphincter
Male urethral sling
Neuromodulation
Botox injection for urologic conditions
Testis biopsy
Sperm retrieval
Varicocele ligation
Simple orchiectomy
Vasectomy
Vasovasostomy and vasoepididymostomy
Spermatocelectomy
Epididymectomy
Undescended testis
Reduction of testicular torsion
Testis-sparing surgery for benign and malignant tumors
Radical orchiectomy
Retroperitoneal lymph node dissection
Laparoscopic and robotic retroperitoneal lymph node dissection
Circumcision and dorsal slit or preputioplasty circumcision
Penile curvature in pediatric patients
Hidden penis
Insertion of semirigid penile prostheses
Inflatable penile prosthesis implantation
Penile arterial revascularization
Procedures for peyronie disease
Operations for priapism
Repair of genital injuries
Pediatric meatotomy and distal reconstruction
Repair of proximal hypospadias
Partial penectomy
Total penectomy
Ilioinguinal lymphadenectomy
Laser treatment of the penis.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - Digital[edited by] Daniel J. Berry, William J. Maloney.Contents:
pt. I Surgical Approaches
ch. 1 Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty / Michael Taunton
ch. 2 The Direct Lateral Approach for Total Hip Arthroplasty / Stuart B. Goodman
ch. 3 Posterolateral Approach (Including Minimally Invasive Variations) / James I. Huddleston
ch. 4 Conventional Trochanteric Osteotomies and the Trochanteric Slide / Andrew H. Glassman
pt. II Nonarthroplasty Approaches
ch. 5 Extended Trochanteric Osteotomy / Wayne G. Paprosky
ch. 6 Hip Arthroscopy for Nonstructural Pathology / Elizabeth Ford
ch. 7 Arthroscopy for Structural Hip Problems / Bruce A. Levy
ch. 8 Head-Sparing Procedures for Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Michael A. Mont
ch. 9 Periacetabular Osteotomy and Femoral Osteotomy / John C. Clohisy
ch. 10 Hip Arthrodesis / Clive Duncan
pt. III Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty
ch. 11 Principles, Planning, and Decision Making / Young-Min Kwon
ch. 12 Cemented Acetabular Component in Total Hip Arthroplasty / Andrew John Timperley
ch. 13 The Uncemented Socket / John C. Clohisy
ch. 14 The Polished Tapered Cemented Stem / Jonathan R. Howell
ch. 15 Extensively Coated Stems / C. Anderson Engh Jr.
ch. 16 The Tapered Stem / William J. Hozack
ch. 17 Double-Tapered Primary Stems / Thomas P. Schmalzried
ch. 18 Modular Stems / David A. Mattingly
pt. IV Complex Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty
ch. 19 Techniques for DDH Cup and Femur / Steven J. MacDonald
ch. 20 Total Hip Arthroplasty in Patients with Proximal Femoral Deformity / Daniel J. Berry
pt. V Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty
ch. 21 Principles, Planning, and Decision Making / Nicholas J. Giori
ch. 22 Component Removal / Rafael J. Sierra
ch. 23 Uncemented Acetabular Revision with Hemispherical Cups / Erdan Kayupov
ch. 24 Uncemented Acetabular Revision with Metal Augments or Cup-Cage Combinations / David G. Lewallen
ch. 25 Custom Triflanged Devices in the Revision Acetabulum / Douglas A. Dennis
ch. 26 Cemented Stems, Impaction Grafting, and Cement in Cement Revision / Donald William Howie
ch. 27 Extensively Porous-Coated Cylindrical Uncemented Femoral Stems / Scott M. Sporer
ch. 28 Tapered Fluted Titanium Stems in Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty / Donald S. Garbuz
ch. 29 Allograft Prosthetic Composite and Endoprosthetic Replacement of the Proximal Femur / Chris Beauchamp
pt. VI Special Revision Techniques
ch. 30 Techniques to Manage Infection around Total Hip Arthroplasty and Antibiotic-Loaded Spacers for Infection / Bassam A. Masri
ch. 31 Techniques to Manage Osteolysis Around Well-Fixed Acetabular Components / William J. Maloney.Digital Access - DigitalMarc Safran, Mustafa Karahan, editors.Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge in the evaluation and management of hip- and groin-related injuries in athletes. Techniques of hip arthroscopy, as well as their limitations and possible complications, are clearly described, and guidance is provided on the use of periarticular hip endoscopy in patients with periarticular problems. A series of chapters address the potential approaches in the various conditions that may be encountered in athletes, including femoroacetabular impingement, athletic pubalgia, chondral and labral injuries, and hip instability by world renowned experts in the field. Considerations in particular age groups, especially adolescents, are highlighted. Rehabilitation is discussed in detail, and a concluding chapter examines emerging perspectives on the management of hip injuries. The book is published in collaboration with ISAKOS and combines the international expertise of ISAKOS members renowned for their management of injuries to the hip and groin. Hip and Groin Pain in the Athlete will be a must-read for team physicians and all clinicians who treat athletes.
Contents:
Physical Examination and Imaging of the Painful Athletic Hip
Portal Anatomy and Patient Positioning
Hip Arthroscopy: Anatomy and Techniques
Endoscopic Peritrochanteric Space: Evaluation and Treatment
Clinical Examination and Diagnosis of Extra-Articular Hip and Groin Pain
Muscular Function and Treatment of Musculotendinous Groin Pain
Surgical Dislocation for FAI in Athletes
Arthroscopic Management of Femoroacetabular Impingement in Athletes
Arthroscopic Management of Chondral and Labral Injuries
Hip Instability in the Athlete
Special Issues Related to Hip Pain in the Adolescent Athlete
Hip Dysplasia in Athletes
Complications Related to the Arthroscopic Treatment of the Femoroacetabular Impingement
Hip Arthroscopy: What Are the Limitations
Rehabilitation Following Hip Arthroscopy: Takla-O’Donnell Protocol (TOP) for Physical Therapy
Future of Hip Arthroscopy in the Management of the Athlete’s Hip - DigitalPeter H. Seidenberg, Jimmy D. Bowen, David J. King, editors.Summary: Now in a revised and updated second edition, this practical guide remains an invaluable resource for improving the management of hip and pelvis injuries and presents a spectrum of treatment options for children, adolescents, adults and special populations. Opening with valuable clinical pearls for each topic, differential diagnosis is emphasized throughout the chapters, and evidence-based guidelines and sport-specific considerations aid the reader with injury evaluation and care. From fundamentals--including epidemiology, history and physical examination, imaging and gait assessment--to functional therapeutic interventions, injection techniques, taping and bracing, and both surgical and non-surgical interventions, The Hip and Pelvis in Sports Medicine and Primary Care, Second Edition is ideal for sports medicine physicians, primary care physicians, physical therapists and athletic trainers alike.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalShane J. Nho, Michael Leunig, Christopher M. Larson, Asheesh Bedi, Bryan T. Kelly, editorsSummary: Hip pathology and nonarthritic hip conditions have only recently been recognized as a cause of hip pain. In 2003, Ganz, Leunig and colleagues described the concept of femoroacetabular impingement (FAI) as a cause of hip pain and a mechanism for end-stage hip osteoarthritis.Ganz et al. also postulated that 70-90% of hip osteoarthritis is likely due to abnormal hip mechanics related to FAI, dysplasia, or other hip deformities. Over the past ten years, the treatment of these non-arthritic hip pathologies has grown dramatically, and has been estimated to grow by 15% each year. It is the largest segment of grown in sports medicine and orthopedics as a whole. However, no definitive reference yet exists on hip arthroscopy and hip joint preservation surgery. While books have been published on hip arthroscopy, these texts are limited to the technical aspects of the procedure and do not explore content related to hip joint preservation surgery. The scope of this book covers the basic science of hip pathology, anatomy, biomechanics, pathology, and treatment.℗ℓ It has put together up-to-date research and has invited opinion leaders in the field to contribute to the text. The book is focused on disease pathology and provides comprehensive information on each disease topic, which is followed by technique-driven chapters to provide surgeons a reference for any procedure related to non-arthritic conditions of the hip.
- DigitalShane J. Nho, Asheesh Bedi, Michael J. Salata, Richard C. Mather III, Bryan T. Kelly, editors.Summary: The field of hip preservation surgery has evolved over the past decade as our understanding of hip pathomechanics and pathomorphology has expanded. The published literature on non-arthritic hip pathology, for example, has grown exponentially. The topics of controversy in the past decade have been answered in some cases, but new questions have also arisen. In addition to the 99 chapters in the original edition most of which will be retained and updated as applicable there will be over 30 brand new chapters focusing on new and more sophisticated techniques from authors that have been the pioneers of the field. The text is divided into nine thematic sections, covering the breadth of the topic and the current state of the art: basic science of the hip; operative basics for hip arthroscopy and open hip preservation surgery; pediatric hip conditions; approaches to disorders of the hip and pelvis; enthesopathy and neuromuscular disorders; hip fractures and instability; avascular necrosis; hip cartilage restoration; and oncologic conditions. Throughout, there is a heavy emphasis on surgical techniques, and video clips will be included in selected chapters. Written by edited by thought leaders and seasoned practitioners in the field, this new edition of Hip Arthroscopy and Hip Joint Preservation Surgery will remain the gold standard for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists, expanding on the range of techniques available to clinicians treating injuries to and disorders of the hip.
- DigitalPaul E. Beaulé, editor.Summary: This book represents the most advanced understanding of diagnosis and management of hip dysplasia in the young adult, written by the worlds leading experts and covering advanced imaging and biomechanical studies as well as latest surgical techniques. This is especially timely, as the field of hip preservation surgery is in constant evolution, and it is critical that surgeons and researchers combine their efforts to provide the best evidence-based knowledge to all health care providers evaluating and treating patients suffering from pre-arthritic hip pain. Not only does this book discuss the most up-to-date information on the etiology and natural history of hip dysplasia, as well as pathomechanics and traditional and advanced imaging, it also presents new conceptions of its classification and subsequent management. The focus throughout the book is that hip dysplasia is a problem of instability, where both the bony structure and the soft tissue envelope (i.e., capsule, ligaments and muscles) are at play. Moreover, although corrective osteotomies such as the peri-acetabular osteotomy will remain the dominant treatment option, non-surgical treatments as well as hip arthroscopy are now being increasingly recognized as useful adjuncts in order for our patients to return to their desired activities. Finally, as the longevity of joint replacement surgery has improved dramatically, this should be strongly considered in cases where the outcome of joint preserving surgery is not as predictable. Orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine physicians, physiatrists and physiotherapists alike will find this book a valuable resource when treating the young adult with symptomatic hip dysplasia.
Contents:
Etiology of Hip Dysplasia
Natural History of Residual Hip Dysplasia
Anatomical Description-Classification of Hip Dysplasia
Pathomechanics of the Dysplastic Hip
Biomechanics of the Native Hip from Normal to Instability
Traditional Imaging
Advancing Imaging of the Hip
Non-Surgical Management of Pre-Arthritic Dysplastic Hip Pain
Adjuvant Therapies in the Treatment of Pre-Arthritic Hip Disease
Role and Indications of Hip Arthroscopy for Hip Dysplasia
Proximal Femoral Osteotomy
The Periacetabular Osteotomy
Other Pelvic Osteotomies
Joint Replacement in the Dysplastic Patient.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJoseph C. McCarthy, Philip C. Noble, Richard N. Villar, editors.Summary: Hip Joint Restoration is a comprehensive yet practical guide to the basic science and clinical applications of arthroscopy, arthroplasty, osteotomy and preservation surgery for the treatment of diseases and conditions of the hip. This generously illustrated text offers a comprehensive introduction to essential features of hip evaluation, the medical management of hip procedures, and treatment of specific conditions, and covers practical topics such as surgical anatomy of the hip, surgical approaches, instrumentation, and indications for arthroscopy and other surgical procedures aimed at restoration of the hip joint. Additional chapters cover clinical outcomes and equality of life following hip surgery, the current state of research and education of arthroscopic hip procedures throughout the world, other topics such as complications and rehabilitation in different patient populations. This book will be a useful resource for Orthopedic Surgeons and Osteopaths who perform open and arthroscopic hip preservation and total joint replacement, as well as for orthopedic residents and researchers. .
Contents:
Part One: Structure and Function of the Tissues of the Hip (Normal and Diseased)
Development of the Hip: Phylogeny and Ontogeny
Anatomy
Cartilage
Anatomy
Labrum
Anatomy
Capsule and Synovium
Fundamental and Clinical Considerations of the Muscles of the Hip
Ligamentum Teres: Anatomy, Structure and Function
Functional Mechanics of the Human Hip
Part Two: Clinical Evaluation of Hip Function
Function of the Normal Hip
Outcome Instruments for Assessment of Hip Function
Gait Analysis
Evaluation of the Painful Hip
Clinical Evaluation of Hip Function
Essential Features in the History
Essential Findings in the Clinical Exam
Part Three: Hip Pathology
Osteoarthritis of the Hip
Hip Disease Etiologies: FAI and Dysmorphias
Synovial Pathology of the Hip
Hip Pathology
Overload Syndromes
Hip Disease Etiologies
Trauma
The Understanding of Hip Etiologies
Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head
Part Four: Imaging Advances
The Bony Morphology of Femoro-Acetabular Impingement
Imaging of Cartilage Patho-Anatomy
Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Hip Labrum, Capsule and Synovium
Extra-Articular Pathology of the Hip
Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Hip
Imaging the Previously Operated Hip
Advances in 2D and 3D Imaging for FAI Surgical Planning
Part Five: Non Arthroscopic Treatment of Hip Disease
The Natural History of Untreated Osteoarthritis of the Hip
Non-Surgical Treatment (Indications, Limitations, Outcomes)
Injections
Groin Pain in Athletes: Assessment and Non-Surgical Treatment
The Painful Groin
Limited Open Procedures
Limitations of Open and Arthroscopic Surgical Technique for the Treatment of Femoroacetabular Impingement
Open Surgical Treatment -Advantages and Complications of Modern Surgical Approaches
Part Six: Arthroscopic Treatment of Hip Disease
The History of Hip Arthroscopy
Indications for Hip Arthroscopy
Arthroscopic Treatment -Surgical Anatomy
Hip Arthroscopy: Anatomy and Technical Pearls of the Procedure
Arthroscopic Treatment
Principles of Hip Distraction
Arthroscopic Treatment
Fundamentals of Hip Joint Instrumentation
Arthroscopic Treatment
Principles and Devices for Hip Joint Access
Arthroscopic Treatment- Layout of the Operating Room Surgical Approaches-Lateral
Arthroscopic Treatment
Layout of the Operating Room- Surgical Approaches-Supine
Optimizing Exposure and Accessibility for Arthroscopic Correction of Femoroacetabular Impingement
Anesthesia and Analgesia for Hip Surgery
Part Seven: Surgical Treatment of Specific Hip Conditions
Biologic Labrum
Specific Tissues and Conditions
Chondral Lesions
Special Patients and Conditions
Femoro- Acetabular Impingement
Arthroscopic Treatment of Combined Cam and Pincer-type Femoroacetabular Impingement
Special Patients & Conditions: Other Forms of Impingement (Ischiofemoral, Pectineofoveal)
Synovial Disease
Surgical Treatment of Specific Hip Conditions: Ligamentum Teres Injuries
Treatment of Specific Conditions: Loose Bodies
Specific Tissues and Conditions
Trauma
Arthroscopic Treatment- Bony Lesions
Specific Tissues and Conditions
Osteonecrosis, Avascular Necrosis
Specific Tissues and Conditions
Pediatric Conditions
Specific Tissues and Conditions
Extra-Articular Pathologic Conditions
Part Eight: Special Patients and Conditions
Elite Athletes
Special Patients and Conditions
Capsular Laxity Including Ehlers-Danlos
Current Procedures and Techniques for the Treatment of Osteonecrosis of the Hip
Special Patients and Conditions
Sports Hernia
Acetabular Dysplasia: A Classification
Quality-of-Life after Hip Arthroscopic Surgery
Evaluating the Outcome of Hip Preserving Procedures: Patient Function, Satisfaction, and Impairment
Part Nine: Articular Lesions: Prevention and Treatment
Biology of Cartilage Regeneration
Microfracture in the Hip
Cartilage Grafting
The Use of Fibrin Adhesive for Cartilage Repair in Hip Arthroscopy
Novel Techniques in the Treatment of Chondral Lesions of the Hip
Osteochondral Allografting of the Hip
Part Ten: Hip Osteotomies
Special Patients and Conditions
Acetabular Dysplasia
Hip Osteotomies
Acetabular
Birmingham Interlocking Periacetabular Osteotomy
Mini-Incision Periacetabular Osteotomy
Results of Periacetabular Osteotomy (PAO)
Proximal Femoral Osteotomy in Hip Preservation
Combined Periacetabular Osteotomy and Proximal Femoral Osteotomy for Severe Hip Deformity
Part Eleven: Joint Replacement
Partial Joint Replacement
Metal on Metal Hip Resurfacing: Current Indications and Results
Total Hip Replacement in the Young Patient
Short Stem Total Hip Replacement
Hip Replacement in the Athlete
Arthroscopy Following Total Hip Replacement
Part Twelve: Functional Outcomes
Activities, Symptoms and Expectations of Patients Undergoing Hip Surgery
Rehabilitation after Hip Arthroscopy
The Importance of Validated Scoring Systems for the Hip
Survivorship and Clinical Results after Hip Arthroscopy: How Should We Define a Good Treatment Option?
Part Thirteen: Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
UK and European Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
Africa
History of Hip Arthroscopy in the United States
Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
Australia
Worldwide Experience of Hip Arthroscopy: Mexican Experience
Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy: South America
Hip Arthroscopy in India: A Perspective
The Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
Japan
Hip Arthroscopy in China
Part Fourteen: Practice Management and Education
Setting Up a Hip Arthroscopy Service
Education and Hip Arthroscopy
Part Fifteen: Research
Development Anatomy and Its Impact on Hip Function
Research Advances in Understanding the Genetic Basis of Hip Disease
Fluid Mechanics Pre and Post Capsulotomy
Research into the Application of Imaging to the Diagnosis of Hip Disease
Cell Therapy in Hip Surgery
Surgical Navigation of the Hip for Femoroacetabular Impingement
Outcomes Following Hip Surgery
The Critical Role of Registries in Documenting the Outcomes of Hip Preservation Surgery
Part Sixteen: The Critical Role of Registries in Documenting the Outcomes of Hip Preservation
The Future of Hip Arthroscopy>.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalYoung-Jo Kim, Tallal Charles Mamisch, editors.Summary: Hip Magnetic Resonance Imaging presents a basic yet comprehensive discussion of the role and use of MRI in the diagnosis and treatment of injuries and diseases of the hip, highlighting common concerns and procedures. Beginning with the principles of MRI and dGEMRIC and moving on to normal and abnormal hip anatomy, the focus shifts to the MRI techniques used in the detection of disease conditions of the hip, including labral disease, osteonecrosis, extra-articular conditions and cartilage damage. Chapters on the utilization of biochemical imaging biomarkers in the treatment of hip disorders round out the text. Written by experts in radiology and orthopedics and generously illustrated with MRI radiographs, this book will be an important reference work for clinicians in those fields, as well as practitioners of sports medicine and primary care physicians.
Contents:
Part I: MRI Principles
Basic MRI Physics and Artifacts
Non-contrast Biochemical Imaging
Delayed Gadolinium Enhanced MRI of Cartilage
Clinical Application of Biochemical Imaging of Cartilage
Part II: Hip Joint Anatomy and Diseases
Normal Articular Anatomy
Abnormal Osseous Anatomy
Abnormal Articular Anatomy
Developmental Hip Disorders
Extra-articular Hip Conditions and Sports Injuries
Part III: MRI Techniques to Detect Disease Conditions
Overview of Diagnostic Imaging of Hip Joint
Labral Disease
Osteonecrosis
Extra-articular Conditions
Cartilage Damage
Structural Assessment
Part IV: Utilization of Biochemical Imaging Biomarkers in Treatment of Hip Disorders
Application of dGEMRIC to the Study of Hip Disorders
Application of T1rho to the Hip. - DigitalNicolas Bonin, Filippo Randelli, Vikas Khanduja, editors.Summary: This book offers practical guidance on all procedures that may be performed within the field of hip preservation surgery, arthroscopy, and endoscopy. European experts share their experiences on everything from basic injections to the most challenging hip procedures, offering step-by-step tutorials and highlighting important tips and tricks. Whereas most books on hip arthroscopy and hip preservation surgery concentrate on pathologies, surgical indications, and the basics of the treatment, here the focus is very much on the individual techniques and recognized variants. These techniques are clearly and precisely described with the aid of a wealth of photo and video illustrations. The coverage encompasses procedures applicable in the widest range of scenarios, including synovial pathologies, labral, chondral, and bony injuries, hip impingement, dysplasia and instability, snapping hips, gluteus medius and minimus tendonitis and tears, other tendinopathies, post-arthroplasty complications, and rehabilitation. The book is published in cooperation with ESSKA and will be an essential aid for orthopaedic surgeons at all levels of experience.
Contents:
Joint lavage, synovectomy, biopsy and loose body removal
Painful hip Arthroplasty assessment, Removal of cement or Loose Bodies
Femoral osteochondroplasty
Acetabular rim trimming
Open femoral osteochondroplasty and rim trimming
Subspine impingement decompression
Ischiofemoral impingement decompression
Osacetabuli removal or fixation
Core decompression
Fracture osteosynthesis
Periacetabular osteotomy
Reverse periacetabular osteotomy
Proximal Femoral osteotomy
Labral debridement-repair-reattachment
Labral reconstruction
Ligamentum teres reconstruction
Capsular plication and repair
Chondral debridement-abrasion-Microfracture
Open femoral head mosaic plasty
Trochanteric bursectomy and spur removal
Iliotibial band release and Gluteus maximus tendon release (Polesello)
Open Adductor Tenotomy
Psoas tenotomy
Hamstring repair/reinsertion
Open
Hamstring repair/reinsertion
Endoscopic
Sciatic nerve release / piriformis tenotomy.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalYoung-Jo Kim, Eduardo N. Novais ; Sarah D. Bixby [and others], contributors.Digital Access Ovid 2021
- DigitalChangqing Zhang, editor.Summary: This book discusses disorders affecting the hip joint as well as its related structures, to help orthopedists develop an integrated way of thinking, and improve their decision-making strategies and treatment skills. The specific anatomy of the hip joint and the related structures provides vital motor functions. It also presents a challenge for orthopedists in terms of early diagnosis of disorders, which is essential for appropriate and effective treatment. The first part of the book provides a step-by-step introduction to intra-articular and abarticular hip disorders in both adults and children. It then describes the techniques and practicalities of managing various conditions in detail, presenting stereoscopic chromatic line drawings along with intraoperative illustrated figures. By demonstrating the regional anatomy, pathophysiology and related disorders in hip region, this book helps readers gain an understanding based on basic science and clinical research. It also offers instructive guidance to learners at different levels, including orthopedists, general practitioners and rehabilitation practitioners.
- Digitalvolume editors, K. Szabo, M.G. Hennerici.Contents:
Anatomy of the hippocampal formation / Schultz, C.; Engelhardt, M.
Structure and vascularization of the human hippocampus / Tatu, L.; Vuillier, F.
Coordinated network activity in the hippocampus / Draguhn, A.; Keller, M.; Reichinnek, S.
What animals can teach clinicians about the hippocampus / Lavenex, P.; Banta Lavenex, P.; Favre, G.
Memory function and the hippocampus / Opitz, B.
Neuropsychological measures of hippocampal function / Wicking, M.; Nees, F.; Steiger, F.
Conventional and diffusion-weighted MRI of the hippocampus / Szabo, K.; Forster, A.; Gass, A.
Functional MRI studies of the hippocampus / Nees, F.; Pohlack, S.T.
The hippocampus in neurodegenerative disease / Moodley, K.K.; Chan, D.
Stress, memory, and the hippocampus / Wingenfeld, K.; Wolf, O.T.
Epilepsy and the hippocampus / Chatzikonstantinou, A.
Transient global amnesia / Szabo, K.
Hippocampal stroke / Szabo, K.Digital Access Karger 2014 - Digitaledited by Prem Puri.Summary: The fourth edition of this leading book provides an authoritative, comprehensive and complete account of the neuronal disorders of the lower gastrointestinal tract in children. The book has been thoroughly revised and updated to reflect major advances that have occurred both in the understanding as well as the treatment of Hirschsprung's disease. Contents discuss the latest therapies such as stem cell therapies, the epidemiology and association with multiple endocrine neoplasia and approaches to diagnosis such as radiology and manometry as well as Hirschsprung's disease in adolescents and adults. Surgical approaches are thoroughly covered and include a new chapter on intestinal transplantation options. The follow-up care and long-term outcomes of patients who have undergone therapy are also addressed in this edition. With several new chapters added and the contents updated and re-worked, this edition is authored by the leading current experts in their respective fields. It is a must-have book for pediatric surgeons, pediatricians, gastroenterologists, and colorectal surgeons.
Contents:
Hirschsprung's Disease: A Historical Perspective
Development of the Enteric Nervous system
Functional Anatomy of the Enteric System
Normal Colonic Morphology and Motor Function
Animal Models of Hirschsprung's Disease
Familial Hirschsprung's Disease
Genetics of Hirschsprung's Disease
Stem cell Therapy for Enteric neuropathies
Pathophysiology of Hirschsprung's Disease
Epidemiology and Clinical Characteristics of Hirschsprung's Disease
Associated Anomalies and Syndromes in Hirschsprung's Disease
Association between Hirschsprung's Disease and Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Type 2a
Hirschsprung's Associated Enterocolitis
Radiological Diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
Manometeric Diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
Rectal Biopsy for the diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
Histopathological Diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
Total Colonic Aganglionosis
Hirschsprung's Disease in adolescents and adults
Variants of Hirschsprung's Disease
Megacystis-Microcolon-Intestinal Hypoperistalsis syndrome
Degenerative Hollow Visceral Myopathy Mimicking Hirschsprung's Disease
Transanal Pull-Through operation for rectosigmoid Hirschsprung's Disease
Laparoscopically Assisted Pull-Through operation for Hirschsprung's Disease
Redo Surgery for Hirschsprung's Disease
Early and late Complications following Pull-Through operation for Hirschsprung's Disease.-Morphological Basis of Persistent bowel problems following a properly performed pull-through operation for Hirschsprung's Disease
Bowel Management for the treatment of Chronic constipation and soiling in patients operated for Hirschsprung's Disease
Inflammatory Bowel Disease in patients with Hirschsprung's Disease
Intestinal Transplantation for Total Intestinal Aganglionosis
Urological and Sexual outcome in patients with Hirschsprung's Disease
Longterm Outcome and Quality of life after treatment of Hirschsprung's Disease. - DigitalTomoaki Taguchi, Hiroshi Matsufuji, Satoshi Ieiri, editors.Summary: This book provides essential information on the status quo and changing profile of Hirschsprung's disease and allied disorders. Hirschsprung's disease is a common cause of neonatal intestinal obstruction and one of the most important and most fascinating diseases in pediatric surgery throughout the world. Currently, the diagnosis and treatment of Hirschsprung's disease and allied disorders are in a state of constant development. Written by expert pediatric surgeons, Hirschsprung's Disease and the Allied Disorders presents state-of-the-art information, such as new genetic evidence, and historical operative techniques that were less invasive and resulted in fewer follow-up operations. It offers a highly informative guide that will greatly benefit all readers engaged in pediatric medicine, pediatric surgeons, and the medical staff of NICUs around the globe.
- Digital/PrintJon Meacham ; afterword by John Lewis.Summary: "John Lewis, who at age twenty-five marched in Selma and was beaten on the Edmund Pettus Bridge, is a visionary and a man of faith. Using intimate interviews with Lewis and his family and deep research into the history of the civil rights movement, Meacham writes of how the activist and leader was inspired by the Bible, his mother's unbreakable spirit, his sharecropper father's tireless ambition, and his teachers in nonviolence, Reverend James Lawson and Martin Luther King, Jr. A believer in hope above all else, Lewis learned from a young age that nonviolence was not only a tactic but a philosophy, a biblical imperative, and a transforming reality. At the age of four, Lewis, ambitious to become a preacher, practiced by preaching to the chickens he took care of. When his mother cooked one of the chickens, the boy refused to eat it--his first act of non-violent protest. Integral to Lewis's commitment to bettering the nation was his faith in humanity and in God, and an unshakable belief in the power of hope. Meacham calls Lewis "as important to the founding of a modern and multiethnic twentieth- and twenty-first century America as Thomas Jefferson and James Madison and Samuel Adams were to the initial creation of the nation-state in the eighteenth century. He did what he did--risking limb and life to bear witness for the powerless in the face of the powerful--not in spite of America, but because of America, and not in spite of religion, but because of religion"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Overture: the last march
A hard life, a serious life: Troy, Alabama: beginnings to 1957
The spirit of history: Nashville, Tennessee: 1957-60
Soul force: the freedom rides: 1961
In the image of God and democracy: Birmingham and Washington: 1963
We are going to make you wish you was dead: Freedom Summer and Atlantic City: 1963-64
I'm going to die here: Selma, Alabama: 1965
This country don't run on love: New York, Memphis, Los Angeles: 1966-68
Epilogue: against the rulers of the darkness.Digital Access 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - DigitalReinhart Jarisch, editor.Summary: Histamine is an important mediator of allergic diseases such as hay fever and bronchial asthma, food allergies, urticaria, and drug hypersensitivity. Knowledge of histamine as a cause of numerous non-allergic symptoms and signs is, however, limited. In fact, histamine intolerance can be responsible for conditions as diverse as seasickness, headaches and migraine, tachycardia, gastric disorders, diarrhea, intolerance to contrast media, parodontosis, period pains, nausea and vomiting in pregnancy, atopic dermatitis, and osteoporosis. This book offers wide-ranging coverage of histamine intolerance. There is extensive background discussion of the origin of histamine, its content in food and alcoholic beverages, and intolerance to red wine. Diagnosis of histamine intolerance is explained, and the various symptoms of histamine intolerance are clearly described. Subsequent chapters cover the conditions mentioned above and also consider the relation of histamine to vitamin B6 and the specific immunotherapy of allergies. This book will prove of value in clinical practice by facilitating differential diagnosis, which is by no means straightforward given the multiplicity of symptoms of histamine intolerance, and by assisting in the selection of therapeutic measures.
Contents:
Introduction
Histamine and biogenic amines
Symptoms of histamine intolerance
Allergy and intolerance to drugs
Surgery and dental operations
Histamine intolerance in females
Atopic dermatitis
Specific immunotherapy of allergies
Histamine and vitamin B6
Histamine and seasickness
Histamine and osteoporosis.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalGuido Massi, Philip E. LeBoit.Summary: The histopathologic interpretation of melanocytic neoplasms is probably the most difficult task in the field of dermatopathology. The second edition of this text and atlas depicts a broad range of the most important and most challenging melanocytic lesions that histopathologists might encounter. Each case is illustrated with at least three high-quality color photographs and is commented on at length, highlighting the diagnostic clues. The goal of the authors is to assist both general pathologists and dermatopathologists in making an accurate diagnosis applicable to their daily practice, and one that can be understood by clinicians. They achieve this by providing criteria that can serve as a sound basis for an unequivocal diagnosis in most cases. The reader will find Histological Diagnosis of Nevi and Melanoma to be an invaluable guide to correct diagnosis even in difficult or rare cases.
Contents:
Criteria for the Diagnosis of Benign Melanocytic Nevus
Melanocytic Hyperplasia
Melanotic Macules
Commonon Nevus
Congenital Nevus
Junctional Anomalies in Congenital and Acquired Nevi in the First Year of Life
Proliferative Nodules in Congenital Nevi
Nevus Spilus
Dermal Melanocytoses
Common Blue Nevus
Cellular Blue Nevus
SPITZ Nevus
Reed Nevus
Deep Penetrating Nevus
Dysplastic & Clarkss Nevus
Combinedin Nevus
Nevi on Acral Skin
Nevi on Genital Skin
Nevi in the Oral Cavity
Polypoid Nevus of Pregnancy and Milk Line Nevi
Nevi OF the Conjunctiva
Melanocytic Nevi Affected by inflammatory Skin Dideases
Halo Nevus
Recurrent and Persistent Nevus
Traumatised Nevi
Benign Melanocytoma
Medicolegal Cases
Criteria for the Diagnosis OF Malignant Melanoma
Melanoma in situ
Lentigo Maligna
Superficial Spreading Pattern of Melanoma
Nodular Pattern of Melanoma
Melanoma with Spindle Cell
Nevoid Melanoma
Spitzoid Melanoma
Desmoplastic Melanoma
Neurotropic Melanoma
Melanoma with Neural Differentiaton
Myxoid Melanoma
Melanoma with Features of Blue Nevus
Animal Type Melanoma
Melanoma on Blue Nevus
Unusual and Bizarre forms of Melanoma
Melanoma on Nevus
Melanoma on Palms, Soles and Subungual Bed
Melanoma on Genital Skin
Melanoma on Oral Cavity
Melanoma on Conjunctiva
Recurrent and Persistent Melanoma
Regressing and Regressed Melanoma
Cutaneous Metastatic Melanoma
Malignant Melanocytoma
Medicolegal Cases
Molecular Biology in the Diagnosis of Nevi and Melanoma
Histological Prognostic Factors.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalWojciech Pawlina.Summary: "Combining a reader-friendly textbook and a rich, full-color atlas, Histology: A Text and Atlas: With Correlated Cell and Molecular Biology, 9th Edition, equips medical, dental, health professions, and undergraduate biology and cell biology students with a comprehensive grasp of the clinical and functional correlates of histology and a vivid understanding of the structural and functional details of cells, tissues, and organs."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Methods
Cell cytoplasm
Cell nucleus
Tissues: concept and classification
Epithelial tissue
Connective tissue
Cartilage
Bone
Adipose tissue
Blood
Muscle tissue
Nerve tissue
Cardiovascular system
Immune system and lymphatic tissues and organs
Integumentary system
Digestive system I: Oral cavity and associated structures
Digestive system II: Esophagus and gastrointestinal tract
Digestive system III: Liver, gall bladder, and pancreas
Respiratory system
Urinary system
Endocrine system
Male reproductive system
Female reproductive system
Eye
Ear.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2024] - DigitalMichael H. Ross, PhD (deceased), Professor and Chair Emeritus, Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Florida, Wojciech Pawlina, MD, FAA, Professor of Anatomy and Medical Education, Fellow of the American Association of Anatomists, Chair, Department of Anatomy, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Director of Procedural Skills Laboratory, Mayo college of Medicine, Rochester, Minnesota.Summary: Now in its seventh edition, Histology: A Text and Atlas is ideal for medical, dental, health professions, and undergraduate biology and cell biology students. This best-selling combination text and atlas includes a detailed textbook, which emphasizes clinical and functional correlates of histology fully supplemented by vividly informative illustrations.
Contents:
Methods
Cell cytoplasm
The cell nucleus
Tissues : concept and classification
Epithelial tissue
Connective tissue
Cartilage
Bone
Adipose tissue
Blood
Muscle tissue
Nerve tissue
Cardiovascular system
Lymphatic system
Integumentary system
Digestive system I : oral cavity and associated structures
Digestive system II : esophagus and gastrointestinal tract
Digestive system III : liver, gallbladder, and pancreas
Respiratory system
Urinary system
Endocrine organs
Male reproductive system
Female reproductive system
Eye
Ear.Digital Access LWW Health Library (Medical Education) 2016 - DigitalWojciech Pawlina, Michael H. Ross.Summary: "Histology: A Text and Atlas is ideal for medical, dental, health professions, and undergraduate biology and cell biology students. This best-selling combination text and atlas includes a detailed textbook, which emphasizes clinical and functional correlates of histology fully supplemented by vividly informative illustrations and photomicrographs. Separate, superbly illustrated atlas sections follow almost every chapter and feature large-size, full-color digital photomicrographs with labels and accompanied descriptions that highlight structural and functional details of cells, tissues, and organs"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Methods
Cell cytoplasm
The cell nucleus
Tissues : concept and classification
Epithelial tissue
Connective tissue
Cartilage
Bone
Adipose tissue
Blood
Muscle tissue
Nerve tissue
Cardiovascular system
Immune system and lymphatic tissues and organs
Integumentary system
Digestive system I : oral cavity and associated structures
Digestive system II : esophagus and gastrointestinal tract
Digestive system III : liver, gallbladder, and pancreas
Respiratory system
Urinary system
Endocrine organs
Male reproductive system
Female reproductive system
Eye
Ear.Digital Access LWW Health Library (Medical Education) 2020 - DigitalAbraham L. Kierszenbaum, Laura L. Tres.Contents:
Epithelium
Epithelial glands
Cell signaling
Connective tissue
Osteogenesis
Blood and hematopoiesis
Muscle tissue
Nervous tissue
Sensory organs vision and hearing
Immune-lymphatic system
Integumentary system
Cardiovascular system
Respiratory system
Urinary system
Upper digestive system
Lower digestive system
Digestive glands
Neuroendocrine system
Endocrine system
Spermatogenesis
Sperm transport and maturation
Follicle development and the menstrual cycle
Fertilization, placentation, and lactation.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - Digital[edited by] Stacey E. Mills.Summary: "The fourth edition of Histology for Pathologists was published in 2012 and, as before, it is again reasonable to ask if "normal" has changed enough in the ensuing 6 years to justify a new edition. The answer, of course, is that normal has not changed at all (evolution is indeed a slow process!) but our perception of normal continues to expand and improve. In particular, we have developed many new immunohistochemical markers, and the ever-growing spectrum of their expression in normal tissues provides insights into pathologic processes arising from or differentiating toward these tissues. We also continue to recognize new variations of normal that cause diagnostic confusion and touch on the interface between normal and disease. Accordingly, the fifth edition brings incremental but valuable improvements in our perceptions of human histology"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2020
- DigitalShabir Ahmad Ganai.Summary: This book provides an outline of epigenetics as a whole, while also specifically examining a range of epigenetic players, including histone acetyl transferases (HATs) and histone deacetylases (HDACs). It chiefly focuses on the emerging targets of HDACs and their implications for various neurological disorders, while also discussing the drawbacks of current therapeutic strategies, the classification of HDAC inhibitors, and their promising effects in connection with specific neurological disorders. The book explores the potential use of these inhibitors as novel therapeutic agents, considers the current challenges involved in using them to tackle neurological complications, and offers a novel solution by designing isoform-selective inhibitors and employing combinatorial therapeutic strategies. Its final section, which explores future directions, elaborates on the possibility of enhancing HDAC inhibitors therapeutic efficacy against various neurological complications.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Role of Epigenetics in neurological diseases
Chapter 2. Epigenetic enzymes and the drawbacks of conventional therapeutic regimens
Chapter 3. Distinct classes of HDACs
Chapter 4. HDAC implications in neurological diseases
Chapter 5. HDAC inhibitors and their structurally distinct groups
Chapter 6. HDAC inhibitors as novel therapeutic option against therapeutically challenging neurological disorders
Chapter 7. Current Challenges with HDAC inhibitor based therapeutic intervention against neurological maladies
Chapter 8. Escalating need of isoform selective inhibitors for enhanced therapeutic efficacy
Chapter 9. Combinatorial therapeutic regimens using HDAC inhibitors in conjunction with conventional therapeutic agents
Chapter 10. Future directions of epigenetic research in tackling neurological complications.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalDong Fang, Junhong Han, editors.Summary: This book focuses on histone mutations, especially those mutations closely related to cancer. Genetic mutations and epigenetic alterations contribute to the development of a variety of cancers: recent genetic studies have identified e.g. H3K27M and H3G34R/V mutation in over 75% of DIPG cases, H3.3K36M mutation in more than 90% of chondroblastoma cases, and H3G34W/L mutation in over 90% of giant cell tumors of bone. Given the high incidence and tumorigenesis effects of histone H3 mutations, they are also referred to as oncohistones. This book highlights the advances made in the area over the past 10 years, and offers a state-of-the-art summary of epigenetic alternation, gene expression, protein structure, drug discovery, immunotherapy, and mouse modeling of histone H3 mutations in various tumors. Chiefly intended to provide researchers and graduate students with an overall picture of these mutations, it will also be of interest to researchers in basic oncology, clinical oncology, and epigenetics, as well as academics and clinical oncology practitioners.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Overview of histone modification
Chapter 2: The histone H3 family and its deposition pathways
Chapter 3: Histone H3K27M Mutation in Brain Tumors
Chapter 4: Histone Mutations and Bone Cancers
Chapter 5: Histone H3G34 mutation in brain and bone tumors
Chapter 6: Epigenetic-targeted treatments for H3K27M-mutant midline gliomas
Chapter 7: Histone lysine to methionine mutation as anti-cancer drug target. - DigitalHenrik Hellquist, Alena Skalova.Summary: Over the past 25 years it has become more and more evident that salivary gland pathology is by far the subject within head and neck pathology that causes the most diagnostic challenges and problems for general pathologists. Among the reasons for this are the relative rarity of salivary gland tumors (as a result of which the general pathologist does not gain sufficient personal experience in their diagnosis), their striking diversity (there are almost 40 different histological tumor entities), and the fact that some tumours dedifferentiate and some benign tumors progress to become malignant. This book is a comprehensive guide to salivary gland pathology that illustrates almost every type of salivary gland tumor and will assist greatly in routine diagnostic work. Non-neoplastic lesions, benign epithelial tumors, malignant epithelial tumors, and non-epithelial and secondary tumors are all covered in detail, and the WHO and TNM classifications are clearly explained. Another significant feature is the incorporation of important knowledge gained during the past few years regarding the genetics of salivary gland tumors. Histopathology of the Salivary Glands will be of interest not only to pathologists but also to dentists, ENT and head and neck surgeons, and oncologists.
Contents:
Histology
Non-neoplastic Lesions
Pleomorphic Adenoma
Myoepithelioma
Warthin Tumour
Other Adenomas
Mucoepidermoid Carcinoma
Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma
Acinic Cell Carcinoma
Carcinoma Ex Pleomorphic Adenoma
Salivary Duct Carcinoma
Polymorphous Low-Grade Adenocarcinoma
Myoepithelial Carcinoma and Epithelial-Myoepithelial Carcinoma
Mammary Analogue Secretory Carcinoma (MASC)
Other Carcinomas
Miscellaneous. - Digitaledited by David P. Boyle, Derek C. Allen.Summary: This book is an easily comprehensible and practicable framework for standardised histopathology reports in surgical cancer. The pathological features of the common carcinomas are detailed and non-carcinomatous malignancies are also summarised. 8th edition TNM and WHO classifications of cancers are incorporated, with comments on any associated pathology, diagnostic clues and prognostic criteria supplemented visually by line diagrams. Each chapter's introduction gives epidemiological, clinical, investigative and treatment summary details. Other pathology includes updated immunophenotypic expression and molecular techniques. The impact of these ancillary investigations on diagnosis, and as biomarkers of prognosis and prediction of response to treatment is summarised, as is the effect of adjuvant treatments on cancers. Experience based clues are given throughout as aids to tumour typing, grading, staging, and gauging prognosis and response to treatment. Histopathology Reporting: Guidelines for Surgical Cancer, Fourth Edition is invaluable for trainee and consultant diagnostic histopathologists all over the world, equipping the reader to produce high quality, clinically appropriate histopathology reports, and to participate in contemporary multidisciplinary team management of patients with surgical cancer.
Contents:
Introduction
Gastrointestinal Cancer: Oesophageal Carcinoma
Gastric Carcinoma
Ampulla of Vater and Head of Pancreas Carcinomas
Small Intestinal Carcinoma
Colorectal Carcinoma
Vermiform Appendix Tumours
Anal Canal Carcinoma (with Comments on Pelvic Exenteration)
Gall Bladder Carcinoma
Extrahepatic Bile Duct Carcinoma
Liver Carcinoma
Head and Neck Cancer: General comments
Lip and Oral Cavity Carcinomas
Oropharyngeal Carcinoma (with comments on Nasopharynx and Hypopharynx)
Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Carcinomas
Laryngeal Carcinoma
Salivary Gland Tumours
Thyroid Gland Tumours (with comments on Parathyroid)
Respiratory and Mediastinal Cancer: Lung Carcinoma
Malignant Mesothelioma
Mediastinal Cancer
Skin Cancer: Non-Melanocytic Skin Carcinoma
Malignant Melanoma
Breast Cancer: Breast Carcinoma
Gynaecological Cancer: Ovarian Carcinoma (with comments on Fallopian Tube Carcinoma)
Endometrial Carcinoma
Cervical Carcinoma
Vaginal Carcinoma
Vulval Carcinoma
Gestational Trophoblastic Tumours
Urological Cancer: Renal Cell and Renal Pelvis/Ureter Carcinomas
Bladder Carcinoma
Prostate Carcinoma
Urethral Carcinoma
Testicular Cancer
Penile Carcinoma
Lymph Node Cancer: Nodal Malignant Lymphoma (with comments on Extranodal Malignant Lymphoma and Metastatic Cancer)
Bone and Soft Tissue Cancer: Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas (with comments on Retroperitoneum and Adrenal Gland)
Ophthalmic Cancer: Intraocular Malignancy
Extraocular Malignancy
Endocrine Cancer: Thyroid Gland Tumours
Adrenal Gland Tumours. - DigitalDerek C. Allen, R. Iain Cameron, editors.Summary: This book integrates tumour anatomy; clinical presentation and investigations; surgical considerations; pathology and clinically appropriate dissection and reporting of surgical specimens. The 2nd edition is up-to-date with TNM 7 & RPath cancer datasets.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digital/PrintThomas J. Inzana, editor.Contents:
Taxonomy of Histophilus somni
Histophilosis as a Natural Disease
Histophilus somni Genomics and Genetics
Interactions on Histophilus somni with Host Cells
Histophilus somni Surface Proteins
Host Immune Response to Histophilus somni
The Many Facets of Lipooligosaccharide as a Virulence Factor of Histophilus somni
Exopolysaccharide Production and Biofilm Formation by Histophilus somni. - Digital/PrintRafael Schiaffino.Digital Access
- DigitalThomas S. Helling, Daniel Azoulay.Summary: For the surgeon of antiquity the liver has been an organ of mystery - and danger. Attempts to repair its wounds or remove tumors were fraught with hemorrhage and often a fatal outcome. Most forays were those to remove easily accessible tumors on the liver edge, but bleeding was a feared consequence still and surgeons wielded a plucky fortitude to take on even those. Not until the mid-20th Century were surgeons able to safely excise neoplasms that lay deep within the liver substance. Jean-Louis Lortat-Jacob achieved notoriety in his famous Paris hepatectomy of 1951 but he was not the first. That distinction may have belonged to German Professor Walther Wendel in 1910 or to Japanese surgeon Ichio Honjo who reported his operation in 1950, but in Japanese. It was not picked up by the Western surgical community until 1955. Names such as Hugo Rex, James Cantlie, Jean-Louis Lortat-Jacob, Tôn Thá̂t Tùng, Jacques Hepp, Claude Couinaud, Henri Bismuth, Thomas Starzl, Roy Calne, and a host of others highlight the extraordinary curiosity, tenacity, and skill of those surgeons who broached unknown territory to master understanding and techniques of manipulation, resection, and transplantation that were formerly considered unapproachable by the surgical world.
Contents:
Preface
Introduction
The Bold Adventure of Lortat-Jacob
The Liver: Impossible Salvations
The Art of Operating
Fin de Siècle: Marvels of the Age
The World Wars and Hemorrhage Control
A World-Wide Phenomenon: Liver Surgery in the Far East
Beginning the Modern Era
The Anatomists
The French School
Bach, Beethoven, and Brahms
The Era of Transplantation
Splitting the Soul
On Regeneration
Prometheus Renewed. - DigitalMakini Chisolm-Straker, Katherine Chon, editors ; forewords by Joshua M. Sharfstein and Ruth J. Simmons.Summary: A public health approach to human trafficking requires a nuanced understanding of its root causes. This textbook applies a historical lens to human trafficking from expert resources for the multidisciplinary public health learner and worker. The book challenges the anti-trafficking paradigm to meaningfully understand historical legacies of present-day root-causes of human trafficking. This textbook focuses on history's utility in public health. It describes history to contextualize and explain present times, and provides public health lessons in trafficking prevention and intervention. Public health recognizes the importance of multiple systems to solve big problems, so the chapters illustrate how current anti-trafficking efforts in markets and public systems connect with historical policies and data in the United States. Topics explored include: Capitalism, Colonialism, and Imperialism: Roots for Present-Day Trafficking Invisibility, Forced Labor, and Domestic Work Addressing Modern Slavery in Global Supply Chains: The Role of Businesses Immigration, Precarity, and Human Trafficking: Histories and Legacies of Asian American Racial Exclusion in the United States Systemic and Structural Roots of Child Sex Trafficking: The Role of Gender, Race, and Sexual Orientation in Disproportionate Victimization The Complexities of Complex Trauma: An Historical and Contemporary Review of Healing in the Aftermath of Commercialized Violence Historical Context Matters: Health Research, Health Care, and Bodies of Color in the United States Understanding linkages between contemporary manifestations of human trafficking with their respective historical roots offers meaningful insights into the roles of public policies, institutions, cultural beliefs, and socioeconomic norms in commercialized violence. The textbook identifies sustainable solutions to prevent human trafficking and improve the health of the Nation. The Historical Roots of Human Trafficking is essential reading for students of public health, health sciences, criminology, and social sciences; public health professionals; academics; anti-trafficking advocates, policy-makers, taskforces, funders, and organizations; legislators; and governmental agencies and administrators.
- PrintRobert S. Sherins.Summary: "Origin of modern ocular prosthetics : a retrospective review of the evolution and ancient spiritual perceptions about the eye -- Eight generations of ocularists, Lauscha, Germany -- Augenkunst, ocular pathology kits -- Ancient spiritual perceptions: Aurveda - Hindus, Pre-dynastic Egyptians/Nubians, Pharoahs, early Hebrew & Christian traditions -- Development of modern ocular prosthetics -- A research manuscript, by Robert S. sherins, M.D."--page 2.
Contents:
Title page
About the author
Acknowledgment
Table of contents
Preface
Ocular prosthetic Augenkunst
About Danz and Sons, Inc.
American Society of Ocularists / National Boards
Ancient and contemporary history of artificial eyes, board certified ocularist by William Danz Sr.
Foreward by Phillip A. Danz
Chapter one : Ludwig Muler-Uri, ocularist
Chapter two : Lauscha, Germany
Chapter three : Muler-Danz genealogical family tree
Chapter four : surgical enucleation
Chapter five : ancient Egyptian funerary practices, ancient Egyptian temple reliefs & images
Chapter six : ancient Auirvedic and Hindu practices, third eye chakra, historic Ayrveda culture, neurologic considerations of the pineal body, ancient glass paste eyes, Keyn Eyin Hore
Chapter seven : ocular pathology kit
Chapter eight : modern acrylic prosthetic process by Phillip A. Danz
Chapter nine : glass eye fabrication by William A. Danz
Bibliography. - Digitaledited by Madeleine Mant, Chris Mounsey.Summary: "The History and Bioethics of Medical Education: "You've Got to Be Carefully Taught" continues the Routledge Advances in the History of Bioethics series by exploring approaches to the teaching of bioethics from disparate disciplines, geographies, and contexts. Van Rensselaer Potter coined the phrase "Global Bioethics" to define human relationships with their contexts. This and subsequent volumes return to Potter's founding vision from historical perspectives and asks, how did we get here from then? The patient-practitioner relationship has come to the fore in bioethics; this volume asks: is there an ideal bioethical curriculum? Are the students being carefully taught and, in turn, are they carefully learning? This volume will appeal to those working in both clinical medicine and the medical humanities, as vibrant connections are drawn between various ways of knowing"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2021
- DigitalUgo Filippo Tesler.Summary: The beginning of cardiac surgery is generally considered to be the successful repair of a wound of the heart that took place on the 7th of September 1896 in Frankfurt am Main. This operation put an end to the widespread belief that nature had set the heart beyond the limits of surgery. The successive development of heart surgery moved together with other advances that were rapidly taking place in various fields of medicine and surgery and which, already in the first half of the 20th century, had allowed surgical pioneers to successfully correct a number of congenital and acquired heart disease.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020
- Printedited by Christopher T. Leffler.Summary: "The History of Glaucoma, the latest in the Hirschberg series of the history of ophthalmology, covers the twists, turns, and paradigm-shifts in the glaucoma concept over the past two millennia. Previously, scholars were not able to agree on how the term glaucoma, which related in antiquity to the color of a diseased eye, ended up describing an excavated optic neuropathy which has nothing to do with color. The volume begins in the ancient world, and proceeds all the way to the modern era of optical coherence tomography, minimally invasive surgery, and anti-VEGF agents. Ophthalmic historians and glaucoma specialists from the United States, Europe, Asia, and Latin America have contributed their scholarship and recollections to this volume, which includes photographs from private collections, information from unpublished documents, and new translations from Latin, Arabic, French, German, and Spanish. The work of masters such as Julius Hirschberg and Max Meyerhof is supplemented by the latest scholarship, which has benefited from the explosion in digitally-accessible historical documents. This new scholarship has upended many deeply rooted beliefs about ophthalmology history. Most important, the volume relates the personal stories of eye surgeons and patients, to bring the past to life. The History of Glaucoma is a must-have for anyone interested in medical history"--Publisher information.
Contents:
Foreword / Robert N. Weinreb
An Introduction to the History of Glaucoma / Christopher T. Leffler
1. Glaucoma in the Ancient Greek and Roman Worlds / Christopher T. Leffler, Stephen G. Schwartz
2. Glaucoma in the Medieval Arabic World / Christopher T. Leffler, Wasim A. Samara, Tamer M. Hadi, Ali Salman, Faraaz A. Khan
3. Glaucoma in the European Middle Ages and Renaissance / Christopher Leffler, Eric Peterson
4. Buphthalmos / Harry Mark
5. The Early History of Glaucoma in East Asia / Christopher Leffler, Ka-Wai Fan
6. Hydrophthalmia and Paracentesis / Christopher Leffler, Stephen G. Schwartz
7. Glaucoma during the Enlightenment and Early Modern Periods (1700-1849) / Christopher Leffler, Stephen Schwartz
8. John Thomas Woolhouse (1664-1733/4) and his Family of Oculists (1600-1751) / Christopher T. Leffler, Stephen G. Schwartz
9. "Chevalier" John Taylor and His Descendants / Stephen G. Schwartz, Christopher T. Leffler
10. Georg Joseph Beer and Glaucoma / Harry Mark
11. Helmholtz and the Development of the Ophthalmoscope / Richard Keeler
12. Glaucoma : A Pressure-Induced Optic Neuropathy (1850-1870) / Christopher Leffler
13. Aqueous humor dynamics / Harry Mark
14. Angle Closure Glaucoma Since 1871 / Christopher Leffler, Surbhi Bansal
15. The History of Malignant Glaucoma / Andrzej Grzybowski, Piotr Kanclerz
16. The History of Tonometry / Steven Newman
17. A History of Perimetry and Visual Field Testing / Chris Johnson
18. Open Angle Glaucoma in the Twentieth Century / Christopher Leffler
19. The History of Glaucoma Medications / Tony Realini, Eva DeVience
20. The History of the Surgical Microscope in Ophthalmology / Richard Keeler
21. The History of Glaucoma Surgery and Laser Treatment / Reza Razeghinejad, Joanna Liput, George Spaeth
22. Sympathectomy for glaucoma: its rise and fall (1898-1910) / Robert M. Feibel
23. The Pathogenesis of Glaucomatous Optic Neuropathy / Sohan Singh Hayreh
24. Mechanisms of Glaucoma Without Elevated Intraocular Pressure / Russell Swan, Brandon Baartman, Michael Greenwood, John Berdahl
25. The History of Pediatric Glaucoma / Jana Bregman, Mona A. Kaleem, Janet Alexander, Sara Fard, Natario L. Couser
26. The History of Glaucoma in Mexico / Rolando Neri-Vela
27. The History of Neovascular Glaucoma / Adam Pflugrath
28. The History of Iridocorneal Endothelial Syndrome / Surbhi Bansal
29. The History of Pseudoexfoliation / Andrzej Grzybowski, Piotr Kanclerz
30. The History of Pigment Dispersion Syndrome and Pigmentary Glaucoma / Lynn E. Harman, Curtis E. Margo
31. Uveitic Glaucoma / Christopher Donovan, Lynn E. Harman
32. Immunological Mechanisms in Glaucoma : History of Ideas and Hypotheses / Lynn E. Harman, Curtis E. Margo
33. The Evolution of the Optic Disc Analysis : Past and Present / Fritz Dannheim
34. The History of Optical Coherence Tomography / Rachel L. Anderson, Joel S. Schuman
35. Glaucoma and other Ophthalmic Disorders in Selected Artists / James Ravin. - DigitalShaun R. McCann.Contents:
1. Science before science
2. The Enlightenment and the unravelling of the circulation
3. From a dream to a nightmare: HIV, haemophilia, and AIDS
4. Red cells: how they live and how they die
5. Blood and the hidden virus
6. Radiation and transplantation: towards an understanding od stem cells
7. Leukaemia
8. 'If you prick us do we not bleed?': bleeding and blood clotting
9. Molecules, genes, and gene therapy
10. The same specialty: different approaches!
11. The role of technology in haematology
12. Combination chemotherapy.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Printby G.P. Srivastava ; with a foreword from George Urdang.
- Printwritten and illustrated by Susan Dufresne.
- DigitalElie M. Ferneini, Michael T. Goupil, Steven Halepas, editors.Summary: The multi-authored, multi-institutional, and multi-specialty-based text is designed as a valuable resource for surgeons working on the maxillofacial region. Meant to be a clinically based history of the past, the present, and the future of the field, this is a one-of-a-kind text that will cater to a variety of professions: from oral & maxillofacial surgeons, plastic and reconstructive surgeons, otolaryngologists head and neck surgeons, cosmetic surgeons and the general dental practitioner. The History of Maxillofacial Surgery: An Evidence-Based Journey is divided into three sections for ease of understanding: The first section gives an overview of the early history; the second section provides a discussion of conventional procedures; and the third section gives a history of advanced procedures and techniques. By understanding the fundamental procedures and techniques of the field, practitioners can continue to further the field by building upon the past. Including historic case studies paired with real patient photos, this text details why professionals do what they do today with insight directly from the clinic. To provide a unique perspective the book is edited by three individuals at different stages of their careers. Each chapter is authored by a young surgeon paired with a seasoned surgeon.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Early History
Saint Apollonia: Patron Saint of Dentistry
1 Introduction
2 Egypt 249 CE, the First Written Description of Saint Apollonia
3 The Legend
4 The Patroness of Dentistry and the Healer of Dental Pain
5 Relics
6 St. Apollonia Commemorations: Statues, Churches, Plazas, Paintings, Stained Glass Windows
References
Anatomists: The Basis of Surgery
1 Introduction
2 From Galen to Vesalius
3 The Sphenoid Bone
4 Modern Anatomical Imaging 5 A Brief History of Cadaver Acquisition for Education
6 Anatomy Through Art and Atlases
7 Summary
References
The Barber-Surgeons
1 Introduction
2 Origins
3 Scope of Practice
4 European Medical Education
5 Notable Barber-Surgeons
6 The London Barber-Surgeons' Guild
7 Barber Pole
8 End of an Era
9 Summary
References
The Three Pillars of Surgery
1 Introduction
2 Hemostasis - Ambroise Paré
3 Anesthesia - Horace Wells
4 Asepsis - Joseph Lister
5 Summary
References
Anesthesia
1 Introduction
2 Inhalation Anesthetic Agents 3 Intubation and Inhaled Anesthesia Technology
4 Parenteral Anesthesia
4.1 Opioids
5 Sedative Hypnotics and Other Intravenous Anesthetics
6 Neuromuscular Blockers
7 Parenteral and Local Anesthesia Technology
8 Local Anesthesia
8.1 Local Anesthesia Drugs
9 Summary
References
The Legacy of Maxillofacial Surgery During the Great War
1 Introduction
2 Front-Line Care: Origins of the Harvard Unit
3 Tertiary Care-Sir Harold Delf Gillies and the Surgeons of Sidcup
4 Maxillofacial Surgical Advances by the Central Powers 5 Anna Ladd and Jane Poupelet and Their Facial Masks
6 Summary
References
Formation of Head and Neck Surgical Specialties
1 Introduction
2 Otolaryngology and Head and Neck Surgery
2.1 Birth of the Specialty
2.2 Organizations
3 Ophthalmology
3.1 Birth of the Specialty
3.2 Organizations
4 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
4.1 Birth of the Specialty
4.2 Organizations
5 Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
5.1 Birth of the Specialty
5.2 Organizations
6 Summary
References
Part II: Conventional Procedures
Head and Neck Infections
1 Prehistory 2 Treatment of Infection in Antiquity
References
Evolution of Tooth Removal
1 Introduction
2 Ancient History
2.1 Prehistory Humans
2.2 Eastern and Egyptian Era
2.3 Greek and Roman Era
2.4 Practitioners
3 Early Instruments
4 Nineteenth-Century Pioneers
5 Twentieth-Century Notables
6 Summary
References
Dental Implants and Bone Augmentation
1 Introduction
2 Implants in the Early Twentieth Century
3 Brånemark and the Foundations of Modern Implantology
4 Bone Augmentation
5 Guided Bone Regeneration
6 Sinus Lifts
7 The Twenty-First Century - DigitalMorris F. Collen, Marion J. Ball, editors.Summary: This is a meticulously detailed chronological record of significant events in the history of medical informatics and their impact on direct patient care and clinical research, offering a representative sampling of published contributions to the field. The History of Medical Informatics in the United States has been restructured within this new edition, reflecting the transformation medical informatics has undergone in the years since 1990. The systems that were once exclusively institutionally driven - hospital, multihospital, and outpatient information systems - are today joined by systems that are driven by clinical subspecialties, nursing, pathology, clinical laboratory, pharmacy, imaging, and more. At the core is the person - not the clinician, not the institution - whose health all these systems are designed to serve. A group of world-renowned authors have joined forces with Dr Marion Ball to bring Dr Collen's incredible work to press. These recognized leaders in medical informatics, many of whom are recipients of the Morris F. Collen Award in Medical Informatics and were friends of or mentored by Dr Collen, carefully reviewed, editing and updating his draft chapters. This has resulted in the most thorough history of the subject imaginable, and also provides readers with a roadmap for the subject well into later in the century.
- DigitalMichael R. Kronenfeld, Jennie Jacobs Kronenfeld.Summary: "This book covers the history of medical libraries and librarianship from the founding of the Medical Library Association in 1898 to today. The authors present the different stages in the evolution of health science librarianship and conclude with a discussion of the new, digital era of health science libraries"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
John Shaw Billings and the Library of the Office of the Army Surgeon General: 1836-1898
The gentleman physician librarian era: 1898-1945
The era of the development of the clinical research infrastructure (NIH), the rapid expansion in funded and published clinical research, and the emergence of the National Library of Medicine: 1945-1962
The era of the development of the National Library of Medicine, online digital subject searching (MEDLINE) and the creation of the health science library infrastructure: 1962-1975
The MEDLINE Era: The golden age of medical libraries: 1978-1995
The era of universal access to information and the transition from paper to digitally based medical libraries: 1995-2015
The emerging era of the digital health sciences library: 2015.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021 - PrintPlinio Prioreschi.Contents:
v. 1. Primitive and ancient medicine
v. 2. Greek medicine
v. 3. Roman medicine
v. 4. Byzantine and Islamic medicine
v. 5. Medieval medicine. - PrintPlinio Prioreschi.Contents:
v. 1. Primitive and ancient medicine
v. 2. Greek medicine - PrintGill Paul.Summary: Takes readers on a 12,000-year journey to explore significant items that have advanced medical knowledge and practice. The fifty objects range from the everyday (a bottle of Aspirin) to singular medical advances (heart transplant pioneer Christian Bernard on the cover of TIME magazine). The objects are presented chronologically and described in two to four pages with illustrations, 150 beautiful archive images in all. Fact boxes note Location, Date, and Field, for example, epidemiology. Engaging text describes the artifacts in their social and cultural context, as well as their role in disease treatment and prevention.
Contents:
Neolithic Trepanned Skulls
The Edwin Smith Papyrus
Clay Tablets from Mesopotamia
Atharva Veda
Huangchi Neijing
The Tree of Hippocrates
The Aqua Appia
Dioscorides' Materia Medica
Galen's Phlebotome
The Hôtel-Dieu
Ten Treatises on the Eye
The School of Salerno
Avicenna's Tomb
Plague Doctor's Mask
De Humani Corporis Fabrica
Santorio Santorio's Thermoscope
Harvey's Diagram of Blood Circulation
Chamberlen's Forceps
Van Leeuwenhoek's Microscope
The Cinchona Tree
Edward Jenner's Lancet
Laënnec's Stethoscope
Morton's Ether Inhaler
TB Sanatorium in Görbersdorf
John Snow's Cholera Map
Florence Nightingale's Lamp
Louis Pasteur's Flask
The Snellen Eye Chart
The Red Cross Symbol
Joseph Lister's Donkey Engine
The X-ray Machine
Bayer Aspirin
Sigmund Freud's Couch
Harold Gillies' Tubed Pedicle
Spanish Flu Mask
Lilly's Insulin Syringe
The Iron Lung
Alexander Fleming's Petri Dish
Bryukhonenko's Autojektor
Willem Kolff's Artificial Kidney
World Health Organization Flag
Crick and Watson's Double Helix
Cigarette Package Health Warning
The First Heart Transplant
MRI Scanner
Surgical Robots
AIDS Awareness Ribbon
Stem Cells
Thought-Controlled Prosthesis
Protective Clothing for Ebola. - DigitalZoltan A. Nagy.Summary: A History of Modern Immunology: A Path Toward Understanding describes, analyzes, and conceptualizes several seminal events and discoveries in immunology in the last third of the 20th century, the era when most questions about the biology of the immune system were raised and also found their answers. Written by an eyewitness to this history, the book gives insight into personal aspects of the important figures in the discipline, and its data driven emphasis on understanding will benefit both young and experienced scientists. This book provides a concise introduction to topics including immunological specificity, antibody diversity, monoclonal antibodies, major histocompatibility complex, antigen presentation, T cell biology, immunological tolerance, and autoimmune disease. This broad background of the discipline of immunology is a valuable companion for students of immunology, research and clinical immunologists, and research managers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. Contains the history of major breakthroughs in immunology featured with authenticity and insider detailsGives an insight into personal aspects of the players in the history of immunologyEnables the reader to recognize and select data of heuristic value which elucidate important facets of the immune systemProvides good examples and guidelines for the recognition and selection of what is important for the exploration of the immune systemGives clear separation of descriptive and interpretive parts, allowing the reader to distinguish between facts and analysis provided by the author.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- Digitalvolume editors, J. Bogousslavsky, F. Boller, M. Iwata.Contents:
The discovery of cerebral specialization / Harris, L.J
The introduction of emotions and behavior in the assessment of neurological patients / Genetti Gatfield, M., Colombo, F., Annoni, J.-M
Anatomical error of Pierre Marie's 'zone lenticulaire' / Iwata, M
Gogi (word meaning) aphasia and its relation with semantic dementia / Yamadori, A
Alexia and agraphia from 1861 to 1965 / Henderson, V.W
Kanji (morphogram) and kana (phonogram) problem in Japanese alexia and agraphia / Sakurai, Y
Early history of amnesia / Langer, K.G
History of anosognosia / Gainotti, G
History of amusia / Kawamura, M., Miller, M.W
Hemineglect and attentional dysfunction / Langer, K.G., Piechowski-Jozwiak, B., Bogousslavsky, J
History of frontal syndromes and executive dysfunction / DeRight, J
History of subcortical cognitive impairment / Filley, C.M
History of dementia / Assal, F
Neurology versus psychiatry? Hallucinations, delusions, and confabulations / Carota, A., Bogousslavsky, J
Developmental cognitive deficits : a historical overview of early cases / Eling, P
History of neuropsychological assessment / Eling, P
Historical pathway from description of cognitive recovery to formal neuropsychological rehabilitation / Magnin, E., Ryff, I., Brun, B., Decavle, P., Hague, S., Moulin, T
Shining a light on some of the most famous 19th and 20th century's neuropsychologists / Walusinski, O., Boller, F., Henderson, V.W.Digital Access Karger 2019 - Printby Adam Politzer ; an English translation by Stanley Milstein, Collice Portnoff, Antje Coleman.Contents:
v. 1. From earliest times to the middle of the nineteenth century.Print Access - PrintMudry, Albert.
- PrintDavid Anversa.
- Digital/Printby Johan P. Mackenbach.Summary: "In A History of Population Health Johan P. Mackenbach offers a broad-sweeping study of the spectacular changes in people's health in Europe since the early 18th century. Most of the 40 specific diseases covered in this book show a fascinating pattern of 'rise-and-fall', with large differences in timing between countries. Using a unique collection of historical data and bringing together insights from demography, economics, sociology, political science, medicine, epidemiology and general history, it shows that these changes and variations did not occur spontaneously, but were mostly man-made. Throughout European history, changes in health and longevity were therefore closely related to economic, social, and political conditions, with public health and medical care both making important contributions to population health improvement"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Utopia come true?
The epidemiologic transition theory
How to read this book
Part 1. Long-term trends: A bird's eye view
Long-term trends in population health
Changes in over-all population health
Changes in disease patterns
Epidemiologic transition
Understanding trends in population health
Theories of population health
Economic, political and sociocultural conditions
Public health and medical care
Part 2. Zooming in: The rise and fall of diseases
Health problems of pre-industrial societies
Violence and hunger
Great epidemics
Health problems of industrializing societies
Communicable diseases
Maternal, infant and perinatal mortality
Other health problems of industrializing societies
Health problems of affluent societies
Chronic diseases
Injuries
A new plague
Part 3. Synthesis and outlook
Why?
Why did European population health improve?
Why did some countries rush ahead or lag behind?
Outlook
Feathers of Icarus
The way ahead
By way of conclusion.Digital Access 2020 - PrintGene G. Hunder, Eric L. Matteson.Contents:
Dedication
Acknowledgments
1. Introduction
2. Rheumatology at Mayo Clinic Rochester
3. Rheumatology at Mayo Clinic Florida
4. Rheumatology at Mayo Clinic Arizona
5. Rheumatology at Mayo Clinic Health System
6. Rheumatology education
7. Rheumatology research
8. Concluding remarks
9. Contributions to rheumatology research
10. Contributions to rheumatology organizations and journals
11. Recognition of members of the staff
12. Biographies of staff members
13. Rheumatology trainees and advanced practice providers
14. Selections from rheumatology photo albums. - Digitaledited by Jeremy C. Ganz.Contents:
Ch. 1. Background knowledge in the early days
Ch. 2. Some physics from 550 BC and AD 1948
Ch. 3. Medical physics - particle accelerators - the beginning
Ch. 4. From particle accelerator to radiosurgery
Ch. 5. Stereotactic and radiosurgery concepts in Sweden
Ch. 6. Stereotactic and radiosurgery research in Sweden
Ch. 7. The journey from proton to gamma knife
Ch. 8. The earliest gamma unit patients
Ch. 9. Stockholm radiosurgery developing 1968-1982
Ch. 10. From Stockholm to Pittsburgh
Ch. 11. Changing times and early debates
Ch. 12. The development of dose planning
Ch. 13. Changing the gamma knife
Ch. 14. Conclusion and possible future trends
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - PrintJ. Marion Read and Mary E. Mathes.
- Printabstracted from the manuscript notes of the late Cecil Wall by the late H. Charles Cameron ; rev., annotated, and ed. by E. Ashworth Underwood.
- PrintGuido Silvestri, Mathias Lichterfeld, editors.Contents:
Molecular control of HIV and SIV latency
Assays to measure latency, reservoirs, and reactivation
The antiviral immune response and its impact on the HIV-1 reservoir
Nonhuman primate models for studies of AIDS virus persistence during suppressive combination antiretroviral therapy
SIV latency in macrophages in the CNS
Mathematical models of HIV latency
Residual immune activation and latency
Immune interventions to eliminate the HIV reservoir
Cell and gene therapy for HIV cure. - DigitalMarc H V Van Regenmortel.Summary: This book gathers a series of pivotal papers on the development of an HIV/AIDS vaccine published in the last two decades. Accompanied by extensive comments putting the material into an up-to-date context, all three parts of the book offer a broad overview of the numerous unsuccessful attempts made in recent years to develop a preventive HIV vaccine. Providing a detailed review and analysis of studies published from 1998 to the present day, it examines the likely reasons for the failure to develop an HIV vaccine despite multi-million dollar investments.
Contents:
Part I.Immunochemistry
1 What is a B cell epitope
2 Molecular design versus empirical discovery in peptide-based vaccines. Coming to terms with fuzzy recognition sites and ill-defined structure-function relationships in immunology
3 Synthetic Peptide Vaccines and the Search for Neutralization B Cell Epitopes
4 Specificity, polyspecificity, and heterospecificity of antibody-antigen recognition
Part II. Reductionism
5 Reductionism and the search for structure-function relationships in antibody molecules
6 Reductionism and complexity in molecular biology
7 Editorial: Biological complexity emerges from the ashes of genetic reductionism
8 The rational design of biological complexity: A deceptive metaphor., 9 Basic research in HIV vaccinology is hampered by reductionist thinking
10 Commentary: Basic Research in HIV Vaccinology Is Hampered by Reductionist Thinking
11 Nature and Consequences of Biological Reductionism for the Immunological Study of Infectious Diseases., Part III. Vaccinology
12 Limitations to the structure-based design of HIV-1 vaccine immunogens
13 Two meanings of reverse vaccinology and the empirical nature of vaccine science
14 Requirements for empirical immunogenicity trials, rather than structure-based design, for developing an effective HIV vaccine
15 Paradigm Changes and the Future of HIV Vaccine Research: A Summary of a Workshop Held in Baltimore on 20 November 2013
16 Editorial: Paradigm changes are required in HIV vaccine research
17 An outdated notion of antibody specificity is one of the major detrimental assumptions of the structure-based reverse vaccinology paradigm, which prevented it from helping to develop an effective HIV-1 vaccine
18 More surprises in the development of an HIV vaccine
19 Why Does the Molecular Structure of Broadly Neutralizing Monoclonal Antibodies Isolated from Individuals Infected with HIV-1 not Inform the Rational Design of an HIV-1 Vaccine?
20 Old a nd New Concepts and Strategies in HIV Vaccinology: A Report from a Workshop held in Rome on 17 June 2016
21 Structure-Based Reverse Vaccinology Failed in the Case of HIV Because it Disregarded Accepted Immunological Theory
22 Immune systems rather than antigenic epitopes elicit and produce protective antibodies against HIV
23 Development of a Preventive HIV Vaccine Requires Solving Inverse Problems Which Is Unattainable by Rational Vaccine Design
24 Viral species, viral genomes and HIV vaccine design: is the rational design of biological complexity a utopia?.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital/PrintCraig Meyers, editor.Summary: In this book, leading experts examine the clinical and biological aspects of viruses known to play a role in the oncogenesis of AIDS-associated cancers and non-AIDS-defining malignancies more commonly observed in HIV-infected individuals. Among the malignancies considered are those associated with Kaposi sarcoma-associated herpesvirus (KSHV) or Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), Merkel cell carcinoma due to Merkel cell polyomavirus (MCPyV), human papillomavirus (HPV)-associated anogenital and oropharyngeal cancers, and hepatitis B and C virus (HBV/HCV)-associated liver cancers. It also provides detailed information on the molecular biology of the causative viral agents and guidance on the specific treatment required in this special population. Covering all the important advances in our understanding made since the first edition was published in 2007, including the discovery and characterization of MCPyV, which brought the number of known human oncoviruses to seven, this new edition is a valuable resource for members of the scientific and healthcare community and active researchers in this field.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalZunyou Wu, Yu Wang, Roger Detels, Marc Bulterys, Jennifer M. McGoogan, editors.Summary: With HIV becoming the leading cause of infectious-disease mortality in Mainland China, this book focuses on tackling HIV/AIDS in the face of rapid political and economic change in China. Featuring contributions by over a dozen leading figures in the field, this book is the go-to text for any student or reader interested in how national and international organizations are attempting to control this epidemic. The book includes chapters on the epidemiology, treatment, and prevention of HIV, as well as several chapters that discuss in detail specific provincial- and national-level programs to control and treat HIV. It chronicles the Chinese governments amazing about-face, as it replaced underfunded, non-evidence based policy decisions with successful, science-based approaches to disease control and prevention, including the adoption of once controversial needle-exchange programs and the establishment of a national HIV/AIDS data registry. It measures the success of national policy decisions, the implementation of treatment policies, and discusses the difficulty of accessing high-risk communities, including people who inject drugs, sex workers, and men who have sex with men - groups not easy to reach, study, engage in prevention programs, or treatment, for fear of stigmatization and loss of social status. Further, it documents the spread of HIV to other provinces, and the tragedy that befell repeat plasma donors in Henan and other poor provinces, where reused or improperly sterilized lab equipment caused some villages to have epidemic-level incidence rates. This book represents a positive contribution to the field of AIDS research, making vital, new information available to an interested readership.
Contents:
Epidemiology
Prevention
Treatment
Comprehensive Program
Key Areas Response
Conclusion. - DigitalDigital Access v. 1-, 2003-
- Digital/PrintDigital Access Google Books 1999-
- DigitalDigital Access v. 1-, 2000-
- Digitalvolume editors, Mark Brennan-Ing, Rosanna F. DeMarco.Contents:
Preface
Local and global HIV aging demographics and research
Are HIV-infected older adults aging differently?
Cellular senescence, immunosenescence and HIV
Biomarkers and clinical indices of aging with HIV
Multimorbidity and burden of disease
Polypharmacy, using new treatments to customize care for aging patients and adherence present and future
Behavioral health
Disability among persons aging with HIV/AIDS
Application of geriatric principles and care models in HIV and aging
Sexual health, risk and prevention
Stigma in an aging context
Social support systems and social network characteristics of older adults with HIV
Remediating HIV-associated neurocognitive disorders via cognitive training: a perspective on neurocognitive aging
Mental health, psychosocial challenges and resillence in older adults living with HIV
Medical, social and supportive services for older adults with HIV
The relevance of palliative care in HIV and aging
Ageism, aging, and HIV: community responses to prevention, treatment, care and support
Author index
Subject index.Digital Access Karger 2017 - DigitalLisa M. Chirch, Jurate Ivanaviciene, editors.Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
Chapter 1: Disorders of the Esophagus; Clinical Presentation; Opportunistic Infections; Esophageal Candidiasis; Histoplasmosis; Mycobacterium Species; Herpesviridae Family; CMV; HSV; HHV-8; Idiopathic Ulcer; Noninfectious Etiologies; Lymphoma; Non-AIDS-Defining Esophageal Cancer; Motility Disorders; References;
Chapter 2: HIV and the Stomach;
Chapter 3: Biliary Tree and Gallbladder Pathology in HIV; Introduction; AIDS Cholangiopathy; Opportunistic; Bacterial; Viral; Fungal; Parasitic/Protozoal; Noninfectious Etiologies; Vanishing Bile Duct Syndrome Antiretroviral Therapy-RelatedMalignancy; Diagnostic Testing; Cholangiography: MRCP and ERCP; Therapy; Procedural/Surgical; Prognosis; References;
Chapter 4: Disorders of the Liver Excluding Hepatitis A, B, C, D, and E; Introduction; Histoplasmosis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Cryptococcus; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Coccidioides; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Candida; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment PneumocystisEpidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Penicillium; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Schistosomiasis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Bartonella; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Tuberculosis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; EBV; CMV; HSV; VZV; Adenovirus; HHV-8; HHV6; Drug-Induced Liver Injury in HIV; Antituberculosis Medications in HIV and the Liver Prevention of OI in HIV and the LiverConclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Viral Hepatitis;
Chapter 6: Disorders of the Pancreas; Epidemiology/Etiology; Acute HIV/Acute Pancreatitis; Antiretroviral (ART) Drug-Induced Pancreatitis; Nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NRTIs); Protease Inhibitors (PIs); Drug-Induced Pancreatitis Associated with Chemoprophylactic Drugs/Opportunistic Infections; Acute Pancreatitis Triggered by Opportunistic Infections; Mycobacterial Infections; Fungal Infections; Protozoan Parasitic Infections; AIDS-Associated Neoplasia; References
Chapter 7: Disorders of the Small BowelViral Infections; Cytomegalovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Norovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV); Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis; Treatment; Adenovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis/Treatment; Mycobacterial Infections; Mycobacterium tuberculosis; Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis; Complications; Treatment; Mycobacterium avium Complex (MAC); Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; TreatmentDigital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by John A. Joska, Dan J. Stein, Igor Grant.Contents:
Epidemiology of psychopathology in HIV / Milton L. Wainberg, Karen McKinnon and Francine Cournos
Pathogenesis of mental health disorders in HIV / Gursharan Chana, Chad A. Bousman and Ian P. Everall
Clinical aspects of HIV-related neurocognitive disorders / Nicholas W.S. Davies and Bruce J. Brew
Treatment of psychiatric disorders in HIV / Maria Ferrara, Ignacio Perez Valero, David J. Moore, Adam F. Knight, Nichole A. Duarte and J. Hampton Atkinson
Special populations and public health aspects / Francine Cournos, Karen McKinnon, Veronica Pinho and Milton Wainberg.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalIrini Sereti, Gregory P. Bisson, Graeme Meintjes, editors.Summary: Globally, HIV-associated tuberculosis is one of the most important causes of infection-related death, accounting for over 300,000 deaths worldwide in 2017. The HIV epidemic has undermined TB control efforts in many countries across the world, as the virus has important modifying effects on the pathogenesis, diagnosis, and treatment of TB. The management of HIV-associated TB is also complicated by rapid clinical progression, immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome, drug-drug interactions, and shared toxicities. The past two decades have yielded thousands of research publications and review articles on HIV-associated TB. HIV and Tuberculosis: A Formidable Alliance consolidates this massive amount of data into a single resource. With contributions from myriad disciplines, including epidemiology, immunology, public health, and clinical medicine, this book provides well-rounded and thorough coverage that will appeal to researchers and clinicians alike.
Contents:
1. Overview of the HIV-associated tuberculosis epidemic
2 . Epidemiology of Drug-susceptible, Drug-resistant Tuberculosis and HIV in Africa
3. Modelling the HIV-associated TB epidemic and the impact of interventions aimed at epidemic control
4. Immune responses to Mycobacterium tuberculosis and the impact of HIV infection
5. Clinical Manifestations of HIV-associated tuberculosis in adults
6. The tuberculosis-associated immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome (TB-IRIS)
7. Diagnosis of HIV-associated tuberculosis
8. Recent advances in the treatment of latent tuberculosis infection among adults living with HIV
9. Treatment of drug-sensitive tuberculosis in persons with HIV
10. Drug-resistant TB and HIV
11. Co-treatment of tuberculosis and HIV: pharmacologic considerations
12. HIV and TB in children
13. Neurological TB in HIV. - DigitalGary Jones.Summary: Revisiting the thinking on vulnerability to HIV and risk of infection, this book provides better understanding by considering the risk of HIV infection alongside notions of personal and collective resilience, dignity and humiliation. The work shows that young people in the urban slum dignify their world and, in doing so, establish priorities and draw on a set of references oftentimes intelligible to them alone. Moreover, humiliation, as an interpersonal event, adds to a sense of vulnerability and lies closely behind choices directly affecting personal health and livelihood. Thus, dignity and humiliation are shown for the first time to have a critical role in health seeking and risky behavior related to HIV, and this is an area in great need of further research. The crucial focus of this work is further emphasized by the rapid growth of urban slums, and high rates of HIV among both slum dwellers and young people, who continue to bear the brunt of the AIDS epidemic, thirty years on. This comprehensive literature review provides a compelling argument that the time is right to further explore the nexus of risk and resilience from a people-centered perspective. Fresh insight is critical to reach the goal of ending AIDS by 2030.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Vulnerability and Risk
health and well being in the slum
3. HIV as an urban epidemic
4. Young people -vulnerability, risk and HIV in the urban slum
5. Migration, young people and vulnerability in the urban slum
6. Conclusion
strengthening the evidence. - DigitalMarcus Hentrich, Stefan K. Barta, editors.Contents:
Pathology
Epidemiology
Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma.-Hodgkin lymphoma
Acute Myeloid Leukemia (AML) & Myelodysplastic Syndrome (MDS)
Acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL)
Autologous stem cell transplantation
Allogeneic stem cell transplantation
Multiple myeloma and monoclonal gammopathy of unknown significance
Myeloproliferative disorders
Multicentric Castelman's disease
Chemotherapy and interactions with combination antiretroviral therapy (cART)
Special considerations. - DigitalRalph Pantophlet, editor.Summary: Glycosylation is a common and extremely important modification in biological molecules, particularly of proteins. HIV Glycans in Infection and Immunity provides an overview of the roles of glycans in the transmission/infection, antigenicity, and immunogenicity of HIV and the HIV envelope glycoprotein. It explores recent advances in the understanding of the impact of HIV glycans in infection and their promise for immunological and therapeutic intervention. Novel collaborations between glycobiologists and immunologists in recent years have led to key advances in the understanding of HIV glycans. These cross-disciplinary endeavors, their achievements and their impact on the field are all addressed, herein.-- Source other than Library of Congress.
Contents:
HIV glycomics and glycoproteomics / Camille Bonomelli ... [et al.]
Innate recognition of HIV-1 glycans : implications for infection, transmission, and immunity / Angelic M.G. van der Aar, Sonja I. Gringhuis, and teunis B.H. Geijtenbeek
The influence of HIV enveloppe glycosylation on adaptive immune response / Catarina E. Hioe, Rajnish Kumar, and Shiu-Lok Hu
Role of HIV glycans in transmission and immune escape / Penny L. Moore, Megan K. Murphy, and Cynthia A. Derdeyn
Molecular recognition of HIV glycans by antibodies / Leopold Kong, Robyn L. Stanfield, and Ian A. Wilson
Anti-carbohydrate HIV vaccine design / Lai-Xi Wang ... [et al.]
Lectins as HIV microbicides / Leonardus M.I. Koharudin and Angela M. Gronenborn.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalBisola O. Ojikutu, Valerie E. Stone, editors.Summary: More people in communities of color are contracting, living with, and being treated for HIV/AIDS than ever before. In 2005, 71% of new AIDS cases were diagnosed in people of color. The rate of HIV infection in the African-American community alone has increased from 25% of total cases diagnosed in 1985 to 50% in 2005. Latinos similarly comprise a disproportionate segment of the AIDS epidemic: though they make up only 14% of the U.S. population, 20% of AIDS cases diagnosed in 2004 were Latino/a. Though the number of racial and ethnic minority HIV/AIDS cases continues to grow, the health care community has been unable to adequately meet the unique medical needs of these populations. African-American, Latino/Latina, and other patients of color are less likely to seek medical care, have sufficient access to the health care system, or receive the drugs they need for as long as they need them. HIV/AIDS in Minority Communities acknowledges the prevalence of HIV/AIDS within minority communities in the U.S. and strives to educate physicians about the barriers to treatment that exist for minority patients. By analyzing the main causes of treatment failure and promoting respect for individual and cultural values, this book effectively teaches readers to provide responsive, patient-centered care and devise preventive strategies for minority communities. Comprehensive chapters contributed by physicians with extensive experience dealing with HIV/AIDS in minority communities cover issues as far-reaching as: anti-retroviral therapy; dermatologic manifestations and co-morbidities of the disease in patients of color; unique risks to women and MSMs of color; participation of minority cases in HIV research; and substance abuse and mental health issues.
Contents:
Achieving health equity among US communities of color at risk for or living with HIV
Epidemiology of HIV infection in communities of color in the United States
PrEP and the Black community
HIV prevention, care, and treatment among Black men who have sex with men (MSM)
HIV/AIDS and the Latino populations in the United States
Women of color and HIV
HIV and immigrants from sub-Saharan Africa and the Caribbean living in the United States
HIV in the South
Neighborhood-level structural factors, HIV and communities of color
Substance use disorder and HIV
HIV prevention, care and treatment for transgender communities of color
Medical mistrust, discrimination, and the domestic HIV epidemic
Incarceration and the HIV epidemic. - DigitalRaziya Bobat, editor.Summary: This book serves as a reference work on pediatric HIV infection and covers the full bandwidth of topics from an introduction to pathogenesis and epidemiology, over the transmission of the HI virus, to clinical manifestations, treatment, and prevention strategies. Diseases and disorders occurring in HIV infected persons are discussed in detail. The book covers special populations, such as neonates born to an HIV positive mother and adolescents and examines the specific ways of managing HIV disease in these patient groups. This is the first book to cover palliative care as well as ethical, legal and social issues of HIV infection. .
Contents:
Foreword
Introduction and Epidemiology
Transmission and Pathogenesis
Diagnosis
Clinical Manifestation
Management
HIV and TB
Opportunistic Infections
Immunisation of HIV infected child
Special Populations, Neonates and Adolescents
Cure
HIV and the Microbiome. - DigitalJames A. Bourgeois, Mary Ann Adler Cohen, Getrude Makurumidze, editors.Summary: This book is a practical guide in understanding how to prevent HIV transmission, to recognize risk behaviors, and to add something else to their repertoires. It aims to empower clinicians and provide a sense of security and competence with the recognition and understanding of some of the psychiatric illnesses that complicate and perpetuate the HIV pandemic that continue to persist throughout every area of the world despite the magnitude of the progress that has transformed the illness from a rapidly fatal to chronic illness that is no longer life-limiting. Missing in most of the literature on HIV is the subtle, and sometimes not so subtle, contribution of psychiatric symptoms, psychiatric illness, and risk behaviors that drive the pandemic and serve as catalysts for new infections. This practical guide provides state-of-the-art understanding of not only prevention but also a way to recognize risk behaviors, psychiatric symptoms, and psychiatric illnesses that will demystify and decode the sometimes enigmatic and frustrating reasons for nonadherence with diagnostic procedures and life-saving treatments and care. All behaviors and pathology are covered as well as the resources and treatments available. The goal of this text is to refresh knowledge on the current state of psychiatric illness management among people living with HIV, to provide a concise volume on the psychiatric aspects of HIV prevention and treatment that substantially impact the overall care of the patient, and to help understand the psychiatric catalysts of the pandemic Written by experts in the field, HIV Psychiatry: A Practical Guide for Clinicians provides enduring guidance to medical and other professionals caring for complicated clinical patients as they face ongoing challenges in working with persons with HIV and AIDS.
Contents:
The Definition and Scope of HIV Psychiatry - How to Provide Compassionate Care
HIV Testing and Prevention
HIV Stigma
Consultation, Assessment, and Evaluation
Screening for Psychiatric Disorders in HIV Care
Depressive Disorders
Trauma and Stressor-Associated Disorders
Bipolar Disorders
Anxiety Disorders
HIV-Associated Neurocognitive Disorders and Delirium
Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders
HIV and Serious Mental Illness
Suicide in HIV
HIV Syndemics
HIV in Specific Populations
Principles of HIV Treatment
Antiretrovirals and Psychotropics: Drug Interactions and Complications
Treatment of Comorbid HIV/HCV
Integrated and Collaborative Care
Palliative and End-of-Life Care in HIV
Legal and Ethical Aspects of HIV Psychiatry
The COVID-19 Outbreak and the HIV Pandemic. - DigitalLinqi Zhang, Sharon R. Lewin, editors.Summary: "This book provides a comprehensive review of the major barriers to HIV cure and vaccine. It covers the fundamental virology and immunology leading to HIV transmission, protection from infection and long term HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy. In addition, strategies being tested to eliminate persistent HIV and the rational design of vaccines to induce protective immunity are covered. This book also discusses the challenges related to the design of clinical trials for testing the safety and efficacy of these innovative approaches. This book will provide a systematic overview and also discuss controversial issues for researchers in virology and immunology, as well as practicing physicians, and scientists in the pharmaceutical industry"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
HIV vaccines. HIV vaccine efficacy trials: RV144 and beyond / Elizabeth Heger, Alexandra Schuetz, Sandhya Vasan
HIV T-cell vaccines / Beatriz Mothe, Christian Brander
HIV broadly neutralizing antibodies: VRC01 and beyond / Xueling Wu
Structural features of broadly neutralizing antibodies and rational design of vaccine / Tongqing Zhou, Kai Xu
Monkey models and HIV vaccine research / Zhiwei Chen
Treatment of HIV for the prevention of transmission in discordant couples and at the population level / M. Kumi Smith, Britta L. Jewell, Timothy B. Hallett, Myron S. Cohen
HIV cure. HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy and barriers to a cure / Julia Marsh Sung, David M. Margolis
The molecular biology of HIV latency / Georges Khoury, Gilles Darcis, Michelle Y. Lee, Sophie Bouchat, Benoit Van Driessche, Damian F. J. Purcell [and others]
Cellular determinants of HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy / Anastassia Mikhailova, Jose Carlos Valle-Casuso, Asier Sáez-Cirión
In vitro and in vivo models of HIV latency / James B. Whitney, R. Brad Jones
Measuring HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy / Bethany A. Horsburgh, Sarah Palmer
Clinical interventions in HIV cure research / Thomas Aagaard Rasmussen, Ole S. Søgaard. - DigitalCarolyn I. Rodriguez, Randy O. Frost.Summary: "Accounts of hoarding behaviors stretch back thousands of years--most recently depicted in popular reality television series--but it wasn't until the publication of DSM-5 in 2013 that hoarding was classified as a disorder in its own right rather than as a symptom of obsessive-compulsive disorder or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. In this single source, readers can access the most up-to-date comprehensive information on what is known about the disorder. Drawing on both the authors' own clinical experience and published research, Hoarding Disorder: A Comprehensive Clinical Guide examines the phenomenology and etiology of the disorder, as well as psychotherapeutic and pharmacological treatments, challenges, and future directions. Appendixes feature useful symptom rating scales that can be applied to practice. Whether readers are practicing psychiatrists, psychologists, or other mental health professionals; professionals in training; or peer support counselors and community advocates; all will benefit from the wealth of information in this volume--made more easily accessible through key points in each chapter--and find the guidance they need to effectively and compassionately treat patients with hoarding disorder"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction and history
Diagnosis and comorbidity
Assessment
Insight and motivation
Cognitive-behavioral model
Neurobiology
Cognitive-behavioral therapy
Pharmacotherapy
Harm reduction
Community
Elders
Animal hoarding
Squalor
Conclusions and future directions.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2023 - DigitalNassim Agdari-Moghadam.Summary: This book offers in-depth information on pathological hoarding, describing both the root of the disorder and its progression. How can hoarding disorder be diagnosed? What are the challenges involved in treatment? How can professionals best deal with those affected? In this practical guide, health professionals will find the answers to these and many other questions. In the last few years the awareness of this disorder has gradually increased not only in the academic community, but also in the media and it has become clear that there are a considerable number of people worldwide who continue to suffer from it. The case studies presented here share essential insights into the diverse backgrounds and lives of affected individuals. In addition, hoarding disorder has since been classified as a new mental disorder by the WHO, which means many psychoanalysts, psychologists, psychiatrists and social workers will need to be trained accordingly. This book offers valuable guidance.
Contents:
Introduction
Basics of Hoarding disorder
Treatment Recommendations
Psychodynamic
Aspects: Self-Perspectives
Summary and Outlook
Messy-Quick-Test. - Digitaleditors, Antonino Carbone & Anas Younes.Digital Access
- DigitalAndreas Engert, Anas Younes, editors.Summary: This book examines in detail the current treatment options for first-line, relapsed, and refractory Hodgkin lymphoma and the management appropriate in special clinical circumstances, including in the elderly, pregnant women, and those with lymphocyte-predominant disease. Careful attention is devoted to the emerging individually tailored treatment strategies that are especially appealing given their potential to reduce early and late treatment side effects in this generally young patient population. In addition, clear guidance is provided on the management of Hodgkin survivors. Other topics addressed include epidemiology, pathogenesis, the role of the microenvironment, initial clinical evaluation, imaging diagnosis, use of staging systems, and prognostic factors. The second edition of Hodgkin Lymphoma: A Comprehensive Overview has been revised and updated by the key opinion leaders to reflect recent progress in the field. It will be of great value to hematologists, oncologists, and all others with an interest in Hodgkin lymphoma. .
Contents:
Part I: From Hodgkin's disease to Hodgkin Lymphoma: Epidemiology
The role of viruses in the genesis of Hodgkin Lymphoma
Pathology and molecular pathology of Hodgkin Lymphoma
Microenvironment, cross-talk and immune escape mechanisms
What will we learn from Genomics and Proteomics in Hodgkin Lymphoma? Part II: Diagnosis and treatment: Clinical evaluation
Functional imaging
Prognostic factors
Principles of radiation techniques in Hodgkin Lymphoma
Principles of chemotherapy in Hodgkin Lymphoma
Treatment of early favorable Hodgkin Lymphoma
Treatment of early unfavorable Hodgkin Lymphoma
Treatment of advanced-stage Hodgkin Lymphoma
Relapsed and refractory Hodgkin Lymphoma
Paediatric Hodgkin Lymphoma. Part III: Special Clinical Situations: Lymphocyte-predominant Hodgkin Lymphoma
The management of Hodgkin Lymphoma during pregnancy
The management of HIV-Hodgkin Lymphoma
The management of elderly patients with Hodgkin Lymphoma
Allogeneic transplantation for relapsed of Hodgkin Lymphoma
Targeting CD 30
Other new agents for patients with Hodgkin Lymphoma. Part IV: Survivorship: Quality of Life in Hodgkin Lymphoma
Second malignancy risk after treatment of Hodgkin Lymphoma
Cardiovascular and pulmonary late effects
Gonadal dysfunction and fertility preservation in Hodgkin Lymphoma patients. .Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalAndreas Engert, Anas Younes, editors.Summary: This book, now in its third edition, examines the current treatment options for first-line, relapsed, and refractory Hodgkin lymphoma and the appropriate management in special clinical circumstances, including in the elderly, pregnant women, and those with nodular lymphocyte-predominant disease (NLPHL). Careful attention is devoted to the emerging individually tailored treatment strategies, including checkpoint inhibition, that are especially appealing given their potential to reduce early and late treatment side effects in this generally young patient population. In addition, clear guidance is provided on the management of Hodgkin survivors. Other topics addressed include epidemiology, pathogenesis, the role of the microenvironment, initial clinical evaluation, imaging diagnosis, use of staging systems, and prognostic factors. The new edition of Hodgkin Lymphoma: A Comprehensive Overview has been revised and updated by key opinion leaders to reflect recent progress in the field. It will be of great value to hematologists, oncologists, and all others with an interest in Hodgkin lymphoma.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Part I: Epidemiology and Pathogenesis
1: Epidemiology of Hodgkin Lymphoma
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Definition and Histological Classification (WHO)
1.3 Hodgkin Lymphoma Occurrence
1.3.1 Overall Incidence
1.3.2 Age-Specific Incidence Patterns Vary Geographically
1.3.2.1 Historical Patterns
1.3.2.2 Modern Age-Specific Incidence Patterns
1.3.2.3 Age-Specific Incidence Patterns for Hodgkin Lymphoma Subtypes
1.3.3 Incidence Trends
1.3.4 Classifications for Epidemiological Studies: Multi-disease Models 1.3.5 Classifications by Age at Diagnosis, Histology and Tumour Epstein-Barr Virus Status
1.3.6 Overlap Between Epidemiological Classifications of Hodgkin Lymphoma
1.4 Familial Accumulation of Hodgkin Lymphoma: Genetic Predisposition
1.4.1 Genetic Studies: Genome-Wide Association Studies
1.4.1.1 Hodgkin Lymphoma Subtype-Specific Associations in Genetic Analyses
1.5 Risk Factors
1.5.1 Prevailing Hypotheses in Hodgkin Lymphoma Epidemiology
1.5.1.1 Childhood Socio- Economic Environment
1.5.2 Anthropometry
1.5.3 Medical History
1.5.3.1 Infections Epstein-Barr Virus Infection: Infectious Mononucleosis
Epstein-Barr Virus Infection: Serological Evidence
Epstein-Barr Virus Infection: Variation in Tumour Prevalence
A Four-Disease Model for Hodgkin Lymphoma
Other Childhood Infections
1.5.3.2 Primary and Secondary Immune Deficiencies
1.5.3.3 Autoimmune and Allergic Disorders
Autoimmune and Allergic/Atopic Diseases
1.5.3.4 Medications
1.5.4 Environmental Exposures
1.5.4.1 Ultraviolet Light
1.5.4.2 Tobacco
1.5.4.3 Alcohol
1.6 Conclusion
References 2: The Role of Viruses in the Genesis of Hodgkin Lymphoma
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Hodgkin Lymphoma and Epstein-Barr Virus
2.2.1 Epstein-Barr Virus and the Pathogenesis of Hodgkin Lymphoma
2.2.2 Risk Factors for Epstein-Barr Virus-Associated Hodgkin Lymphoma
2.2.3 Epstein-Barr Virus and Hodgkin Lymphoma: A Causative Association?
2.2.4 Epstein-Barr Virus and the Clinicopathological Features of Hodgkin Lymphoma
2.3 Epstein-Barr Virus-Negative Hodgkin Lymphoma Cases
2.3.1 Hodgkin Lymphoma and Herpesviruses Other Than Epstein-Barr Virus 2.3.2 Polyomaviruses and Hodgkin Lymphoma
2.3.3 Measles Virus and Hodgkin Lymphoma
2.3.4 The Virome, Anelloviruses, and Hodgkin Lymphoma
2.4 Conclusions
References
3: Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Hodgkin Lymphoma
3.1 Subclassification and Pathology
3.1.1 Nodular Lymphocyte-Predominant Hodgkin Lymphoma
3.1.2 Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma: The HRS Cells
3.1.2.1 Nodular Sclerosis Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma
3.1.2.2 Mixed Cellularity Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma
3.1.2.3 Lymphocyte-Depleted Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma
3.1.2.4 Lymphocyte-Rich Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma - PrintC.R. Taylor.
- DigitalA. Victor Hoffbrand, Paul A.H. Moss.Contents:
Haemopoiesis
Erythropoiesis and general aspects of anaemia
Hypochromic anaemias
Iron overload
Megaloblastic anaemias and other macrocytic anaemias
Haemolytic anaemias
Genetic disorders of haemoglobin
The white cells 1: granulocytes, monocytes and their benign disorders
The white cells 2: lymphocytes and their benign disorders
The spleen
The aetiology and genetics of haematological malignancies
Management of haematological malignancy
Acute myeloid leukaemia
Chronic myeloid leukaemia
Myeloproliferative disease
Myelodysplasia
Acute lymphoblastic leukaemia
The chronic lymphoid leukaemias
Hodgkin lymphoma
Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
Multiple myeloma and related disorders
Aplastic anaemia and bone marrow failure
Stem cell transplantation
Platelets, blood coagulation and haemostasis
Bleeding disorders caused by vascular and platelet abnormalities
Coagulation disorders
Thrombosis 1: pathogenesis and diagnosis
Thombosis 2: treatment
Haematological changes in systemic disease
Blood transfusion
Pregnancy and neonatal haematology
Appendix. World Health Organization classification of tumours of the haematopoietic and lymphoid tissues.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016 - PrintA. Victor Hoffbrand, David P. Steensma.Summary: "Essential Haematology is established as the most authoritative introduction to haematology. Beautifully presented, it introduces the formation and function of blood cells and diseases that arise from dysfunction and disruption of these processes. Basic science, diagnostic tests, clinical features and management are all clearly explained. The book outlines the basic principles of clinical and laboratory haematology and shows how manifestations of blood diseases can be explained by new knowledge of the disease processes"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Haemopoiesis
Erythropoiesis and general aspects of anaemia
Hypochromic anaemias
Iron overload
Megaloblastic anaemias and other macrocytic anaemias
Haemolytic anaemias
Genetic disorders of haemoglobin
The white cells, part 1: granulocytes, monocytes and their benign disorders
The white cells, part 2: lymphocytes and their benign disorders
The spleen
The aetiology and genetics of haematological neoplasia
Management of haematological malignancy
Acute myeloid leukaemia
Chronic myeloid leukaemia
Myeloproliferative neoplasms
Myelodysplastic syndromes
Acute lymphoblastic leukaemia
The chronic lymphocytic leukaemias
Hodgkin lymphoma
Non-hodgkin lymphomas
Multiple myeloma and related plasma cell neoplasms
Aplastic anaemia and bone marrow failure
Haemopoietic stem cell transplantation
Platelets, blood coagulation and haemostasis
Bleeding disorders caused by vascular and platelet abnormalities
Coagulation disorders
Thrombosis 1: pathogenesis and diagnosis
Thrombosis 2: treatment
Haematological changes in systemic diseases
Blood transfusion
Pregnancy and neonatal haematology. - Digital[edited by] George W. Holcomb, J. Patrick Murphy, Shawn D. St Peter ; associate editor John M. Gatti.Contents:
Section I: General. Physiology of the newborn
Nutritional support for the pediatric patient
Anesthetic considerations for pediatric surgical conditions
Renal impairment and renovascular hypertension
Coagulopathies and sickle cell disease
Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
Mechanical ventilation in pediatric surgical disease
Vascular access
Surgical infectious disease
Fetal therapy
Section II: Trauma. Ingestion of foreign bodies
Bites
Burns
Early assessment and management of trauma
Thoracic trauma
Abdominal and renal trauma
Head injury and facial trauma
Pediatric orthopedic trauma
Neurosurgical conditions
Section III: Thoracic. Chest wall deformities
Management of laryngotracheal obstruction in children
Congenital bronchopulmonary malformations
Acquired lesions of the lung and pleura
Congenital diaphragmatic hernia and eventration
Mediastinal tumors
The esophagus
Esophageal atresia and tracheoesophageal fistula malformations
Section IV: Abdomen. Gastroesophageal reflux
Lesions of the stomach
Duodenal and intestinal atresia and stenosis
Malrotation
Meconium disease
Necrotizing enterocolitis
Hirschsprung disease
Anorectal atresia and cloacal malformations
Fecal incontinence and constipation
Acquired anorectal disorders
Intussusception
Alimentary tract duplications
Meckel diverticulum
Inflammatory bowel disease
Appendicitis
Biliary atresia
Choledochal cyst and gallbladder disease
Solid organ transplantation in children
Lesions of the pancreas
Splenic conditions
Congenital abdominal wall defects – gastroschisis and omphalocele
Umbilical and other abdominal wall hernias
Section V: Inguinal region and scrotum. Inguinal hernia
Undescended testes and testicular tumors
The acute scrotum
Section VI: Urology. Developmental and positional anomalies of the kidneys
Ureteral obstruction and malformations
Urinary tract infections and vesicoureteral reflux
Bladder and urethra
Posterior urethral valves
Bladder and cloacal exstrophy
Hypospadias
Circumcision
Prune belly syndrome
Differences of sexual development
Section VII: Neoplasms. Principles of adjuvant therapy in childhood cancer
Renal tumors
Neuroblastoma
Lesions of the liver
Teratomas, dermoids, and other soft tissue tumors
Lymphomas
Rhabdomyosarcoma
Section VIII: Skin and soft tissue diseases. Nevus and melanoma
Vascular anomalies
Head and neck sinuses and masses
Section IX: Special topics. Pediatric and adolescent gynecology
Breast diseases
Endocrine disorders and tumors
Bariatric surgical procedures in adolescenceDigital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalAmerican Holistic Nurses Association, American Nurses Association.Summary: Holistic nursing has as its goal healing the whole person, an approach that is grounded in the inherent interconnectedness of self, others, nature, and spirituality. The holistic nurse is an instrument of healing and a facilitator in the healing process, honoring the individual's subjective experience of health, health beliefs, and values, viewing the whole person and his/her needs in their entirety, with integration as the goal. This publication is a guide to the essentials of a distinctive practice specialty. -- Publisher description.
Contents:
Introduction :
Function of the scope of practice statement of holistic nursing
Function of the standard of holistic nursing
Function of competencies accompanying standards of holistic nursing
Development of the holistic nursing standards of practice: basic and advanced
Summary. Holistic nursing scope of practice :
Definition and overview of holistic nursing
Evolution of holistic nursing
Current state and trends of holistic nursing
Philosophical principles of holistic nursing
Integrating the art and science of nursing
Settings for holistic nursing practice
Educational preparation for holistic nursing practice
Certification in holistic nursing
Commitment to the nursing profession
Care of older adults in holistic nursing
Issues in holistic nursing
Education
Research
Clinical practice
Policy. Standards of holistic nursing practice :
Overarching philosophical principles of holistic nursing
Standards of practice for holistic nursing
Standards of professional performance Glossary
References and bibliography
Appendix A: Holistic nursing: scope and standards of practice, second edition (2013)
Appendix B: American Holistic Nurses Association (AHNA) position statement on holistic nursing ethics
Appendix C: Position on the role of nurses in the practice of complementary and integrative health approaches (CIHA) June 2016
Index.Digital Access R2Library 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalTheresa Mallick-Searle, editor.Summary: This book presents a patient centric, holistic view and management strategy for registered nurses, advanced practice nurses and midwives to care for the pregnant female, including considerations in pregnancy planning. There is a significant gap in information about holistic care and nursing considerations of the pregnant female with regards to pain management, which this book fills. It develops on the preparation before pregnancy, as nutrition or exercise, on behavioural management of pain with the impact of anxiety and different therapies. The book examines the musculoskeletal pain, the headache and fibromyalgia occurring during pregnancy. It also informs on the nutraceuticals in pregnancy, the use of opioids and of nerve blocks. This book finally explores complementary treatments during pregnancy. Case-studies are presented for improved understanding and to provide a real-world perspective. This book, written by nursing and psychology experts in their fields of specialty practice, will appeal to nurses and midwives working with pregnant women or planning to have a baby.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Background
Chapter 3. In preparation for pregnancy
Chapter 4. Musculoskeletal Pain during pregnancy
Chapter 5. Headache/migraine during pregnancy
Chapter 6. Fibromyalgia/generalized body pain during pregnancy
Chapter 7. Nutraceuticals in pregnancy
Chapter 8. Opioids in pregnancy (outside OUD)
Chapter 9. Use of nerve blocks in pregnancy
Chapter 10. Complementary treatments in pregnancy
Chapter 11. Behavioural management in pregnancy
Chapter 12. Additional Case-studies. - Digitaleditors, Robert C. Bast, Jr, Carlo M. Croce, William Hait, Waun Ki Hong, Donald W. Kufe, Martine Piccart-Gebhart, Raphael E. Pollock, Ralph R. Weichselbaum, Hongyang Wang, James F. Holland.Summary: "The original reference resource for medical oncologists, radiation oncologists, internists, and allied specialties involved in the treatment of cancer patients, Holland-Frei Cancer Medicine covers the ever-expanding field of current cancer science and clinical oncology practice. In this new ninth edition an outstanding editorial team from world-renowned medical centers continue to hone the leading edge forged in previous editions, with timely information on biology, immunology, etiology, epidemiology, prevention, screening, pathology, imaging, and therapy. Holland-Frei Cancer Medicine, Ninth Edition, brings scientific principles to clinical practice and is a testament to the ethos that innovative, comprehensive, multidisciplinary treatment of cancer patients must be grounded in a fundamental understanding of cancer biology. This ninth edition features hundreds of full color illustrations, photographs, tables, graphs and algorithms that enhance understanding of complex topics and make this text an invaluable clinical tool. Over 15 brand new chapters covering the latest advances, including chapters on Cancer Metabolism, Bioinformatics, Biomarker Based Clinical Trial Design, Health Services Research and Survivorship bring this comprehensive resource up-to-date. Each chapter contains overview boxes, select references and other pedagogic features, designed to make the content easy to access and absorb"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2016
- Digitaledited by Nuria Torrescano- Valle, Gerald A. Islebe, Priyadarsi D. Roy.Summary: This book provides essential information on Mexico's Holocene and Anthropocene climate and vegetation history. Considering the geography of Mexico - which is home to a variety of climatic and environmental conditions, from desert and tropical to high mountain climates - this book focuses on its postglacial paleoecology and paleoclimatology. Further, it analyses human intervention since the middle Holocene as a major agent of environmental change. Offering a valuable tool for understanding past climate change and its relationship with present climate change, the book is a must-read for botanists, ecologists, palaeontologists and graduate students in related fields.
Contents:
1) Introduction: The Holocene and Anthropocene Environmental History, of Mexico
2) Paleoclimate of the Gulf of California (Northwestern Mexico) during the last 2000 years
3) Holocene hydroclimate of the subtropical Mexico: a state of the art
4)The Environment of Ancient Cloud Forests in the Mexican Pacific
5) Sea level change and its influence on the coastal landscape in the Gulf of Mexico during the Holocene
6) Insights into the Holocene environmental history of the highlands in central Mexico
7) Integration of landscape approaches for the spatial reconstruction of the vegetation
8) Volcanic Activity in Mexico during the Holocene
9) Human Influence vs Natural Climate Variability
10) Holocene Paleoecology and Paleoclimatology of south and south-eastern Mexico: a palynological approach
11) From Calakmul to the Sea: The Historical Ecology of a Classic Maya City that Controlled the Candelaria/Champoton Watersheds
12) Lidar at El Pilar: Understanding Vegetation Above and Discovering the Ground Features Below in the Maya Forest. - DigitalDierck Hillmann ; with a foreword by Gereon Hüttmann.Summary: Holoscopy is a new tomographic imaging modality that combines techniques of digital holography with Fourier-domain optical coherence tomography (FD-OCT). Dierck Hillmann gives a theoretical introduction to the mathematics and physics of holoscopy and develops an efficient numerical reconstruction procedure. Compared to FD-OCT, holoscopy provides unique advantages by enabling tomographic imaging without a limited depth of focus, but results in an increased numerical cost for reconstruction. In further chapters, the author introduces techniques for FD-OCT that are relevant to holoscopy as well. He demonstrates and compares numerical reconstruction methods for FD-OCT and shows how motion and dispersion artifacts in FD-OCT can be numerically compensated. Contents Theoretical Introduction to Optical Coherence Tomography and Digital Holography FD-OCT Signal Processing Using the Non-Equispaced Fast Fourier Transform Motion and Dispersion Correction in FD-OCT Holoscopy Target Groups Academics and practitioners in the fields of computer science, optical coherence tomography, digital holography, and medical imaging. The Author Dierck Hillmann received his doctoral degree in the group of Gereon Hüttmann at the Institute of Biomedical Optics in Lübeck and is currently working for a leading company in the fields of science and photonics. The Editor The series Aktuelle Forschung Medizintechnik is edited by Thorsten M. Buzug.
Contents:
Introduction
Theory
FD-OCT signal processing using the non-equispaced fast Fourier transform
Motion and dispersion correction in FD-OCT
Holoscopy
Conclusion.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalJessica L. Colburn, Bruce Leff, Jennifer Hayashi, Mattan Schuchman, editors.Summary: This book aims to equip individual clinicians with the interdisciplinary knowledge, skills, and perspective they need to provide the best care possible. Written by experts in home-based medical care, this book consists of 20 of the most common scenarios that challenge physicians administering home-based care for geriatric patients. Each scenario requires an approach or leverages aspects of care delivery that most are not trained in. Additionally, each scenario reflects an approach to care that is enhanced by interdisciplinary input. Finally, each case lends itself to a practical problem-solving approach that could be accomplished by most home-based medical care providers, even in the absence of an interdisciplinary team. Home-Based Medical Care for Older Adults is a valuable resource for all clinicians who may administer medical care in a non-medical setting, including geriatricians, family medicine physicians, psychiatrists, home nurses, social workers, students, and other interdisciplinary team members.
Contents:
1. Involuntary Weight Loss
2. Assessing Decision-Making Capacity
3. Acute Illness at Home
4. Dementia Behavior Management
5. Bacteriuria in a Patient with Incident Delirium
6. Caregiver Burden
7. Elder Abuse and Neglect
8. Management of Frequent Falls
9. Home Assessments: Improving Patients' Capacity for Self-Management
10. Transitioning to Long-Term Care
11. Pressure Injuries
12. Opioid Management
13. Social Isolation
14. Serious Mental Illness
15. Functional Rehabilitation and Realistic Goals
16. Polypharmacy
17. Telephone Medicine
18. Morbid Obesity
19. Urinary Catheter Management at Home
20. End of Life Care. - DigitalGeorge S. Stergiou, Gianfranco Parati, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.Summary: Hypertension remains a leading cause of disability and death worldwide. Self-monitoring of blood pressure by patients at home is currently recommended as a valuable tool for the diagnosis and management of hypertension. Unfortunately, in clinical practice, home blood pressure monitoring is often inadequately implemented, mostly due to the use of inaccurate devices and inappropriate methodologies. Thus, the potential of the method to improve the management of hypertension and cardiovascular disease prevention has not yet been exhausted. This volume presents the available evidence on home blood pressure monitoring, discusses its strengths and limitations, and presents strategies for its optimal implementation in clinical practice. Written by distinguished international experts, it offers a complete source of information and guide for practitioners and researchers dealing with the management of hypertension.
Contents:
1. Devices for home BP monitoring
2. Cuff design for home BP monitors
3. Home BP and preclinical organ damage
4. Prognostic studies of home BP
5. Diagnostic value of home BP
6. Home BP monitoring schedule
7. Home BP for treatment titration
8. Home BP monitoring, treatment adherence and hypertension control
9. Home BP monitoring: Cost-effectiveness patients' preference and barriers for use
10. Home BP monitoring in clinical research
11. Home BP tele-monitoring and mobile digital health technology
12. Nocturnal home BP monitoring
13. Home BP monitoring in children, pregnancy, renal disease
14. Home BP variability
15. Home versus ambulatory BP monitoring
16. Guidelines for home BP monitoring. - DigitalTina Marrelli.Summary: Tina M. Marrelli's new book, Home Care Nursing: Surviving in an Ever-Changing Care Environment is a practical and comprehensive guidebook written concisely and without jargon or insider acronyms, making the book accessible to anyone whose work is connected to home care nursing services. Designed to provide chapters as stand-alone resources for readers with previous experience seeking updated guidance, Home Care Nursing is also an excellent guide for course or orientation material. Each chapter is packed with practical questions, discussion topics, and additional resources, such as a complete Medicare Benefit Policy for reference. Additionally, offering more than just an overview of the healthcare and home care markets, this book discusses the unique practice setting and environment of home care nursing, the laws regulations, and quality, and how to make the leap into the field, document your home visit, and improve your professional growth and development. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Foreword
Introduction
Chapter 1. Healthcare: Overview of Change and Complexity
Chapter 2. What Is Home Healthcare and Home Care Comprised of Exactly?
Chapter 3. What Makes Home Care the Most Unique Practice Setting?
Chapter 4. Becoming a Home Care Clinician or Manager: Information Needed for Success
Chapter 5. The Environment of Care: The Home and Community Interface
Chapter 6. The Fundamentals: The Interface of Law, Regulation, and Quality. Chapter 7. The Home Visit: The Important Unit of Care
Chapter 8. Documentation of Care and Related Processes
Chapter 9. Where to From Here? Or Welcome to the Most Exciting Healthcare Setting There Is!
Appendix A. Home Care and Hospice/Palliative Care Organizations/Associations
Appendix B. Resources for Clinicians and Patient/Caregiver Education
Appendix C. Home Health & Hospice MAC Areas
Appendix D. Medicare Benefit Policy Manual: Chapter 7-Home Health Services.Digital Access AccessAPN 2017 - PrintThema Bryant, PhD.Summary: "A road map for dismantling the fear and shame that keep you from living a free and authentic life. In the aftermath of stress, disappointment, and trauma, people often fall into survival mode, even while a part of them longs for more. Juggling multiple demands and responsibilities keeps them busy, but not healed. As a survivor of sexual assault, racism, and evacuation from a civil war in Liberia, Dr. Thema Bryant knows intimately the work involved in healing. Having made the journey herself, in addition to guiding others as a clinical psychologist and ordained minister, Dr. Thema shows you how to reconnect with your authentic self and reclaim your time, your voice, your life. Signs of disconnection from self can take many forms, including people-pleasing, depression, anxiety, and resentment. Healing starts with recognizing and expressing emotions in an honest way and reconnecting with the neglected parts of yourself, but it can't be done in a vacuum. Dr. Thema gives you the tools to meaningfully connect with your larger community, even if you face racism and sexism, heartbreak, grief, and trauma. Rather than shrinking in the face of life's difficulties, you will discover in Homecoming the therapeutic approaches and spiritual practices to live a more expansive life characterized by empowerment, healthier relationships, gratitude, and a deeper sense of purpose."-- Jacket.
Contents:
Introduction: Homesick and disconnected
part 1. Longing for home: Ring the alarm : I need a homecoming ; Internal signs of disconnection ; External signs of disconnection
part 2. Packing light : what to carry on the journey home: Reparenting yourself ; Emotional intelligence ; Community care and self-care ; Building self-confidence ; Spiritual practices
part 3. Recovering from roadblocks on the journey home: Mourning invisible losses ; Healing from breakups and divorce ; Coping and healing from a toxic workplace ; Recovering from childhood trauma ; Resisting oppression
Conclusion: Welcome home : the journey continues.Print - Digital/PrintYaa Gyasi.Summary: "Two half sisters, Effia and Esi, unknown to each other, are born into two different tribal villages in 18th century Ghana. Effia will be married off to an English colonial, and will live in comfort in the sprawling, palatial rooms of Cape Coast Castle, raising half-caste children who will be sent abroad to be educated in England before returning to the Gold Coast to serve as administrators of the Empire. Her sister, Esi, will be imprisoned beneath Effia in the Castle's women's dungeon, and then shipped off on a boat bound for America, where she will be sold into slavery. Stretching from the tribal wars of Ghana to slavery and Civil War in America, from the coal mines in the north to the Great Migration to the streets of 20th century Harlem, Yaa Gyasi's has written a modern masterpiece, a novel that moves through histories and geographies and--with outstanding economy and force--captures the troubled spirit of our own nation"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016
- DigitalMuhammad Naveed Noor.Summary: While homeless young people (HYP) are typically perceived as irresponsible and morally suspect individuals who lack essential social skills to navigate their lives, this book offers an alternative and more positive perspective. It demonstrates that HYP improvise with resources available on the streets to improve their social and financial status, although they experience significant social structural constraints. This ground-breaking text provides an analysis of social processes that contribute to young people's homelessness, their engagement in sex work, their establishment of intimate partnerships, and sexual practices which may increase their risk of HIV and other sexually transmitted infections (STIs). The book demonstrates how the ongoing social and financial instability and insecurity neutralises HYP's knowledge of HIV/STIs, and how financial considerations, fear of violence by clients, and social obligations in intimate partnerships contribute to their sexual risk-taking. The author argues that the conventional approach of promoting health through raising awareness regarding HIV/STI prevention may continue to bring less than promising outcomes unless we focus on how structural and contextual conditions operate in the backdrop and produce conditions less conducive for young people. Included in the coverage: factors that contribute to youth homelessness factors that shape sexual practice a Bourdieusian analysis of youth homelessness and sexual risk-taking a health promotion approach that can potentially reduce youth homelessness and their risk of HIV/STIs Homeless Youth of Pakistan: Survival Sex and HIV Risk will attract undergraduate and postgraduate students, and researchers interested in exploring issues such as youth homelessness, sexual risk-taking, and HIV/STIs.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Understanding Youth Homelessness
Chapter 3. Understanding Sexual Behaviour
Chapter 4. The Theory of Capital and Social Practice
Chapter 5. Methodological Approach to the Study
Chapter 6. Capital-deficit and Youth Homelessness
Chapter 7. The Street-field: A Capital-building Site
Chapter 8. Sexual Risk-taking: Competing Priorities of Capital-building, Physical Safety, and Sexual Health
Chapter 9. Key Messages and Implications for Health Promotion. - DigitalEdzard Ernst.Contents:
Part I: The Facts of the Matter
Introduction
Definition and Main Principles of Homeopathy
Myths about Homeopathy
Current Popularity, Acceptance, and Regulation of Homeopathy
History of Homeopathy
Different Types of Homeopathy and Homeopaths
The Patients of Homeopaths
Homeopathy as a Criticism of Conventional Medicine
Scientific Evidence
Spurious Arguments for and Counter-Arguments against Homeopathy
Part II: Lexicon of Homeopathy.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalNatalie Grams.Summary: Homeopathy is over 200 years old and is still experiencing an uninterrupted influx of new practitioners and patients. Many patients and therapists swear by this "alternative healing method", which in some countries is even financed by health insurances. This seems completely incomprehensible to critics: For them it is clearly evident that homeopathy is hopelessly unscientific and has at best a placebo effect. The positions of supporters and opponents seem to be just as immutable as they are incompatible. This book answers some essential and fascinating questions: What remains of the founding ideas of homeopathy in 21st century medicine? Does it really work and, if so, how? Which of the original theories can we still apply today with a clear conscience and use for the benefit of patients and the healthcare system? Where does homeopathy have its limits and does it indeed need to be critically reconsidered and evaluated? The author has dealt with the points of criticism for years, but at the same time also takes seriously the wishes and concerns of patients who often feel insufficiently cared for by conventional medical practice. Against the background of her own personal history, her book attempts to bridge the gap between these two traditionally opposing camps.
Contents:
Preface to the English Edition
How and on what basis does homeopathy treat?
Homeopathy- What are we talking about?
Is homeopathy part of today's medicine?
Why do patients turn to homeopathy?
What remains of homeopathy in the 21st century?
Here and Now. - DigitalGaspar Banfalvi.Summary: Human homeostasis refers to complex interactions to regulate and maintain the internal conditions of the organism under stable condition. In spite of the progress made on cell growth and division, the circuits that coordinate these processes and maintain the homeostatic balance between cell growth and cell death have not been clarified. Deregulation of homeostatic processes results in different forms of imbalances that can turn to diseases including hepatitis, cyrrhosis and tumor formation. Abnormal growth of tissues can lead to a broad spectrum of neoplastic diseases from tissue swelling, primary tumor formation, cancer and ultimately to secondary tumors known as metastases. Tumor formation is a complex process, that develops through many steps. The discussion of balance and its loss in cell growth, primary and secondary tumor formation necessitate basic information in chemistry (carcinogenesis), biochemistry (metabolism), physics (instrumentation), cell biology (compartments), anatomy, physiology, clinical experience (screening, medical imaging, therapy). The focus of this book has been placed on: a) balance of cell growth, b) tumor formation, c) development of cancer and metastasis, e) diagnosis and treatment of cancer. The steps of the lymphatic type of metastatic tumor spread are described. Due to the interdisciplinary nature, the book gives information for a wide audience including biology, biotechnology, molecular, ecology, medical, pharmacist, chemist students. Additional information is provided for biomedical, pharma, medical and life scientists, physicians and health care professionals.
Contents:
Preface.- Homeostasis
Cell cultures
Loss of homeostasis
Tumor development
Metastasis
References
Abbreviations.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Detlev Boison and Susan Masino.Summary: 'Homeostatic Control of Brain Function' offers a broad view of brain health and diverse perspectives for potential treatments, targeting key areas such as mitochondria, the immune system, epigenetic changes, and regulatory molecules such as ions, neuropeptides, and neuromodulators. Loss of homeostasis becomes expressed as a diverse array of neurological disorders.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- Digitaledited by David R. Edgell.Contents:
Homing endonucleases : from genetic anomalies to programmable genomic clippers / Marlene Belfort and Richard P. Bonocora
Bioinformatic identification of homing endonucleases and their target sites / Eyal Privman
PCR-based bioprospecting for homing endonucleases in fungal mitochondrial rRNA genes / Mohamed Hafez [and four others.]
Mapping homing endonuclease cleavage sites using in vitro generated protein / Richard P. Bonocora and Marlene Belfort
Mapping free-standing homing endonuclease promoters using 5'RLM-RACE / Ewan A. Gibb
PCR analysis of chloroplast double-strand break (DSB) repair products induced by I-CreII in chlamydomonas and arabidopsis / Taegun Kwon [and three others ]
A two-plasmid bacterial selection system for characterization and engineering of homing endonucleases / Ning Sun and Huimin Zhao
Rapid screening of endonuclease target site preference using a modified bacterial two-plasmid selection / Jason M. Wolfs, Benjamin P. Kleinstiver, and David R. Edgell
A yeast-based recombination assay for homing endonuclease activity / Jean-Charles Epinat
Rapid determination of homing endonuclease DNA binding specificity profile / Lei Zhao and Barry L. Stoddard
Quantifying the information content of homing endonuclease target sites by single base pair profiling / Joshua I. Friedman, Hui Li, and Raymond J. Monnat, Jr.
Homing endonuclease target site specificity defined by sequential enrichment and next-generation sequencing of highly complex target site libraries/ Hui Li and Raymond J. Monnat Jr.
Homing endonuclease target determination Using SELEX adapted for yeast surface display / Kyle Jacoby and Andrew M. Scharenberg
Engineering and flow-cytometric analysis of chimeric LAGLIDADG homing endonucleases from homologous I-OnuI-family enzymes / Sarah K. Baxter, Andrew M. Scharenberg, and Abigail R. Lambert
Bioinformatics identification of coevolving residues / Russell J. Dickson and Gregory B. Gloor
Identification and analysis of genomic homing endonuclease target sites / Stefan Pellenz and Raymond J. Monnat Jr.
Redesigning the specificity of protein-DNA interactions with Rosetta / Summer Thyme and David Baker.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalKarolína Skorkovská, editor.Summary: This book provides a concise and up-to-date overview on homonymous visual field defects, with the focus especially on homonymous hemianopia. All aspects of the subject are covered, from anatomy and pathophysiology to diagnosis and management. Emphasis is placed on practical issues and major advances in ophthalmology, neurology, imaging techniques, and psychology. Rehabilitation strategies are described, and methods supporting compensation strategies are recommended. A separate chapter considers driving with homonymous hemianopia, which represents one of the critical issues in traffic ophthalmology. Homonymous Visual Field Defects will be of particular value to ophthalmologists, neurologists, neurosurgeons, and neuroscientists. It will be an invaluable asset in diagnostic and treatment decision making in patients with such defects, which occur primarily as a result of stroke, trauma, or tumor, cause reading and orientation disorders, and are the most frequent type of visual field deficit after acquired unilateral postchiasmal brain damage.--Page 4 cover.
Contents:
Anatomy of the human visual pathway
Pathophysiology
3. Perimetry and types of homonymous hemianopsia / topographic localization / clinical anatomical correlations
Neuro-ophthalmological examination in homonymous hemianopsia / clinical symptoms and functional abilities
Novel imaging techniques and neuroradiologic imaging
Pupillary disorders
Visual search disorders and ocular motility
Driving with homonymous hemianopsia
Neuropsychological / neurological testing in homonymous hemianopsia / central visual
Rehabilitation strategies
Compensational strategies of patients wth homonymous hemianopsia.Digital Access Springer 2017 - PrintMikki Kendall.Summary: "A collection of essays taking aim at the legitimacy of the modern feminist movement, arguing that it has chronically failed to address the needs of all but a few women"-- Provided by publisher. "Today's feminist movement has a glaring blind spot, and paradoxically, it is women. Mainstream feminists rarely talk about meeting basic needs as a feminist issue, argues Mikki Kendall, but food insecurity, access to quality education, safe neighborhoods, a living wage, and medical care are all feminist issues. All too often, however, the focus is not on basic survival for the many, but on increasing privilege for the few. That feminists refuse to prioritize these issues has only exacerbated the age-old problem of both internecine discord, and women who rebuff at carrying the title. Moreover, prominent white feminists broadly suffer from their own myopia with regard to how things like race, class, sexual orientation, and ability intersect with gender. How can we stand in solidarity as a movement, Kendall asks, when there is the distinct likelihood that some women are oppressing others? In her searing collection of essays, Mikki Kendall takes aim at the legitimacy of the modern feminist movement arguing that it has chronically failed to address the needs of all but a few women. Drawing on her own experiences with hunger, violence, and hypersexualization, along with incisive commentary on politics, pop culture, the stigma of mental health, and more, Hood Feminism delivers an irrefutable indictment of a movement in flux. An unforgettable debut, Kendall has written a ferocious clarion call to all would-be feminists to live out the true mandate of the movement in thought and in deed." -- Publisher's description
Contents:
Solidarity is still for white women
Gun violence
Hunger
Of #FastTailedGirls and freedom
It's raining patriarchy
How to write about black women
Pretty for a ...
Black girls don't have eating disorders
The fetishization of fierce
The hood doesn't hate smart people
Missing and murdered
Fear and feminism
Race, poverty, and politics
Education
Housing
Reproductive justice, eugenics, and maternal mortality
Parenting while marginalized
Allies, anger, and accomplices. - DigitalTomás G. Villa, Miguel Viñas, editors.Summary: The book focuses on the evolutionary impact of horizontal gene transfer processes on pathogenicity, environmental adaptation and biological speciation. Newly acquired genetic material has been considered as a driving force in evolution for prokaryotic genomes for many years, with recent technical developments advancing this field further. However, the extent and implications of gene transfer between prokaryotes and eukaryotes still raise controversies. This multi-authored volume introduces various means by which DNA can be exchanged, covers gene transfer between prokaryotes and their viruses as well as between bacteria and eukaryotes, such as fungi, plants and animals, and addresses the role of horizontal gene transfer in human diseases. Aspects discussed also include the relevance for virulence and drug resistance development on one hand, and for the occurrence of naturally derived antibiotics and other secondary metabolites on the other hand. This book offers new insights to anyone interested in genome evolution and the exchange of DNA between the different domains of life, the genetic toolkit for adaptation and the emergence of multidrug resistant bacteria.
Contents:
Intro; Contents; Part I: Horizontal Gene Transfer Among Bacteria and Bacteriophages; Horizontal Gene Transfer in Bacteria, an Overview of the Mechanisms Involved; 1 Introduction; 2 Transformation; 2.1 Transformation in Gram-Positive Bacteria; 2.1.1 Development of Competence; 2.1.2 DNA Fixation to the Recipient Cell Surface and DNA Uptake; 2.1.3 Eclipse; 2.1.4 ssDNA Integration into the Recipient dsDNA; 2.2 Transformation in Gram-Negative Bacteria; 2.2.1 Development of Competence; 2.2.2 DNA Fixation to the Recipient Cell Surface and DNA Uptake; 2.2.3 Eclipse 2 HGT in Free-Living, Antibiotic-Producing Streptomyces and Salinispora3 HGT in the Pathogens Mycobacterium, Rhodococcus, and Corynebacterium; 4 Actinobacteria as HGT Donors in Microbial Communities; 5 HGT and Genomic Heterogeneity Within Species; 6 Conclusions and Future Outlook; References; Photobacterium damselae: How Horizontal Gene Transfer Shaped Two Different Pathogenic Lifestyles in a Marine Bacterium; 1 Introduction; 2 P. damselae subsp. damselae: A Generalist Pathogen with High Genetic Diversity 2.2.4 ssDNA Integration into the Recipient dsDNA3 Transduction; 3.1 Specialized Transduction; 3.2 Generalized Transduction; 4 Conjugation; 4.1 F+ x F- Crosses in E. coli; 4.2 Genesis of Hfr Strains and Hfr (F+) x F- Crosses in E. coli; 5 Bacterial Vesicles as Possible Source of HGT; References; Alternative Ways to Exchange DNA: Unconventional Conjugation Among Bacteria; 1 Introduction; 2 Conjugation in Mycobacterium; 3 Conjugation in Streptomyces; 4 Conjugation in Mollicutes; 5 Conjugation in Thermus spp.; 6 Concluding Remarks; References 3.10 Listeria monocytogenes Toxins3.11 Helicobacter pylori Toxins; References; Genomic Islands and the Evolution of Multidrug-Resistant Bacteria; 1 Horizontal Gene Transfer of Resistance Genomic Islands; 2 GI3 in MDR Escherichia coli O104:H4; 3 SGI/PGI/AGI-Like GIs in MDR Salmonella enterica, Proteus mirabilis and Acinetobacter baumannii; 4 SCCmec in MDR Staphylococcus aureus; 5 GIs in MDR Pseudomonas aeruginosa; 6 Conclusions; References; Horizontal Gene Transfer and Genome Evolution in the Phylum Actinobacteria; 1 IntroductionDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalLiane Deligdisch-Schor, Angelica Mareş Miceli, editors.Summary: Hormonal influences, both natural and iatrogenic, are implicated in the most frequent health issues of women. Endometrial cancer is now the most common gynecologic cancer in the United States and the industrialized world. This cancer is strongly related to hormonal and metabolic factors. In addition, breast cancer treated with hormone therapy (Tamoxifen) may, in some cases, be associated with uterine pathology. Hormone therapy is used to improve the physiological effects and counteract abnormal and deleterious effects of "natural" hormonal activity. Millions of women receive hormone therapy at some point of their life: using oral contraceptives, reproductive technology, treatment for post-menopausal symptoms, among other uses. This book addresses a range of women's health issues, from fertility to neoplasms, and their relationship with natural and iatrogenic hormonal effects. Chapters include clinical and pathological descriptions, theoretical and practical medical issues, and original studies and cases. Controversial issues in certain hormone therapies are presented with updated concepts based on clinical studies and novel statistical methods. The book will be useful for specialized and general physicians, oncologists, endocrinologists, researchers, medical students, and others in the field of women's health.
Contents:
1. Biophysiology of the uterus: development, cyclic changes, menopause
2. Hormonal effects in reproductive technology (ovulation stimulation, in vitro fertilization)
3. Hormonal role and therapy in common benign uterine lesions: endometrial polyps, leiomyomas, adenomyosis
4. Endometrial hyperplasia; precancerous lesions of the endometrium. Hormone therapy
5. Endometrial Carcinoma. Endometriosis, Hormonal Role in Carcinogenesis. Hormonal Therapy
6. Menopausal Hormone Therapy. Contraceptives
7. Replacement hormone therapy for gender dysphoria and congenital sexual anomalies
8. Hormone therapy for endometrial neoplasia related to breast cancer therapy (Tamoxifen)
9. Endometrial histopatholigic changes in hormonal therapy (contraceptives, ovulation stimulation, hormone replacement therapy, hormonal antitumoral therapy). - DigitalMahfoozur Rahman, Waleed H. Almalki, Majed Alrobaian, Sarwar Beg, Khalid S. Alharbi, editors.Summary: The nanotheranostics sector provides a very promising strategy for monitoring drug biodistribution and pathology longitudinal processes by integrating the imaging and drug delivery functions in one single nanoformulation, providing vital insights into the identification of tumour and predicting the efficacy of nanomedicine. For its unique properties, which include their small size and biocompatibility and ability to permeate the cellular membrane with carrying drugs, nanomaterials have been used for various biomedical applications. This book covers the progress made in hormone-related cancer and their management by nonmedicinal therapy for targeting the hormone regulated cancer with their clinical progress and clinical hurdles.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Conventional Treatment Approaches in Hormonal Cancer Treatment and Challenges
Chapter 2. Concept of Nanomedicine in Endocrine Hormone Cancer Treatment
Chapter 3. Progress of Cancer Nanomedicine, Clinical Hurdles and Opportunities
Chapter 4. Emergence of Nanohybrids in Hormonal Cancer Targeted Therapy
Chapter 5. Conventional to Nanoscale-Based Carrier System in Management of Ovarian Cancer
Chapter 6. Pancreatic Cancer Nanoparticles Targeted Therapy via Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
Chapter 7. Nanocarriers Based Targeted Therapies for Pancreatic Cancer and Challenges Ahead
Chapter 8. Pancreatic Cancer Treatment by Using of Theranostics Nanoparticles
Chapter 9. Nanomedicine Based Combinational Therapy for Breast Cancer
Chapter 10. Nano-Liposomal System for Breast Cancer Therapy
Chapter 11. Conventional to Nanotherapeutic Strategies against Triple-Negative Breast Cancer
Chapter 12. Effect of Thymoquinone and Its Delivery Through Using of Nanomedicine in Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia
Chapter 13. Concept of Nanotechnology in Management of Neuroendocrine Tumours
Chapter 14. Neurocognitive Underpinning of Neurological Disorders: The Role of Default Mode Network
Chapter 15. Neuroendocrine Carcinoma of The Endometrium: Conventional Treatment Approach to Nanomedicine
Chapter 16. Effective Luteinizing Hormone Drug Delivery by Gold Nanoparticles in Hormonal Cancer Treatment
Chapter 17. Regulatory Landscapes in Approval of Cancer Vaccines. - DigitalYoichi Arai, Osamu Ogawa, editors.Summary: This comprehensive reference expounds the current state of hormone therapy and castration resistance of prostate cancer (PCa). Previously, the incidence of PCa in Asian countries was relatively low, but it has been increasing dramatically in recent years. Although most of the new cases are diagnosed in early stages, a significant proportion of patients receive hormone therapy for metastatic disease or for relapse after local treatment. Thus the situation has gradually changed toward earlier and longer use of hormone therapy. The malignancy finally forms castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC) despite the lack of testicular androgen. With advances in understanding of the molecular basis of hormone dependence and CRPC, many new androgen receptor-targeted agents have emerged. During the last decade, much evidence on hormone therapy has been accumulated in Japan. Interestingly, some of these findings are different from those reported from Western countries, suggesting ethnic variation in the outcome of hormone therapy. In the chapters of this book, expert authors provide exhaustive interpretations of the evidence recently reported from Japan and provide important Asian perspectives on hormone therapy for PCa. This work benefits not only Asian urologists but also their Western counterparts and all physicians and medical personnel who are involved in the treatment of PCa.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalBernhard Kleine, Winfried G. Rossmanith.Contents:
Introduction.-History of Hormones and Endocrinology
I. Hormone biochemistry.-Hormones: Definitions.-Vertebrate Protein and Peptide Hormones.-Invertebrate protein and peptide hormones.-Hormones from Mevalonate: JH and Steroids.-Hormones Derived by Amino Acid Conversion.-Receptors.-II. Endocrine physiology.-Synthesis, Release, and Action.-Endocrine active organs.-Regulatory Patterns.-Endocrine Rock 'n Roll: Rhythms and Secretion
Evolution of the Endocrine System.-III. Hormones and medicine.-Diseases of the Endocrine System.-Boosting Performance-Legally or Not.-IV. Appendix.-A. Appendix.-B. References.-C. Index. - DigitalTina M. Marrelli.Contents:
Hospice Care: An Overview of Quality and Compassionate Care
Documentation: An Important Driver for Care and Coverage
Planning, Managing, and Coordinating Care
Hospice Diagnoses and Guidelines for Care
Hospice Conditions of Participation: Subpart B-Eligibility, Election, and Duration of Benefits
Hospice Conditions of Participation: Subpart F-Covered Services
State Hospice and Palliative Care Organizations.Digital Access AccessAPN 2018 - Digitaledited by Amir Shanan, Jessica Pierce, Tamara Shearer.Summary: "Hospice and Palliative Care for Companion Animals: Principles and Practice offers the first comprehensive reference to veterinary hospice and palliative care, with practical guidance and best practices for caring for sick and dying animals. Presents the first thorough resource to providing veterinary hospice and palliative care Offers practical guidance and best practices for caring for sick and dying animals Provides an interdisciplinary team approach, from a variety of different perspectives. Gives concrete advice for easing pets more gently through their final stage of life Includes access to a companion website with client education handouts to use in practice"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
What is animal hospice and palliative care? / Amir Shanan and Tamara Shearer
The interdisciplinary team / Tammy Wynn and Amir Shanan
Quality of life in the animal hospice and palliative care patient / Jessica Pierce and Amir Shanan
Bond -centered animal hospice and palliative care / Laurel Lagoni and Amir Shanan
Ethical decision making in animal hospice and palliative care / Jessica Pierce and Amir Shanan
Animal hospice models of care / Kathleen Cooney
Prevalence of diseases, causes of death, and common disease trajectories in hospice and palliative care patients / Tamara Sheare
Cancers in dogs and cats / Alice Villalobos
Chronic kidney disease / Shea Cox
Congestive heart failure / Shea Cox
Respiratory distress / Cheryl Braswel
Gastrointestinal conditions / Shea Cox
Musculoskeletal disorders / Tamara Shearer
Nervous system disease / Tamara Shearer
Cognitive dysfunction / Tamara Shearer
Recognizing distress / Suzanne Hetts and Kristina August
Pharmacology interventions for symptom management / Shea Cox
Physical medicine, rehabilitation, and complementary and integrative medicine treatment modalities / Tamara Shearer and Kristina August
Balancing efficacy of treatments against burdens of care / Kristina August
Nursing care for seriously ill animals: art and techniques / Shea Cox and Mary Ellen Goldberg
Comfort care during active dying / Gail Pope and Amir Shanan
Euthanasia in animal hospice / Kathleen Cooney
Mental health considerations in caring for animal hospice and palliative caregivers and providers / Amir Shanan
Addressing spiritual needs of caregivers / Carol Rowehl
Supporting other needs / Shea Cox and Mary Ellen Goldberg
Aftercare / Coleen Ellis.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalPerry G. Fine.Summary: The Hospice Companion is an easy-to-navigate clinical decision support tool for caregivers of those with life-limiting illnesses. It features a thoroughly current guide to clinical processes and symptom management, providing hospice professionals with a concise summary of changes that have influenced clinical practice.
Contents:
General processes
Personal, social, and environmental processes
Clinical processes and symptom management.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digital[edited by] Perry G. Fine.Summary: "The overarching purpose of this manual, reflecting the essential goals of hospice, is to help maximize the quality of living and dying of patients during the last phase of life. It will be through disciplined clinical uniformity and standardized practices that personalized, tailored care can then be aptly applied. And with that, hopes for individual epiphany may have the chance to be realized as those who entrust their care to us meet their earthly ends. With due regard for the complexities of peoples' lives, especially during severe illness, it is premised that identification and understanding of discrete situations (intertwined and enmeshed as they may be) will promote the elaboration of a care plan that will have the greatest likelihood of meeting these worthy ends"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Oxford 2021
- Digitaleditors, Lorraine Holtslander, Shelley Peacock and Jill Bally.Summary: This book provides an unique resource for registered nurses working in hospice palliative care at home and for the community, outside of acute care settings and also incorporates literature related to palliative care in acute health care settings, as part of the overall services and supports required. Very few resources exist which specifically address hospice palliative care in the home setting, despite the fact that most palliative care occurs outside acute care settings and is primarily supported by unpaid family caregivers. An overview of the concerns for individuals and families, as well as specific nursing interventions, from all ages would be an excellent support for nursing students and practicing registered nurses alike. The book structure begins with a description of the goals and objectives of hospice palliative care and the nursing role in providing excellent supportive care. Chapters include research findings and specifically research completed by the authors in the areas of pediatric palliative care, palliative care for those with dementia, and the needs of family caregivers in bereavement. Interventions developed by the editors are provided in this book, such as the “Finding Balance Intervention” for bereaved caregivers; the “Reclaiming Yourself” tool for bereaved spouses of partners with dementia; and The Keeping Hope Possible Toolkit for families of children with life threatening and life limiting illnesses. The development and application of these theory-based interventions are also highlighted. Videos and vignettes written by family caregivers about what was helpful for them, provide a patient-and family-centered approach. The book will benefit nursing students, educators and practicing registered nurses by providing information, theory, and evidence from research. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Overview of Hospice Palliative Care in a Community and Home Setting (theoretical and conceptual models, populations, ages, diseases, transitions, bereavement support)
Chapter 2. The Formal Caregiver Perspective
Chapter 2. Global Perspectives from the UK
Chapter 3. The Family Caregiver Perspective
Chapter 3. Global Perspectives from Europe
Chapter 4. Global Perspectives: Nigerian Context
Chapter 5. Palliare (UK/Europe)
Chapter 6. Global Perspectives from Canada
Chapter 7. Global Perspectives: New Zealand
Chapter 8. Global Perspectives: US
Chapter 9. Global Perspectives: Conclusions
Chapters 10. Finding Balance
Chapter 11. Keeping hope possible
Chapter 12. Reclaiming Yourself
Chapter 13. Living with Hope
Chapter 14.COPE intervention for caregiver
Chapter 15. Dementia
Chapter 16. Heart Failure
Chapter 17. Older Adults with Cancer
Chapter 18. Long Term Care
Chapter 19. Prisons
Chapter 20. Pediatric Home Care
Chapter 23. Looking ahead.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Chaim J. Wender, Patricia E. Morrison.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalChristy Adams, Glen Tinkoff, editors.Summary: This book offers the first comprehensive insight into hospital-based injury and violence prevention programs and describes a public health approach for the integration of population-based injury prevention into trauma centers. This book meets the need for a public health informed approach, as a majority of hospital-based injury and violence prevention programs are positioned within hospital systems driven by patient-centered, acute care models. Significant variability in administration, staffing and reimbursement structures across trauma centers has historically hindered standardization of injury prevention program structure and the role of the injury prevention professional. Topics in the book include the history and development of hospital-based programs, the need and process for developing data-driven and evidence-based injury prevention interventions, building trauma center capacity for outreach through partnerships, developing prevention efforts using trauma-informed care approach, community based research and program evaluation, and the role of advocacy in injury and violence prevention. The multidisciplinary team of authors offers a collaborative approach to the implementation and development of Hospital-based Injury and Violence Prevention Programs which will serve acute care nurses, trauma program managers, hospital administrators, trauma surgeons, hospital-based injury prevention professionals, and local public health professionals.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction. The Role of Prevention in Comprehensive Trauma Care Systems
Chapter 2. History and Development of Hospital-based Injury Prevention
Chapter 3. Public Health Fundamentals for Hospital-based Programs
Chapter 4. Developing Data-Driven Programs: The value of data
Chapter 5. Ensuring an Evidence Based Approach to Injury Prevention Interventions
Chapter 6. Building Prevention Capacity through Community Partnership
Chapter 7. Addressing Cultural Competence in Hospital Based Programs
Chapter 8. Conducting Research in Community Injury Prevention
Chapter 9. Understanding the Role of Advocacy
Chapter 10. Making the Business Case for Hospital-based Injury and Violence Prevention Programs
Chapter 11. Resources for Hospital-based Injury and Violence Prevention Professionals. - Digitaleditors, Thomas P. Sculco [and others].Summary: "This book has nine chapters of accurate, relevant, and, most important, high-yield orthopaedic facts, organized by the subspecialties"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Arthroplasty
Sports
Pediatrics
Trauma
General/basic science
Tumors
Hand
Foot and ankle
Spine.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014 - Digitaleditors, Andrew J. Rosenbaum, David Levine.Contents:
I: Conditions of the hallux
II: Metatarsalgia and lesser toe deformity
III: Adult acquired flatfoot deformity
IV: Cavovarus foot deformity
V: Ankle arthritis
VI: Tendon disorders
VII: Stress fractures of the foot and ankle
VIII: Ankle trauma
IX: Foot trauma.Digital Access Ovid 2020 - Digitaledited by Chand Wattal, Nancy Khardori.Summary: The art of medicine becomes science when supported by evidence. The recommended practices of infection prevention are based on scientific and epidemiologic evidence. However,most health care professionals see them as mandates and fail to incorporate them into their routine patient care activities. Thecore goal of this publication is to link the practices to theprinciples they are based on. The expectation is that understanding ofthe principles willchange thepractices from mandates to "should do" in the minds of health care professionals. This will lead to improvement inhealth care by preventing unintended harm to patients, co-workers and the communities at large. At the same time, the text provides a comprehensive, thorough and up to date information on all aspects of infection prevention in a reader-friendly manner and therefore, will serve as a valuable reference.
Contents:
The Mighty World of Microbes - An Overview
Vaccinations and infection prevention
Hospital Infection Prevention Program
Current practices for infection prevention in the hospital settings
Hospital Infection Prevention Program
The Role of Microbiology Laboratory in Infection Prevention
Role of Antimicrobial Stewardship in Infection Prevention
A Four step approach to Antibiotic stewardship in India: Formulation of antibiotic policy
Role of Hospital Housekeeping and Materials Management Including Disinfection and Waste Management
Hand Hygiene and Personal Protective Equipment
Decontamination and Sterilization Procedures
Monitoring of High Risk Areas - Intensive care units
Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Operating Suite
Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Maternity wards
Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Cancer wards
Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Dialysis Units
Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Burn units
Infection Prevention for Procedures in wards. - DigitalRobert J. Habicht, Mangla S. Gulati, editors.Summary: This practical resource provides hospitalists of all levels a comprehensive foundation for understanding the critical elements of hospital medicine. Beginning with an overview of the healthcare system, chapters provide relevant insights on management, regulations, evidence-based approaches, an awareness of safety and economic concerns and professional development skills. Perspectives on how hospitalist and hospital medicine teams can effectively engage this system to provide cost-effective, high-quality care are offered throughout this volume. With real-world guidance on the major tenets of hospital medicine, Hospital Medicine will serve as the definitive guide to a successful career in this rapidly evolving specialty.
Contents:
Primer on the healthcare system / Norman F. Retener and Andrew Delapenha
Knowing yourself and your style / Neda Frayha and Robert J. Habicht
Planning for a career in hospital medicine / Kathryn Novello Silva and Abel Joy
Common career pitfalls : real-world guidance of common mistakes to avoid that may impact a hospitalist's ability to be successful / Christopher Jason and Himati P. Patel
Goal setting : effective strategies to plan for a successful career / Christopher Jason and Lana R. Elpert
Work-life balance and preventing burnout / Lana R. Elpert and Lee-Ann Wagner
Women in medicine / Ada Ibe Offurum, Kathrun Novello Silva and Mangla S. Gulati
Basics of billing and coding : a primer for the new hospitalist attending / Himati P. Patel and Negin J. Ahadi
Incorporating evidence-based medicine into your daily life / Negin J. Ahadi and Robert J. Habicht
Interprofessional collaboration / Abel Joy and Philip C. Dittmar
Transitions of care / Danielle Y. Baek and Nidhi Goel
Patient experience / Brian E. Edwards and Christopher Jason
Consultative medicine and co-management / Lee-Ann Wagner and Saverio Mirarchi
Introduction to patient safety and quality / Mangla S. Gulati and Kathryn Novello Silva
Financial and regulatory drivers in health care / Mangla S. Gulati and Shiva K. Ganji
Demonstrating value and gaining visibility : 13 key questions to success / Ada Ibe Offurum
Cost-conscious care / Philip C. Dittmar and Brian E. Edwards
Managing from the middle / Ada Ibe Offurum
Teaching and feedback / Darlene Tad-y and Ethan Cumbler
Engaging others in patient safety and quality improvement / Darlene Tad-y and Patrick Kneeland
Introduction to research as an early career hospitalist / Nidhi Goel and Robert J. Habicht. - Digital[edited by] Arash Salardini, José Biller.Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction to Hospital Neurology
Chapter 2: Potential Harms to Physician and Patient
Chapter 3: General Care of the Hospitalized Patient
Chapter 4: Womenʹs Issues in Hospital Neurology
Chapter 5: Principles of Care for the Hospitalized Geriatric Patient
Chapter 6: Chronic Pain in Neurological Patients
Chapter 7: Infections of the Central Nervous System
Chapter 8: The Neurological Examination
Chapter 9: Neurophysiology
Chapter 10: Imaging
Chapter 11: Interpretation of Common Laboratory Tests
Chapter 12: Common Laboratory Diagnosed Conditions
Chapter 13: Stroke Neurology
Chapter 14: First-Time Seizure Episode and Status Epilepticus in Adults
Chapter 15: Neurotrauma and Myelopathies
Chapter 16: Neuromuscular Emergencies
Chapter 17: Movement Disorders Emergencies
Chapter 18: Some Common Neurological Emergencies
Chapter 19: Cardiovascular Emergencies on the Neurology Wards
Chapter 20: Airway and Respiratory Emergencies on the Neurology Ward
Chapter 21: Principles of Neurocritical Care
Chapter 22: Altered Mental Status
Chapter 23: Aphasia
Chapter 24: Spells, Not Epileptic or Vascular
Chapter 25: Approach to Acute Visual Changes, Abnormal Eye Movements, and Double Vision
Chapter 26: Dizziness and Vertigo
Chapter 27: Headache and Facial Pain
Chapter 28: Neurologic Patterns of Weakness
Chapter 29: Gait Disorders
Chapter 30: The Ataxias
Chapter 31: Epilepsy
Chapter 32: Rapidly Progressing Dementias
Chapter 33: Chronically Progressing Dementias
Chapter 34: Movement Disorders
Chapter 35: Perioperative Management
Chapter 36: Coma and Other States of Altered Consciousness
Chapter 37: Genetic Neurological Diseases in the Adult
Chapter 38: Spinal Cord Neurology
Chapter 39: Back, Neck, and Limb Pain
Chapter 40: Approach to Sensory Changes
Chapter 41: Neuropathies and Motor Neuron Disease
Chapter 42: Myopathies and Neuromuscular Junction Disease
Chapter 43: Demyelinating Diseases
Chapter 44: Common Tumors of the Nervous System
Chapter 45: Common Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Disorders
Chapter 46: Common Metabolic Problems on the Neurology Wards
Chapter 47: Common Cardiorespiratory Problems on the Neurology Ward
Chapter 48: Fever, Hypotension, and Reduced Urine Output
Chapter 49: Common Psychiatric Conditions
Chapter 50: Adverse Neurologic Effects of Commonly Used Medications
Chapter 51: Internal Medicine and Neurology
Chapter 52: Medication and Dosing.Digital Access AccessNeurology 2016 - PrintContents:
sect. 1. The development of sound personnel practices in hospitals
sect. 2. Conference techniques. - DigitalDerek Burke, Prasad Godbole, Andrew Cash, editors.Summary: This book discusses the factors that contribute to the success of hospitals from a theoretical, practical and operational perspective to allow hospital managers both clinical and non-clinical at all levels to achieve success via a turnaround process where necessary. A robust performance management framework is detailed to make this success sustainable. Case studies where appropriate support the relevant chapters. Chapters can be read sequentially or as a stand-alone chapter. Hospital Transformation: From Failure to Success and Beyond enables readers to develop their hospital management skills. Issues of patient care, resource allocation, staff management, leadership, risk management, infection control, and financial sustainability are all covered. This book is relevant to hospital administrators, clinicians involved in hospital management, independent consultants, and healthcare providers responsible for day to day operations of healthcare facilities.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Requirements of Basic Healthcare Globally;
1: Regulatory Requirements for Healthcare Globally; Introduction; Is Regulation of Healthcare Services Truly Global?; Structural Regulations; Licensing and Accreditation; Medical Regulatory Authorities; Evidence Based Medicine and Regulation; Quality Assurance and Regulation; Conclusion; References;
2: Opportunities and Challenges in Global Healthcare; Introduction; Global Healthcare Challenges; Population Demographics and Disease Pattern; Cost Control; Human Resources and the Workforce Medical EducationAccessibility and Rationalisation of Healthcare Services; Quality and Outcome Measures; Patient Centric Healthcare; Global Healthcare Opportunities; Investment; Teaching and Training; Research; Careers; Conclusion; References; Part II: Models of Healthcare Provision;
3: Models of Healthcare in Developed and Developing Countries; Introduction; The Beveridge Model; The Bismarck Model; The National Health Insurance Model; Private Insurance and Out of Pocket Model; What about the U.S.A.?; How Can Governments Choose the Best Model of Healthcare?; Conclusion; References Part III: Provision of Effective, Safe and Good Quality Car
e4: How Do Hospitals Deliver Safe, Effective and High Quality Care?; Leadership; Responsiveness; Culture; Sheffield Teaching Hospitals; Tees Esk and Wear Valley; Ashford and St Peter's Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust; Monitor; Sharing and Learning; Conclusions; References; Part IV: Identifying Failure;
5: Transforming Hospital Accreditation: From Assurance to Improvement; Data Driven Improvement; Types of Regulation; Problems with Current Hospital Accreditation Systems; A New Model for Accreditation; A New Approach to Safety Assurance The Implications of the New ModelConclusion; References;
6: Key Features in Identifying Failing Hospitals; Introduction; Leadership; Culture; Vision; Information Gathering and Management Systems; Planning Processes; Conclusion; References;
7: The Illness of the Health Care Systems; Introduction; Epistemological Issues; Science and Knowledge; Power Relations and the Political Economy; Alternatives, Approaches and Practical Implications; Conclusion; References;
8: The Political Economy of Health Reforms in Chile: A Case Study of the Privatization Process; Introduction; Theoretical Concerns Chilean Health Reforms and Negotiation Through HistoryThe Development of the Welfare State; The End of the Welfare State and a New Market Model; Conclusion; References; Part V: The Turnaround Process;
9: The Role of Medical Leadership in the Hospital Turnaround Process; Introduction; Who Are Medical Leaders?; Wider Context; How Can Medical Leaders Assist in the Turnaround Process?; Background; Strategic Objectives of Hospitals; The Medical Director in a Failing Hospital Undergoing Transformation; References;
10: Public Health Service Governance: Principles and Framework; About This Chapter - DigitalDavid A. Edwards, Padma Gulur, Christopher M. Sobey, editors.Summary: This practical guide provides the perspectives needed to treat acute and chronic pain in the hospital. Authored by experts of diverse specialty backgrounds, chapters bring the available evidence together with modern strategies for caring for patients with complex pain. Basic considerations and multimodal and multidisciplinary approaches with the greatest impact on minimizing suffering and burden of care are covered in detail. The material in this text will assist the learner, the teacher, and the life-long learning practitioner by providing basic considerations for treating acute and chronic pain in the hospital. This book may also serve as a quick reference, review manual or teaching tool by teachers on rounds.
Contents:
Preface
Introduction to the Chronic Pain Patient
Definitions
Acute Pain
Chronic Pain
Opioid-induced Hyperalgesia
History
Physical Examination
The SCRIPT History Template
Patient Reported Outcomes
Clinical and Experimental Tools for Measuring Pain
Case 1: High Dose Opioids & Multiple Pain Medications
Case 2: Buprenorphine
Case 3: Methadone
Case 4: Abdominal Pain
Case 5: Unknown Pain Source
Case 6: Sickle Cell Disease
Case 7: A Cancer Pain Crisis
Case 8: Spasticity & Pain
Case 9: Renal & Hepatic Disease
Case 11: Angry Patient
Case 12: Intrathecal Pain Pump
Case 13: Spinal Cord Stimulation
Case 14: Opioid Use Disorder
Case 15: Comorbid Psychological Condition
Case 16: Poor Prognosis in a Palliative Care Patient
Case 17: Management of a Pain/Dyspnea in an Actively Dying Patient
Opioids
Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs)
Acetaminophen
Local Anesthetics
NMDA Antagonists
Alpha-2 Agonists
Gabapentin & Pregabalin
Tricyclic Antidepressants & Serotonin-Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors
Steroids
Cannabinoids
Peripheral Regional Anesthesia Blocks
Neuraxial Blocks
Vertebroplasty & Kyphoplasty
Surgical Interventions for Pain
Opioid and Non-Opioid Therapies in Palliative Care
Crisis Management and Refractory Pain
Transition to Outpatient Care & Readmissions
Opioid Tapering for Acute on Chronic Non-Cancer Pain. . - Digitaledited by Gottfried Unden, Eckhard Thines, and Anja Schüffler.Contents:
Adaptation of Microbial Metabolism in Host/Pathogen Interaction. Metabolic Adaptation of Human Pathogenic / Ann Kathrin Heroven, Petra Dersch
Crosstalk between Metabolism and Virulence of / Klaus Heuner, Wolfgang Eisenreich
Metabolism of Intracellular / Peter Holtkötter, Michael Hensel
The Human Microbiome in Health and Disease / Cian Hill, R Paul Ross, Catherine Stanton, Paul W O'Toole
Mechanisms of Dysbiosis in the Inflamed Gut / Sebastian E Winter
Strategies for Nutrient Acquisition by during the Infection of Rice / Andrew J Foster, George R Littlejohn, Darren M Soanes, Nicholas J Talbot
New Inhibitors and Targets of Infectious Diseases. Outer Membrane Proteins as Potential Anti-infective Drug Targets in / Robert L Davies
Identification of Anti-infective Compounds Using Amoebae / Christopher F Harrison, Hubert Hilbi
Stress Biology in Fungi and "Omic" Approaches as Suitable Tools for Analyzing Plant-Microbe Interactions / Stefan Jacob, Alexander Yemelin
Targeting Plasmids: New Ways to Plasmid Curing / Anja Schüffler, Corinna Kübler
Regulation of Secondary Metabolism in the Gray Mold Fungus / Muriel Viaud, Julia Schumacher, Antoine Porquier, Adeline Simon.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - Digitaledited by Annette C. Vergunst and David O'Callaghan.Contents:
Galleria mellonella as an infection model for select agents / Nicolas Sprynski, Eric Valade, and Fabienne Neulat-Ripoll
Drosophila as a model for intestinal infections / Matthieu Lestradet, Kwang-Zin Lee, and Dominique Ferrandon
Zebrafish embryos as a model to study bacterial virulence / Jennifer Mesureur and Annette C. Vergunst
Studying host-pathogen interaction events in living mice visualized in real time using biophotonic imaging / Gary Splitter ... [et al.]
Intravital two-photon imaging to understand bacterial infections of the mammalian host / Ferdinand X. Choong and Agneta Richter-Dahlfors
Cre reporter assay for translocation (CRAfT) : a tool for the study of protein translocation into host cells / Amke den Dulk-Ras, Annette C. Vergunst, and Paul J.J. Hooykaas
Detection of the interaction between host and bacterial proteins : eukaryotic nucleolin interacts with Francisella elongation factor Tu / Monique Barel and Alain Charbit
Hijacking the host proteasome for the temporal degradation of bacterial effectors / Tomoko Kubori, Andree M. Hubber, and Hiroki Nagai
Live cell imaging of phosphoinositide dynamics during Legionella infection / Stephen Weber and Hubert Hilbi
Investigating interference with apoptosis induction by bacterial proteins / Hua Niu and Yasuko Rikihisa
Bimolecular fluorescence complementation for imaging protein interactions in plant hosts of microbial pathogens / Lan-Ying Lee and Stanton B. Gelvin
Investigating TLR signaling responses in murine dendritic cells upon bacterial infection / Suzana Pinto Salcedo and Lena Alexopoulou
siRNA screens using Drosophila cells to identify host factors required for infection / Aseem Pandey ... [et al.]
Purification of intracellular bacteria : isolation of viable Brucella abortus from host cells / Esteban Chaves-Olarte ... [et al.]
RNA sequencing of FACS-sorted immune cell populations from zebrafish infection models to identify cell specific responses to intracellular pathogens / Julien Rougeot ... [et al.]
Taking the shortcut for high-throughput shotgun proteomic analysis of bacteria / Erica Marie Hartmann ... [et al.]
Comparative genomic analysis at the PATRIC, a bioinformatic resource center / Alice R. Wattam ... [et al.]
Markerless deletion method for genetic manipulation of Burkholderia cenocepacia and other multidrug-resistant gram-negative bacteria / Daniel F. Aubert, Mohamad A. Hamad, and Miguel A. Valvano
Gene inactivation in Coxiella burnetii / Paul A. Beare and Robert A. Heinzen
Chemical mutagenesis approach to identify virulence determinants in the obligate intracellular pathogen Chlamydia trachomatis / Bidong Nguyen and Raphael Valdivia.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalMaryam Yavari, editor.Summary: This book is about the theory of Hot and Cold, a mutual fundamental base of traditional medicines all around the world. The theory describes the dynamic balance state of the body on the axis of hot and cold for each individual and proposes the fact that deviation from this equilibrium is a predisposing factor for diseases. Such an approach helps practitioners to provide treatments tailored to the patients condition, not the disease. This book, for the first time, has gathered native descriptions of Hot and Cold theory in different traditional medicines, including traditional Chinese medicine, Persian (Humoral, Unani) medicine, Ayurvedic medicine and Latin American and Caribbean medicines. After defining the common ground, contemporary research - in nutrition, pharmacology, physiology and systems biology - has been explored using scientific methodology. This work is the result of an international collaboration of more than 30 scientists and scholars with high reputations in their fields. Hot and Cold theory, as a holistic individualized approach in prevention, diagnosis and treatment, can be merged into the novel fast-paced concepts in systems biology and precision medicine. Through this bridge, the authors propose that the Hot and Cold theory should be revisited more deeply by medical scientists, who are the main audience of this book, to pave the way towards integrated holistic personalized medicine.
Contents:
1. Introduction
PART I: DEFINITIONS AND BELIEFS
2. Principle of Hot and Cold and its Clinical Application in Traditional Chinese Medicine
3. Principle of Hot and Cold and its Clinical Application in Persian Medicine
4. Principle of Hot (Ushna) and Cold (Sheeta) and its Clinical Application in Ayurvedic Medicine
5. Principle of Hot and Cold and its Clinical Application in Latin American and Caribbean Medicines
PART II: SCIENTIFIC EVIDENCE
6. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Nutrition
7. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Pharmacology
8. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Physiology
9. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Systems Biology
PART III: PERSPECTIVE
10. Hot and Cold Theory: A Personalized Medicine Approach
11. Hot and Cold Theory: Future Perspective. - Digital[edited and] foreword written by Ifty Ahmed.Contents:
Biomedical materials science / Ifty Ahmed
Photopolymerizable hydrogels in regenerative medicine and drug delivery / Rúben F. Pereira & Paulo J. Bártolo
Micro- and nano-modified surfaces for better polymeric implants / Vasif Hasirci
Bionanomaterials : current developments to prevent biofilm formation by Candida species / Mayra Cuéllar-Cruz, Daniel Hernández-Cruz, Everardo López-Romero & Arturo Vega-González
Bioactive glasses : traditional and prospective applications in healthcare / Wei Li & Aldo R. Boccaccini
Biomaterials in spine surgery : the goal of enhancing spinal fusion / Sabrina A. Gonzalez-Blohm, James J. Doulgeris & Frank D. Vrionis
Biomedical materials for cardiovascular stents / Kadem Al-Lamee & Rasha Al-Lamee
PEGylated ceramic nanophosphors : latest developments and applications / Masao Kamimura & Yukio Nagasaki
Development of phosphate-based glass fibers for biomedical applications / Kazi M. Zakir Hossain, Muhammad Sami Hasan, Reda Felfel & Ifty Ahmed
Index. - DigitalAlexandra Hough.Summary: The latest edition of this must-have text book promises an evidence-based and practical approach covering the very latest in cardiorespiratory care. The textbook covers a wide range of cardiorespiratory conditions and discusses treatment of patients in different clinical settings such as critical care, the ward area and out-patient departments. It begins with physiology and pathology and progresses into a detailed patient assessment section and a discussion of specific respiratory and cardiac conditions. The final section covers different groups of people who may require physiotherapy such as infants, children, and adults with specific conditions including a considered section on palliative care. Critical thinking is facilitated by clinical reasoning boxes in the text, and problem-solving is aided by case studies at the end of each chapter. There are also relevant practice tips to enable transfer of learning into the clinical environment. The text is supported by over 280 line drawings and diagrams along with over 70 x-rays and photographs to further illustrate the points under discussion. Authoritative and accessible, the new fifth edition of Hough's Cardiorespiratory Care continues to stimulate critical thought and ensure that practice is evidence based. The logical format and analytic style encourages clinical reasoning, and the problem-solving approach makes it suitable for readers from student to advanced practitioner level. Integration of theory and practice is aided by extensive referencing, and specialist contributors provide thought-provoking chapters on cardiovascular management, paediatric/neonatal physiotherapy, and critical care. New for the fifth edition: expanded cardiovascular section; updated practical details on physiotherapy techniques; extra chapters on surgical complications and interventions; comprehensive coverage of critical care procedures and rehabilitation; practicalities of the management of children and infants; update on the evaluation of outcomes. Key features: Q&A case studies, with scans and x-rays; outcome measures for problems and diseases; boxes with learning and practice tips to encourage reflection; tables with definitions, normal values and comparisons; practical techniques described with precision. Online resources: image bank; references; bibliography; appendices, including guidelines for health professionals, links for patients, and further case studies. -- From back cover.
Contents:
Part I Physiology and pathology. 1. Physiological basis of clinical practice ; 2. Assessment ; 3. Respiratory disorders ; 4. Cardiovascular disorders ; 5. General management
Part II Physiotherapy techniques. 6. Physiotherapy to increase lung volume ; 7. Physiotherapy to clear secretions ; 8. Physiotherapy to decrease the work of breathing ; 9. Pulmonary rehabilitation ; 10. Physiotherapy for people with cardiovascular disorders ; 11. Cardiac rehabilitation
Part III Surgery. 12. Complications ; 13. Physiotherapy for surgical patients ; 14. Modifications for different types of surgery
Part IV Physiotherapy for specific groups of people. 15. Infants ; 16. Children ; 17. Hyperventilation syndrome ; 18. Elderly people with cardiorespiratory disease ; 19. Palliative respiratory physiotherapy
Part V Critical care ; 20. Critical care, support and monitoring ; 21. Physiotherapy for critically ill patients ; 22. Modifications for different disorders
Part VI Does it work?. 23. Evaluation of cardiorespiratory physiotherapy.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018 - Digital/PrintContents: <br/
>6. Dietary levels of households in the United States, Spring, 1965.Digital Access Google Books [1968-] - DigitalDonald Pfaff.Summary: This concise, ground-breaking book expands past theories limited to the cerebral cortex and emphasizes the longitudinally-integrated brainstem systems that 'wake up the brain' from deep anesthesia, sleep and brain injury. For neurologists, neuroscientists, psychologists and psychiatrists, as well as readers interested in the workings of the brain.
Contents:
Introduction
Concept
Giant cells in the medullary reticular formation
Pons
Midbrain
Hypothalamus: low road
Thalamus: high road
High arousal
Phase transitions from low GA states
Roots of consciousness and its disorders
A vertically integrated system.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - Digitaledited by Iben Akselbo, Ingvild Aune.Summary: This open access book offers an overview of theories related to simulation and describes different simulation areas within nursing. It illustrates how simulation may be used in different levels in professional education. The book deals with the role of the Simulation Facilitator, peer learning and the use of Virtual Reality in simulation. It provides new insights and paths to the development of the use of simulation within nursing and healthcare and contributes with new knowledge from research and experiences of implementation of different simulating scenarios within nursing and midwifery. It is intended to teachers in nursing and other healthcare professionals with an interest in the use of active learning methods. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Simulation: A historical and pedagogical perspective
Chapter 2. How to use simulation as a learning method in bachelor and postgraduate/master education of nurses and teachers in healthcare
Chapter 3.Facilitating learning activities in further education and master's program in oncology nursing
Chapter 4. Simulating preoperative preparations with focus on non-technical skills in an OR nursing education program in Norway
Chapter 5. Training Interprofessional Teamwork in Palliative Care: A Pilot study of Online Simulation Activity for Registered Nurses and Nursing Associates
Chapter 6. The use of Critical Response Process as a debriefing structure in simulation activity in nursing education
Chapter 7. Learning without a teacher: perceptions of peer-to-peer learning activities in simulation training
Chapter 8. Train the trainer course
How can the skills of a facilitator benefit academic staff in nursing and other health education programmes
Chapter 9. Playful learning with VR- SIMI model- the use of 360-degree video as a learning tool for nursing students in a psychiatric simulation setting
Chapter 10. Virtual Reality (VR) in anatomy teaching and learning in higher healthcare education. - DigitalM. Andrea Azcarate-Peril, Roland R. Arnold, José M. Bruno-Bárcena.Summary: This book examines the role of fermented foods on human gut health and offers a unique contribution to this rapidly growing area of study. Fermented foods have been consumed by humans for millennia. This method of food preservation provided early humans with beneficial bacteria that re-populated the gut microbiota upon consumption. However, novel methods of production and conservation of food have led to severed ties between the food that modern humans consume and the gut microbiota. As a consequence, there has been a documented increase in the prevalence of autoimmune diseases and obesity, which has been correlated to decreased diversity of gut microbes, while infectious disorders have decreased in the three past decades. With the intention of providing a thorough overview of the relationship between fermented foods, nutrition, and health, the editors have grouped the chapters into three thematic sections: food and their associated microbes, the oral microbiome, and the gut microbiome. After an introduction dedicated to the environmental microbiome, Part I provides an overview of what is currently known about the microbes associated with different foods, and compares traditional forms of food preparation with current industrial techniques in terms of the potential loss of microbial diversity. The chapters in Part 2 explore the oral microbiota as a microbial gatekeeper and main contributor to the gut microbiota. Part 3 introduces beneficial modulators of the gut microbiome starting with the establishment of a healthy gut microbiota during infancy, and continuing with the role of probiotics and prebiotics in health preservation and the imbalances of the gut microbiota. In the final section the editors offer concluding remarks and provide a view of the future brought by the microbiome research revolution. This study is unique in its emphasis on the convergence of two very relevant fields of research: the field of studies on Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB) and fermented foods, and microbiome research. The relationship between these fields, as presented by the research in this volume, demonstrates the intimate connection between fermented foods, the oral and gut microbiota, and human health. Although research has been done on the impact of diet on the gut microbiome there are no publications addressing the restorative role of food as microbe provider to the gut microbiota. This novel approach makes the edited volume a key resource for scientific researchers working in this field.
Contents:
Introduction: The environmental microbiome and the interdependence of all life
Rob Dunn Part 1
Foods and their associated microbesChapter 1. Infant nutrition: The microbiome of breast milk
Alison Stuebe Chapter 2. Dairy: Cheese and yogurt
Jose M. Bruno-Barcena Chapter 3. Breads
Maria De Angelis or Marco GobbettiChapter 4. Meats
Silvina Fadda Chapter 5. Vegetables
Ilenys DiazChapter 6. Current methods of production and conservation of food
Jose M. Bruno-Barcena Part 2
The oral microbiome as gatekeeperChapter 1. The healthy oral microbiota
Roland Arnold Chapter 2. Dysbioses of the oral microbiota and disease
Apoena RibeiroChapter 3. The role on uncultivable organisms in oral health
Flavia TelesChapter 4. The oral microbiome and health implications
Eva Helmerhorst Part 3
Gut MicrobiomeChapter 1. Early gut microbiome, a good start in nutrition and growth may have lifelong lasting consequences
Amanda ThompsonChapter 2. Probiotics
Todd Klaenhammer Chapter 3. Prebiotics
Jens Walter Chapter 4. The disappearing microbiota: Diseases of the Western civilization
M. Andrea Azcarate-PerilChapter 5. Infectious diseases and Antibiotics
Sophia KathariouChapter 6. The future: Personalized nutrition
Lawrence David. - Digitalvolume editors, Patric J.D. Delhanty, Aart J. van der Lely.Contents:
Hormonal control of metabolism by the hypothalamus-autonomic nervous system-liver axis / Kalsbeek, A.; Bruinstroop, E.; Yi, C.-X.; Klieverik, L.; Liu, J.; Fliers, E.
The blood-brain barrier as a regulator of the gut-brain axis / Schaeffer, M.; Hodson, D.J.; Mollard, P.
The brain modulates insulin sensitivity in multiple tissues / Parlevliet, E.T.; Coomans, C.P.; Rensen, P.C.N.; Romijn, J.A.
The important role of sleep in metabolism / Copinschi, G.; Leproult, R. ; Spiegel, K.
Metabolic interplay between gut bacteria and their host / Duca, F.; Giard, P.; Covasa, M.; Lepage, P.
The brain-stomach connection / Folgueira, C.; Seoane, L.M.; Casanueva, F.F.
Prader-Willi syndrome as a model of human hyperphagia / Tauber, M.; Diene, G.; Mimoun, E.; Aabal-Berthoumieu, S.; Mantoulan, C.; Molinas, C.; Muscatelli, F.; Salles, J.P.
Interactions between the gut, the brain and brown adipose tissue function / van den Beukel, J.C.; Grefhorst, A.
Gut sweet taste receptors and their role in metabolism / Meyer-Gerspach, A.C.; Wilnerhanssen, B.; Beglinger, C.
What is the role of metabolic hormones in taste buds of the tongue / Cai, H.; Maudsley, S.; Martin, B.
Protein PYY and its role in metabolism / Price, S.L.; Bloom, S.R.
Nutropioids regulate the gut-brain circuit controlling food intake / Mithieux, G.
Should we consider des-acyl ghrelin as a separate hormone and if so, what does it do? / Delhanty, P.J.D.; Neggers, S.J.; van der Lely, A.J.
Obestatin : is it really doing something? / Trovato, L.; Gallo, D.; Settanni, F.; Gesmundo, I.; Ghigo, E.; Granata, R.Digital Access Karger 2014 - Digital/PrintWilliam Horsnell, editor.Summary: "Helminth infections are common, cause considerable pathology, and alter a host's immune profile. This can have important consequences not only on the host's ability to control a helminth infection, but also on their ability to control unrelated infections. In endemic areas, understanding how helminth infection influences the outcome of common infectious diseases and changes the efficacy of childhood vaccination programs is an important public health question. This book reviews how host immunity to helminths alters our ability to respond to the major pathogens that exist in helminth endemic regions. Current understanding of how helminths alter important but relatively neglected contributors to the host's anti-helminth immune responses are addressed, namely host antibody responses and how maternal infection may alter a child's immune development. These are discussed in relation to the control of helminth infection and unrelated infections. Also covered are how helminth infections alter the host's ability to control TB, HIV and malarial infections along with neglected bacterial infections, such as cholera, and how endemic helminth infections are likely to alter our ability to respond to life-saving vaccination strategies"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
The role of antibody in parasitic helminth infections
Maternal helminth infections
Helminth-M. tb co-infection
Bacterial infections and vaccines
Helpful or a hindrance: co-infections of helminth during malaria
Immune system modulation by helminth infections: potential impact on HIV transmission and disease progression. - DigitalLisa Vozza (Italian Association for Cancer Research, Italy), Maurizio D'Incalci (Istituto di Ricerche Farmacologiche Mario Negri, Italy) ; translated by: Andreas Gescher.Summary: "This book is an excursion into the drug development process, from the initial conception in a chemical or molecular biology lab, via tests in isolated cells and animals, to the stage of clinical trials. The human body is a complex ecosystem where little is conclusively known in terms of its response to medication, for both sick and healthy individuals. The considerable degree of uncertainty inherent in health-related research can lead to approval of controversial medicines, particularly in high-stakes scenarios and medical crises. Real-life examples are drawn on here to explain the decision making processes behind the acceptance of new drugs, disproving misconceptions around medicines by delving into the history and current practice of the drug development process. Originally written in Italian, How Medicines are Born helps patients, students, public health officials physicians, healthcare practitioners and biomedical scientists make informed decisions on the benefits and disadvantages of select medicine based on an understanding of the history of drug development. Published in Italian (2014), M D'Incalci et L Vozza, Come Nascono le Medicine; La scienza imperfetta dei farmaci. Bologna: Zanichelli"--Publisher's website.
Contents:
To cure, heal or repair
Hunting for drugs
Laboratory studies
First time in humans
Only probabilities, never certainties
Approval or rejection
Vigilance, revisions, new indications
Predicting the drugs of the future
Not every pill is a proper drug
If you want to know more
Myths to be dispelled
Did you know that.Digital Access World Scientific 2017 - DigitalMarkus K. Heinemann, MD, PhD, editor-in-chief.Summary: Writing a medical paper, or any other scientific text, is full of pitfalls which make it difficult to get it accepted for publication. This unique book gives practical advice on how one can circumvent these dangers. It is richly filled with examples, predominantly negative ones. which exhibit how one should not write a medical paper. This book highlights the fallibilities that manuscripts are often susceptible to, and hence will help writers avoid committing those mistakes. Special Features: Abundant information about a complex subject condensed in a small format Numerous examples from bad man.
Contents:
Introduction
Why editors accept/reject manuscripts
Types of scientific articles
Manuscript components: dos and don'ts
Review process and corrections
Publication ethics
Good-to-know
Final advance
References.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2016 - DigitalMarkus K. Heinemann, MD, PhD, editor-in-chief.Summary: Writing a medical paper, or any other scientific text, is full of pitfalls which make it difficult to get it accepted for publication. This unique book gives practical advice on how one can circumvent these dangers. It is richly filled with examples, predominantly negative ones. which exhibit how one should not write a medical paper. This book highlights the fallibilities that manuscripts are often susceptible to, and hence will help writers avoid committing those mistakes. Special Features: Abundant information about a complex subject condensed in a small format Numerous examples from bad man.
Contents:
Introduction
How to use this book
Why editors accept/reject manuscripts
Types of scientific articles
Manuscript components: dos and don'ts
Review process and corrections
Publication ethics
Good-to-know
Glossary
Final advice
References.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2019 - DigitalDavid E. Orlinsky.Summary: "How Psychotherapists Live is a landmark study of thousands of mental health practitioners worldwide. It significantly advances our understanding of psychotherapists and counselors by focusing on their individual qualities and lives, revealing the many ways they differ as persons and how those differences shape their experiences of therapeutic work. Topics include the therapist's personal self, private life, individual beliefs, quality of life, childhood family experiences, and personal psychotherapy. Based on thirty years of research, the book is written to interest clinical practitioners while also providing researchers with a rich array of data. Clinical psychologists, psychiatrists, clinical social workers, and counselors can easily compare their own experiences with the thousands of therapists in the study by reflecting on typologies constructed from research findings. The book will also be a valuable resource for researchers studying the sources of variation in therapists' effectiveness"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2022
- Digital/PrintLauren Sompayrac.Contents:
1. An overview
2. The innate immune system
3. B cells and antibodies
4. The magic of antigen presentation
5. T cell activation
6. T cells at work
7. Secondary lymphoid organs and lymphocyte trafficking
8. Restraining the immune system
9. Self tolerance and MHC restriction
10. Immunological memory
11. The intestinal immune system
12. Vaccines
13. The immune system gone wrong
14. Immunodeficiency
15. Cancer and the immune system.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016Limited to 3 simultaneous users - DigitalLauren Sompayrac.Summary: How the Immune System Works is not a comprehensive textbook. It's the book thousands of students have used to help them understand what's in their big, thick, immunology texts. In this book, Dr. Sompayrac cuts through the jargon and details to reveal, in simple language, the essence of this complex subject. Fifteen easy to follow lectures, featuring the uniquely popular humorous style and engaging analogies developed by Dr Sompayrac, provide an introduction to the 'bigger picture', followed by practical discussion on how each of the components interacts with one another.
Contents:
The innate immune system
B cells and antibodies
The magic of antigen presentation
T cell activation
T cells at work
Secondary lymphoid organs and lymphocyte trafficking
Restraining the immune system
Self tolerance and MHC restriction
Immunological memory
The intestinal immune system
The immune system gone wrong
Immunodeficiency
Vaccines
Cancer and the immune system
Immunotherapy.Digital Access R2Library 2019Limited to 3 simultaneous users - PrintLauren Sompayrac.Contents:
The Innate Immune System
B Cells and Antibodies
The Magic of Antigen Presentation
Activating T Cells
T Cells at Work
Secondary Lymphoid Organs and Lymphocyte Trafficking
Restraining the Immune System
Tolerance Induction and MHC Restriction
Immunological Memory
The Intestinal Immune System
The Immune System Gone Wrong
Immunodeficiency
Vaccines
Cancer and the Immune System
Immunotherapy
COVID-19 and the Immune System. - PrintMichelle L. Kienholz and Jeremy M. Berg.Summary: How the NIH Can Help You Get Funded takes a novel, non-formulaic approach in teaching readers how to "write a grant" -- and much more. The authors draw on their decades of experience working with both investigators and NIH personnel to anticipate their questions and concerns and help establish a comfortable, productive partnership between them. The authors advise readers on developing each component of the grant application in order of the components' influence on the final impact score. Individual funding mechanisms are reviewed along with grantsmanship tips specific to each. Readers learn the importance of reviewer-friendly formatting and organization of the text. The final chapters cover next steps after the application has been submitted-before, during, and after the review and funding decision. Strategies for resubmitting or repurposing applications are provided for those readers whose applications do not receive awards. The authors likewise anticipate the needs of readers who do receive funding but have questions on managing and maintaining their award. Amid ever-increasing competition for government research grants, How the NIH Can Help You Get Funded is an invaluable manual for how to pursue -- and sustain -- NIH funding.
Contents:
National Institutes of Health
Institutes and centers
Center for scientific review and the peer review process
Office of Extramural Research
Federal budget process
NIH funding data and trends
Getting at mechanism
Telling your story well
Presenting your message well
Getting by with a little help from your friends
Before and after your study section meets
Is the check in the mail?
The check is not in the mail
The check is in the mail but. - Digital/PrintIbram X. KendiSummary: "'The only way to undo racism is to consistently identify and describe it -- and then dismantle it.' Ibram X. Kendi's concept of antiracism reenergizes and reshapes the conversation about racial justice in America -- but even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi asks us to think about what an antiracist society might look like, and how we can play an active role in building it. In this book, Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science, bringing it all together with an engaging personal narrative of his own awakening to antiracism. How to Be an Antiracist is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond an awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a truly just and equitable society."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Definitions
Dueling consciousness
Power
Biology
Ethnicity
Body
Culture
Behavior
Color
White
Black
Class
Space
Gender
Sexuality
Failure
Success
Survival.Digital Access EBSCO 2019Limited to 2 simultaneous users - Digitaledited by Lisa Taylor.Contents:
What is employability and what does it mean for you? / Lisa Taylor
Career planning and management / Adrienne Jolly
Professionalism / Rosemarie Mason
Continuing professional development (CPD) / James Gazzard
Leadership / Neil Sellen
Service improvement / Jon Larner
Business skills / David Dowdeswell Allaway
The job application process / Stephanie Allen
Consolidation of learning chapter and moving forward.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalMichael J. Englesbe, Michael O. Meyers, editors.Summary: This book discusses personal traits and rationale for any student considering a career in surgery. The authors review accomplishments as a medical student that are key components of beginning a surgical career, and highlight what makes a student competitive for a surgical program. While much of the focus is on an academic career in surgery, sections are devoted to mentorship, research experience and personal experiences that lead to success and are relevant to anyone pursuing a surgery. The editors also focus on gender and work-life balance issues that are often perceived as barriers to a career in surgery. A How To Guide For Medical Students provides help to medical students interested in pursuing a career in surgery. The chapters also include key dates and sample application information for students to use as templates.
Contents:
Part 1. Clinical Training and Making Sure Surgery is Right for You
Part 2. Building a Portfolio for Success
Part 3. The Residency Search and Match
Part 4. Appendices.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Gab Kovacs, Monash University, Robert Norman, University of Adelaide.Summary: "In order to maximize the chance of IVF success, couples need to ensure that their preconceptual health is optimal to increase the quality of gametes and reproductive fitness. This text reviews the medical and lifestyle factors that can affect the body at preconception stage, such as micronutrients, stress, hormonal and gynecologic assessment, as well as environmental factors such as optimal weight and age for childbirth. This book will enable all medical practitioners and healthcare professionals to give evidence-based advice to influence the success rate of subsequent IVF cycles, and ensure that every child is born in the best possible condition. Part of a four-book series on optimizing different aspects of the IVF cycle, this book focusses on preparing the body for assisted conception. Other books in the series focus on the egg and embryo, the endometrium, and the sperm"-- Provided by publisher. "Nutrition and lifestyle choices hold implications for general health, as well as real and potential effects on fertility and reproductive health. While the effects of diet on health and risk of chronic disease have been well described, there is relatively little research on fertility per se. It is likely that the majority of men and women with sub-fertility, regardless of weight, have a form of intrinsic insulin resistance that underlies the downstream effects on oocyte and sperm quality (Dunaif, et al., 1989). Insulin resistance results in compensatory hyperinsulinaemia, which plays an important role in all the manifestations of sub-fertility, including androgen excess, inflammation and anovulation in women with polycystic ovarian syndrome (PCOS)"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: 1. The effects of nutrition and micronutrients on reproductive success Mu Li, Kyra Sim, Adrienne Gordon and Jennie Brand-Miller; 2. The effects of stress on conception and pregnancy Jeremy J. Cottle, Jacky Boivin and Alice D. Domar; 3. Preparing for IVF: an endocrine perspective Clare Bothroyd; 4. Assessment of endometriosis before conception Endah Rahmawati, Chien-Wen Chen, Yu-Wen Chen, Chang-Chih Hsieh, Pei-Chun Ma, Shun-Jen Tan and Chii-Ruey Tzeng; 5. Assessment of pelvic abnormalities prior to assisted reproduction Anusch Yazdani; 6. Immunological preparation, including vaccinations and microbiome management, prior to ART Ashley Gilman and William Buckett; 7. Optimising body weight to improve reproductive success Kelton Tremellen; 8. Lifestyle modifications
alcohol, caffeine, smoking, drugs before ART V. Nisenblat and M. Johnson; 9. Environmental factors to consider prior to conception Mark P. Green and Alexandra J. Harvey; 10. Pre-pregnancy genetic carrier screening Saioa Torrealday, Kyle J. Tobler and Pasquale Patrizio; 11. The optimal age for childbearing Rina Fyfe and Jon Hyett; 12. Alternative therapies to improve conception rates Caroline A. Smith and Mike Armour; 13. Preconception lifestyle modification of decidua to decrease early pregnancy loss: feeding the endometrium Alexandra Kermack, Ka Ying Bonnie Ng and Nick Macklon; 14. Antenatal factors that may contribute toward the development of polycystic ovary syndrome Roy Homburg and Panagiota Filippou.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - Digitaledited by Amin Al-Ahmad, Andrea Natale, Paul J. Wang, James P. Daubert, Luigi Padeletti.Contents:
1. How to access the cephalic vein using a cut-down approach
2. Extrathoracic subclavian vein access
3. Subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibrillator
4. Internal jugular venous access and lead implantation for cardiac implantable electronic devices
5. Implantation of the left ventricular lead
6. How to place a lead in the azygos vein
7. Alternative site pacing: a guide to implantation techniques
8. How to maximize CRT response at implant
9. How to perform sub-pectoral device implants
10. Device extractions
11. How to extract pacemaker and defibrillator leads from the femoral approach
12. How to extract leadds form the jugular approach
13. How to perform venoplasty for access
14. How to perform defibrillation threshold testing
15. Use of chest X-ray, computed tomography and 3-D imaging to evaluate lead location
16. How to evaluate postoperative device complications
17. How to program pacemakers for patients with sinus node disease
18. How to interpret pacemaker electrocardiograms
19. How to perform pacemaker troubleshooting
20. How to program an ICD to program ATP, and program for VT/VF storm
21. How to troubleshoot an ICD
22. Management of ICD device and lead failures and recalls
23. How to program an ICD to minimize inappropriate shocks
24. How to perform CRT optimization
25. How to manage device infections and when to reimplant after device extraction
26. How to implement a remote follow-up program for patients with cardiac implantable electronic devices
27. How to set up an HF monitoring service
28. How to deactivate cardiac implantable electric devices in patients nearing the end of life and/or requesting withdrawal of therapies.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - Digital/PrintMarc Stadler, Petra Dersch, editors.Contents:
Tackling threats and future problems of multidrug-resistant bacteria.-Emergence and spread of antimicrobial resistance: recent insights from bacterial population genomics
Epidemiology of Staphylococcus aureus nasal carriage patterns in the community
Diagnostics and resistance profiling of bacterial pathogens
Use of antibiotics and antimicrobial resistance in veterinary medicine as exemplified by the swine pathogen Streptococcus suis.-Antibiotics and the intestinal microbiome: individual responses, resilience of the ecosystem and the susceptibility to infections
Anti-virulence strategies to target bacterial infections
Strategies to block bacterial pathogenesis by interference with motility and chemotaxis
New horizons in the development of novel needle-free immunization strategies to increase vaccination efficacy
History of antibiotics research
Actinobacteria and Myxobacteria
Two of the most important bacterial resources for novel antibiotics
Exploitation of fungal biodiversity for discovery of novel antibiotics
Strategies for the discovery and development of new antibiotics from natural products: Three Case Studies
New structural templates for clinically validated and novel targets in antimicrobial drug research and development
Synthesis of antibiotics
Antibiotics clinical development and pipeline
Anti-infectives in drug delivery
overcoming the Gram-negative bacterial cell envelope.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalEdward Purssell, Niall McCrae.Summary: The systematic review is a rigorous method of collating and synthesizing evidence from multiple studies, producing a whole greater than the sum of parts. This textbook is an authoritative and accessible guide to an activity that is often found overwhelming. The authors steer readers on a logical, sequential path through the process, taking account of the different needs of researchers, students and practitioners. Practical guidance is provided on the fundamentals of systematic reviewing and also on advanced techniques such as meta-analysis. Examples are given in each chapter, with a succinct glossary to support the text. This up-to-date, accessible textbook will satisfy the needs of students, practitioners and educators in the sphere of healthcare, and contribute to improving the quality of evidence-based practice. The authors will advise some freely available or inexpensive open source/access resources (such as PubMed, R and Zotero) to help students how to perform a systemic review, in particular those with limited resources.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: Introduction
1.1 How to Read This Book
References
2: A Brief History of the Systematic Review
2.1 Literature Past and Present
2.2 A Man with a Mission
2.3 Hierarchy of Evidence
2.4 The Rise of the Systematic Review
2.5 Numbers Are Not Enough
2.6 Conclusion
References
3: The Aim and Scope of a Systematic Review: A Logical Approach
3.1 Aim of a Review
3.2 PICO
3.3 Types of Review Questions
3.4 Eligibility Criteria
3.5 Inclusion Versus Exclusion
References
4: Searching the Literature 4.1 An Initial Foray
4.2 Facet Analysis
4.3 Sources
4.4 Using PubMed
4.4.1 Index Terms
4.4.2 Text Words
4.4.3 Truncation and Wildcards
4.4.4 Conditioning the Search
4.4.5 Filtering
4.4.6 Using PubMed
4.5 Running and Recording Your Search
4.6 Other Data Sources
4.6.1 Google Scholar
4.6.2 Grey Literature
4.6.3 Reference Management
4.7 Conclusion
References
5: Screening Search Results: A 1-2-3 Approach
5.1 Reference Management Software
5.2 Three Stages of Screening
5.3 Screening Form
5.4 Sharing the Load 5.5 Flowchart
5.6 Reporting the Screening Outcome
References
6: Critical Appraisal: Assessing the Quality of Studies
6.1 Assessing Quality
6.2 Critical Appraisal
6.3 Hierarchies of Evidence
6.4 Quality of Reporting
6.5 Methodological Quality of Studies
6.6 Risk of Bias
6.7 Choosing a Tool
6.7.1 Study-Level Assessment
6.7.2 Randomised Studies: Cochrane Risk of Bias Tool-2
6.7.3 ROBINS-I
6.8 Reliability and Validity
6.8.1 Reliability
6.8.2 Validity
6.9 Qualitative Studies 6.9.1 Why Might Reliability and Validity Apply Differently in Qualitative Research?
6.10 Risk of Bias in Qualitative Research: Dependability and Credibility
6.11 How to Use Your Appraisal Results
6.12 What's Next?
6.12.1 Narrative Assessment
6.12.2 Sensitivity Analysis
6.12.3 Restriction to Higher-Quality Studies
6.13 Conclusion
References
7: Reviewing Quantitative Studies: Meta-analysis and Narrative Approaches
7.1 Types of Quantitative Research
7.2 The Logic of Quantitative Research
7.3 More About p-values 7.3.1 Why the p-value Is Not the Probability That the Result Is Due to Chance, and the Probability of Getting Your Result May Be Zero
7.4 Statistical Errors
7.5 Introducing Meta-analysis
7.6 Extracting the Data
7.7 Calculate a Pooled Estimate of the Effect
7.7.1 Interpreting Standardised Effect Sizes
7.8 Vote Counting
7.9 Models of Meta-analysis
7.10 Weighting
7.11 Assess the Heterogeneity of the Results
7.12 Investigating Heterogeneity: Subgroup Analysis and Meta-regression
7.13 Forest Plots
7.14 Publication Bias and Funnel Plots - Digitaleditors, Stefano Guerriero, George Condous, Juan Luis Alcázar.Summary: This structured dynamic book outlines, step by step, an evidence-based systematic approach to the sonographic evaluation of the pelvis in women with suspected endometriosis. This “how to” guide is intended for those with basic ultrasonography skills who want to further develop their capabilities in performing the relevant sonographic techniques to identify endometriosis. Detailed schematics, and corresponding high-resolution ultrasound images and intuitive videos support readers in expanding their technical skills and bridging the gaps in their knowledge of endometriosis ultrasound. The International Deep Endometriosis Analysis (IDEA) group consensus statement was the culmination of the work of 29 authors from 5 continents. With the publication of How to Perform Ultrasonography in Endometriosis the authors intend to provide the basis for quality improvement and benchmarking of ultrasound in the world of endometriosis. This book not only offers sonologists, radiologists and sonographers valuable insights into the field of endometriosis ultrasound, but also enables them to develop their practical skills in assessing women with chronic pelvic pain.
- Digitaledited by Gabor Kovacs, Lois Salamonsen.Summary: The last step in the IVF treatment cycle, embryo transfer, is also the process with the highest failure rate. No matter how good the laboratory technique is, a successful pregnancy will not be achieved without meticulous preparation of the uterus to accept the embryo. This book reviews the scientific evidence on endometrial receptivity, including histological, hormonal, biochemical, and immunological factors. Practical and concise, it supports gynecologists and embryologists to make evidence-based decisions that can influence the success rates of implantation and live births. Part of a series of books offering treatments and strategies for fertility and conception to optimize IVF outcomes, this volume is for all clinicians and embryologists working in reproductive medicine.
Contents:
Physiology of endometrial development through the cycle and implantation / Annabelle Brennan and Martha Hickey
Molecular and cellular basis of human embryo implantation / Guiying Nie and Eva Dimitriadis
Protein biomarkers of endometrial receptivity / Tracey A. Edgell
Genetic markers of endometrial receptivity (GMER) / Patricia Diaz-Gimeno and Juan A Garcia-Velasco
Effects of superovulation on the endometrium / Natalie Hannan and Jemma Evans
Screening the uterine microbiome prior to embryo transfer / Inmaculada Moreno and Carlos Simon
Estrogen and progesterone support in ART : optimizing implantation / Jamie Stanhiser and Steven L. Young
The role of hysteroscopy and endometrial scratch in improving endometrial receptivity / Yuval Or and Zeev Shoham
Fibroids and polyps : their effect on implantation / Beverley Vollenhoven and Sarah Hunt
Cleavage stage or blastocyst transfer : which is better? / Jason Kasraie
Dummy embryo transfer / Khaldoun Sharif and Gamal I Serour
Does the type of catheter used for embryo transfer matter? / Tia Hunjan, Shirin Khanjani and Stuart Lavery
Should all embryos be transferred in unstimulated cycles? / Nikoletta Panagiotopoulou and Siladitya Bhattacharya
Rest after embryo transfer is unhelpful / Giuseppe Botta and Gedis Grudzinska
Ectopic pregnancies : why do they happen? / R.R. Chodankar and Andrew Horne
The role on NK cells in implantation after IVF and treatment strategies / Norman Shreeve and Ashley Moffett
Sex and immune receptivity for embryo transfer / David J. Sharkey and Sarah A. Robertson
Immunotherapy/IVIG, prednisolone and intralipid in IVF / Ole Bjarne Christiansen and Kathinka Marie Nyborg
The role of heparin and aspirin to aid implantation / Luciano Nardo and Tarique Salman
Early pregnancy loss : causes and prevention / Shreeya Tewary and Jan J. Brosens
Is the endometrium in women with PCOS compromised? / Terhi T. Piltonen.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - DigitalTrisha Greenhalgh.Summary: This book addresses the common criticisms of evidence-based healthcare, dispelling many of its myths and misconceptions, while providing a pragmatic framework for testing the validity of healthcare literature. It also helps readers to understand the central principles of evidence-based medicine, critically evaluate published data, and implement the results in practical settings. The readers are guided through each fundamental step of inquiry, from searching the literature, to assessing methodological quality, and appraising statistics. -- Publisher description
Contents:
Why read papers at all?
Searching the literature
Getting your bearings : what is this paper about?
Assessing methodological quality
Statistics for the non-statistician
Papers that report trials of drugs and other simple interventions
Papers that report trials of complex interventions
Papers that report diagnostic or screening tests
Papers that summarise other papers (systematic reviews and meta-analyses)
Papers that tell you what to do (guidelines)
Papers that tell you what things cost (economic analyses)
Papers that go beyond numbers (qualitative research)
Papers that report questionnaire research
Papers that report quality improvement case studies
Papers that describe genetic association studies
Applying evidence with patients
Criticisms of evidence-based healthcare.Digital Access R2Library 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalRafael Pelayo.Summary: "Easy to read and comprehensive. This book offers real practical guidance."'Matthew Walker, PhD, bestselling author of Why We Sleep Sleep difficulties affect millions of people'and the problem is getting worse. The deluge of sleep advice out there, referred to collectively as "sleep hygiene" rules, consists mostly of isolated recommendations for things not to do, such as: Don't drink coffee close to bedtime. Don't watch TV in bed. Despite the popularity of these old rules, Dr. Rafael Pelayo tells us, sleep hygiene alone is rarely effective in helping people with serious sleep problems. We need new rules that reflect the growth of knowledge in sleep science and can effectively improve our health. Pelayo's approach is to first take a step back and teach us how sleep works. He explains that nobody sleeps through the night; that the need for sleep is biological, but the way we sleep is learned; how much sleep you actually need each night, and that you can't get by with less. Then, once readers understand sleep and why it's so essential to our health and well-being, he offers a clear path to better sleep, with a flexible approach that will work for anyone. He offers a strategy for combatting jet lag: use your circadian rhythms to your advantage by maximizing your exposure to daylight. He advises you to think of napping like snacking: snacks are fine to tide you over during long stretches between meals, but if snacking too much or too late keeps you from eating dinner, it's a problem'same goes for naps and a good night's sleep! And he cautions that alcohol is a double-edged sword: it may help you fall asleep, but it also disrupts your sleep cycle. The information in this friendly, accessible book will help readers sleep better, wake up refreshed, and have a healthier life.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- PrintRafael Pelayo, MD.Summary: "Sleep difficulties affect millions of people-and the problem is getting worse. The deluge of sleep advice out there, referred to collectively as "sleep hygiene" rules, consists mostly of isolated recommendations for things not to do, such as: Don't drink coffee close to bedtime. Don't watch TV in bed. Despite the popularity of these old rules, Dr. Rafael Pelayo tells us, sleep hygiene alone is rarely effective in helping people with serious sleep problems. We need new rules that reflect the growth of knowledge in sleep science and can effectively improve our health. Pelayo's approach is to first take a step back and teach us how sleep works. He explains that nobody sleeps through the night; that the need for sleep is biological, but the way we sleep is learned; how much sleep you actually need each night, and that you can't get by with less. Then, once readers understand sleep and why it's so essential to our health and well-being, he offers a clear path to better sleep, with a flexible approach that will work for anyone. He offers a strategy for combatting jet lag: use your circadian rhythms to your advantage by maximizing your exposure to daylight. He advises you to think of napping like snacking: snacks are fine to tide you over during long stretches between meals, but if snacking too much or too late keeps you from eating dinner, it's a problem-same goes for naps and a good night's sleep! And he cautions that alcohol is a double-edged sword: it may help you fall asleep, but it also disrupts your sleep cycle. The information in this friendly, accessible book will help readers sleep better, wake up refreshed, and have a healthier life"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
How sleep works
Snoring? start here
Sleep for the insomniac
A day in the (night) life
Sleep disorders
A lifetime of sleeping well
Dreaming: the theater of the night
Seeing a sleep doctor. - DigitalMary Seabrook.Contents:
Creating an effective learning environment
Teaching in clinical contexts
Workplace-based assessment and feedback
Common problems in clinical teaching
Next steps.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalPaul J. Silvia, PhD.Summary: "All academics need to write, and many struggle to finish their dissertations, articles, books, or grant proposals. Writing is hard work and can be difficult to wedge into a frenetic academic schedule. This revised and updated edition of Paul Silvia's popular guide provides practical, lighthearted advice to help academics overcome common barriers and become productive writers. Silvia's expert tips have been updated to apply to a wide variety of disciplines, and this edition has a new chapter devoted to grant and fellowship writing"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
Specious barriers to writing a lot
The care and feeding of writing schedules
Starting a writing group
A brief foray into style
Writing journal articles
Writing books
Writing proposals for grants and fellowships
"The good things still to be written."Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - PrintBarbara Gastel and Robert A. Day.Summary: "This newly updated version of the classic guide to writing and publishing scientific papers provides the tools needed to succeed in the communication aspects of a scientific career"--Provided by publisher. "Now thoroughly updated and expanded, this new edition of a classic guide offers practical advice on preparing and publishing journal articles as well as succeeding in other communication-related aspects of a scientific career. Provides practical, easy-to-read, and immediately applicable guidance on preparing each part of a scientific paper: from the title and abstract, through each section of the main text, to the acknowledgments and references. Explains step by step how to decide to which journal to submit a paper, what happens to a paper after submission, and how to work effectively with a journal throughout the publication process. Includes key advice on other communication important to success in scientific careers, such as giving presentations and writing proposals. Presents an insightful insider's view of how journals actually work--and describes how best to work with them."--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Part I: Some preliminaries. What is scientific writing? ; Historical perspectives ; Approaching a writing project ; What is a scientific paper? ; Ethics in scientific publishing ; Where to submit your manuscript
Part II: Preparing the text. How to prepare the title ; How to list the authors and addresses ; How to prepare the abstract ; How to write the introduction ; How to write the materials and methods section ; How to write the results ; How to write the discussion ; How to state the acknowledgments ; How to cite the references
Part III: Preparing the tables and figures. How to design effective tables ; How to prepare effective graphs ; How to prepare effective photographs
Part IV: Publishing the paper. Rights and permissions ; How to submit the manuscript ; The review process (how to deal with editors) ; The publishing process (how to deal with proofs) and after publication
Part V: Doing other writing for publication. How to write a review paper ; How to write opinion (letters to the editor, editorials, and book reviews) ; How to write a book chapter or a book ; How to write for the public ; How to present a paper orally ; How to prepare a poster ; How to write a conference report
Part VII: Scientific style. Use and misuse of English ; Avoiding jargon ; How and when to use abbreviations ; Writing clearly across cultures and media ; How to write science in English as a foreign language
Part VIII: Other topics in scientific communication. How to write a thesis ; How to prepare a curriculum vitae, cover letter, and personal statement ; How to prepare grant proposals and progress reports ; How to write a recommendation letter : and how to ask for one ; How to work with the media ; How to provide peer review ; How to edit your own work ; How to seek a scientific-communication career
Appendix 1: Selected journal title word abbreviations
Appendix 2: Words and expressions to avoid
Appendix 3: SI (Système International) prefixes and their abbreviations
Appendix 4: Some helpful websites
Glossary. - PrintBarbara Gastel and Robert A. Day.Summary: "'The purpose of scientific writing,' according to Barbara Gastel and Robert A. Day, 'is to communicate new scientific findings. Science is simply too important to be communicated in anything other than words of certain meaning.' This clear, beautifully written, and often funny text is a must-have for anyone who needs to communicate scientific information, whether they're writing for a professor, other scientists, or the general public. The thoughtfully revised ninth edition retains the most important material-including preparing text and graphics, publishing papers and other types of writing, and plenty of information on writing style-while adding up-to-date advice on copyright, presenting online, identifying authors, creating visual abstracts, and writing in English as a non-native language.A set of valuable appendixes provide ready reference, including words and expressions to avoid, SI prefixes, a list of helpful websites, and a glossary. Students and working scientists will want to keep How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper at their desks and refer to it at every stage of writing and publication."-- Back cover.
- DigitalMichael Hanna.Summary: This book guides medical researchers through all stages of transforming their data and ideas into a published paper. Many researchers in medicine struggle to get their research written and published. One reason for this is that most medical researchers have not received much instruction in the subjects needed to write and publish scientific papers: research methodology, ethics, statistics, data visualization, writing, revising, and the practicalities of publishing. This book tackles all the major scientific issues that routinely lead to manuscripts getting rejected from the journals. The section "Preparing" covers the range of methodological, ethical, and practical aspects that researchers need to address before starting to write their paper. The section "Analyzing" reviews commonplace problems in the statistical analysis and presentation, and how to resolve those problems. The section "Drafting" describes what to write in the various parts of a paper (the Introduction, Methods, Results, Discussion, Abstract, etc.). The section "Revising" explains and illustrates how to improve the writing style of any manuscript. The section "Publishing" discusses how to navigate the peer review process and all other practical aspects of the publishing phase. The entire book draws on the author's decade of experience as an independent medical writer and research consultant. More importantly, the book is grounded in the existing scientific and scholarly literature, with extensive references and an annotated bibliography. After reading this book, medical researchers will know how to write better quality medical papers, so they can publish their work in better journals with less time and struggle.
- Digital/Printedited and introduced by Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor.Summary: The Combahee River Collective, a group of radical black feminists, was one of the most important organizations to develop out of the anti-racist and women's liberation movements of the 1960s and 70s. In this collection, founding members of the organization and contemporary activists reflect on the legacy of its contributions to black feminism and its impact on today's struggles. "In the last several years, Black feminism has reemerged as the analytical framework for the activist response to the oppression of trans women of color, the fight for reproductive rights, and, of course, the movement against police abuse and violence. The most visible organizations and activists connected to the Black Lives Matter movement speak openly about how Black feminism shapes their politics and strategies today. The interviews I have compiled in this book -- with the three authors of the Combahee River Collective Statement, Barbara Smith, Beverly Smith, and Demita Frazier, #BlackLivesMatter cofounder Alicia Garza, and historian and activist Barbara Ransby -- are an attempt to show how these politics remain historically vibrant and relevant to the struggles of today. As Demita Frazier says, the point of talking about Combahee is not to be nostalgic; rather, we talk about it because Black women are still not free." -- Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor, from the introduction.
Contents:
Introduction
The Combahee River Collective statement
Barbara Smith
Beverly Smith
Demita Frazier
Alicia Garza
Comments by Barbara Ransby
Acknowledgments
Contributor biographies.Digital Access EBSCO 2017 - Digitaledited by Yacine Graba, René Rezsohazy.Contents:
Discovery and classification of homeobox genes in animal genomes / Ferdinand Marlétaz, Jordi Paps, Ignacio Maeso, and Peter W. H. Holland
How to study hox gene expression and function in mammalian oocytes and early embryos / Delphine Paul, Caroline Sauvegarde, René Rezsohazy, and Isabelle Donnay
Genetic lineage tracing analysis of anterior hox expressing cells / Brigitte Laforest, Nicolas Bertrand, and Stéphane Zaffran
A genetic strategy to obtain P-Gal4 elements in the Drosophila hox genes / Luis de Navas, David Foronda, Delia del Saz, and Ernesto Sánchez-Herrero
Hox complex analysis through BAC recombineering / Mark Parrish, Youngwook Ahn, Christof Nolte, Bony De Kumar and Robb Krumlauf
The genetics of murine Hox loci : TAMERE, STRING, and PANTHERE to engineer chromosome variants / Patrick Tschopp and Denis Duboule
Topological organization of Drosophila hox genes using DNA fluorescent in situ hybridization / Frédéric Bantignies and Giacomo Cavalli
Mining the Cis-regulatory elements of hox clusters / Navneet Kaur Matharu and Rakesh K. Mishra
Functional analysis of hox genes in Zebrafish / Franck Ladam and Charles G. Sagerström
Transgenesis in non-model organisms : the case of Parhyale / Zacharias Kontarakis and Anastasios Pavlopoulos
Tissue specific RNA isolation in Drosophila embryos : a strategy to analyze context dependent transcriptome landscapes using FACS / Arnaud Defaye and Laurent Perrin
Hox transcriptomics in Drosophila embryos / Maria Polychronidou and Ingrid Lohmann
Measuring hox-DNA binding by electrophoretic mobility / Kelly Churion [and four others]
Chromatin immunoprecipitation and chromatin immunoprecipitation with massively parallel sequencing on mouse embryonic tissue / Shilu Amin and Nicoletta Bobola
chIP for hox proteins from Drosophila imaginal discs / Pavan Agrawal and L. S. Shashidhara
SELEX-seq : a method for characterizing the compete repertoire of binding site preferences for transcription factor complexes / Todd R. Riley [and six others]
DamID as an approach to studyinhg long-distance chromatin iteractions / Fabienne Cléard, François Karch, and oRbert K. Maeda
cgCHIP : a cell type- and gene-specific method for chromatin analysis / Marios Agelopoulos, Daniel J. McKay, and Ricahrd S. Mann
Bimolecular fluorescence complementation (biFC) in live Drosophila embryos / Marilyne Duffraisse, Bruno Hudry, and Samir Merabet
Rational drug repurposing using sscMap analysis in a HOX-TALE model of leukemia / Laura M. Kettyle, Fabio G. Liberante, and Alexander Thompson.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalCarole Fakhry, Gypsyamber D'Souza, editors.Contents:
Anatomical sites and subsites of head and neck cancer
Epidemiology of oral HPV infection and HPV-associated head and neck cancer
Frequent behavioural questions with an HPV-positive malignancy of the head and neck
The molecular biology of HPV-related head and neck cancer
The diagnosis of HPV-related head and neck squamous cell carcinoma: Recognition of its microscopic appearance and the use of ancillary detection assays
Clinical management of HPV-related oropharyngeal cancer
The role of vaccines for HPV-related head and neck cancers
The care of the HPV-negative head and neck cancer patient: Presentation, prognosis, treatment. .Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital/PrintWojciech Golusiński, C. René Leemans, Andreas Dietz, editors.Contents:
Epidemiology and molecular biology of HPV positive HNSCC
HPV testing
Non-surgical treatment of HPV positive tumours
Surgical treatment of HPV Positive tumours
Predictive factors for outcome and quality of life in HPV positive and HPV negative
HPV
prevention vaccination, ongoing trials.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalEva Kocova, editor.
- DigitalMarc Laurence Mendillo, David Pincus, Ruth Scherz-Shouval, editors.Summary: Protein homeostasis, or "Proteostasis", lies at the heart of human health and disease. From the folding of single polypeptide chains into functional proteins, to the regulation of intracellular signaling pathways, to the secreted signals that coordinate cells in tissues and throughout the body, the proteostasis network operates to support cell health and physiological fitness. However, cancer cells also hijack the proteostasis network and many of these same processes to sustain the growth and spread of tumors. The chapters in this book are written by world experts in the many facets of the proteostasis network. They describe cutting-edge insights into the structure and function of the major chaperone and degradation systems in healthy cells and how these systems are co-opted in cancer cells and the cells of the tumor microenvironment. The chapters also cover therapeutic interventions such as the FDA-approved proteasome inhibitors Velcade and Krypolis as well as other therapies currently under clinical investigation to disarm the ability of the proteostasis network to support malignancy. This compendium is the first of its kind and aims to serve as a reference manual for active investigators and a primer for newcomers to the field. This book is dedicated to the memory of Susan Lindquist, a pioneer of the proteostasis field and a champion of the power of basic scientific inquiry to unlock the mechanisms of human disease.
Contents:
Intro
Preface: Dedication to Susan Lindquist
Contents
Part I: Structure
1: Structural and Biochemical Properties of Hsp40/Hsp70 Chaperone System
1.1 Hsp70 Chaperone System
1.1.1 Hsp70 Domain Structure and Functional Cycle
1.1.2 Substrate Recognition and Remodeling by the Hsp70 Chaperones
1.2 Regulation of Hsp70 Function by Co-chaperones
1.2.1 J-Domain Proteins
1.2.2 Nucleotide Exchange Factors
1.2.2.1 Nucleotide Cycle Regulation Beyond JDPs and NEFs
1.3 Hsp70s Interaction with Other Cellular Chaperone Systems 1.3.1 Hsp70 Chaperones in Protein Disaggregation
1.4 Conclusion and Perspectives
References
2: The TRiC/CCT Chaperonin and Its Role in Uncontrolled Proliferation
2.1 Introduction
2.2 The Structure of CCT
2.3 CCT Substrates and Specificity
2.4 Conformational Changes and Nucleotide Hydrolysis
2.5 CCT and Cancer
2.6 CCT as Key Regulator of Cell Cycle
2.7 Is CCT a Possible Antiproliferation Target?
References
3: Regulation of Hsf1 and the Heat Shock Response
3.1 Introduction: The HSR in Health and Disease 3.2 Defining the Transcriptional Response to Heat Shock
3.3 What Activates the HSR?
3.4 Hsp70 and Hsf1 Constitute a Negative Feedback Loop That Controls the HSR
3.5 Hsp90 Negatively Regulates Hsf1 Orthogonally to Hsp70
3.6 Phosphorylation Is Dispensable for Hsf1 Activity During Heat Shock
3.7 Coordination of the HSR Across Tissues
3.8 Conclusion
References
Part II: Function
4: Challenging Proteostasis: Role of the Chaperone Network to Control Aggregation-Prone Proteins in Human Disease
4.1 Introduction 5: The Multifaceted Role of HSF1 in Tumorigenesis
5.1 Introduction
5.2 HSF1 Structure and Function
5.2.1 HSF1 Regulation by Post Translational Modification
5.3 HSF1 in Carcinogenesis
5.4 How Is HSF1 Activated in Cancer?
5.5 How Does HSF1 Support the Malignant State in Cancer?
5.5.1 HSF1 Regulation of Cancer Cell Proteostasis
5.5.2 HSF1 Regulation of mRNA Processing and Protein Synthesis
5.5.3 HSF1 Regulation of DNA Repair
5.5.4 HSF1 Regulation of Energy Metabolism
5.5.5 HSF1 Regulation of Cell Motility, Migration and Adhesion - DigitalGraham Hughes.Contents:
1. Sticky blood: the disease is common
2. Main clinical features
3. Clotting in veins
4. Stroke
5. Memory loss and "Alzheimers"
6. Headaches, migraine and fits
7. The spinal cord and "multiple sclerosis"
8. The heart and arteries
9. Other organs
10. The "catastrophic" antiphospholipid syndrome
11. Pregnancy and fetal loss
12. Hughes' syndrome and lupus
13. Treatment
14. The outlook
15. What blood tests do we use?
16. Research
17. Background
18. An update
19. Further reading and websites
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digital/PrintJahr, G. H. G.; Snelling, Frederick G.Contents:
v. 1. Symptomatology.Digital Access Google Books 1860- - DigitalAjaz Ahmad Malik, Shams ul Bari.Summary: The book explores various aspects of hydatid disease, including the background, parasitology, epidemiology, etiology, pathogenesis and presentation in humans. It features dedicated chapters on hydatidosis of liver, spleen, peritoneum, kidney, pelvis, and disseminated hydatid disease, and also provides detailed information on the latest surgical and non-surgical methods for treating the condition, such as drug therapy and laproscopic management. The book is primarily intended for undergraduate and postgraduate students of surgery and medicine, but is also useful to veterinary science students and pharmaceutical companies. Further, it serves as a valuable reference resource for academics and researchers in associated fields.
Contents:
Biology of the Echinococcus
Hydatid disease of the liver : clinical presentation and complications
Diagnosis of hydatid disease of the liver
Surgical management of hydatid liver disease
Drug therapy in hydatid disease of the liver
Alveolar hydatid disease
Primary splenic hydatidosis
Hydatid disease of the kidney
Primary extrahepatic abdominal hydatidosis
Minimally invasive management of hepatic hydatidosis. - DigitalSuzana Herculano-Houzel.Summary: Herculano-Houzel shows that it is not the size of our brain that matters but the fact that we have more neurons in the cerebral cortex than any other animal, thanks to our ancestors' invention, some 1.5 million years ago, of a more efficient way to obtain calories: cooking. Because we are primates, ingesting more calories in less time made possible the rapid acquisition of a huge number of neurons in the still fairly small cerebral cortex -- the part of the brain responsible for finding patterns, reasoning, developing technology, and passing it on through culture. Herculano-Houzel shows us how she came to these conclusions -- making "brain soup" to determine the number of neurons in the brain, for example, and bringing animal brains in a suitcase through customs. --Publisher's description.
Contents:
Preface
Humans rule!
Brain soup
Got brains?
Not all brains are made the same
Remarkable but not extraordinary
The elephant in the room
What cortical expansion?
A body matter?
So how much does it cost?
Brains or brawn : you can't have both
Thank cooking for your neurons
... But plenty of neurons are not enough
Epilogue : our place in nature
Appendix A: Body mass, brain mass, and number of neurons
Appendix B: Scaling rules.Digital Access EBSCOhost 2016 - DigitalJ.A. Gosling, P.F. Harris, J.R. Humpherson, I. Whitmore, P.L.T. Willan.Contents:
Basic anatomical concepts
Thorax
Upper limbs
Abdomen
Pelvis and perineum
Lower limbs
Head and neck.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - Printedited by Edouard Kurstak and Christine Kurstak.
- Digitaledited by Michael J. Aminoff, François Boller and Dick F. Swaab.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
- DigitalGerald Litwack.Contents:
Organ systems and tissues
The cell
Introductory discussion on water, pH, buffers, and general features of receptors, channels, and pumps
Proteins
Enzymes
Insulin and sugars
Glycogen and glycogenolysis
Glycolysis and gluconeogenesis
Lipids
Nucleic acids and molecular genetics
Protein biosynthesis
Transcription
Metabolism of amino acids
Metabolism of fat, carbohydrate, and nucleic acids
Polypeptide hormones
Steroid hormones
Growth factors and cytokines
Membrane transport
Micronutrients (metals and iodine)
Vitamins and nutrition
Blood and lymphatic system
Appendix 1: Abbreviations of the common amino acids
Appendix 2: The genetic code
Appendix 3: Weights and measures
Appendix 4: Answer key for chapter questions.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - Digitaledited by Sudhir Dixit, Ramjee Prasad.Contents:
1. Introduction to human bond communication
2. General concepts behind human bond communication
3. Advanced reconfigurable 5G architectures for human bond communication
4. Data mining of the human being
5. Human-centric IoT networks
6. Body as a network node: key is the oral cavity
7. Human bond communication using cognitive radio approach for efficient spectrum utilization
8. Technology advancement and integration in the context of wildlife conservation
9. An investigation of security and privacy for human bond communication
10. The Internet of Everything and beyond: the interplay between things and humans
11. Human bond communications in health: ethical and legal issues
12. Human bond communication: a new and unexplored frontier for intellectual property and Information and Communciation Technology law
13. Predicting the future of ICT: a historical perspective
14. Human bond communication beyond 2050
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalJohng S. Rhim, Anatoly Dritschilo, Richard Kremer, editors.Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Part I: Mechanisms of Tumor Progression; Mechanisms Underlying Metastatic Pancreatic Cancer; PDAC Metastasis and Outcomes; Models of Metastasis; Genetically Engineered Mouse Models of Metastatic PDAC; Orthotopic Models of Pancreatic Cancer Metastasis; Mechanisms of Metastasis; EMT-MET Axis and Cellular Plasticity; Metastatic Organotropism: The Role of Exosomes and EMT Modulators; Epigenetic and Post-Transcriptional Regulators of EMT and Metastasis; Concluding Remarks; References; Current Perspectives on Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma; Introduction Historic PerspectiveCurrent Perspectives; Epidemiology; Incidence Rate; Impact of Human Migration on NPC Incidents; Risk Factors; Epstein Barr Virus (EBV); Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNPs); Intake of Certain Foods; Model System for Investigating Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma; Potential Use of Zebrafish for Modeling Human NPC; Immunotherapy for Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma; Immunotherapy: General Concepts; Relevant Cancer Mouse Models for Preclinical Investigation of Immunotherapy; Immunotherapeutic Approaches for Cancer Treatment; Immunotherapy in NPC; Concluding Remarks; References An In Vitro Model of Triple-Negative Breast Cancer17€-Estradiol Induces Transformation and Tumorigenesis in Human Breast Epithelial Cells; Epithelial to Mesenchymal Transition in Human Breast Epithelial Cells Transformed by 17-Beta-Estradiol; Developing a Unique Model of Triple Negative Breast Cancer; Chromatin Remodeling During Human Breast Epithelial Cell Transformation; Concluding Remarks; References; Emerging Role of Novel Biomarkers of Ly6 Gene Family in Pan Cancer; Introduction; Expression of Ly6D, E, H, and K Genes in Normal Tissues; Ly6D; Ly6E; Ly6H; Ly6K Expression of Ly6D, E, H, and K Genes in Tumor TissuesLy6D; Ly6E; Ly6H; Ly6K; Mechanisms Associated Ly6D, E, H, and K Gene Family; Ly6D; Ly6E; Ly6H; Ly6K; Summary; References; The Oncoprotein Gankyrin/PSMD10 as a Target of Cancer Therapy; Isolation of Gankyrin from Hepatocellular Carcinoma; Enhanced Degradation of RB (Retinoblastoma-Associated Protein) and p53 (Cellular Tumor Antigen p53) by Gankyrin; Gankyrin as a Killer of Multiple Tumor Suppressor Proteins; Animal Models Overexpressing Gankyrin in the Liver Importance of Non-Parenchymal Cells in Carcinogenesis as Demonstrated by Gankyrin-Knockout MiceGankyrin as a Promising Therapeutic Target; Experimental Anti-Gankyrin Agents; Conclusion; References; Contributing Roles of CYP2E1 and Other Cytochrome P450 Isoforms in Alcohol-Related Tissue Injury and Carcinogenesis; Introduction; Updated Mechanisms of Ethanol-Mediated Carcinogenesis; Contributing Roles of CYP2E1 and Other P450 Isoforms in Tissue Injury and Cancer Development; Multiple Regulations of CYP2E1 and Alcohol-Related Tissue Injury and Carcinogenesis Distribution of CYP2E1 and Carcinogenesis in Extra-Hepatic TissuesDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalPhilippe Bardy.Summary: Telepatients using connected objects to collect time-sensitive data about their health are not neutral carriers of diagnosable symptoms. Patients are persons, or personal beings as well as co-carers, whose personal experience, history and know-how must be acknowledged in time-sensitive telecare practices. Such practices require a relational ethics, inspired by medical ethics and an ethics of virtues, focusing on vulnerability and emotional health, to oversee telecare good practices, define a new therapeutic alliance compliant with patients' values, and reconcile the technical and human sides of telemedicine.
Contents:
Part 1. The Person in the Age of Telecare ; 1. The Advent of Digital Healthcare ; 2. The Human Ethical Challenge
Part 2. Telecare Phenomenology ; 3. A Cross-Dimensional Look at the 'Patient Experience' ; 4. The Patient Experience Under Telemonitoring ; 5. The Person Standing the Test of Digital Clocks ; 6. Experiential knowledge of the 'Subject of Care
Part 3. Toward an Ethics of "Time-sensitive" Telecare ; 7. Subjectivising the Future: or the 'Patient Project' Temporality ; 8. 'Chrono-Sensitivity': From Concepts to Ethics.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - DigitalKostas N. Fountoulakis.Summary: This book constitutes the end result of 20 years-long effort that goes beyond a Psychiatrists standard clinical training and education, even that of a Psychiatrist that follows an academic career. Trying to explain how the human mind works is hard and the heterogeneity of the audience make the attempt even more difficult. There is a conceptual difference between the words brain and mindand this makes the effort even more difficult since the present book tries to preserve the strict scientific approach concerning all the topics discussed. The work elaborates and tries to answer questions frequently phrased by audiences in teaching classes and in conferences and does not avoid any question. In order to achieve this goal, it is structured in chapters all the way from the molecule and the cell to consciousness and free will. The book targets mainly the mental health care professionals as an audience, and to a lesser extend the other health professionals. It is written according to the authors view concerning the training and educational needs of Psychiatrists and Psychologists and to a lesser degree of Neurologists and Neuroscientists in general.
Contents:
Introductory remarks
Macroscopic structure of the brain
Microscopic structure of the brain
The cell membrane
Neurotransmitters. The synapse
Function of neurotransmitter systems
Second messengers
Neurotrophic factors
Functional organization of the brain
Higher cognitive function
Thought and intelligence
Mood
Sleep
Consciousness and free will
Temperament and personality
Sex differences
Brain genetics
Sociobiology. - Digitaledited by Andrew D. Yurochko, William E. Miller.Contents:
History of the molecular biology of cytomegaloviruses / Mark F. Stinski
Overview of human cytomegalovirus pathogenesis / Maciej T. Nogalski, Donna Collins-McMillen, and Andrew D. Yurochko
Distinct properties of human cytomegalovirus strains and the appropriate choice of strains for particular studies / Giada Frascaroli and Christian Sinzger
Use of diploid human fibroblasts as a model system to culture, grow, and study human cytomegalovirus infection / Elizabeth A. Fortunato
Use of recombinant approaches to construct human cytomegalovirus mutants / Iryna Dekhtiarenko, Luka éCiécin-éSain, and Martin Messerle
Use of primary human cells (fibroblasts, monocytes, and others) to assess human cytomegalovirus function / Emma Poole, Matthew Reeves, and John H. Sinclair
Hematopoietic long-term culture (hLTC) for human cytomegalovirus latency and reactivation / Mahadevaiah Umashankar and Felicia Goodrum
Analysis of cytomegalovirus binding/entry-mediated events / Gary C.T. Chan and Andrew D. Yurochko
Use of 5-Ethynyl-2' -deoxyuridine labelling and flow cytometry to study cell cycle-dependent regulation of human cytomegalovirus gene expression / Lèuder Wiebusch and Christian Hagemeier
Methods for studying the function of cytomegalovirus GPCRs / Christine M. O'Connor and William E. Miller
Methods for the detection of cytomegalovirus in glioblastoma cells and tissues / Charles S. Cobbs, Lisa Matlaf, and Lualhati E. Harkins
Methods to study the nucleocytoplasmic transport of macromolecules with respect to their impact on the regulation of human cytomegalovirus gene expression / Marco Thomas ... [et al.]
Fluorescence-based laser capture microscopy technology facilitates identification of critical in vivo cytomegalovirus transcriptional programs / Craig N. Kreklywich ... [et al.]
Techniques for characterizing cytomegalovirus-encoded miRNAs / Lauren M. Hook ... [et al.]
What we have learned from animal models of HCMV / Pranay Dogra and Tim E. Sparer
Rodent models of congenital cytomegalovirus infection / Djurdjica Cekinovic, Vanda Juranic Lisnic, and Stipan Jonjic
Recent approaches and strategies in the generation of antihuman cytomegalovirus vaccines / Suresh B. Boppana and William J. Britt
Approaches for the generation of new anti-cytomegalovirus agents : identification of protein-protein interaction inhibitors and compounds against the HCMV IE2 protein / Beatrice Mercorelli ... [et al.].Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalRyo Sakurai.Summary: This book discusses the findings of research on the human dimensions of wildlife management conducted in Japan, demonstrating how such research and approaches have contributed to mitigating human-wildlife conflicts. Human-wildlife conflicts, including agricultural and property damage as well as occasional casualties, are a global problem for which local residents, managers, and stakeholders around the world are struggling to find solutions. Human dimensions of wildlife management (HDW) is an academic field developed in North America in the 1970s to gather information on the social aspects of human-wildlife issues to help wildlife managers and stakeholders implement effective decision-making measures. However, HDW is not widely recognized or applied outside North America, and few studies have investigated whether HDW approaches would be effective in different cultural settings. This is the first book written in English to introduce the HDW theories and practices implemented in Asia. Presenting innovative approaches and research techniques, as well as tips on how to introduce HDW methods into culturally different societies, it is a valuable resource not only for researchers and students in this field, but also for government officials/managers, NGOs, residents and other stakeholders who are affected by human-wildlife conflicts around the globe.
Contents:
Introduction : new perspectives of wildlife management
What is "human dimensions"?
Wildlife management in Japan
Studies on the human dimension of black bear management in Japan
Human dimensions studies on programs for reducing human-wildlife conflicts in Tochigi Prefecture, Japan
Introducing ideas and approaches of human dimensions in Japan
Educating international students about the human dimensions of wildlife management.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalGautam Allahbadia, Claudio Chillik, editors.Summary: This concise work on embryo transfer is yet another contribution to the persevering effort to disseminate latest information on the science and skill of performing a traumatic and successful embryo transfer. It is the most critical culmination of the assisted reproductive technology (ART) stimulation cycle, and a rate-limiting step in dictating the success of treatment. The well-worded chapters draw the reader's attention to significant aspects before initiating the actual embryo transfer, such as possible causes of failure at the embryo transfer stage, uterine evaluation, mock embryo transfer (ET), experience of the physician, and the use of ultrasound-guidance to monitor ET. The protocol for difficult transfers, variables that affect the success of ET, and the influence of the catheter used for ET have also been dealt with. The unique feature of this book is its pragmatic approach that can translate into solutions to the numerous frustrating ART failures that more often than not, may be attributed to an inefficient ET procedure. It helps the reader understand the integrity of embryo transfer, unravel its obvious simplicity and bridge the success between the several steps of ART. By highlighting the impeding problems associated with ET procedure and providing valid, scientific solutions, this stimulating edition will help the readers improve the ART success rates in their clinical practice. .
Contents:
Evaluation of the uterus prior to embryo transfer.-Trial Embryo Transfer (Mock Transfer)
Does the Experience of the Provider Affect Pregnancy Rates After Embryo Transfer?
Ultrasound-Guided ETs or Clinical Touch ETs?
Variables That Affect a Successful Embryo Transfer
Management of Difficult Embryo Transfers
Facts and Myths of Embryo Transfer .-Uterine Contractility and Embryo Transfer.- Embryo Transfer Media and Catheters
Is There A Role for Tubal Transfers?
Loading and Expulsion of Embryos.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalBruce M. Carlson.Summary: "Bruce Carlson's Human Embryology and Developmental Biology is one of the most detailed texts available for those who want to truly understand both the morphological and molecular aspects of human embryological development. Fully updated in its seventh edition, the book provides a thorough grounding in all aspects of embryology. It presents in detail the molecular and cellular basis for embryological processes, from early development through to development of body systems. It covers examples of congenital malformations and their underlying mechanisms, and comes complete with clinical vignettes and review questions to support learning. This book will suit medical and science students taking embryology courses as well as scientists and clinicians who find themselves returning to this topic throughout their careers"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Getting Ready for Pregnancy
Transport of Gametes and Fertilization
Molecular Basis for Embryonic Development
Cleavage and Implantation
Formation of Germ Layers and Early Derivatives
Establishment of the Basic Embryonic Body Plan
Placenta and Extraembryonic Membranes
Developmental Disorders: Causes, Mechanisms, and Patterns
Integumentary, Skeletal, and Muscular Systems
Limb Development
Nervous System
Neural Crest
Sense Organs
Head and Neck
Digestive and Respiratory Systems and Body Cavities
Urogenital System
Cardiovascular System
Fetal Period and Birth.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - DigitalBruce M. Carlson.Summary: Master the concepts you need to know with Human Embryology and Developmental Biology. Dr. Bruce M. Carlson's clear explanations provide an easy-to-follow "road map" through the most up-to-date scientific knowledge, giving you a deeper understanding of the key information you need to know for your courses, exams, and ultimately clinical practice. Visualize normal and abnormal development with hundreds of superb clinical photos and embryological drawings.Access the fully searchable text online, view animations, answer self-assessment questions, and much more at www.studentconsult.com.
Contents:
Getting ready for pregnancy
Transport of gametes and fertilization
Cleavage and implantation
Molecular basis for embryonic development
Formation of germ layers and early derivatives
Establishment of the basic embryonic body plan
Placenta and extraembryonic membranes
Developmental disorders : causes, mechanisms, and patterns
Integumentary, skeletal, and muscular systems
Limb development
Nervous system
Neural crest
Sense organs
Head and neck
Digestive and respiratory systems and body cavities
Urogenital system
Cardiovascular system
Fetal period and birth.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - Digitaledited by Kursad Turksen.Contents:
Derivation of human embryonic stem cell lines from vitrified human blastocysts / Cara K. Bradley ... [et al.] - Characterizing pluripotent stem sells using the TaqMan® hPSC scorecardTM panel / Jeffrey Fergus, Rene Quintanilla, and Uma Lakshmipathy
Growth of human pluripotent stem cells using functional human extracellular matrix / Andres Sanz-Garcia, Miodrag Stojkovic, and Carmen Escobedo-Lucea
Efficient expansion of dissociated human pluripotent stem cells using a synthetic substrate / Eihachiro Kawase
Microarray approach to identify the signaling network responsible for self-renewal of human embryonic stem cells / Noboru Sato and Ali Brivanlou
Monitoring stemness in long-term hESC sultures by real-time PCR / Amparo Galan and Carlos Simon
Study of gap junctions in human embryonic stem cells / Alice Pebay and Raymond C.B. Wong
Immunofluorescence microscopy and mRNA analysis of human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) including primary cilia associated signaling pathways / Maj Linea Vestergaard ... [et al.]
Analysis of intracellular calcium signaling in human embryonic stem cells / Adrienn Pentek, Katalin Paszty, and Agota Apati
Genetic manipulation of human embryonic stem cells / Rachel Eiges
Genetic modification in human pluripotent stem cells by homologous recombination and CRISPR/Cas9 system / Haipeng Xue ... [et al.]
Use of multicolor flow cytometry for isolation of specific cell populations deriving from differentiated human embryonic stem cells / Isabella Mengarelli, Andrew Fryga, and Tiziano Barberi
Definitive endoderm differentiation of human embryonic stem cells combined with selective elimination of undifferentiated cells by methionine deprivation / Tomonori Tsuyama, Nobuaki Shiraki, and Shoen Kume
Derivation of endothelial cells and pericytes from human pluripotent stem cells / Sravanti Kusuma and Sharon Gerecht
Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells on periodontal ligament fibroblasts / Y. Murat Elcin, Bulend Inanc, and A. Eser Elcin
Derivation of epithelial cells from human embryonic stem cells as an in vitro model of vocal mucosa / Vlasta Lungova, Ciara Leydon, and Susan Thibeault
Human embryonic and hepatic stem cell differentiation visualized in two and three dimensions based on serial sections / Peter S. Vestentoft ... [et al.]
Derivation of chondrogenic cells from human embryonic stem cells for cartilage tissue engineering / Wei Seong Toh and Tong Cao
Microgrooved surface modulates neuron differentiation in human embryonic stem cells / David Lu ... [et al.]
Directed differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into neural progenitors / Erin Banda and Laura Grabel
Direct conversion of pluripotent human embryonic stem cells under defined culture conditions into human neuronal or cardiomyocyte cell therapy derivatives / Xuejun H. Parsons
Generation of epithelial cell populations from human pluripotent stem cells using a small-molecule inhibitor of Src family kinases / Joshua A. Selekman, Xiaojun Lian, and Sean P. Palecek
Dual-SMAD inhibition/WNT activation-based methods to induce neural crest and derivatives from human pluripotent stem cells / Stuart M. Chambers ... [et al.]
Accelerated three-dimensional neuroepithelium formation from human embryonic stem cells and its use for quantitative differentiation to human retinal pigment epithelium / Yu Zhu, Sven Schreiter, and Elly M. Tanaka
Efficient production of photoreceptor precursor cells from human embryonic stem cells / Anat Yanai ... [et al.]
Generation of megakaryocytes and platelets from human pluripotent stem cells / Marjorie Pick
Simple protocol for the generation of cardiomyocytes from human pluripotent stem cells / Glen Lester Sequiera, Ashish Mehta, and Winston Shim
Erratum to: Microgrooved surface modulates neuron differentiation in human embryonic stem cells / David Lu ... [et al.].Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalCarsten Carlberg, Ferdinand Molnár.Summary: The view "Its all in our genes and we cannot change it" developed in the past 150 years since Gregor Mendels experiments with flowering pea plants. However, there is a special form of genetics, referred to as epigenetics, which does not involve any change of our genes but regulates how and when they are used. In the cell nucleus our genes are packed into chromatin, which is a complex of histone proteins and genomic DNA, representing the molecular basis of epigenetics. Our environment and lifestyle decisions influence the epigenetics of our cells and organs, i.e. epigenetics changes dynamically throughout our whole life. Thus, we have the chance to change our epigenetics in a positive as well as negative way and are able to prevent the onset of diseases, such a type 2 diabetes or cancer. This book provides a molecular explanation how our genome is connected with environmental signals. It outlines that epigenetic programming is a learning process that results in epigenetic memory in each of the cells forming our body. The central importance of epigenetics during embryogenesis and cellular differentiation as well as in the process of aging and the risk for the development of cancer are discussed. Moreover, the role of the epigenome as a molecular storage of cellular events not only in the brain but also in metabolic organs and in the immune system is described. The book represents an updated but simplified version of our textbook "Human Epigenomics" (ISBN 978-981-10-7614-8). The first five chapters explain the molecular basis of epigenetics, while the following seven chapters provide examples for the impact of epigenetics in human health and disease.
Contents:
Introduction
Chromatin and gene expression
DNA methylation
Histone modifications
Chromatin modifying proteins and RNAs
Embryogenesis and cellular differentiation
Population epigenetics and aging
Cancer epigenetics
Neuroepigenetics
Nutritional epigenetics
Epigenetics of immune function
Epigenome-environment interactions and their therapy. - Digitalby Carsten Carlberg, Ferdinand Molnár.Summary: The term epigenetics describes regulatory and information storing mechanisms of specific genes that do not involve any change of their DNA sequence. Epigenetics is closely related to the extensively folded state, in which the genome is packaged, known as chromatin. New genomic tools nowadays allow the genome-wide assessment of, for example, chromatin states and DNA modifications, and led to the discovery of unexpected new epigenetic principles, such as epigenomic memory. This was the start of the field of epigenomics, the relation of which to human health and disease is discussed in this textbook. This book aims to summarize, in a condensed form, the role of epigenomics in defining chromatin states that are representative of active genes (euchromatin) and repressed genes (heterochromatin). Moreover, this book discusses the principles of gene regulation, chromatin stability, genomic imprinting and the reversibility of DNA methylation and histone modifications. This information should enable a better understanding of cell type identities and will provide new directions for studies of, for example, cellular reprograming, the response of chromatin to environmental signals and epigenetic therapies that can improve or restore human health. In order to facilitate the latter, we favor a high figure-to-text ratio following the rule "a picture tells more than thousand words". The content of the book is based on the lecture course "Molecular Medicine and Genetics" that is given by one of us (C. Carlberg) in different forms since 2002 at the University of Eastern Finland in Kuopio. Thematically, this book is located between our textbooks "Mechanisms of Gene Regulation" (ISBN 978-94-017-7741-4) and "Nutrigenomics" (ISBN 978-3-319-30415-1), studying of which may also be interesting to our readers. The book is sub-divided into three sections and 13 chapters. Following the Introduction (section A), section B will explain the molecular basis of epigenomics, while section C will provide examples for the impact of epigenomics in human health and disease. The lecture course is primarily designed for Master level students of biomedicine, but is also frequented by PhD students as well as by students of other bioscience disciplines. Besides its value as a textbook, Human Epigenomics will be a usefull reference for individuals working in biomedicine.
Contents:
What is epigenomics?
Methods and applications of epigenomics
The structure of chromatin
DNA methylation
The histone code
Chromatin modifiers
Chromatin remodelers and organizers
Embryogenesis and cellular differentiation
Population epigenomics and aging
Cancer epigenomics
Neuroepigenetics
Epigenomics of immune function
Nutritional epigenomics. - DigitalTara N. Cohen, Eric J. Ley, Bruce L. Gewertz, editors.Summary: This book delivers a comprehensive review of human factors principles as they relate to surgical care inside and outside of the operating theatre. It provides multi-dimensional human-centered insights from the viewpoint of academic surgeons and experts in human factors engineering to improve workflow, treatment time, and outcomes. To guide the reader, the book begins broadly with Human Factors Principles for Surgery then narrows to a discussion of surgical specialties and scenarios. Each chapter follows the following structure: (1) An overview of the topic at hand to provide a reference for readers; (2) a case study or story to illustrate the topic; (3) a discussion of the topic including human factors insights; (4) lessons learned, or personal "pearls" related to improving the specific system described. Written by experts in the field, Human Factors in Surgery: Enhancing Safety and Flow in Patient Care describes elements of the surgical system and highlights the lessons learned from systems engineering. It serves as a valuable resource for surgeons at any level in their training that wish to improve their practice.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Acknowledgments
About the Book
Contents
Editors and Contributors
About the Editors
Contributors
Part I: Introduction
1: Introduction to Human Factors in Surgery
Part II: Human Factors
2: Human Factors Principles of Surgery
What Is Human Factors?
A (Very) Brief History of Human Factors
What Is a System?
What Does This Mean for Surgery?
The Person
Teamwork/Communication
Tasks
Tools/Technologies
Physical Environment
Organizational Conditions
Human Factors Methods
Conclusion
References 3: The Person: Individual- and Team-Level Factors Contributing to Safe and Successful Surgery
Who is Involved in Surgery?
Case Study
Overview
Methods for Measuring and Optimizing Individual- and Team-Level Constructs
Individual-Level Constructs
Team-Level Constructs
Conclusion
References
4: Safe and Effective Use of Tools and Technology in the Operating Room
Inroduction
Case Study
Methods
Workflow Analysis
Ethnography Analysis
Future Technologies and Considerations
References
5: Work System Tasks: Blending Art and Science
The Task Example of Task-Specific Surgical Workload
Surgical Tasks
Surgical Task Factors and Task Implications
Human Factors Approach to the Task
Task Analysis
Workflow Analysis
Workload Measurement
Outcome Measures
References
6: Surgical Performance and the Working Environment
Case Studies
The Surgical Work Environment
The Built Environment
The Operating Room Layout
Ancillary Space and the OR Suite
Ventilation, Temperature, and Humidity
Visual Environment
Acoustic Environment
Human Factors Approaches
Summary
References 7: Organizational Influences and Surgical System Safety
What Role Does the Organization Play in Surgical Safety and Performance?
Applying the Concepts in Real Life
Organizational Influences
Resource Allocation
Operational Aspects
Organizational Culture
Tools and Techniques to Understand Organizational Influences
Using the Human Factors Analysis and Classification System as a Framework to Understand Organizational Influences on Surgery
The Categorization of Unsafe Acts
The Just Culture
Creating a Safe Error Reporting Environment Organizational Change and Persistence
Responding to the Wrong-Side Surgery
Conclusion
References
Part III: Broad Surgical Considerations
8: Human Factors in Perioperative Care
Introduction/Overview
Preoperative Considerations/Human Factors
Case
Intraop Emergencies/Incidents
Case
Postoperative Care
Case
References
9: Counting Backwards: Tracing the Effect of Human Factors in Anesthesiology
What Is Anesthesiology
Case Study
How Can We Improve Anesthesiology Using Human Factor Principles?
Physical Ergonomics
Cognitive Support
Communication - Digitaledited by Zev Rosenwaks, Paul M. Wassarman.Contents:
General aspects of fertility and infertility / Mark A. Damario
Genetics of male fertility / Yi-Nan Lin and Martin M. Matzuk
Genetics of female infertility due to anomalies of the ovary and mullerian ducts / Joe Leigh Simpson
Gene polymorphisms in female reproduction / Livio Casarini and Manuela Simoni
Understanding the spermatozoon / Queenie V. Neri ... [et al.]
Derivation of human embryonic stem cells (hESC) / Nikica Zaninovic, Qiansheng Zhan, and Zev Rosenwaks
Endocrinology of the menstrual cycle / Robert L. Barbieri
Assisted reproductive techniques / Jack Yu Jen Huang and Zev Rosenwaks
Novel markers of male infertility / Michael Funaro and Darius A. Paduch
Luteal phase support in ART treatments / Yuval Or, Edi Vaisbuch, and Zeev Shoham
General principles of cryopreservation / Roger G. Gosden
In vitro maturation of immature human oocytes for clinical application / Ri-Cheng Chian and Yun-Xia Cao
GnRH antagonist-based protocols for in vitro fertilization / David Reichman and Zev Rosenwaks
Ovarian stimulation for IVF : mild approaches / O. Hamdine, F. J. Broekmans, and B. C. J. M. Fauser
IVF stimulation : protocols for poor responders / Owen K. Davis
Oocyte retrieval and quality evaluation / Lucinda Veeck Gosden
Sperm retrieval and quality evaluation / Peter J. Stahl, Peter N. Schlegel, and Marc Goldstein
Treatment of male infertility / Gianpiero D. Palermo, Justin Kocent, Devin Monahan, Queenie V. Neri, and Zev Rosenwaks
Techniques for slow cryopreservation of embryos / Lucinda Veeck Gosden
Cryopreservation of eggs / Zsolt Peter Nagy ... [et al.]
Ovarian tissue cryopreservation and transplantation : a realistic, effective technology for fertility preservation / Dror Meirow, Hila Raanani, and Hannah Biderman
Detection of monogenic disorders and chromosome aberrations by preimplantation genetic diagnosis / Kangpu Xu and David Reichman
Embryo culture and selection : morphological criteria / Aparna Hegde and Barry Behr
Embryo selection using metabolomics / D. Sakkas
Embryo transfer / Anate Aelion Brauer and Glenn Schattman
Safety of intracytoplasmic sperm injection / Gianpiero D. Palermo, Queenie V. Neri, and Zev Rosenwaks
Human germ cell differentiation from pluripotent embryonic stem cells and induced pluripotent stem cells / Jose V. Medrano, Carlos Simon, and Renee Reijo Pera.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalNiranjan Bhattacharya, Phillip G. Stubblefield, editors.Contents:
Part I. Introduction
Part II. Structural and functional fetal development up to second trimester
Part III. Gene and human fetal development up to second trimester
Part IV. Impact of stem cell on growth and development of human fetus
Part V. Fetal endocrine development up to second trimester
Part VI. Fetal immune development: up to second trimester
Part VII. Fetal hepatic development: up to second trimester
Part VIII. Fetal cardiovascular development: up to second trimester
Part IX. Fetal neurological development: up to second trimester and its implication in adult neurodegenerative diseases
Part X. Fetal neuropsychiatric development: up to second trimester
Part XI. Fetal nephrological development: up to second trimester
Part XII. Fetal haematological development
Part XIII. Pharmacological implication of fetal development: up to second trimester
Part XIV. Surgical implications of fetal development: up to second trimester
Part XV. Fetal growth and adult life implications
Part XVI. Understanding fetal growth from the perspective of alternative medicine
Part XVII. Miscellaneous
Part XVIII. Ethics and human fetal tissue research.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalGail L. Carlson.Summary: "Written specifically for undergraduate students, Human Health and the Climate Crisis examines the direct and indirect human health impacts of climate change while uniquely exploring climate justice - the equitable protection of all people from climate impacts and the participation of all people in climate-related decision-making regardless of race/ethnicity, class, national origin, indigenous status and gender. This comprehensive text balances appropriate technical content with sufficient contextual information about public health, epidemiology, and climate modeling for students to be able to comprehend the scientific literature on health impacts"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2023Limited to 3 simultaneous users
- Digitaledited by Yasushi Kawaguchi, Yasuko Mori, Hiroshi Kimura.Summary: This book introduces and reviews several topics for each human herpesvirus. One of the most important features of the book is that it covers aspects of both basic research and clinical medicine. Herpesviridae, a family of double-strand DNA viruses, has unique biological features by which these viruses establish latency after primary infection and reactivate in later life. Nine human herpesviruses are known so far, and each of them causes a variety of diseases in both primary infection and reactivation. Since the discovery of each human herpesvirus, an abundance of findings related to them has accumulated in basic research and clinical medicine. However, the vast majority of biological features is still masked in mystery. Furthermore, a strategy of treatment and prevention has not yet been established for most human herpesviruses. A wide range of readers will be interested in this volume with its treatment of problematic points and latest findings in the field.
Contents:
Preface
Part I. Alphaherpesviruses
Chapter 1.The Role of Herpes Simplex Virus Glycoproteins in Mediating Cell Entry
Chapter 2. Virus assembly and egress of HSV
Chapter 3. Us3 protein kinase encoded by HSV: the precise function and mechanism on viral life cycle
Chapter 4. Oncolytic virotherapy by HSV
Chapter 5. Neurological disorders by human alphaherpesviruses
Chapter 6. Antiviral drugs against alphaherpesvirus
Chapter 7. Vaccine development for VZV
Part II. Betaherpesviruses
Chapter 8. Glycoproteins of HHV-6A and HHV-6B
Chapter 9. Betaherpesvirus virion assembly and egress
Chapter 10. Chromosomal Integration by Human Herpesviruses 6A and 6B
Chapter 11. Structural aspects of betaherpesvirus-encoded proteins
Chapter 12. Betaherpesvirus complications and management during stem cell transplantation
Chapter 13. Vaccine development for Cytomegalovirus
Part III. Gammaherpesviruses
Chapter 14. KSHV genome replication and maintenance in latency
Chapter 15. Signal transduction pathways associated with Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus-related tumors
Chapter 16. Pathological features of Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus infection
Chapter 17. EBV-encoded latent genes
Chapter 18. Encyclopedia of EBV-encoded lytic genes: an update
Chapter 19. Animal models of human gammaherpesvirus infections
Chapter 20. Gastritis-infection-cancer sequence of Epstein Barr virus-associated gastric cancer
Chapter 21. EBV in T/NK-cell tumorigenesis
Chapter 22. Vaccine development for Epstein-Barr Virus. - DigitalBertalan Dudás.Summary: Visually engaging and easy to use, Human Histology: A Text and Atlas for Physicians and Scientists covers the normal histology of every organ in the human body. This book presents full-page high-definition photomicrographs for organs and tissues, followed by a compact and simple-to-read description of the structures identified on the micrographs, offering a clear, visual understanding of this complex subject. With over 300 outstanding images, this reference is an invaluable resource for every clinical researcher and pathologist in need of easily accessible, relatively simple but detailed enough information on normal histology of different organs systems. Due to its compact, but detailed layout, the volume is an excellent tool for medical board review and can be recommended for medical students and histology course directors.
Contents:
Basic Tissues
Lymphatic System
Cardiovascular System
Integumentary System
Digestive System I: Upper Alimentary Tract
Digestive System II: Lower Alimentary Tract
Digestive System III: Liver and Pancreas
Respiratory System
Urinary System
Male Reproductive System
Female Reproductive System
Endocrine System
Nervous System
Sensory Organs.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - DigitalGabriel I. Uwaifo, editor.Summary: The hypothalamus is an anatomically small but functionally important part of the brain. In functional and pathophysiological terms, the hypothalamus represents the intersection of several areas of clinical and medical expertise. The human hypothalamus can be astutely referred to as the crossroad of endocrinology, psychiatry, neurology and neurosurgery. Because of its involvement in myriad physiologic functions and the varied ways disorders involving it can manifest, hypothalamic disease can initially come to medical attention in widely disparate settings and with widely different clinicians. Therefore, the detection and proper care of hypothalamic dysfunction and disease often requires carefully coordinated multidisciplinary care. This volume fills a significant void in the medical professional community, comprehensively presenting the scope of hypothalamic structure, function, dysfunction and disease to cater to the various clinical, teaching and research professionals that have a stake in this part of the human brain. This text captures in one place all the information that practicing clinicians, clinician scientists, and researchers need to be adequately informed about various aspects of the hypothalamus in all its complexity. It is comprehensive and broad in scope so that it provides relevant reference information for the wide range of professionals involved in the pre- and post-mortem detection, diagnosis, characterization, care and management of various hypothalamic disorders and diseases in addition to providing a sound anatomic and physiologic foundation of the normal human hypothalamus. The Human Hypothalamus can be used to differing degrees by medical professionals and students alike, finding utility for interested general clinicians, medical school and allied health professional teaching faculty as well as subspecialists in domains as wide as neurosurgery, neuroendocrinology, clinical psychiatry and neuro-oncology.
Contents:
Part I: Structure and Function of the Hypothalamus
Introduction to the Hypothalamus: Correlates from Animal Studies
Anatomy and Topography of the Hypothalamus
Neuroimaging of the Hypothalamus
Neurophysiology of the Hypothalamus
Neuroendocrinology of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
Part II: Pathobiology and Dysfunction of the Hypothalamus
Neuropsychiatric, Neurologic, and Neurobehavioral Syndromes of the Hypothalamus
Neurosurgical Aspects of Hypothalamic Disease
Hormone Excess Syndromes of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
Hormone Deficiency Syndromes of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
Hypothalamic Obesity and Wasting Syndromes
Hypothalamic Sleep Disorders
Genetic Syndromes of Hypothalamic Dysfunction
Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Hypothalamus
Non-endocrine Tumors of the Hypothalamus
Non-neoplastic Mass Lesions of the Hypothalamus
Rapid-onset Obesity with Hypothalamic Dysregulation, Hypoventilation, and Autonomic Dysregulation (ROHHAD) and ROHHAD Association Syndromes
Infectious and Inflammatory Hypothalamic Diseases
Traumatic and Degenerative Hypothalamic Diseases
Iatrogenic Hypothalamic Diseases
Idiopathic Diseases of the Hypothalamus. - Digitaledited by Dick F. Swaab, Felix Kreier, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi, Ruud M. Buijs.Contents:
1. Introduction: The anterior hypothalamus
2. History of hypothalamic research: "The spring of primitive existence"
3. Anatomy and cytoarchitectonics of the human hypothalamus
4. Morphology and distribution of hypothalamic peptidergic systems
5. MRI maps, segregation, and white matter connectivity of the human hypothalamus in health
6. Magnetic resonance imaging of the hypothalamo-pituitary region
7. Resting-state functional connectivity of the human hypothalamus
8. Neurogenesis in the adult hypothalamus: A distinct form of structural plasticity involved in metabolic and circadian regulation, with potential relevance for human pathophysiology-- 9. Matching of the postmortem hypothalamus from patients and controls
10. Spatial topography of the basal forebrain cholinergic projections: Organization and vulnerability to degeneration
11. The diagonal band of Broca in health and disease
12. Nucleus basalis of Meynert degeneration predicts cognitive impairment in Parkinson's disease
13. Enlargement of early endosomes and traffic jam in basal forebrain cholinergic neurons in Alzheimer's disease
14. Gene and cell therapy for the nucleus basalis of Meynert with NGF in Alzheimer's disease
15. The circadian system: From clocks to physiology
16. Development of the circadian system and relevance of periodic signals for neonatal development
17. Disrupted circadian rhythms and mental health
18. Diurnal and seasonal molecular rhythms in the human brain and their relation to Alzheimer disease
19. Circadian changes in Alzheimer's disease: Neurobiology, clinical problems, and therapeutic opportunities
20. The circadian system in Parkinson's disease, multiple system atrophy, and progressive supranuclear palsy
21. Retina and melanopsin neurons
22. Melatonin and the circadian system: Keys for health with a focus on sleep
23. Melatonin receptors, brain functions, and therapies
24. Chronotherapy
25. The use of melatonin to mitigate the adverse metabolic side effects of antipsychotics 26. Chemoarchitecture of the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis: Neurophenotypic diversity and function
27. Functional anatomy of the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis-hypothalamus neural circuitry: Implications for valence surveillance, addiction, feeding, and social behaviors
28. Roles of the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis and amygdala in fear reactions
29. The median preoptic nucleus: A major regulator of fluid, temperature, sleep, and cardiovascular homeostasis
30. The neuroendocrinology of the preoptic area in menopause: Symptoms and therapeutic strategies
31. The intermediate nucleus in humans: Cytoarchitecture, chemoarchitecture, and relation to sleep, sex, and Alzheimer disease.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021 - Digitaledited by Dick F. Swaab, Felix Kreier, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi, Ruud M. Buijs.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
- Digitaledited by Dick F. Swaab, Ruud M. Buijs, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi, Felix Kreier.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
- Digitaledited by Dick F. Swaab, Ruud M. Buijs, Felix Kreier, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
- DigitalVasu D. Appanna.Summary: "This book offers a unique perspective on the invisible organ, a body part that has been visualized only recently. It guides the readers into the world of the microbial constituents that make humans the way they are. The vitamins they produce, the smell they generate, the signals they create, and the molecular guards they elaborate are some of the benefits they bestow on humans. After introducing the notion as to why microbes are an integral component in the development of humans, the book examines the genesis of the microbiome and describes how the resident bacteria work in partnership with the skin, digestive tract, sexual organs, mouth and lungs to execute vital physiological functions. It then discusses the diseases that are triggered by the disruption of the harmonious relationships amongst these diverse systems and provides microbial cures to ailments such as obesity and digestive complications. Finally, the book focuses on the future when the workings of the human microbes will be fully unravelled. Societal changes in health education, the establishment of the microbiome bank, the fight against hunger, space travel, designer traits and enhanced security are explained. Each chapter is accompanied by captivating illustrations and ends with a visual summary. Dr. Appanna has been researching for over 30 years on various aspects of microbial and human cellular systems. He is a professor of biochemistry and has also served as Department Chair and Dean of the Faculty at Laurentian University, Sudbury, Canada. The book is aimed at readers enrolled in medical, chiropractic, nursing, pharmacy, and health science programs. Practicing health-care professionals and continuing education learners will also find the content beneficial."-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalSabu Thomas, editor.Summary: The human microbiome refers to the complete microorganisms inhabiting the human body sites including skin, ear, nose, oral cavity, the genital, gastrointestinal and respiratory tracts, and body fluids such as breast milk, saliva, and urine. It is a significant and essential organ recognized for the body and has an established involvement in the host wellbeing, in terms of nutritional requirements and immunomodulation. This book talks about how alteration and imbalance in the same can have clinical implications associated with a multitude of gastrointestinal, lifestyle-associated, and neurodegenerative disorders. How the proliferation of specific groups of bacteria and their metabolic activities, as a result of intestinal dysbiosis leads to the 'leaky gut' condition thereby influences brain activity via the bidirectional gut-brain axis. It also coves the importance of microbial seeding and how it can be influenced by the mode of delivery, nutrition, and medication. This book also provides various therapeutic interventions such as the establishment of stool banks and Faecal microbiota transplantation (FMT) that have recently proved promising in the treatment of ASD, Inflammatory Bowel Disease, and Ulcerative Colitis. This book provides a deeper understanding of the development of the human gut microbiome and the factors driving its dysbiosis. This book is a valuable read for health professionals, medical students, nutritionists, and scientific research communities who are eager to update themselves with recent trends in microbiome research. It will also aid gastroenterologists and nutritionists to make well-informed choices regarding therapeutic regimes.
Contents:
1 Human Microbiome: Implication of Age and External factors
2 Oral Microbiome: An Opening to Healthy Possibilities
3 Emerging role of gut microbiota in functional gastrointestinal disorders
4 The Human Gut Microbiota and Gastrointestinal Cancer: Current Status and Therapeutic Perspectives
5 Genetic and Epigenetic Regulation by Gut Microbe-Modulated Metabolites in Chronic Metabolic Diseases
6 Gut Microbiota Related Clinical Events and Therapeutic Interventions in Alcohol Associated Liver Disease
7 Microbiota
Gut
Brain Axis in Neurological Disorders
8 Modern Perspectives in Controlling Human Diseases through Probiotic Intervention
9 Microbiome Association of Polypharmacy in Geriatric Population
10 Virome: Sentinels or marauders in the microbiome
11 Unlocking the Mysteries of the Human Microbiome to Combat COVID-19. - Digitaledited by Brian Henderson and Luigi Nibali.Contents:
An introduction to the human tissue microbiome. The human microbiota / Michael Wilson
An introduction to microbial dysbiosis / Mike Curtis
The gut microbiota / Herve M Blottiere, Joel Dore
The oral microbiota / William G Wade
The skin microbiota / Patrick LJM Zeeuwen, Joost Schalkwijk
Metagenomic analysis of the human microbiome / Luis G Bermudez-Humaran
Microbiota-microbiota and microbiota-host interactions in health and disease. Systems biology of bacteria-host interactions / Almut Heinken, Dmitry A Ravcheev, Ines Thiele
Bacterial biofilm formation and immune evasion mechanisms / Jessica Snowden
Co-evolution of microbes and immunity and its consequences for modern day life / Markus B Geuking
How viruses and bacteria have shaped the human genome / Frank Ryan
The microbiota as an epigenetic control mechanism / Boris A Shenderov
The emerging role of propionibacteria in human health and disease / Holger Bruggemann
Dysbioses and bacterial diseases. The periodontal diseases / Luigi Nibali
The polymicrobial synergy and dysbiosis model of periodontal disease pathogenesis / George Hajishengallis, Richard J Lamont
New paradigm in the relationship between periodontal disease and systemic diseases / Kazuhisa Yamazaki
The vaginal microbiota in health and disease / S Tariq Sadiq, Phillip Hay
Dysbioses and chronic diseases. Reactive arthritis / John D Carter
Rheumatoid arthritis / Jacqueline Detert
Inflammatory bowel disease and the gut microbiota / Nik Ding, Ailsa Hart
Ankylosing spondylitis, Klebsiella and the low-starch diet / Alan Ebringer, Taha Rashid, Clyde Wilson
Microbiome of chronic plaque psoriasis / Lionel Fry
Liver disease / Katharina Brandl, Bernd Schnabl
The gut microbiota / Frida Fak
The microbiota and susceptibility to asthma / Olawale Salami, Benjamin J Marsland
Microbiome and cancer / Ralph Francescone, Debora B Vendramini-Costa
Colorectal cancer and the microbiota / Iradj Sobhani, Severine Couffin
The gut microbiota and the CNS / Aadil Bharwani, Paul Forsythe
Genetic dysbiosis / Luigi Nibali
Mirroring the future. Diet and dysbiosis / Mehrbod Estaki, Candice Quin, Deanna L Gibson
Probiotics and prebiotics / Marie Jose Butel, Anne-Judith Waligora Dupriet
The microbiota as target for therapeutic intervention in pediatric intestinal diseases / Andrea Lo Vecchio, Alfredo Guarino
Microbial therapy for cystic fibrosis / Eugenia Bruzzese, Vittoria Buccigrossi, Giusy Ranucci, Alfredo Guarino.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - Digitaleditors, Sharon M. Donovan, J. Bruce German, Bo Lönnerdal, Alan Lucas.Contents:
Scientific evidence for breastfeeding / Lucas, A.
The biomechanics of breastfeeding : bridging the gap between engineering-based studies and clinical practice / Woolridge, M.
Summary of session 1 / Lucas, A.
Physiological effects of feeding infants and young children formula supplemented with milk fat globule membranes / Hernell, O.; Domellöf, M.; Grip, T.; Lönnerdal, B.; Timby, N.
Human milk oligosaccharides : factors affecting their composition and their physiological significance / Sprenger, N.; Binia, A.; Austin, S.
Fatty acids and fat-soluble vitamins in breast milk : physiological significance and factors affecting their concentrations / Morrow, A.L.; Dawodu, A.
Water-soluble vitamins in human milk : factors affecting their concentration and their physiological significance / Allen, L.H.; Hampel D.
Human milk micrornas/exosomes : composition and biological effects / Lönnerdal, B.
Human milk proteins : composition and physiological significance / Donovan, S.M.
Summary of session 2 / Lönnerdal, B.
Early-life nutrition, growth trajectories, and long-term outcome / Haschke, F.; Binder, C.; Huber-Dangl, M.; Haiden, N.
Early-life nutrition and cognitive development : imaging approaches / Lin, W.; Baluyot, K.R.; Yao, M.; Yan, J.; Wang, L.; Li, G.; Howell, B.; Elison, J.T.; Shen, D.
Early-life nutrition and gut immune development / van den Elsen, L.; Rekima, A.; Verhasselt, V.
Early-life nutrition and microbiome development / Isolauri, E.; Rautava, S.; Salminen, S.; Collado, M.C.
Human milk and clinical outcomes in preterm infants / Meier, P.P.
Summary of session 3 / Donovan, S.M.
Metabolomics in human milk research / Slupsky, C.M.
Human milk oligosaccharides : next-generation functions and questions / Bode, L.
Guiding development of the neonate : lessons from mammalia / Nicholas, K.R.; Modepalli V.; Watt, A.P.; Hinds, L.A.; Kumar, A.; Lefevre, C.; Sharp, J.A.
Milk lipids : a complex nutrient delivery system / German, J.B.; Argov-Argaman, N.; Boyd, B.
Summary of session 4 / German, J.B.Digital Access Karger 2019 - DigitalTom Strachan, Andrew Read.Summary: Human Molecular Genetics has been carefully crafted over successive editions to provide an authoritative introduction to the molecular aspects of human genetics, genomics and cell biology. Maintaining the features that have made previous editions so popular, this fifth edition has been completely updated in line with the latest developments in the field. Older technologies such as cloning and hybridization have been merged and summarized, coverage of newer DNA sequencing technologies has been expanded, and powerful new gene editing and single-cell genomics technologies have been added. The coverage of GWAS, functional genomics, stem cells, and disease modeling has been expanded. Greater focus is given to inheritance and variation in the context of populations and on the role of epigenetics in gene regulation. Key features: Fully integrated approach to the molecular aspects of human genetics, genomics, and cell biology Accessible text is supported and enhanced throughout by superb artwork illustrating the key concepts and mechanisms Summary boxes at the end of each chapter provide clear learning points Annotated further reading helps readers navigate the wealth of additional information in this complex subject and provides direction for further study Reorganized into five sections for improved access to related topics Also new to this edition - brand new chapter on evolution and anthropology from the authors of the highly acclaimed Human Evolutionary Genetics A proven and popular textbook for upper-level undergraduates and graduate students, the new edition of Human Molecular Genetics remains the 'go-to' book for those studying human molecular genetics or genomics courses around the world.
Contents:
Part 1: Basics of DNA, Chromosomes, Cells, Development, and Inheritance1. Basic Principles of Nucleic Acid Structure and Gene Expression. 2. Fundamentals of Cells and Chromosomes. 3. Fundamentals of Cell-Cell Interactions and Immune System Biology. 4. Aspects of Early Mammalian Development, Cell Differentiation, and Stem Cells. 5. Patterns of Inheritance.
Part 2: Understanding Genomes6. Core DNA Technologies: Amplifying DNA, Nucleic Acid Hybirdization, and DNA Sequencing. 7. Analyzing the Structure and Expression of Genes and Genomes. 8. Principles of Genetic Manipulation of Mammalian Cells. 9. Uncovering the Architecture and Workings of the Human Genome. 10. Gene Regulation and the Epigenome.
Part 3: Genetic Variation Between Individuals and Species11. An Overview of Human Genetic Variation. 12. Human Population Genetics. 13. Comparative Genomics and Genome Evolution. 14. Human Evolution.
Part 4: Human Genetic Disease15. Chromosomal Abnormalities and Structural Variants. 16. Molecular Pathology: Connecting Phenotypes to Genotypes. 17. Mapping and Identifying Genes for Monogenic Disorders. 18. Complex Disease: Identifying Susceptibility Factors and Understanding Pathogenesis. 19. Cancer Genetics and Genomics.
Part 5: Applied Human Molecular Genetics 20. Genetic Testing in Healthcare and the Law. 21. Model Organisms and Modeling Disease. 22. Genetic Approaches to Treating Disease.Limited to 3 simultaneous users - Digitaledited by Michael Steinitz.Contents:
Human monoclonal antibodies : the residual challenge of antibody immunogenicity / Herman Waldmann
Technical and ethical limitations in making human monoclonal antibodies (an overview) / Mark C. Glassy and Rishab Gupta
Therapeutic human monoclonal antibodies in inflammatory diseases / Sotirios Kotsovilis and Evangelos Andreakos
Therapeutic human monoclonal antibodies against cancer / Jamie Jarboe, Anumeha Gupta, and Wasif Saif
Polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies in clinic / Bharath Wootla, Aleksandar Denic, and Moses Rodriguez
Production of human monoclonal Antibodies by the Epstein-Barr virus method / Michael Steinitz
Humanization and simultaneous optimization of monoclonal antibody / T. Kuramochi, T. Igawa, H. Tsunoda, and K. Hattori
Chimeric Antibodies / Kohei Kurosawa, Waka Lin, and Kunihiro Ohta
Recombinant genetic libraries and human monoclonal antibodies / Jarrett J. Adams, Bryce Nelson, and Sachdev S. Sidhu
Production of stabilized scFv antibody fragments in the E. coli bacterial cytoplasm / Lilach Vaks and Itai Benhar
Construction and production of an IgG-like tetravalent bispecific antibody, IgG-single-chain Fv fusion / Dan Lu and Zhenping Zhu
Construction of human antibody gene libraries and selection of antibodies by phage display / André Frenzel [and others]
Antigen-specific human monoclonal antibodies from transgenic mice / Susana Magadán Mompó and África González-Fernández
Phage display technology for human monoclonal antibodies / Cecilia Deantonio [and others]
Antigen-specific in vitro immunization : a source for human monoclonal antibodies / Kosuke Tomimatsu and Sanetaka Shirahata
Methods for radiolabelling of monoclonal antibodies / Vladimir Tolmachev, Anna Orlova, and Karl Andersson
Purification of human monoclonal antibodies and their fragments / Thomas Müller-Späth and Massimo Morbidelli
Idiotype-specific intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG) for therapy of autoimmune diseases / Miri Blank, Tomer Bashi, and Yehuda Shoenfeld. - PrintLeonora Buzanska, editor.
- DigitalEnzo Grossi, Fabio Pace, editors ; foreword by Reinhold Stockbrugger.Contents:
1. Advances in the comprehension of the diet as a magic bullet to prevent cancer of the gastrointestinal system
2. How a gastroenterologist interprets the mediterranean diet
3. The gut microbiota and obesity in humnas
4. Gut-brain axis: a new revolution to understand the pathogenesis of autism and other severe neurological diseases
5. Does diet still retain a value in gastrointestinal pathology?
6. Diet as therapy for IBD?
7. Diverticular diseases and western diet: another metropolitan legend?
8. How much fat does one need to eat to get a fatty liver? a dietary view of NAFLD
9. Tasters, supertasters, genes and environment: how dietary choices influence our health
10. From food map to FODMAP in irritable bowel syndrome
11. The role of diet in counteracting gastroparesis
12. How the precious role of wine in mediterranean diet is mediated by the gastrointestinal tract
13. Why overweight/obesity leads to GERD.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitalvolume editors, Marigdalia K. Ramírez-Fort, Farhan Khan, Peter L. Rady, Stephen K. Tyring.Summary: "Human papillomavirus (HPV) infection transcends multiple fields of science and medicine. The management of HPV-related disease is demanding and often requires a persistent multimodal approach involving various medical disciplines. In this volume, experts present a comprehensive view of HPV research with an emphasis on clinical presentations, diagnosis, management and vaccine development. The state of the art in molecular biology is provided in addition to discussions on clinical morphology and the utility of dermatoscopy in identifying HPV disease. In a multidisciplinary approach to dermatological, plastic and reconstructive, gynecological, otolaryngological and colorectal management, different treatment strategies are highlighted"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Human papillomavirus genomics : past, present and future / Harari, A., Chen, Z., Burk, R.D.
The biology of human papillomaviruses / Nguyen, H.P., Ramirez-Fort, M.K., Rady, P.L.
Viral oncogenesis / Doan, H.Q., Ramirez-Fort, M.K., Rady, P.L.
Pathogenesis of infection by human papillomavirus / Brendle, S.A., Bywaters, S.M., Christensen, N.D.
Host responses to infection with human papillomavirus / Stanley, M.A.; Sterling, J.C.
Cutaneous human papillomavirus infection : manifestations and diagnosis / Tschandl, P., Rosendahl, C., Kittler, H.
Epidermodysplasia verruciformis / Burger, B., Itin, P.H.
Human papillomavirus infections of the oral mucosa and upper respiratory tract / Nguyen, H.P., McNiece, K.L., Duong, A.A., Khan, F.
Human papillomavirus and immunosuppression / Wieland, U., Kreuter, A., Pfister, H.
Laboratory diagnosis of human papillomavirus infection / Ikenberg, H.
Management of cutaneous human papillomavirus infection: pharmacotherapies / Ramirez-Fort, M.K.; Au, S.-C., Javed, S.A., Loo, D.S.
Management of cutaneous human papillomavirus infection : surgery / Ramirez-Fort, M.K., Sam, H., Manders, E.K.
Management of cutaneous human papillomavirus infection in immunocompromised patients / Varada, S., Posnick, M., Alessa, D., Ramirez-Fort, M.K.
Management of human papillomavirus-related gynecological malignancies / Heinzelmann-Schwarz, V.A., Kind, A.B., Jacob, F.
Management of human papillomavirus-related anal and colon cancer / Yen Moore, A., Tong, L.X., Moore, T.
Management of human papillomavirus-related head and neck cancer / Coughlin, A.M., Qiu, S., Underbrink, M.P.
Vaccines and immunization against human papillomavirus / Christensen, N.D., Budgeon, L.R.Digital Access Karger 2014 - PrintMacInnis, A. J.; Ruitenberg, E. Joost.
- DigitalToshitaka Oohashi, Hirokazu Tsukahara, Francesco Ramirez, Chad L. Barber, Fumio Otsuka, editors.Summary: This textbook uses a case-study approach to present the core principles of biochemistry and molecular biology in the context of human disease to students who will be involved in patient care. The 29 clinical cases have been carefully selected to cover key scientific concepts and some common, and other not so common, diseases. While the principal focus is on topics relating to metabolic disease, further subjects such as connective tissue disorders, neurological disorders, auto-inflammatory disorders, infective diseases, and cancer are also addressed. Each chapter provides a specific patient report that includes the natural history, pertinent clinical laboratory data, physical findings, subsequent diagnosis, and therapy. This is followed by a comprehensive discussion of the normal biochemical processes and reactions pertaining to the case, along with the pathophysiological mechanisms of the disease. Graphical diagrams are provided in each chapter for ease of comprehension.
Contents:
Part 1 Metabolic Disorders. Citrin deficiency"
Homocystinuria No Acquaintance
Phenylketonuria
Urea cycle disorders (such as defects of OTCD)"
Wilson disease
Diabetes Mellitus type I
Lipid storage disorder, namely Niemann-Pick C1 disease
Gaucher disease
Fabry disease
Mitochondrial disease (such as defects of MELAS)
Heme oxygenase deficiency
Collagen metabolism (such as OI)
Organic acid metabolism disorders
Part 2 Genetic Disorders. Glucose 6-Phosphate Dehydrogenase Deficiency
Familial Hypercholesterolemia
Fukuyama muscular dystrophy
Hemoglobin
Huntington disease
Anti-coagulant deficiency
Auto-inflammatory disorders
Cancer
Marfan syndrome
Human immunodeficiency virus infection
Hepatitis virus C
Cytomegalovirus infection (especially congenital infection)
Addiction. - Digitaledited by Jason R. Spence.Contents:
Intro
Human Pluripotent Stem Cell Derived Organoid Models
Copyright
Contents
Contributors
Chapter 1: Generation of esophageal organoids and organotypic raft cultures from human pluripotent stem cells
1. Introduction
2. Significance and applications
3. Morphological and transcriptional analysis of developing esophageal cultures
4. Overview of differentiation protocol
5. Step-by-step protocol
5.1. Coating plates for stem cell culture maintenance and directed differentiation
5.1.1. Materials and reagents
5.1.2. Protocol 5.2. Differentiation of stem cells into esophageal organoids
5.2.1. Materials, reagents and equipment
5.2.2. Solutions preparation
5.2.3. Protocol (Fig. 2A)
5.2.3.1. hPSC dissociation and plating in 24-well plate (day-1)
5.2.3.2. Differentiation protocol
5.2.3.3. Embedding foregut spheroids in Matrigel
5.2.3.4. Reduction of HEOs density
5.3. Esophageal raft culture protocol
5.3.1. Materials and reagents
5.3.2. Coating 100mm plates with collagen IV
5.3.3. Dissociation of HEOs and culturing in keratinocyte media 5.3.4. Preparing collagen-Mouse fibroblasts gels for raft cultures
5.3.5. Transferring cells from keratinocyte media to raft cultures
5.4. Immunofluorescence analysis of HEOs and organotypic raft cultures (Fig. 4)
5.4.1. Materials and reagents
5.4.2. Tissue fixation, preparation and cryosection
5.4.3. Immunofluorescent protocol
6. Future directions
7. Summary
Acknowledgments
References
Chapter 2: Generation and use of gastric organoids for the study of Helicobacter pylori pathogenesis
1. Introduction
2. Significance and applications of gastric organoids 3. Overview of the protocol
4. Step-by-step protocol
4.1. Generation of human-derived gastric organoids from normal and tumor tissues
4.1.1. Materials and reagents
4.1.2. Procedure: Generation of human-derived normal gastric organoids
4.1.3. Procedure: Generation of human-derived tumor gastric organoids
4.2. Generation of human-PBMC derived immune cells
4.2.1. Materials and reagents
4.2.2. Procedure: Isolation of PBMCs from whole blood using Ficoll-Paque density gradient medium
4.2.3. Procedure: Isolation of PBMCs from whole blood using Lymphoprep 4.2.4. Procedure: Freezing of PBMCs
4.2.5. Procedure: Culture of dendritic cells (DCs)
4.2.6. Procedure: Culture of cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs)
4.2.7. Procedure: Culture of myeloid-derived suppressor cells (MDSCs)
4.3. Organoid/immune cell co-culture
4.3.1. Procedure: DCs and CTL co-culture
4.3.2. Procedure: Organoid-immune cell co-culture
4.4. Orthotopic transplantation
4.4.1. Materials and reagents
4.4.2. Procedure: Orthotopic transplantation of human-derived gastric organoids
5. Precursor techniques
6. Safety considerations and standardsDigital Access ScienceDirect 2020 - DigitalUma Lakshmipathy, Chad C. MacArthur, Mahalakshmi Sridharan, Rene H. Quintanilla.Digital Access Wiley 2018
- DigitalKirk E. Lohmueller, Rasmus Nielsen, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This textbook provides a concise introduction and useful overview of the field of human population genomics, making the highly technical and contemporary aspects more accessible to students and researchers from various fields. Over the past decade, there has been a deluge of genetic variation data from the entire genome of individuals from many populations. These data have allowed an unprecedented look at human history and how natural selection has impacted humans during this journey. Simultaneously, there have been increased efforts to determine how genetic variation affects complex traits in humans. Due to technological and methodological advances, progress has been made at determining the architecture of complex traits. Split in three parts, the book starts with the basics, followed by more advanced and current research. The first part provides an introduction to essential concepts in population genetics, which are relevant for any organism. The second part covers the genetics of complex traits in humans. The third part focuses on applying these techniques and concepts to genetic variation data to learn about demographic history and natural selection in humans. This new textbook aims to serve as a gateway to modern human population genetics research for those new to the field. It provides an indispensable resource for students, researchers and practitioners from disparate areas of expertise.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Part I Population Genetic Theory
1 Coalescent Models
1.1 Aims and Clarifications
1.2 Introduction: Gene Genealogies Within a Population or Species
1.2.1 Organismal Pedigrees and Gene Genealogies
1.3 The Standard Neutral Model: The Kingman Coalescent
1.3.1 The Sampling Structure of Coalescent Gene Genealogies
1.3.2 Including Mutations in the Coalescent
1.4 Fundamental Predictions for Single Loci in Well-Mixed Populations
1.4.1 The Size and Shape of a Gene Genealogy
1.4.2 Levels and Patterns of Genetic Variation 1.4.3 Tests of the Standard Neutral Coalescent Based on Site Frequencies
1.5 Extensions of the Standard Model
1.5.1 Fluctuations in Population Size over Time
1.5.2 Population Subdivision and Migration
1.6 Conclusion: Current Challenges of Big Data
References
2 Linkage Disequilibrium
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Tests of whether D == 0
2.3 More than Two Alleles per Locus
2.4 More than Two Loci: Haplotype Blocks and the HapMap Project
2.5 Dynamics of D
2.6 Genetic Drift and LD
2.7 Genealogical Interpretation of LD
2.8 Natural Selection and LD 2.9 Genetic Hitchhiking
2.10 Population Subdivision
2.11 Conclusion
References
3 Analysis of Population Structure
3.1 What Is Population Structure?
3.2 Individual-Based and Unsupervised Methods for Inferring Population Structure
3.2.1 Tree Construction Methods at the Individual Level
3.2.2 Principal Component Analysis and Related Approaches
3.2.3 Ancestry Component Estimation with Few Model Assumptions
3.3 Population-Based and Supervised Methods
3.3.1 Genetic Differentiation at the Population Level
3.3.1.1 FST
3.3.1.2 Other Measures of Genetic Distance 3.3.2 Formal Tests for Admixture Under a Population Tree-Model
3.3.3 More Advanced Modeling
3.3.3.1 Population Graph Fitting
3.3.3.2 Isolation-Migration Models
3.3.3.3 Approximate Bayesian Computation
3.4 Summary and Guidelines
References
4 Types of Natural Selection and Tests of Selection
4.1 Types of Selection and Their Effect on Linked Neutral Sites
4.1.1 Types of Selection
4.1.2 The Effect of Selection on Linked Neutral Sites
4.2 Tests of Selection
4.2.1 Tests of Selection Based on the Site Frequency Spectrum
4.2.1.1 Tajima's D
4.2.1.2 Fay and Wu's H 4.2.1.3 Likelihood Ratio Tests
4.2.2 Tests of Selection Based on Haplotypes
4.2.2.1 Extended Haplotype Homozygosity (EHH)
4.2.2.2 Integrated Haplotype Score (iHS)
4.2.2.3 Cross-Population EHH (XP-EHH)
4.2.3 Tests Based on both Diversity and Divergence:The McDonald-Kreitman Test
4.3 How to Choose a Specific Test of Selection?
References
Part II Association Studies and Medical Genetics
5 Methods for Association Studies
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Types of Association Studies
5.2.1 Candidate Gene Studies
5.2.2 Genome-Wide Association Studies
5.2.2.1 Background - Digitaledited by Maurizio Pocchiari, Jean Manson.Summary: Human Prion Diseases, Volume 153 is designed to update the reader on the latest advances and clinical aspects of prion diseases. The book is organized into five sections, including the pathophysiology of prions and a description of animal and human diseases. This is followed by detailed reports on recent advances in diagnosis strategies for the development of novel anti-prion molecules and possible designs of clinical trials in such a rare disease. An introductory chapter gives an extensive historical background of prion research, with a final chapter highlighting recent progress, and more importantly, unsolved problems"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Historical view
Section I: Pathophysiology of prions. The cellular and pathological prion protein
Cell biology of prion infection
Experimental models of human prion diseases and prion strains
The role of the immune system in prion infection
Section II: Animal prion diseases (clinical, epidemiology, neuropathological, biochemical, biomarker, and genotypes). Typical and atypical scrapie
Typical and atypical BSE
Chronic Wasting Disease
Section III: Human prion diseases (clinical, epidemiology, neuropathological, biochemical, biomarker, and genotypes). Sporadic Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
Variably protease-sensitive prionopathy
Variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
Iatrogenic Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
Genetic Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
Gerstmann-Sträussler-Scheinker disease
Sporadic and fatal Familial Insomnia
Section IV: Prion-like mechanisms in other neurodegenerative diseases. Prion-like mechanisms in Alzheimer
Prion-like mechanisms in Parkinson
Prion-like mechanisms in ALS
Section V: Diagnosis and treatment. Prion protein amplification techniques
Differential diagnosis with other rapid progressive dementias
Symptomatic treatment, care and support of CJD patients
Identifying therapeutic targets and treatment in model systems
Vaccination strategies
Clinical trials
Section VI: Public health issues. Animal diseases and the zoonotic potential
Safety of blood, blood derivatives and plasma-derived products
Safety in clinical practice
Concluding thoughts.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Printedited by I. Hindmarch and P.D. Stonier.
- Digitaledited by Heide Schatten.Contents:
Sperm Selection Techniques and their Relevance to ART / Luke Simon, Monis B Shamsi, Douglas T Carrell
In Vitro Maturation of Human Oocytes: Current Practices and Future Promises / Catherine MH Combelles
Molecular Biology of Endometriosis / Jayasree Sengupta, G Anupa, Muzaffer Ahmed Bhat, Debabrata Ghosh
Novel Immunological Aspects for the Treatment of Age-induced Ovarian and Testicular Infertility, Other Functional Diseases, and Early and Advanced Cancer Immunotherapy / Antonin Bukovsky
Mitochondrial Manipulation for Infertility Treatment and Disease Prevention / Tetsuya Ishii
Novel Imaging Techniques to Assess Gametes and Preimplantation Embryos / Jason E Swain
Clinical Application of Methods to Select In Vitro Fertilized Embryos / Kirstine Kirkegaard, Thomas F Dyrlund, Hans Jakob Ingerslev
New Horizons/Developments in Time-Lapse Morphokinetic Analysis of Mammalian Embryos / Serdaroğullari Munevver, Necati Findikli, Mustafa Bahceci
The Non-Human Primate Model for Early Human Development / Stuart Meyers, Renee Riejo-Pera
Cytoskeletal Functions, Defects, and Dysfunctions Affecting Human Fertilization and Embryo Development / Heide Schatten, Qing-Yuan Sun.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalGael Cristofari, editor.Contents:
Retrotransposons and the Mammalian Germline
L1 regulation in Mouse and Human Germ Cells
Retrotransposon Contribution to Genomic Plasticity
The Mobilization of Processed Transcripts in Germline and Somatic Tissues
Neuronal Genome Plasticity: Retrotransposons, Environment and Disease
Activity of Retrotransposons in Stem Cells and Differentiated Cells
Environment, Cellular Signaling and L1 activity
Retrotransposon-derived Regulatory Regions and Transcripts in Stemness
Roles of Endogenous Retrovirus-encoded Syncytins in Human Placentation
Alu-Alu Recombinations in Genetic Diseases
Retrotransposon-driven Transcription and Cancer
LINE-1 retrotransposons as Neoplastic Biomarkers
Contribution of Retrotransposable Elements to Aging.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2017Limited to 1 simultaneous users - Digitaledited by Elisa Vicenzi and Guido Poli.Contents:
Virion attachment and entry : HIV gp120 env biotinylation, gp120 env, or integrin ligand-binding assay / Claudia Cicala and James Arthos
CryoEM analysis of capsid assembly and structural changes upon interactions with a host restriction factor, TRIM5[alpha] / Gongpu Zhao and Peijun Zhang
The fate of HIV-1 capsid : a biochemical assay for HIV-1 uncoating / Yang Yang, Jeremy Luban, and Felipe Diaz-Griffero
The cyclosporin A washout assay to detect HIV-1 uncoating in infected cells / Amy E. Hulme and Thomas J. Hope
Imaging HIV-1 nuclear pre-integration complexes / Anna Cereseto and Mauro Giacca
HIV-1 reverse transcription / Andrea Cimarelli and Jean-Luc Darlix
RNase H : specificity mechanisms of action, and antiviral target / Karin Moelling, Felix Broecker, and John E. Kerrigan
HIV-1 chromatin, transcription, and the regulatory protein Tat / Laurence Colin, Eric Verdin, and Carine Van Lint
HIV-1 Rev function and RNA nuclear-cytoplasmic export / Alan Cochrane
HIV-1 accessory proteins : Nef / Anke Heigele [and three others]
HIV-1 accessory proteins : VpR / Richard Y. Zho and Michael I. Bukrinsky
HIV-1 accessory proteins : Vpu and Vif / Amy Andrew and Klaus Strebel
SIVSM/HIV-2 Vpx proteins : function and uses in the infection of primary myeloid cells / Gregory Berger and Andrea Cimarelli
Imaging of HIV assembly and release / Barbara Müller and Jacomine Krijnse-Locker
HIV-1 isolation from infected peripheral blood mononuclear cells / Stefania Dispinseri [and four others]
Determination of HIV-1 co-receptor usage / Mariangela Cavarelli and Gabriella Scarlatti
The macrophage and HIV : basic concepts and methodologies / Suzanne Gartner
HIV infection of dendritic cells / Najla Nasr [and three others]
Histocultures (tissue explants) in human retrovirology / Anush Arakelyan [and four others]
Single-copy quantification of HIV-1 in clinical samples / Ann Wiegand and Frank Maldarelli
Quantification of total HIV1-DNA in peripheral blood mononuclear cells / Christine Rouzioux, Adeline Mélard, and Véronique Avéttand-Fénoël
HIV-1 based lentiviral vectors / Ying Poi Liu and Ben Berkhout
Quantification of miRNA by poly(A)-RT-qPCR arrays and verification of target sites in HIV-1 using a one-LTR infectious molecular clone / Zachary A. Klase, Laurent Houzet, and Kuan-Teh Jeang
Investigating human T cell lymphotropic retrovirus (HTLV) Tax function with molecular and immunophenotypic techniques / Greta Forlani, Roberto S. Accolla, and Giovanna Tosi
Proviral load determination of HTLV-1 and HTLV-2 in patients' peripheral blood mononuclear cells by real-time PCR / Claudio Casoli, Elisabetta Pilotti, and Umberto Bertazzoni
Quantitative analysis of human T-lymphotropic virus type 1 (HTLV-1) gene expression using nucleo-cytoplasmic fractionation and splice junction-specific real-time RT-PCR (qRT-PCR) / Ilaria Cavallari, Francesca Rende, and Vincenzo Ciminale.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Jon Leefmann, Elisabeth Hildt.Contents:
Introduction
I. Prospects and limitations of neuroscience research in the humanities and social sciences. Neurophilosophy or philosophy of neuroscience? : what neuroscience and philosophy can and cannot do for each other / Michael Jungert
Philosophical puzzles evade empirical evidence : some thoughts and clarifications regarding the relation between brain sciences and philosophy of mind / Işik Sarihan
"Who's afraid of the big bad neuroscience?" : neuroscience's impact on our notions of self and free will / Rui Vieira da Cunha and João Bettencourt Relvas
Free will--between philosophy and neuroscience / Anna Drozdzewska
Histories of the brain : toward a critical interaction of the humanities and neurosciences / Mattia Della Rocca
II. The neurosciences of social sciences and ethics. The theory of brain-sign : a new model of brain operation / Philip Clapson
On the redundancies of "social agency" / Alexandros Tillas
Two kinds of reverse inference in Cognitive neuroscience / Guillermo del Pinal and Marco J. Nathan
The neuroscience of ethics beyond the is-ought orthodoxy : the example of the dual process theory of moral judgment / Nadia El Eter
III. The neurosciences in society : social, cultural, and ethical implications of the neuro-turn. Effects of the neuro-turn : the neural network as a paradigm for human self-understanding / Yvonne Förster
Brain, art, salvation : on the traditional character of the neuro-hype / Gerd Grübler
"A mind plague on both your houses" : imagining the impact of the neuro-turn on the neurosciences / Melissa M. Littlefield
Being a good external frontal lobe : parenting teenage brains / Ties van de Werff
Toward neuroscience literacy? : theoretical and practical considerations / Alexander Bergmann, Anne Biehl and Jörg Zabel
"Strangers" in neuroscientific research / Berit Bringedal, Markus Christen, Nikola Biller-Andorno, Hironori Matsuzaki and Alberto Rábano
At the push of a button, narrative strategies and the image of deep brain stimulation / Oonagh Hayes.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - PrintPer Brandtzaeg, Ivar Fjellanger and Sven T. Gjeruldsen.
- DigitalSheldon Rubenfeld, Susan Benedict, editors ; foreword by Arthur L. Caplan.Summary: 'An engaging, compelling and disturbing confrontation with evil...abook that will be transformative in its call for individual and collective moral responsibility." - Michael A. Grodin, M.D., Professor and Director, Project on Medicine andtheHolocaust, Elie Wiesel Center for Judaic Studies, Boston University Human Subjects Research after the Holocaust challenges you to confront the misguided medical ethics of the Third Reich personally, and to apply the lessons learned to contemporary human subjects research. While it is comforting to believe that Nazi physicians, nurses, and bioscientists were either incompetent, mad, or few in number, they were, in fact, the best in the world at the time, and the vast majority participated in the government program of 'applied biology.' They were not coerced to behave as they did-they enthusiastically exploited widely accepted eugenic theories to design horrendous medical experiments, gas chambers and euthanasia programs, which ultimately led to mass murder in the concentration camps. Americans provided financial support for their research, modeled their medical education and research after the Germans, and continued to perform unethical human subjects research even after the Nuremberg Doctors' Trial. The German Medical Association apologized in 2012 for the behavior of its physicians during the Third Reich. By examining the medical crimes of human subjects researchers during the Third Reich, you will naturally examine your own behavior and that of your colleagues, and perhaps ask yourself "If the best physicians and bioscientists of the early 20th century could do evil while believing they were doing good, can I be certain that I will never do the same?" · Presents relatively unknown aspects of human subjects research during the Third Reich · Reveals surprising relationships between German and American human subjects research · Dispels myths about Nazi human subjects research · Compels introspection and self-examination by today's medical and research practitioners · Addresses contemporary bioethical issues affecting vulnerable populations · Brings together experts in the history of medicine during the Third Reich and thoughtful new voices
Contents:
Introduction: How Did It Go So Wrong?
Twin Experiments at Auschwitz: A First-Person Account
Eugenics and Racial Hygiene: Applied Research Strategies before, during, and after National Socialism
Medical Ethics and Medical Research on Human Beings in National Socialism
Sulfonamide Experiments on Prisoners in Nazi Concentration Camps: Coherent Scientific Rationality Combined with Complete Disregard of Humanity
Stages of Transgression: Anatomical Research in National Socialism
Nurses and Human Subjects Research during the Third Reich and Now
Involuntary Abortion and Coercive Research on Pregnant Forced Laborers in National Socialism
Abusive Medical Practices on "Euthanasia" Victims in Austria during and after World War II
Medical Research and National Socialist Euthanasia: Carl Schneider and the Heidelberg Research Children from 1942 until 1945
Victims of Human Experiments and Coercive Research under National Socialism: Gender and Racial Aspects
The White Rose: Resisting National Socialism-with an Introduction by Susan Benedict
The Origins and Impact of the Nuremberg Doctors' Trial
In the Shadow of Nuremberg: Unlearned Lessons from the Medical Trial
The Ethics of Medical Experiments: Have We Learned the Lessons of Tuskegee and the Holocaust?
Human Subjects Research during and after the Holocaust: Typhus Vaccine Development and the Legacy of Gerhard Rose
Ethics in Space Medicine: Holocaust Beginnings, the Present, and the Future
Reproduction Then and Now: Learning from the Past
Promoting Clinical Research and Avoiding Bad Medicine: A Clinical Research Curriculum
The Psychophysiology of Attribution: Why Appreciative Respect Can Keep Us Safe
Confronting Medicine during the Nazi Period: Autobiographical Reflections
Teaching the Holocaust to Medical Students: A Reflection on Pedagogy and Medical Ethics
No Exceptions, No Excuses: A Testimonial. - DigitalEugene H. Wissler.Summary: The principal objective of this book is to provide information needed to define human thermal behavior quantitatively. Human thermal physiology is defined using mathematical methods routinely employed by physicists and engineers, but seldom used by physiologists. Major sections of the book are devoted to blood flow, sweating, shivering, heat transfer within the body, and heat and mass transfer from skin and clothing to the environment. Simple algebraic models based on experimental data from a century of physiological investigation are developed for bodily processes. The book offers an invaluable source of information for physiologists and physical scientists interested in quantitative approaches to the fascinating field of human thermoregulation.
Contents:
Animal heat and thermal regulation
Conservation of energy
Temperature measurement
Circulation
Sweating
Shivering
Temperature distribution in the body
Clothing
Heat and mass transfer from the skin and clothing
The development of a mathematical human thermal model. - DigitalMakini Chisolm-Straker, Hanni Stoklosa, editors.Summary: "This clear-sighted reference examines the public health dimensions of labor and sex trafficking in the United States, the scope of the crisis, and possibilities for solutions. Its ecological lifespan approach globally traces risk and protective factors associated with this exploitation, laying a roadmap towards its prevention. Diverse experts, including survivors, describe support and care interventions across domains and disciplines, from the law enforcement and judicial sectors to community health systems and NGOs, with a robust model for collaboration. By focusing on the humanity of trafficked persons, a public health paradigm broadens our understanding of and ability to address trafficking while adding critical direction and resources to the criminal justice and human rights structures currently in place. Among the topics covered: Children at Risk: Foster Care and Human Trafficking LGBTQ Youth and Vulnerability to Sex Trafficking Physical Health of Human Trafficking Survivors: Unmet Essentials Research Informing Advocacy: An Anti-Human Trafficking Tool Caring for Survivors Using a Trauma-Informed Care Framework The Media and Human Trafficking: Discussion and Critique of the Dominant Narrative Human Trafficking Is a Public Health Issue is a sobering read; a powerful call to action for public health professionals, including social workers and health care practitioners providing direct services, as well as the larger anti-trafficking community of advocates, prosecutors, taskforce members, law enforcement agents, officers, funders, and administrators. "An extraordinary collection of knowledge by survivors, academics, clinicians, and advocates who are experts on human trafficking. Human Trafficking is a Public Health Issue is a comprehensive offering in educating readers on human trafficking through a multi-pronged public health lens. Margeaux Gray: Survivor, Advocate, Artist, Public Speaker"--Page 4 of cover.
Contents:
Introduction to Human Trafficking: Who Is Affected? / Jordan Greenbaum
Sex Trafficked and Missed / Wendy J. Barnes and Holly Austin Gibbs
The Lost Boy: How a Forgotten Child Became a Victim of Labor Trafficking / James L. Dold
Sex Trafficking in the USA / Clydette L. Powell and Cyril Bennouna
The Ignored Exploitation: Labor Trafficking in the United States / Nicole Littenberg and Susie Baldwin
Trafficking of Children Within the United States / Carol Smolenski and Sarah Ingerman
Children at Risk: Foster Care and Human Trafficking / Madeline Hannan, Kathryn Martin, Kimberly Caceres, and Nina Aledort
Sex Trafficking in Indian Country / Erin Shanley and Robyn Jordan
LGBTQ Youth and Vulnerability to Sex Trafficking / Kathryn Xian, Shaylin Chock, and Dustin Dwiggins
The Multimodal Social Ecological (MSE) Approach: A Trauma-Informed Framework for Supporting Trafficking Survivors' Psychosocial Health / Elizabeth K. Hopper
Physical Health of Human Trafficking Survivors: Unmet Essentials / Wendy Macias-Konstantopoulos and Zheng B. Ma
Trauma-Informed Treatment of Substance Use Disorders in Trafficking Survivors / Elizabeth K. Hopper
The Development and Psychology of Young Minds: Communities Can Prevent Exploitation and Facilitate Rehabilitation / Sandra Gasca-Gonzalez and Dianna L. Walters
Legal Supports for Trafficked Persons: Assisting Survivors via Certification, State/Federal Benefits, and Compensation / Lennon Moore and Brendan Milliner
NGOs and the Anti-Trafficking Movement: Advocacy and Service / Valerie Schmitt
The Role of Faith-Based Organizations in the US Anti-Trafficking Movement / Jeffrey Barrows
Research Informing Advocacy: An Anti-Human Trafficking Tool / Cathy L. Miller and Michelle Lyman
Caring for Survivors Using a Trauma-Informed Care Framework / Annie Lewis-O'Connor and Elaine J. Alpert
Sex Trafficking in One US City: Traditional Policing and Boston's Shift to a Survivor-Centered Response / Donna Gavin and Cassandra Thomson
The Role of Community Health Centers in Addressing Human Trafficking / Kimberly S.G. Chang and A. Seiji Hayashi
The Media and Human Trafficking: A Discussion and Critique of the Dominant Narrative / Erin Albright and Kate D'Adamo
Human Trafficking: Perspectives on Prevention / Elaine J. Alpert and Sharon E. Chin
Combating Modern Bondage: The Development of a Multi-Disciplinary Approach to Human Trafficking / Laura J. Lederer
Moving Forward: Next Steps in Preventing and Disrupting Human Trafficking / Katherine Y. Chon and Smitha Khorana.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Beatrice Frank, Jenny A. Glikman, Silvio Marchini.Summary: "Human-wildlife conflict (HWC) is one of the most complex and urgent issues facing wildlife management and conservation today. Originally focused on the ecology and economics of wildlife damage, the study and mitigation of HWC has gradually expanded its scope to incorporate the human dimensions of the whole spectrum of human-wildlife relationships, from conflict to coexistence. Having the conflict-to-coexistence continuum as its leitmotiv, this book explores a variety of theories and methods currently used to address human-wildlife interactions, illustrated by case studies from around the world. It presents some key concepts in the field, such as values, emotions, social identity and tolerance, and a variety of insights and solutions to turn conflict into coexistence, from individual level to national scales, including conservation marketing, incremental and radical innovation, strategic planning, and socio-ecological systems. This volume will be of interest to a wide range of readers, including academics, researchers, students, practitioners and policy-makers"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalAntoine Douaihy, H. Patrick Driscoll.Summary: This original, eloquent, compassionate, and timely book offers all healthcare practitioners interested and involved in addiction practice a powerful account of an addiction psychiatrist's journey of professional and personal growth, thereby offering readers a unique opportunity to learn deeply from the author's insights, experiences, and struggles in becoming a patient-centered empathic healer. Through sharing and exploring clinical experiences in addiction practice, this fascinating title delves into the lead author and his mentee's personal, professional, and ethical challenges and weaves together science and humanism, offering a wealth of experiential wisdom and tools that have the power to transform our understanding of therapeutic work with people with addictions. Written with empathy and humility, Humanizing Addiction: Blending Science and Personal Transformation provides a compelling argument and framework for integrating humanism with empirically grounded practices. This important book is an invaluable resource for healers from a range of backgrounds: physicians, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, social workers, case managers, patient navigators, clinical and health psychologists, pharmacists, counselors, graduate students, and medical trainees involved in clinical care of people with addiction and substance use problems.
- Digital[edited by] Orlando R. Hung, Michael F. Murphy.Summary: This book was written by the creators of the Difficult Airway Course: Anesthesia, this illustrated and extensively referenced text delivers a comprehensive review of the latest options available for airway management and offers expert coverage of the full spectrum of airway management techniques. Within its pages you will find the most up-to-date review available of the many innovations that been introduced since publication of the previous edition. This is accompanied by a thorough review of the pharmacology of airway management designed to help you understand how to achieve the desired effects on ventilation and muscle strength. You will also find numerous algorithms, many of which have been revised for this edition. ... These cases teach trainees the fundamental approaches to airway management, and include self-evaluation questions to reinforce the lesson. For experienced anesthesiologists, the cases present an opportunity to learn about recently introduced devices and techniques they may wish to incorporate into their clinical practice.
Contents:
Principles of airway management
Airway techniques
Pre-hospital airway management
Airway management in the emergency room
Airway management in the intensive care unit (ICU)
Airway management in the operating room
Airway management in the pediatric population
Airway in the obstetrics
Airway management in unique environment
Practical considerations in airway management.Digital Access AccessAnesthesiology 2018 - PrintRoxane Gay.Summary: Roxane Gay addresses the experience of living in a body that she calls 'wildly undisciplined.' She casts an insightful and critical eye over her childhood, teens, and twenties -- including the devastating act of violence that was a turning point at age 12 -- and brings readers into the present and the realities, pains, and joys of her daily life. With candor, vulnerability, and authority, Roxane explores what it means to be overweight in a time when the bigger you are, the less you are seen.
- Digitaledited by Daniel H. Temple, Christopher M. Stojanowski.Summary: "Hunter-gatherer lifestyles defined the origins of modern humans and for tens of thousands of years were the only form of subsistence our species knew. This changed with the advent of food production at different times throughout the world. The chapters in this volume explore the different way that hunter-gatherer societies around the world adapted to changing social and ecological circumstances while still maintaining a predominantly hunter-gatherer lifestyle. Couched specifically with the framework of resilience theory, the authors use contextualized bioarchaeological analyses of health, diet, mobility, and funerary practices to explore how hunter-gatherers in different parts of the world responded to challenges and actively resisted change that formed the core of their social identity and worldview"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalEdward T. Ryan MD, FACP, FIDSA, FASTMH, FAAM, David R. Hill MD, DTM & H, FRCP, FFTM (RCPS Glasg), FASTMH, Tom Solomon BA, BM, BCh, FRCP, DCH, DTM & H, PhD, Naomi E. Aronson MD and Timothy P. Endy MD, MPH, FACP, FIDSA, FASTMHContents:
Part 1: Clinical practice in the tropics. Section A: Organ-based chapters. Tropical lung diseases
Cardiovascular diseases
Gastrointestinal diseases
Hepatobiliary diseases
Hematologic diseases
Genitourinary diseases
Sexually transmitted infections
Tropical dermatology
Ophthalmological diseases
Neurologic diseases
Psychiatric diseases
ENT
Diseases of the musculoskeletal system
Section B: Skills-based chapters. General surgery in the tropics
Oral health and disease in the tropics
Maternal and newborn health
Pediatrics in a resource-constrained setting
Section C: Service-based chapters. Diagnostic imaging in the tropics
Blood transfusion in resource-limited settings
Infection control in the tropics
Microbiology
Section D: Topic-based chapters. Approach to the patient with diarrhea
Cancer in the tropics
Heat-associated illness
Traditional medicine
Environmental health hazards in the tropics
Neglected tropical diseases: public health control programs and mass drug administration
Health systems and health care delivery
The health care response to disasters, complex emergencies, and population displacement
Part 2: Viral diseases. Introduction and general principles
Human immunodeficiency virus infection
HIV, tuberculosis, malaria and Streptococcus pneumoniae
Viral infections with cutaneous lesions
Measles
Poxviruses
Nonpolio enterovirus mucocutaneous infections
Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus
Viral respiratory infections
Viral gastroenteritis
Rotavirus
Norovirus
Enteric adenoviruses
Astroviruses
Sapovirus
Viral hepatitis (Hep A, B, C, D, E and non A to E)
Viral febrile illnesses and emerging pathogens
Dengue and Dengue hemorrhagic fever
Chikungunya fever
Zika
O'nyong Nyong fever
Ross River virus disease
Oropouche virus
Mayaro virus
Pathogenic phleboviruses (old: sandfly fever)
Sindbis fever
Viral hemorrhagic fevers: introduction
Yellow fever
Lassa fever
South American hemorrhagic fevers
Ebola and Marburg virus infections
Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever
Diseases caused by hantaviruses
Rift Valley fever
Viral CNS infections
Rabies & related viruses
Enterovirus infections that cause central nervous system disease (including poliomyelitis)
Venezuelan, Eastern and Western equine encephalitis
Japanese encephalitis
West Nile virus
Saint Louis encephalitis and Rocio encephalitis
Other arboviral encephalitides
Prion disease
Human T-lymphotropic virus type I and II infection
Part 3: Bacterial infections. Section A: Infections of the eye and throat. Trachoma and inclusion conjunctivitis
Group A Streptococcus
Diphtheria
Section B: Respiratory tract infections
Bacterial pneumonia
Tuberculosis
Pertussis
Section C: Gastrointestinal tract infections
Helicobacter pylori infection
Escherichia coli diarrhea
Cholera and other vibrios
Shigellosis
Nontyphoid Salmonella disease
Campylobacter infections
Miscellaneous bacterial enteritides
Yersinia enterocolitica
Clostridium infections
Aeromonas
Section D: Sexually transmitted diseases. Chlamydial infections
Lymphogranuloma venereum
Gonorrhea
Chancroid
Granuloma inguinale
Syphilis and the endemic treponematoses
Section E: Infections causing neurologic manifestations. Acute bacterial meningitis
Tetanus
Botulism
Section F: Infections of skin and soft tissues. Bacterial skin and soft tissue infections in the tropics
Leprosy
Buruli ulcer
Mycobacterium marinum infection
Anthrax
Section G: Febrile systemic syndromes with or without lymphadenopathy. Epidemic louse-borne typhus
Murine typhus
Scrub typhus
Tick-borne spotted fever rickettsioses
Rickettsialpox
Q fever
Trench fever
Bartonellosis : Carrion's disease and other bartonella infections
Typhoid and paratyphoid (enteric) fever
Brucellosis
Melioidosis and glanders
Plague
Tularemia
Leptospirosis
Relapsing fever and borrelioses
Part 4: The mycoses. General principles
Superficial mycoses
Subcutaneous mycoses : general principles
Protothecosis
Histoplasmosis
Coccidioidomycosis
Blastomycosis
Paracoccidioidomycosis
Cryptococcosis
Penicilliosis marneffei
Pneumocystis pneumonia
Treatment of systemic mycoses
Part 5: Protozoal infections. General principles
Section A: Intestinal and genital infections
Entamoeba histolytica (amebiasis)
Giardiasis
Cryptosporidiosis
Cyclosporiasis
Cystoisospora belli (syn. Isospora belli )
Miscellaneous intestinal protozoa
Trichomoniasis
Section B: Infections of the blood and reticuloendothelial system. Malaria
African trypanosomiasis
American trypanosomiasis (Chagas disease)
Leishmaniasis
Babesiosis
Section C: Tissue infection. Toxoplasmosis
Pathogenic and opportunistic free-living ameba infections
Sarcocystosis
Microsporidiosis
Part 6: Helminthic infections. General principles
Section A: Intestinal nematode infections. Nematodes limited to the intestinal tract ( Enterobius vermicularis , Trichuris trichiura , Capillaria philippinensis and Trichostrongylus spp.)
Intestinal nematodes: ascariasis
Hookworm and strongyloides infections
Section B: Filarial infections. Lymphatic filariasis
Loiasis
Onchocerciasis
Miscellaneous filariae
Section C: Other tissue nematode infections. Dracunculiasis
Trichinellosis
Toxocariasis
Gnathostomiasis
Eosinophilic meningitis ( Angiostrongylus cantonensis , Parastrongylus cantonensis )
Abdominal angiostrongyliasis
Cutaneous larva migrans
Anisakidosis
Section D: Trematodes infections. Schistosomiasis
Intestinal fluke infections
Liver fluke infections
Paragonimiasis
Section E: Cestode infections. Tapeworm Infections
Larval cestode infections (cysticercosis)
Cystic echinococcosis
Alveolar echinococcosis (alveolar hydatid disease)
Polycystic echinococcosis (polycystic neotropical disease)
Sparganosis
Coenuriasis
Part 7: Poisonous and toxic plants and animals. Animals hazardous to humans: venomous bites, stings and envenoming
Injurious arthropods
Poisonous plants and aquatic animals
Pentastomiasis
Bats
Part 8: Nutritional problems and deficiency diseases. General principles
Protein-energy malnutrition in children
Vitamin deficiencies
Mineral deficiencies
Part 9: Vector transmission of diseases and zoonoses. Section A: Medical entomology. Introduction medical entomology
Section B: Diseases associated with vectors (arthropods in disease transmission). Diseases associated with vectors (arthropods in disease transmission)
Section C: Vector control. Vector control
Part 10: The sick returning traveler. General principles
Fever in the returned traveler
Malaria in the returned traveler
Screening of the asymptomatic long-term traveler
Persistent diarrhea in the returned traveler
Skin lesions in returning travelers
Eosinophilia in migrants and returned travelers: a practical approach
Immigrant medicine
International adoption
Medical tourism
Transplant patients and tropical diseases
Delusional parasitosis
Part 11: Laboratory diagnosis of parasitic diseases. General principles
Preparation of samples for morphologic diagnosis of parasites in stool and urine specimens
Examination of blood, other body fluids, tissues, and sputum
Part 12: Drugs used in tropical medicine. Albendazole
Artemisinin
Benznidazole
Dapsone
DEC
Eflornithine
Ivermectin
Miltefosine
Nifurtimox
Nitazoxanide
Pentamidine
Pentavalent antimony
PraziquantelDigital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digitaledited by Andrew S. Feigin and Karen E. AndersonSummary: "Huntington Disease summarizes the most recent findings related to the disease, providing both cutting edge coverage for clinical/research specialists looking to expand their knowledge base of Huntington disease information, as well as solid groundwork for advanced students from various backgrounds (neurology, psychiatry, neuropsychology, genetics). The volume includes all major areas of Huntington disease clinical care and research, whereas many other HD texts focus solely on neurological symptoms. This book also addresses behavioral and cognitive symptoms, brain imaging, and family dynamics and therapeutic alliances in working with individuals affected by HD. Clinical trials are covered extensively, including design considerations for therapeutic studies. The devastating nature of Huntington's disease is well appreciated throughout the neuroscience, neurology, and psychiatric communities, and a great amount of basic and clinical research is currently taking place. However, much of that occurs in isolated research silos, and it is critical that an interdisciplinary resource be developed to provide in depth information to enhance communication and collaboration. This volume in the Handbook of Clinical Neurology series is that resource"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section 1: Basic science. Genetics of Huntington disease
Mechanisms underlying neurodegeneration in Huntington disease: Applications to novel disease-modifying therapies
Section 2: Clinical aspects. Epidemiology of Huntington disease
Statistical modelling of Huntington disease onset
The diagnosis and natural history of Huntington's disease
Preclinical cognitive and behavioral changes in Huntington disease
Preclinical motor manifestations of Huntington disease
The highly anxious individual presenting for Huntington disease predictive genetic testing: the psychiatrist's role in assessment and counseling
Reproductive options for Huntington disease families
Genetic testing for Huntington disease
Section 3: Treatment of Huntington disease. Medical treatment of behavioral manifestations of Huntington disease
Medical management of motor manifestations of Huntington disease
The role of rehabilitation therapy in Huntington disease
Contemporary health care for Huntington disease
The impact of Huntington disease on young people
Making a measurable difference in advanced Huntington disease care
Section 4: Experimental Therapeutics. New symptomatic therapies for Huntington disease
Motor outcome measures in Huntington disease clinical trials
Cognitive outcome measures in Huntington disease clinical drug trials
Section 5: Biomarkers. Structural imaging in premanifest and manifest Huntington disease
Functional imaging in Huntington disease.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digitaleditors, Laura A. Huppert, Timothy G. Dyster.Summary: "A manual connecting pathophysiology to clinical management principles encountered on medical clerkship rotations. The author, through her own recent experiences as a medical student and resident in internal medicine, has succinctly organized foundational science learned in years one and two of medical school and provides a framework for clinical learning encountered in year three clerkship and beyond. This marriage of pathophysiology and basic treatment principles helps users make sense of clinical concepts mechanistically, rather than through memorization. Filled with visuals and pearls, this portable guide will help medical students bridge the gap between science lectures and patient wards"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part 1: Cardiology. Anatomy and physiology in cardiology
Diagnostics in cardiology
Approaches and chief complaints in cardiology
Diseases and pathophysiology in cardiology
Key medications and interventions in cardiology
Key clinical trials and publications in cardiology
Part 2: Pulmonology. Anatomy and physiology in pulmonology
Diagnostics in pulmonology
Approaches and chief complaints in pulmonology
Diseases and pathophysiology in pulmonology
Key medications and interventions in pulmonology
Key clinical trials and publications in pulmonology
Part 3: Critical care medicine. Introduction in critical care medicine
Anatomy, physiology, and diagnostics in critical care medicine
Approaches and chief complaints in critical care medicine
Diseases and pathophysiology in critical care medicine
Common complications of ICU admission in critical care medicine
Key medications and interventions in critical care medicine
Key clinical trials and publications in critical care medicine
Part 4: Gastroenterology. Anatomy and physiology in gastroenterology
Diagnostics in gastroenterology
Approaches and chief complaints in gastroenterology
Diseases and pathophysiology in gastroenterology
Key medications and interventions in gastroenterology
Key clinical trials and publications in gastroenterology
Part 5: Endocrinology. Anatomy and physiology in endocrinology
Reproductive endocrinology
Key clinical trials and publications in endocrinology
Part 6: Nephrology. Anatomy and physiology in nephrology
Diagnostics in nephrology
Approaches and chief complaints in nephrology
Diseases and pathophysiology in nephrology
Key medications and interventions in nephrology
Key clinical trials and publications in nephrology
Part 7: Hematology and oncology. Anatomy & physiology in hematology
Diagnostics in hematology
Approaches & chief complaints in hematology
Diseases & pathophysiology: non-malignant hematology in hematology
Diseases & pathophysiology: malignant hematology in hematology
Key medications & interventions in hematology
Key clinical trials & publications in hematology
Anatomy & physiology in oncology
Diagnostics in oncology
Approaches & chief complaints in oncology
Diseases & pathophysiology in oncology
Key medications & interventions in oncology
Key clinical trials & publications in oncology
Part 8: Infectious diseases. Microbiology in infectious diseases
Approaches & chief complaints in infectious diseases
Diseases & pathophysiology in infectious diseases
Key medications & interventions in infectious diseases
Key clinical trials & publications in infectious diseases --Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021 - Digitaleditors, Valentin Fuster, Robert A. Harrington, Jagat Narula, Zubin J. Eapen.Digital Access
- DigitalKeith Wesley.Summary: "Huzar's ECG and 12-Lead Interpretation, 5th Edition, by Keith Wesley, M.D., helps you correlate ECG interpretation with clinical findings to identify and address selected heart rhythms. The text is structured to match the order in which you learn specific skills: ECG components are presented first, followed by rhythm interpretation and clinical implications. Take-Home Points, key definitions, chapter review questions, and practice strips help you understand and retain complex information."--Publisher.
Contents:
Anatomy and physiology of the heart
ECG leads and cardiac monitoring
Components of the ECG waveform
Step-by-step ECG interpretation
Sinus rhythms
Atrial rhythms
Junctional rhythms
Ventricular rhythms
Atrioventricular blocks
Implanted pacemaker rhythms
Treatment of rhythm disturbances
The 12-lead ECG: leads and axis
Bundle branch and fascicular blocks
Hypertrophy, electrolytes, and other ECG findings
Coronary heart disease and the 12-lead ECG
ECG diagnosis of myocardial infarction
Diagnosis and treatment of acute coronary syndromes
Appendices. Methods of determining the GRS axis
Answers to chapter review questions
Rhythm interpretation self-assessment
Self-assessment answer keyDigital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2017 - Digitaledited by Michael Glynn, William M. Drake.Contents:
Doctor and patient: General principles of history taking
General patient examination and differential diagnosis
The next steps: Differential diagnosis and initial management
Ethical considerations
Women
Children and adolescents
Older people
Psychiatric assessment
Patients presenting as emergencies
Patients with a fever
Patients in pain
Respiratory system
Cardiovascular system
Gastrointestinal system
Locomotor system
Nervous system
Urogenital system
Endocrine and metabolic disorders
Skin, nails and hair
Eyes
Ear, nose and throat.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - Digitaledited by Michael Glynn, William M. Drake.Contents:
Doctor and patient : General principles of history taking
General patient examination and differential diagnosis
The next steps : Differential diagnosis and initial management
Ethical considerations
Women
Children and adolescents
Older people
Psychiatric assessment
Patients presenting as emergencies
Patients with a fever
Patients in pain
Respiratory system
Cardiovascular system
Gastrointestinal system
Locomotor system
Nervous system
Renal and urology system
Sexually transmitted infections
Endocrine and metabolic disorders
Skin, nails and hair
Eyes
Ear, nose and throat
SARS-CoV-2 and the COVID-19 pandemic.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - Digitaledited by Melanie A. Simpson, Paraskevi Heldin.Contents:
Ch. 1. Emerging roles for hyaluronidase in cancer metastasis and therapy
Ch. 2. Targeting hyaluronic acid family for cancer chemoprevention and therapy
Ch. 3. Aberrant posttranscriptional processing of hyaluronan synthase 1 in malignant transformation and tumor progression
Ch. 4. Hyaluronan synthases posttranslational regulation in cancer
Ch.4. Hyaluronan synthases posttranslational regulation in cancer
Ch. 5. Hyaluronan-coated extraellular vesicles, a novel link between hyaluronan and cancer
Ch.6.Hyaluronan in the healthy and malignant hematopoietic microenvironment
Ch. 7. Hyaluronan regulation of endothelial barrier function in cancer
Ch. 8. HAS2 and CD44 in breast tumorigenesis
Ch. 9. CD44 is a multidomain signaling platform that integrates extracellular matrix cues with growth factor and cytokine signals
Ch. 10. Hyaluronan-CD44 interaction promotes oncogenic signaling, microRNA functions, chemoresistance, and radiation resistance in cancer stem cells leading to tumor progression
Ch. 11. Advances and advantages of nanomedicine in the pharmacological targeting of hyaluronan-CD44 interactions and signaling in cancer
Ch.12. Hyaluronan/RHAMM interactions in mesenchymal tumor pathogenesis: role of growth factors
Ch. 13. CD147: regulator of hyaluronan signaling in invasiveness and chemoresistance
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalPaul D. Scanlon, Robert E. Hyatt.Contents:
Introduction
Spirometry: dynamic lung volues
Static (absolout) lung volumes
Diffusing capacity of the lungs
Bronchodilators and bronchial challenge testing
Arterial blood gases
Other tests of lung mechanics: resistance and compliance
Distribution of ventilation
Maximal respiratory pressures
Preoperative pulmonary function testing
Simple tests of exercise capacity
Patterns in various diseases
When to test and what to order
Interpreting pulmonary function tests
Illustrative casesDigital Access Ovid 2020 - DigitalStephan G. Nekolla, Christoph Rischpler, editors.Summary: This clinically oriented book provides an up-to-date review on the various hybrid imaging modalities that may be employed for the purpose of cardiac imaging. After discussion of generic aspects of hybrid imaging, SPECT/CT, PET/CT, and PET/MRI are each considered in depth. In addition, information is provided on upcoming technologies, such as dedicated so-called fast cardiac cameras (CZT detector technology) and novel probes and radiotracers. A wide variety of topics are addressed, including important technological aspects, possible applications, imaging protocols, peculiarities of the available modalities, radiation exposure, and dose reduction. Last but not least, an estimation of the cost efficiency of dedicated and hybrid imaging devices in cardiology is provided and possible scenarios with respect to health care economics are envisioned. Hybrid Cardiac Imaging will be of particular value for nuclear medicine specialists, cardiologists, and radiologists and will also be of interest to medical physicists, medical technicians, and cardiothoracic surgeons. .
- DigitalFrancesco Nudi, Orazio Schillaci, Giuseppe Biondi-Zoccai, Ami E. Iskandrian, editors.Summary: Performing any diagnostic test in medicine is always a matter of trying to get the condition of the patient diagnosed properly with the least effort, exposure, discomfort and at the same time with the lowest possible error probability. Pre-test probability is helpful but often imprecise, effectively overestimating the patient's risk profile. In a broader prevention objective, the phases of a disease, its onset, progression, and complications must be taken into account. The negative predictive value, which is so important, has in turn its main limitation in identifying the healthy patient, that is, the one who does not belong to any cluster of patients in which we would act in terms of prevention. In coronary syndromes, the goal is instead to evaluate coronary heart disease, from mild to more extensive and significant forms. For this purpose, it is necessary to use parameters that investigate different and complementary aspects: stenosis, ischemia, the morphology of the atherosclerotic plaque, metabolic processes, in particular vitality and apoptosis, the presence of inflammatory processes. The possibility, already present thanks to Hybrid Imaging, of 'joining exams that study different aspects, will allow the patient to be increasingly characterized not only from a diagnostic point of view but also from a prognostic and personalized therapeutic choice.
Contents:
PART I) SPECIALISTS PERSPECTIVES TO HYBRID CARDIAC IMAGING
Chapter 1) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Clinical Cardiologist
Chapter 2) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Cardiologist with Expertise in Echocardiography
Chapter 3) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Specialist with Expertise in Cardiac Magnetic Resonance
Chapter 4) Hybrid Imaging Using Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography
Chapter 5) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Specialist with Expertise in Computed Tomography
Chapter 6) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Invasive Cardiologist
Chapter 7) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Interventional Cardiologist
PART II) HYBRID IMAGING IN CLINICAL PRACTICE
Chapter 8) Systematic Review of Hybrid Cardiac Imaging
Chapter 9) Hybrid Cardiac Viability Assessment
Chapter 10) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging in Clinical Practice: From Diagnosis to Prognosis and Management
Chapter 11) Clinical Cases of Hybrid Cardiac Imaging
Chapter 12) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging: The Role of Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence. - DigitalMussaad Al-Razouki, Sophie Smith, editors.Summary: This essential book reviews how digital health ventures can be integrated with more traditional techniques to revolutionize the healthcare system. Details of the current state of the digital marketplace, the available tools for early detection and diagnostics that presently employ digital technologies are provided. Relevant aspects of blockchain, artificial intelligence including data lake development and data analytics are described. The role of regulators and legislation including GDPR are also covered. Hybrid Healthcare provides a thorough overview of how digital health entrepreneurs will need to employ a hybrid approach to address many healthcare challenges of the 21st century. It is therefore an indispensable resource for all those seeking to develop their knowledge of this rapidly growing sector.
Contents:
Introduction: What is Hybrid Healthcare?
Health is a Gift, Medicine is an Art, but Healthcare is a Business
Antiquity The Evolution of Modern Medicine
Modern Medicine 1.0 Why Healthcare Remains Broken Post WWII
Health 2.0 The Rise of Digital Technologies in Healthcare
Digital Marketplaces
B2C Finding a Doctor Nearest to You
B2B - The Rise and Fall of Practice Fusion
B2G
C2C Patient Support Groups
Digital Diagnostics and Therapeutics
Early Detection and Diagnosing At Scale Altoida and Alzheimers
Priming
Viral Vector Drugs
Retail Medicine
Current Examples
Experimental Models
Future Models
Genetic Therapy
Archaic Splicing: Vivisection
The Modern Era and the DNA Double Helix
Early Attempts at Gene editing: Zinc Finger Nucleases (ZFNs) and Transcription Activator-Like Effector Nucleases (TALENs)
CRISPRs/Cas-9
Other Experimental Models of Gene Therapy
Cloud Biology
Precision Medicine
Uploading Your Genetic Code
Downloading Therapies
Digital Storage of Genetic Material
Who Owns the Data?
Artificial Intelligence
Machine Learning
Developing a Data Lake
AI Triage and Treatment
Blockchain
Introduction to the Blockchain
Blockchain in Healthcare Provision: Creating Value
Ownership of the Distributed Ledger
Regulating the Blockchain
Communicating Via the Blockchain
Robotic Surgery
Hybrid Clinical Research
Sourcing Participants
Payment Models
Accelerating Data Collection and Analysis
Privacy in Hybrid Healthcare
Your online profile
HIPAA vs. GDPR
The Role of Regulators
Future Directions. . - DigitalAna M. Franceschi, Dinko Franceschi, editors.Summary: This book serves as a reference and comprehensive guide for PET/MR neuroimaging. The field of PET/MR is rapidly evolving, however, there is no standard resource summarizing the vast information and its potential applications. This book will guide neurological molecular imaging applications in both clinical practice and the research setting. Experts from multiple disciplines, including radiologists, researchers, and physicists, have collaborated to bring their knowledge and expertise together. Sections begin by covering general considerations, including public health and economic implications, the physics of PET/MR systems, an overview of hot lab and cyclotron, and radiotracers used in neurologic PET/MRI. There is then coverage of each major disease/systemic category, including dementia and neurodegenerative disease, epilepsy localization, brain tumors, inflammatory and infectious CNS disorders, head and neck imaging, as well as vascular hybrid imaging. Together, we have created a thorough, concise and up-to-date textbook in a unique, user-friendly format. This is an ideal guide for neuroradiologists, nuclear medicine specialists, medical physicists, clinical trainees and researchers.
Contents:
SECTION I: Introdcution to PET/MR
Introduction to PET/MR
SECTION II: Public Health and Economic Implications
Utility of PET/MRI in Private Practice
SECTION III: Physics of PET/MR Systems
Physics of PET/MR Systems
SECTION IV: Overview of Hot Lab and Cyclotron
Overview of Hot Lab and Cyclotron
SECTION V: Radiotracers in Neurologic PET/MRI
FDG Metabolic Imaging
Amyloid Dementia Imaging
TAU Dementia Imaging
Amino Acid Tumor Imaging
FDOPA Dopaminergic Imaging
DASB Serotonin Receptor Imaging
FEPPA Microglial Activation Imaging
[150]-H2O/CO2 Perfusion Imaging
Fluciclovine (Axumin) glioma imaging
Ga68 Dotatate neuroendocrine imaging
Radiotracers in development
SECTION VI: Dementia and Neurodegenerative Disease
Alzheimers disease
MCI and dementia therapeutics
Posterior cortical atrophy
Dementia with Lewy Body
Behavioral variant FTD (Picks disease)
Semantic dementia
Logopenic PPA
Agrammatic PPA
Progressive supranuclear palsy
Multisystem atrophy
Corticobasal degeneration
Creutzfeld-Jacob disease
Normal pressure hydrocephalus
Crossed cerebellar diaschisis
SECTION VII: Epilepsy Localization
Seizure Focus Localization
Developmental
Acquired
SECTION VIII: Brain Tumors
Diagnosis
Primary Brain Neoplasms
Metastatic Disease
Treatment Planning
Treatment Response
SECTION IX: Inflammatory and Infectious CNS Disorders
Meningitis
Encephalitis
CNS Inflammatory Disease
Demyelinating Disease
Vasculitis
SECTION X: Hybrid Imaging in Head and Neck
Role of PET/MR in tumor staging
Mucosal and nodal disease in the head and neck
Extranodal disease in the head and neck
Metastatic disease in the head and neck
Salivary gland pathology
Orbital pathology
SECTION XI: Spine PET/MR
Neoplastic Disease
Non-Neoplastic
SECTION XII: Vascular Hybrid Imaging
Ischemic Disease
Aneurysms and Vascular Malformations
Genetic Disorders
Perfusion and PET
Advanced MR Techniques
SECTION XIII: Future Trends
Artificial Intelligence
Utility of AI in Dementia/Neuroimaging. - DigitalMehmet Turgut, editor.Summary: "Hydatid disease, a zoonotic infection caused by a tapeworm of the genus Echinococcus, has been encountered in various organs in humans. In spite of all the advances in imaging techniques and therapeutic methods, hydatidosis of the central nervous system is still a life-threatening condition in infested areas of the world. Geographical regions affected include the Middle East, Mediterranean countries, South America, Central and Eastern Europe, South Africa, India, and Australia. This is the first comprehensive reference book on hydatidosis of the central nervous system. It is written and edited by leading international authorities from infested areas and provides an in-depth review of diagnosis and management of the disease. Clinical and neuroradiological findings are extensively documented with the aid of numerous original photographs, and the role of surgical intervention and chemotherapy is carefully appraised. In addition to the provision of detailed current evidence, future avenues and innovative therapeutic philosophies are discussed. This book will serve as an ideal source of up-to-date information for all with an interest in this debilitating disease."--Publisher's website.
Contents:
Historical Aspects of Hydatidosis of Central Nervous system
Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in Mediterranean Countries and Middle East
Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in South America
Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in Central and Eastern Europe
Clinical Manifestations of Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System
Hydatidosis of the Skull
Hydatidosis of the Brain
Intraventricular Hydatidosis
Hydatidosis of the Spinal Cord
Hydatidosis of the Spine
Laboratory Findings of Patients with Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System
Imaging of Cerebral Hydatidosis Disease
Imaging of Spinal Hydatid Disease
In vivo Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
Surgical Treatment of Spinal Hydatidosis
Surgical Treatment of Cerebral Hydatidosis
Chemotherapy for Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
Complications of Cerebral Hydatidosis
Complications of Spinal Hydatidosis
Outcome and Follow-up of Patients with Cerebral Hydatidosis.- Outcome and Follow-up of Patients with Spinal Hydatidosis.- Unusual Presentations of Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
Cerebrovascular Occlusive Disease: Hydatidosis
Hydatidosis of the Orbit
Alveolar Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
Prevention and Control of Hydatidosis.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAhmed Ammar, editor.Contents:
Part I- Introduction: Preface
Scientific History of Hydrocephalus
Value based Medicine- Ethical issues and hydrocephalus
Evidence Based Medicine- Hydrocephalus
Part II Etiology and pathophysiology of hydrocephalus: Pathophysiology of hydrocephalus
Understand Hydrocephalus-Genetic?s theories
Post SAH hydrocephalus
Normal Pressure hydrocephalus
Post infection and multiple loculated hydrocephalus
Arrested Hydrocephalus
Part III- Clinical Presentation: Clinical presentations of hydrocephalus in neonates and children
Clinical presentation of Hydrocephalus in Adults
Radiological diagnosis of hydrocephalus
Part IV- Management of hydrocephalus: Strategic plans for management of hydrocephalus
Endoscopic management and CPC
Shunts and shunt complications
Anesthesia for hydrocephalic patient
Anesthesia for large heads patients
Good long time of hydrocephalus
Part V- Complex hydrocephalus: Complex hydrocephalus
Posterior fossa anomalies and hydrocephalus
Dandy walker syndrome
Brain atrophy and brain anomalies and hydrocephalus
Part VI- Fetal hydrocephalus: Pros and cons of fetal surgery
Intrauterine shunt.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Enrique Cadenas and Lester Packer.Digital Access
- DigitalJan Tachezy, editor.Summary: "Hydrogenosomes and Mitosomes: Mitochondria of Anaerobic Eukaryotes, 2nd edition" provides a comprehensive summary of the current knowledge on these organelles, which occur in unicellular, often parasitic organisms, including human pathogens. It discusses the discovery of these widely distributed organelles, as well as their evolution and recent advances in the study of their structure and function. The book also describes their properties, such as protein import, structure, metabolism and adaptation, their proteome and their role in drug activation and resistance. The book will appeal to researchers and students interested in biology and medicine, and to those who are mainly interested in basic science-cell biology, parasitology, microbiology, evolution etc., but also to those interested in organelles as potential targets for chemotherapy.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: The evolution of oxygen independent energy metabolism in eukaryotes with hydrogenosomes and mitosomes
Chapter 3: Protein Import into Hydrogenosomes and Mitosomes
Chapter 4: Structure of the Hydrogenosome
Chapter 5: Hydrogenosomes of Anaerobic Ciliates
Chapter 6: Metabolism of Trichomonad Hydrogenosomes
Chapter 7: Hydrogenosomes of Anaerobic Fungi: an Alternative Way to Adapt to Anaerobic Environments
Chapter 8: The proteome of T. vaginalis hydrogenosomes
Chapter 9: Mitosomes in parasitic protists
Chapter 10: The Mitochondrion-Related Organelles of Crypto-sporidium species
Chapter 11: The Mitochondrion-Related Organelles of Blastocystis
Chapter 12: Mitochondrion-related organelles in free-living protists
Chapter 13: Protists without mitochondria, how it may happen?Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalPeter Timmins, Samuel R. Pygall, Colin D. Melia, editors.Summary: This detailed volume addresses key issues and subtle nuances involved in developing hydrophilic matrix tablets as an approach to oral controlled release. It brings together information from more than five decades of research and development on hydrophilic matrix tablets and provides perspective on contemporary issues. Twelve comprehensive chapters explore a variety of topics including polymers (hypromellose, natural polysaccharides and polyethylene oxide) and their utilization in hydrophilic matrices, critical interactions impacting tablet performance, in vitro physical and imaging techniques, and microenvironmental pH control and mixed polymer approaches, among others. In one collective volume, Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets for Oral Controlled Release provides a single source of current knowledge, including sections of previously unpublished data. It is an important resource for industrial and academic scientists investigating and developing these oral controlled release formulations.
Contents:
1 Hydrophilic Matrix Dosage Forms: Definitions, General Attributes and the Evolution of Clinical Utilization
2 Design and Evaluation of Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose Matrix Tablets for Oral Controlled Release: a Historical Perspective
3 An Industrial Perspective on Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets based on Hyproxypropyl Methylcellulose (Hypromellose)
4 Natural Polysaccharides in Hydrophilic Matrices
5 Applications of Polyethylene Oxide (POLYOX) in Hydrophilic Matrices
6 A Formulation Development Perspective on Critical Interactions Affecting the Performance of Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
7 In vitro Physical and Imaging Techniques to Evaluate Drug Release Mechanisms from Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
8 Physiologically-Based Pharmacokinetic Modelling in the Development and Evaluation of Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
9 Approaches to Rapid In Vivo Optimization of Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
10 Extrusion: an Enabling Technology for Controlled Release Hydrophilic Matrix Systems
11 Microenvironmental pH Control and Mixed Polymer Approaches to Optimize Drug Delivery with Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
12 Evolving Biopharmaceutics Perspectives for Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets: Dosage Form-Food Interactions and Dosage Form Gastrointestinal Tract Interactions. - DigitalDavid J. Browning.Summary: "Malpractice settlements are large for undetected hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine toxicity which, if untreated, can lead to permanent loss of central vision. Knowledge of the ocular toxicity of these drugs has increased during the past fifty years as their use has expanded. Hydroxychloroquine and Chloroquine Retinopathy is the first single-source book on the subject and is essential for the practicing ophthalmologists, rheumatologists, dermatologists, and internists who prescribe these drugs. It covers clinical topics such as signs and symptoms of toxicity, toxicity screening, ancillary testing, to whom and why the drugs are prescribed and dosing considerations. Additionally, the book addresses practice management considerations, including coding, reimbursement and equipment costs, and the medico-legal responsibilities of the rheumatologist and of the ophthalmologist. Guidelines for the management of hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine vary around the world and differences between the guidelines of the United Kingdom, the United States, and other countries are identified. The book concludes with a collection of case examples illustrating common clinical scenarios and their management. This book is a “must-have” resource for physicians who use these drugs."--Publisher's website.
- Digitalvolume editors, Renato Pasquali, Duarte Pignatelli.Contents:
In utero androgen excess : a developmental commonality preceding polycystic ovary syndrome? / Abbott, D.H.; Kraynak, M.; Dumesic, D.A.; Levine, J.E.
Androgens, body composition and their metabolism based on sex / Giagulli, V.A.; Castellana, M.; Pelusi, C.; Triggiani, V.
Understanding the role of androgen action in female adipose tissue / Schiffer, L.; Arlt, W.; O'Reilly, M.W.
The role of androgen excess on insulin sensitivity in women / Diamanti-Kandarakis, E.; Pappalou, O.; Kandaraki, E.A.
Androgens in congenital adrenal hyperplasia / Pignatelli, D.; Pereira, S.S.; Pasquali, R.
Androgens in Cushing's disease and syndrome / Arnaldi, G.
Hyperandrogenism : not only PCOS / Di Dalmazi, G.
Androgen secreting ovarian tumors / Macut, D.; Ilic, D.; Mitrovic Jovanovic, A.; Bjekic-Macut, J
Endocrinology of hirsutism : from androgens to androgen excess disorders / Yilmaz, B.; Yildiz, B.O.
Obesity and androgens in women / Pasquali, R.; Oriolo, C.
Androgens in menopausal women : not only PCOS / Kostakis, E.K.; Gkioni, L.N.; Macut, D.; Mastorakos, G.
Androgen excess in women : proteomic and metabolomic approaches / Insenser, M.; Escobar-Morreale, H.F.
Androgens and severe insulin resistance states : basic and clinical aspects / Gambineri, A.; Zanotti, L.; Ibarra-Gasparini, D.Digital Access Karger 2019 - DigitalNariyoshi Shinomiya, Yasufumi Asai, editors.
- DigitalMarcella Donovan Walker, editor.Summary: While there are some books that include discussions of individual causes of hypercalcemia, there are none that provide basic guidance on the approach, diagnosis and treatment of hypercalcemia, while also offering an in-depth, detailed, state-of-the-art review of the individual causes by world-renowned experts in the field. Topics discussed include pathophysiology, differing diagnostic strategies for both the pediatric and adult patient, the various forms and causes of hypercalcemia as well as current treatment regimens and algorithms. Selected chapters are enhanced with illustrative cases, thereby complementing theoretical matter with real-world applications to the practice of medicine, and tables and figures allow the reader to solidify concepts in an easily digestible format. By integrating an evidence- and guideline-based framework along with an up-to-date, research-based summary of each cause, Hypercalcemia is relevant for expert clinicians and up-and-coming medical students alike. .
Contents:
Normal Regulation of Serum Calcium
Pathophysiology and Clinical Manifestations of Hypercalcemia
Diagnostic Approach to the Adult Patient with Hypercalcemia
Diagnostic Approach and Treatment of the Pediatric Patient with Hypercalcemia
Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Genetic Causes of Hypercalcemia/Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Familial Hypocalciuric Hypercalcemia and Disorders of the Calcium Sensing Receptor
Overview of Hypercalcemia of Malignancy
Humoral Hypercalcemia of Malignancy/PTHRP
Hypercalcemia Related to Osteolytic Metastases and Myeloma
Hypercalcemia Due to Malignancy Related Production of 1,25 (OH)2
Vitamin D Intoxication
Benign 1,25(OH)2 Vitamin D-Mediated Hypercalcemia
Medication-Induced Hypercalcemia
Non-Parathyroid Hormone Mediated Endocrine Causes of Hypercalcemia
Rare and Other Causes of Hypercalcemia. - DigitalMarcelo de Paula Loureiro, José Ribas M. de Campos, Nelson Wolosker, Paulo Kauffman, editors.Summary: "Hyperhidrosis is a medical condition in which a person sweats excessively and unpredictably. People with hyperhidrosis may sweat even when the temperature is cool or when they are at rest.Despite prevalence of at least 1% of the global population, Hyperhidrosis is still an unknown entity, for the most part -- an undertreated and even neglected medical condition. Moreover, there are few sources summarizing the knowledge on hyperhidrosis to a wider audience. The purpose of this book is to provide information regarding hyperhidrosis, ranging from basic information on pathophysiology to the most advanced therapeutic alternatives. From a therapeutic perspective, hyperhidrosis requires clinical treatment using topical and subdermal agents as well as surgical approaches. The book will not only cover these topics but will discuss all aspects of care -- from patient selection through post-surgical complications. Special attention will be given to sympathectomies. Medical and paramedical professionals, as well as students and researchers, interested in the topic will find the book comprehensive in scope and targeted in offering practical, clinical guidance. Diagnosis and Treatment of Hyperhidrosis - A Complete Guide counts with the collaboration of most renowned specialists of this field, and is intended as an easy to read and very practical reference book."-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalGiuseppe Sito, editor.Contents:
Preface.- 1 General aspects of hyperhidrosis
2 Anatomy and physiology of sweat glands
3 Classification of hyperhidrosis
4 Diagnosis of hyperhidrosis
5 Therapies for hyperhidrosis involving topical agents
6 Oral medication in hyperhidrosis
7 Surgical therapy for hyperhidrosis
8 Iontophoresis in hyperhidrosis
9 The role of botulinum toxin in hyperhidrosis
10 Practice skills (axillary, palmar, and plantar hyperhidrosis)
11 Management of complications in hyperhidrosis
12 Psychological management of patients with hyperhidrosis.Digital Access Springer 2016 - PrintRoger M. Kurlan, Paul E. Greene, Kevin M. Biglan.Contents:
1. The Basal Ganglia
2. Tremor
3. Dystonia: Part I
4. Dystonia: Part 2
5. Chorea, Athetosis and Ballism
6. Tourette's Syndrome and Other Tic Disorders
7. Habits, Mannerisms, Compulsions, and Stereotypies --8. Myoclonus and Asterixis
9. Restless Legs Syndrome
10. Drug-Induced Movement Disorders
11. Wilson's Disease
12. Peripherally Induced Movement Disorders
13. Psychogenic Hyperkinetic Movement Disorders
14. The Ataxias
Appendix. Resources for Clinicians and Patients
Index. - DigitalAnn E. Kearns, Robert A. Wermers, editors.Contents:
Asymptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Severe Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Nephrolithiasis in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Primary Hyperparathyroidism and Osteoporosis
Parathyroid Hormone Measurement Considerations in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Parathyroidectomy Outcomes and Pathology in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Localization Considerations in Persistent Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Ectopic Parathyroid Adenoma
Parathyroid Surgery in Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia 1
Parathyroid Carcinoma
Primary Hyperparathyroidism Due to Parathyromatosis
Familial Hypocalciuric Hypercalcemia
Medical Management of Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Primary Hyperparathyroidism in Children and Adolescents
Primary Hyperparathyroidism in Pregnancy
Primary Hyperparathyroidism: Association with Co-Existent Secondary Causes of Hypercalcemia
Medication Considerations in Hypercalcemia and Hyperparathyroidism
Normocalcemic Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Secondary Hyperparathyroidism
Tertiary Hyperparathyroidism. - DigitalGeorge L. Bakris, Matthew Sorrentino, Luke J. Laffin.Summary: Part of the renowned Braunwald family of references, Hypertension: A Companion to Braunwald's Heart Disease provides today's clinicians with clear, authoritative guidance on every aspect of managing and treating patients who suffer from hypertensive disorders. An invaluable resource for cardiologists, endocrinologists, and nephrologists, this one-stop reference covers all the latest developments from basic science to clinical trials and guidelines related to the treatment of common to complex hypertension. Now fully updated from cover to cover, the 4th Edition offers unparalleled coverage of hypertension in an accessible and user-friendly manner.
Contents:
Epidemiology and Preventive Strategies
Pathophysiology
Diagnosis and Evaluation
Risk Stratification
Antihypertensive Therapy
Hypertension Management Approaches
Hypertension Management With Comorbidities
Special Populations.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digital[edited by] George L. Bakris, Matthew J. Sorrentino.Contents:
General population and global cardiovascular risk prediction
Hypertension in Latin/Hispanic population
Hypertension in east Asians and native Hawaiians
Hypertension in south Asians
Pathogenesis of hypertension
Genetics of hypertension
Inflammation and immunity in hypertension
The environment and high blood pressure
Office blood pressure measurement
Home monitoring of blood pressure
Ambulatory blood pressure monitoring in clinical hypertension management
White-coat and masked hypertension
Renovascular hypertension and ischemic nephropathy
Secondary hypertension : primary hyperaldosteronism and mineralocorticoid excess states
Secondary hypertension : pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma
Secondary hypertension : sleep disturbances including sleep apnea
Hypertension in children : diagnosis and treatment
The natural history of untreated hypertension
Isolated systolic hypertension
Assessment of target organ damage
Diet and blood pressure
Diuretics in hypertension
Peripheral adrenergic blockers
Renin angiotensin aldosterone system blockers
Calcium channel blockers
Central sympathetic agents and direct vasodilators
Use of combination therapies
Device therapies
Alternative approaches for lowering blood pressure
Approach to difficult to manage primary hypertension
Hypertension in ischemic heart disease
Heart failure
Hypertension and chronic kidney disease
Transplant hypertension
Obesity
Cerebrovascular disease
Diabetes mellitus
Dyslipidemia
Hypertension in pregnancy
Hypertension in older people
Hypertension in African Americans
Orthostatic hypotension
Resistant hypertension
Hypertension and the perioperative period
Aorta and peripheral arterial disease in hypertension
Hypertensive emergencies and urgencies
Meta-analyses of blood pressure lowering trials and the blood pressure lowering treatment trialists' collaboration
Team-based care for hypertension management
Understanding and improving medication adherence
Updated American Heart Association/American College of Cardiology; European Society of Hypertension/International Society of Hypertension guidelines.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalMd. Shahidul Islam, editor.Contents:
Pathophysiological mechanisms and correlates of therapeutic pharmacological interventions in essential arterial hypertension / Francesco Maranta, Roberto Spoladore, and Gabriele Fragasso
Impact of salt intake on the pathogenesis and treatment of hypertension / Petra Rust and Cem Ekmekcioglu
Principles of blood pressure measurement - current techniques, office vs ambulatory blood pressure measurement / Annina S. Vischer and Thilo Burkard
Blood pressure self-measurement / Stefan Wagner
Ambulatory blood pressure monitoring in the diagnosis and treatment of hypertension / Md. Shahidul Islam
Treatment of hypertension: which goal for which patient? / Faiçal Jarraya
Adherence to treatment in hypertension / Carlos Menéndez Villalva [and 5 others]
The role of beta-blockers in the treatment of hypertension / John M. Cruickshank
Challenges in the management of hypertension in older populations / Lisa Pont and Tariq Alhawassi
Resistant hypertension / Debbie Valsan, Umber Burhan, and Geoffrey Teehan
Renal ultrasound (and doppler sonography) in hypertension: an update / Maria Boddi
Atherosclerotic renal artery stenosis / Robert Schoepe [and 3 others]
Endocrine hypertension: a practical approach / Joseph M. Pappachan and Harit N. Buch --Phaeochromocytoma and paraganglioma / P.T. Kavinga Gunawardane and Ashley Grossman
Renal denervation / Mohammed Awais Hameed and Indranil Dasgupta
Subclinical kidney damage in hypertensive patients: a renal window opened on the cardiovascular system. focus on microalbuminuria / Giuseppe Mulè [and 9 others]
Hypertension in chronic kidney disease / Seyed Mehrdad Hamrahian and Bonita Falkner
Hypertension in the hemodialysis patient / Musab Hommos and Carrie Schinstock
Unique considerations when managing hypertension in the transplant patient / Donald Mitema and Carrie Schinstock
Evidence-based revised view of the pathophysiology of preeclampsia / Asif Ahmed, Homira Rezai, and Sophie Broadway-Stringer
Hypertension in pregnancy / Roopa Malik and Viral Kumar
Chronic hypertension and pregnancy / Luís Guedes-Martins
Superimposed preeclampsia / Luís Guedes-Martins
Hypertension is a risk factor for several types of heart disease: review of prospective studies / Yoshihiro Kokubo and Chisa Matsumoto
The relationship between aortic root size and hypertension: an unsolved conundrum / Giuseppe Mulè [and 9 others]
Treating hypertension to prevent cognitive decline and dementia: re-opening the debate / M. Florencia Iulita and Helene Girouard
Measurement of arterial stiffness: a novel tool of risk stratification in hypertension / János Nemcsik, Orsolya Cseprekal, and Andras Tisler
Primordial prevention of cardiometabolic risk in childhood / Meryem A. Tanrikulu, Mehmet Agirbasli, and Gerald Berenson
Emotional stress as a risk for hypertension in sub-saharan africans: are we ignoring the odds? / Leoné Malan and Nico T. Malan
Endothelial dysfunction and hypertension / Dildar Konukoglu and Hafize Uzun
Cerebellar adrenomedullinergic system. role in cardiovascular regulation / Leticia Figueira and Anita Israel
Recent advances in the genetics of hypertension / Loo Keat Wei, Anthony Au, Lai Kuan The, and Huey Shi Lye
The role of DNA methylation in hypertension / Masashi Demura and Kiyofumi Saijoh
Metabolomics, lipidomics and pharmacometabolomics of human hypertension / Anthony Au, Kian-Kay Cheng, and Loo Keat Wei
Index.Digital Access Springer v. 2, 2017 - DigitalJulian Segura.Summary: This book guides readers through the correct use and consequent diagnostic and therapeutic relevance of 24-h ambulatory blood pressure monitoring (ABPM) in a wide spectrum of clinical presentations and different phenotypes of arterial hypertension. On the basis of eight case studies, the author reviews and discusses current guidelines and recommendations aimed at optimizing the diagnostic and therapeutic approach in commonly encountered real-world clinical scenarios, including challenging cases of white-coat hypertension, masked hypertension, isolated nocturnal or diurnal hypertension, hypertension and obstructive sleep apnea, pseudo-resistant and true-resistant hypertension, and drug-induced hypotension. This handy and practical book provides physicians in the area of general and internal medicine, as well as specialists in cardiovascular risk, valuable insights for optimizing the treatment of these hypertensive patients.
- DigitalAntonio Coca, editor.Contents:
Chapter 1. Epidemiology of hypertension and brain disease
Chapter 2. Comorbidities often associated to brain damage in hypertension: Dyslipidemia
Chapter 3. Comorbidities often associated to brain damage in hypertension: Smoking habits and alcohol intake
Chapter 4. Comorbidities often associated to brain damage in hypertension: CAD, CKD and SAOS
Chapter 5. Pathophysiology of brain damage in hypertension: small vessel disease
Chapter 6. Pathophysiology of brain damage in hypertension: large artery disease
Chapter 7. Hypertension and ischemic stroke
Chapter 8. Hypertension and hemorrhagic stroke
Chapter 9. Imaging techniques for detection and diagnosis of brain damage
Chapter 10. Primary prevention of stroke
Chapter 11. Management of high blood pressure in acute ischemic stroke
Chapter 12. Management of high blood pressure in acute hemorrhagic stroke
Chapter 13. Secondary prevention of stroke
Chapter 14. Hypertension and subjective cognitive failures
Chapter 15. Hypertension, cognitive decline and dementia.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalEmmanuel A. Andreadis, editor.Contents:
Hypertension; A Growing Threat
Blood Measuring Techniques
Key Vascular Signaling In Hypertension
The Progression Of Hypertensive Heart Disease To Left Ventricular Hypertrophy And Heart Failure
Cardiac Output In Hypertension
Structural Alterations In The Hypertensive Heart Disease Result In Maladaptive Gap Junction Remodeling That Promotes Development Of Fatal Arrhythmias
Hypertension And Atrial Fibrillation
Echocardiographic Findings In Hypertension
Cardiovascular Biomarkers In Hypertension
Cardiovascular Risk Assessment And The Role Of Lifestyle Modification In The Prevention Of Hypertensive Heart Disease
The Role Of Exercise And Physical Activity In The Prevention Of Hypertensive Heart Disease
Hypertension And Atherosclerosis
Selecting Optimum Antihypertensive Therapy
The J?Curve Phenomenon In Hypertension
Follow?Up Of Hypertensive Patients With Cardiovascular Disease
Hypertension As A Cause Of Sudden Cardiac Death
Approach To Erectile Dysfunction In Patients With Hypertension And Coronary Artery Disease
Postmenopausal Hypertension And Coronary Artery Disease Risk
The Economic Burden Of Hypertensive Heart Disease
Hypertension; Grey Zones, Future Perspectives.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalC. Venkata S. Ram, Boon Wee Jimmy Teo, Gurpreet S. Wander, editors.Summary: This book will cover all aspects of hypertension and the manifestations of cardiovascular disease in the Asian population. Asia has the largest population of all the continents, and also has the largest number of people suffering from these diseases. Due to an expanding economy and increasing affluent lifestyles, their incidence is increasing at alarming rates - in fact, this continent is a ticking time bomb for HTN and CVD outbreaks. The book fills a large gap, as there are currently no volumes on this topic - and provides much-needed information for physicians not only in Asia but globally. Not only physicians, but also all related medical professionals and libraries will benefit from this book, to which renowned international experts contributed.
Contents:
1 Hypertension, a powerful risk factor for excess mortality and premature morbidity in Asia.-2 Summary of Recent Guidelines for hypertension.-3 Mechanisms of Hypertension
4 Blood pressure levels and cardiovascular disease
5 What is new in the non-pharmacological approaches to hypertension control
6 Clinical Pharmacology of anti-hypertensive drugs
7 Newer angiotensin receptor blockers
8 Newer calcium channel blockers
9 Blood Pressure measurements in clinical practice ---- methods and application
10 True resistant hypertension: Recognition and treatment.-11 Cerebrovascular disease in Asia; causative factors
12 Hypertension as a mechanism for dementia
13 Blood pressure and Heart Rate Variability. What is the significance
14 Blood Pressure levels and chronic kidney disease: A Powerful link
15 Hypertension, diabetes, and metabolic syndrome
16 Central aortic blood pressure, a possible marker of systemic hypertension.-17 Secondary causes of hypertension: An overview
18 Iatrogenic causes of blood pressure elevation.-19 Renovascular Hypertension --- diagnosis and treatment options
20 Mechanical interventional therapies for hypertension: Present status and future prospects
21 Hypertensive disorders in pregnancy
22 Hypertension in the elderly --- Pathophysiology and clinical significance
23 Hypertension in children
24 Hypertensive crises --- diagnostic and therapeutic considerations. - DigitalAgostino Virdis.Contents:
1. Clinical case 1: patient with essential hypertension and systolic dysfunction
2. Clinical case 2: patient with essential hypertension and myocardial infarction
3. Clinical case 3: patient with diabetes mellitus
4. Clinical case 4: patient with end-stage renal disease
5. Clinical case 5: patient with essential hypertension and congestive heart failure
6. Clinical case 6: patient with essential hypertension and atrial fibrillation
7. Clinical case 7: patient with severe obesity
8. Clinical case 8: patient with essential hypertension and previous stroke.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalMaria Dorobantu, Giuseppe Mancia, Guido Grassi, Victor Voicu, editors.
- DigitalGiuliano Tocci.Contents:
Case 1 Patient with essential hypertension and left ventricular hypertrophy
Case 2 Patient with essential hypertension and diastolic dysfunction
Case 3 Patient with essential hypertension and microalbuminuria
Case 4 Patient with essential hypertension and proteinuria
Case 5 Patient with essential hypertension and atherosclerosis
Case 6 Patient with essential hypertension and high pulse pressure. - DigitalVenkatesh Aiyagari, Philip B. Gorelick, editors.Contents:
Blood Pressure: Definition, Diagnosis, and Management
The Link Between Hypertension and Stroke: Summary of Observational Epidemiological Studies
Blood Pressure Control and Primary Prevention of Stroke: Summary of Clinical Trial Data
Mechanisms Underlying Essential Hypertension: Neurogenic and Non-neurogenic
The Effects of Hypertension and Stroke on the Cerebral Vasculature
Pathophysiology and Mechanisms Whereby Hypertension May Cause Stroke
Cardiovascular Risk Assessment, Summary of Guidelines for the Management of Hypertension and a Critical Appraisal of the 2014 Expert Panel of the National Institutes of Health Report
Acute Blood Pressure Management After Ischemic Stroke
Hypertensive Encephalopathy, Posterior Reversible Encephalopathy Syndrome, and Eclampsia
Acute Blood Pressure Management After Intracerebral Hemorrhage
Blood Pressure Management in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage: The Role of Blood Pressure Manipulation in Prevention of Rebleeding and the Management of Vasospasm
Recurrent Stroke Prevention I: Diuretic and Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors (ACEIs)
The PROGRESS Trial
Blood Pressure Variability, Antihypertensive Therapy and Stroke Risk
A Review of Antihypertensive Drugs and Choosing the Right Antihypertensive for Recurrent Stroke Prevention
Vascular Cognitive Impairment and Alzheimer Disease: Are These Disorders Linked to Hypertension and Other Cardiovascular Risk Factors?
Hypertension, Cerebral Small Vessel Disease, and Cognitive Function
Cerebral Microbleeds, Small-Vessel Disease of the Brain, Hypertension and Cognition
Neuroimaging of Hypertension and Related Cerebral Pathology. .Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalEmpar Lurbe, Elke Wühl, editors.Summary: This book is devoted to hypertension in children and adolescents, a clinical issue that -- thanks to the strides made in several areas of pathophysiological and clinical research -- has received growing interest in cardiovascular medicine over the last several years. Given the increasing prevalence of hypertension in children and adolescents, this book represents an important and useful tool to address what has become a significant public health issue. It covers a diverse range of topics, from advances in the definition of hypertension and the identification of new risk factors, to current treatment strategies. The book also presents an overview of the latest findings, including the clinical significance of isolated systolic hypertension (ISH) in youth, the importance of out-of-office and central blood pressure measurement, new methods for assessing vascular phenotypes, and clustering of CV risk factors. Gathering contributions by international experts and pursuing a practice-oriented approach, the book offers a valuable tool for cardiologists, pediatricians and nephrologists, as well as general practitioners.
Contents:
1 Introduction
2 From pregnancy to childhood and adulthood: The trajectory of hypertension
3 Perinatal programing and blood pressure
4 Worldwide overview about the prevalence and trends of hypertension in Children and Adolescents
5 Office and out of office blood pressure measurements
6 Large vessels in hypertension: Central blood pressure
7 Isolated systolic hypertension
8 Secondary hypertension: Diagnostic and treatment
9 Monogenic hypertension
10 Neonatal hypertension
11 The heart in hypertension
12 The kidney in hypertension
13 No pharmacological treatment of hypertension
14Pharmacological approach to hypertension treatment
15 Physical exercise in the treatment of obesity: New approach to individualize treatment
16 Treatment of hypertension in chronic kidney disease
17 Long term follow up
18 Clinical trials. - DigitalKeith C. Ferdinand, editor.Summary: This volume discusses the many ways to prevent, identify and control hypertension in African Americans, a common and potent risk factor for virtually all forms of cardiovascular-renal diseases. Comprehensive chapters address modifiable risk factors, such as lifestyle changes, especially sodium restriction, and appropriate combination pharmacotherapy. Emerging devices and evidence-based approaches that may also enhance effective blood pressure control and decrease the disparate cardiovascular disease risks, including MI, stroke, HF, and cardiorenal metabolic syndrome and diabetes are also discussed in detail. Written by a wide-range of experts in the field, Hypertension in High Risk African Americans: Current Concepts, Evidence-based Therapeutics and Future Considerations is a valuable resource for clinicians, researchers, health administrators and public health policy leaders to better understand the best practices and unique aspects of risk assessment and treatment of hypertension and co-morbid conditions in African Americans.
Contents:
Overview
Epidemiology Awareness, Prevalence, and Control: Newest Findings on Hypertension in Blacks
Therapeutic Lifestyle Changes to Decrease Unhealthy Eating Patterns and Improve Blood Pressure in African Americans
Community Programs for Hypertension: A Means of Identification and Intervention in the Highest Risk Population
Stroke and Hypertension in High Risk African Americans
Manifestations of Left Ventricular Hypertrophy and Coronary Heart Disease: The Contribution of Hypertension and the Paradox in Blacks
Heart Failure Morbidity, Mortality and its Relationship to Hypertension
Hypertension and Atrial Fibrillation in African Americans
Cardiorenal Metabolic Syndrome and Diabetes in African Americans: Adding to the Risk of Hypertension
Central Aortic Pressure, Arterial Compliance: Emerging Tools to Identify and Guide Therapy for High Risk African American Patients
Renal Denervation Therapy and Baroreceptor Activation Therapy: Emerging Tools for Treating Resistant Hypertension
Practical Approaches to Promote Adherence and Improve Blood Pressure Control in Black Patients
Integration of a Team Approach to Hypertension Treatment
Practical Pearls in the Treatment of Hypertension in Blacks
Hypertension in African Americans
New Guideline Recommendations on Hypertension: Preventing CVD and Renal Disease with Applications to Blacks. - DigitalJonathan Elliott, Harriet M. Syme, Rosanne E. Jepson, editors.Summary: This book provides an in-depth review on various aspects of canine and feline hypertension. Physiology, pathophysiology, epidemiology and pathological consequences of high blood pressure in cats and dogs are discussed. A comparative approach is taken, the underpinning research is critically evaluated and knowledge gaps identified. In addition, the reader is presented with evidence-based treatment strategies. The book targets researchers, graduate students and clinical specialists in small animal internal medicine as well as veterinary clinicians with interest in nephrology, cardiology, neurology and ophthalmology.
Contents:
Part 1: Physiology, pathophysiology and epidemiology of hypertension
Chapter 1: Physiology of blood pressure regulation and pathophysiology of hypertension
Chapter 2: Measurement of blood pressure
Chapter 3: Epidemiology of hypertension
Chapter 4: Adrenal gland disease and hypertension
Chapter 5: Thyroid gland disease and hypertension
Chapter 6: Genetics of hypertension
comparison between human and veterinary medicine
Part 2: Clinical and pathological consequences of hypertension
Chapter 7: Hypertension and the kidney
Chapter 8: Hypertension and the heart and vasculature
Chapter 9: Hypertension and the eye
Chapter 10: Hypertension and the central nervous system
Part 3: Pharmacology and therapeutic use of antihypertensive drugs
Chapter 11: Pharmacology of antihypertensive drugs
Chapter 12: Management of hypertension in cats
Chapter 13: Management of hypertension in dogs
Part 4: Future perspectives
Chapter 14: Future perspectives: Unmet needs in hypertension in dogs and cats.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital[edited by] Edgar V. Lerma, James M. Luther, Swapnil Hiremath.Contents:
Measurement of blood pressure in the office
Ambulatory and home blood pressure monitoring
Clinical evaluation of the patient with hypertension
Hypertensive emergencies and urgencies
The epidemiology of hypertension
Physiology of blood pressure regulation
Target organ damage or why should we treat hypertension?
Primary aldosteronism and mineralocorticoid hypertension
Glucocorticoid hypertension
Pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma
Other endocrine causes of hypertension
Renovascular hypertension
Drug-induced hypertension
Obstructive sleep apnea and hypertension
Hereditary causes of hypertension
Hypertension in children and adolescents
Hypertension in chronic kidney disease and end-stage kidney disease
Hypertension in diabetes
Hypertension after transplantation
Treatment of hypertension in obesity
Hypertension in blacks
Hypertension in the elderly
Hypertension in pregnancy
Hypertension in heart disease
Hypertension in stroke
Hypertension in the patient with aortic dissection
Resistant and pseudoresistant hypertension
Hyperkalemia in hypertension
Lifestyle modifications for hypertension management
Blood pressure treatment goals
Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin receptor blocker
Calcium channel blockers
Direct vasodilators
Loop and thiazide diuretics
Potassium-sparing diuretics
Alpha antagonists
Beta-blockers
Alpha-agonists
Drug-drug and pharmacogenetic interactions
Role of device therapy
Orthostatic hypotension
Baroreflex dysfunction
Hypertension: origins.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - DigitalSatoshi Kokura, Toshikazu Yoshikawa, Takeo Ohnishi, editors.Contents:
Part I. Basic Science in Cultured Cells
1. Introduction
2.Induction of oxidative stress by hyperthermia and enhancement of hyperthermia-induced apoptosis by oxidative stress modification
3.Molecular Damage: Hyperthermia Alone
4.Roles of HSF1 and Heat Shock Proteins in Cancer
5.Cellular Responses in Signal Transduction Pathways Induced by Hyperthermia
6.Cell cycle responses to hyperthermia
7.Thermo-tolerance
8.Enhancement of Hyperthermia on Radio-sensitivity
9.Inhibition of DNA repair system activity
10. Enhancement of Hyperthermia on Anti-tumor Drug Sensitivity
11. Inhibition of epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition (EMT) by hyperthermia
Part II. Basic Science in Whole Body
12.Potentiating Immune System by Hyperthermia
13. Magnetic Nanoparticle-Mediated Hyperthermia and Induction of Anti-Tumor Immune Responses
14. Tumor Microenvironment and Hyperthermia Part III. Clinical Science in Cancer Patients.
15. Hyperthermia Alone
16.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation (and Chemotherapy): Oral and Maxillofacial Cancer
17.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation (and Chemotherapy): Lung Cancer
18.Efficacy of hyperthermia in combination with radiation therapy for breast cancer
19.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation: Esophageal Cancer
20.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation (and Chemotherapy): Gynecology Cancer
21.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation and Chemotherapy: Soft Tissue Sarcoma
22.Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Lung Cancer
23. Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Breast Cancer
24.Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Esophageal Cancer
25.Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Liver Cancer
26.Hyperthermia Combined with Chemotherapy: Pancreatic Cancer
27.Effect of hyperthermia in combination with chemotherapy and radiation therapy for treatment of urological cancer (prostate cancer and urothelial cancer)
28.Combination by Hyperthermia and Surgery
29.Combining Hyperthermia and Immunotherapy: NK Therapy and Hyperthermia
30.Combination by Hyperthermia and Immunotherapy: DC Therapy and Hyperthermia
31.Effects of fever-range hyperthermia on T cell-mediated immunity: possible combination of hyperthermia and T cell-based cancer immunotherapy
32.Combination of Hyperthermia and Immunotherapy: Hyperthermia and Naive T-cell Therapy
33.HIPEC for Peritoneal Dissemination
34.A new comprehensive treatment for peritoneal metastases using cytoreductive surgery combined with hyperthermic intraperitoneal chemoperfusion
35.Non-invasive Temperature Moniterring
36.Development of Heating Device
37. Epilogue.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalSrihari S. Naidu, editor ; foreword by Bernard Gersh and historical context by Eugene Braunwald.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive clinical review of Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy (HCM), the most common genetic disorder of the heart characterized by dysfunctional contractility at the sarcomere level, resulting in the development of abnormal and occasionally focal hypertrophy on a macroscopic level. Editor, Srihari S. Naidu, has brought together a world renowned group of experts to review various different topics but, with a practical focus that will enable readers to establish the evidence-based best practice in any potential scenario. Treatment modalities including medications, pacemakers and defibrillators, and invasive septal reduction therapy (both surgical myectomy and alcohol septal ablation) will be discussed. Chapters on genetics, family screening, lifestyle concerns, and athletic screening have additionally been added given the ongoing controversies and differences of opinion on many of these issues. Each chapter within Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy begins with key points of knowledge and ends with clinical pearls that have not previously been disseminated to the wider community. The practical approach of the entire book continues with dedicated chapters on creating a Center of Excellence, including how to facilitate the multi-disciplinary approach, and on case-based reviews and discussions allowing readers to further understand how to integrate the knowledge gained from each chapter into the comprehensive and longitudinal care of the individual patient and family. The last chapter takes the reader through the management of actual patients, showing over decades the nuances to diagnosis and management and the sometimes abrupt changes in the course of their diseases that necessitate correspondingly abrupt modifications in treatment. This book will be an essential text for Trainees, Fellows, Residents and board-certified physicians in cardiology, interventional cardiology, cardiac surgery, cardiac imaging, sports medicine, paediatric cardiology, genetics and genetic counselling, and electrophysiology.
Contents:
Introduction
Foreword
Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy: The Past, The Present, and The Future
Natural History of Untreated Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
Pathology & Pathophysiology
Approach to Diagnosis: Echocardiography
Cardiac MRI in Diagnosis and Management
Genetics of HCM and Role of Genetic Testing
Assessment of Heart Failure: Invasive and Non-invasive Methods
Assessment of Syncope
Pediatric Diagnosis and Management
Sudden Cardiac Death Risk Assessment
Youth and Athletic Screening: Rationale, Methods and Outcome
Lifestyle Modification: Diet, Exercise, Sports and Other Issues
Family Screening: Who, When and How
Medical Therapy: From Beta?Blockers to Disopyramide
Indications and Outcome of PPM and ICD Placement
Management of Arrhythmia: Medications, Electrophysiology Studies and Ablation
Indications for and Individualization of Septal Reduction Therapy
Surgical Myectomy and Associated Procedures: Techniques and Outcomes
Alcohol Septal Ablation: Technique and Outcome
End-Stage Diastolic and Systolic Heart Failure: Evaluation and Timing of Heart Transplantation
Approach to the Initial and Follow-Up Visits
Evaluation and Management of Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy Patients through Noncardiac Surgery and Pregnancy
Constructing a Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy Center of Excellence
Longitudinal Case-Based Presentations in HCM.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalOrit Kaidar-Person, Ronald Chen, editors.Summary: This handbook summarizes the data and techniques for hypofractionation and stereotactic radiation in a clinically-accessible way. Hypofractionated radiation therapy, which consists of larger-dose radiation treatments that are given over a shorter time period compared to conventional radiation fraction sizes, is used to treat a variety of cancers, including prostate, breast, lung, and colorectal. Conventional radiation therapy and hypofractionated radiation therapy have different effectiveness rates for cancer treatment and have different impacts on normal tissues in terms of causing toxicity. There is a significant and growing body of literature on the use of different dosing regimens to treat a variety of cancers and radiation oncologists need to keep up with the various dosing schedules, the effect of each regimen on cancer control in different cancers, and how the different schedules affect each organ in terms of toxicity. The book thus provides concise information ranging from commonly-used dose-fractionation schemes for hypofractionated and stereotactic body radiotherapy to simulation and treatment specifications to published safety and efficacy data. Chapters additionally examine the biological rationales for the efficacy of hypofractionated radiation; present clinical studies that demonstrate the efficacy and safety of hypofractionated radiation treatment in a variety of cancers; and describe the advances in technology that have allowed hypofractionated radiation to be safely given. This is an ideal guide for radiation oncology clinicians and trainees.
- Digitaledited by Brian M. Frier, Simon R. Heller, Rory J. McCrimmon.Contents:
Normal glucose metabolism and responses to hypoglycaemia / Ian A. Macdonald and Paromita King
Symptoms of hypoglycaemia and effects on mental performance and emotions / Ian J. Deary and Nicola N. Zammitt
Counterregulatory deficiencies in diabetes / Rory J. McCrimmon
Frequency, causes and risk factors for hypoglycaemia in type 1 diabetes / Mark W.J. Strachan
Nocturnal hypoglycaemia / Elaine Chow, Simon R. Heller
Impaired awareness of hypoglycaemia / Brian M. Frier
Risks of intensive therapy / Stephanie A. Amiel
Management of acute and recurrent hypoglycaemia / Rory J. McCrimmon
Technology for hypoglycaemia: CSII and CGM / Josefine E. Schopman and J. Hans DeVries
Hypoglycaemia in children with diabetes / Krystyna A. Matyka
Hypoglycaemia during pregnancy in women with pregestational diabetes / Lene Ringholm, Peter Damm, Elisabeth R. Mathiesen
Hypoglycaemia in type 2 diabetes and in elderly people / Nicola N. Zammitt and Brian M. Frier
Mortality, cardiovascular morbidity and possible effects of hypoglycaemia on diabetic complications / Elaine Chow, Miles Fisher and Simon R. Heller
Long-term effects of hypoglycaemia on cognitive function in diabetes / Christopher M. Ryan
Neurological sequelae of hypoglycaemia / Petros Perros and Marit R. Bj́ørgaas
Psychological effects of hypoglycaemia / Frank J. Snoek, Tibor R.S. Hajos, Stefanie A.M.P. Rondags
Exercise management and hypoglycaemia in type 1 diabetes / Ian W. Gallen and Alistair Lumb
Living with hypoglycaemia / Brian M. Frier.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalMaria Luisa Brandi, Edward Meigs Brown, editor.Summary: Hypoparathyroidism, a condition in which insufficient parathyroid hormone (PTH) is produced to maintain normocalcemia is associated with a variety of acute and chronic symptoms and complications due to hypocalcemia. Replacement therapy utilizing PTH has long been awaited, and this book is new and very timely as it coincides with the ℗ℓpublication of results on the role of the PTH molecule in the pharmacological management of this disorder. This advance is sparking renewed interest in hypoparathyroidism, which is attributable to neck surgery in most cases and to inherited disorders in a minority. Hypoparathyroidism has been written by acknowledged experts in the field and provides essential, up-to-date information on the pathology, diagnosis, and treatment of the condition. It opens by addressing in detail the anatomy and physiology of the parathyroids and describing the epidemiology and clinical presentation of hypoparathyroidism. The full range of hypoparathyroid disorders are then discussed, including the various genetic forms, postoperative hypoparathyroidism, and other forms of acquired hypoparathyroidism. Individual chapters focus on refractory disease, the impact of the condition on bone, and the management of acute hypocalcemia. Both conventional treatment for hypoparathyroidism and the novel replacement therapy with PTH ℗ℓpeptides are then thoroughly examined. Pseudohypoparathyroidism is also extensively discussed, with information on the various forms, differential diagnosis, and genetic testing. This book will be of interest to all endocrinologists, and also to surgeons and internal medicine physicians. ℗ℓDigital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalNatalie E. Cusano, editor.Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Chapter 1: Acute Postoperative Hypocalcemia After Neck Surgery
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 2: Acute Hypocalcemia from Proton Pump Inhibitor Use
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 3: Conventional Therapy of Hypoparathyroidism
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 4: Treatment with Parathyroid Hormone
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 5: Autoimmune Hypoparathyroidism
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 6: Syndromic Hypoparathyroidism Due to DiGeorge Syndrome
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 7: Autosomal Dominant Hypocalcemia Type 1
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 8: Idiopathic Hypoparathyroidism
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References Chapter 9: Hypoparathyroidism in Children
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 10: Renal Complications in Hypoparathyroidism
Case Presentation
Diagnosis and Management
Treatment
Outcome
References
Chapter 11: Hypoparathyroidism and Cataract
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 12: Hypoparathyroidism and Seizure
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 13: Hypoparathyroidism and Quality of Life Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 14: Hypoparathyroidism and the Skeleton
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
Chapter 15: Hypoparathyroidism in Pregnancy
Case Presentation
Assessment and Diagnosis
Management
Outcome
References
IndexDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalAhmed T. Hadidi, editor.Summary: This is the second edition of a well-received textbook that reflects the state of the art in Hypospadias Surgery. It provides a comprehensive reference that covers the History, Embryology, Anatomy, Morphology, Pathogenesis, Epidemiology, Genetics, all surgical techniques, their complications and long term follow up of Hypospadias. It is well illustrated with more than 2000 colour illustrations, operative photographs, surgical tips & tricks and complications. Hypospadias Surgery has become a true sub-specialty; however, there is a wide diversity of opinions, and a large number of operations have been described. In this unique volume, a team of world-class authors (42 experts from 19 countries) presents a professional and updated global overview on the management of this condition, highlighting and exploring the current philosophy and the different principles and techniques of hypospadias repair. Pediatric Urologists, Pediatric Surgeons, Plastic Surgeons and Urologists will benefit from reading this Second Edition. This book represents an excellent practical guide not only to surgeons in training, but also to more expert surgeons involved in the management of this common, but troublesome condition. "Surgeons should not operate on a patient with hypospadias unless they have read, marked, learnt and inwardly digested every word in every chapter in this book"--review of the first edition in the European Journal of Plastic Surgery, 2004.
Contents:
Section 1. General & Basic Science
Preface of first and second editions
1. History of hypospadias
2. Men behind principles and principles behind techniques
3. Normal Development of the Penis and Urethra
4. Surgical Anatomy of the Penis
5. Prepuce: Altered Development in Hypospadias and its Management based on Patho-embryologic Landmarks
6. Morphology of hypospadias
7. Pathogenesis of hypospadias
8. The Urethral Plate and Chordee
9. Classification & Assessment of hypospadias
10. Epidemology of hypospadias
11. Genetic Aspects of Hypospadias
12. Hormones and Growth of the Genital Tubercle
13. The Role of Preoperative Androgen Stimulation in the Management of Hypospadias
14. Timing of Surgery
15. General Principles
16. Plastic Surgery Principles
17. Principles of Hypospadias Surgery
18. Analgesia
Section 2. Surgical Techniques
19. Grade I: Glanular Hypospadias Double Y Glanuloplasty (DYG) Technique
20. MAGPI and Modified MAGPI
21. The Meatal-based Flap Principle
22. Slit-Like adjusted Mathieu technique (SLAM)
23. Megameatus Intact Prepuce (MIP) Deformity
24. Thiersch-Duplay Principle The Glans Approximation Procedure (GAP)
25. The Inverted Y Thiersch Technique
26. Incision of the Urethral Plate
27. Dorsal Inlay TIP (DTIP)
28. Urethral Advancement for Treatment of Distal Hypospadias
29. Glanular urethral Disassembly (GUD) technique
30. Proximal Hypospadias with Small Flat Glans; The Lateral Based Onlay (LABO) Flap Technique
31. The Island Onlay Hypospadias Repair
32. Perineal Hypospadias The Bilateral Based (BILAB) Skin Flap Technique
33. Chordee Excision and Distal Urethroplasty (CEDU) for Perineal Hypospadias
34. Preputial Island Flaps
35. The modified Asopa (Hodgson XX) procedure to repair hypospadias with chordee
36. Koyanagi Technique and its Modifications in Management of Proximal Hypospadias
37. The Yoke Hypospadias Repair
38. Dorsal Longitudinal Penile Skin Island Flap in One-Stage Repair of Hypospadias with Penoscrotal Transposition
39. Grafts for one stage repair
40. Two-Stage Graft Urethroplasty Free Full-Thickness Wolfe Graft
41. The Cecil Culp Technique
42. The Foreskin and Circumcision
43. Protective intermediate layer
44. Procedures to Improve the Appearance of the Meatus and Glans
45. Buried penis
46. Penile torsion
47. Congenital Urethral Duplication
48. Large Prostatic Utricle Associated to Hypospadias
49. Penoscrotal Transposition
50. Uncommon Conditions and Complications
51. Hypospadias surgery in Adults
52. Flaps versus Grafts
53. Single Stage versus Two Stage Repair
54. Stenting versus no stenting
55. Dressing versus no dressing
56. Editorial Overview of Current Management of Hypospadias
Section 3. Complications
57. Early complications
58. Meatal stenosis and urethral stricture
59. Functional Urethral obstruction (FUO)
60. Hypospadias fistula
61. Genital Lichen sclerosus (Balanitis Xerotica Obliterans) A review
62. Urethral diverticulae and acquired megalo urethra
63. Management of failed hypospadias surgery
64. Complex and Redo Hypospadias Repairs: Management of 402 Patients
Section 4. Long Term results
65. Long term consequences of hypospadias repair
66. Long term follow up in hypospadias repair: what is it and are we there yet?
67. The Story of my Life with Hypospadias
68. Tissue Engineering and Future Frontiers
69. How to write a paper on hypospadias.
70. Hypospadias Centers, Training and Hypospadias Diploma. - DigitalAmilal Bhat, editor.Summary: This book incorporates all aspects of hypospadias management, such as step-by-step correction of chordee and modifications in tabularized urethral plate repair, which is the commonest technique used in hypospadias repair, single-stage two-stage repairs of hypospadias with illustrated descriptions. It provides essential information like history, embryology, anatomy, Radiology in hypospadias, and classification of hypospadias. For the first time, this title presents separate chapters about female hypospadias, correction of torsion associated with hypospadias, and chordee without hypospadias. These chapters will improve the understanding of the subject for the reader and help them in modifying their surgical technique for these patients. Hypospadias surgery has a long learning curve, and the book will help the practitioners make them shorter. The book also deals with acute and chronic complications of surgery which will help the reader prevent complications and manage them. This is a complete book covering all aspects of the evaluation & management of hypospadias and their variants. It includes chapters on a healthy interposition and appropriate use of spongiosum and the techniques of spongioplasty, modifications in flap tube repair, along with the various types of prepuce and prepucioplasty. In conclusion, the book will provide a comprehensive read for all trainees/fellows and practitioners of Urology, Pediatric urology, Pediatric Surgery, and Plastic Surgery.
Contents:
1.Hypospadias history. The long way to perfection Sameh Shehata Egypt
2. Hypospadias Embryology, Etiology and Classification
3. Anatomy of penis in hypospadias.-4.Penile Anthropometry.-.General considerations in hypospadias surgery
6.Chordee correction in hypospadias repair
7.Management options in Anterior hypospadias
8.Modified Tubularized incised urethral plate urethroplasty
9. Current status of Single stage repair in severe hypospadias
10. Incised plate urethroplasty in Severe hypospadias
11. Spongioplasty in hypospadias repair
12. Flaps and Grafts in hypospadias surgery
13. The surgical approach to 2-stage hypospadias repair
14. Modifications in inner prepucial flap repair of hypospadias
15. Management of Chordee without hypospadias.-16. Management of Female hypospadias
17. Management of Megmeatus Intact Prepuce
18. Management of Penile Torsion in hypospadias and chordee without hypospadias
19. Management of Iatrogenic hypospadias
20. Management of acute complication of hypospadias repair
21. Management of Late complication of hypospadias repair
22. Management of hypospadias Cripples
23. Management of hypospadias in DSD cases
24. Management of Penoscrotal transposition
25. The prepuce in hypospadias and Preputioplasty
26. Dressing in hypospadias repair
27. Psychosocial Sexual and fertility function of Hypospadiacs
28. Current status Evaluation of hypospadias repair results
29. Radiological evaluation of hypospadiacs
30. Evolutions in Hypospadiology and current status of tissue Engineering
31. Varables in hypospadias repair. - DigitalKannayiram Alagiakrishnan, Maciej Banach, editors.Contents:
Intro
Disclaimer
Contents
Contributors
1: Orthostatic Hypotension
Introduction
Pathophysiology
Prevalence
Symptoms
Prognosis
Treatment
References
2: Postprandial Hypotension
Introduction
Epidemiology
Causes
Pathophysiology
Diagnosis
Clinical Presentations
Morbidity
Mortality
Differential Diagnosis
Management
Non-pharmacological
Pharmacological
Caffeine
Octreotide
Alpha-Glucosidase Inhibitors
3,4-DL-Threo-Dihydroxyphenylserine
Guar Gum
Sitagliptin
Other Pharmacologic Agents PPH with Chronic Medical Conditions
PPH and Hypertension
PPH and Diabetes
PPH and Neurological Disorders
PPH and Syncope, Falls
Conclusions
References
3: Carotid Sinus Syndrome
History
The Carotid Artery Sinus
Carotid Sinus Syndrome and Carotid Sinus Hypersensitivity: Epidemiology and Diagnosis
Aetiology of CSS and CSH
Carotid Artery Massage (CSM)
Contraindications
Complications
CSS Treatment
Cardioinhibitory Type of CSS
Vasodepressive Type of CSS
Prognosis
Summary
References
4: Vasovagal Syncope
Introduction
Epidemiology Causes
Mechanisms
Clinical Presentation
Evaluation/Diagnosis of VVS in Elderly
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment/Management
Non-pharmacological
Pharmacological
Pacemaker Therapy
VVS and Quality of Life (QoL)
Driving Issues Related to Syncope
Prevention of VVS
Conclusions
References
5: Post-exercise Hypotension in the Elderly
Introduction
The Postulated Mechanisms of PEH
Different Types of Exercises and PEH
The Factors Influencing PEH
Summary
References
6: Nocturnal Hypotension
Introduction Nocturnal Hypotension and Cardiac Morbidities
Coronary Artery Disease (CAD)
Left Ventricular Hypertrophy (LVH)
Nocturnal Hypotension and Cerebrovascular Disease (CVD)
Nocturnal Hypotension and Eye Diseases
Glaucoma
Optic Ischemic Neuropathy
Nocturnal Hypotension and Blood Pressure Dysregulation (Postural Hypertension and Early Morning Surge)
Pathophysiology of Nocturnal Hypotension
Measurement of Nocturnal Hypotension
Management of Nocturnal Hypotension
References
7: Non-pharmacological Management of Hypotensive Syndromes
Introduction Orthostatic Hypotension
Educating the Patient
Lifestyle Modifications
Adequate Fluid Intake
Salt Intake
Sleeping in the Head-Up Position
Waist-High Compression Stockings
Postprandial Hypotension
Patient Education
Water Drinking
Different Body Positions and Exercise
Vasovagal Syndrome
Patient Education
Lifestyle Measures
Physical Countermeasures
Carotid Sinus Hypersensitivity
Exercise-Induced Hypotension
Nocturnal Hypotension
Conclusions
References
8: Update on Pharmacological Management of Hypotensive Syndromes in the ElderlyDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalEliza B. Geer, editor.Summary: Cushing's syndrome is a rare disorder that is associated with many co-morbidities such as systemic hypertension, diabetes, osteoporosis, impaired immune function, and psychiatric disease, all of which severely reduce quality of life and life expectancy. This book reviews the role of cortisol in the human body, focusing on the effects of excess cortisol due to Cushing's syndrome as well as the role of the HPA axis in metabolism, inflammation, and neuropsychiatric function. The volume will cover basic mechanistic data, clinical outcomes data, and novel therapies. Also discussed are everything from abnormalities of the HPA axis, to the role of the HPA axis in the development of neuropsychiatric disorders and metabolic disorders, to new definitions of Cushing's remission and recurrence. The Hypothalamic Pituitary Adrenal Axis in Health and Disease will provide a comprehensive and multi-disciplinary review of the pathophysiology and outcomes of excess cortisol in the human body and brain as well as the role of the HPA axis in other disease states.
Contents:
Part 1. Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis regulation of the body, brain, and inflammation
1. Glucocorticoid regulation of body composition and metabolism
2. Glucocorticoid regulation of neurocognitive and neuropsychiatric function
3. Glucocorticoids: Inflammation and Immunity
Part 2. Cushing's Syndrome
4. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Molecular pathogenesis of primary adrenal Cushing's syndrome
5. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's
5. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Pathogenesis and treatment of aggressive corticotroph pituitary tumors
Yang Shen and Anthony P Heaney
6. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Neoplastic/Pathologic and Non-neoplastic/Physiologic Hypercortisolism: Cushing verses Pseudo-Cushing Syndromes
7. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Imaging strategies for localization of ACTH
secreting tumors
8. Recent Advances in the medical and surgical treatment of Cushing's: Surgical Treatment of Cushing's disease
9. Recent Advances in the medical and surgical treatment of Cushing's: Medical therapies in Cushing's syndrome
10. New themes in Cushing's definitions and outcomes: Mild adrenal cortisol excess
11. New themes in Cushing's definitions and outcomes: Long term effects of prior Cushing's syndrome
12. New themes in Cushing's definitions and outcomes: Cushing's disease: refining the definition of remission and recurrence
Part 3. Beyond Cushing's: Glucocorticoid sensitivity, regulation and the metabolic syndrome
13. Primary Generalized Glucocorticoid Resistance or Chrousos Syndrome: Allostasis through a Mutated Glucocorticoid Receptor
14. Cortisol metabolism as a regulator of the tissue-specific glucocorticoid action
15. Obesity and metabolic syndrome: a phenotype of mild long-term hypercortisolism.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalFelipe F. Casanueva, Ezio Ghigo, editors.Summary: This book presents the state of the art in the pathophysiology, diagnosis, and therapy of hypothalamic and pituitary disorders. After an introduction devoted to the physiology of the neuroendocrine control of the hypothalamic-pituitary unit, the diverse disorders involving hormonal excess or deficiency are systematically addressed axis by axis. For each disorder, pathophysiology, clinical presentation, and management are discussed in detail. In addition, individual chapters focus on the neuroendocrinology of energy homeostasis and of bone metabolism, metabolic derangement secondary to pituitary dysfunction, and pituitary control of the endocrine pancreas. While the focus of the book is predominantly on pathophysiological and clinical aspects, due attention is also devoted to potential diagnostic and therapeutic innovations. The book is intended as a major reference for endocrinologists and basic and clinical scientists. .
Contents:
Chapter 1 Physiology of the hypothalamus pituitary unit
Chapter 2 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of GH Deficiency
Chapter 3 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of GH hypersecretion
Chapter 4 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Non-functioning pituitary adenomas
Chapter 5 Craniopharyngioma and Posttreatment Pituitary Dysfunction in Brain Tumors
Chapter 6 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Functional pituitary dysfunction
Chapter 7 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Secondary hypothyroidism
Chapter 8 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Secondary hyperthyroidism
Chapter 9 Physiopathology, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Secondary Female Hypogonadism
Chapter 10 Central hypogonadism in the male: Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment
Chapter 11 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Hypercortisolism
Chapter 12 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Diabetes insipidus
Chapter 13 Physiopathology, Diagnosis and Treatment of Inappropriate ADH Secretion and Cerebral Salt Wasting Syndrome
Chapter 14 Physiopathology, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Hyperprolactinemia
Chapter 15 Neuroendocrinology of Energy Homeostasis
Chapter 16 Neuroendocrine Control of Carbohydrate Metabolism
Chapter 17 Neuroendocrinology of Bone Metabolism. - DigitalMichael Charles Tobias and Jane Gray Morrison.Summary: This book is a provocative and invigorating real-time exploration of the future of human evolution by two of the world's leading interdisciplinary ecologists - Michael Charles Tobias and Jane Gray Morrison. Steeped in a rich multitude of the sciences and humanities, the book enshrines an elegant narrative that is highly empathetic, personal, scientifically wide-ranging and original. It focuses on the geo-positioning of the human Self and its corresponding species. The book's overarching viewpoints and poignant through-story examine and powerfully challenge concepts associated historically with assertions of human superiority over all other life forms. Ultimately, The Hypothetical Species: Variables of Human Evolution is a deeply considered treatise on the ecological and psychological state of humanity and her options - both within, and outside the rubrics of evolutionary research - for survival. This important work is beautifully presented with nearly 200 diverse illustrations, and is introduced with a foreword by famed paleobiologist, Dr. Melanie DeVore.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Contents;
1: Introduction; When Philosophy Confronts Trillions of Particulars; And There Is Linnaeus; Evolutionary Hybridism; Different Measures of the World; The Problem with Proofs; Something Else; Differentiating Meaning Within the Anthropocene;
2: Between the Theoretical and the Hypothetical; Anthropic Individuals and Multiplicities; Pre-Socratic Fragments; The Paradox and Complexity of Species Definitions; Biosemiotic Variables; Life and Death; Contemporary Hieroglyphics; Biological Differentiations; Libraries of Life; Cultural Transitions; All the Rage
8: Biological Consensus Mechanisms: The Future of CoexistenceThe Legacy of Bambi; At Home in the Wild; A Human Ethical Commons; The Future of Protection; A New Social Contract; Safeguarding the Biosphere; Emblematic Windows on Future Evolution; Vicissitudes and Pathways of Biological Security; Biological Complexities of the Truth; "Some Third Species"; Collective Consensus: The Future of Coexistence; Adaptation Versus Compensation: The Anthropocenic Double Bind; Future Species; Index Biological Fellowships and Falling-OutsFor the Love of Birds; Activist Exploration; Enduring Contradictions Within Natural History; Epiphanies and Radical Shifts in the Human Organism; Hypothetical Biologies; Formulating the History of an Idea; Compassion Probabilities; The Third Act; Ethical Suasion: The Tipping Point for Compassion Drift from the Individual to the Species;
7: The Varieties of Social Contracts; The Embrace of Individual and Collective Non-violence in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries; Exile from the Garden of Eden; The Valuation of Human Nature What Can We Glean of the Other?Altruism in the Biosphere; The Jain Orientation to Ecology; Human Rights; Realms of the Ideal;
3: Taxonomic Uncertainties; A Ghost in the Himalayas; Legacies of Aristotle, Linnaeus, and Darwin; Zoological Multitudes; A United Natures;
4: A Biosphere in Flux; Hybrid Conceptualization; What's in a Name?; Re-evolution; Future Ancestors;
5: " ... As Far as the Microscope Reveals ... "; Darwinian Convolutions; Ecological Ideation; A Proliferation of Syntheses; Existential Import; The Yasuni Effect; Ecological Benchmarks; It's Still All About People;
6: Human Contradictions - Digital/PrintRobert C. Roach, Peter D. Wagner, Peter H. Hackett, editors.Contents:
Epigenetic Mechanisms as an Interface Between the Environment and Genome
Developmental Origins of Hypoxic Pulmonary Hypertension and Systemic Vascular Dysfunction: Evidence from Humans
Acquired Mitochondrial Abnormalities, Including Epigenetic Inhibition of Superoxide Dismutase 2, in Pulmonary Hypertension and Cancer: Therapeutic Implications
Epigenetics in Cardiovascular Regulation
Why Are High Altitude Native So Strong at Altitude?: Maximal Oxygen Transport to the Muscle Cell in Altitude Natives
Novel Insights into Cardiovascular Regulation in Patients with Chronic Mountain Sickness
Why Are High Altitude Natives So Strong at High Altitude?: Nature vs. Nurture
Functional Genomic Insights into Regulatory Mechanisms of High Altitude Adaptation
Influence of Hypoxia on Cerebral Blood Flow Regulation
Imaging the Respiratory Effects of Opioids in the Human Brain
Regional Cerebrovascular Responses to Hypercapnia and Hypoxia
Implications of Oxygen Homeostasis for Brain Tumors: Biology and Treatment
Hyperoxia and Functional MRI
Astrocytes and Brain Hypoxia
Bidirectional Control of Blood Flow by Astrocytes: A Role for Tissue Oxygen and Other Metabolic Factors
Hypoxic Adaptation in the Nervous System: Promise for Novel Therapeutics for Acute and Chronic Neurodegeneration
Optical Analysis of Hypoxia Inducible Factor (HIF)-1 Complex Assembly: Imaging of Cellular Oxygen Sensing
Modulation of the Hypoxic Response
Central Sleep Apnea at High Altitude
Multigenerational Effects of Reading Atmospheric Oxygen Level on the Tracheal Dimensions and Diffusing Capacities of Pupal and Adult Drosophila Melanogaster
Hypoxia and Its Acid-base Consequences: From Mountains to Malignancy
Physiological and Clinical Implications of Adrenergic Pathways at High Altitude
Hemoglobin Mass and Aerobic Performance at Moderate Altitude in Elite Athletes
Does the Sympathetic Nervous System Adapt to Chronic Altitude Exposure?
Integrative Conductance of Oxygen During Exercise at Altitude
Modeling Variable Phanerozoic Oxygen Effects on Physiology and Evolution
Caudwell Xtreme Everest: An Overview
Energy Flux, Lactate Shuttling, Mitochondrial Dynamics, and Hypoxia
Everest Physiology Pre-2008. - DigitalGiovanni Melillo, editor.Contents:
Hypoxia and breast cancer metastasis / Luana Schito and Gregg L. Semenza
Hypoxia and DNA damage response / Monica M. Olcina and Ester M. Hammond
Emerging roles of non-coding RNAs in the hypoxic response / Mircea Ivan ... [et al.]
Hypoxia and reactive oxygen species / Agnes Gorlach
Hypoxia and gene expression / Maria Carla Bosco and Luigi Varesio
Carbonic anhydrase IX : from biology to therapy / Silvia Pastorekova and Claudiu T. Supuran
Imaging the hypoxic tumor microenvironment in preclinical models / Mary-Keara Boss, Gregory M. Palmer and Mark W. Dewhirst
Clinical imaging of hypoxia / Michael R. Horsman ... [et al.]
Hypoxia, metastasis, and antiangiogenic therapies / Dietmar W. Siemann, Yao Dai and Michael R. Horsman
Unfolded protein response and therapeutic opportunities / Carly M. Sayers ... [et al.]
Small molecules targeting the VHL/hypoxic phenotype / Raymond J. Louie ... [et al.]
Hypoxia and radiation therapy / Marianne Nordsmark ... [et al.]
Prodrug strategies for targeting tumour hypoxia / William R. Wilson ... [et al.]
Exploiting "Hif addiction" for cancer therapy / Nicole D. Fer and Annamaria Rapisarda
Clinical exploitation of hypoxia / Geoff S. Higgins and Adrian L. Harris.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaleditor Daniele M. Gilkes.Summary: The present book is an attempt to provide a detailed review of studies that clarify our current understanding of the role of hypoxia in the progression of primary cancer to metastatic disease. It will enable researchers to discover the critical cellular changes that occur under hypoxic conditions and play a role in metastatic dissemination, from the activation of hypoxia-inducible factors, HIF-1 and HIF-2, to the transcriptional profile changes that occur in cancer cells and promote cancer cell survival under detrimental conditions. Readers will discover the methods and challenges involved in imaging and quantifying the degree of hypoxia in a primary tumor. We will provide an understanding of the hypoxia-induced phenotypes that influence heterogeneity, alter the secretome and tumor microenvironment, modify cellular metabolism, and promote immune suppression and resistance to chemotherapy. Finally, we will uncover the therapeutic strategies that are being devised to target the hypoxic microenvironment in the hopes of preventing metastasis and improving the efficacy of standard-of-care cancer treatments. This work is an up to date source of information on the challenges and complexity of the hypoxic tumor microenvironment. Basic and translational scientists, post-doctoral fellows, graduate students, and those interested in how tumors metastasize will find this book a reference that details how hypoxia influences metastatic disease.
Contents:
Preface
Hypoxia mediates tumor malignancy
Clinical methods for quanitifying hypoxia in human tumors
Hypoxia-induced phenotypes that mediate tumor heterogeneity
Hypoxia and the tumors secretome
Hypoxic signaling in angiogenesis and lymphangiogenesis
Hypoxia induced metabolic reprogramming in cancer metastasis
The metastatic niche and hypoxia
Hypoxia and immune suppression
Hypoxia-induced resistance to cancer therapy
Therapeutic stratagies to target the hypoxic microenvironment
Index.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitalvolume editor, J. Bogousslavsky.Contents:
Before Charcot / Pearce, J.M.S
Socioeconomic background of hysteria's metamorphosis from the 18th century to World War I / Edelman, N.; Walusinski, O.
"Fin-de-siècle" epidemiology of hysteria / Luauté, J.-P.
Clinical manifestations of hysteria: an epistemological perspective or how historical dynamics illuminate current practice / Medeiros De Bustos, E.; Galli, S.; Haffen, E.; Moulin, T.
Jean-Martin Charcot and his legacy / Bogousslavsky, J.
Hypnosis and the Nancy Quarrel / Piechowski-Jozwiak, B.; Bogousslavsky, J.
The girls of La Salpêtrière / Walusinski, O.
Public medical shows / Walusinski, O.
Emma Bovary, Hedda Gabler, and Harold Brodkey would not have lived without Charcot: hysteria in novels / Kaptein, A.A.
Traces of hysteria in novels / Haan, J.; Koehler, P.J.
Sigmund Freud and hysteria: the etiology of psychoanalysis? / Bogousslavsky, J.; Dieguez, S.
Paul Sollier, Pierre Janet, and their vicinity / Walusinski, O.
Criticism of pithiatism: eulogy of Babinski / Poirier, J.; Derouesné, C.
The borderland with neurasthenia ("functional syndromes") / Paciaroni, M.; Bogousslavsky, J.
World War I psychoneuroses: hysteria goes to war / Tatu, L.; Bogousslavsky, J.
Hysteria around the world / Carota, A.; Calabrese, P.
History of physical and "moral" treatment of hysteria / Broussolle, E.; Gobert, F.; Danaila, T.; Thobois, S.; Walusinski, O.; Bogousslavsky, J.
"Hysteria" today and tomorrow / LaFrance, W.C.Digital Access Karger 2014 - DigitalSunita Tandulwadkar, Bhaskar Pal, editors.Summary: The book covers all aspects of hysteroscopy, adenomyomas, diagnosis, management, fact and fiction, and related technological advances. It includes detailed descriptions of the history and evolution, instrumentation, and energy sources used in hysteroscopy. Further chapters cover the process of setting up hi-tech hysteroscopy units, and the maintenance and sterilization of all instruments used during surgery. The book also examines the role of hysteroscopy in infertility and recurrent pregnancy loss, uterine malformations and endometrial polyps in detail. All chapters were written by respected international experts, and are richly illustrated with colour hysteroscopic images. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for all gynaecologists and graduate students.
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.